School Admissions Consultation 2019-20

List of schools consulting

DfE Code School Name School Town School Phase *Consulting on Rule 5 **School-run consultation Page
9192028 Alban City School St Albans Primary Y 3
9193981 Alban Wood Primary School and Nursery Watford Primary Y 9
9193329 All Saints C E (VA) Primary (Datchworth) Datchworth Primary 31
9192454 Applecroft School Welwyn Garden City Primary Y 42
9192043 Ascot Road Community Free School Watford Primary Y 44
9195406 Ashlyns School Berkhamsted Secondary 52
9193308 Barkway C of E (VA) First School Barkway First 57
9193006 Barley C of E (VA) First Barley First 61
9192071 Bedmond Village Nursery and Primary School Abbots Langley Primary Y 65
9194200 Birchwood High School Bishop's Stortford Secondary 67
9193371 Bishop Wood C of E Junior School Tring Junior 74
9195405 Bishop's Stortford High School (The) Bishop's Stortford Secondary 82
9192003 Bovingdon Primary Academy Bovingdon Primary Y 91
9192385 Bromet Primary School Watford Primary Y 93
9192169 Broom Barns Primary School Stevenage Primary Y 115
9193344 Broxbourne CE Primary Broxbourne Primary 121
9195408 Bushey Meads School Bushey Secondary 127
9192235 Camps Hill Primary School (Stevenage) Stevenage Primary Y 135
9192210 Chambersbury Primary School Hemel Hempstead Primary Y 144
9195419 Chancellor's School Brookmans Park Secondary 152
9192036 Chaulden Junior School Hemel Hempstead Junior Y 167
9193349 Chipperfield St Paul's VA C of E Primary School Kings Langley Primary 169
9195201 Christ Church Chorleywood C of E School Chorleywood Primary Y 173
9192390 Crabtree Infants' School Harpenden Primary Y 177
9192344 Crabtree Junior School Harpenden Junior Y 177
9192980 Cranborne Primary (Potters Bar) Potters Bar Primary Y 185
9192384 Cranbourne Primary (Hoddesdon) Hoddesdon Primary Y 192
9194025 Croxley Danes School Croxley Danes Secondary 199
9195205 Cuffley School Cuffley Primary 210
9195407 Dame Alice Owen's School Potters Bar Secondary 211
9194004 Elstree University Technical College (The) Borehamwood UTC Y 1047
9192110 Fairlands Primary School and Nursery Stevenage Primary Y 216
9192001 Flamstead End School (Cheshunt) Cheshunt Primary Y 224
9192094 Fleetville Infant & Nursery School St Albans Infant Y 226
9192093 Fleetville Junior School St Albans Junior Y 226
9192068 Grange Academy School (The ) Letchworth Junior Y 229
9194145 Greneway School (RSAT) Royston Middle Y 249
9192035 Grove Academy (The) Watford Primary Y 256
9192337 Hammond Academy Hemel Hempstead Primary Y 258
9192060 Harpenden Academy Harpenden Primary Y 265
9192004 Hatfield Community Free School Hatfield Primary Y 273
9195420 Hertfordshire And Essex High School and Science College (The) Bishop's Stortford Secondary 280
9193304 Hertsmere Jewish Primary School Radlett Primary 292
9193404 Holy Family RC Primary School Welwyn Garden City Primary 303
9195413 John Henry Newman RC School Stevenage Secondary 311
9192042 Jupiter Community Free School Hemel Hempstead Primary Y 327
TBC Katherine Warington School Harpenden Secondary 335
9192049 Lanchester Community Free School Watford Primary Y 338
9192398 Laurance Haines School Watford Primary Y 346
9195207 Little Heath Primary School Little Heath Primary 353
9195208 Little Reddings Primary School Bushey Primary Y 357
9193373 Long Marston Voluntary Aided C of E Primary School Long Marston Primary 361
9194620 Loreto College St Albans Secondary 369
9192099 Mandeville Primary (St Albans) St Albans Primary Y 376
9192080 Manor Fields Primary School Bishop's Stortford Primary Y 378
9194140 Meridian School (RSAT) Royston Upper 383
9192156 Meryfield Community Primary School Borehamwood Primary Y 385
9195412 Nicholas Breakspear Catholic School St Albans Secondary Y 407
9194104 Nobel School (The) Stevenage Secondary 416
9195209 Northaw C of E Primary School Northaw Primary 432
9192009 Northgate Primary School Bishop's Stortford Primary Y 438
9194154 Onslow St Audrey's School Hatfield Secondary Y 445

* School is also proposing to change Rule 5 - Nearest School in line with HCC's consultation on primary admission arrangements.
** School is undertaking its own consultation outside of HCC's timeline. Please check school website for details.
 School Admissions Consultation 2019-20
List of schools consulting

DfE Code School Name School Town School Phase *Consulting on Rule 5 **School-run consultation Page
9192115 Orchard Primary School (The) Watford Primary Y 448
9193399 Our Lady Catholic Primary (Hitchin) Hitchin Primary 470
9193382 Our Lady Catholic Primary (Welwyn Garden City) Welwyn Garden City Primary Y 478
9192137 Oxhey Wood Primary School Watford Primary Y 489
9195202 Parkside Community Primary Borehamwood Primary Y 511
9192198 Peartree Spring Primary School (Stevenage) Stevenage Primary Y 519
9194013 Presdales School Ware Secondary 527
9193366 Puller Memorial C of E Voluntary Aided Primary School High Cross Primary 536
9195410 Queens' School Bushey Secondary 543
9194146 Ralph Sadleir School Puckeridge Middle Y 557
9194007 Reach Free School (The) Rickmansworth Secondary Y 560
9194006 Richard Hale School Hertford Secondary 568
9192024 Roebuck Primary School and Nursery Stevenage Primary Y 577
9192429 Roselands Primary School Hoddesdon Primary Y 584
9192296 Rowans Primary School Welwyn Garden City Primary Y 591
9194149 Roysia Middle School (RSAT) Royston Middle Y 614
9193415 Sacred Heart Catholic Primary School & Nursery (Bushey) Bushey Primary Y 621
9194003 Samuel Ryder Academy All Through St Albans All Through Y 631
9194197 Sandringham School St Albans Secondary Y 639
9193389 St Adrian's RC Primary School & Nursery St Albans Primary 650
9193362 St Alban & St Stephen Catholic Infant & Nursery School St Albans Infant 657
9193421 St Alban & St Stephen RC Junior School St Albans Junior 663
9193385 St Andrew's C of E VA Primary School & Nursery (Hitchin) Hitchin Primary 676
9193428 St Anthony's Catholic Primary School Watford Primary 683
9193416 St Bernadette RC Nursery and Primary School London Colney Primary 694
9195211 St Catherine of Siena Catholic Primary School Watford Primary 702
9193408 St Cross Catholic Primary School Hoddesdon Primary 716
9193386 St Cuthbert Mayne RC Junior School Hemel Hempstead Junior 727
9194614 St George's School (Day Place) Harpenden Secondary Y 737
9193379 St Helen's Church of England Primary School Wheathampstead Primary Y 764
9193413 St John's Catholic Primary and Nursery School (Baldock) Baldock Primary 773
9193376 St John's CE VA Primary (Digswell) Welwyn Primary 782
9192051 St John's Primary School (Watford) Watford Primary 785
9193318 St Joseph's Catholic Primary (Bishop's Stortford) Bishop's Stortford Primary 794
9193341 St Joseph's Catholic Primary (Hertford) Hertford Primary 804
9193383 St Joseph's Catholic Primary (South Oxhey, Watford) South Oxhey Primary 812
9193397 St Margaret Clitherow Roman Catholic Primary School Stevenage Primary 826
9195422 St Mary's Catholic (Bishops Stortford) Bishop's Stortford Secondary 837
9195200 St Mary's Catholic Primary (Royston) Royston Primary 856
9193319 St Michael's C of E VA Primary (Bishop's Stortford) Bishop's Stortford Primary 866
9195417 St Michael's Catholic High School Garston Secondary Y 871
9193336 St Nicholas C of E VA Primary (Harpenden) Harpenden Primary 878
9193333 St Nicholas Elstree C of E VA Primary School Elstree Primary 885
9193423 St Paul's Catholic Primary School Cheshunt Primary Y 899
9193388 St Philip Howard Catholic Primary School Hatfield Primary 906
9193400 St Thomas More Catholic Primary (Letchworth) Letchworth Primary 915
9193367 St Thomas of Canterbury Catholic Primary School Puckeridge Primary Y 927
9193977 St Vincent de Paul Catholic Primary School Stevenage Primary 937
9194014 Stanborough School Welwyn Garden City Secondary 946
9193986 Summercroft Primary School Bishop's Stortford Primary Y 949
9193370 Tewin Cowper C of E VA Primary School Tewin Primary 952
9194017 Thomas Alleyne Academy (The) Stevenage Secondary Y 955
9194011 Verulam School St Albans Secondary 967
9192135 Warren Dell Primary School South Oxhey Primary Y 977
9192067 Wilbury Junior School Letchworth Junior Y 1000
9193979 Windhill21 School Bishop's Stortford Primary Y 1020
9194802 Yavneh College Borehamwood Secondary Y 1028

* School is also proposing to change Rule 5 - Nearest School in line with HCC's consultation on primary admission arrangements.
** School is undertaking its own consultation outside of HCC's timeline. Please check school website for details.
Alban City School
Oversubscription criteria for the school year 2019/20
Alban City School’s explanatory notes and definitions for the admission arrangements are
compliant with
Hertfordshire’s rules for 2019/20 and can be found below.
The published admission number (PAN) for Reception for 2019 will be 60.
If the school receives more applications than it has places available, places will be allocated under
the
oversubscription criteria rules. These will be applied in the order in which they are printed below.
Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained schools to
admit a
child with a statement of special educational needs that names their school. Schools must also admit
children
with an EHC (Education, Health and Care) Plan that names the school.
Children in public care (children looked after)
and children who were looked after, but
Rule 1 ceased to be so because they were adopted (or
became subject to a residence order or a
special guardianship order).
Medical or Social: Children for whom it can be
demonstrated that they have a particular
medical or social need to go to the school.
A panel of officers will determine whether the
evidence provided is sufficiently compelling to
Rule 2
meet the requirements for this rule. The
evidence must relate specifically to the school
applied for under Rule 2 and must clearly
demonstrate why it is the only school that can
meet the child’s needs.
Sibling: Children who have a sibling on the roll
of the school or linked
school at the time of application.
This applies to reception through to Year 5 in
infant, junior and primary schools; and from
Rule 3
reception through to Year 3 in first schools; and
from Year 5 to Year 7 in middle schools.
In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the
school’s final year as long as they will still be
in attendance at the time of admission.
Founders: Children of a founder member of
Alban City School*.
*Founder Members are individuals on the
original working party formed in 2010 to establish
the school. Each will have played a major role in
Rule 4
establishing the school; undertaking
activities during the application and pre-opening
stages, and have continued to play a
significant role in the running of the school since
opening.
Nearest School: Children for whom it is their
nearest school or academy. This includes all
Rule 5
schools except those which allocate places on
the basis of faith.
Distance: Children who live nearest to the
Rule 6 school.
If your child does not qualify under Rule 5, they

Return to Index
 will be considered under Rule 6.
These rules are applied in the order they are
printed above. If more children qualify under a
particular rule
than there are places available, a tiebreak will
be used by applying the next rule to those
children. Where
there is a need for a tie-breaker where two
different addresses measure the same distance
from a school,
in the case of a block of flats for example the
lower door number will be deemed nearest as
logically this
will be on the ground floor and therefore closer.
If there are two identical addresses of separate
applicants,
the tie break will be random. In the case of
twins & multiple birth children, if one child is
offered the last
available place, further places will be offered to
the remaining siblings.

The school uses HCC for appeals administration. Parents wishing to appeal who applied online
should log on to their online application and click on the link “register an appeal”. For those who did
not apply online, please contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an
appeal pack.
Explanatory notes and definitions for the admission arrangements for community and
voluntary-controlled schools in Hertfordshire for 2019/20
The following definitions apply to terms used in the admissions criteria:
Children in public care (children looked after):
Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the School
Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England)
Regulations 2012.
These children will be prioritised under rule 1.
Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because
they were adopted, or became subject to a residence order or a special guardianship order.
A “child looked after” is a child who is
a) in the care of a local authority, or
b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services
functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989).
Adopted – under the terms of the Adoption and Children Act 202 (section 46) The Adoption and
Children Act was not enacted until December 2005, therefore children adopted before December
2005 are not eligible.
Residence Order – under the terms of the Children Act 1989, section 8 defines a residence order
as an order settling the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live.
Special guardianship order – under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more
individuals to be a child’s special guardian or guardians.
Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked after
providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under Rule 1.
Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the subject of a
residence order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised under rule 1. Applications

Return to Index
made for these children, with suitable supporting professional evidence, can be considered under
rule 2.
Rule 2: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical or
social need to go to the school:
Rule 2 applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application, unless there has
been a significant and exceptional change of circumstances within the family since the initial
application was submitted.
All schools in Hertfordshire have experience in dealing with children with diverse social and
medical needs.
However in a few very exceptional cases, there are reasons why a child has to go to one specific
school.
Few applications under Rule 2 are agreed.
All applications are considered individually but a successful application should include the
following:
a. Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only one school can meet a child’s
individual needs, and/or
b. Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making clear why only
one school can meet the child’s needs.
c. If the requested school is not the nearest school to the child’s home address clear reasons
why the nearest school is not appropriate.
d. For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or disability
makes attendance at only a specific school essential.
Evidence should make clear why only one school is appropriate. Applications under Rule 2 can
only be considered when supported by a recent letter from a professional involved with the child or
family, for example a doctor, psychologist or police officer. The supporting evidence needs to
demonstrate why only one named school can meet the social/medical needs of the child.
Applications for children previously “looked after” but not meeting the specific criteria outlined Rule
1, may be made under this rule.
Further details on the Rule 2 process can be found in the “Rule 2 protocol” available at
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions
Definition of sibling:
A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts.
A sibling means the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, or child of the
parent/carer or partner, and in every case living in the same house from Monday to Friday.
Where a place is obtained and the child admitted to the school and it is subsequently identified that
this place was gained fraudulently, there will be no sibling connection available to subsequent
children from that family.
Multiple births:
Hertfordshire County Council (HCC), as the admission authority will admit over the school’s
published admission number when a single twin/multiple birth child is allocated the last place at a
school. Where we are not the admitting authority we would request the school take in the
subsequent child(ren) in line with the chool’s own admission arrangements.
Home address:
The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of application. ‘At
the time of application’ means the closing date for applications. “Permanent” means that the child
has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the family own the property or have a tenancy
agreement for a minimum of 12 months.
The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one address
(for example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child lives at for the
majority of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of the parent/carer that

Return to Index
claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s main residence.
If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be requested.
If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation to evidence
the address that should be used for admission allocation purposes.
Fraudulent applications:
Hertfordshire County Council will do as much as possible to prevent applications being made from
fraudulent addresses. Address evidence is frequently requested, monitored and checked and
school places will be withdrawn when false information is deliberately provided. Hertfordshire
County Council will take action in the following circumstances:
• When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at their current
school.
• When a child lives at a different address to the applicant.
• When the applicant does not have parental responsibility.
• When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or more of the
following applies:
o The family has moved to a property from which their application was less likely to be
successful
o The family has returned to an existing property
o The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time (anything less than a
year) over the application period
o Council tax information shows a different residence at the time of application
• When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from the address used at
the time of application.
Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions:
A ‘straight line’ distance measurement; from the address point of the child’s home to the address
point of the school is used in all home to school distance measurements for community and VC
schools in Hertfordshire. Address point data is supplied by Addressbase.

Definition of “nearest school” for primary/junior/middle admissions

The definition of “nearest school” includes all schools and academies (regardless of status) unless
that school or academy prioritises applications and allocates places on the basis of Faith.

Applications from children from overseas

All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16 years) in the UK have a right of access to education.
However, where a child is in the UK for a short period only, for example less than half a term, it
may be reasonable to refuse admission to a school.
Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or British
Overseas passports), have a passport endorsed to show a right of abode in the UK or are
European Economic Area nationals normally have unrestricted entry to the UK.
An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently overseas if, for In
Year applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in Hertfordshire within two weeks.
In Year allocations are made on the assumption that the child will accept the school place and be
on roll within that timescale.
For the Primary and Secondary transfer processes applications will not normally be accepted from
overseas addresses. Hertfordshire County Council will not allocate a school place to a child that is
not resident in the UK.
The exception to this (for both In Year and transfer processes) is for children of UK service
personnel and crown servants. In these cases HCC will allocate a place in advance of the family
arriving in the area provided the application is accompanied by an official letter that declares a
relocation date and a Unit postal address or quartering area address, for consideration of the

Return to Index
application against oversubscription criteria.
If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps because they are
working abroad at the time of application, the Hertfordshire address will not be accepted for the
purposes of admission until the child is resident at that address.
Other children from overseas do not generally have automatic right of entry to the UK. An
application for a school place will not therefore be accepted until they are resident in the UK. Proof
of residency such as an endorsed passport or entry visa will be required with the application.
Age of Admission and Deferral of Places
Hertfordshire County Council’s policy is that children born on and between 1 September 2014 and
31 August 2015 would normally commence primary school in Reception in the academic year
beginning in September 2019.
All Hertfordshire infant, first and primary schools provide for the full-time admission of all children
offered a place in the Reception year group from the September following their fourth birthday. If a
parent wants a full-time place for their child from September (at the school at which a place has
been offered) then they are entitled to that full-time place.
Parents can request that the date their child is admitted to school is deferred until later in the
school year or until the child reaches compulsory school age in that school year. In these situations
schools will “hold” a child’s school place until that child starts full-time within the academic year.
Legally, a child does not have to start school until the start of the term following their fifth birthday.
However, once a school place has been allocated parents cannot defer entry beyond the beginning
of the term after the child’s fifth birthday, nor beyond the academic year for which the original
application was accepted.
Parents can also request that their child attends part-time until the child reaches compulsory
school age.
Any parents interested in taking up a part-time place or deferring entry should contact the
individual school(s) to discuss further. When considering requests the school will take into account
the individual circumstances of the child
Where a parent of a ‘summer-born’ child (15 April – 31 August) wishes their child to start school in
the autumn term following their fifth birthday, they will normally need to make an In Year
application for a Year 1 place (see “Children Out of Year Group” below).
Children Out of Year Group
Hertfordshire County Council’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct
chronological year group, with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of
individual children.
If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they must, at
the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals working with the
child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal age appropriate cohort.
For community and voluntary controlled schools, the county council as the relevant admission
authority, through a panel process, will decide whether the application will be accepted on the
basis of the evidence submitted. There is no guarantee that an application will be accepted on this
basis. If the application is not accepted this does not constitute a refusal of a place and there is no
right to an independent statutory appeal. Similarly there is no right of appeal for a place in a
specific year group at a school. The internal management and organisation of a school, including
the placement of pupils in classes, is a matter for the Headteacher and senior leadership of
individual schools.
The governing body of schools responsible for their own admissions (academies, voluntary aided
and foundation schools) are ultimately responsible for making this decision for applications made
to their school.
Nursery Provision
Some schools have a nursery unit or deliver pre-school nursery education. The admission

Return to Index
arrangements detailed in this document do not apply for those being admitted into any nursery or
pre-school provision.
The responsibility for admission into nursery provision lies with the governing body of the school
where the school offers such provision, although the county council does a host an online system
for nursery applications.
Parents of children who are admitted to a nursery provision at a school must apply in the normal
way for a place at the school if they want their child to transfer to the reception class. Attendance at
the nursery or colocated children’s centre does not guarantee admission to the school.

Return to Index
 ALBAN WOOD PRIMARY SCHOOL AND NURSERY

Herts for Learning Multi Academy Trust

Draft Admissions Policy for 2019/2020 (for consultation)

Alban Wood Primary School (the “School”) is an academy within the Herts for Learning Multi
Academy Trust (the “Trust”)

The Trust is the admissions authority for the School and is therefore responsible for determining and
implementing the admission arrangements for the School each year in accordance with the School
Admissions Code 2014 (“the Code”) and other legislation.

EQUALITY AND INCLUSION

The School is fully inclusive and welcomes applications for the admission of children of all abilities
and needs, including those with special educational needs and disabilities. The School fully complies
with its responsibilities under the Equality Act 2010.

PUBLISHED ADMISSION NUMBER (“PAN”)

The School will provide for the admission of the appropriate number of children in accordance with
the published admission number (“PAN”). The PAN for Reception Year at the School is 30.

This means that the School will admit up to that number of children in the September of the school
year to which this policy applies.

Where fewer applications are received than the PAN, the School will offer places to all those who
have applied.

Applications for places in Reception should be made on the Local Authority’s Common Application
Form. This is accessible on the LA’s website and must be submitted in accordance with the LA’s
published deadlines for applications, namely Tuesday 15th January 2019.

Late applications will be accepted but will not be considered until all applications received on or
before the application deadline have been processed, which will reduce the chance of achieving a
place for the child.

Return to Index
CHILDREN WHO CURRENTLY HAVE A NURSERY PLACE AT THE SCHOOL

The School has an on-site nursery. Where a child attends the School’s nursery, an application for
admission into Reception Year must still be submitted. There is no automatic transfer from the
nursery to Reception Year at the School.

CHILDREN WITH AN EDUCATION HEALTH AND CARE PLAN

There are separate statutory procedures in place which govern the admission of children with special
educational needs (“SEN”) for whom an education health and care plan (“EHC plan”) has been issued
by their Local Authority. This means that the parents of children who have an EHC plan should not
apply for admission of their child to the School under this Admission Policy. If parents have a
preference for the School to be named as the provider in their child’s EHC plan, the Local Authority
needs to be made aware of this so that they can consider whether the School is suitable in
consultation with the child’s parents and the School.

Where a child’s EHC plan names the School as the provider, the child will be admitted to the School
even if this will result in the published admission number (“PAN”) for that year group, or the
statutory maximum infant class size, being exceeded. Where admission is to Reception Year in
September (i.e. in the normal admission round), the number of places available within the PAN for
other children will be reduced.

Where a child is in the process of being assessed by the Local Authority to establish whether an EHC
plan should be made, parents should speak to the Local Authority before applying for admission
under this Admission Policy, to check the stage the assessment has reached and whether a decision
to make an EHC plan will be made before the application deadline as, if it has, an application under
this Admission Policy will not be necessary.

OVERSUBSCRIPTION CRITERIA

After the admission of pupils with Statements of Special Educational Needs and where the School is
oversubscribed, priority for admission will be given to those children in priority order below:

1. Looked after children and previously looked after children (or became subject to a child
arrangements order or a special guardianship order) with those living nearer receiving higher
priority.

A “looked after child” is a child in public care at the date on which the application is made. A
“previously looked after child” is a child who was in public care, but ceased to be so because
they were adopted or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order
immediately after being in public care.

To be included in this category, the application for admission must be supported by the
relevant Local Authority’s Children’s Services Department. In the case of a previously looked
after child, a copy of the adoption or special guardianship order must also accompany the
application for admission.

2. Children who the Trust accepts have an exceptional medical or social need for a place at the
school with those living nearer receiving higher priority.

This category gives priority to children for whom Alban Wood Primary School and Nursery is
the only school that is appropriate for the child to attend because of the child’s exceptional
medical or social need.

Return to Index
 Applications under this priority must be accompanied by a Priority 2 Form, which is available
from our website.

Part A of the Priority 2 Form must be completed by the parent(s) before being provided to
the child or parent’s doctor, social worker or other relevant independent professional who
must then completed Part B, sign, stamp and date the form. The doctor, social worker or
other relevant independent professional must expressly confirm not only the nature of the
exceptional medical or social need of the child, but also the reason why it is appropriate for
the child to attend the school, why no other school is suitable, and the reasons why this is
the case.

The completed, signed and stamped Priority 2 Form must be provided with the common
application form. An application under this priority will not be considered in cases where
the completed, signed and stamped Priority 2 Form is received after the common application
form has been submitted.

Applications under Priority 2 will be considered by the Academy Governing Body (or the
relevant Admissions Committee).

3. Linked School: This rule does not apply to this school (for infant and junior schools only)

4. Children with a brother or sister already attending the school and who will still be attending
on the date of admission with those living nearer receiving higher priority

Note: this category includes full brothers and sisters, adopted, or foster brothers and sisters,
half brothers and sisters or stepbrothers and sisters. Parents/Guardians should note that in
all these cases, the brother or sister must be living at the same address as the child for
whom the application is being made.

For the avoidance of doubt, other children within the family (for example, cousins) who live
at the same address because members of the child’s extended family (for example, aunts
and uncles) also live there, will not be regarded as siblings for the purpose of this priority.

In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as long as they will still be in
attendance at the time of admission

5. Children of school staff where:

a. the member of staff has been employed at the school for two or more years at the time at
which the application for admission to the school is made; and / or

b. where the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a
demonstrable shortage with those living nearer receiving higher priority.

For the purposes of satisfying these criteria, a member of staff is defined as a permanent
member of the teaching staff, or a permanent member of the non-teaching staff. This
definition does not include contract staff. This definition does not include peripatetic staff
employed by HCC. The child must be living permanently with the member of staff.

Return to Index
 6. All other children.

Children not falling into any of the above categories will be allocated places in this category
by reference to the proximity of the child’s home address (as defined by this policy) to the
School, with those living nearer receiving higher priority.

DISTANCE MEASURING

Hertfordshire County Council’s ‘straight line’ distance measurement system is used for all home to
school distance measurements. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to
two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of
your child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally
recognised method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

In the case of multi-dwelling buildings (for example, an apartment block), the distance will be
measured from same GIS determined point in the building regardless of the actual location within
the building of the child’s home address, with the tie breaker being applied if more than one
application is received for children living in the building (see below).

TIE BREAKER

Where two applications cannot otherwise be separated because the distance between the child’s
home address (as defined by this policy) to the School is the same, the order in which places will be
allocated will be determined by random lottery using the Local Authority’s software in the presence
of a person who is independent of the School.

CHILD’S HOME ADDRESS

The address given on the application form must be the child’s main home address, which will usually
be the address at which Child Benefit is claimed or if there is no entitlement to Child Benefit, then
the address at which the child is registered with their GP will be used. A business address or the
address of a parent with whom the child does not live, a relative or a child minder must not be given.

The child’s home address stated must be a residential property that is the child’s only or main
residence, and not an address at which he or she might sometimes stay or sleep.

Where a child spends part of the week with different parents/carers the home address will be the
address at which the child spends the majority of weekday nights during term time. If two addresses
are given, only one will be accepted, which will be the address which meets the definition stated
above. Where there is a dispute over which address is the child’s main home address, the address at
which Child Benefit is claimed or if there is no entitlement to Child Benefit, then the address at
which the child is registered with their GP will be deemed to be their main home address.

Proof of residence or offer of letting from landlord will be required.

STATUTORY MAXIMUM INFANT CLASS SIZE

The maximum number of pupils legally permitted to be in a class in Reception Year, Year 1 or Year 2
class is 30 pupils.

There are specified circumstances in which some categories of children will not be counted towards
the class size, allowing for these children to be admitted to a class containing 30 or more pupils
without breaching the statutory maximum infant class size. These children are known as “excepted
pupils” until the class size falls back to 30 pupils. Parents are referred to Paragraph 2.15 of the Code
5

Return to Index
(which is accessible on the Department for Education’s website) for further details in this respect.

Children of multiple birth

If the last child to be offered a place (the 30th place in a school with a PAN of 30 for example) we will
endeavour to admit the child’s twin, triplet etc., if they all apply at the same time. This is because
the School Admissions Code allows us to admit such siblings as exceptions to the infant class size
limit and operate with classes of over 30.

CHILDREN OF UK SERVICE PERSONNEL AND CROWN SERVANTS

The School will accept applications for the admission of the children of UK Armed Forces Personnel
with a confirmed posting in the area of the School, or the children of Crown Servants returning from
overseas to live in the area of the School, in advance of them arriving. These children do not have to
be living at the stated home address at the application deadline, as all other children do.

The application for admission must be supported by an official letter declaring the relocation date
and a Unit postal address or quartering area address, which will be used as the child’s home address
for the purpose of applying this Admission Policy.

FAIR ACCESS

The school is committed to taking its fair share of vulnerable children who are hard to place, in
accordance with locally agreed protocols. Children admitted under the protocol will be prioritised
above those on the waiting list.

WAITING LISTS

The School will operate a waiting list for each year group. Where in any year the School receives
more applications for places than there are places available, a waiting list will operate until the end
of the academic year. This will be maintained by the School and it will be open to any
parent/guardian to ask for his or her child’s name to be placed on the waiting list, following an
unsuccessful application.

Children’s position on the waiting list will be determined solely in accordance with the
oversubscription criteria. Where places become vacant they will be allocated to children on the
waiting list in accordance with the oversubscription criteria.

ARRANGEMENTS FOR ADMITTING PUPILS TO OTHER YEAR GROUPS, INCLUDING REPLACING ANY
PUPILS WHO HAVE LEFT THE SCHOOL (‘IN-YEAR ADMISSIONS’)

You can apply to change school during the school year. We call this an "in year admission".

To apply for an in-year admission to Alban Wood Primary and Nursery please complete the ‘In year
Admissions Form’ and send it and any supporting documentation to Alban Wood.

We'll let you know if you're successful within 10 working days, once we receive your application,
proof of address and any additional documents needed. If the year group applied for has a place
available, the School will admit the child. If more applications are received than there are places
available, the place will be allocated applying the oversubscription criteria set out above.

Return to Index
You need to accept or decline any place offered. If a place is not available, you will be given the
opportunity to have your name added to the waiting list. You will also have a right to appeal the
decision.

AGE ON ADMISSION TO RECEPTION YEAR

All children are entitled to a full-time place in Reception Year at a primary school from the
September following their fourth birthday. Children do not, however, reach compulsory school age
until the first of three prescribed dates after their fifth birthday. These prescribed dates are 31
December, 31 March and 31 August.

For example, a child who will reach the age of five years on 18 November will not reach compulsory
school age until the following 1 January, a child who will reach the age of five years on 22 March will
not reach compulsory school age until the following 1 April and a child who will reach the age of five
years on 3 June will not reach compulsory school age until the following 31 August.

Deferred entry and part-time attendance

Parents offered a place for their child have a right to defer entry, or to take a place up part-time,
until the start of the term beginning immediately after their child has reached compulsory school
age. However, places cannot be deferred until the next academic year. Parents can also ask that
their child attends on a part-time basis until they reach compulsory school age.

However, the start date for a child born between 1 April and 31 August who will not reach
compulsory school age until 31 August (known as a “summer born child”) cannot be deferred later
than the first day of the last term (usually when the School reopens after Easter) without losing the
place achieved, which will then be allocated to another child. Parents of “summer born children”
can, however, choose to delay their child starting school for a whole school year (see below).

Parents may also choose to send their child to school part-time until they reach compulsory school
age (i.e. on one of the three prescribed dates stated above). Unlike the right to defer entry, this
right can be exercised during the last term in the case of “summer born children”, and can also be
exercised in combination with the right to defer the child’s start date until later in the school year, as
set out above.

For example, a child born on 18 November could start school part-time from 1 September and then
full-time from 1 January, and a child born on 22 March could start school part-time from either 1
September or 1 January and then full-time from 1 April.

Delayed entry for “summer born children”

Parents of summer born children have the following options in relation to their child:

1. To start school full-time in Reception Year in the September following their fourth birthday in
the usual way; or

2. To retain the place they have achieved for their child in Reception Year and decide that their
child will start school later in the school year (i.e. deferred entry) and/or attend part-time, as
set out above; or

3. To lose any place achieved for their child in Reception Year and delay (rather than defer) their
child starting school for one whole school year (i.e. following September).
7

Return to Index
Parents choosing to exercise the third option will need to decide whether they want their child to be
admitted to Year 1 in the following September with their usual age group (subject to their being an
available place in Year 1, as no place will be have been reserved for the child) or be admitted to
Reception Year in the following September with children below their normal age group.

The latter option requires parents to submit a separate Application for Admission Outside Normal
Age Group to the AGB of the School (see below). In the event that the Application for Admission
Outside Normal Age Group is approved by the Academy Governing Body, there is no guarantee that
a place will be available in the preferred year group. Once a decision has been made, the School will
apply its oversubscription criteria to decide whether a place can be offered in that age group. This
means that, although the parents may have obtained the School’s agreement to their child being
admitted below its normal age range into Reception Year one school year after being eligible to start
school, their child may not achieve a place in Reception Year at the School the following year.

In the case of summer born children seeking to delay starting school for one school year and then to
be admitted into Reception Year below their normal age group, an application for admission into
Reception Year using with the child’s normal age group should be made in the usual way
accompanied by a request to be admitted into Reception Year the following year (by completing the
“Application For Admission Outside Normal Age Group Form” with supporting evidence).

Provided the application is received in time, parents will receive a response to their request before
primary national offer day. If a request is agreed, the application for the normal age group may be
withdrawn before a place is offered. If a request is refused, the parent must decide whether to:

a. accept the offer of a place for the normal age group (if an offer is made); or

b. refuse it and make an in year application for admission to Year 1 for the September
following the child’s fifth birthday (there is no guarantee that places will be available in Year
1 if the school is oversubscribed).

Where a parent’s request for admission outside of the normal age group for summer born children is
agreed, a new application must be submitted as part of the main admissions round the following
year.

Parents do not have a right of appeal if they have been offered a place and it is not in the year group
they would like. However, parents may make a complaint about the School’s decision not to admit
their child outside their normal age group.

ADMISSION OF CHILDREN OUTSIDE THEIR NORMAL AGE GROUP

Parents may request that their child is admitted to a year group outside their normal age range, for
instance where the child is gifted or talented or where a child has suffered from particular social or
medical issues impacting his or her schooling. All such requests will be considered on their merits
and either agreed or refused, on that basis. If a request is refused, the child will still be considered
for admission to their normal age group.

Parents wishing to submit a request for their child to be admitted outside their normal age group
should submit an “Application For Admission Outside Normal Age Group Form” which is available
from Alban Wood’s website.

Return to Index
The process for requesting such an admission is as follows:

With the application, parents should request that the child is admitted to another year group (state
which one), and the reasons for that request. Parents will submit any evidence in support of their
case with the application, for instance from a medical practitioner, Headteacher etc. Some of the
evidence a parent might submit could include:

1. Whether the child is ‘summer born’ and is seeking admission to a year group other than
reception (or is seeking admission to reception rather than year 1);

2. Information about the child’s academic, social and emotional development;

3. Where relevant, their medical history and the views of a medical professional;

4. Whether they have previously been educated out of their normal age group;

5. Whether they may naturally have fallen into a lower age group if it were not for being born
prematurely.

This is a non-exhaustive list. There may be other factors that the Academy Governing Board will
consider. The school will consider each case on its merits, taking into account the individual
circumstances of the request and the child’s best interests. We will also ensure the parent is aware
of whether the request for admission out of age group has been agreed before final offers are made,
and the reason for any refusal. Requests for admission out of the normal year group will be
considered alongside other applications made at the same time. An application from a child who
would ‘normally’ be a year 1 child for a reception place will be considered alongside applications for
reception.

ARRANGEMENTS FOR APPEALS PANELS

Parents/Carers will have the right of appeal to an Independent Appeal Panel if they are dissatisfied
with an admission decision of the School. The Appeal Panel will be independent of the School. The
arrangements for Appeals will be in line with the Code of Practice on School Admission Appeals
published by the Department for Education. The determination of the appeal panel will be made in
accordance with the Code of Practice on School Admission Appeals and is binding on all parties.

Normal admissions round

Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system for the normal
admissions round should log in to their online application and click on the link “register an appeal”.
Out of county residents and paper applicants should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123
4043 to request their registration details and log into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and
click on the link “log into the appeals system”.

In-year admissions

For in-year admissions, we will write to you with the outcome of your application and, if you have
been unsuccessful, the county council will write to you with registration details to enable you to
login and appeal online at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals

THE SCHOOL EXPECTS PARENTS TO PROVIDE TRUE AND ACCURATE INFORMATION. IF IT IS

DISCOVERED THAT FALSE INFORMATION HAS BEEN PROVIDED, THE OFFER OF A PLACE IS LIKELY

Return to Index
 [SCHOOL LOGO] 

[Name of school] 

PRIORTY 2 FORM ‐ EXCEPTIONAL MEDICAL OR SOCIAL NEED 

REPORT FROM A DOCTOR, SOCIAL WORKER OR OTHER RELEVANT 
INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL 

Part A of this form must be completed by a parent.  The form should then be provided to the doctor, social 
worker or other relevant independent professional who should complete Part B, sign, date and stamp the 
form, before returning it to the parent if the parent wants to rely on this priority in order to achieve a place 
at the school.  The form must be submitted at the same time as the Common Application Form.  

This  form  is  intended  to  support  an  application  for  admission  under  Priority  2  of  the  academy’s/school’s 
Admission Policy, which states: 

“Priority 2 – Children who the Trust accepts have an exceptional medical or social need for a place at the 
school”: 

Children for whom [Name of School] is the only school that is appropriate for the child to attend because of 
the child’s exceptional medical or social need, will be admitted under this priority.   

Applications under this priority must be accompanied by Priority 2 Form, Part A of which must be completed 
by  the  parents  before  being  provided  to  the  child  or  parent’s  the  doctor,  social  worker  or  other  relevant 
independent professional who must then completed Part B, sign, stamp and date the form.  The doctor, social 
worker  or  other  relevant  independent  professional  must  expressly  confirm  not  only  the  nature  of  the 
exceptional medical or social need of the child or parent, but also the reason why it is appropriate for the child 
to attend the school, why no other school is suitable, and the reasons why this is the case.   

The completed, signed and stamped Priority 2 Form must be provided with the common application form.  An 
application  under  this  priority  will  not  be  considered  in  cases  where  the  completed,  signed  and  stamped 
Priority 2 Form is received after the common application form has been submitted.” 

Instructions to Hertfordshire County Council: please ensure that this form is kept 
confidential  and  is  processed  only  to  the  extent  that  it  is  necessary  to  pass  the 
information to the school.  Please ensure that the forms are sent to the school by a 
secure  means.    Please  contact  HCC’s  Strategy  &  Policy  Manager,  Admissions  & 
Transport, for further details. 

1 

Return to Index
 

PART A – To be completed by Parent 

Child’s Surname:   

Child’s Forename(s):   

Child’s Date of Birth:   

Child’s Main Home Address:   

   

   

   

This form should now be handed to the child’s doctor, social worker or other relevant independent 
professional for completion of Part B. 

2 

Return to Index
PART  B  –  To  be  completed  by  a  doctor,  social  worker  or  other 
relevant independent professional then returned to the parent 

Name of person with an   
exceptional  medical or 
social need: 

Please confirm the nature   
of the exceptional medical 
or social need:   

   

   

   

In your professional opinion, is [NAME OF SCHOOL] the only school which is appropriate for the 
child to attend as a result of their medical or social need? 

 
Yes    No   
 

Please state your reasons   
for stating [NAME OF 
SCHOOL] is the only school   
which is appropriate for the 
child to attend:   

   

   

   

3 

Return to Index
   

   

Please explain the   
difficulties the child would 
experience if the child   
attended another school 
within a reasonable   
distance of the child’s main 
home address:   

   

   

   

   

Signed:   

Print Name:   

Position:   

4 

Return to Index
 Organisation:   

Organisation’s address:   

Date:   

Official Stamp:   

Note to professional: please return the completed form to the parent named above by a secure 
means.  It is the parent’s responsibility to submit the form as part of the admissions application 
process. 

5 

Return to Index
               
 

[SCHOOL LOGO]   

[SCHOOL/ACADEMY NAME] 

APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION OUTSIDE NORMAL AGE GROUP 

This is not an application for admission – it is an application to the Academy Governing Board for their 
agreement in principle to the child being admitted to any year group other than the child’s normal year 
group. The completed form and any supporting documentation must be submitted to [School/Academy 
Name]  for  consideration  by  the  Academy  Governing  Board  as  soon  as  possible.    Regardless  of  the 
outcome of this application, a separate application for admission will need to be made in the usual way, 
and  will  be  considered  with  all  other  applications  received,  applying  the  oversubscription  criteria  as 
appropriate.   

In the case of children born between 1 April and 31 August (known as “summer born children”) whose 
parents want them to start Reception Year one year later than usual (i.e. in the September following 
their fifth birthday, rather than the September following their fourth birthday), the application should 
be made well in advance of the application deadline for the child’s admission to Reception Year with 
their  normal  age  group,  to  keep  all  options  open.    Where  the  Academy  Governing  Board  agrees  an 
application in principle, their letter confirming this should accompany the subsequent application for 
admission. 

This form should be read alongside the School’s/Academy’s Admissions Policy. 

This form should be completed by the parent with whom the child lives for more than 50% of their 
time from Monday to Friday during term time.  Please complete in block capitals using black ink.  All 
names  provided  must  be  formal  names,  as  stated  in  passports  and  other  formal  documents.    The 
completed form should be forwarded to the school office at School/Academy name. 

 
 

PART A – CHILD’S DETAILS 

Child’s Surname:   

Child’s Forename(s):   

Child’s Date of Birth:   

Child’s Main Home Address:   

(as defined in the Admissions Policy) 

 
 
1 
Return to Index
 PART B – PARENT’S DETAILS 

Parent’s Surname:   

Parent’s Forename(s):   

Parent’s Home Address:   

(If different) 

Parent’s Email Address:   

Parent’s Contact Number:   

 
 

PART C – APPLICATION DETAILS 

What date do you want the child to be admitted?   

What  year  group  do  you  want  the  child  to  be   
admitted to? 

What year group would the child’s normal age group   
be in? 

Please  give  detailed  reasons  for  your  belief  that  it  is  in  the  best  interests  of  your  child  to  be  admitted 
outside their normal age group.  In doing so, please consider the following factors which will be considered 
by the Academy Governing Board: 

• The parents’ views; 
• The Headteacher’s view; 
• The child’s academic, social and emotional development; 
• Where relevant, the child’s medical history and the views of their medical professionals; 
• Whether the child has previously been educated outside of their normal age group; 
• Whether the child would have naturally have fallen into a lower age range were it not for having been 
born prematurely. 

This is a non‐exhaustive list.  There may be other factors that the Academy Governing Board will consider.  

 
   

2 
Return to Index
 

       
 
   
3 
Return to Index
 
 

Please list all documents attached in support of your application: 

 
 
 

PART D – PARENT’S SIGNATURE 

I certify that the information provided in this form is true and accurate, to the best of my knowledge and 
belief: 

Signed:   

Print name:   

Date:   

   
 

4 
Return to Index
  
School logo 
 
 
School name 
 
Application Form 
In Year Admissions 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 Before you fill in this form, please read the guidance documents and information on our website 
at school website info 
 
 Supplementary Information Forms (if applicable) and any additional supporting documentation 
should be returned direct to the school 
 
 Please complete this form using black ink and CAPITAL LETTERS 
 
 You must include two recent (within the last 3 months) forms of address evidence. One must 
be a council tax bill, utility bill, solicitor’s letter showing completion date or a signed tenancy 
agreement. Please do not send originals.  
 
 If moving/returning to the UK, you must also provide evidence of your arrival. This can be flight 
itinerary, boarding passes or ferry/train tickets. 
 
 
We cannot process an application without evidence of your address. 
   

Return to Index
 
 
Section 1: Your child’s details 
 
 
Date place is required*:  

 
*Places are offered on the basis that they will be taken up within 10 school days. Please do not apply more 
than 4 weeks in advance of the date you require a place unless you are a service family. 
 

 
Your child’s details: 
 
First name  Middle name(s)  Family name/Surname 
   
Date of birth  Current Year Group*  Female / Male 

 
*Hertfordshire will allocate a place into the usual year group based on your child’s date of birth. If you wish 
your child to be educated in a different year group to that indicated by their date of birth, please provide 
further details with this form. 
 
 

Your child’s current  Current address 
address and postcode   
   
We check addresses and   
we will withdraw our offer   
of a school place if you   
give a false address 
Postcode 
   
  
 
Your child’s new  If you are moving house, please provide the new address below: 
address and postcode   
Date of move*   
 
 
Postcode 
   
 
*Please ensure you enclose proof of your new address including the move date. This can be either a 
solicitor’s letter confirming completion or a copy of the formal lease agreement. If you are moving to a rental 
property, please provide evidence that you have sold or are in the process of selling your previous property, 
or that a previous lease agreement has ended. We will not be able to take into account a new address 
without proof as referred to above. 
 
   

Return to Index
Section 2: Application details 
 
 
Does the child have a sibling at the school? * If yes, please give details below:  Yes □ No □ 

Name:  Male/Female: 
 
  Date of birth: 

 
*A sibling is either the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of the 
parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after and in every case living permanently 
in a placement within the home as part of the family household. 
 
 
Does your child have an Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) or 
Yes □ No □ 
statement of special needs (SN)? 
 
A Statement of SN or an EHCP is a document written by the local authority detailing the child’s needs and the 
measures the school will take to help them. The SEN team at the local authority manage admissions for 
children with a statement and your application will be passed to them.  
 
 
Is the child you are making an application for in the care of the Local 
Yes □ No □ 
Authority (Child Looked After)? 
If yes, please indicate which local authority and include a supporting letter from the child’s social 
worker and/or advisory teacher: 
 
 
Was your child previously looked after but was then adopted or became 
Yes □ No □ 
subject to a child arrangements order or special guardianship order? 

If yes, please provide supporting evidence including a copy of the adoption order if applicable 
 
 

Are you applying under Rule 2 (exceptional medical or social needs)?*  Yes □ No □ 
*You must include supporting professional evidence clearly demonstrating why your child’s needs can only 
be met at one specific school. Please include all the evidence you wish us to consider as we can only 
consider the information received at the time of application. Rule 2 can only be re‐considered if there has 
been an exceptional change of circumstances 
 
 
 

Are you applying under the Children of Staff rule if applicable*?    Yes □    No □ 
*This is not currently applicable at this school 

 
 
 

Return to Index
 Are you or your partner UK service personnel or a crown servant?  Yes □ No □ 

If yes, please include an official MOD, FC or GCHQ letter showing relocation date 
 
 
 
Your child’s current school       
 
School Name  School Address 

Date last attended  
 
(if your child has left):   
 
 

 
Section 3: Your details 
 
Name of person making the  Title  Initial  Family Name 
application  (Usually a parent/carer) 

Address if different to that given 
above 

Daytime telephone number 

Email address 
Our preferred way to contact you 

Your relationship to the child 
 
 
Is the child living with you under a private fostering arrangement? 
This is where the child lives with an adult who is not a close relative i.e. not a   Yes □   No □ 
parent, grandparent, sibling, aunt or uncle. 
Do you have parental responsibility? *   Yes □   No □ 

If no, please provide permission from the person(s) with parental responsibility confirming they are 
in agreement with the application. 
 
 
   

Return to Index
 
 
Section 4: Parental declaration 
 
If you deliberately give false information, we may withdraw the offer of a school place. 
 
All of the information I have given on this form is correct and up to date.  
 
I have read and understand the school’s admissions policy. 
 
I understand that you will inform my child’s current school of this application and will share the 
information in this application with the schools listed on this form and, if different, the allocated 
school.  
 
I understand that my child must be able to take up the allocated school place immediately and 
that the place may be withdrawn if not accepted within 10 school days. 
 
I confirm I have parental responsibility for this child and/or the agreement of all 
persons with parental responsibility  □ 
 
I enclose:      Supporting evidence relating to the application, including proof of  □ 
arrival if applicable  
  □ 
Proof of address ‐ we cannot process the application without this. 
   
 

Your full name   

Your signature    Date:   
     
 
 
Please return this application form to the office of name of school 
School address 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  It is very important that you include all necessary
 
documentation
 
with your application in order to avoid any
  delays.
 
 

Return to Index
 All Saints C of E (VA) Primary School
Hollybush Lane, Datchworth, Knebworth, Herts, SG3 6RE
Tel: 01438 812381
admin@datchworth.herts.sch.uk
Headteacher: Mr. S. Whiteland

Consultation of Admissions for the year entry 2019-2020

Dear xxxxxxxxxxx,

Every 7 years, the Governing Body of the school must consult widely on its admissions criteria.

At a recent Governing Body meeting where the admissions criteria for 2018-19 were discussed, the
Governing Body has decided to consult one year early, after only 6 years.

The criteria for admissions are outlined in the attached document – we are asking for your views on the
changes we would like to make and the reasoning behind why we would like to make those changes.

We are not consulting on all of the criteria. Some are set by Government (and we cannot change them) and
some are standard admission criteria for schools.

As is standard for a consultation exercise, it will be conducted with a wide range of people being asked for
their views including, but not limited to, current parents, potential future parents e.g. parents of children at
our feeder pre-schools and nurseries, members of the congregation of All Saints Church, other local school
headteachers and members of our village community etc.

We invite you to read the attached consultation document and discuss it with your family and friends.

Please email your responses to:

admin@datchworth.herts.sch.uk
with Admissions Consultation in the subject line;
or write to:
Admissions Consultation
Chair of Governors
All Saints C of E (VA) Primary School
25 Hollybush Lane
Datchworth
Knebworth,
Hertfordshire
SG3 6RE

We look forward to and thank you for engaging with us during this exercise as we are genuinely seeking
your views. All replies will be dealt with in the strictest of confidence.

With kindest regards,

Dr Will Topping
Chair of Governors
For and on behalf of the Governing Body

Return to Index
 Consultation of the Admissions Criteria for All Saints School Datchworth
HCC school number 195
May 2017

The Governing Body of All Saints School Primary Datchworth hereby give notice of their wishes to
consult on the Admissions Criteria for All Saints School Datchworth, 25 Hollybush Lane,
Datchworth, Knebworth, Hertfordshire. SG3 6RE.

The current admissions criteria are set out below with a description of any changes. The
Governing Body is seeking your views upon or whether they should remain the same. These are
highlighted by being in bold and underlined.

Category 1

Children in public care (children looked after) or children who were previously ‘looked after’ but
immediately after being ‘looked after’ became subject to an adoption, child arrangement or special
guardianship order.

The Governors cannot consult about this criterion as it is set by Government.

Category 2a

Children who have a sibling who attends the school.

The Governors do not wish to consult about this criterion.

Category 2b

Children who are a sibling of a former pupil.

The Governors do want to consult about this criterion. The Governors are considering
whether to move this criterion to a new Category 6 or delete it all together.

The Governors believe that this is too high in the list of criteria. Potentially a child who lives within
the Parish of Datchworth may not be allocated a place at the school because siblings of former
pupils, who have left the school, may be allocated a place before them. This, to the best
knowledge of the Governing body, has never happened but is potentially possible. The Governors
would like to either move this criterion to below category 5 or delete it all together. The Governors
would like all children from the Parish of Datchworth to be able to attend their local school before
that place is allocated to a child outside of the Parish of Datchworth.

Category 3

Children, who at the time of application, have their home address within the ecclesiastical parish
of Datchworth (a map is available in the school, on the school website
www.datchworth.herts.sch.uk or on www.achurchnearyou.com).

All Saints Datchworth Admissions Policy 2017/2018 Updated October 2015

Return to Index
The Governors do not wish to consult about this criterion because the Governors would
like all children from the Parish of Datchworth to be able to attend their local school and
we believe this criterion supports this.

Category 4

Children whose home address is outside the area as defined in Category 3 above, one or more of
whose parents/carers have, at the time of application shown commitment to the Church of
England or another Christian Church by attending a service at least once a month for the year
prior to an application being made. Applicants in this category will need to ask their priest or
minister to sign the relevant section of the SIF.

The Governors do not wish to consult about this criterion because we believe that this
supports the Christian ethos of our school.

Category 5

Children of staff at the school.

Priority may be given to children of staff in either or both of the following circumstances:
a) Where the member of staff has been employed for 2 or more years at the time at which the
application for admission to the school is made, and/or
b) Where the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill
shortage.

The Governors do not wish to consult about this criterion.

Category 6

Any other children.

Where the application of the above criteria results in a situation where there are more children with
an equal right to admission to the school than the number of available places, the tie-break will be
distance from the school measured using the computerised ‘straight line’ mapping system
operated by the LA, as described in their literature and website. Where this distance
measurement results in more than one child having an identical claim to the last available place as
a result of living in flats, priority will be given to the lowest house number.

If there were changes to Category 2b above then this would remain as Category 6 or
become Category 7 depending on the outcome of changes to the current Category 2b.

All Saints Datchworth Admissions Policy 2017/2018 Updated October 2015

Return to Index
 All Saints C of E (VA) Primary School, Datchworth

Admissions Policy (Year of Entry 2019 - 2020)

Reception Year
Introduction
All Saints Primary School is a Voluntary Aided Church of England School within the Diocese of St
Albans. The Governing Body of the school is the admission authority. The Governors will admit up to
the planned admission number of 30 children into the Reception year. The Governing Body (GB) is
required to abide by the maximum limits for infant classes (5, 6 and 7 year olds) i.e. 30 pupils per class.

The Local Authority (LA), Hertfordshire County Council (HCC), operates an agreed co-coordinated
admissions scheme for Reception in line with government legislation. The LA will co-ordinate the
process on behalf of the school according to the scheme published each year. HCC, as the admission
authority, will allocate places in line with the policy.

The closing date for admission application forms to be received by the home LA is the 15th January
2019. Information on completing the ‘online’ application and notification dates of admission decisions
are published in the LA admissions literature, which is also available from their website.

All applications must be made on the HCC common application form. Parents/carers are requested to
complete our Supplementary Information Form (SIF) and return it to the school office by the date given
above. If a SIF is not completed, the GB will apply their admission arrangements using the information
submitted on the LA form only, which may result in your application being given a lower priority.

The school provides for the admission of all successful applicants who have reached their 4th birthday
by the beginning of September 2019. However, please note the following:

a) Parents offered a place may defer the date of their child’s admission until later in the year or until
the child reaches compulsory school age. In the case of summer born children (1st April – 31st
August), admission cannot be deferred beyond the start of the summer term.

b) Parents can request part time attendance until the child reaches compulsory school age.

c) All children must join the school in the Reception year or a new application will need to be made
for a Year 1 place. However, please see notes regarding summer born children below.

d) Where a parent of a summer born child (1st April – 31st August) wishes their child to start school in
the term following their fifth birthday, they will normally need to make an in-year application for a
Year 1 place. Parents should discuss this with the school as soon as possible.

If parents wish such child to be educated “out-of year group” i.e. in the Reception year rather than
Year 1, they should discuss this with the school.

Parents of a summer-born child may choose not to send that child to school until the September
following their fifth birthday and may request that they are admitted out of their normal age group
to Reception rather than Year 1.

Decisions will be made on a case by case basis and in the best interests of the child concerned.
1

All Saints Datchworth Admissions Policy 2019/2020 Updated October 2017

Return to Index
 Decisions must also take into account the views of the Headteacher of the school.

When informing parents of their decision on the year group to which the child should be admitted,
the admissions authority must set out clearly the reasons for their decision.

Where the school agrees to a parent’s request for the child to be admitted out of their normal age
group and, as a consequence of that decision, the child will be admitted to a relevant age group
(i.e. Reception), the school will process the application as part of the main admissions round.

The statutory right to appeal does not apply if they are offered a place at the school but not in
their preferred age group.

Please note that the information in this policy is correct for the year shown. Policies for future years
may well be different. The Government is currently reviewing the Schools Admissions Code and further
changes to this admissions policy may occur as a result.

All Saints Datchworth Admissions Policy 2019/2020 Updated October 2017

Return to Index
How places are offered
Children who have a statement of special educational needs or an Education, Health and Care Plan
(EHCP) which names the school, will be admitted to the school.

In the event of there being more applications than available places, the following oversubscription
criteria will be applied in order:

Category 1 Children in public care (children looked after) or children who were previously ‘looked
after’ but immediately after being ‘looked after’ became subject to an adoption, child
arrangement or special guardianship order.

Category 2 Children who have a sibling who attends the school.

Category 3 Children, who at the time of application, have their home address within the
ecclesiastical parish of Datchworth (a map is available in the school, on the school
website www.datchworth.herts.sch.uk or on www.achurchnearyou.com).

Category 4 Children whose home address is outside the area as defined in Category 3 above, one
or more of whose parents/carers have, at the time of application shown commitment to
the Church of England or another Christian Church by attending a service at least once
a month for the year prior to an application being made. Applicants in this category will
need to ask their priest or minister to sign the relevant section of the SIF.

Category 5 Children of staff at the school.

Priority may be given to children of staff in either or both of the following circumstances:

a) Where the member of staff has been employed for 2 or more years at the time at
which the application for admission to the school is made, and/or
b) Where the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a
demonstrable skill shortage.

Category 6 Any other children.

Where the application of the above criteria results in a situation where there are more
children with an equal right to admission to the school than the number of available
places, the tie-break will be distance from the school measured using the computerised
‘straight line’ mapping system operated by the LA, as described in their literature and
website. Where this distance measurement results in more than one child having an
identical claim to the last available place as a result of living in flats, priority will be given
to the lowest house number.

The Governors co-operate with the fair access policy of the LA.

Every effort will be made to accommodate twins and other ‘multiple births’ applications. Where the last
available place is offered to the first twin or a ‘multiple birth’, a place will be offered to the other twin or
siblings as exceptions to the infant class size rule. Such children will be admitted, even if the school is
full and take priority over those already on the waiting list.

All Saints Datchworth Admissions Policy 2019/2020 Updated October 2017

Return to Index
Definitions
In respect of categories 1 to 6, the Governors use the same definitions as the LA set out in their
admissions literature and website for the following terms:

Category 1 Children in public care (Children looked after)

Category 2 ‘Sibling’

Category 3 and 4 ‘Home Address’

Category 4 ‘Christian Church’

The Governors define a ‘Christian Church’ to be one which is a member of Churches Together in
England or the Evangelical Alliance.

Category 5 Staff

Further clarification of definitions can be found in Appendix A ‘Explanatory notes and definitions for the
admission arrangements for community and voluntary-controlled schools in Hertfordshire for 2018/19’
on the Herts Admissions website.

Unsuccessful Applications
Appeals
Parents who have not been allocated a place for their child have the right to appeal to an independent
panel.

At transfer time, parents wishing to appeal who applied online, should log into their online application
and click on the link 'register an appeal'. For those who did not apply online, please contact the
Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal pack.

For in-year applications, parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in the first
instance.

Continuing Interest (waiting list) and in year applications

In the event of more applications than available places, the Governors will maintain a continuing
interest (waiting list). These and late applications, will go onto this list in a position determined by the
criteria. If a place becomes available in the school, it will be offered to the child that best meets the
published admission rules. As a school which has opted out of the HCC in year coordinated scheme, all
in year applications are coordinated by the school’s Governing Body and in year applications should be
made to the school directly by completing the school’s SIF.

Parents are requested to inform the Governors if they wish their child’s name to be removed from
continuing interest. The Governors will maintain the list until 31st March 2020.

All Saints Datchworth Admissions Policy 2019/2020 Updated October 2017

Return to Index
 All Saints C of E (VA) Primary School, Datchworth
PART A

ADMISSIONS APPLICATION - SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM (SIF)

Please use BLOCK CAPITALS

Surname:
Name of Child
Forename(s):

Date of Birth: / / Gender: Male / Female

Name of Parents/Guardians or Carers:

Permanent Home Address:
Note: This is the Child’s permanent residence
and not an accommodation address. Parents are
requested to provide a recent (within the last 3
months) original utilities bill or equivalent, which
will be returned to them.

Contact Telephone Number:

e-mail Address:

Current Pre-School, Nursery or School:

Under which category are you applying

for admission?
If you are applying under category 4, please complete Part B of this form and ask your parish priest
or minister to sign it. Please return both parts to the school. Please supply the name, address and
telephone number of the parish priest or minister who will complete the form.

Name of priest/minister:

Address:

Telephone No:

IMPORTANT NOTE

I have read the School Prospectus and should my child be accepted as a pupil, I agree to abide by the
aims and methods of working in the school as stated therein. I confirm that to the best of my
knowledge, the details above are correct. I attach an original utilities bill or equivalent, dated in the last
3 months.

Signature of Parent/Guardian/Carer: Date:

OFFICE USE ONLY: Date Received:

5

All Saints Datchworth Admissions Policy 2019/2020 Updated October 2017

Return to Index
 All Saints C of E (VA) Primary School, Datchworth
PART B

ADMISSIONS APPLICATION - SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM (SIF)

FOR THOSE CLAIMING CHURCH ATTENDANCE

Parents and Clergy are asked to complete and sign this form to assist the Governors in ensuring that
those most qualified for admission under Category 4 are properly considered. Please note that priority
will be based on the parents’/carers’ links with the Church and not just the child’s membership.

The relevant category (in priority order for the offering of places) is as follows:

Category 4 Children whose home address is outside the area as defined in Category 3 above, one
or more of whose parents/carers have, at the time of application shown commitment to
the Church of England or another Christian Church by attending a service at least once
a month for the year prior to an application being made. Applicants in this category will
need to ask their priest or minister to sign the relevant section of the SIF/Clergy Form.

The main Christian denominations are defined by membership of Churches Together in England or the
Evangelical Alliance.

Name of Child:
Name of Parents/Guardians or
Carers:
Criterion Under Which Applying:

Child’s Permanent Home Address:

Name of Church:

Address of Church:

Name of Clergyman:

Position in Church:

I CONFIRM THAT WE HAVE REGULARLY WORSHIPPED AT THE ABOVE CHURCH AS A

FAMILY AT LEAST ONCE IN EACH CALENDAR MONTH FOR A MINIMUM OF ONE YEAR.

Parent/Guardian/Carer signature: Date:

I CONFIRM THAT THIS FAMILY HAS REGULARLY WORSHIPPED AT THIS CHURCH AT LEAST
ONCE IN EACH CALENDAR MONTH FOR A MINIMUM OF ONE YEAR

Clergy signature: Date:

All Saints Datchworth Admissions Policy 2019/2020 Updated October 2017

Return to Index
Appendix A – Definitions
The following definitions apply to terms used in the Admissions Policy:

Children in public care (Children Looked After)

Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the School
Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England)
Regulations 2012.

These children will be prioritised under Rule 1.

Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after but ceased to be so because they
were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special guardianship order.

A ‘child looked after’ is a child who is:

a) in the care of a local authority, or
b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social
services functions
(Section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989).

All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission under Rule
1*.

Child Arrangements Order - under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which
amended Section 8 of the Children Act 1989, residence orders have now been replaced by child
arrangements orders which settle the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is
to live.

Special Guardianship Order – under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more
individuals to be a child’s special guardian or guardians.

Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked after,
providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under Rule 1.

Children who were not ‘looked after’ immediately before being adopted, or made the subject of a child
arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised under Rule 1.

* This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the School
Admissions Code that came into force on 19 December 2014.

Definition of sibling
For applications to schools using Hertfordshire County Council's admission criteria, a sibling is defined
as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of the parent/carer or
partner or a child looked after or previously looked after1 and in every case living permanently2 in a
placement within the home as part of the family household from Monday to Friday at the time of this
application.
1
Children previously looked after, are those children adopted or with a special guardianship order or
child arrangements order. This definition was amended following a determination by the OSA in August
2014.

All Saints Datchworth Admissions Policy 2019/2020 Updated October 2017

Return to Index
2
A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for example a
child who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after child in a respite
placement or very short term or bridging foster placement. If a place is obtained for an older child using
fraudulent information, there will be no sibling connection available to subsequent children from that
family.

Home address
The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of application. ‘At the
time of application’ means the closing date for applications. ‘Permanent’ means that the child has lived
at that address for at least a year and/or the family own the property or have a tenancy agreement for a
minimum of 12 months.

The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one address (for
example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child lives at for the majority of
the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of the parent/guardian/carer that claims
Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s main residence.

If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be requested.

If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/guardians/carers should provide court documentation to

evidence the address that should be used for admission allocation purposes.

All Saints Datchworth Admissions Policy 2019/2020 Updated October 2017

Return to Index
 Proposed Admissions Arrangements for Applecroft School for
2019/20
The school’s published admission number will be 60.
Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing boards of all maintained
schools to admit a child with a statement of special educational needs and Education, Health
and Care Plan (EHC Plans) that names the school.

Rule 1 Children looked after and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special
guardianship order).

Rule 2 Medical or Social: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a
particular medical or social need to go to the school.
A panel of officers will determine whether the evidence provided is sufficiently compelling to
meet the requirements for this rule. The evidence must relate specifically to the school
applied for under Rule 2 and must clearly demonstrate why it is the only school that can
meet the child’s needs.

Rule 3 Sibling: Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school or linked
school at the time of application. A sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or
sister, adopted brother or sister, child of the parent/carer or partner or a child looked
after or previously looked after* and in every case living permanently in a placement within
the home as part of the family household from Monday to Friday at the time of this
application.
*Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship
order or child arrangements order.
This applies to reception through to Year 5 in infant, junior and primary schools; and from
reception through to Year 3 in first schools; and from Year 5 to Year 7 in middle schools
In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as long as they will still be
in attendance at the time of admission

Rule 4 Children of staff: A member of staff is defined as a person who is directly employed
by the Governing Board of Applecroft School and has a full time or part time permanent
contract at the time of application. The Governing Board will give priority in their
oversubscription criteria to children of staff in either or both of the following circumstances:
a) Where the member of staff has been employed at the school for two or more
years at the time at which the application for admissions to the school is made,
and/or
b) The member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a
demonstrable skills shortage
Please note: The staff member must be the child’s legal parent (by blood, adoption or step
parent) and/or have been living at the same address (for a minimum of 4 nights a week) as
the child for a minimum of two years.

Rule 5 Nearest School: Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy.
This includes all schools except those which allocate places on the basis of faith.

Rule 6 Distance: Children who live nearest to the school.

If your child does not qualify under Rule 5, they will be considered under Rule 6.
Where the application of the above criteria results in a situation where there are more
children with an equal right to admission to the school than the number of available places,
the tie‐break will be distance from the school measured using the computerised
‘straight line’ mapping system operated by the LA.

Hertfordshire County Council’s ‘straight line’ distance measurement system is used for all
home to school distance measurements. Distances are measured using a computerised
mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase

Return to Index
Premium address point of your child’s house to the address point of the school.
AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the location of
schools and individual residences.

Where this distance measurement results in more than one child having an identical claim to
the last available place as a result of living in flats, priority will be given to the lowest house
number.

Applecroft School will use the same definitions and measuring system as outlined in
Hertfordshire County Council’s admissions literature, “Applying for a school place”

In Year Admissions
The school will remain part of the County Council’s co-ordinated In Year admissions
scheme. Application forms can be accessed via www.hertsdirect.org/admissions or from the
Customer Service Centre, 0300 123 4043. Parents should return the application form direct
to the County Council (address on the form).

Fair Access
The school participates in the County Council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit children
under this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Twins
If a twin or multiple birth child is allocated the final place available, the school will also offer
places to the other twin/multiple birth children.

Summer Born Children (born between 1st April 2015 to 31 August 2015)
Guidance from the Minister of State for Schools, Nick Gibb MP has indicated that the
government intends to amend the School Admissions Code (following full public
consultation) to allow summer born children to be accepted into the Reception class at age 5
if it is in line with their parents’ wishes. Parents who do not believe their child is ready to start
Reception in September 2019 may make an application for their child to start Reception in
September 2020. The child will remain in that cohort as they progress through the school,
including secondary school.

Appeals
At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied online should log into their online
application and click on the link 'register an appeal '. For those who did not apply online,
please contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal pack.
For in year applications parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in the
first instance.

Return to Index
West Herts Community Free School Trust: Admission arrangements for
2019/20 (Jupiter, Lanchester and Ascot Road community Free Schools)

The schools will each have a published admission number of 60

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all
maintained schools to admit a child with a statement of special educational needs
that names their school. All schools must also admit children with an Education
Health and Care Plan (EHCP) that names the school.

If there are fewer applications than places available, all applicants will be offered a
place. If there are more applications than places available, the criteria outlined below
will be used to allocate places.

Rule 1 Children in care and children who were looked after, but ceased to be
so because they were adopted (or became subject to a child
arrangement order or a special guardianship order)

Rule 2 Medical or Social: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they
have a particular medical or social need to go to the school.
Hertfordshire County Council will determine whether the evidence
provided is sufficiently compelling to meet the requirements for this
rule. The evidence must relate specifically to the school applied for
under Rule 2 and must clearly demonstrate why it is the only school
that can meet the child’s needs.

Rule 3 Sibling: Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school at the
time of application.
This applies to reception through to Year 5

In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as

long as they will still be in attendance at the time of admission

Rule 4 Children of Staff: children of staff where (a) the member of staff has
been employed at the school for two or more years at the time at which
the application for admission to the school is made, and/or (b) the
member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a
demonstrable skill shortage.
.
Rule 5 Nearest School: Children for whom it is their nearest school or
academy. This includes all schools except those which allocate on the
basis of faith.

The definition of “nearest” is available in the “Definition” section below.

Rule 6 Distance: Children who live nearest to the school. Children not
considered under Rule 5 will be considered under Rule 6.
1
West Herts Community Free School Trust
Registered Office: Lanchester Building, Hempstead Road, Watford, WD17 3HD
Company number: 08324782

Return to Index
These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify
under a particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by
applying the next rule to those children. Where there is a need for a tie-breaker
where two different addresses measure the same distance from a school, in the case
of a block of flats for example the lower door number will be deemed nearest as
logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two identical
addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will be random allocation.
Random allocation will be undertaken independently of the school by Hertfordshire
County Council. Every child entered onto the county council’s admissions database
has an individual random number assigned, between 1 and 1 million, against each
preference school. When there is a need for a final tie break this random number is
used to allocate the place, with the lowest number given priority.

The WHCFST schools will use the same definitions and measuring system as
Hertfordshire County Council’s as outlined in the “Definitions" section below.

Continuing Interest (Reception places)

After places have been offered, Hertfordshire County Council will maintain the
school’s continuing interest (CI) - waiting list. A child’s position on a CI list will be
determined by the admission criteria outlined above and a child’s place on the list
can change as other children join or leave it. The county council will contact
parents/carers if a vacancy becomes available and it can be offered to a child.

A continuing interest list will be maintained for every year group until the end of the
summer term.

In Year Admissions
The schools will remain part of the county council’s coordinated In Year admissions
scheme. Application forms can be accessed via
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions or from the Customer Service Centre, 0300
123 4043. Parents should return the application form direct to the County Council
(address on the form).

Fair Access
The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit
children under this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Appeals
At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into their
online application and click on the link 'register an appeal '.For those who did not
apply on line, please contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to
request an appeal pack.' For In Year appeals please contact the school in the first
instance.

Definitions and Explanatory notes

The following definitions apply to terms used in the admissions criteria:

2
West Herts Community Free School Trust
Registered Office: Lanchester Building, Hempstead Road, Watford, WD17 3HD
Company number: 08324782

Return to Index
Children in public care (children looked after):
Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of
the School Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission
Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2012. These children will be prioritised under
rule 1.

Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be
so because they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or
a special guardianship order.

A “child looked after” is a child who is

a) in the care of a local authority, or
b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their
social services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for
admission under rule 1.*

Child Arrangements Order - under the provisions of the Children and Families Act
2014, which amended section 8 of the Children Act 1989, residence orders have
now been replaced by child arrangements orders which settle the arrangements to
be made as to the person with whom the child is to live

Special guardianship order – under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order
appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian or guardians

Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children
looked after providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be
prioritised under Rule 1.

Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made
the subject of a child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be
prioritised under rule 1. Applications made for these children, with suitable
supporting professional evidence, can be considered under rule 2.

* This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17)
of the School Admissions Code that came into force on 19 December 2014.

Rule 2: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular
medical or social need to go to the school:
Rule 2 applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application, unless
there has been a significant and exceptional change of circumstances within the
family since the initial application was submitted.

All schools in Hertfordshire have experience in dealing with children with diverse
social and medical needs. However in a few very exceptional cases, there are
reasons why a child has to go to one specific school.

3
West Herts Community Free School Trust
Registered Office: Lanchester Building, Hempstead Road, Watford, WD17 3HD
Company number: 08324782

Return to Index
Few applications under Rule 2 are agreed. All applications are considered
individually but a successful application should include the following:

a. Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only one school can meet
a child’s individual needs, and/or
b. Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making clear
why only one school can meet the child’s needs
c. If the requested school is not the nearest school to the child’s home address clear
reasons why the nearest school is not appropriate
d. For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or
disability makes attendance at only a specific school essential.

Evidence should make clear why only one school is appropriate. Applications under
Rule 2 can only be considered when supported by a recent letter from a professional
involved with the child or family, for example a doctor, psychologist or police officer.
The supporting evidence needs to demonstrate why only one named school can
meet the social/medical needs of the child.

Applications for children previously “looked after” but not meeting the specific criteria
outlined Rule 1, may be made under this rule.

Further details on the Rule 2 process can be found in the “Rule 2 protocol” available
at: www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/docs/pdf/admissions/Rule2pross.pdf

Definition of sibling:
A sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or
sister, child of the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked
after* and in every case living permanently** in a placement within the home as part
of the family household from Monday to Friday at the time of this application.

A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts.
If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no
sibling connection available to subsequent children from that family.

*Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special
guardianship order or child arrangements order. This definition was amended
following a determination by the OSA in August 2014.
**A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same
house, for example a child who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily
moved or a looked after child in a respite placement or very short term or bridging
foster placement.

Multiple births:
The school will admit over the published admission number when a single
twin/multiple birth child is allocated the last place at a school.

4
West Herts Community Free School Trust
Registered Office: Lanchester Building, Hempstead Road, Watford, WD17 3HD
Company number: 08324782

Return to Index
Home address:
The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of
application. ‘At the time of application’ means the closing date for applications.
“Permanent” means that the child has lived at that address for at least a year and/or
the family own the property or have a tenancy agreement for a minimum of 12
months. The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at
more than one address (for example due to a separation) the address used will be
the one which the child lives at for the majority of the time. If a child lives at two
addresses equally, the address of the parent/carer that claims Child Benefit/Child
Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s main residence. If a family is not in
receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be requested. If a
child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation to
evidence the address that should be used for admission allocation purposes.

Fraudulent applications:
The school, in liaison with Hertfordshire County Council, will do as much as possible
to prevent applications being made from fraudulent addresses. Address evidence is
frequently requested, monitored and checked and school places will be withdrawn
when false information is deliberately provided. Action will be taken in the following
circumstances:
• When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at
their current school;
• When a child lives at a different address to the applicant
• When the applicant does not have parental responsibility

When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or more
of the following applies:
• The family has moved to a property from which their application was less
likely to be successful
• The family has returned to an existing property
• The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time (anything
less than a year) over the application period
• Council tax information shows a different residence at the time of application
• When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from
the address used at the time of application

Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions:

A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used for all home to school distance
measurements for admission allocation purposes. Distances are measured using a
computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken
from the AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the address
point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of
identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

Rule 5: Definition of “nearest school”

The definition of “nearest school” includes all schools and academies (regardless of
status) unless that school or academy prioritises applications and allocates places
on the basis of faith.
5
West Herts Community Free School Trust
Registered Office: Lanchester Building, Hempstead Road, Watford, WD17 3HD
Company number: 08324782

Return to Index
Applications from children* from overseas
All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16 years) in England have a right of
access to education. However, where a child is in England for a short period only, for
example less than half a term, it may be reasonable to refuse admission to a school.

*Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or
British Overseas passports), or have a UK passport describing them as a British
citizen or British subject with the right of abode or are European Economic Area
nationals normally have unrestricted entry to the UK.*

An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently
overseas if, for In Year applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in
Hertfordshire within two weeks. In Year allocations are made on the assumption that
the child will accept the school place and be on roll within that timescale.

For the Primary application process applications will not normally be accepted from,
nor places allocated to, an overseas address. The exception to this (for both In Year
and transfer processes) is for children of UK service personnel and crown servants
(and from military families who are residents of countries with a Memorandum of
Understanding with the UK). In these cases HCC will allocate a place in advance of
the family arriving in the area provided the application is accompanied by an official
letter that declares a relocation date and a HCC Unit postal address or quartering
area address, for consideration of the application against oversubscription criteria. If
the family already has an established alternative private address, that address will be
used for admission purposes.

The schools, in liaison with HCC, will also consider accepting applications from
children* (as defined above) whose family can evidence intent to return to and/or
permanently reside in Hertfordshire prior to the start of the new academic year.
These applications, if accepted, will be processed from the overseas address until
sufficient evidence is received to show the child is permanently resident in
Hertfordshire. Evidence must be submitted at the time of application.

Evidence submitted after the date for late applications can not be taken into account
before National Allocation Day. Decisions on these applications will be made by a
panel of senior officers and communicated with parents within 6 weeks of the closing
date for applications.

If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps

because they are working abroad at the time of application, the Hertfordshire
address will not be accepted for the purposes of admission until the child is resident
at that address. Other children, than those mentioned above, from overseas do not
generally have automatic right of entry to the UK. An application for a school place
will not therefore be accepted until they are permanently resident in Hertfordshire.
Proof of residency such as an endorsed passport or entry visa will be required with
the application, in addition to proof of Hertfordshire address, for example a council
tax bill or 12 month rental agreement.
6
West Herts Community Free School Trust
Registered Office: Lanchester Building, Hempstead Road, Watford, WD17 3HD
Company number: 08324782

Return to Index
Age of Admission and Deferral of Places
The school’s policy is that children born on and between 1 September 2013 and 31
August 2014 would normally commence primary school in Reception in the
academic year beginning in September 2018. All Hertfordshire infant, first and
primary schools provide for the full-time admission of all children offered a place in
the Reception year group from the September following their fourth birthday. If a
parent wants a full-time place for their child from September (at the school at which a
place has been offered) then they are entitled to that full-time place.

Parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the same
academic year or until the term in which the child reaches compulsory school age.
Summer born children are only able to “defer” entry to Reception class until the
beginning of the final term of the school year for which the offer was made.

Where parents wish, children can attend part-time until they reach compulsory
school age. Any parents wishing to take up a part-time place or deferred entry
should contact the individual school(s) to discuss their child’s requirements.

Reception intake and summer born children

Legally, a child does not have to start school until the start of the term following their
fifth birthday. Guidance issued by the Minister of State for Schools, Nick Gibb on 8
September 2015, has indicated that the government intends to amend the School
Admissions Code to allow summer born children to be admitted to the Reception
class at age 5 if it is line with their parents’ wishes. Summer born children are those
born between 1 April 2013 and 31 August 2013. Currently summer born children are
expected to start Reception at the age of 4.

In anticipation of this change to School Admissions Code, which will require public
consultation, the school has amended its policy regarding summer born children.
If your child was born between 1 April and 31 August 2013, and you do not
believe they will be ready to start Reception in the 2017/18 academic year, you
may instead make an application for your child to start Reception in September
2018.

Children Out of Year Group (except applications for reception from summer
born)
The school’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct chronological
year group, with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of
individual children. This is in line with DfE guidance* which states that “in general,
children should be educated in their normal age group”.

If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group

they should, at the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant
professionals working with the child and family stating why the child must be placed
outside their normal age appropriate cohort. DfE guidance makes clear that “it is
reasonable for admission authorities to expect parents to provide them with

7
West Herts Community Free School Trust
Registered Office: Lanchester Building, Hempstead Road, Watford, WD17 3HD
Company number: 08324782

Return to Index
information in support of their request – since without it they are unlikely to be able to
make a decision on the basis of the circumstances of the case”.

The school’s governing body, as the relevant admission authority, will decide
whether the application will be accepted on the basis of the information submitted.
The governors’ decision will be based upon the circumstances of each case
including the view of parents, the headteacher, the child's social, academic and
emotional development and whether the child has been previously educated out of
year group. There is no guarantee that an application will be accepted on this basis.
If the application is not accepted this does not constitute a refusal of a place and
there is no right to an independent statutory appeal. Similarly there is no right of
appeal for a place in a specific year group at a school. The internal management and
organisation of a school, including the placement of pupils in classes, is a matter for
the Headteacher and senior leadership of the school.

*Advice on the admission of summer born children” December 2014

Nursery Provision
The admission arrangements detailed in this document do not apply for those being
admitted into any nursery or pre-school provision. The arrangements for nursery and
pre-school provision at the WHCFST schools are through Squirrels Nurseries who
can be contacted at info@squirrelsnurseries.co.uk .

Parents of children who are admitted to a nursery provision at a school must apply in
the normal way for a place at the school if they want their child to transfer to the
reception class. Attendance at the nursery or co-located children’s centre does not
guarantee admission to the school.

8
West Herts Community Free School Trust
Registered Office: Lanchester Building, Hempstead Road, Watford, WD17 3HD
Company number: 08324782

Return to Index
 Admissions for the academic year 2019/20

Ashlyns School is a co-educational, all-ability school for children aged 11-18.

The published admission number for Year 7 is 240.

All applicants must complete the Common Application Form of their home Local Authority.
Hertfordshire residents should apply online to Hertfordshire County Council or complete the
secondary transfer form available in the 'Moving On' booklet. Families resident in other
authorities must complete the form provided by the authority in which they live. Applicants for
Ashlyns School do not need to complete a Supplementary Information Form (SIF).

If the School receives more applications than it has places available, the following
oversubscription criteria will be used to allocated places, applied in the order they are printed
below.

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained schools to
admit a child with a statement of special educational needs that names their school. Schools must
also admit children with an EHC (Education, Health and Care) Plan that names the school.
These children will be admitted as part of the school’s published admission number but before
the oversubscription criteria are used.

Rule 1 Children looked after and children who were looked after but ceased to be so
because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangement order or a
special guardianship order).

Rule 2 Medical or social needs: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a
particular medical or social need to go to Ashlyns School.

Rule 3 Sibling: Children who have a sibling at the school in Year 7 to 12 at the time of
application, unless the sibling is in the last year of the normal age range of the school.

Rule 4 Children of staff: see Notes on the Admission Arrangements on page 3

Rule 5 Children who live in the priority area and for whom it is their nearest Hertfordshire
maintained, non-faith, co-educational, non-partially selective school or academy.

Rule 6: Children who live in the priority area on the basis of distance, with those living
nearest to the school given priority.

Rule 7 Children living outside the priority area on the basis of distance, with those living
nearest to the school given priority.

Note: Non-partially selective means that the school does not offer any places based
on academic ability.

Tie-Break

If more children qualify under a particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be
used by applying the next rule to those children. In the case of two applicants with exactly the
same priority under the admissions rules, but only one place being available, the Governing
Body will offer places to both families.

If there are fewer applications than places available all applicants will be offered a place.

Return to Index
Notes on the Admission Arrangements

Children Looked After

'Children Looked After' means a child accommodated by a Local Authority under section 22 of
the Children Act. An application under this rule must be accompanied by a letter from the child’s
social worker or advisory teacher.

Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after but ceased to be so
because they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special
guardianship order.

A child looked after is a child who is:

a) In the care of the local authority or

b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social
services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989).

Adopted – under the terms of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 (section 46).

Child Arrangement Order – under the provisions of Section 14 of the Children and Families Act
2014, which amend Section 8 of the Children Act 1989, Residence Orders have now been
replaced by Child Arrangements Orders.

Special Guardianship Order – under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or
more individuals to be a child’s special guardian or guardians.

Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked after,
providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under Rule 1.

Children with Special Education Needs and/or Disabilities

Where the school is named in a Statement of Special Educational Needs or Education, Health
& Care Plan (EHCP), the school has a duty to admit the child who names the school. In the
case of applicants with special educational needs but without a Statement, or of applicants with a
disability, the oversubscription criteria will be applied as fairly to them as to all other applicants.

Medical or Social Need

Applications must be supported by professional evidence which explains why your child needs to
attend Ashlyns School. The Local Authority, on behalf of the Admissions Committee, will
determine whether the professional evidence provided is sufficiently compelling to meet the
requirements for this rule. The supporting information must relate specifically to the school, and
must clearly demonstrate why it is the only school that can meet your child’s needs. The
professional evidence should be in the form of a letter from a professional involved with your
family such as a doctor, psychologist or social worker. Rule 2 applications will only be
considered at the time of the initial application, unless there has been a significant and
exceptional change of circumstances within the family since the initial application was submitted.

Evidence pertaining to the need of the family or child to attend Ashlyns School because of an
aptitude or interest in our specialism will not be considered under this.

Siblings

A sibling is defined as the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of
the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after 1 and in every case
living permanently2 in a placement within the same home (as the child for whom the application is
being made) as part of the family household from Monday to Friday at the time of this application.

2
Return to Index
To obtain a school place under a “sibling rule” the older sibling must still attend the school at the
time the younger child joins the school. This means the older sibling must be in Year 7 to Year 12
at the time of application. If a place is obtained for a child using fraudulent information, there will be
no sibling connection available to subsequent children from that family.
1
Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship order
or child arrangements order. This definition was amended following a determination by the OSA
in August 2014.
2
A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for
example a child who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after
child in a respite placement or very short term or bridging foster placement.

Twins and Multiple Births

If you have more than one child going through the secondary transfer process at the same
time, you must make a separate application for each of them. If one of your children is offered the
last place available at the school and you have applied for the same school for the other
child(ren), the Governing Body will offer a place to the other child(ren).

Children of Staff

The school will admit a child of a member of staff provided that the member of staff has been
employed by the school for two or more years at the time at which the application for admission to
the school is made or where the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there
is a demonstrable skill shortage.

For the purposes of satisfying these criteria, a member of staff is defined as a permanent
member of the teaching staff, or a permanent member of the non-teaching staff. This definition
does not include contract staff. This definition does not include peripatetic staff employed by
HCC.

The child must be living permanently with the member of staff.

Priority Areas

The 'priority areas' referred to in rules 5 and 6 are the same as those used by the County Council for
community co-educational schools. 'Children who live in the priority area' refers to families living in
Priority Area 6, which comprises of the following towns and parishes: Abbots Langley, Aldbury,
Ashley Green, Berkhamsted, Bovingdon, Chipperfield, Chorleywood, Croxley Green, Flaunden,
Great Gaddesden, Hemel Hempstead, Kings Langley, Little Gaddesden, Nash Mills, Nettleden with
Potten End, Northchurch, Rickmansworth (part) / Maple Cross, Sarratt, Tring, Tring Rural, Watford,
Wigginton. A map showing the priority area is available in the County Council's 'Moving On'
booklet.

Distance Measuring and Home Addresses

Hertfordshire County Council’s ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used for all home to school
distance measurements. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to two
decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of your
child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally
recognised method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of application.
‘At the time of application’ means the closing date for applications. “Permanent” means that the
child has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the family own the property or have a
tenancy agreement for a minimum of 12 months.

3
Return to Index
The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one
address (for example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child lives
at for the majority of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of the
parent/carer that claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s main
residence.

If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be requested.
If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation to evidence
the address that should be used for admission allocation purposes.

If the main address has changed temporarily, for example where a family is renting a property on
a Short Term Tenancy Agreement (12 months or under), then the parental address remains that at
which the parent was resident before the period of temporary residence began unless it can be
shown that all ties to the previous address have been relinquished, or that the move is not easily
reversible. The Governors may refuse to base an allocation on an address which might be
considered only a temporary address.

The school may check the authenticity of your address and proof of residence or further
information may be requested following the offer of a place. The Governing Body will withdraw the
offer of a place where they believe a fraudulent address has been given.

Children Seeking Admission outside their Chronological Year Group

Hertfordshire County Council’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct
chronological year group, with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of
individual children. This is in line with DfE guidance which states that “in general, children should
be educated in their normal age group”.

Only in exceptional circumstances will a child younger than 11 years of age or older than 12
years of age on 1 September of the year in which he/she is due to transfer to secondary school be
considered for admission.

If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they should,
at the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals working with
the child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal age appropriate
cohort. DfE guidance makes clear that “it is reasonable for admission authorities to expect
parents to provide them with information in support of their request – since without it they are
unlikely to be able to make a decision on the basis of the circumstances of the case”.

The Governing Body will make a decision based on the circumstances of each case including
the view of parents, the relevant headteacher(s), the child's social, academic and emotional
development and whether the child has been previously educated out of year group. There is no
guarantee that an application will be accepted on this basis. If the application is not accepted this
does not constitute a refusal of a place and there is no right to an independent statutory appeal.
Similarly there is no right of appeal for a place in a specific year group at a school. The internal
management and organisation of a school, including the placement of pupils in classes, is a
matter for the Headteacher and senior leadership of individual schools.

Continuing Interest List

All unsuccessful applicants (who do not gain a place at a higher ranked school) will automatically
be added to the school’s continuing interest list. Any places which become available will be
allocated in accordance with the admission rules set out in this document. Continuing interest
lists will be held for every academic year group based on In Year applications.

Appeals

All unsuccessful applicants have the right to appeal to an independent panel for a place to be
made available for their child.

4
Return to Index
Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system should log in to
their online application and click on the link “register an appeal”. Out of county residents and
paper applicants should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request their
registration details, log into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click on the link “log into
the appeals system”.

For In Year applications - parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in the first
instance on 01442 863605.

Late Applications

Any online or paper application received after the statutory deadline, 31 October, will be
treated as a late application. Late applications are not dealt with until all on-time applications
have been considered. You are much less likely to be offered a place at one of your preferred
schools if you apply late. If there are exceptional circumstances why you were unable to make
your application by the closing date, you should contact your Local Authority giving your reasons
and supplying support evidence where appropriate.

In Year Admissions

The school will remain part of the county council’s coordinated In Year admissions scheme.
Application forms can be accessed via www.hertsdirect.ord/admissions or from the Customer
Service Centre, 0300 123 4043. Parents should return the application form direct to the County
Council (address on the form).

To retain a place on Continued Interest families must, at the end of the academic year, confirm
their continuing interest by making an In Year application. An In Year application can be made
online at: www.hertsdirect.org/admissions

Sixth Form Admissions

Admission to the Sixth Form will be for any student who meets the minimum academic
standards expected, as set out in the Sixth Form prospectus/information pack. These entry
standards apply equally to existing Year 11 and external students.

The PAN for external admissions for the school year commencing September 2019 is 20. In the
event of oversubscription, the following tie-break will be used:

• Children Looked After (as defined above)

• Home to school distance.

If two or more students have equal priority after applying all the criteria then each will be admitted.

Continuing Interest procedure is the same as that stated above.

Fair Access

The school participates in the County Council’s Fair Access Protocol and will admit children
under this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Timescales [dates to be confirmed]

Closing date for online applications to be submitted to the LA 31 October 2018
Statutory deadline for receipt of paper applications 31 October 2018
Applications forwarded to F/VA schools and Academies TBC
F/VA schools/Academies provide LA with ranked lists of applicants TBC
Allocation information available to secondary schools TBC
Offer letters posted for delivery 1 March 2019
Date by which parents/carers may accept or reject place offered TBC
Date by which parents/carers return appeal forms TBC

5
Return to Index
 Barkway VA Church of England First School Barley VC Church of England First School
High Street, Barkway, Royston, Church End, Barley, Royston, Hertfordshire,
Hertfordshire, SG8 8EF SG8 8JW

T: 01763 848283 | E: T: 01763 848281 | E:

admin@barkway.herts.sch.uk admin@barley.herts.sch.uk

Head Teacher
Mrs. Sharon Brown

A FEDERATION OF CHURCH OF ENGLAND

FIRST SCHOOLS

ADMISSIONS POLICY

Barkway V A Church of England First School

Academic year 2019/2020

Barkway First School is a 60-place Church of England School. The Governors will admit up to the
published admission number (PAN) of 12 children to the reception class during each academic year.
There are separate arrangements for admission to Foundation 1 (Nursery) and admission to
Foundation 2 (Reception): attendance at the first does not guarantee admission to the second and
parents of children currently in our Nursery group must apply for a place in Reception.

The Local Authority (LA i.e. Hertfordshire) operates an agreed coordinated admissions scheme in
line with government legislation. The LA will co-ordinate the process on behalf of the school
according to the scheme published each year. The Governing Body, as the Admitting Authority, will
allocate the available places in line with this policy. For Nursery admissions applicants apply direct
to the school setting.

The closing date for admission application forms to be received by the home Local Authority is as
advertised by that authority. Information on completing the ‘on line’ application and notification
dates of admission decisions are published in the Hertfordshire admissions booklet which is also
available from their website. The school provides for the admission of all successful applicants who
have reached their 4th birthday by the beginning of September 2019. Parents can request that the
date their child is admitted to the school is deferred until later in the year or until the child reaches
compulsory school age in that school year. All children must join the school within their Reception
year otherwise a fresh application (for a Year 1 place) will need to be made. Parents can also
request that their child attends part-time until he/she reaches compulsory school age.

Return to Index
Parents/carers are requested to complete our Supplementary Information Form (SIF) and return it to
the School Office by the local authority date closing date for applications. If a SIF is not completed
the Governing Body will apply their admission arrangements using only the information submitted
on the Common Application Form, which may result in the application being given lower priority.

Children with a statement of Special Educational Need, where the Statement names Barkway V.A.
First School, will be admitted as a priority as this is a legal requirement.

In the event of there being more applicants than there are places available, the governors will
apply the following criteria in the priority order of categories as listed:

Category 1: Children in public care.

Children in public care (children looked after) and children who were looked after, but ceased to be
so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or a special guardianship
order).*

For definition/notes section

* A “child looked after” is a child who is
a) in the care of a local authority, or
b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social
services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

Adopted – under the terms of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 (section 46)

Residence Order – under the terms of the Children Act 1989, section 8 defines a residence order as
an order settling the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live

Special guardianship order – under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more
individuals to be a child’s special guardian or guardians.

Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked after
providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under Rule.

Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the subject of a
residence order or special guardianship order, or whom were adopted prior to the enactment of the
2002 Act will not be prioritised under rule 1.

Category 2. Children who at the time of entry are living within that part of the
area of the Parish of Barkway hatched in red as shown on the plan
which is held in the School. Alternatively the
website www.achurchnearyou.com may be consulted.

Category 3. Siblings of children already at the school at the time of admission: for
the purposes of this policy a sibling is a sister, brother, half-brother or –
sister, adopted brother or sister, or child of the parent/carer or partner,
and in every case living in the same house from Monday to Friday.

Return to Index
 Category 4. Children living outside the area as defined in Category 2
.above, one or more of whose parents/guardians have at the
time of admission, and for a period of six months previously,
attended public worship at a Church of England church at least
once in
each calendar month: if you are applying in this category please provide,
with the completed SIF, a letter from the incumbent verifying at least
this level of attendance.

Category 5. Any other children.

In the event of there being more applicants than available places, the determining factor will be
geographical proximity to the school with priority being given to those children who live closest to
the school (straight line distance) as measured by the Hertfordshire County Council (HCC)
Geographical Information System (GIS). This is explained further in the HCC booklet ‘Moving
on/Under 11’s’.

If the children concerned live the same distance from the school the Governors will apply the HCC
Determining factor.

Twins/multiple births will be given priority within each individual category: every effort will be made
to accommodate twins and other ‘multiple birth’ applications provided that this does not breach
maximum class size regulations.

Notes

1. There may be exceptional occasions when the Governors are requested

by the Local Authority (L.A.), supported by the medical services or
health authority, to provide a place for a particular child: in this case the
child will be afforded exceptional priority.

2. In the case of older children who apply to join the School, admission will
be on the basis of places being available in the relevant class group. If
there are more applicants for places than places available, then the
above admissions policy will apply.

Fair Access

The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit children under this
Protocol before children on continuing interest.

Return to Index
Admission procedure

Those who, after the application of the over-subscription criteria, do not receive a place will be put
onto a ‘continuing interest’ list (in a position determined by the above criteria) where their names
will be held. All ‘in year’ applications are similarly managed by the LA on behalf of the school, but a
SIF is still requested.

Appeals

Parents who have not been allocated a place for their child in the reception class have the right of
appeal to an independent panel. Hertfordshire residents will receive a leaflet entitled ‘Primary What
Can You Do Now’ which explains how to request and return an appeal pack. A booklet entitled
'Guidance for Parents', which explains how the appeals process works, will be included in the
appeal pack or can be found on line at wwww.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions.

Return to Index
 Barkway VA Church of England First School Barley VC Church of England First School
High Street, Barkway, Royston, Church End, Barley, Royston, Hertfordshire,
Hertfordshire, SG8 8EF SG8 8JW

T: 01763 848283 | E: T: 01763 848281 | E:

admin@barkway.herts.sch.uk admin@barley.herts.sch.uk

Head Teacher
Mrs. Sharon Brown

A FEDERATION OF CHURCH OF ENGLAND

FIRST SCHOOLS

ADMISSIONS POLICY

Barley Church of England First School

Academic year 2019/2020

Barley First School is a 90-place Church of England School. The Governors will admit up to the
published admission number (PAN) of 15 children to the reception class during each academic year.
There are separate arrangements for admission to Foundation 1 (Nursery) and admission to
Foundation 2 (Reception): attendance at the first does not guarantee admission to the second and
parents of children currently in our Nursery group must apply for a place in Reception.

The Local Authority (LA i.e. Hertfordshire) operates an agreed coordinated admissions scheme in
line with government legislation. The LA will co-ordinate the process on behalf of the school
according to the scheme published each year. The Governing Body, as the Admitting Authority, will
allocate the available places in line with this policy. For Nursery admissions applicants apply direct
to the school setting.

The closing date for admission application forms to be received by the home Local Authority is as
advertised by that authority. Information on completing the ‘on line’ application and notification
dates of admission decisions are published in the Hertfordshire admissions booklet which is also
available from their website. The school provides for the admission of all successful applicants who
have reached their 4th birthday by the beginning of September 2019. Parents can request that the
date their child is admitted to the school is deferred until later in the year or until the child reaches
compulsory school age in that school year. All children must join the school within their Reception
year otherwise a fresh application (for a Year 1 place) will need to be made. Parents can also
request that their child attends part-time until he/she reaches compulsory school age.

Return to Index
Parents/carers are requested to complete our Supplementary Information Form (SIF) and return it to
the School Office by the local authority date closing date for applications. If a SIF is not completed
the Governing Body will apply their admission arrangements using only the information submitted
on the Common Application Form, which may result in the application being given lower priority.

Children with a statement of Special Educational Need, where the Statement names Barkway V.A.
First School, will be admitted as a priority as this is a legal requirement.

In the event of there being more applicants than there are places available, the governors will
apply the following criteria in the priority order of categories as listed:

Category 1: Children in public care.

Children in public care (children looked after) and children who were looked after, but ceased to be
so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or a special guardianship
order).*

For definition/notes section

* A “child looked after” is a child who is
a) in the care of a local authority, or
b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social
services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

Adopted – under the terms of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 (section 46)

Residence Order – under the terms of the Children Act 1989, section 8 defines a residence order as
an order settling the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live

Special guardianship order – under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more
individuals to be a child’s special guardian or guardians.

Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked after
providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under Rule.

Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the subject of a
residence order or special guardianship order, or whom were adopted prior to the enactment of the
2002 Act will not be prioritised under rule 1.

Category 2. Children who at the time of entry are living within that part of the
area of the Parish of Barkway hatched in red as shown on the plan
which is held in the School. Alternatively the
website www.achurchnearyou.com may be consulted.

Category 3. Siblings of children already at the school at the time of admission: for
the purposes of this policy a sibling is a sister, brother, half-brother or –
sister, adopted brother or sister, or child of the parent/carer or partner,
and in every case living in the same house from Monday to Friday.

Return to Index
 Category 4. Children living outside the area as defined in Category 2
.above, one or more of whose parents/guardians have at the
time of admission, and for a period of six months previously,
attended public worship at a Church of England church at least
once in
each calendar month: if you are applying in this category please provide,
with the completed SIF, a letter from the incumbent verifying at least
this level of attendance.

Category 5. Any other children.

In the event of there being more applicants than available places, the determining factor will be
geographical proximity to the school with priority being given to those children who live closest to
the school (straight line distance) as measured by the Hertfordshire County Council (HCC)
Geographical Information System (GIS). This is explained further in the HCC booklet ‘Moving
on/Under 11’s’.

If the children concerned live the same distance from the school the Governors will apply the HCC
Determining factor.

Twins/multiple births will be given priority within each individual category: every effort will be made
to accommodate twins and other ‘multiple birth’ applications provided that this does not breach
maximum class size regulations.

Notes

1. There may be exceptional occasions when the Governors are requested

by the Local Authority (L.A.), supported by the medical services or
health authority, to provide a place for a particular child: in this case the
child will be afforded exceptional priority.

2. In the case of older children who apply to join the School, admission will
be on the basis of places being available in the relevant class group. If
there are more applicants for places than places available, then the
above admissions policy will apply.

Fair Access

The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit children under this
Protocol before children on continuing interest.

Return to Index
Admission procedure

Those who, after the application of the over-subscription criteria, do not receive a place will be put
onto a ‘continuing interest’ list (in a position determined by the above criteria) where their names
will be held. All ‘in year’ applications are similarly managed by the LA on behalf of the school, but a
SIF is still requested.

Appeals

Parents who have not been allocated a place for their child in the reception class have the right of
appeal to an independent panel. Hertfordshire residents will receive a leaflet entitled ‘Primary What
Can You Do Now’ which explains how to request and return an appeal pack. A booklet entitled
'Guidance for Parents', which explains how the appeals process works, will be included in the
appeal pack or can be found on line at wwww.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions.

Return to Index
 Bedmond Academy

Proposed admission arrangements for 2019/20

The schools published admission number will be 30.

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all
maintained schools to admit a child with a statement of special educational needs
that names their school. Schools must also admit children with an EHC (Education, Health
and Care) Plan that names their school.

Rule 1 Children in public care (children looked after) and children who were
looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became
subject to a residence order or a special guardianship order).

Rule 2 Medical or Social: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have
a particular medical or social need to go to the school.
A panel of HCC officers will determine whether the evidence provided is
sufficiently compelling to meet the requirements for this rule. The evidence
must relate specifically to the school applied for under Rule 2 and must
clearly demonstrate why it is the only school that can meet the child’s needs.

Rule 3 Sibling: Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school or linked
school at the time of application.
This applies to reception through to Year 5 in infant, junior and primary
schools; and from reception through to Year 3 in first schools; and from Year
5 to Year 7 in middle schools

In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as long as
they will still be in attendance at the time of admission
.
Rule 4 Nearest School: Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy.
This includes all schools except those which allocate places on the basis of
faith.

Rule 5 Distance: Children who live nearest to the school.

If your child does not qualify under Rule 4, they will be considered
under Rule 5.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify
under a particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by
applying the next rule to those children. Where there is a need for a tie-breaker
where two different addresses measure the same distance from a school, in the
case of a block of flats for example the lower door number will be deemed nearest
as logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two
identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will be random.

Return to Index
Bedmond Academy will use the same definitions and measuring system as outlined in
Hertfordshire County Council’s admissions literature, “Applying for a school place”.

Definition of “nearest school” for primary/junior/middle admissions

The definition of “nearest school” includes all schools and academies (regardless of
status) unless that school or academy prioritises applications and allocates places on the
basis of faith.

In Year Admissions
The academy will be responsible for its own in year admissions. Application forms may be
obtained from the school office (01442 406545) or via our website
(www.bovingdonacademy.org.uk).

Fair Access
The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit children
under this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Twins
If a twin or multiple birth child is allocated the final place available, the school will also offer
places to the other twin/multiple birth children.

Appeals
Hertfordshire parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into their online
application and click on the link 'register an appeal '. If you did not apply using
Hertfordshire’s online application system please contact the Customer Service Centre on
0300 123 4043 to request an appeal pack.'

For in-year applications parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in the
first instance.

Return to Index
 Author: CIE
Committee: Curriculum
Approved by Governors: September 2017
Committee Review Date: July 2018

Birchwood High School

Admissions Policy Years 7-11
With effect from September 2019

Context
This policy sets out the admissions criteria for students admitted into Years 7-11 at Birchwood High School.
Birchwood is a DfE Academy and therefore parents must apply to the school as the Admissions Authority as
well as the Local Authority in the case of entry into Year 7.

Birchwood admits 210 boys and girls per year. As the school is over-subscribed, the allocation criteria are
set out below in hierarchical order of importance. The general principle of these criteria is to give priority to
students with brothers or sisters already at the school or those who live locally to the school address. In
2017, 38% of the Year 7 intake was from those with a brother or sister already at the school, followed by
39% from our priority area and then 19.5% by geographical distance. Birchwood, therefore, has no need to
select using aptitude tests.

Admission Arrangements for Entry to Year 7 in September 2018

There are two forms that need to be completed when applying for a place at Birchwood High School in order
for your application to be assessed correctly. These are:

(i) The Secondary Transfer Form. The form you should complete depends on where you live.
Secondary Transfer Forms are available from your Local Authority. Hertfordshire residents must use
the form supplied by Hertfordshire County Council available at www.hertsdirect.org/admissions
Essex residents must use the form supplied by Essex County Council. No application for a place at
Birchwood High School will be accepted unless the Secondary Transfer Form is returned to the
address stated on the form by the date specified.

(ii) Birchwood High School’s Supplementary Information Form (SIF). This is obtainable from the
school web site www.birchwoodonline.org.uk and needs to be completed and returned to the school
by 31 October 2017.

Whilst it is not a legal requirement to complete the SIF, if you choose not to do this and simply apply through
Hertfordshire County Council, the school is not able to track and support your admission queries until the
point of allocation in March.

Allocation Criteria use the following five criteria in the order set out below:

1 Looked after child (children in public care) or a child who was previously looked after but,
immediately after being looked after, became subject to an adoption, residence, or special
guardianship order.

2 Siblings: Children who, at the closing date for applications, have a brother or sister currently attending
Birchwood High School in years 7 – 11. They also need to live at the same permanent address from
Monday to Friday and to have joined the school during years 7 – 11.

For information sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or
sister, child of the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after* and in
every case living permanently** in a placement within the home as part of the family household from
Monday to Friday at the time of this application.

*Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship order or child
arrangements order. This definition was amended following a determination by the OSA in August 2014.

**A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for example a child who
usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after child in a respite placement or very
short term or bridging foster placement.

Admissions Policy
Page 1 of 3

Return to Index
 ‘Currently attending’ means children who are actually at the school, or children who have been offered
or accepted a place but have not yet started at the school.

3 Staff : Priority may now be given to all Birchwood employees provided that they have been employed
for a minimum of two years and/or are recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable
skills shortage. In 2017, 3 students were admitted under this rule.

4 Priority Area: Children who, at the closing date for applications, live in the chosen urban priority area
of Bishop’s Stortford, Thorley Parish and the area North West of Bishop’s Stortford namely; Albury,
Berden, Birchanger, Brent Pelham, Farnham, Furneux Pelham, Little Hadham, Manuden, Much
Hadham, Stocking Pelham, Takeley and The Hallingbury’s. Addresses are routinely checked and
places may be withdrawn if a false address has been given.

In the event of over-subscription with this fourth criterion, a tie break will be made on the basis of
shortest distance from their permanent residence to the School as determined by Hertfordshire County
Council, with those who are closer being accorded a higher priority. Addresses are routinely checked
and places may be withdrawn if a false address has been given.

5 Geographical distance: Should there be places unfilled after applying criteria 1, 2, 3 and 4 then
places will be offered on the basis of shortest distance from their permanent residence to the School
as determined by Hertfordshire County Council, with those who are closer being accorded a higher
priority. Addresses are routinely checked and places may be withdrawn if a false address has been
given.

Students with a Statement or Education, Health and Care Plan (EHC):

If the school is named in a Statement of Special Educational Needs or the student has an Education, Health
and Care Plan, the Local Authority concerned will consult with the school in the first instance. Thereafter, if
the professional view is that the school can accommodate the student’s needs, priority for admission will be
given. In September 2017, the school admitted 3 students with an educational statement under this rule.

Other Information:

• The Governing Body will normally only admit children into their normal age group.
• At secondary transfer the twin or multiple birth sibling of any child allocated a place will also be
admitted.
• The Governing Body will normally only consider one application for admission to the school for a
student in any one academic year. In the case where circumstances relevant to the application have
substantially altered the governors may, at their discretion, consider a further application within the
school year.
• The School Supplementary Information Form should be sent to the school on time. It is important to
note that you should apply under more than one criterion if you can, in case a tie-break is needed.
• You must also return your Secondary Transfer Form to the appropriate Local Authority on time.

Failure to gain a place at Birchwood High School

• If you fail to gain a place at the school, the Local Authority will offer you a place at a different school.
• Whether or not you accept such a place, you can ask to be placed on the Continuing Interest List for
Birchwood High School. If a place becomes vacant during the year, the school will only offer it to
someone from its Continuing Interest List, in strict accordance with the admission arrangements set
out above. As the year progresses, the Continuing Interest List may include people who have just
moved into the area and want a place for their child. They will have the same status as others on
the list and, depending on which of the criteria they match, may be offered a place first.
• Children who are the subject of a direction by a local authority to admit or who are allocated to a
school in accordance with the locally agreed Fair Access Protocol will take precedence over others
on the Continuing Interest List.
• It is the responsibility of parents to contact Hertfordshire County Council to state their continued
interest at the start of each academic year.
• You have the right to appeal. Details may be obtained by contacting the Admissions Officer at the
school.

Admissions Policy
Page 2 of 3

Return to Index
Change of Address

If your family is in the process of moving house, your new address will not be considered until a move into
the area has actually taken place or proof of future residence is provided (e.g. a solicitor’s letter indicating
that there has been an exchange of contracts). New addresses will only be considered up to the agreed
“late” date in the December preceding the allocation year.

Admission Arrangements for Entry at other times (In-year admissions)

For in-year admissions, the following process applies:

• Contact both the school and Hertfordshire County Council to find out whether there are places in the
year group concerned.
• If there are places please contact Birchwood High School and apply to Hertfordshire County Council.
• Before a place is offered you will be asked to supply information from your child’s previous school
and their birth certificate or passport.
• If your application is processed successfully, we will then contact you to arrange to meet your child’s
Head of Year to discuss start dates, classes, form group, uniform and equipment and any questions
you may have.
• If there are no places, your application will be added to our Continued Interest list. Once a place
becomes available, your application will be assessed according to the allocation criteria points 1-5
above.
• Continued Interest lists will be annually reviewed to ensure those on the list are still interested in a
place.

Admissions Policy
Page 3 of 3

Return to Index
 Author: SCR
Committee: Curriculum
Approved by Governors: November 2016
Committee Review Date: November 2017
Statutory Policy
Review frequency – Annual

Birchwood High School

Admission Guidelines to Birchwood High School’s Sixth Form

Context:
Admission into Birchwood Sixth Form is a separate process to that of admission into Years 7-11. The
criteria for admission are also very different because provision is exclusively for Advanced Level study
including A-Levels and Level 3 BTEC courses. These have specific academic requirements.

All students are expected to achieve a minimum GCSE average point score (APS) of 40 points with most
students following Pathway 1 or 2 which has a minimum GCSE APS of 43 points. Students must also meet
the grade entry requirement for the specific subject which are outlined in the course booklet and on the
application form.

The following criteria apply once the grade and average points score requirements are fulfilled:

Priority will be given first to appropriately qualified applicants who are children looked after or previously
looked after (children who ceased to be looked after because they were adopted or became subject to a
child arrangements order or special guardianship order) or an Education, Health and Care Plan that names
the school and then to Birchwood students in Year 11 wishing to stay on into the Sixth Form and who meet
the criteria. It is essential that applications are received by the deadline. Applications received after the
deadline may not be considered.

160 places for applicants will be considered per year with a maximum of 300 places in the Sixth Form in
total.

Should the maximum size be met then applications over this number will be decided on the priorities outlined
above and then externals applications will be determined on grade criteria.

Entry Requirements for the Birchwood Sixth Form

As from September 2017 the structure and requirements of Post 16 study are changing from previous years.
This is line with government reforms to A Level and BTEC qualifications.

The vast majority of students will study for 3 subject choices over the course of two years. For A Level these
will be linear in structure, with examinations taken at the end of the two years. Unlike in the past, AS
examinations will not form part of the majority of student’s pathways. This is a significant change and means
that students will have to select the subjects they wish to pursue for the whole of the 2 years from the start of
Year 12.

With this is mind our admissions pathways are designed to ensure students are following appropriate
courses based upon their previous levels of achievement.

We will be retaining an Average Points Score (APS) system that measures what students achieve at GCSE.
This will be done by taking the best 8 subjects and converting them to a points score. These are then added
together and divided by 8, as shown in the worked example below.

Progression from Year 12 into Year 13

Progression to Year 13 is subject to students demonstrating the capacity to benefit from a course which is
more demanding than the Year 12 programme. This will normally mean that the target grade or above is
achieved in Year 12. Students who achieve a grade below their target in Year 12 may be considered but this
will have to be negotiated between the student, the parents and the school. Those students who achieve a
U grade in Year 12 will not be allowed to continue on the course. Students who gain two or more U grades
in Year 12 and/or whose attendance or attitude to work has been poor during the year, may not be invited to
return. Students achieving a D or E grade in Year 12 and intending to follow the subject into Year 13 will
need to negotiate access onto the course with the Head of Sixth Form. If students drop two courses then the
Head of Sixth Form will discuss future options with the student.
Admissions Policy (Sixth Form)
Page 1 of 2

Return to Index
APS Explained

Grade Points Score Equivalence Grade eXA

APS Calculation Example
English &
Maths only Subject Grade APS
64 9 English 7 52
A* 58 8 Eng. Lit 6 46
A 52 7 Maths 5 43
B 46 6 History C 40
43 5
PE A 52
C 40 4
D 34 3
Science C 40
E 28 2 Science C 40
F 22 1 French B 46

Total 359 / 8 = 44.8

Pathways

Pathway 1

For admission onto Pathway 1 to study 4 A levels students should have a minimum APS of 49 and the
specific subject requirement.

Pathway 2

For admission onto Pathway 2 to study 3 A levels or 2 A levels & BTEC single students should have a
minimum APS of 43 and the specific subject requirement.

Pathway 3

For admission onto Pathway 3 to study 1 Double BTEC and 1 Level 3 course (BTEC single OR A level)
students should have a minimum APS of 40 and the specific subject requirement.

Destinations, Information, Advice and Guidance (IAG)

Sixth form students are given advice throughout their two-year study to enable them to successfully obtain a
place at University, Higher Apprenticeship, College or employment. We pride ourselves in ensuring that all
our Year 13 students leave with a clear destination achieved.

Admissions Policy (Sixth Form)

Page 2 of 2

Return to Index
 Birchwood High School
Year 6 Supplementary Information Form

As an admissions authority, it is essential to complete our Supplementary Information Form (SIF) if you are
interested in applying for a place at Birchwood High School. This must be completed in addition to the Local
Authority form available in the Moving On booklet or online at www.hertsdirect.org/admissions.
Please complete the following information and return to Mrs Sharon Hood, Admissions Officer, Birchwood
High School, Parsonage Lane, Bishop’s Stortford, Herts CM23 5BD by October 2019.

For admission to Birchwood High School in September 2019

Child’s Surname:

Other Names:

Date of Birth: Male or Female:

Name of Parents or Carers: Title:

Mr/Mrs/Miss/Ms/Other

Postal Address (including postcode):

Home Telephone No: Business/Mobile No:

Email Address:

Present School:

The following information is required in the likelihood that the school is over-subscribed:

Criteria Yes No

1 Looked after child – Are you applying for a child in public care or a child who was
previously looked after but, immediately after being looked after, became subject to an
adoption, residence, or special guardianship order?

2 Sibling - Does your child have a brother or sister currently attending the school?
(If yes, please state full name of child and year-group):

Name of brother/sister: Dates of attendance:

Staff: Have you been employed by Birchwood High School for a minimum of two years
3 and/or were recruited to fill a vacant post for which there was a demonstrable skills
shortage?

4 Priority Area - Do you live within the chosen urban priority area of Bishop’s Stortford,
Thorley Parish and the area North West of Bishop’s Stortford namely; Albury, Berden,
Birchanger, Brent Pelham, Farnham, Furneux Pelham, Little Hadham, Manuden, Much
Hadham, Stocking Pelham, Takeley and The Hallingbury’s? Addresses are routinely
checked and places may be withdrawn if a false address has been given.
Return to Index
Criteria Yes No

5 Geographical Distance – All applicants not allocated a place under criteria 1, 2, 3 and
4 are automatically considered under criteria 5; Geographical Distance.

Are you applying under this criteria?

Is there any other relevant information you wish to include?

Signed: (Parent or Carer) Date:

Return to Index
 BISHOP WOOD C OF E JUNIOR SCHOOL
ADMISSIONS POLICY FOR 2019-2020

Bishop Wood is a Voluntary Aided Church of England Junior School which caters for
children from the age of seven (Year 3) to eleven (Year 6) within the boundaries of
Tring Team Parish. There are two classes of 30 children in each of the four school
years. The school has a Published Admission Number (PAN) of 60 per year group,
this being the number of children which may be admitted into any one academic
year. The Governors are responsible for admissions to the school.

In common with all Church of England schools, the school seeks to provide a
distinctively Christian and inclusive environment and has a special responsibility to
educate and care for the most vulnerable children in our community. This ethos is
reflected in the Admissions Policy.

Normal Admission
Children are normally admitted into the school in the September following their
seventh birthday and move to secondary school in the September following their
eleventh birthday. Parents of children attending Goldfield Infant and Nursery School
are given information about how and when to make an application, including the
deadline date. They are also invited to visit Bishop Wood.

The Local Authority (LA) operates an agreed coordinated admissions scheme in line
with government legislation. The LA will manage the process on behalf of the school
according to the scheme published each year. The closing date for admission
application forms to be received by the home LA is on 15th January in the year of
admission. All applications must be made on the Local Authority Common
Application Form. Information on completing the online application and notification
dates of admission decisions are published in the Local Authority Admissions booklet
'Under 11s' and also on their website; www.hertsdirect.org/admissions.

If the school receives fewer applications than there are places available, all
applicants will be offered a place. In line with section 324 of the Education Act 1996,
all children with a statement of special educational needs or an Education, Health
and Care (EHC) plan naming Bishop Wood C of E Junior School will be allocated a
place at the school. If the school is oversubscribed, other places will be allocated
according to the oversubscription criteria outlined below. Parents are informed by
Hertfordshire County Council (HCC) if a place is available. Once an offer has been
made, it needs to be formally accepted within the specified time period (five school
days) in order to be secured. If a child is not offered a place, prospective pupils will
be placed on a Continuing Interest List by HCC. These applications will be dealt with
according to the same oversubscription criteria and parents will be informed as soon
as a place becomes available.

Oversubscription Criteria
The following oversubscription categories only have significance when the
application for admission in any one school year exceeds the Published Admission
Number (PAN) of 60 per year group.
1

Return to Index
In order of priority, the oversubscription categories are:

1. Children looked after.

2. Children for whom it can be demonstrated have an exceptional social or
medical need to attend Bishop Wood C of E Junior School.
3. Children from Goldfield Infant and Nursery School transferring at the end of
Year 2.
4. Children who have a sibling in the school at the time of admission.
5. Children living in Hertfordshire for whom Bishop Wood C of E Junior School is
their nearest school.
6. All other children.

In the event of over subscription in any one of the categories, the determining factor
will be that of distance from home to school, with those living nearest to the school
taking priority. In the event of a tie, where two different addresses measure the
same distance from the school, for example, in the case of a block of flats, random
allocation will be used. In the case of twins and multiple births, the governors follow
the same guidelines as Hertfordshire LA. If a twin/multiple birth child is offered the
last place available and an application has been received to the same school for the
other child(ren), then the other child(ren) will be offered a place even if that means
exceeding the PAN. The order in which applications are received is not significant
as long as they are received before the closing date.

Fair Access Protocol

The school co-operates fully with the Local Authority’s Fair Access protocol for
children who are hard to place and will admit these children even if the school is full.
Children admitted under the Fair Access protocol take priority over children on the
Continuing Interest List.

Children with a disability are considered according to the school's oversubscription

criteria and, if allocated a place, the school would then take steps to ensure that a
child's individual needs are met.

Children Looked After

Highest priority is given to allocating places to children in public care in public care
according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the School Admissions (Admission
Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England) Regulations
2012. Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but
ceased to be so because they were adopted, or became subject to a Child
Arrangement Order or a special guardianship order.

Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children
looked after providing there is a Placement Order. The application would be
prioritised under category 1. Children who were not “looked after” immediately
before being adopted, or made the subject of a residence order or special
guardianship order, will not be prioritised under category 1.

Children with an exceptional medical or social need

A category 2 application will only be considered when, at the time of application,
independent supporting evidence is provided showing that a child, parent or their

Return to Index
carer can demonstrate a wholly exceptional medical or social need for attendance at
Bishop Wood C of E Junior School and that no other school will suffice.

In Year Admissions
A child normally enters the school in Year 3 in the September following his/her
seventh birthday. For admission into any year group at other times of the school
year, an application must be made to the In Year Admission Department at Herts
County Council. The In Year application form can be completed at
www.hertsdirect.org/admissions. We cannot admit any children to the school unless
this procedure has been followed and we are notified by Herts County Council that
they have received a completed application and a place is available. If a place in the
relevant year group is not available then the applicant will be placed on the
Continued Interest List for the rest of that academic year. All In Year admissions are
dealt with according to the same oversubscription criteria outlined above.

Continuing Interest List

Applicants who are not offered a place, either through the normal admission process
or through the In Year admission process, will be placed on a Continuing Interest
List. All applicants on the Continuing Interest List will be prioritised according to the
oversubscription criteria. For the purposes of the Continuing Interest List, no
distinction will be made between normal admissions and In Year admissions.
Applicants will only be placed on the Continuing Interest List if a completed
application form has been accepted and a place in the relevant year group is not
available. Prospective pupils will remain on the Continuing Interest List for the
remainder of that academic year. A new In Year application should be made at the
end of the academic year if a place is still required in the following academic year.

Appeals
Parents who have not been allocated a place for their child in the normal admissions
round into Year 3 have the right of appeal to an impartial Independent Appeals
Panel. At transfer time, parents wishing to appeal should log into their online
application and click on the link 'register an appeal’. For those who did not apply
online, please contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an
appeal pack.

Parents also have the right of appeal if their child has been refused a place following
an In Year admission application. For In Year admissions, parents wishing to appeal
should contact the school directly in the first instance. The appeal should be made
in writing within three weeks of receipt of the letter refusing a place. The letter of
appeal should be sent to the Chair of Governors with a copy sent to the Head
Teacher. Appeals for In Year admissions will also be considered by an Independent
Appeals Panel.

Return to Index
Please note that this policy will be applied using the following definitions:

Child Looked After - a child who is in the care of a local authority, or being provided
with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services
functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989. This includes children who were
previously ‘Looked After’ but immediately after being ‘Looked After’ became subject
to an adoption, or special guardianship order or a child arrangement order as defined
in S8 of the Children’s Act 1989 as amended by S12 of the Children’s Act of 2014.

Adopted – under the terms of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 (section 46).

Child Arrangement Order – under the provisions of the Children and Families Act
2014, which amended section 8 of the Children Act 1989, residence orders have
now been replaced by child arrangements orders which settle the arrangements to
be made as to the person with whom the child is to live.

Special Guardianship Order – under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order
appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian or guardians.

Address - in respect of categories where addresses are relevant the governors

regard the address as the place where the child spends the majority of time from
Monday to Friday (including nights).

Distance to School - a ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used in all home to

school distance measurements in Hertfordshire. Distances are measured using a
computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken
from the Address Base Premium address point of your child’s house to the address
point of the school. Address Base Premium data is a nationally recognized
method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

Sibling - a sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of the
parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after and in every
case living permanently in the same household from Monday to Friday at the time of
application. A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the
same household for example a child who usually lives with one parent but has
temporarily moved. A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the
younger child starts.

Parent/carer - the adult with whom the child lives.

Further information can be found on the HCC admissions website;

www.hertsdirect.org/admissions
and in their admissions booklet 'Under 11s' which is available online;
http://www.hertsdirect.org/docs/pdf/admissions/u11sbooklet1516

Revised by the governing body on 6th November 2017

Return to Index
 THE BISHOP’S STORTFORD HIGH SCHOOL
London Road, Bishop’s Stortford, Hertfordshire, CM23 3LU
Telephone: 01279 868686, Website: www.tbshs.org
ADMISSION CRITERIA
FOR ENTRY IN SEPTEMBER 2019

Introduction
The number of registered pupils at The Bishop’s Stortford High School (TBSHS) at the beginning of
2017/18 school year was 1199. TBSHS is an all-ability single sex boys 11-16 school, with a co-
educational Sixth Form admitting boys and girls at 16+.

The Published Admission Number for the year commencing September 2019 is 156.

Boys and girls are also admitted at age 16+ provided that they have the appropriate qualifications.
The number of intended admissions to the Sixth Form for the year commencing September 2019 will
be 200. The PAN for external applicants is 45.

In determining admissions to TBSHS the Governing Body are mindful that they have an overriding
statutory duty to the general principle that pupils should be educated in accordance with the wishes
of their parents provided those are compatible with the provision of efficient education.

The aims of the School

The Governing Body would like to encourage applications from prospective pupils from both the local
area and surrounding villages who will, together with their parents, fully subscribe to a traditional
disciplined environment, which aims to enhance the current Christian ethos of the School and promote
excellence in all its pupils.

The Governing Body would particularly encourage a full commitment to, and participation in, the extra-
curricular life of the School, for example in music, sport and creative performance, much of which
takes place outside normal school hours and at weekends.

For Sixth Form entry the Governors wish to maintain the practice of offering places to those for whom
a suitable course is available.

The Admissions Process

If there are more applications for admission than places available at The Bishop’s Stortford High
School, the Governing Body will allocate places by applying the six criteria set out in this document.

All 156 places will be allocated simultaneously and no places will be held in reserve for any purpose.

The School will retain a list of continuing interest from 1 September 2019; Arrangements for In-Year
Admissions can be found on the school website.

Return to Index
Pupils with a statement of special educational needs or an EHC (Education, Health and Care) Plan that
names the school will be admitted.
Thereafter: 90% of places will be allocated using the following five criteria in the order set out below
with 10% reserved for aptitude tests.

Criterion 1 Children looked after or previously looked after (children who ceased to be looked after
because they were adopted or became subject to a child arrangements order or special
guardianship order)

Criterion 2 Boys who have a sibling attending the school, in Years 7 - 13, at the closing date for
applications will be admitted.
A sibling is defined as a brother, sister, half-brother, half-sister, adopted brother,
adopted sister, step-brother, step-sister or a child of parent/carer of a child looked
after/previously looked after living permanently* at the same address from Monday to
Friday.
*A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for
example a child who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after
child in a respite placement or very short term or bridging foster placement.

Criterion 3 Sons of staff who have been permanently employed directly by the school for two or
more years at the closing date for applications; or a member of staff who has been
recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable shortage.
The staff member must be the child’s legal parent (by blood, adoption or step-parent)
and have been living at the same address as the child for a minimum of 2 years.

Criterion 4 After criteria 1-3 have been applied (and allowing 10% for aptitude), 95% of the
remaining places (i.e. those so far unallocated) will be allocated to each of the following
groups of primary schools. Places allocated will be based on the percentage of the
total number of applications received from that group. For example, if 60 applications
are received from Group A out of a total of 400 applications received under Criterion 4,
(60/400 x 100 = 15%) then 15% of the remaining places will be allocated to Group A.
This example is for illustrative purposes only.
There is no hierarchy between or within each group.
Group A Group B Group C Group D Group E Group F Group G
Richard Manor Fields Little Hatfield Furneux
All Saints Albury
Whittington Hallingbury Heath Pelham
Henham &
Thorley Hill St Joseph’s Hillmead Spellbrook High Wych Elsenham Ugley

St Mary’s Rodings
Thorn Little
St Michael’s Northgate Hatfield Primary
Grove Hadham
Broad Oak School
St
Andrew’s
Windhill 21 Summercroft Takeley
Much
Hadham

OVERSUBSCRIPTION FROM ANY PRIMARY SCHOOL GROUP A TO G

Recent experience shows that applications from any one group of primary schools will
exceed the number of places available. In these circumstances, places will be allocated
to pupils who live closest to TBSHS by Hertfordshire County Council’s ‘straight line’
distance measurement system which is used for all home to school distance
measurements. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to two
decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address
point of your child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium
data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the location of schools and
individual residences.

Return to Index
Criterion 5 5% of further places (i.e. after 1-3 have been applied and allowing 10% for aptitude)
will be allocated to any other applicant. In case of over subscription, places will be
allocated to pupils who live closest to the school, measured by the straight-line distance
from the applicant’s home address as determined by the Local Authority’s distance
measuring system.

Up to 10% (15 in total) of the Published Admission Number (156) will be allocated using the following
criterion;

Criterion 6 Up to 8 places will be allocated to pupils with a proven aptitude in sport.

Aptitude will be assessed using an appropriate sporting aptitude test.

Up to 7 places will be allocated to pupils with a proven aptitude in music.

Aptitude will be assessed by an appropriate musical aptitude test.

GUIDANCE NOTES FOR PARENTS

 In the event of a group in Criterion 4 running out of applicants for an available place, all the
remaining applicants in the other groups will be compiled into a mixed distance list. The
applicant at the top of the list (nearest distance) will be allocated that available place.
 For applications received for twins or other multiple births, it is the Governors’ policy that in
the event of the admission of one such child under one of the above criteria, the twin brother(s)
would also be offered a place(s) at TBSHS.
 Should two applicants have the same home-school distance; a random allocation will be
made. This will be independently supervised.
 Parents who consider their son to be eligible under Criterion 6 are reminded that entry is
competitive, i.e. applicants will need to meet the necessary threshold in order to be considered
under this criterion.
 Applicants wishing to be considered for a place under Criterion 6, sport aptitude, must tick the
correct box on the Supplementary Information Form (SIF) indicating that they wish to take the
test. They will be required to attend the School for a specific sporting aptitude test on Tuesday
16 October 2018 (time to be advised).
 Applicants wishing to be considered for a place under Criterion 6, music aptitude, must tick
the correct box on the Supplementary Information Form (SIF) indicating that they wish to take
the test. They will be required to attend a specific musical aptitude test on Saturday 13
October 2018 (time and location to be advised)
 Emails informing parents/carers of the applicant’s score and whether this would have met the
threshold in previous years will be sent by 25 October 2018. Please contact the school if you
have not received the results by this date.
 Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system should log in to
their online application and click on the link “register an appeal”. Out of county residents and
paper applicants should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request their
registration details, log into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click on the link “log
into the appeals system” The Bishop’s Stortford High School uses the HCC central clerking
service for the administration of admission appeals. Parents can appeal against an admission
decision, in accordance with current legislation and the School Admission Appeals Code.

Students remaining on the Continued Interest list in September 2019 will be ranked according to the
In-Year Admissions Criteria which can be found on the school website. Prior to September 2019
Continuing Interest will follow the criteria set out above.

In addition to completing the Secondary Transfer Form/ Common Application Form, online or in
paper form, we encourage parents to complete the school’s Supplementary Information Form (SIF)

Return to Index
available on our website or paper form and return it to: The Admissions Officer, The Bishop’s
Stortford High School, London Road, Bishop’s Stortford, Herts CM23 3LU by the closing date.
Where a SIF is not completed the Governing Body will apply the admissions arrangements using
the information submitted on the Secondary Transfer Form (STF)/Common Assessment Framework
(CAF) only. This may result in an application being given a lower priority.

The criteria are subject to review annually.

Return to Index
 THE BISHOP’S STORTFORD HIGH SCHOOL
London Road, Bishop’s Stortford, Hertfordshire, CM23 3LU
Telephone: 01279 868686, Website: www.tbshs.org
APTITUDE INFORMATION FOR APPLICANTS SEPTEMBER 2019

Sporting Aptitude Test

Applicants to the school wishing to apply for a place under criterion 6 which states that:

Up to 8 places will be allocated to pupils with a proven aptitude in sport

will need to take a Sporting Aptitude Test. The test will consist of different activities testing the following areas of sporting
aptitude:

 Speed
 Endurance
 Hand/Eye Co-ordination
 Agility

Whilst no previous experience in a particular sport is required in order to take the test, it is expected that applicants
wishing to apply under this criterion have an interest in sport, and we would expect them to participate fully in the
sporting life of the school should they gain a place.

The test will be administered at The Bishop’s Stortford High School on Tuesday 16 October 2018 and you will be
notified of the time as soon as possible after 5 October 2018 via email. The test will take approximately two hours and
you will need to make your own arrangements for bringing your son to the school and for collecting him after the test.

It will not be possible to take the test after 16 October 2018.

Musical Aptitude Test

Applicants to the school wishing to apply for a place under criterion 6, which states that:

Up to 7 places will be allocated to pupils with a proven aptitude in music

will need to take a Musical Aptitude Test. This test will consist of 60 multiple choice questions, 15 on each of the
following areas of musical awareness:

 Pitch
 Rhythm
 Melody
 Texture

Applicants will listen to the questions on a CD, the running time of which is approximately 35 minutes. Parents are,
however, advised to allow an hour overall for the test’s completion.

Whilst no previous musical experience is required in order to take the test, it is expected that applicants wishing to apply
under this criterion have an interest in music, and we would expect them to participate fully in the musical life of the
school should they gain a place.

Please note: The Bishop’s Stortford High School, The Hertfordshire & Essex High School and The Leventhorpe School
arrange musical aptitude tests in common. Your son may be applying to both The Bishop’s Stortford High School and
The Leventhorpe School under the musical aptitude criterion but he will only sit one test which will be arranged at one
of the three schools, irrespective of the school(s) to which you are applying. However, you must ensure that you
submit a Supplementary Information Form (SIF) to all of the schools you wish to be considered for. The test will
take place on Saturday 13 October 2018 (time TBC). You will be advised of the venue for the test as soon as possible
after the 5 October 2018 via email. If you have not heard from the school by 10 October, please contact us.

It will not be possible to take the test after 13 October 2018.

Please ensure the Supplementary Information Form (SIF) is returned by Friday 5 October 2018.

Return to Index
 THE BISHOP’S STORTFORD HIGH SCHOOL
London Road, Bishop’s Stortford, Hertfordshire, CM23 3LU
Telephone: 01279 868686, Website: www.tbshs.org
IN-YEAR ADMISSION CRITERIA FROM SEPTEMBER 2019

Introduction
The number of registered pupils at The Bishop’s Stortford High School (TBSHS) at the beginning of
2017/18 school year was 1199. TBSHS is an all-ability single sex boys 11-16 school, with a co-
educational Sixth Form admitting boys and girls at 16+.

The Published Admission Number (PAN) for Year 7 was 156 and intake number was 168.
The Intake number for Year 8 (2016 intake) was 169, Year 9 (2015 intake) was 180, and for all other
years 155.

Boys and girls are also admitted at age 16+ provided that they have the appropriate qualifications.
The number of intended admissions to the Sixth Form for the year commencing September 2019 will
be 200. The PAN for external applicants is 45.

In determining admissions to TBSHS the Governing Body are mindful that they have an overriding
statutory duty to the general principle that pupils should be educated in accordance with the wishes
of their parents provided those are compatible with the provision of efficient education.

The aims of the School

The Governing Body would like to encourage applications from prospective pupils from both the local
area and surrounding villages who will, together with their parents, fully subscribe to a traditional
disciplined environment, which aims to enhance the current Christian ethos of the School and promote
excellence in all its pupils.

The Governing Body would particularly encourage a full commitment to, and participation in, the extra-
curricular life of the School, for example in music, sport and creative performance, much of which
takes place outside normal school hours and at weekends.

For Sixth Form entry the Governors wish to maintain the practice of offering places to those for whom
a suitable course is available.

Oversubscription
If there are more applications for admission than places available or the school is full, the Governing
Body will use the criteria set out in this document to allocate any available places. A student who has
a statement of special educational or an EHC (Education, Health and Care) Plan will be admitted.

Return to Index
 Criterion 1 Children looked after or previously looked after (children who ceased to be looked after
because they were adopted or became subject to a child arrangements order or special
guardianship order)

Criterion 2 Boys who have a sibling attending the school, in Years 7 - 13, at the closing date for
applications will be admitted.
A sibling is defined as a brother, sister, half-brother, half-sister, adopted brother,
adopted sister, step-brother, step-sister or a child of parent/carer of a child looked
after/previously looked after living permanently* at the same address from Monday to
Friday.
*A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for
example a child who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after
child in a respite placement or very short term or bridging foster placement.

Criterion 3 Sons of staff who have been permanently employed directly by the school for two or
more years at the closing date for applications; or a member of staff who has been
recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable shortage.
The staff member must be the child’s legal parent (by blood, adoption or step-parent)
and have been living at the same address as the child for a minimum of 2 years.

Criterion 4 Any places that remain will be allocated to pupils who live closest to the school,
measured by the straight-line distance from the applicant’s home address as
determined by the Local Authority’s distance measuring system. Hertfordshire County
Council’s ‘straight line’ distance measurement system is used for all home to school
distance measurements. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping
system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase
Premium address point of your child’s house to the address point of the school.
AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the
location of schools and individual residences.

The school will always consider applicants made under Hertfordshire’s Fair Access Protocol and if
agreed will be admitted above those on the school’s continuing interest list.

Please ensure you complete the In-Year application form (which can be obtained from the
Admissions Officer) and return directly to the school. The school will advise Hertfordshire Local
Authority of any applications made to the school.

We will write to you with the outcome of your application and, if you have been unsuccessful, the
county council will write to you with registration details to enable you to login and appeal online at
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals. The Bishop’s Stortford High School uses the HCC central
clerking service for the administration of admission appeals. Parents can appeal against an
admission decision, in accordance with current legislation and the School Admission Appeals Code.

The criteria are subject to review annually.

Return to Index
 THE BISHOP’S STORTFORD HIGH SCHOOL
London Road, Bishop’s Stortford, Hertfordshire, CM23 3LU
Telephone: 01279 868686, Website: www.tbshs.org
IN YEAR APPLICATION FORM

CHILD’S PERSONAL DETAILS

Surname: Forename(s):

Permanent Address: Date of Birth:

Post Code: Year Group To Enter:

Telephone:

Email:

CHILD’S CURRENT/PREVIOUS SCHOOL DETAILS

School Name:

Address:

Post Code:

Telephone: Fax:

PARENT/CARER DETAILS
Parent/Carer Full Name:

Relationship to Child:

Address:

Post Code:

Telephone: Daytime Contact Number:

Does the child have a statement of special educational needs or EHC (Education, Health and Care)
Plan
If yes please attach supporting documentation
Yes □ No □

Is the child in public care (looked after or previously looked after) by the Local Authority?
If yes please attach supporting documentation
Yes □ No □

Return to Index
 Siblings.
Please record names of siblings on roll. (Please see In Year Arrangements for sibling definition).
Name Form

Staff.
Please record name of member of staff who is the child’s legal parent (by blood, adoption or step-parent)
and has been living at the same address as the child for a minimum of 2 years.

Member of Staff

REASONS FOR CHANGE OF SCHOOL

If you have moved/are moving into the area please give the date of that move: ______________

If you have not moved, please give the reasons for a change of school:

Parental Declaration
If you deliberately give false information, the offer of a school place may be withdrawn.

All of the information I have given on this form is correct and up to date. I understand that
you will inform my child’s current school of this application and will share the information
in this application with the local authority. I understand that my child must be able to take
up the allocated school place immediately and that the place may be withdrawn if not
accepted within 10 school days.

I confirm I have parental responsibility* for this child and/or the agreement of all persons with
parental responsibility (please supply written confirmation) □
I enclose any required supporting documentation □

Your full name_______________________________________

Your signature_______________________________________ Date _______________________

* For births registered in England and Wales, parental responsibility is automatically given to the child’s mother from birth. A child’s
father will have parental responsibility if:
he was married to the child’s mother when the child is born (even if later divorced or separated)
the child was born after 1 December 2003, and he is named on the birth certificate
if a parental responsibility agreement is obtained from a court or by agreement with the mother.
Please provide a copy of any appropriate court orders or residence orders with this application.

The Bishop’s Stortford High School uses the HCC central clerking service for the administration of admission appeals.
Parents can appeal against an admission decision, in accordance with current legislation and the School Admission
Appeals Code.

Return to Index
 THE BISHOP’S STORTFORD HIGH SCHOOL
London Road, Bishop’s Stortford, Hertfordshire, CM23 3LU
Telephone: 01279 868686, Website: www.tbshs.org
NOTES ON COMPLETING THE SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM

 Please complete and return the Supplementary Information Form (SIF) no later than 31 October
2018 and by 5 October 2018 if you wish your son to take an aptitude test. The form can be
downloaded via our website or paper copies are available. Please ensure the correct postage is
used on all correspondence. Any letters without correct postage will not be accepted by the
school.

 You must ensure that you complete a Secondary Transfer Application Form/Common
Application Form, for the county in which you live. This is the county to which you pay your
council tax. The form may be completed on-line or by submitting a paper version to your local
authority and no application will be considered without this being completed.

 Please ensure you have read the Admission Criteria for Entry 2019 document which gives details
on the criteria used and over-subscription information.

 You may apply under more than one criterion.

Notes relating to particular criteria;

 If you are applying under Criterion 1, we will use the information given to us by the Local Authority
in which you live to confirm eligibility.

 We will use school records to verify siblings applying under Criterion 2.

 We will use school records to verify employment of staff applying under Criterion 3.

 The Local Authority will confirm your address.

 Schools are placed in groups dependent on their straight line distance to TBSHS with the intention
of providing places for students living in the wider community, as well as those living in Bishop's
Stortford

 We will use the over-subscription criteria stated on the Admission Criteria for Entry 2019
document.

 The Musical Aptitude Test will take place on Saturday 13 October 2018 and the Sporting Aptitude
Test will take place on Tuesday 16 October 2018. Parents will be notified of times and further
information via email after 5 October 2018. If you have not heard from the school by 10 October
please contact us. Emails to parents/carers advising of the results of these tests will be sent by
25 October 2018. Please contact the school if you have not received the results by 26 October.
Students applying under this criterion are expected to participate in the musical and/or sporting
life of the school.
Further information

 Should your application be unsuccessful, Governors will consider any new information after the
date of allocation, which is 01 March 2019.

 Please note that you must inform The Bishop’s Stortford High School and your Local
Authority if any of your details change through the Admissions process (i.e Primary
School or home address).

 The Bishop’s Stortford High School uses the HCC central clerking service for the administration
of admission appeals. Parents can appeal against an admission decision, in accordance with
current legislation and the School Admission Appeals Code. Parents wishing to appeal who
applied through Hertfordshire’s online system should log in to their online application and click on
the link “register an appeal”. Out of county residents and paper applicants should call the
customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request their registration details, log into
Return to Index
 www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click on the link “log into the appeals system”. The
closing date for appeals will be published on our website.

 The Governing Body will review its admissions arrangements annually in line with current
legislation and the School Admission Appeals Code.

 Please only return 1 copy of the Supplementary Information Form. An acknowledgement of

receipt will be emailed.

Return to Index
 THE BISHOP’S STORTFORD HIGH SCHOOL
London Road, Bishop’s Stortford, Hertfordshire, CM23 3LU
Telephone: 01279 868686, Website: www.tbshs.org
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM
FOR ADMISSION IN SEPTEMBER 2019

Please read accompanying notes before completing this form.

CHILD’S PERSONAL DETAILS (block capitals please)
Surname ......................................................................................... ……………………….
Forename ..................................................................................................................... ….
Permanent address ...................................................................................................................……
............................................... Postcode .......................................……
Date of birth ............................................................................................. ……………………
Home telephone number ...................................... ……………………………………………………………...
Current school ......................……………………………………………………………………….....

PARENT/CARER DETAILS (block capitals please)

Title ........... First name ..................................................... Surname ............................................ ...
Relationship to the child ................................................................................................................... …...
Daytime contact number ...................................................................................................................……
e-mail address ...................................................................................................................... ....

APPLICATION (please tick all that apply)

Is there a statement of special educational needs or an EHC (Education, Health and Care) Plan
naming TBSHS?

Yes 
1. Children looked after or previously looked after 
2. Boys with a brother or sister at the school 
Name of sibling ............................................................. Form .....................

3. Sons of staff at the school 

Name of member of staff ...............................................

4. Pupils attending a primary school named in groups A-G 

5. Pupils attending any other primary school 
6. Aptitude test Music  Sport 
DECLARATION AND SIGNATURE

To the best of my knowledge, the information given by me in connection with this application is correct. Offers
may be withdrawn if it is discovered that false information has been provided.

Signed ....................................................................................... Date ........................................... …..

Return to Index
Sixth Form Admissions Arrangements 2019

The Bishop’s Stortford High School offers two post-16 pathways to accommodate
different learning styles. Entry to the Sixth Form is dependent upon achieving the basic
minimum requirements at GCSE. Students wishing to study the A-Level pathway
require a total points score of at least 44 from eight GCSEs. Students wishing to study
the combined BTEC and A-Level pathway require a total points score of at least 34
from eight GCSEs. Both pathways require at least a grade 5 in Mathematics and in
English Language or English Literature. Students also need to meet the subject
specific entry criteria as detailed in the relevant sections of the Sixth Form Prospectus.

The intended number to be admitted to the Sixth Form in 2019 is 200. A minimum of
45 places in Year 12 will be reserved for external applicants who meet the stated
minimum entry requirements. Children who meet the entry requirements and have an
Educational Health Care Plan (EHCP) that names the school will be admitted.

In the event that a pathway is over-subscribed, then places for external applicants will
be allocated (to students meeting the entrance requirements) by applying the following
oversubscription criteria in the order set out below.

 Priority will be given first to appropriately qualified applicants who are children
looked after or previously looked after (children who ceased to be looked after
because they were adopted or became subject to a child arrangements order
or special guardianship order).
 Priority will then be given to children who live nearest to the school, measured
by using the Hertfordshire Local Authority’s computerised mapping system.
Should two applicants have the same home-school distance a random
allocation will be made and that process will be independently supervised.

Final decisions regarding pathway and subject choices will only be confirmed once
actual GCSE grades are known and it is confirmed that applicants have met the
minimum academic requirements for each course.

The Bishop’s Stortford High School Governing Body will review its admissions
arrangements annually in line with current legislation and the School Admission
Appeals Code. Details of admissions arrangements and of the appeals procedures
against non-admission will be published each year.

Sixth Form Appeals Procedures

Parents can appeal against an admission decision, in accordance with current

legislation and the School Admission Appeals Code. Please call the Appeals
Helpline 01992 588548 to request an appeal pack.

Applicants cannot normally appeal more than once in an academic year except where
exceptional circumstances exist.

Return to Index
 Bovingdon Primary Academy

Proposed admission arrangements for 2019/20

The schools published admission number will be 60.

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all
maintained schools to admit a child with a statement of special educational needs
that names their school. Schools must also admit children with an EHC (Education, Health
and Care) Plan that names their school.

Rule 1 Children in public care (children looked after) and children who were
looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became
subject to a residence order or a special guardianship order).

Rule 2 Medical or Social: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have
a particular medical or social need to go to the school.
A panel of officers will determine whether the evidence provided is
sufficiently compelling to meet the requirements for this rule. The evidence
must relate specifically to the school applied for under Rule 2 and must
clearly demonstrate why it is the only school that can meet the child’s needs.

Rule 3 Sibling: Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school or linked
school at the time of application.
This applies to reception through to Year 5 in infant, junior and primary
schools; and from reception through to Year 3 in first schools; and from Year
5 to Year 7 in middle schools

In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as long as
they will still be in attendance at the time of admission
.
Rule 4 Nearest School: Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy.
This includes all schools except those which allocate places on the basis of
faith.

Rule 5 Distance: Children who live nearest to the school.

If your child does not qualify under Rule 4, they will be considered
under Rule 5.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify
under a particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by
applying the next rule to those children. Where there is a need for a tie-breaker
where two different addresses measure the same distance from a school, in the
case of a block of flats for example the lower door number will be deemed nearest
as logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two
identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will be random.

Return to Index
Bovingdon Primary Academy will use the same definitions and measuring system as
outlined in Hertfordshire County Council’s admissions literature, “Applying for a school
place”.

Definition of “nearest school” for primary/junior/middle admissions

The definition of “nearest school” includes all schools and academies (regardless of
status) unless that school or academy prioritises applications and allocates places on the
basis of faith.

In Year Admissions
The academy will be responsible for its own in year admissions. Application forms may be
obtained from the school office (01442 406545) or via our website
(www.bovingdonacademy.org.uk).

Fair Access
The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit children
under this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Twins
If a twin or multiple birth child is allocated the final place available, the school will also offer
places to the other twin/multiple birth children.

Appeals
Hertfordshire parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into their online
application and click on the link 'register an appeal '. If you did not apply using
Hertfordshire’s online application system please contact the Customer Service Centre on
0300 123 4043 to request an appeal pack.'

For in-year applications parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in the
first instance.

Approved 16/11/2017

Return to Index
 BROMET PRIMARY SCHOOL

Herts for Learning Multi Academy Trust

Draft Admissions Policy for 2019/2020 (for consultation)

Bromet Primary School (the “School”) is an academy within the Herts for Learning Multi Academy
Trust (the “Trust”)

The Trust is the admissions authority for the School and is therefore responsible for determining and
implementing the admission arrangements for the School each year in accordance with the School
Admissions Code 2014 (“the Code”) and other legislation.

EQUALITY AND INCLUSION

The School is fully inclusive and welcomes applications for the admission of children of all abilities
and needs, including those with special educational needs and disabilities. The School fully complies
with its responsibilities under the Equality Act 2010.

PUBLISHED ADMISSION NUMBER (“PAN”)

The School will provide for the admission of the appropriate number of children in accordance with
the published admission number (“PAN”). The PAN for Reception Year at the School is 40.

This means that the School will admit up to that number of children in the September of the school
year to which this policy applies.

Where fewer applications are received than the PAN, the School will offer places to all those who
have applied.

Applications for places in Reception should be made on the Local Authority’s Common Application
Form. This is accessible on the LA’s website and must be submitted in accordance with the LA’s
published deadlines for applications, namely Tuesday 15th January 2019.

Late applications will be accepted but will not be considered until all applications received on or
before the application deadline have been processed, which will reduce the chance of achieving a
place for the child.

CHILDREN WITH AN EDUCATION HEALTH AND CARE PLAN

There are separate statutory procedures in place which govern the admission of children with special
educational needs (“SEN”) for whom an education health and care plan (“EHC plan”) has been issued
by their Local Authority. This means that the parents of children who have an EHC plan should not
apply for admission of their child to the School under this Admission Policy. If parents have a
2

Return to Index
preference for the School to be named as the provider in their child’s EHC plan, the Local Authority
needs to be made aware of this so that they can consider whether the School is suitable in
consultation with the child’s parents and the School.

Where a child’s EHC plan names the School as the provider, the child will be admitted to the School
even if this will result in the published admission number (“PAN”) for that year group, or the
statutory maximum infant class size, being exceeded. Where admission is to Reception Year in
September (i.e. in the normal admission round), the number of places available within the PAN for
other children will be reduced.

Where a child is in the process of being assessed by the Local Authority to establish whether an EHC
plan should be made, parents should speak to the Local Authority before applying for admission
under this Admission Policy, to check the stage the assessment has reached and whether a decision
to make an EHC plan will be made before the application deadline as, if it has, an application under
this Admission Policy will not be necessary.

OVERSUBSCRIPTION CRITERIA

After the admission of pupils with Statements of Special Educational Needs and where the School is
oversubscribed, priority for admission will be given to those children in priority order below:

1. Looked after children and previously looked after children (or became subject to a child
arrangements order or a special guardianship order) with those living nearer receiving higher
priority.

A “looked after child” is a child in public care at the date on which the application is made. A
“previously looked after child” is a child who was in public care, but ceased to be so because
they were adopted or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order
immediately after being in public care.

To be included in this category, the application for admission must be supported by the
relevant Local Authority’s Children’s Services Department. In the case of a previously looked
after child, a copy of the adoption or special guardianship order must also accompany the
application for admission.

2. Children who the Trust accepts have an exceptional medical or social need for a place at the
school with those living nearer receiving higher priority.

This category gives priority to children for whom Bromet Primary School is the only school
that is appropriate for the child to attend because of the child’s exceptional medical or social
need.

Applications under this priority must be accompanied by a Priority 2 Form, which is available
from our website.

Part A of the Priority 2 Form must be completed by the parent(s) before being provided to
the child or parent’s doctor, social worker or other relevant independent professional who
must then completed Part B, sign, stamp and date the form. The doctor, social worker or
other relevant independent professional must expressly confirm not only the nature of the
exceptional medical or social need of the child, but also the reason why it is appropriate for
the child to attend the school, why no other school is suitable, and the reasons why this is
the case.

Return to Index
 The completed, signed and stamped Priority 2 Form must be provided with the common
application form. An application under this priority will not be considered in cases where
the completed, signed and stamped Priority 2 Form is received after the common application
form has been submitted.

Applications under Priority 2 will be considered by the Academy Governing Body (or the
relevant Admissions Committee).

3. Linked School: This rule does not apply to this school (for infant and junior schools only)

4. Children with a brother or sister already attending the school and who will still be attending
on the date of admission with those living nearer receiving higher priority

Note: this category includes full brothers and sisters, adopted, or foster brothers and sisters,
half brothers and sisters or stepbrothers and sisters. Parents/Guardians should note that in
all these cases, the brother or sister must be living at the same address as the child for
whom the application is being made.

For the avoidance of doubt, other children within the family (for example, cousins) who live
at the same address because members of the child’s extended family (for example, aunts
and uncles) also live there, will not be regarded as siblings for the purpose of this priority.

In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as long as they will still be in
attendance at the time of admission

5. Children of school staff where:

a. the member of staff has been employed at the school for two or more years at the time at
which the application for admission to the school is made; and / or

b. where the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a
demonstrable shortage with those living nearer receiving higher priority.

For the purposes of satisfying these criteria, a member of staff is defined as a permanent
member of the teaching staff, or a permanent member of the non-teaching staff. This
definition does not include contract staff. This definition does not include peripatetic staff
employed by HCC. The child must be living permanently with the member of staff.

6. All other children.

Children not falling into any of the above categories will be allocated places in this category
by reference to the proximity of the child’s home address (as defined by this policy) to the
School, with those living nearer receiving higher priority.

DISTANCE MEASURING

Hertfordshire County Council’s ‘straight line’ distance measurement system is used for all home to
school distance measurements. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to
two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of
your child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally
recognised method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

In the case of multi-dwelling buildings (for example, an apartment block), the distance will be
4

Return to Index
measured from same GIS determined point in the building regardless of the actual location within
the building of the child’s home address, with the tie breaker being applied if more than one
application is received for children living in the building (see below).

TIE BREAKER

Where two applications cannot otherwise be separated because the distance between the child’s
home address (as defined by this policy) to the School is the same, the order in which places will be
allocated will be determined by random lottery using the Local Authority’s software in the presence
of a person who is independent of the School.

CHILD’S HOME ADDRESS

The address given on the application form must be the child’s main home address, which will usually
be the address at which Child Benefit is claimed or if there is no entitlement to Child Benefit, then
the address at which the child is registered with their GP will be used. A business address or the
address of a parent with whom the child does not live, a relative or a child minder must not be given.

The child’s home address stated must be a residential property that is the child’s only or main
residence, and not an address at which he or she might sometimes stay or sleep.

Where a child spends part of the week with different parents/carers the home address will be the
address at which the child spends the majority of weekday nights during term time. If two addresses
are given, only one will be accepted, which will be the address which meets the definition stated
above. Where there is a dispute over which address is the child’s main home address, the address at
which Child Benefit is claimed or if there is no entitlement to Child Benefit, then the address at
which the child is registered with their GP will be deemed to be their main home address.

Proof of residence or offer of letting from landlord will be required.

STATUTORY MAXIMUM INFANT CLASS SIZE

The maximum number of pupils legally permitted to be in a class in Reception Year, Year 1 or Year 2
class is 30 pupils.

There are specified circumstances in which some categories of children will not be counted towards
the class size, allowing for these children to be admitted to a class containing 30 or more pupils
without breaching the statutory maximum infant class size. These children are known as “excepted
pupils” until the class size falls back to 30 pupils. Parents are referred to Paragraph 2.15 of the Code
(which is accessible on the Department for Education’s website) for further details in this respect.

Children of multiple birth

If the last child to be offered a place (the 30th place in a school with a PAN of 30 for example) we will
endeavour to admit the child’s twin, triplet etc., if they all apply at the same time. This is because
the School Admissions Code allows us to admit such siblings as exceptions to the infant class size
limit and operate with classes of over 30.

CHILDREN OF UK SERVICE PERSONNEL AND CROWN SERVANTS

The School will accept applications for the admission of the children of UK Armed Forces Personnel
with a confirmed posting in the area of the School, or the children of Crown Servants returning from
overseas to live in the area of the School, in advance of them arriving. These children do not have to
be living at the stated home address at the application deadline, as all other children do.
5

Return to Index
The application for admission must be supported by an official letter declaring the relocation date
and a Unit postal address or quartering area address, which will be used as the child’s home address
for the purpose of applying this Admission Policy.

FAIR ACCESS

The school is committed to taking its fair share of vulnerable children who are hard to place, in
accordance with locally agreed protocols. Children admitted under the protocol will be prioritised
above those on the waiting list.

WAITING LISTS

The School will operate a waiting list for each year group. Where in any year the School receives
more applications for places than there are places available, a waiting list will operate until the end
of the academic year. This will be maintained by the School and it will be open to any
parent/guardian to ask for his or her child’s name to be placed on the waiting list, following an
unsuccessful application.

Children’s position on the waiting list will be determined solely in accordance with the
oversubscription criteria. Where places become vacant they will be allocated to children on the
waiting list in accordance with the oversubscription criteria.

ARRANGEMENTS FOR ADMITTING PUPILS TO OTHER YEAR GROUPS, INCLUDING REPLACING ANY
PUPILS WHO HAVE LEFT THE SCHOOL (‘IN-YEAR ADMISSIONS’)

You can apply to change school during the school year. We call this an "in year admission".

To apply for an in-year admission to Bromet Primary please complete the ‘In year Admissions Form’
available on the school website www.bromet.herts.sch.uk and send it and any supporting
documentation to the school office.

We'll let you know if you're successful within 10 working days, once we receive your application,
proof of address and any additional documents needed. If the year group applied for has a place
available, the School will admit the child. If more applications are received than there are places
available, the place will be allocated applying the oversubscription criteria set out above.

You need to accept or decline any place offered. If a place is not available, you will be given the
opportunity to have your name added to the waiting list. You will also have a right to appeal the
decision.

AGE ON ADMISSION TO RECEPTION YEAR

All children are entitled to a full-time place in Reception Year at a primary school from the
September following their fourth birthday. Children do not, however, reach compulsory school age
until the first of three prescribed dates after their fifth birthday. These prescribed dates are 31
December, 31 March and 31 August.

For example, a child who will reach the age of five years on 18 November will not reach compulsory
school age until the following 1 January, a child who will reach the age of five years on 22 March will
not reach compulsory school age until the following 1 April and a child who will reach the age of five
years on 3 June will not reach compulsory school age until the following 31 August.

Return to Index
Deferred entry and part-time attendance

Parents offered a place for their child have a right to defer entry, or to take a place up part-time,
until the start of the term beginning immediately after their child has reached compulsory school
age. However, places cannot be deferred until the next academic year. Parents can also ask that
their child attends on a part-time basis until they reach compulsory school age.

However, the start date for a child born between 1 April and 31 August who will not reach
compulsory school age until 31 August (known as a “summer born child”) cannot be deferred later
than the first day of the last term (usually when the School reopens after Easter) without losing the
place achieved, which will then be allocated to another child. Parents of “summer born children”
can, however, choose to delay their child starting school for a whole school year (see below).

Parents may also choose to send their child to school part-time until they reach compulsory school
age (i.e. on one of the three prescribed dates stated above). Unlike the right to defer entry, this
right can be exercised during the last term in the case of “summer born children”, and can also be
exercised in combination with the right to defer the child’s start date until later in the school year, as
set out above.

For example, a child born on 18 November could start school part-time from 1 September and then
full-time from 1 January, and a child born on 22 March could start school part-time from either 1
September or 1 January and then full-time from 1 April.

Delayed entry for “summer born children”

Parents of summer born children have the following options in relation to their child:

1. To start school full-time in Reception Year in the September following their fourth birthday in
the usual way; or

2. To retain the place they have achieved for their child in Reception Year and decide that their
child will start school later in the school year (i.e. deferred entry) and/or attend part-time, as
set out above; or

3. To lose any place achieved for their child in Reception Year and delay (rather than defer) their
child starting school for one whole school year (i.e. following September).

Parents choosing to exercise the third option will need to decide whether they want their child to be
admitted to Year 1 in the following September with their usual age group (subject to their being an
available place in Year 1, as no place will be have been reserved for the child) or be admitted to
Reception Year in the following September with children below their normal age group.

The latter option requires parents to submit a separate Application for Admission Outside Normal
Age Group to the AGB of the School (see below). In the event that the Application for Admission
Outside Normal Age Group is approved by the Academy Governing Body, there is no guarantee that
a place will be available in the preferred year group. Once a decision has been made, the School will
apply its oversubscription criteria to decide whether a place can be offered in that age group. This
means that, although the parents may have obtained the School’s agreement to their child being
admitted below its normal age range into Reception Year one school year after being eligible to start
school, their child may not achieve a place in Reception Year at the School the following year.
7

Return to Index
In the case of summer born children seeking to delay starting school for one school year and then to
be admitted into Reception Year below their normal age group, an application for admission into
Reception Year using with the child’s normal age group should be made in the usual way
accompanied by a request to be admitted into Reception Year the following year (by completing the
“Application For Admission Outside Normal Age Group Form” with supporting evidence).

Provided the application is received in time, parents will receive a response to their request before
primary national offer day. If a request is agreed, the application for the normal age group may be
withdrawn before a place is offered. If a request is refused, the parent must decide whether to:

a. accept the offer of a place for the normal age group (if an offer is made); or

b. refuse it and make an in year application for admission to Year 1 for the September
following the child’s fifth birthday (there is no guarantee that places will be available in Year
1 if the school is oversubscribed).

Where a parent’s request for admission outside of the normal age group for summer born children is
agreed, a new application must be submitted as part of the main admissions round the following
year.

Parents do not have a right of appeal if they have been offered a place and it is not in the year group
they would like. However, parents may make a complaint about the School’s decision not to admit
their child outside their normal age group.

ADMISSION OF CHILDREN OUTSIDE THEIR NORMAL AGE GROUP

Parents may request that their child is admitted to a year group outside their normal age range, for
instance where the child is gifted or talented or where a child has suffered from particular social or
medical issues impacting his or her schooling. All such requests will be considered on their merits
and either agreed or refused, on that basis. If a request is refused, the child will still be considered
for admission to their normal age group.

Parents wishing to submit a request for their child to be admitted outside their normal age group
should submit an “Application For Admission Outside Normal Age Group Form” which is available
from www.bromet.herts.sch.uk

The process for requesting such an admission is as follows:

With the application, parents should request that the child is admitted to another year group (state
which one), and the reasons for that request. Parents will submit any evidence in support of their
case with the application, for instance from a medical practitioner, Headteacher etc. Some of the
evidence a parent might submit could include:

1. Whether the child is ‘summer born’ and is seeking admission to a year group other than
reception (or is seeking admission to reception rather than year 1);

2. Information about the child’s academic, social and emotional development;

3. Where relevant, their medical history and the views of a medical professional;

4. Whether they have previously been educated out of their normal age group;

Return to Index
 5. Whether they may naturally have fallen into a lower age group if it were not for being born
prematurely.

This is a non-exhaustive list. There may be other factors that the Academy Governing Board will
consider. The school will consider each case on its merits, taking into account the individual
circumstances of the request and the child’s best interests. We will also ensure the parent is aware
of whether the request for admission out of age group has been agreed before final offers are made,
and the reason for any refusal. Requests for admission out of the normal year group will be
considered alongside other applications made at the same time. An application from a child who
would ‘normally’ be a year 1 child for a reception place will be considered alongside applications for
reception.

ARRANGEMENTS FOR APPEALS PANELS

Parents/Carers will have the right of appeal to an Independent Appeal Panel if they are dissatisfied
with an admission decision of the School. The Appeal Panel will be independent of the School. The
arrangements for Appeals will be in line with the Code of Practice on School Admission Appeals
published by the Department for Education. The determination of the appeal panel will be made in
accordance with the Code of Practice on School Admission Appeals and is binding on all parties.

Normal admissions round

Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system for the normal
admissions round should log in to their online application and click on the link “register an appeal”.
Out of county residents and paper applicants should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123
4043 to request their registration details and log into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and
click on the link “log into the appeals system”.

In-year admissions

For in-year admissions, we will write to you with the outcome of your application and, if you have
been unsuccessful, the county council will write to you with registration details to enable you to
login and appeal online at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals

THE SCHOOL EXPECTS PARENTS TO PROVIDE TRUE AND ACCURATE INFORMATION. IF IT IS

DISCOVERED THAT FALSE INFORMATION HAS BEEN PROVIDED, THE OFFER OF A PLACE IS LIKELY
TO BE WITHDRAWN.

Return to Index
 [SCHOOL LOGO] 

[Name of school] 

PRIORTY 2 FORM ‐ EXCEPTIONAL MEDICAL OR SOCIAL NEED 

REPORT FROM A DOCTOR, SOCIAL WORKER OR OTHER RELEVANT 
INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL 

Part A of this form must be completed by a parent.  The form should then be provided to the doctor, social 
worker or other relevant independent professional who should complete Part B, sign, date and stamp the 
form, before returning it to the parent if the parent wants to rely on this priority in order to achieve a place 
at the school.  The form must be submitted at the same time as the Common Application Form.  

This  form  is  intended  to  support  an  application  for  admission  under  Priority  2  of  the  academy’s/school’s 
Admission Policy, which states: 

“Priority 2 – Children who the Trust accepts have an exceptional medical or social need for a place at the 
school”: 

Children for whom [Name of School] is the only school that is appropriate for the child to attend because of 
the child’s exceptional medical or social need, will be admitted under this priority.   

Applications under this priority must be accompanied by Priority 2 Form, Part A of which must be completed 
by  the  parents  before  being  provided  to  the  child  or  parent’s  the  doctor,  social  worker  or  other  relevant 
independent professional who must then completed Part B, sign, stamp and date the form.  The doctor, social 
worker  or  other  relevant  independent  professional  must  expressly  confirm  not  only  the  nature  of  the 
exceptional medical or social need of the child or parent, but also the reason why it is appropriate for the child 
to attend the school, why no other school is suitable, and the reasons why this is the case.   

The completed, signed and stamped Priority 2 Form must be provided with the common application form.  An 
application  under  this  priority  will  not  be  considered  in  cases  where  the  completed,  signed  and  stamped 
Priority 2 Form is received after the common application form has been submitted.” 

Instructions to Hertfordshire County Council: please ensure that this form is kept 
confidential  and  is  processed  only  to  the  extent  that  it  is  necessary  to  pass  the 
information to the school.  Please ensure that the forms are sent to the school by a 
secure  means.    Please  contact  HCC’s  Strategy  &  Policy  Manager,  Admissions  & 
Transport, for further details. 

1 

Return to Index
 

PART A – To be completed by Parent 

Child’s Surname:   

Child’s Forename(s):   

Child’s Date of Birth:   

Child’s Main Home Address:   

   

   

   

This form should now be handed to the child’s doctor, social worker or other relevant independent 
professional for completion of Part B. 

2 

Return to Index
PART  B  –  To  be  completed  by  a  doctor,  social  worker  or  other 
relevant independent professional then returned to the parent 

Name of person with an   
exceptional  medical or 
social need: 

Please confirm the nature   
of the exceptional medical 
or social need:   

   

   

   

In your professional opinion, is [NAME OF SCHOOL] the only school which is appropriate for the 
child to attend as a result of their medical or social need? 

 
Yes    No   
 

Please state your reasons   
for stating [NAME OF 
SCHOOL] is the only school   
which is appropriate for the 
child to attend:   

   

   

   

3 

Return to Index
   

   

Please explain the   
difficulties the child would 
experience if the child   
attended another school 
within a reasonable   
distance of the child’s main 
home address:   

   

   

   

   

Signed:   

Print Name:   

Position:   

4 

Return to Index
 Organisation:   

Organisation’s address:   

Date:   

Official Stamp:   

Note to professional: please return the completed form to the parent named above by a secure 
means.  It is the parent’s responsibility to submit the form as part of the admissions application 
process. 

5 

Return to Index
               
 

[SCHOOL LOGO]   

[SCHOOL/ACADEMY NAME] 

APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION OUTSIDE NORMAL AGE GROUP 

This is not an application for admission – it is an application to the Academy Governing Board for their 
agreement in principle to the child being admitted to any year group other than the child’s normal year 
group. The completed form and any supporting documentation must be submitted to [School/Academy 
Name]  for  consideration  by  the  Academy  Governing  Board  as  soon  as  possible.    Regardless  of  the 
outcome of this application, a separate application for admission will need to be made in the usual way, 
and  will  be  considered  with  all  other  applications  received,  applying  the  oversubscription  criteria  as 
appropriate.   

In the case of children born between 1 April and 31 August (known as “summer born children”) whose 
parents want them to start Reception Year one year later than usual (i.e. in the September following 
their fifth birthday, rather than the September following their fourth birthday), the application should 
be made well in advance of the application deadline for the child’s admission to Reception Year with 
their  normal  age  group,  to  keep  all  options  open.    Where  the  Academy  Governing  Board  agrees  an 
application in principle, their letter confirming this should accompany the subsequent application for 
admission. 

This form should be read alongside the School’s/Academy’s Admissions Policy. 

This form should be completed by the parent with whom the child lives for more than 50% of their 
time from Monday to Friday during term time.  Please complete in block capitals using black ink.  All 
names  provided  must  be  formal  names,  as  stated  in  passports  and  other  formal  documents.    The 
completed form should be forwarded to the school office at School/Academy name. 

 
 

PART A – CHILD’S DETAILS 

Child’s Surname:   

Child’s Forename(s):   

Child’s Date of Birth:   

Child’s Main Home Address:   

(as defined in the Admissions Policy) 

 
 
1 
Return to Index
 PART B – PARENT’S DETAILS 

Parent’s Surname:   

Parent’s Forename(s):   

Parent’s Home Address:   

(If different) 

Parent’s Email Address:   

Parent’s Contact Number:   

 
 

PART C – APPLICATION DETAILS 

What date do you want the child to be admitted?   

What  year  group  do  you  want  the  child  to  be   
admitted to? 

What year group would the child’s normal age group   
be in? 

Please  give  detailed  reasons  for  your  belief  that  it  is  in  the  best  interests  of  your  child  to  be  admitted 
outside their normal age group.  In doing so, please consider the following factors which will be considered 
by the Academy Governing Board: 

• The parents’ views; 
• The Headteacher’s view; 
• The child’s academic, social and emotional development; 
• Where relevant, the child’s medical history and the views of their medical professionals; 
• Whether the child has previously been educated outside of their normal age group; 
• Whether the child would have naturally have fallen into a lower age range were it not for having been 
born prematurely. 

This is a non‐exhaustive list.  There may be other factors that the Academy Governing Board will consider.  

 
   

2 
Return to Index
 

       
 
   
3 
Return to Index
 
 

Please list all documents attached in support of your application: 

 
 
 

PART D – PARENT’S SIGNATURE 

I certify that the information provided in this form is true and accurate, to the best of my knowledge and 
belief: 

Signed:   

Print name:   

Date:   

   
 

4 
Return to Index
  
School logo 
 
 
School name 
 
Application Form 
In Year Admissions 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 Before you fill in this form, please read the guidance documents and information on our website 
at school website info 
 
 Supplementary Information Forms (if applicable) and any additional supporting documentation 
should be returned direct to the school 
 
 Please complete this form using black ink and CAPITAL LETTERS 
 
 You must include two recent (within the last 3 months) forms of address evidence. One must 
be a council tax bill, utility bill, solicitor’s letter showing completion date or a signed tenancy 
agreement. Please do not send originals.  
 
 If moving/returning to the UK, you must also provide evidence of your arrival. This can be flight 
itinerary, boarding passes or ferry/train tickets. 
 
 
We cannot process an application without evidence of your address. 
   

Return to Index
 
 
Section 1: Your child’s details 
 
 
Date place is required*:  

 
*Places are offered on the basis that they will be taken up within 10 school days. Please do not apply more 
than 4 weeks in advance of the date you require a place unless you are a service family. 
 

 
Your child’s details: 
 
First name  Middle name(s)  Family name/Surname 
   
Date of birth  Current Year Group*  Female / Male 

 
*Hertfordshire will allocate a place into the usual year group based on your child’s date of birth. If you wish 
your child to be educated in a different year group to that indicated by their date of birth, please provide 
further details with this form. 
 
 

Your child’s current  Current address 
address and postcode   
   
We check addresses and   
we will withdraw our offer   
of a school place if you   
give a false address 
Postcode 
   
  
 
Your child’s new  If you are moving house, please provide the new address below: 
address and postcode   
Date of move*   
 
 
Postcode 
   
 
*Please ensure you enclose proof of your new address including the move date. This can be either a 
solicitor’s letter confirming completion or a copy of the formal lease agreement. If you are moving to a rental 
property, please provide evidence that you have sold or are in the process of selling your previous property, 
or that a previous lease agreement has ended. We will not be able to take into account a new address 
without proof as referred to above. 
 
   

Return to Index
Section 2: Application details 
 
 
Does the child have a sibling at the school? * If yes, please give details below:  Yes □ No □ 

Name:  Male/Female: 
 
  Date of birth: 

 
*A sibling is either the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of the 
parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after and in every case living permanently 
in a placement within the home as part of the family household. 
 
 
Does your child have an Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) or 
Yes □ No □ 
statement of special needs (SN)? 
 
A Statement of SN or an EHCP is a document written by the local authority detailing the child’s needs and the 
measures the school will take to help them. The SEN team at the local authority manage admissions for 
children with a statement and your application will be passed to them.  
 
 
Is the child you are making an application for in the care of the Local 
Yes □ No □ 
Authority (Child Looked After)? 
If yes, please indicate which local authority and include a supporting letter from the child’s social 
worker and/or advisory teacher: 
 
 
Was your child previously looked after but was then adopted or became 
Yes □ No □ 
subject to a child arrangements order or special guardianship order? 

If yes, please provide supporting evidence including a copy of the adoption order if applicable 
 
 

Are you applying under Rule 2 (exceptional medical or social needs)?*  Yes □ No □ 
*You must include supporting professional evidence clearly demonstrating why your child’s needs can only 
be met at one specific school. Please include all the evidence you wish us to consider as we can only 
consider the information received at the time of application. Rule 2 can only be re‐considered if there has 
been an exceptional change of circumstances 
 
 
 

Are you applying under the Children of Staff rule if applicable*?    Yes □    No □ 
*This is not currently applicable at this school 

 
 
 

Return to Index
 Are you or your partner UK service personnel or a crown servant?  Yes □ No □ 

If yes, please include an official MOD, FC or GCHQ letter showing relocation date 
 
 
 
Your child’s current school       
 
School Name  School Address 

Date last attended  
 
(if your child has left):   
 
 

 
Section 3: Your details 
 
Name of person making the  Title  Initial  Family Name 
application  (Usually a parent/carer) 

Address if different to that given 
above 

Daytime telephone number 

Email address 
Our preferred way to contact you 

Your relationship to the child 
 
 
Is the child living with you under a private fostering arrangement? 
This is where the child lives with an adult who is not a close relative i.e. not a   Yes □   No □ 
parent, grandparent, sibling, aunt or uncle. 
Do you have parental responsibility? *   Yes □   No □ 

If no, please provide permission from the person(s) with parental responsibility confirming they are 
in agreement with the application. 
 
 
   

Return to Index
 
 
Section 4: Parental declaration 
 
If you deliberately give false information, we may withdraw the offer of a school place. 
 
All of the information I have given on this form is correct and up to date.  
 
I have read and understand the school’s admissions policy. 
 
I understand that you will inform my child’s current school of this application and will share the 
information in this application with the schools listed on this form and, if different, the allocated 
school.  
 
I understand that my child must be able to take up the allocated school place immediately and 
that the place may be withdrawn if not accepted within 10 school days. 
 
I confirm I have parental responsibility for this child and/or the agreement of all 
persons with parental responsibility  □ 
 
I enclose:      Supporting evidence relating to the application, including proof of  □ 
arrival if applicable  
  □ 
Proof of address ‐ we cannot process the application without this. 
   
 

Your full name   

Your signature    Date:   
     
 
 
Please return this application form to the office of name of school 
School address 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  It is very important that you include all necessary
 
documentation
 
with your application in order to avoid any
  delays.
 
 

Return to Index
 Broom Barns Primary School
Homestead Moat, Stevenage, Herts. SG1 1UE

Proposed Admission Arrangements for Broom Barns Primary School for 2019/20
The schools published admission number will be 30.

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained schools to admit a child
with a statement of special educational needs that names their school. If there are fewer applications than
places available at a school all applicants will be admitted. If there are more applications than places available,
the criteria outlined below will be used to prioritise applications.

Oversubscription Criteria
Rule 1 Children in public care: (children looked after) and children who were looked after, but ceased to
be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or a special guardianship order).

Rule 2 Medical or Social: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical or
social need to go to the school. A panel of officers will determine whether the evidence provided is
sufficiently compelling to meet the requirements for this rule. The evidence must relate specifically to
the school applied for under Rule 2 and must clearly demonstrate why it is the only school that can
meet the child’s needs.

Rule 3 Sibling: Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school or linked school at the time of
application. This applies to reception through to Year 5 in Year admissions: the sibling may be in the
school’s final year as long as they will still be in attendance at the time of admission.

Rule 4 Nearest School: Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy.
This includes all schools except those which allocate places on the basis of faith.

Rule 5 Distance: Children who live nearest to the school. If your child does not qualify under Rule 4, they
will be considered under Rule 5.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify under a particular rule than
there are places available, a tie-break will be used by applying the next rule to those children. Where there is a
need for a tie-breaker where two different addresses measure the same distance from a school, in the case of a
block of flats for example the lower door number will be deemed nearest as logically this will be on the ground
floor and therefore closer. If there are two identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie-break will be
random.

Broom Barns Primary School will use the same definitions and measuring system as outlined in
Hertfordshire County Council’s admissions literature, “Applying for a school place”.

In Year Admissions The school will remain part of the county council’s coordinated In Year
admissions scheme.
Application forms can be accessed via www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions or from the
Customer Service Centre, 0300 123 4043. Parents should return the application form direct to the
County Council (address on the form).

Fair Access
The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit children under
this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Return to Index
Twins
If a twin or multiple birth child is allocated the final place available, the school will also offer
places to the other twin/multiple birth children.

Appeals
Reception or Secondary transfer intake:
Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system should log in to their online
application and click on the link “register an appeal”. Out of county residents and paper applicants should call
the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request their registration details and log into
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click on the link “log into the appeals system”.

Explanatory notes and definitions for the admission arrangements for Broom Barns Primary
School for 2019/20

The following definitions apply to terms used in the admissions criteria:

Rule 1: Children looked after and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because
they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order¹ or a special guardianship
order²)

Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the School Admissions
(Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2012.

These children will be prioritised under rule 1.

Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were
adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special guardianship order. A “child looked
after” is a child who is:
a) in the care of a local authority, or
b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services functions
(section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission under rule 13.

Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked after providing
there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under Rule 1.

Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the subject of a child
arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised under rule 1. Applications made for
these children, with suitable supporting professional evidence, can be
considered under rule 2.

¹ Child arrangements order

Under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which amended section 8 of the Children
Act 1989, residence orders have now been replaced by child arrangements orders which settle the
arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live.

² Special guardianship order

Under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s
special guardian or guardians.

³ This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the School Admissions
Code that came into force on 19 December 2014.

Return to Index
Rule 2: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical or social
need to go to the school

Rule 2 applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application, unless there has been a
significant and exceptional change of circumstances within the family since the initial application was
submitted.

All schools have experience in dealing with children with diverse social and medical needs.
However in a few very exceptional cases, there may be reasons why a child has to Broom Barns Primary School.

Few applications under Rule 2 are agreed.

All applications are considered individually but a successful application should include the following:

a. Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only Broom Barns Primary School can meet a child’s
individual needs, and/or

b. Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making clear why only one Broom Barns
Primary School can meet the child’s needs.

c. If Broom Barns Primary School is not the nearest school to the child’s home address, clear reasons why the
nearest school is not appropriate.

d. For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or disability makes attendance at
Broom Barns Primary School essential.

Evidence should make clear why only Broom Barns Primary School is appropriate. Applications
under Rule 2 can only be considered when supported by a recent letter from a professional involved with the
child or family, for example a doctor, psychologist or police officer. The supporting evidence needs to
demonstrate why only Broom Barns Primary School can meet the social/medical needs of the child.
Applications for children previously “looked after” but not meeting the specific criteria outlined Rule 1, may be
made under this rule.

Definition of sibling
For applications to Broom Barns Primary School, a sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half
brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or
previously looked after¹ and in every case living permanently² in a placement within the home as part of the
family household from Monday to Friday at the time of this application.

A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts.

If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no sibling connection
available to subsequent children from that family.

¹ Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship order or child
arrangements order. This definition was amended following a determination by the OSA in August 2014.

² A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for example a child who
usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after child in a respite placement or very
short term or bridging foster placement.

Return to Index
Multiple births
Broom Barns Primary School will admit over the school’s published admission number when a
single twin/multiple birth child is allocated the last place at a school.

Home address The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of
application. ‘At the time of application’ means the closing date for applications. “Permanent” means that the
child has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the family own the property or have a tenancy
agreement for a minimum of 12 months.

The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one address
(for example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child lives at for the
majority of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of the parent/carer that claims Child
Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s main residence. If a family is
not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be requested.

If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation to evidence the address
that should be used for admission allocation purposes.

Fraudulent applications
Broom Barns Primary School will do as much as possible to prevent applications being made from fraudulent
addresses.

Address evidence is frequently requested, monitored and checked and school places will be withdrawn when
false information is deliberately provided. Broom Barns Primary School will take action in the following
circumstances:

• When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at any current school or pre-
school setting;

• When a child lives at a different address to the applicant;

• When the applicant does not have parental responsibility;

• When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or more of the following applies:

ο The family has moved to a property from which their application was less likely to be successful;

ο The family has returned to an existing property;

ο The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time (anything less than a year) over the
application period;

ο Council tax information shows a different residence at the time of application.

• When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from the address used at the time of
application.

Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions

A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used in all home to school distance measurements. Distances are
measured using a computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the
AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase
Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

Return to Index
Applications from children* from overseas

All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16 years) in England have a right of access to education. However,
where a child is in England for a short period only, for example less than half a term, it may be reasonable to
refuse admission to a school.

An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently overseas if, for In Year
applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in Hertfordshire within two weeks. In Year
allocations are made on the assumption that the child will accept the school place and be on roll within that
timescale.

For the Primary and Secondary transfer processes, applications will not normally be accepted from, nor places
allocated to, an overseas address. The exception to this (for both In Year and transfer processes) is for children
of UK service personnel and crown servants (and from military families who are residents of countries with a
Memorandum of Understanding with the UK). In these cases Broom Barns Primary School will allocate a place
in advance of the family arriving in the area provided the application is accompanied by an official letter that
declares a relocation date and a HCC Unit postal address or quartering area address, for consideration of the
application against oversubscription criteria. If the family already has an established alternative private address,
that address will be used for admission purposes.

Broom Barns Primary School will also consider accepting applications from children* whose family can evidence
intent to return to and/or permanently reside in Hertfordshire prior to the start of the new academic year.
These applications, if accepted, will be processed from the overseas address until sufficient evidence is received
to show the child is permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Evidence must be submitted at the time of
application.

Evidence submitted after the date for late applications (6 February 2018 for the Under 11s process) cannot be
taken into account before National Allocation Day. Decisions on these applications will be made by a panel of
governors and communicated with parents within 6 weeks of the closing date for applications.

If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps because they are working abroad
at the time of application, the Hertfordshire address will not be accepted for the purposes of admission until
the child is resident at that address.

Other children, than those mentioned above, from overseas do not generally have automatic right of entry to
the UK. An application for a school place will not therefore be accepted until they are permanently resident in
Hertfordshire. Proof of residency such as an endorsed passport or entry visa will be required with the
application, in addition to proof of Hertfordshire address, for example a council tax bill or 12 month rental
agreement.

*Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or British Overseas
passports), or have a UK passport describing them as a British citizen or British subject with the right of abode
or are European Economic Area nationals normally have unrestricted entry to the UK.

Age of admission and deferral of places

Broom Barns Primary School’s policy is that children born on and between 1 September 2013
and 31 August 2014* would normally commence primary school in Reception in the academic year beginning in
September 2018. We provide for the full-time admission of all children offered a place in the Reception year
group from the September following their fourth birthday. If a parent wants a fulltime place for their child from
September (at the school at which a place has been offered) then they are entitled to that full-time place.

Parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the same academic year or until the
term in which the child reaches compulsory school age. Summer born children are only able to “defer” entry to
Reception class until the beginning of the final term of the school year for which the offer was made.

Return to Index
Where parents wish, children can attend part-time until they reach compulsory school age. Any parents wishing
to take up a part-time place or deferred entry should contact us to discuss their child’s requirements.

*Summer born children (1st April – 31st August) – Entry to Reception

Legally, a child does not have to start school until the start of the term following their fifth birthday. Following
guidance issued by the Department for Education on 8 September 2015, Broom Barns Primary School has
amended its policy for summer born children. Children born between 1 April 2014 and 31 August 2014 are
categorised as “summer born” and if parents/carers do not believe that their summer born child is ready to join
Reception in 2018 they may delay their application until 2019.

These applications will be processed in exactly the same way as all other reception applications received at that
time; there is no guarantee that a place will be offered.

If parents wish to delay their application for a Reception place they are advised to discuss their child’s needs
/development with their current early years or nursery provider. If parents wish their child to remain in their
existing nursery school or class for a further year (rather than moving into the Reception year group) they must
let their current school/setting (including the Broom Barns Primary School nursery) know before the end of the
Spring term in 2018 (before the Easter break).

Children Out of Year Group (except applications for reception from summer born)

Broom Barns Primary School’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct chronological year
group, with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of individual children. This is in line
with DfE guidance which states that “in general, children should be educated in their normal age group”.

If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they should, at the time
of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals working with the child and family stating
why the child must be placed outside their normal age appropriate cohort. DfE guidance makes clear that “it is
reasonable for admission authorities to expect parents to provide them with information in support of their
request – since without it they are unlikely to be able to make a decision on the basis of the circumstances of
the case”.

A panel of governors will decide whether the application will be accepted on the basis of the information
submitted. The panel make decisions based upon the circumstances of each case including the view of parents,
the Headteacher, the child's social, academic and emotional development and whether the child has been
previously educated out of year group. There is no guarantee that an application will be accepted on this basis.
If the application is not accepted this does not constitute a refusal of a place and there is no right to an
independent statutory appeal. Similarly there is no right of a place for a space in a specific year group. The
internal management and organisation of the school, including the placement of pupils in classes, is a matter
for the Headteacher and senior leadership.

The governing body is ultimately responsible for making this decision for applications made to
their school.

Nursery Provision
Some schools have a nursery unit or deliver pre-school nursery education. The admission arrangements
detailed in this document do not apply for those being admitted into any nursery or pre-school provision. The
responsibility for admission into nursery provision lies with the governing body of the school where the school
offers such provision, although the county council does host an online system for nursery applications. Parents
of children who are admitted to a nursery provision at a school must apply in the normal way for a place at the
school if they want their child to transfer to the reception class. Attendance at the nursery or co-located
children’s centre does not guarantee admission to the school.

Return to Index
 The Governing Body of
Broxbourne CE Primary School
Mill Lane Broxbourne Herts EN10 7AY Tel: 01992 462419

ADMISSIONS TO THE RECEPTION (EY2) CLASS:

INFORMATION AND PROCEDURE

Introductory Note

Broxbourne CE Primary School exists to serve the needs of the Church of England and other Christian churches
as well as the wider community in the Broxbourne area. As a one-form entry Voluntary Aided school the
Governing Body, who is responsible for establishing the School’s aims and admitting the children, will admit 30
children to the Reception class each September. However, parents may request that the date their child is
admitted to the School be deferred until the term in which the child is five. Where a parent of a summer born
child (1st April – 31st August) wishes their child to start school in the term following their fifth birthday, they will
normally need to make an in-year application for a Y1 place. Parents should discuss this with the school as soon
as possible. If parents wish such child to be educated ‘out of year group’ i.e. in the Reception Year rather than
Y1 they should discuss this with the school. Such applications will be considered on a case by case basis. Parents
do not have the right of appeal against a decision not to accept this request. Parents may also request that their
child attends part-time until the term in which the child is five.

Every effort will be made to accommodate twins and multiple births. Where the last available place is offered to
a twin or multiple birth places will also be offered to the other twin or sibling(s) as exceptions to the Infant Class
Size rule.

If there are more than 30 applicants, the Governors will offer places according to the list of criteria, detailed
below, that have been agreed in co-operation with the Diocese of St Albans and Hertfordshire County Council.
The school operates a Continued Interest list (waiting list) for all age groups in which there are no vacancies.
Whenever a place becomes available, it will be offered in accordance with that list and with the published criteria
as they apply at the time of the vacancy. (NB Length of time on the Continued Interest List or previous priority
on the list will not apply.)

Please read the School website for more information about the School and for an insight into its life.

CHECKLIST FOR PARENTS:

I/We have:

 read the school website

 completed the Hertfordshire/Essex Primary Admission Application Form within the deadline
 completed and signed the School’s Supplementary Information Form
 kept a copy of the application form and Supplementary Information Form for my/our own reference
 enclosed an original current utilities bill

Return to Index
 ADMISSIONS CRITERIA 2019/20 –Reception Class
Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the Governing Body to
admit a child with a Statement of Special Educational Needs that names
the school. Schools must also admit children with an EHC (Education,
Health and Care) Plan that names the school.
In the event of over-subscription the Governors will offer places according See note 1
to the following order of priority:
Category A Children in public care (children looked after) and children who were looked
after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to
a child arrangement order or a special guardianship order).
Category B Brothers and sisters of pupils at the School (not including the Nursery) at See note 4
the time of admission.
Category C Children of those parents of the main Christian denominations who live See note 2
and/or worship regularly within the Broxbourne district of the Parish of
Broxbourne with Wormley (a map is available from the school office) and
who at the closing date of applications and for a period of at least two
years previously have attended church at least 30 times
Category D Not more than two places will be allocated to children of parents of the See note 2
main Christian Denominations who are regular worshippers and do not See note 3
live or worship in the area described in Category C and who at the at the
closing date of applications and for a period of at least two years previously
attended church at least 30 times.
Category E Any other children.
Notes on the Criteria

1. If any category is oversubscribed the places will be determined in that category by using the Herts County
Council ‘measuring home to school’ distance rule. Please note too that ‘permanent home address’ means
the address at which the child resides from Monday to Friday, not an accommodation address. In the case
of a block of flats the lowest number will be considered to be the shortest distance.
2. For applications in Categories C and D (church applications) parents are requested to return the
Supplementary Information Form to the School signed by themselves and their clergy. Applicants who
have attended more than one church in the previous two years (e.g. owing to relocation) will need to
provide written evidence from clergy of regular attendance at previous churches. The main Christian
Denominations are defined by membership of ‘Churches Together in England’.

3. In the event of places in Category D not being taken up they will be allocated to children in Category E.

4. ‘Brothers and sisters’ include half brothers or half sisters, adopted brothers or sisters or children of the
parent or partner living in the same house from Monday to Friday.

5. If two addresses are identical distances from the school, priority will be decided by drawing lots.

Return to Index
HOW TO APPLY FOR A RECEPTION PLACE AT THE SCHOOL

1. Complete the Hertfordshire/Essex Primary Admission Form. | See note i

(Applications open on ?? November 2018.) |
|
2. Complete the School’s Supplementary Information Form. | See note ii
|
3. Return the School’s Supplementary Information form and a |
current (within the last three months) original utilities bill | See note iii
(for proof of address) to the School by ?? January 2019. |
|
4. The Governors’ Admissions Committee will meet to consider all | See note iv
applications completed and received by the deadline. The |
Committee will liaise with Hertfordshire/Essex County Council in |
the allocation of places and will follow the Governors’ published |
criteria in the stated order of priority. |
|
5. All applicants will be informed by Hertfordshire/Essex |
County Council at the same time as they offer places for County |
Schools, on ?? April 2019 whether or not a place has been |
offered and where appropriate requested to sign a form of |
acceptance. |
|
6. Applicants must accept a place by ?? May 2019. On-line |
applicants should accept the place on-line. Other applicants |
must return the response form to the Admissions & Transport |
team at Hertfordshire County Council |

Notes on the Application Procedure

i. This form is available from Children, Schools & Families, telephone no. 0300 1234043 or at
www.hertsdirect.org/admissions (for families that live in Hertfordshire). For families who
live in Essex, a form is available from Essex Children, Schools & Families, telephone 0845
6032200 or at www.essex.gov.uk/admissions.

ii. Parents/carers are requested to complete our Supplementary Information Form and return it
to the school office by the closing date for applications. If a Supplementary Information
Form is not completed the Governing Body will apply their admission arrangements using
the information submitted on the Common Application Form only, which may result in your
application being given a lower priority.

iii. Please ensure this deadline is met. The Hertfordshire or Essex form can be completed on-line
or sent direct to the relevant Council. Only the School form must be returned to the School.

iv. Applications received late by Hertfordshire County Council or Essex County Council will be
considered in accordance with the Governors’ criteria, only after all on-time applications
have been processed.

Return to Index
General Notes

a. Please note that the Governors will not consider a repeat application within the same
academic year unless there has been a significant change in circumstances.
b. Nursery (EY1) Class: The Governors will admit 30 children to the Nursery. A place in the
Nursery does not automatically entitle any child to a place in the Reception class.
c. Parents who have not been allocated a place for their child in the Reception (EY2) class have
the right of appeal to an independent panel. Parents wishing to appeal who applied through
Hertfordshire’s online system should log in to their online application and click on the link
“register an appeal”. Out of county residents and paper applicants should call the Customer
Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request their registration details and log into
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click on the link “log into the appeals system”.

d. The school follows the 2012 School Admissions Code regarding twins and multiple births.
e. A map outlining the Parish boundary can be found below.

Reproduced with the permission of the Borough of Broxbourne. You are not permitted to copy, sub-
licence, distribute or sell any of this data to third parties.

Return to Index
RECEPTION (EY2) APPLICATIONS 2019/20

BROXBOURNE CE PRIMARY SCHOOL MILL LANE BROXBOURNE HERTS

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM

Please use Block Capitals

Surname of Child ................................................. Forename(s) …………………………………..……..

Date of Birth ...........................................……… Gender: Male/Female

Name of Parent, Guardian or Carer .........................................................................................................................

Permanent Home Address (including postcode) ………………………………………………………………………..

.......................................................................................................................................

Note: This is the Child’s permanent residence and not an accommodation address. Parents are requested to provide a
recent (within the last 3 months) original utilities bill or equivalent, which will be returned to them. In the case of
category A children please bring in a copy of the court order or certificate of adoption or special guardianship order or
child arrangement order.

Home Tel No .........................................Parent/Guardian/Carer’s day time Tel No...........................................

Parent/Guardian/Carer’s e-mail address……………………………………………………………………..

Please see accompanying Information and Procedure for the Categories in order of priority.

The family wishes to apply for a place under Criterion __________ (Enter A, B, C, D or E)

Signature of Parent/Guardian/Carer………………………………. Date ……………………………….

If you are applying under Category C or D please complete the following:

The family lives within the Parish boundary: Yes  No 

The family attends: St Augustine’s Church, Broxbourne 

St Laurence’s Church, Wormley 

The United Reformed Church, Broxbourne 

Wormley Free Church 

Other (Please State) ___________________________________________________

Please now obtain the official references overleaf

Return to Index
Name of Child__________________________ Category Applied Under__________________

Broxbourne CE Primary School admissions criteria

Category A Children in public care (children looked after) and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because th
were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangement order or a special guardianship order).
Category B Brothers and sisters of pupils at the School (not including the Nursery) at the time of admission.
Category C Children of those parents of the main Christian denominations who live
and/or worship regularly within the Broxbourne district of the Parish of Broxbourne with Wormley (a map is
available from the school office) and who at the closing date of applications and for a period of at least two
years previously have attended church at least 30 times.
Category D Not more than two places will be allocated to children of parents of the main Christian Denominations who are
regular worshippers and do not live or worship in the area described in Category C and who at the closing date
of applications and for a period of at least two years previously have attended church at least 30 times.
Category E Any other children.

Notes on the Criteria

1. If any category is oversubscribed the places will be determined in that category by using the Herts County Council
‘measuring home to school’ distance rule. Please note too that ‘permanent home address’ means the address at which the
child resides from Monday to Friday, not an accommodation address. In the case of a block of flats the lowest number will be
considered to be the shortest distance.

2. For applications in Categories C and D (church applications) parents are requested to return the Supplementary Information
Form to the School signed by themselves and their clergy. Applicants who have attended more than one church in the
previous two years (e.g. owing to relocation) will need to provide written evidence from clergy of regular attendance at
previous churches. The main Christian Denominations are defined by membership of ‘Churches Together in England’.

3. In the event of places in Category D not being taken up they will be allocated to children in Category E.

4. ‘Brothers and sisters’ include half brothers or half sisters, adopted brothers or sisters or children of the parent or partner
living in the same house from Monday to Friday.

5. If two addresses are identical distances from the school, priority will be decided by drawing lots.

Official Clergy Reference

To be completed by the clergy

1) this attendance has been for a period of at least 2 years

2) this attendance has been for a minimum of 30 times in the 2 year period

By signing this form I declare that statements 1 and 2 above are correct to the best of my knowledge and belief

Name of referee (please print) ______________________Official position in church ___________________________

Signature________________________________________________________ Date__________________________

Return to Index
 Admission Criteria for the Academic Year 2019/20
Bushey Meads School
An Academy School
A Technology College

Introduction
Bushey Meads School is an 11-18, mixed comprehensive specialist technology college. It is part of the
Bushey St James Trust, a multi-school academy trust formed in February 2012. Close collaboration exists
between the schools within the Trust with many joint collaborative projects taking place to enhance the
teaching and learning provision and with staff employed to teach and provide leadership, financial, HR,
administrative and infrastructure related support across the schools.

The main principle of admission to Bushey Meads School is to provide an excellent education and meet
the needs of children who attend schools within the Trust and the local area. The Governing Body of the
School reviews the admissions criteria on an annual basis in the Autumn Term.

Admission Criteria for the Academic Year 2019/20

The Governors offer places each September to 200 students. Parents/Carers are requested to complete
Bushey Meads School Supplementary Information Form (which can be completed online or downloaded
from the school website and returned to the school) as well as completing the Common Application
Form available from the Local Authority.www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions.

Applications must be made on HCC secondary transfer form (online or paper) and sent directly to the
Local Authority.

In accordance with section 324 of the Education Act 1996, the Governing Body will admit any child with
a Statement of Special Educational Needs or with an Educational Health and Care Plan (EHCP) for whom
the school is named.

Oversubscription Admissions Criteria

Where applications for admission exceed the number of places available, the following criteria will be
applied, in the order of priority set out below, to decide which students to admit.

1. “Children Looked After” and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they
were adopted (or became subject to a Child Arrangements Order or Special Guardianship Order)
(see note a).

2. Children attending a primary school within the Bushey St James Trust (Little Reddings Primary
School and Hartsbourne Primary School).

3. Children* of staff at the school where the member of staff has been employed at the school for
two or more years at the time at which the application for admission to the school is made, or
the member of staff recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill
shortage.

This will include children* of staff not living at the same address as the member of staff. It will
also include the children of a partner living at the same address as a member of staff.

4. Children with a brother* or sister* already at the school and still expected to be at the school
when the transfer takes place.

*For the purpose of criterion 4, a sibling means the sister, brother, half brother or sister,

Return to Index
 adopted brother or sister, or child of the parent/carer or partner or children looked after and
children previously looked after. Siblings do not necessarily need to live at the same permanent
address as the applicant.

5. Children who have a brother* or sister* who attended the school in the past two years or who
currently attends but who will have left by the time the transfer takes place.

*For the purpose of criterion 6, a sibling means the sister, brother, half brother or sister,
adopted brother or sister, or child of the parent/carer or partner or children looked after and
children previously looked after. Siblings do not necessarily need to live at the same permanent
address as the applicant.

6. Children who have a compelling medical reason attested by a Medical Practitioner or Consultant,
which makes attendance at Bushey Meads School essential.

7. Any remaining places will be allocated by proximity to the School using the home-school
measurement system used by Hertfordshire County Council as outlined in the County's
admission arrangements and application literature.

A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used for all home to school distance measurements for
admission allocation purposes. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to
two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of
your child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally
recognised method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

Please note that address checking is undertaken as part of the application and allocation process
and the offer of a school place will be withdrawn if fraudulent or misleading information has
been provided in the application.

Late Applications
All applications received after the national deadline, 31st October 2018, will be treated as late
applicants. They will be considered in keeping with the ‘Late Applications’ arrangements set out in
Hertfordshire’s applications literature as part of the Co-ordinated Admissions arrangements.

Notes for Guidance of Parents

a) Children in public care (children looked after) and children who were previously looked after. Places
are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the School Admissions
(Admissions Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) Regulations 2012. Priority
under this criterion will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because
they were adopted or became subject to a Child Arrangements Order (this replaces Residence Orders
under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014) or Special Guardianship Order (section 46
of the Adoption and Children Act 1989)

A “child looked after” is a child who is:

(i) in the care of the local authority, or
(ii) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of its social service
functions (section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989) at the time of making an application to the
school.

Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the subject of a
Child Arrangements Order or Special Guardianship Order will not be considered under this rule.

b) To support the admission of children who have a compelling medical reason attested by a Medical

Return to Index
 Practitioner or Consultant, which makes attendance at Bushey Meads School essential, it is helpful to
provide a letter from your child’s current school explaining how his/her medical condition or
disability impacts on his/her school life.

Please note that the medical evidence must explain clearly why the child’s severity of illness or
disability makes attendance at only Bushey Meads School essential, as opposed to any other school.
The decision regarding the admission of children who have a compelling medical reason is made by
the Governors’ Admissions Committee. Evidence should be submitted by October 31st 2018 via the
school reception. Parents will be informed of the outcome by letter.

c) Random allocation will be used as a tie-break to decide who has the highest priority for admission if
the distance between two children’s homes and the school is the same.

d) Twins/Multiple births:
If one of your twins/multiple birth children is offered the last place available at the school, and you
have also made an application for your other children, we will also offer a place to the other
child(ren) unless the place offered to the first child was under the random allocation procedure.

Places will not be offered in these cases, during the allocation process, because to do so would
compromise the random element of the allocation process. A place will be offered to the other
twin/multiple birth child after the allocation process has been completed with the school admitting
over its PAN as necessary.

e) Children Seeking Admission outside their Chronological Year Group

Students will be admitted to Bushey Meads School in Year 7 at the age of 11, irrespective of physical
or academic ability. It is the school’s policy for children to be educated within their correct
chronological year group, with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of
individual children.

If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they must, at
the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals working with the
child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal age appropriate cohort.
Such evidence must be submitted to the School Reception by no later than 31st October 2018.

The Governors’ Admissions Committee will decide whether the application will be accepted on the
basis of the evidence submitted. The Committee will make decisions based upon the circumstances
of each case including the view of parents/carers, the Executive Principal, the child’s social, academic
and emotional development and whether the child has been previously educated out of year group.

There is no guarantee that an application will be accepted on this basis. The internal management
and organisation of the school, including the placement of pupils in classes, is a matter for the
Governors, the Executive Principal and Senior Leaders within the school. Parents will be informed of
the outcome by letter.

f) Please be aware the school is heavily oversubscribed and very rarely has vacancies.

g) Children who have been unsuccessful in gaining a place for admission to Year 7 will be placed on our
Continuing Interest (CI) List from which any vacancies will be filled in accordance with our published
Admission Criteria for that admission round. In the summer term ( date to be confirmed) , the CI lists
will close and all children who are on the CI lists will be removed, as explained in the Local Authority’s
published documentation. If you would like your child to be considered for any places that become
available at the school after this time, parents will need to make an In Year application. In Year
applications should be made to Hertfordshire County Council, www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/Inyear

Return to Index
h) In Year Admissions
The School's in year admission arrangements will work within the remit of Hertfordshire's agreed
scheme of in year coordination. The Governing Body remains responsible for the allocation of all
places in accordance with the school's published admission rules but all applications for, and
allocations to, the school must be made via a pupil's home authority.

i) The Governors will comply with the locally agreed Fair Access Protocol to admit a vulnerable child
who is hard to place, outside the normal round of admissions and in excess of our published
admission numbers.

j) Continued Interest (CI) lists are maintained for entry into Year 8 – 11. Any vacancies will be filled in
accordance with the following oversubscription criteria:
1) Children Looked After
2) Sibling
3) Children of Staff
4) Proximity

The Continued Interest (CI) list will close at the end of each academic year and re-application will be
necessary via your local authority, www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/Inyear.

Appeals
Secondary Transfer:
Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system should log in to their
online application and click on the link “register an appeal”. Out of county residents and paper
applicants should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request their registration
details and log into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click on the link “log into the appeals
system”.

In Year Admissions:
We will write to you with the outcome of your application and if you have been unsuccessful, we will
include registration details to enable you to login and appeal online
at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals

Sixth Form Admissions

The Governing Body has a published admission number of 40 for entry into Year 12 for external
students. Admission to the sixth form will be for any student who meets the minimum academic
standards as set out in the sixth form prospectus.

In the event of oversubscription to the sixth form, places will be offered by applying the following
criteria in the order given below:

1. Children in public care (Children Looked After); children who were in care but have since been
adopted, or subject to a child arrangement /special guardianship order.

Children in public care (children looked after) and children who were previously looked after. Places
are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the School Admissions
(Admissions Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) Regulations 2012. Priority
under this criterion will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because
they were adopted or became subject to a Child Arrangements Order (this replaces Residence Orders
under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014) or Special Guardianship Order (section 46
of the Adoption and Children Act 1989)

Return to Index
 A “child looked after” is a child who is:
(i) in the care of the local authority, or
(ii) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of its social service
functions (section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989) at the time of making an application to the
school.

Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the subject of a
Child Arrangements Order or Special Guardianship Order will not be considered under this rule.

2. Children with a brother* or sister* already at the school and still expected to be at the school when
the transfer take place

*For the purpose of criterion 2, a sibling means the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted
brother or sister, or child of the parent/carer or partner.

3. Children who have a compelling medical reason attested by a Medical Practitioner or Consultant,
which makes attendance at Bushey Meads School essential. It would also be helpful to provide a
letter from your child’s current school (if not Bushey Meads School) explaining how his/her medical
condition or disability impacts on his/her school life.

Please note that the letter from the Medical Practitioner and/or Consultant(s) must explain clearly
why the child’s severity of illness or disability makes attendance at only Bushey Meads School, as
opposed to any other school, essential. The decision regarding the admission of children who have a
compelling medical reason is made by the Governors’ Admissions Committee. Evidence should be
submitted by October 31st 2018 via the school reception. Parents will be informed of the outcome by
letter.

4. Any remaining places will be allocated by proximity to the School using the home-school
measurement system used by Hertfordshire County Council as outlined in the County's admission
arrangements and application literature.

Continued Interest List

A continued interest list is maintained for Year 12 and Year 13. If a place becomes available, it is offered
to an applicant on this list, according to the above criteria.

Application dates
The dates for the application process are contained in the Sixth Form Prospectus.

Return to Index
 BUSHEY MEADS SCHOOL
An Academy School
A Technology College

TRANSFER TO SECONDARY SCHOOL 2019

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM

Parents seeking a place for their child at Bushey Meads School in September 2019 are to complete this form
(the SIF) as well as Hertfordshire’s Secondary Application Form.* This applies to all parents, including those
who already have children at this school. This SIF form must be returned directly to the school by Wednesday
31st October 2018 at the latest.

*Any parents/carers who do not reside in Hertfordshire and wish to apply for a Hertfordshire school are
required to use their own LA’s application form, not Hertfordshire’s Secondary Application Form.

Failure to complete both forms and return them by the deadline may hinder the consideration of your
application. The Governing Body will apply their admission arrangements using the information submitted
on the Secondary Application Form, which may result in your application being given a lower priority

Please return this SIF form to Mrs Smith, Admissions Officer, at Bushey Meads School, Coldharbour Lane,
Bushey, Herts WD23 4PA in an envelope marked ‘ADMISSIONS’ by Wednesday 31st October 2018.

Please include your e-mail address, in order for receipt of your supplementary information form (SIF) to be
acknowledged

For Office Use Only

Date form received:………………….………………….. Ref. No: ……………….………..

Additional information:………………………….. s.a.e./e-mail:…………….………………

‘Our School has a Mind to be Kind’

Aspire to Achieve

Return to Index
CONFIDENTIAL: Please complete this form using black ink and CAPITAL letters

STUDENT DETAILS:

Surname:…………………………………………………… Forename(s):………………………………………………………………….……..

Date of Birth:………….…………………………………. Gender:……………………..…………..(M/F)

Student’s residence/registered address:………………….………………..………………………………………………….……………………

………………………………………..…………………………………………………………………...…….Postcode:……………………..………………

Home Tel. No:…………..……………………………… Mobile/Daytime No:…………………………………….…....………..………

Email address:…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Current School:……….……………………………………………………………………………………………….…………………………………………

School Address:……………………….……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………..……….School Tel. No…………………………………………………..……….………….

Name of Parent(s) or Legal Guardian(s)…………………………………………..…….……………………………………………………………

(please print)

Address for Correspondence if different from above:…………………………………………………….……….………………………….

…………………………………………………..……………………………………………………….……….Postcode:…………………….……………….

Please complete this form:

A. All applicants: Have you completed the Secondary Application form, or if you do not live in
Hertfordshire, have you completed your own Local Authority’s Secondary Application Form? YES/NO

This must be completed in order for your child’s application to be considered. A copy of the
Hertfordshire Secondary Application form is available online: www.hertsdirect.org/admissions, or
from: Hertfordshire Customer Service Centre Tel: 0300 123 4043

B. Is your child in public care/was in care but subsequently adopted/subject to a residence/special

guardianship order? YES/NO

(If YES please attach supporting evidence from the professional dealing with your case)
or
Does your child have an Education Health Plan (previously known as a Statement of Special
Educational Needs)? YES/NO

If your child has an Education Health Plan, does it name Bushey Meads School? YES/NO
(An Education Health Plan is a statutory assessment and not a child on a Pupil Passport)

Return to Index
B. Are you employed by Bushey St James Trust, working at Bushey Meads School on a permanent basis?
YES/NO Length of Service:…………………………..years

C. Will your child have a brother* (brothers) or sister* (sisters) already at Bushey Meads when the
transfer takes place? YES/NO

Name(s) of brother(s)/sister(s): ……………………………………..……….…………………D.o.B…………………….….…………

…………….…………………………………………….…….D.o.B……………………….….……..

*For the purpose of this question, a sibling means the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted
brother or sister, or child of the parent/carer or partner or children looked after and children
previously looked after. Siblings do not necessarily need to live at the same permanent address as the
applicant.

D. Does your child have a compelling medical reason, attested by a medical practitioner, for attending
Bushey Meads? YES/NO

If YES, please send a copy of a letter from the General Practitioner/Consultant with this form
explaining clearly WHY the child’s severity of illness or disability makes attendance at only Bushey
Meads School, as opposed to any other school, essential. It would also be helpful to provide a letter
from your child’s current school explaining how his/her medical condition or disability impacts on his/
her school life.

E. Does your child have a brother or sister* who attended the school in the past two years or who
currently attends but who will have left by the time the transfer takes place? YES/NO

*For the purpose of this question, a sibling means the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted
brother or sister, or child of the parent/carer or partner or children looked after and children
previously looked after. Siblings do not necessarily need to live at the same permanent address as the
applicant.

Name (s) of brother(s)/sister(s)……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Start date:…………..……………………………….………… Leaving date:………………………………....…………

Signed:……………………………….………………………… Date:…………….………….………………
(Parent/Guardian)

If it is found that a place has been obtained on a fraudulent basis, the offer will be withdrawn

Return to Index
Proposed admission arrangements for Camps Hill Primary School for the school year
2019/20
The school’s published admission number will be 60.
Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained
schools to admit a child with a statement of special educational needs that names their school.
Schools must also admit children with an EHC (Education, Health and Care) Plan that names
the school.
If there are fewer applications than places available at a school all applicants will be
admitted. If there are more applications than places available, the criteria outlined below will
be used to prioritise applications:
Oversubscription criteria
For precise definitions and further clarification, please see Appendix 1 at the end of this
document.
Rule 1: Children looked after
This includes children looked after and children who were previously looked after, but ceased
to be so because they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a
special guardianship order.
Rule 2: Medical or Social
Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a medical or social need to go to the
school.
A panel of governors will determine whether the evidence provided is sufficiently compelling
to meet the requirements for this rule. The evidence must relate specifically to the school
applied for under Rule 2 and must clearly demonstrate why it is the only school that can meet
the child’s needs.
Rule 3: Nursery
Children who are currently attending our Nursery Provisions in the school.
Rule 4: Sibling
Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school or linked school at the time of
application*. This applies to reception through to Year 5 in infant, junior and primary
schools; and from reception through to Year 3 in first schools; and from Year 5 to Year 7 in
middle schools.
Rule 5: Children of Staff
Children of staff directly employed by the school in either of the following circumstances
(provided that notice of termination of that employment has not been given):
• where the member of staff has been employed for one or more years at the time at
which the application for admission to the school is made, or

Return to Index
 • the member of staff has been permanently employed to fill a vacant post for which
there is a demonstrable skill shortage and has held that post for less than two years at
the time at which the application for admission to the school is made.
Rule 6: Nearest School
Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy. This includes all schools except
those which allocate places on the basis of faith.
Rule 7: Distance
Children who live nearest to the school. Children not considered under rule 6 will be
considered under rule 7. These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more
children qualify under a rule than there are places available, a tie break will be used by
applying the next rule to those children.
Tie Break
When there is a need for a tie break where two different addresses are the same distance from
a school, in the case of a block of flats for example, the lower door number will be deemed
nearest as logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two
identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will be random. Every child entered
onto the Childrens’ Services admissions database has an individual random number assigned,
between 1 and 1 million, against each preference school. When there is a need for a final tie
break the random number is used to allocate the place, with the lowest number given priority.
Twins
If a twin or multiple birth child is allocated the final place available, the school will also offer
places to the other twin/multiple birth children.
Continuing Interest
After places have been offered, Hertfordshire County Council will maintain a continuing
interest (waiting) list for all community and voluntary controlled schools. A child’s position
on a continuing interest list will be determined by the admission criteria outlined above and a
child’s place on the list can change as other children join or leave it. The county council will
contact parents/carers if a vacancy becomes available and it can be offered to a child.
Continuing interest lists will be maintained for every year group until the end of the summer
term. To retain a continuing interest application after this time, parents must make an in-year
application.
In-Year
Camps Hill Primary School is part of the county council’s coordinated in-year admissions
scheme. Application forms can be obtained directly from the school by calling 01438
351053.The county council will write to you with the outcome of your application and if you
have been unsuccessful, will include registration details to enable you to login and appeal
online at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals
Appeals

Return to Index
Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system should log in to
their online application and click on the link “register an appeal”. Out of county residents and
paper applicants should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request their
registration details and log into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click on the link
“log into the appeals system”.
Fair Access
The school participates in the county council’s fair access protocol and will admit children
under this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Return to Index
APPENDIX 1: DEFINITIONS

The following definitions apply to terms used in the admissions criteria:

Rule 1: Children looked after and children who were previously looked after, but
ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements
order¹ or a special guardianshiporder²)

Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the School
Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements)
(England) Regulations 2012.

These children will be prioritised under rule 1.

Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special
guardianship order.

A “child looked after” is a child who is:

a) in the care of a local authority, or
b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social
services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission
under rule 1.³

Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked
after providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under
Rule 1.

Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the
subject of a child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised
under rule 1. Applications made for these children, with suitable supporting professional
evidence, can be considered under rule 2.

¹ Child arrangements order

Under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which amended section 8 of the
Children Act 1989, residence orders have now been replaced by child arrangements orders
which settle the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live.
² Special guardianship order
Under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more individuals to be a
child’s special guardian or guardians.
³ This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the
School Admissions Code that came into force on 19 December 2014.

Rule 2: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a medical or social
need to go to the school

Return to Index
Rule 2 applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application, unless there
has been a significant and exceptional change of circumstances within the family since the
initial application was submitted.

All schools in Hertfordshire have experience in dealing with children with diverse social and
medical needs. However, in a few very exceptional cases, there are reasons why a child must
go to one specific school.
Few applications under Rule 2 are agreed.

All applications are considered individually but a successful application should include the
following:
a) Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only one school can meet a
child’s individual needs, and/or
b) Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making clear
why only one school can meet he child’s needs.
c) If the requested school is not the nearest school to the child’s home address clear
reasons why the nearest school is not appropriate.
d) For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or
disability makes attendance at only a specific school essential.

Evidence should make clear why only one school is appropriate.

Applications under Rule 2 can only be considered when supported by a recent letter from a
professional involved with the child or family, for example a doctor, psychologist or police
officer. The supporting evidence needs to demonstrate why only one named school can meet
the social/medical needs of the child.

Applications for children previously “looked after” but not meeting the specific criteria
outlined in Rule 1, may be made under this rule.

Further details on the Rule 2 process can be found in the Rule 2 protocol.

Definition of sibling
A sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister,
child of the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after¹ and in
every case living permanently² in a placement within the home as part of the family
household from Monday to Friday at the time of this application.

A sibling must be on the roll of the school at the time the younger child starts or have been
offered and accepted a place.

If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no sibling
connection available to subsequent children from that family.

¹ Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship
order or child arrangements order. This definition was amended following a determination by
the OSA in August 2014.

Return to Index
² A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for
example a child who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked
after child in a respite placement or very short term or bridging foster placement.

Multiple births
Camps Hill Primary School will admit over the school’s published admission number when a
single twin/multiple birth child is allocated the last place at a school.

Home address
The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of
application. ‘At the time of application’ means the closing date for applications. “Permanent”
means that the child has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the family own the
property or have a tenancy agreement for a minimum of 12 months.

The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one
address (for example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child
lives at for most of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of the
parent/carer that claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s main
residence.

If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit, alternative documentation will be

requested.

If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation to

evidence the address that should be used for admission allocation purposes.

If two different applications are received for the same child from the same address, e.g.
containing different preferences, the application from the parent in receipt of child benefit
will be processed if the applications cannot be reconciled.

Fraudulent applications
We will do as much as possible to prevent applications being made from fraudulent
addresses, including referring cases to the Shared Anti-Fraud service for further investigation
as necessary.

Address evidence is frequently requested, monitored and checked and school places will be
withdrawn when false information is deliberately provided. We will act in the following
circumstances:

• When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at their
current school;
• When a child lives at a different address to the applicant;
• When the applicant does not have parental responsibility;
• When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or more
of the following applies:
o The family has moved to a property from which their application was less
likely to be successful;
o The family has returned to an existing property;

Return to Index
 o The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time (anything
less than a year) over the application period;
o Official/public records show an alternative address at the time of the
application
• When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from the
address used at the time of application.

Parents/carers will need to show that they have relinquished residency ties with their previous
property and they, and their child(ren) are permanently residing at the address given on the
application form.

Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions

A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used in all home to school distance measurements.
Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The
measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to
the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method
of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

Applications from children* from overseas

All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16 years) in England have a right of access to
education. However, where a child is in England for a short period only, for example less
than half a term, it may be reasonable to refuse admission to a school.

An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently overseas
if, for In Year applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in Hertfordshire
within two weeks. In Year allocations are made on the assumption that the child will accept
the school place and be on roll within that timescale.

For the Primary and Secondary transfer processes, applications will not normally be accepted
from, nor places allocated to, an overseas address. The exception to this (for both In Year and
transfer processes) is for children of UK service personnel and crown servants (and from
military families who are residents of countries with a Memorandum of Understanding with
the UK). In these cases, we will allocate a place in advance of the family arriving in the area
provided the application is accompanied by an official letter that declares a relocation date
and a HCC Unit postal address or quartering area address, for consideration of the application
against oversubscription criteria.

Applications will also be considered, and places offered in advance for these families, if the
application is accompanied by an official letter that declares a relocation date but does not
provide a quartering or unit address because the family will be residing in private
accommodation. In these cases, if the family does not already have a permanent private
address in Hertfordshire, the military base or alternative “work” address in Hertfordshire will
be used for allocation purposes. If the family already has an established alternative private
address, that address will be used for admission purposes.

We will also consider accepting applications from children* whose family can evidence
intent to return to and/or permanently reside in Hertfordshire prior to the start of the new

Return to Index
academic year. These applications, if accepted, will be processed from the overseas address
until sufficient evidence is received to show the child is permanently resident in
Hertfordshire. Evidence must be submitted at the time of application.

Evidence submitted after the date for late applications (4 December 2018 for secondary
transfer and 1 February 2019 for the Under 11s process) cannot be considered before
National Allocation Day. Decisions on these applications will be made by a panel of senior
officers and communicated with parents within 6 weeks of the closing date for applications.

If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps because they
are working abroad at the time of application, the Hertfordshire address will not be accepted
for the purposes of admission until the child is resident at that address.

Other children, than those mentioned above, from overseas do not generally have automatic
right of entry to the UK. An application for a school place will not therefore be accepted until
they are permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Proof of residency such as an endorsed
passport or entry visa will be required with the application, in addition to proof of
Hertfordshire address, for example a council tax bill or 12-month rental agreement.

*Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or
British Overseas passports), or have a UK passport describing them as a British citizen or
British subject with the right of abode or are European Economic Area nationals normally
have unrestricted entry to the UK.

Age of Admission and Deferral of Places

Our policy is that children born on and between 1 September 2014 and 31 August 2015*
would normally commence primary school in Reception in the academic year beginning in
September 2019. All Hertfordshire infant, first and primary schools provide for the full- time
admission of all children offered a place in the Reception year group from the September
following their fourth birthday. If a parent wants a full-time place for their child from
September (at the school at which a place has been offered) then they are entitled to that full-
time place.

Parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the same academic
year or until the term in which the child reaches compulsory school age. Summer born
children are only able to “defer” entry to Reception class until the beginning of the final term
of the school year for which the offer was made.

Where parents wish, children can attend part-time until they reach compulsory school age.
Any parents wishing to take up a part-time place or deferred entry should contact the
individual school(s) to discuss their child’s requirements.

*Summer born children (1st April – 31st August) – Entry to Reception

Legally, a child does not have to start school until the start of the term following their fifth
birthday. Children born between 1 April 2015 and 31 August 2015 are categorised as
“summer born” and if parents/carers do not believe that their summer born child is ready to
join Reception in 2019 they should contact the us for guidance before making an application.

Return to Index
Summer born applications that are delayed for a year (for entry in September 2020) will be
processed in exactly the same way as all other reception applications received at that time;
there is no guarantee that a place will be offered at a child’s preferred school.

If parents wish to delay their application for a Reception place they are advised to discuss
their child’s needs/development with their current early years or nursery provider. If parents
wish their child to remain in their existing nursery school or class for a further year (rather
than moving into the Reception year group) they must let their current school know before
the end of the Spring term in 2019 (before the Easter break).

Children Out of Year Group (except applications for reception from summer born)
Our policy is for children to be educated within their correct chronological year group, with
the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of individual children. This is in
line with DfE guidance which states that “in general, children should be educated in their
normal age group”.

If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they
should, at the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals
working with the child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal
age appropriate cohort. DfE guidance makes clear that “it is reasonable for admission
authorities to expect parents to provide them with information in support of their request –
since without it they are unlikely to be able to make a decision based on the circumstances of
the case”.

We will decide through a panel process whether the application will be accepted based on the
information submitted. The panel make decisions based upon the circumstances of each case
including the view of parents, the relevant headteacher(s), the child's social, academic and
emotional development and whether the child has been previously educated out of year
group. There is no guarantee that an application will be accepted on this basis. If the
application is not accepted this does not constitute a refusal of a place and there is no right to
an independent statutory appeal. Similarly, there is no right of appeal for a place in a specific
year group at a school. The internal management and organisation of a school, including the
placement of pupils in classes, is a matter for the headteacher and senior leadership of
individual schools.

The governing body is ultimately responsible for making this decision for applications made
to our school.

Nursery Provision
The admission arrangements detailed in this document do not apply for those being admitted
into any nursery or pre-school provision. The responsibility for admission into nursery
provision lies with our local governing body and is described in a separate document.

Parents of children who are admitted to a nursery provision at a school must apply in the
normal way for a place at the school if they want their child to transfer to the reception class.
Attendance at the nursery or co-located children’s centre does not guarantee admission to the
school.

Return to Index
 CHAMBERSBURY PRIMARY SCHOOL
Proposed Admission Arrangements for the school year 2019/20

The published admission number for the school is 30.

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained schools to
admit a child with a statement of special educational needs that names their school. Schools must
also admit children with an EHC (Education, Health and Care) Plan that names the school.

If there are fewer applications than places available at a school all applicants will be admitted. If
there are more applications than places available, the criteria outlined below will be used to prioritise
applications.

Oversubscription criteria

Rule 1: Children looked after and children who were previously looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special
guardianship order)*.

Rule 2: Medical or Social

Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical or social
need to go to the school*.
A panel of H C C officers will determine whether the evidence provided is sufficiently
compelling to meet the requirements for this rule. The evidence must relate specifically to
the school applied for under Rule 2 and must clearly demonstrate why it is the only school
that can meet the child’s needs.

Rule 3: Sibling
Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school or linked school at the time of
application*. This applies to reception through to Year 5 in infant, junior and primary schools;
and from reception through to Year 3 in first schools; and from Year 5 to Year 7 in middle
schools.

Rule 4: Nearest School

Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy.
This includes all schools except those which allocate places on the basis of faith.

Rule 5: Distance
Children who live nearest to the school.
Children not considered under rule 4 will be considered under rule 5.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify under a particular
rule than there are places available, a tie break will be used by applying the next rule to those
children.

Tie Break

When there is a need for a tie break where two different addresses are the same distance from a
school, in the case of a block of flats for example, the lower door number will be deemed nearest as
logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two identical addresses of
separate applicants, the tie break will be random. Every child entered onto the HCC admissions
database has an individual random number assigned, between 1 and 1 million, against each
preference school. When there is a need for a final tie break the random number is used to allocate
the place, with the lowest number given priority.

*Please see the ‘Explanatory notes and definitions for a full explanation / definition.

Return to Index
Continuing Interest

After places have been offered, the School will maintain a continuing interest (waiting) list for all
unsuccessful applicants. A child’s position on a CI list will be determined by the admission criteria
outlined above and a child’s place on the list can change as other children join or leave it. Continuing
interest lists will be maintained for every year group until the summer term (date to be confirmed).
To retain a CI application after this time, parents must make an In Year application.

Fair Access

The school is committed to taking its fair share of vulnerable children who are hard to place, in
accordance with locally agreed protocols. Children admitted under the protocol will be prioritised
above those on the CI list and can be admitted over PAN.

Twins and Multiple Births

If you have more than one child going through the transfer process at the same time, you must make a
separate application for each of them. If one of your children is offered the last place available at the
school and you have applied for the same school for the other child(ren), the Governing Body will offer
a place to the other child(ren).

In Year Applications

Application forms can be accessed via www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions or from the Customer

Service Centre, 0300 123 4043. Parents should return the application form direct to the County Council
(address on the form). A new In Year application must be made at the end of the academic year to
ensure your child remains on the Continuing Interest List

Appeals

Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system should log in to their
online application and click on the link “register an appeal”. Out of county residents and paper
applicants should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request their registration
details and log into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click on the link “log into the appeals
system”.

For In Year Admissions:

We will write to you with the outcome of your application and if you have been unsuccessful, we will
include registration details to enable you to login and appeal online at
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals.

Return to Index
Explanatory Notes and Definitions for admissions in 2019/20

The following definitions apply to terms used in the admissions criteria:

Rule 1: Children looked after and children who were previously looked after, but
ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements
order¹ or a special guardianship order²)

Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the
School Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements)
(England) Regulations 2012.
These children will be prioritised under rule 1.
Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special
guardianship order.
A “child looked after” is a child who is:
a) in the care of a local authority, or
b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their
social services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)
All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission
under rule 1.³
Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked
after providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under
Rule 1.
Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the subject
of a child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised under rule
1. Applications made for these children, with suitable supporting professional evidence,
can be considered under rule 2.
¹ Child arrangements order
Under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which amended section 8 of
the Children Act 1989, residence orders have now been replaced by child arrangements
orders which settle the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to
live.
² Special guardianship order
Under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more individuals to be a
child’s special guardian or guardians.
³ This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the
School Admissions Code that came into force on 19 December 2014.

Rule 2: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical
or social need to go to the school

Rule 2 applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application, unless there
has been a significant and exceptional change of circumstances within the family since the
initial application was submitted.
All schools in Hertfordshire have experience in dealing with children with diverse social and
medical needs. However in a few very exceptional cases, there are reasons why a child has
to go to one specific school.
Few applications under Rule 2 are agreed.

1
Return to Index
All applications are considered individually but a successful application should include the
following:
a. Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only one school can meet
a child’s individual needs, and/or
b. Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making clear
why only one school can meet he child’s needs.
c. If the requested school is not the nearest school to the child’s home address clear
reasons why the nearest school is not appropriate.

d. For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or
disability makes attendance at only a specific school essential.

Evidence should make clear why only one school is appropriate.

Applications under Rule 2 can only be considered when supported by a recent letter from a
professional involved with the child or family, for example a doctor, psychologist or police
officer. The supporting evidence needs to demonstrate why only one named school can meet
the social/medical needs of the child.
Applications for children previously “looked after” but not meeting the specific criteria outlined
in Rule 1, may be made under this rule.

Further details on the Rule 2 process can be found in the Rule 2 protocol.

Definition of sibling
A sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister,
child of the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after¹ and in
every case living permanently² in a placement within the home as part of the family household
from Monday to Friday at the time of this application.
A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts or
have been offered and accepted a place.
If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no sibling
connection available to subsequent children from that family.
¹ Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship
order or child arrangements order. This definition was amended following a determination by
the OSA in August 2014.
² A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for
example a child who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after
child in a respite placement or very short term or bridging foster placement.

Multiple births
As the admission authority, the school will admit over the school’s published admission
number when a single twin/multiple birth child is allocated the last place at a school.

Home address
The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of
application. ‘At the time of application’ means the closing date for applications. “Permanent”
means that the child has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the family own the
property or have a tenancy agreement for a minimum of 12 months.

2
Return to Index
The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one
address (for example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child
lives at for the majority of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of
the parent/carer that claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s
main residence.
If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be
requested.
If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation to
evidence the address that should be used for admission allocation purposes.
If two different applications are received for the same child from the same address, e.g.
containing different preferences, the application from the parent in receipt of child benefit will be
processed if the applications cannot be reconciled.

Fraudulent applications
The school will do as much as possible to prevent applications being made from fraudulent
addresses, including referring cases to the Shared Anti-Fraud service for further investigation
as necessary.
Address evidence is frequently requested, monitored and checked and school places will
be withdrawn when false information is deliberately provided. The school will take action in
the following circumstances:
• When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at their
current school;
• When a child lives at a different address to the applicant;
• When the applicant does not have parental responsibility;
• When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or more
of the following applies:
ο The family has moved to a property from which their application was less
likely to be successful;
ο The family has returned to an existing property;
ο The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time (anything
less than a year) over the application period;
ο Official/public records show an alternative address at the time of the
application
• When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from the
address used at the time of application.

Parents/carers will need to show that they have relinquished residency ties with their previous
property and they, and their child(ren) are permanently residing at the address given on the
application form.

Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions

A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used in all home to school distance measurements
for community and VC schools in Hertfordshire. Distances are measured using a computerised
mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase
Premium address point of your child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase
Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the location of schools and
individual residences.

3
Return to Index
Definition of “nearest school”

The definition of “nearest school” includes all schools and academies (regardless of status)
unless that school or academy prioritises applications and allocates places on the basis of
faith.

Applications from children* from overseas

All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16 years) in England have a right of access to
education. However, where a child is in England for a short period only, for example less
than half a term, it may be reasonable to refuse admission to a school.
An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently overseas if,
for In Year applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in Hertfordshire
within two weeks. In Year allocations are made on the assumption that the child will accept
the school place and be on roll within that timescale.
For the Primary transfer processes, applications will not normally be accepted from, nor
places allocated to, an overseas address. The exception to this (for both In Year and
transfer processes) is for children of UK service personnel and crown servants (and from
military families who are residents of countries with a Memorandum of Understanding with the
UK). In these cases the school will allocate a place in advance of the family arriving in the
area provided the application is accompanied by an official letter that declares a relocation
date and a HCC Unit postal address or quartering area address, for consideration of the
application against oversubscription criteria.
Applications will also be considered, and places offered in advance for these families, if the
application is accompanied by an official letter that declares a relocation date but does not
provide a quartering or unit address because the family will be residing in private
accommodation. In these cases, if the family does not already have a permanent private
address in Hertfordshire, the military base or alternative “work” address in Hertfordshire will
be used for allocation purposes. If the family already has an established alternative private
address, that address will be used for admission purposes.
The school will also consider accepting applications from children* whose family can
evidence intent to return to and/or permanently reside in Hertfordshire prior to the start of
the new academic year. These applications, if accepted, will be processed from the overseas
address until sufficient evidence is received to show the child is permanently resident in
Hertfordshire. Evidence must be submitted at the time of application.

Evidence submitted after the date for late applications (1 February 2019 for the Under 11s
process) cannot be taken into account before National Allocation Day. Decisions on these
applications will be made by a panel of senior officers and communicated with parents within
6 weeks of the closing date for applications.
If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps because
they are working abroad at the time of application, the Hertfordshire address will not be
accepted for the purposes of admission until the child is resident at that address.
Other children, than those mentioned above, from overseas do not generally have automatic
right of entry to the UK. An application for a school place will not therefore be accepted until
they are permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Proof of residency such as an endorsed
passport or entry visa will be required with the application, in addition to proof of
Hertfordshire address, for example a council tax bill or 12 month rental agreement.
*Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or British
Overseas passports), or have a UK passport describing them as a British citizen or British
subject with the right of abode or are European Economic Area nationals normally have
unrestricted entry to the UK.

4
Return to Index
Age of Admission and Deferral of Places
The school’s policy is that children born on and between 1 September 2014 and 31 August
2015* would normally commence primary school in Reception in the academic year beginning
in September 2019. All Hertfordshire infant, first and primary schools provide for the full- time
admission of all children offered a place in the Reception year group from the
September following their fourth birthday. If a parent wants a full-time place for their child
from September (at the school at which a place has been offered) then they are entitled to
that full-time place.

Parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the same academic
year or until the term in which the child reaches compulsory school age. Summer born children
are only able to “defer” entry to Reception class until the beginning of the final term of the
school year for which the offer was made.

Where parents wish, children can attend part-time until they reach compulsory school age.
Any parents wishing to take up a part-time place or deferred entry should contact the
individual school(s) to discuss their child’s requirements.

*Summer born children (1st April – 31st August) – Entry to Reception

Legally, a child does not have to start school until the start of the term following their fifth
birthday. Children born between 1 April 2015 and 31 August 2015 are categorised as “summer
born” and if parents/carers do not believe that their summer born child is ready to join
Reception in 2019 they should contact the school for guidance before making an application.

Summer born applications that are delayed for a year (for entry in September 2020) will be
processed in exactly the same way as all other reception applications received at that time;
there is no guarantee that a place will be offered at a child’s preferred school.

If parents wish to delay their application for a Reception place they are advised to discuss
their child’s needs/development with their current early years or nursery provider. If parents
wish their child to remain in their existing nursery school or class for a further year (rather than
moving into the Reception year group) they must let their current school know before the
end of the Spring term in 2019 (before the Easter break).

5
Return to Index
Children Out of Year Group (except applications for reception from summer born)
The school’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct chronological year group, with the
curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of individual children. This is in line with DfE
guidance which states that “in general, children should be educated in their normal age group”.
If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they should, at
the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals working with the
child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal age appropriate cohort.
DfE guidance makes clear that “it is reasonable for admission authorities to expect parents to provide
them with information in support of their request – since without it they are unlikely to be able to
make a decision on the basis of the circumstances of the case”.
On behalf of Chambersbury School, the county council through a panel process will decide whether
the application will be accepted on behalf of the school on the basis of the information submitted. The
panel make decisions based upon the circumstances of each case including the view of parents, the
relevant headteacher(s), the child's social, academic and emotional development and whether the child
has been previously educated out of year group. There is no guarantee that an application will be
accepted on this basis. If the application is not accepted this does not constitute a refusal of a
place and there is no right to an independent statutory appeal. Similarly there is no right of appeal
for a place in a specific year group at a school. The internal management and organisation of a
school, including the placement of pupils in classes, is a matter for the Headteacher and senior
leadership of the school.
The governing body of the school is responsible for our own admissions and are ultimately
responsible for making this decision for applications made to our school.

6
Return to Index
 Chancellor’s School

Admissions Policy
And
Admission Arrangements

Date Approved by FGB November 2017

Next Review September 2018

Return to Index
AIMS

This policy aims to set out the admission criteria for the academic year 2019/20. The
admissions criteria are reviewed on an annual basis in the Autumn Term by the
Governors’ Admission Committee.

ADMISSIONS CRITERIA FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2019/20

Section 1 - General Principles

The Governors offer places each September to 210 pupils. Parents/Carers wishing
to apply for a place based on musical aptitude need to complete Chancellor's
Supplementary Information Form (which can be downloaded from the school website
and returned to the school by post or email) as well as completing the Common
Application Form available from the Local Authority at
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions. Applications must be made on HCC
secondary transfer form (online or paper) and sent directly to the Local Authority.

In accordance with section 324 of the Education Act 1996, the Governing Body will
admit a child with a Statement of Special Educational Needs or with an Educational
Health and Care Plan (EHCP) that names Chancellor’s School.

Section 2 – Oversubscription Admissions Criteria

Where applications for admission exceed the number of places available, the
following criteria will be applied, in the order of priority set out below, to decide which
students to admit. It is important that parents of students from schools not nominated
under criterion 6 realise that criteria 1 to 4 and 7 apply to everyone, irrespective of
the primary school attended, whether in County or out of County.

1. “Children Looked After” and children who were looked after, but ceased to be
so because they were adopted (or became subject to a resident’s order or
special guardianship order). (see note a)

2. Children with a sibling attending the School at the time of admission (see note
b).

3. Children of staff at the school where the member of staff has been employed
at the school for two or more years at the time at which the application for
admission to the school is made, or the member of staff recruited to fill a
vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage.

Return to Index
 4. Students with a proven aptitude in Music. The Musical Aptitude Tests, for
those children who wish to be considered for a place based on musical ability,
will take place in June of the preceding academic year. (see note c).

5. 25 students whose permanent address is in Hatfield will be allocated places,

(Hatfield is as defined by the administrative town boundary as per the
attached map). If there are more applications than places available
allocations will be made on a random basis. (See note d)

6. Children attending the following primary schools: (see note e)

Brookmans Park 11% Ladbrooke 6% Pope Paul 3%

Countess Anne 3% Little Heath 6% St. Giles, S. Mymms 3%
Cuffley 14% Northaw 3% St. Mary's, N. Mymms 5%
Cranborne 14% Oakmere 6% St. Philip Howard 3%
De Havilland 6% Oakview 5% Wroxham 4%
Essendon 4% Ponsbourne St. Mary's 4%

7. Any remaining places will be allocated by proximity to the School using the
home-school measurement system used by Hertfordshire County Council as
outlined in the County’s admission arrangements and application literature.

LATE APPLICATIONS

All applications received after the national deadline, will be treated as late applicants.
They will be considered in keeping with the ‘Late Applications’ arrangements set out
in Hertfordshire’s applications literature as part of the Co-ordinated Admissions
arrangements.

Section 3 - Notes for Guidance of Parents

a. Children in public care (children looked after) and children who were
previously looked after. Places are allocated to children in public care
according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the School Admissions (Admissions
Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) Regulations
2012. Priority under this criterion will also be given to children who were
looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted or became
subject to a Child Arrangements Order (this replaces Residence Orders under
the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014) or Special Guardianship
Order (section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 1989)

A “child looked after” is a child who is (a) in the care of the local authority, or
(b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of
its social service functions (section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989) at the time
of making an application to the school.
Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or
made the subject of a Child Arrangements Order or Special Guardianship
Order will not be considered under this rule.

Return to Index
b. For the purpose of these arrangements "sibling" means:

 A child having at least one parent (or parent by legal adoption) in common
with the applicant, or
 A child related to the applicant as a step-sibling by the inter-marriage or
civil partnership of one of each of their parents prior to the date of
admission of the applicant.

In both cases, the applicant must be living permanently in the same house as
the other sibling Monday to Friday. Siblings in Years 7-12 inclusive, during
academic year 2018-19, will be assumed to be attending the school at the
time of admission, unless there is clear evidence to the contrary.

All multiple birth siblings will be admitted, provided that at least one of the
siblings gains a place at the school under any other criteria. Such additional
places will be ranked as a sibling admission and taken from any criteria with
available places.

c. Ten per cent of places will be allocated on the basis of both a written musical
aptitude test and a performance musical aptitude test. Please see additional
notes on musical aptitude test (Section 4).

Parents will be notified of the results of these tests before the Local Authority
closing date for the return of Common Application Forms (CAFs). If, on
receiving these results, parents decide they wish to apply to the school, they
must list it as one of their preferences on their home Local Authority CAF.
Parents should be aware that the results of the test do not guarantee a place
at the school.

A reserve list will operate in strict merit order, from which subsequent offers
will be made, should there be any withdrawal. In the event of a tie for the final
place(s), priority will be given to those students living in closest proximity to
the school, using the home-school measurement system used by
Hertfordshire County Council.

d. Tie break for Criterion 5 will be random allocation undertaken by HCC. Every
child entered onto the HCC admissions database has an individual random
number assigned, between 1 and 1 million, against each preference school.
When there is a need for a tie break the random number is used to allocate
the place, with the lowest number given priority.

If there are fewer than 25 places allocated under criterion 5 the remaining
places (up to 25) will be allocated under criterion 6 (named feeder school,
according to the defined percentages).
e. In the case of over-subscription under criterion 6, the number of places
assigned to each listed school will be by fixed percentages to the remaining

Return to Index
 available places. The percentages have been set with regard to the size of the
school and the historical acceptances from the individual school.
Within each listed school's application, proximity to Chancellor's using the
home- school measurement system used by Hertfordshire County Council
from each applicant's registered home address to Chancellor's, will be used to
decide priority. Hertfordshire County Council’s ‘straight line’ distance
measurement system is used for all home to school distance measurements.
Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to two
decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium
address point of your child’s house to the address point of the school.
AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying
the location of schools and individual residences.

Where the number of applicants from the named school is less than the
allocation, the excess places will be distributed according to criterion 7.

f. Since the number of places to be allocated under criteria 6 and 7 cannot be

pre-determined, we would expect parents wherever possible to seek to qualify
under prior criteria to give them the best possible chance.

g. Random allocation will be used as a tie-break to decide who has the highest
priority for admission if the distance between two children’s homes and the
school is the same.

h. Children who have been unsuccessful in gaining a place for admission to Year
7 will be placed on our Continuing Interest (CI) List from which any vacancies
will be filled in accordance with our published Admission Criteria for that
admission round. The school participates in HCC’s Fair Access Protocol
– FAP children will be admitted above those on the school’s continuing
interest list. On the last day of the summer term, the CI lists will close and all
children who are on the CI lists will be removed, as explained in the Local
Authority’s published documentation. If you would like your child to be
considered for any places that become available at the school after this time,
parents will need to make an In Year application. In Year applications should
be made to Hertfordshire County Council, www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/inyear

Section 4 – Musical Aptitude Test

i. There will be three Musical Aptitude Test dates; two will be held in June (main
and reserve date) and one will be held in September (for late applicants).
Anyone wishing to apply under this criterion must complete and return the
Supplementary Information Form (SIF) (Appendix 2), to the School by the
relevant May or September deadline shown in Appendix 1. This form must be
completed for all applicants including online applications. The September
date is our final deadline.

ii.

Return to Index
 SIF completion and return by date Monday 21 May 2018
Musical Aptitude Test Tuesday 19 June 2018
Musical Aptitude Test (reserve) Tuesday 26 June 2018
SIF completion and return by date (Late Applicants Friday 21 September 2018
only)
Musical Aptitude Test (Late Applicants Only) Saturday 22nd September 2018

iii. After the tests have been completed and following the publication of the
results, anyone wishing to continue with their application for a place on the
basis of musical aptitude must submit the Common Application Form
available from the Local Authority and select Chancellor's School as one of
the preferences. This must be done by the national deadline date of 31
October 2018.

iv. The musical aptitude test is in two parts. All students who apply under this
criterion will be invited to sit a written aptitude test in music. The test does not
require any formal knowledge of musical theory. Both the written and
performance aptitude test will take place at Chancellor’s School. Exact
timings for the test will be sent via post/email before the exam. If the school
are unable to accommodate all applicants on that date further date will be
arranged.

v. The written test consists of questions involving three areas of music, namely
PITCH, MELODY, and TEXTURE.

Pitch: For example candidates listen to two sounds and have to indicate
whether the second sound is the same as the first, or whether it is higher or
lower.
Melody: For example candidates listen to two tunes consisting of five notes.
Candidates have to decide whether the second tune is the same as the first or
if one of the notes has been altered. If there is a change, candidates will be
expected to identify which note has been altered by giving the note number.
Texture: For these questions candidates listen to a number of extracts
containing multiple instruments or sounds. Candidates need to comment on
the amount of instruments and compare any differences between examples.

vi. There are no practice papers for the Music Test.

vii. In addition to the written aptitude test, candidates will be required to complete
a musical performance aptitude test. Each child will be allocated a 5 minute
slot to perform their chosen piece of vocal or instrumental music. Their
aptitude for music will be further assessed from this performance and, as
there is a free choice of piece, this will allow candidates of all cultures an
equal chance to succeed. An accompanist will be provided. Students can
bring their own CD backing track.

Return to Index
Section 5 – In Year Admissions

The School's in year admission arrangements will work within the remit of
Hertfordshire's agreed scheme of in year coordination. The governing body remains
responsible for the allocation of all places in accordance with the schools’ published
admission rules but all applications for, and allocations to, the school must be made
via a pupil's home authority.

Please be aware the school is heavily oversubscribed and very rarely has vacancies.

The Governors will comply with the locally agreed Fair Access Protocol to admit a
vulnerable child who is hard to place, outside the normal round of admissions and in
excess of our published admission numbers.

Continued Interest (CI) lists are maintained for entry into Year 8 – 11. Any vacancies
will be filled in accordance with the following oversubscription criteria:

1. Children Looked After

2. Sibling
3. Children of Staff
4. Proximity

The Continued Interest (CI) list will close at the end of each academic year and re-
application will be necessary via your local authority,
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/inyear

Section 6 – Late Applications

All applications received after the national deadline, 31st October 2018, will be
treated as late applicants. They will be considered in keeping with the ‘Late
Applications’ arrangements set out in Hertfordshire’s applications literature as part of
the Co-ordinated Admissions arrangements.

Section 7 - Appeals Procedure

Parents have the right to make a formal appeal against any decision made by or on
behalf of the Governors not to admit their child to the School. If they wish to do so,
parents may submit a written appeal within a specified period of time. Further
information about how to appeal will be given when parents are notified that their
application has been unsuccessful. Parents wishing to appeal who applied online
should log on to their online application and click on the link “register an appeal”. For
those who did not apply online, please contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300
123 4043 to request an appeal pack.

In Year Appeals - Parents should contact the school directly in the first instance.

Return to Index
Section 8 - Sixth Form Admissions

The Governing Body has a published admission number of 120 for entry into Year
12. Admission to the sixth form will be for any student who meets the minimum
academic standards as set out in the sixth form prospectus.

In the event of oversubscription, the following tie-break will be used:

 highest average GCSE point score
 students whose choices will have the least effect on the preferences of others

The school will admit up to 20 external students to its sixth form, providing there are
places available. Priority will be given to “children looked after” and children who
were looked after who meet the academic requirements as set out in the sixth form
prospectus.

Sixth Form Admission dates can be found in the sixth form prospectus and on the
Chancellor’s website. www.chancellors.herts.sch.uk

Return to Index
Appendix 1
KEY DATES FOR PARENTS, CARERS AND STUDENTS
FOR ENTRY SEPTEMBER 2019

Chancellor’s School is a well-respected, co-educational

Foundation Secondary School for 11-18 year olds

April /May 2018 SIF Registration opens for Musical Aptitude Test

21 May 2018 SIF Registration closes for Musical Aptitude Test.

W/C 11 June 2018 Letters detailing time of Musical Aptitude Test will be posted to all
applicants who are considering applying under Criterion 4

19 June 2018 Musical Aptitude Test (written) for those considering applying under
Criterion 4

19 June 2018 Musical Aptitude Test (30 minute performance slot) for those
considering applying under Criterion 4

26 June 2018 Reserve date for written and performance tests

20 September 2018 CHANCELLOR’S OPEN EVENING FOR PROSPECTIVE PARENTS

(6.00pm – 9.00pm) AND STUDENTS

21 September 2018 Final deadline for LATE applications for musical aptitude test

Saturday 22 September 2018 Final opportunity for LATE APPLICANTS to sit Musical Aptitude Test,
written and performance

24 September – 28 September During this week, parents and prospective students are welcome to
2018 visit Chancellor’s during the working day. Parents may contact the
School Office in advance to make the necessary arrangements for a
visit

W/C 8 October 2018 Results of all Musical Aptitude Tests posted to parents by
Chancellor’s School

31 October 2018 Closing date for the Common Application Form (CAF). HCC online
applications to be submitted to the LA :
www.hertsdirect.org/admissions
Statutory deadline for receipt of paper applications (by post to: HCC,
Admissions and Transport Team, County Hall, Pegs Lane, Herts,
SG13 8DQ)

1st March 2019 Allocation of Places: letters or emails will be sent out by the Local
Education Authority, to all parents who have applied using the CAF

Return to Index
Appendix 2

Secondary Transfer Supplementary Information Form

for MUSICAL APTITUDE Applicants ONLY

Please read the following points before completing this form:

 All applicants for secondary transfer under criterion 4, proven musical aptitude, are asked to submit this form to the
School by 21 May 2018 by post or email to admin@chancellors.herts.sch.uk
 This form should ONLY be used for Musical Aptitude applications
 Please complete all sections of this form
 Please use capital letters and write clearly in black ink

CHILD’S SURNAME ______________________________________________

CHILD’S FIRST NAME ______________________________________________

GENDER (please tick) M  F

DATE OF BIRTH ______ / ______ / _________

CURRENT PRIMARY SCHOOL ______________________________________________

NAME OF PARENT/CARER ______________________________________________

RELATIONSHIP TO CHILD ______________________________________________

*CHILD’S PERMANENT HOME ADDRESS ______________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________
*The home address must be as at 31st October 2018. No other address will be considered

Contact Numbers and Email

Daytime _____________________ Evening ______________________

Mobile _____________________ Email ______________________

Address of Parent/Carer if different from above ______________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________________

Please indicate musical aptitude  Voice:  Instrument: (e.g., violin) ________________

Accompanist required:  Yes  No

Signed: _____________________ Date: _______________________

Name (Print) _____________________

You must also include Chancellor’s as one of your preferences when you submit
your Common Application Form to your home Local Authority

If a paper acknowledgement of your application is required,

please enclose a stamped addressed envelope

10

Return to Index
Chancellor's School Pine Grove Brookmans Park Hertfordshire AL9 7BN
Headteacher: David Croston BSc (Hons) www.chancellors.herts.sch.uk

Tel 01707 650702

Fax 01707 663204
Email: admin@chancellors.herts.sch.uk

10 November 2017

Dear Governors

As you may be aware, Chancellor’s School is proposing to amend the Admissions criteria for
the 2019-2020 cohort by increasing the PAN from 180 to 210. The reasoning behind this
proposal is the County Council has a statutory duty to ensure sufficient school places across
its area and has been working closely with the secondary schools in the Welwyn & Hatfield
area to explore options for meeting the demand from increasing pupil numbers.

Hatfield has already experienced increased demand for secondary school places, with
Onslow St Audrey School agreeing to offer additional places in Year 7 for the last two years
to meet local demand. The school, with the support of the County Council is now proposing
to expand permanently by 1 form of entry (thirty pupils per year). However, the County
Council has identified a need for a further 2 forms of entry for secondary pupils (60 places a
year) from September 2019 to meet forecast demand in Hatfield.

With no further expansion potential at the two secondary schools in Hatfield, the County
Council is working with Chancellor’s (and Stanborough) to provide additional places for
Hatfield children at these two schools. The longer term strategy is to establish a new
secondary school in Hatfield to meet anticipated demand from the town. In the short term
it is proposed that demand will be met by additional places at Chancellor’s and Stanborough
along with proposed changes to the admissions rules at both schools. It is anticipated that
these admission changes will be temporary and in place from September 2019 for only 2-3
years. After 2-3 years, the school will revert to its existing admission criteria as the Local
Authority anticipate further demand for local school places.

The Admissions Committee is currently preparing the Policy and Determined Admission
Arrangements to be submitted to County. The timeline is below:

08/11/2017 Admission Committee agrees arrangements in principle

W/C 15/11/2017 Committee agree arrangements for consultation with a couple of minor
amendments
15/11/2017 Final proposed arrangements to be sent to County
20/11/2017 County and school publish arrangements for consultation

Return to Index
 20/11/2017 School advertise proposed arrangements on website
20/11/2017 School advise proposed arrangements to local headteachers (primary &
secondary), councillors, existing parents/carers
05/01/2018 Consultation period ends
28/02/2018 FGB determine the final admission arrangements
15/03/2018 Submit final determined arrangements to HCC

Should you require any further information, please do not hesitate in contacting me.

Yours sincerely

David Croston

Headteacher

Return to Index
 Map of Hatfield Administrative Town Boundary

Chancellor's

Key © Crown copyright and database rights 2017

Ordnance Survey EUL 100019606.
Chancellors School
Use of this data is subject to terms and conditions -
Hatfield Town Boundary
http://www.hertsdirect.org/mapcopyright Return to Index
 1

SIXTH FORM APPLICATION

MOUNT GRACE CHANCELLOR’S 2019-2021 CONSORTIUM

Please use block capitals in blue or black ink.
Section 1: PERSONAL DETAILS
Surname Forename(s)

Address

Postcode Telephone No.

Current School Current Form Tutor

Gender (Please circle) FEMALE MALE Date of birth

Student Email

Parent Email

Section 2: PREDICTED / ESTIMATED GRADES AT KEY STAGE 4

Points Points
Subject Grade (office use Subject Grade (office use only)
only)

Section 3: CONSORTIUM COURSE CHOICE

School you would like to study at (Please circle) Chancellor’s Mount Grace
Please list subject choices in order of preference Additional Information

4
Please tick if you would like to complete the Level 2 Advanced Foundation course at Mount Grace School

Student signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Parent signature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Please return by December 2018 (exact date to be confirmed).

Return to Index
SIXTH FORM APPLICATION 2019 | Supporting statement

Use this page to inform us why you wish to join our Sixth Form. You should aim to write up to 500 words maximum. This is a
compulsory part of your application. You may wish to outline the following in your supporting statement:
• Your higher education / career goals.
• Why you feel the subjects you have chosen will enable you to achieve these goals.
• Examples of the skills and qualities you have that would make you suitable for this programme of study.
• What you have to offer to the broader life of the Sixth Form and extra-curricular interests.
• What you are most looking forward to about joining the Sixth Form.

Once completed, please return the application form to either Chancellor’s School or Mount Grace School

Return to Index
Admission arrangements for Chaulden Junior School
for 2019/20

The school’s published admission number will be 60.

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained
schools to admit a child with a statement of special educational needs that names their
school. Schools must also admit children with an EHC (Education, Health and Care)
Plan that names the school.

If there are fewer applications than places available at a school all applicants will be
admitted. If there are more applications than places available, the criteria outlines below
will be used to prioritise applications.

Oversubscription criteria

Rule 1 - Children Looked After and children who were looked after, but ceased to be
so because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order or a
special guardianship order).

Rule 2 - Medical or Social

Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical or social
need to go to the school.
The school governors will determine whether the evidence provided is sufficiently
compelling to meet the requirements for this rule. The evidence must relate specifically
to the school applied for under Rule 2 and must clearly demonstrate why it is the only
school that can meet the child’s needs.

Rule 3 - Linked School

Children who attend Chaulden Infant & Nursery School at the time of their application.

Rule 4 - Sibling
Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school or linked school at the time of
application.
This applies to Reception through to Year 5.

In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as long as they will still
be in attendance at the time of admission.

Rule 5 - Nearest School

Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy. This includes all schools except
those which allocate places on the basis of faith.

Rule 6 - Distance
Children who live nearest to the school.
If your child does not qualify under Rule 5, they will be considered under Rule 6.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify
under a particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by
applying the next rule to those children.

Return to Index
Tie Break
Where there is a need for a tie-break where two different addresses are the same
distance from a school, in the case of a block of flats for example, the lower door number
will be deemed nearest as logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer.
If there are two identical addresses of separate applicants, the tiebreak will be random
number assigned, between 1 and 1 million, against each preference school. When there
is a need for a final tie break the random number is used to allocate the place, with the
lowest number given priority.

Chaulden Junior School will use the same definitions and measuring system as
outlined in Hertfordshire County Council’s admissions literature, ‘Applying for a school
place.’

In Year Admissions
Chaulden Junior School is not part of the county council’s coordinated In Year
admissions scheme. Application forms can be obtained directly from the school by
calling 01442 395758.

Fair Access
The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit
children under this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Twins
If a twin or multiple birth child is allocated the final place available, the school will also
offer places to the other twin/multiple birth children.

Appeals
At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied online should log into their online
application and click on the link ‘register an appeal.’ For those who did not apply online,
please contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal
pack.
For In Year applications parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in
the first instance.

Return to Index
 ST. PAUL’S C. OF E. VA PRIMARY SCHOOL, CHIPPERFIELD
Reception Admissions Policy for 2019/20
St. Paul’s is a one form entry Voluntary Aided Church School which serves the community of Chipperfield and
beyond. It has a distinctive Christian ethos. The governors are able to admit 30 children to the Reception class each
year. Information on completing the ‘on line’ application, deadlines for applications and notification dates of
admission decisions are published in the Local Authority (LA) admissions literature which is also available from their
website.
All applications must be made on the home LA common application form. Parents/carers are requested to complete
our supplementary information form (SIF) and return it to the school office by the date given above. If a SIF is not
completed, the Governing Body will apply their admission arrangements using the information submitted on the LA
form only, which may result in your application being given a lower priority.

If there are more applications than there are places available, the governors will admit children in the priority order of
the categories below. By agreement, and in co-operation with the Local Authority, the governors will apply their
admissions policy criteria to all applications equally. The school does not have any specific facilities for pupils with
physical disabilities but all classrooms may be entered without steps. Where a child has an Education Health and
Care Plan (EHCP), the governors have a legal duty to admit that child before all others if the school is named in the
plan.

Category 1
Children looked after (i.e. children in local authority care) and or previously looked after (adopted or those with
special guardianship or child arrangement orders).

Category 2
Children who live within the Ecclesiastical Parish of Chipperfield, with a sibling at the school at the time of the
admission.

Category 3
Children who live within the Ecclesiastical Parish of Chipperfield, who do not have a sibling at the school at the time
of the admission.

Category 4
Children who live outside the Ecclesiastical Parish of Chipperfield, with a sibling at the school at the time of the
admission.

Category 5
Children who live outside the Ecclesiastical Parish of Chipperfield, who do not have a sibling at the school at the time
of the admission.

If over-subscription arises in Category 2, 3, 4 or 5 above, then places will be allocated in the following priority
order:
a) Children who have a parent who is a practising Christian attending St. Paul’s Church, Chipperfield at
least once in every month for at least a year before the allocation of places.
b) Children who have a parent who is a practising Christian attending any other Christian Church at
least once in every month for at least a year before the allocation of places.
c) Children who do not have a parent who is a practising Christian

If applying under sub-category a) or b) above, a letter confirming your church attendance from your priest or minister is required and should
be attached to the Supplementary Information Form.
If over-subscription arises in sub-categories a), b), or c), then the deciding factor will be the straight line distance from home to school as
explained in Hertfordshire County Council’s (HCC) admission literature and on their website.
In the event of a decision being made if the last two children under the last rule live the same distance from the school, the tie breaker would
be names drawn from a hat by an independent party.
A map showing the boundary line for the Ecclesiastical Parish of Chipperfield is available from the school website and can also be viewed in
the school office.

Return to Index
Definitions:
1. In respect of “children looked after” and “sibling”, the governors use the same definitions as those found in
the HCC admission literature.
2. By “other Christian Church” the governors mean a church which is a member or is eligible for membership of
Churches Together in England or the Evangelical Alliance.

Procedures, Reception continued.

• Parents who are considering applying for a place for their child are warmly invited to contact the school, by
telephone, to make an appointment to see the school.
• Children who are offered a place start school in the September following their 4th birthday, although parents
might request that a start date is deferred until later in the Reception year. If a child’s parents do wish to defer,
it must not be beyond the term in which the child turns 5. Prior written agreement from the Headteacher is
required for any child not starting full-time in September. Children are not taught out of year group.
• The Governors are responsible for admissions and cooperate with the fair access policies of the Local
Authority.
• Children are invited to make introductory visits to the school during the term before entrance.
• The address given should be the child’s current permanent address at the time of application. If a child
regularly lives at more than one address Monday to Friday, the address provided should be the address where
the child spends the majority of their time. If a child lives at 2 addresses equally, the address of the parent/carer
that claims Child Benefit/ child Tax credit will be considered as the child’s main residence.
• Every effort will be made to accommodate twins and other multiple birth applications. Where the first twin or a
multiple birth child is offered the last available place, the second twin or other sibling(s) will be offered places as
exceptions to the Infant class size rule.
• Parents are reminded that there are occasionally slight changes to admissions policies and should make sure
they have the most recent edition.

Appeals
Parents who have not been allocated a place for their child have the right of appeal to an independent panel. At
transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into their online application and click on the
link “register and appeal”. For those who did not apply online, please contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300
123 4043 to request an appeal pack. For in year applications, parents wishing to appeal should contact the school
directly in the first instance.

Continuing interest
Parents who are not offered a place or who move to the Parish at a later date, may place their child’s name on a
continuing interest list. Parents must be aware that as names are added to this list, subsequent applications may
have a higher priority because they satisfy a higher criterion.

In the case of older children who apply to join the school, admission will be on the basis of places being available in
the relevant class. If more applications for places are received than places available, then the above criteria will
apply. Please contact the school directly for information regarding the in year admissions process.

Return to Index
 ST. PAUL’S C. of E. VA SCHOOL, CHIPPERFIELD
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM
FOR RECEPTION ADMISSION 2019/20
To apply for a place at this school we request that you complete and submit both your County
application (online or by post to Hertfordshire) and this supplementary information form (directly
to us) by the closing date for applications – xxxxxxxxxxx. If this Supplementary Information
Form is not completed, the Governing Body will apply their admission arrangements using the
information submitted on the Common Application Form only, which may result in your
application being given a lower priority.

Pupil Information
Surname of child

Other names

Date of birth

Parent/ Guardian Information

Name of parent(s)/ guardians(s)

Home address:

Telephone:

Which category are you applying to the school under? (see policy for further information)
Please note that we will have the relevant information of children applying under Category 1
from the County Council.

 1. Children looked after (i.e. children in local authority care) and or previously looked after
(adopted or those with special guardianship or child arrangement orders).
 2. Children who live within the Ecclesiastical Parish of Chipperfield, with a sibling at the
School at the time of the admission.
 3. Children who live within the Ecclesiastical Parish of Chipperfield, who do not have a
Sibling at the school at the time of the admission.
 4. Children who live outside the Ecclesiastical Parish of Chipperfield, with a sibling at the
School at the time of the admission.
 5. Children who live outside the Ecclesiastical Parish of Chipperfield, with a sibling at the
School at the time of the admission.

If over-subscription arises in Category 2, 3, 4 or 5 above, then places will be allocated in

the following priority order:

a) Children who have a parent who is a practising Christian attending St. Paul’s Church,
Chipperfield at least once in every month for at least a year before the allocation of
places.
b) Children who have a parent who is a practising Christian attending any other Christian
Church at least once in every month for at least a year before the allocation of places.
c) Children who do not have a parent who is a practising Christian.

Return to Index
Church Information (where relevant) to those applying under a church category.
Name and denomination of church which family attends:

Name of Priest/ Minister (who can confirm your attendance)

Address of Priest/ Minister

NB: If you have moved recently, please give the name and address of your previous priest/minister.

Please attach a letter from your Priest/Minister confirming your attendance.

Signed (parent/ guardian) Date

Return to Index
 CHRIST CHURCH CHORLEYWOOD C OF E SCHOOL
The Common, Chorleywood, Herts WD3 5SG
Tel: 01923 282647
e-mail: admissions@christchurchschool.herts.sch.uk

ADMISSIONS CRITERIA – RECEPTION (for Entry Sept 2019)

The Governors will offer a place to a child with an Education, Health & Care (EHC) Plan or a Statement of
Educational Needs which names Christ Church School.
Thereafter, where there is over subscription the following priorities will apply:
1) All ‘looked after’ children or children who were previously ‘looked after’ but immediately after being
‘looked after’ became subject to an adoption, child arrangement or special guardianship order (note n)
2) Siblings (note d) of children attending the main (note o) school at the closing date for application.
3) Children whose parents (note c) at the closing date for application to the school worship at Christ Church at least
twice a month and who have done so for at least two years up to that date.
4) Children whose parents (note c) are permanent members of the staff employed in the school with a
permanent contract (note g).
5) Children whose parents(note c) at the closing date for application to the school worship at a Christian(note a)
church (whether Christ Church or elsewhere) and who have worshipped at a Christian (note a) church for at
least two years up to that date, and whose permanent home address is in the area marked on the published
map.
6) Children whose parents'(note c) permanent home address is in the area marked on the published map.
7) Any other children.

Notes
a) To meet the requirements of categories 3 and 4 of the admissions criteria regarding parents' worship at
Christ Church or other Christian churches the school will require the Vicar or Minister-in-Charge to complete
a form of confirmation. (It is the responsibility of parents to invite their Vicar/ Minister-in-Charge to send the
form directly to the school in confidence at least by the closing date of applications to the LA to support
applications under paras 3 & 4). A Christian church is one which for instance a member of Churches
Together in England, Churches Together in Britain and Ireland, Affinity and/ or the Evangelical Alliance.
b) "Worship" shall mean attendance at services at the relevant church on a not less than a twice-a-month
basis on average. (In the case of Christ Church Chorleywood alone, ‘services’ can include church courses
during the week,)
c) "Parents" shall mean and include any person or persons in loco parentis to the applicant.
d) "Sibling" of a child in the main school means a sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or
sister, children looked after & previously looked after, or the child of the parent/carer or partner, and in
every case living in the same house Monday to Friday.
e) "Applicant" is a child on whose behalf an application for admission is being made.
f) "Permanent home address” shall mean such address as at the closing date for application to the school.
If a child regularly lives at more than one address Monday to Friday, the address provided should be the
address where the child spends the majority of his/her time. Both parents /carers must declare this
individually in a letter sent with the application. Proof of permanent home address will be sought. If a child
lives at two addresses equally, the address of the parent/carer that claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be
considered as the child’s main address.
g) Children of staff will be considered in the following circumstances: i. where the member of staff has
parental responsibility for the child and has been employed at the school for two or more years at the time
at which the application for admission to the school is made, and/or ii. the member of staff is recruited to fill
a vacant post for which there is demonstrable skill shortage.
h) In the case of over subscription arising in any of the categories of admissions criteria, the deciding factor
in that category will be geographical proximity to the school as measured on a straight line basis from the front
gate of the home to the school gate, using SatNav Latitude & Longitude positioning. In the event of a tie on
distance, a person independent of the admission panel will select a name at random.
i) A repeat application for admission within the same academic year will not be considered by the
Governors unless, in their opinion, there has been a significant change of circumstances.
j) In the case of children with special educational needs or a disability, but no statement, the
oversubscription criteria will be applied as fairly to them as to other applicants.
k) Parents should complete two separate forms: the school’s Supplementary Information Form (SIF)
attached to this policy, and a Primary Application Form from the applicant’s home Local Authority (which
can be submitted online). If BOTH these forms are not completed and returned as indicated by the closing
date, the governing body will be unable to apply their criteria and the application will receive a lower
ranking than those for whom a school form has been completed.
l) Twins/Multiple Births: Every effort will be made to accommodate twins (or multiple births) where the first of them is
allocated the last available place, in line with prevailing legislation.
m) Applications to the Nursery and the Reception class are two separate procedures and attendance at Nursery does
not guarantee admission to the Reception class.

GB Draft Policy for September 2019 Reception Admission December 2017

Return to Index
 n) The Children’s Act 1989 defines a child who is ‘looked after’ as a child or young person accommodated
by the local authority (Section 20) or a child or young person who is the subject of a full care order (Section
31) or interim care order (Section 38). An ‘adoption order’ is an order under section 46 of the Adoption and
Children Act 2002. A ‘child arrangement order’ is an order setting out the arrangements to be made as to
the person with whom the child is to live under section 14 of the Children and Families Act 2014. Section 14A
of the Children Act 1989 defines a ‘special guardianship order’ as an order appointing one or more
individuals to be a child’s special guardian (or special guardians).
o) “Main school” is the school not including the Nursery, recognising the government’s admission code.

ADMISSIONS PROCEDURE - Reception Class (for Entry Sept 2019)

• The Governors of this Church of England Academy are responsible for admissions, and will admit a
maximum of 30 children each year (Published Admission Number – PAN) into the Reception class.
• Parents must complete the school's own Supplementary Information Form (SIF) and return it to the
school office by the given date. If a SIF (and where appropriate Worship Confirmation Form - WCF) is
not completed the Governing Body will apply their admission arrangements using the information
submitted on the Common Application Form only, which may result in your application being given a
lower priority. The SIF and Worship Confirmation Form (WCF) are available from the school and from its
website and the SIF is also available on the Hertfordshire website.
• Parents must also complete the Local Authority form.
• If the school is oversubscribed, the Governors will apply the criteria set out in the attached statement
in the numbered points order.
The LA and the school’s own Supplementary Information Form (SIF) and where appropriate Worship
Confirmation Form (WCF) must be received by the date of application published by the Local Authority. The
school provides for the admission of all successful applicants who have reached their 4th birthday by the
beginning of September 2019. However please note the following:
a. The child's parents can defer the date their child is admitted to the school until later in the school
year but not beyond the point at which they reach compulsory school age and not beyond the
beginning of the final term of the school year for which it was made. A child reaches compulsory
school age on the "prescribed day" following their fifth birthday (or on their fifth birthday if it falls on a
prescribed day); the prescribed days are 31st December, 31st March and 31st August.
b. Where parents wish, children may attend part-time until later in the school year but not beyond the
point at which they reach compulsory school age.
c. Parents of a summer-born (1st April - 31st August) child may choose not to send that child to school
until the September following their fifth birthday and may request that they are admitted out of their
normal age group to Reception rather than Year 1. Governors must take into account the views of
the head teacher of the school when considering the request. If the request is agreed parents then
need to submit an application for a place in the normal admissions round for that year group.
d. The statutory right to appeal does not apply if the child is offered a place at the school but not in
their preferred age group.

Please note that the information in this policy is correct for the year shown. Policies for future years may well
be different.
Timing
Parents return school's Governors Herts Allocation Acceptance parents/carers return appeal
ACTION own SIF and the WCF consider the letters sent to forms forms and the school’s registration
application form and applications list and all applicants returned to of continuing interest forms returned
the LA form by the order it according to on the list See the School by to the School by applicants who
published date TBC the published criteria TBC parents/ carers have not been allocated a place
TBC TBC TBC

The dates for the actions in the above table are decided by the Local Authority.
NOTES
Note 1 Parents should ensure that any supporting documentation has been sent to governors. The
application list is closed on the published date. This date is given by the Local Authority (LA) each
year and can be found in the information sent to parents by the LA in late Autumn prior to
application.
Note 2 The big time gap is so that the school's procedure fits in with LA procedures.

GB Draft Policy for September 2019 Reception Admission December 2017

Return to Index
 Note 3 If fewer than 30 places are accepted the Governors will offer the place(s) to the next applicant
on the original list (dated as at * in column 1) - subject to receipt of a continuing interest form at
the bottom of the school’s own allocation letter. When all places have been accepted from this
original list the Governors will compile a continuing interest list to include all remaining, confirmed
applicants and any late applicants (received after the date in column 1).
It is the responsibility of all parents on the continuing interest list to keep the School advised of
any change in circumstances. If a place should become available the admissions criteria will be
applied in the numbered points order to all those on the list. All ‘in year’ applications will be
coordinated by the LA on behalf of the school, but application should be made to the school
and a SIF is still required.
Note 4 Parents who have not been allocated a place for their child in the reception class have the right
of appeal to an independent panel. Those parents applying by paper will receive from the LA a
leaflet entitled ‘Primary What Can You Do Now’ which explains how to request and return an
appeal pack; otherwise the allocation email will explain how to obtain the leaflet from the
website. A booklet entitled 'Guidance for Parents', which explains how the appeals process
works, will be included in the appeal pack or can be found on line at
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions.

At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into their online
application and click on the link 'register an appeal '.For those who did not apply on line, please
contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal pack. For ‘in year’
applications, parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in the first instance.

Note 5 A child’s name will remain on the continuing interest list unless the school is instructed by
parents/carers to remove it, when the pupil becomes too old for entrance to the school, or, if
and when the school periodically updates the list, no response is received within the prescribed
time.
Note 6 The school participates in the Fair Access Protocol and will admit children under this protocol as
necessary before children on the continuing interest list.

GB Draft Policy for September 2019 Reception Admission December 2017

Return to Index
 CHRIST CHURCH CHORLEYWOOD C of E SCHOOL
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM (SIF)
Email: admissions@christchurchschool.herts.sch.uk

Child’s full name: …………………………………………………………………………………………….........................................

Date of Birth: ……………………………………… Male / Female (circle)

Please circle Year Group applied for: Nursery Reception Year 1 Year 2
Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6

Parents’ full names: Mother ……………………………………………………………………………………………..

Father ……………………………………………………………………………………………..

Present address*: ………………………………………………………………………………………………......................................

……………………………………………………………………............................... Post Code: ………………………………………

Telephone number: ……………………………...... Email: .....................................................................................................

Will there be a brother or sister in the school or nursery at the time of this child’s admission? YES/NO

Do you worship** at Christ Church? YES/NO

If so, how long have you worshipped** at Christ Church: ………………………………………………………..........................

Please give dates: ………………………………………………..

Do you worship** or have your worshipped** at another Christian church? YES/NO

Name of church: ………………………………………………… Name of Vicar/Priest: ..............................................................

Address: ........................................................................................................................................................................................

Telephone number: ......................................................... Email: ................................................................................................

How long have you worshipped* there? …………………………… Dates of worship: ......................................................

Please see Note a) of the Admissions Criteria It is the responsibility of parents to invite their Vicar/Minister-in-
Charge to complete a form of confirmation and send it directly to the school in confidence at least by the closing
date of applications to support applications under worship criteria). Forms can be downloaded from the school’s
website.

* NB The school reserves the right to confirm address, eg with a Council Tax Invoice or Driving Licence.
**NB ‘Worship’ means attendance at services at the relevant church on a not less than twice-a-month basis on average; see
Admissions Criteria.
Our admissions criteria require that the governors establish whether parents worship at Christ Church (or other Christian church);
this is checked at the date of application. The school is normally oversubscribed and the criteria are strictly and objectively
applied.

Signature of Parent: ………………………………………………………………………............. Date: ……………………………...

Please return to the school office as soon as possible.

FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Date form received by school office: …………………………………………….....................

Date of worship verification: ………………………………………………................................

Draft for September 2019 admission

Return to Index
 The Crabtree Academy Trust
Crabtree Lane, Harpenden, Herts. AL5 5PU

Crabtree Infants’ School Crabtree Junior School

Headteacher: Mrs Sally Pattrick Headteacher Mr Ian Pattrick

Draft Admission Arrangements 2019 - 2020

Reference Number: CAT005

Version: 5.0

Name/Department of
Ian Pattrick, Headteacher
originator/author:
Name/Title of responsible
Board of Directors
committee/individual:

Date issued:

Review frequency: Annual

Target audience: Prospective parents

The Board of Directors shall conduct the Trust with a view to promoting high standards of learning,
attainment and care.
Crabtree Academy Trust is committed to eliminating discrimination, advancing equality of
opportunity and fostering good relations between different groups. These factors were considered
in the formation and review of this policy and will be adhered to in its implementation and application
across the whole school community.
The Crabtree Schools will promote the fundamental British values of democracy, the rule of law,
individual liberty and mutual respect and tolerance of those with different faiths and beliefs and will
actively challenge any member of the school community expressing opinions contrary to
fundamental British Values, including ‘extremist’ views.

Version Date Notes

V2.0 01/04/2015 Approved by Board of Directors
V3.0 25/02/2016 Approved by Board of Directors

V.4.0 27/02/2017 Approved by Board of Directors

V.5.0

Admissions v4.0 Page 1 of 4 Feb 2017

Return to Index
Requirements for Admission to Crabtree Infants’ School and Crabtree
Junior School for the Academic year 2019-2020
Crabtree Infants’ School and Crabtree Junior School are co-educational, all ability Infant and Junior Schools
respectively.
As Admitting Authority the Crabtree Academy Trust currently maintains the same admissions arrangements as
those applied by Hertfordshire County Council (HCC) for community schools. Specifically the oversubscription
criteria applied are the same as those applied by HCC. More details on school admissions in Hertfordshire,
including links to oversubscription criteria and home to school distance measurement can be found
athttp://www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions or via the Customer Service Centre, 0300 123 4043.
Both schools participate in the co-ordinated admission arrangements operated by HCC and the local Fair
Access Protocol.
All applicants must complete the Common Application Form of their home Local Authority. Hertfordshire
residents should apply online to Hertfordshire County Council via
https://www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions or contact the Customer Service Centre, 0300 123 4043.
Families resident in other authorities must complete the form provided by the authority in which they live.
Applicants for either Crabtree school do not need to complete a Supplementary Information Form (SIF).
For the avoidance of doubt, all parents/carers seeking a place for their child at Crabtree Junior School must
complete the Common Application Form even if the child already attends Crabtree Infants’ School. There is no
automatic transition, although the linked school status is relevant when applying the oversubscription criteria
as detailedbelow.

Continuing Interest and In-Year admissions

In the event of more applications than available places the governors (via HCC) will maintain a continuing
interest list (waiting list). These and late applications will go onto this list in a position determined by the HCC
Oversubscription Criteria. If a place becomes available in the school it will be offered to the child that best meets
the HCC Oversubscription Criteria.
The schools will remain part of the HCC’s coordinated In-Year admissions scheme. Application forms
can be accessed via
http://www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions or from the Customer Service Centre, 0300 123 4043.
Parents/carers should return the application form direct to the County Council (address on the form).
Parents/carers making an In-Year application or wishing to be placed on the continuing interest list are
requested to additionally inform the school. Important note: Children already on either of the schools’
continuing interest lists will be removed from that list on the last day of the summer term. For a child to be
considered for a place that becomes available after this date, a new In-Year application must be made.

Fair Access
The school participates in the HCC’s Fair Access Protocol and will admit children under this protocol before
children on the continuing interest list.

Twins/Multiple Births
If a twin or multiple birth child is allocated the final place available, the school will also offer places to the other
twin/multiple birth children.

Admissions v4.0 Page 2 of 4 Feb 2017

Return to Index
Appeals
At transfer time (admissions during the normal admissions round for Reception or Year 3) parents/carers
wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into their online application and click on the link 'register an
appeal'. For those who did not apply online, please contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043
to request an appeal pack. Parents/carers lodging an appeal are requested to additionally inform the school.
For In-Year applications parents/carers wishing to appeal should contact the school in the first instance.

Timetable
HCC publish the relevant timetable for applications on their website. See also the Admissions page on the
Crabtree Schools’ own website.

Admissions v4.0 Page 3 of 4 Feb 2017

Return to Index
ADMISSION ARRANGEMENTS FOR CRABTREE
INFANTS’ SCHOOL AND FOR CRABTREE JUNIOR SCHOOL 2019/2020
The published admission number for Crabtree Infants’ School (Reception) is 60 The published admission
number for Crabtree Junior School (Year 3) is 64 The following applies for each school individually:
If the School receives more applications than it has places available, the oversubscription criteria published
by HCC for community and voluntary controlled, first, infant, primary, junior and middle schools for the school
year 2018/19 will be applied (the “HCC Oversubscription Criteria”). These arrangements are published by
HCC via the interactive “under 11s 2019” admissions booklet available on their website, or via the Customer
Service Centre 0300 123 4043. For ease of reference, these criteria are reproduced below, but to the extent
that there is any conflict between the criteria set out below and the HCC Oversubscription Criteria, the HCC
Oversubscription Criteria shall take precedence.
The funding agreements for both academies require the admission of a child with a statement of special
educational needs that names the school. The schools must also admit children with an EHC (Education,
Health and Care) Plan that names the school.
Rule 1 Children in care and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special guardianship
order).
Rule 2 Medical or Social: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a
particular medical or social need to go to the school.
A panel of HCC officers will determine whether the evidence provided is sufficiently compelling to meet the
requirements for this rule. The evidence must relate specifically to the school applied for under Rule 2 and
must clearly demonstrate why it is the only school that can meet the child’s needs.
1
Rule 3 Linked School: In the case of junior schools, children who attend the linked infant
school at the time of their application.
1
Rule 4 Sibling: Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school or linked school at the time
of application. This applies to reception through to Year5.
For In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as long as they will still be in
attendance at the time of admission.
Rule 5 Children of Staff.

Rule 6 Nearest School: Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy. This includes
all schools except those which allocate places on the basis of faith.
Rule 7 Distance: Children who live nearest to the school.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify under a particular rule
than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by applying the next rule to those children. Where
there is a need for a tie-breaker where two different addresses measure the same distance from a school, in
the case of a block of flats for example the lower door number will be deemed nearest as logically this will be
on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie
break will be random allocation.
Random allocation will be undertaken independently of the school by Hertfordshire County Council. Every
child entered onto the county council’s admission database has an individual random number assigned,
between 1 and 1 million, against each preference school. When there is a need for a final tie break this
random number is used to allocate the place, with the lowest number given priority.
Crabtree Infants’ School and Crabtree Junior School will use the same definitions and measuring system as
outlined in HCCs admissions literature. For further details, see Explanatory notes and definitions for the
admission arrangements for community and voluntary-controlled schools in Hertfordshire for 2019/20 at
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions

1
Crabtree Junior School and Crabtree Infants’ School and are Linked Schools.

Notes on the Admission Arrangements

Return to Index
Rule 1: Children in Public Care

‘Children in Public Care’ means a child accommodated by a Local Authority under section 22 of the Children
Act. An application under this rule must be accompanied by a letter from the child’s social worker or advisory
teacher.
Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after but ceased to be so because they were
adopted, or became subject to a residence order or a special guardianship order.
A child looks after is a child who is:
a) In the care of the local authority or
b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services function (
section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989).

All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission under rule 1.³
Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked after providing
there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under Rule 1.
Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the subject of a child
arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised under rule 1. Applications made for
these children, with suitable supporting professional evidence, can be considered under rule 2.
¹ Child arrangements order
Under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which amended section 8 of the Children Act
1989, residence orders have now been replaced by child arrangements orders which settle the
arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live.
² Special guardianship order
Under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special
guardianor guardians.
³ This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the School Admissions
Code that came into force on 19 December 2014.

Rule 2: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical or
social need to go to the school
Rule 2 applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application, unless there has been a
significant and exceptional change of circumstances within the family since the initial application was
submitted.
All schools in Hertfordshire have experience in dealing with children with diverse social and medical needs.
However, in a few very exceptional cases, there are reasons why a child has to go to one specific school.
Few applications under Rule 2 are agreed.
All applications are considered individually but a successful application should include the following:
a. Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only one school can meet a child’s individual
needs, and/or
b. Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making clear why only one school
can meet he child’s needs.
c. If the requested school is not the nearest school to the child’s home address clear reasons why the
nearest school is not appropriate.

d. For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or disability makes attendance
at only a specific school essential.

Evidence should make clear why only one school is appropriate.

Applications under Rule 2 can only be considered when supported by a recent letter from a professional
involved with the child or family, for example a doctor, psychologist or police officer. The supporting evidence
needs to demonstrate why only one named school can meet the social/medical needs of the child.
Applications for children previously “looked after” but not meeting the specific criteria outlined in Rule 1, may
be made under this rule.
Further details on the Rule 2 process can be found in the Rule 2 protocol.

Rule 3: Linked School

1
In the case of junior schools, children who attend the linked infant school at the time of their application.

Rule 4: Definition of sibling

For applications to schools using Hertfordshire County Council's admission criteria, a sibling is defined as:
the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of the parent/carer or partner or a

Return to Index
child looked after or previously looked after¹ and in every case living permanently² in a placement within the
home as part of the family household from Monday to Friday at the time of this application.
A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts or have been offered
and accepted a place.
If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no sibling connection
available to subsequent children from that family.

1. Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship order or
child arrangements order. This definition was amended following a determination by the OSA in
August 2014.
2. A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for example a
child who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after child in a respite
placement or very short term or bridging foster placement.

Rule 5: Children of staff

The school will admit a child of a member of staff provided that the member of staff has been employed at
the school for two or more years at the time at which the application for admission to the school is made or
where the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill / position
shortage.
For the purpose of satisfying these criteria, a member of staff is defined as a permanent member of the
teaching staff, or a permanent member of the non-teaching staff. This definition does not include contract
staff. This definition does not include peripatetic staff employed by HCC.
The child must be living permanently with the member of staff.

Rule 6: Nearest School

The definition of “nearest school” includes all schools and academies (regardless of status) unless that
school or academy prioritises applications and allocates places on the basis of faith.

Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions

A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used in all home to school distance measurements for community
and VC schools in Hertfordshire. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to two
decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s
house to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of
identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

The school will remain part of the county council’s coordinated In Year admissions scheme. Application
forms can be accessed via www.hertsdirect.ord/admissions or from the Customer Service Centre, 0300 123
4043. Parents should return the application form direct to the County Council (address on the form).

Applications from children* from overseas

All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16 years) in England have a right of access to education.
However, where a child is in England for a short period only, for example less than half a term, it may be
reasonable to refuse admission to a school.
An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently overseas if, for In Year
applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in Hertfordshire within two weeks. In Year
allocations are made on the assumption that the child will accept the school place and be on roll within that
timescale.
For the Primary and Secondary transfer processes, applications will not normally be accepted from, nor
places allocated to, an overseas address. The exception to this (for both In Year and transfer processes) is
for children of UK service personnel and crown servants (and from military families who are residents of
countries with a Memorandum of Understanding with the UK). In these cases HCC will allocate a place in
advance of the family arriving in the area provided the application is accompanied by an official letter that
declares a relocation date and a HCC Unit postal address or quartering area address, for consideration of
the application against oversubscription criteria.
Applications will also be considered, and places offered in advance for these families, if the application is
accompanied by an official letter that declares a relocation date but does not provide a quartering or unit
address because the family will be residing in private accommodation. In these cases, if the family does not
already have a permanent private address in Hertfordshire, the military base or alternative “work” address in
Hertfordshire will be used for allocation purposes. If the family already has an established alternative private
Return to Index
address, that address will be used for admission purposes.
HCC will also consider accepting applications from children* whose family can evidence intent to return to
and/or permanently reside in Hertfordshire prior to the start of the new academic year. These applications, if
accepted, will be processed from the overseas address until sufficient evidence is received to show the child
is permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Evidence must be submitted at the time of application.
Evidence submitted after the date for late applications cannot be taken into account before National
Allocation Day. Decisions on these applications will be made by a panel of senior officers and communicated
with parents within 6 weeks of the closing date for applications.
If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps because they are working
abroad at the time of application, the Hertfordshire address will not be accepted for the purposes of
admission until the child is resident at that address.
Other children, than those mentioned above, from overseas do not generally have automatic right of entry to
the UK. An application for a school place will not therefore be accepted until they are permanently resident in
Hertfordshire. Proof of residency such as an endorsed passport or entry visa will be required with the
application, in addition to proof of Hertfordshire address, for example a council tax bill or 12 month rental
agreement.
*Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or British Overseas
passports), or have a UK passport describing them as a British citizen or British subject with the right of
abode or are European Economic Area nationals normally have unrestricted entry to the UK.

Age of Admission and Deferral of Places

Hertfordshire County Council’s policy is that children born on and between 1 September 2014 and 31 August
2015* would normally commence primary school in Reception in the academic year beginning in September
2019. All Hertfordshire infant, first and primary schools provide for the full- time admission of all children
offered a place in the Reception year group from the September following their fourth birthday. If a parent
wants a full-time place for their child from September (at the school at which a place has been offered) then
they are entitled to that full-time place.
Parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the same academic year or until the
term in which the child reaches compulsory school age. Summer born children are only able to “defer” entry
to Reception class until the beginning of the final term of the school year for which the offer was made.
Where parents wish, children can attend part-time until they reach compulsory school age. Any parents
wishing to take up a part-time place or deferred entry should contact the individual school(s) to discuss their
child’s requirements.

*Summer born children (1st April – 31st August) – Entry to Reception

Legally, a child does not have to start school until the start of the term following their fifth birthday. Children
born between 1 April 2015 and 31 August 2015 are categorised as “summer born” and if parents/carers do
not believe that their summer born child is ready to join Reception in 2019 they should contact the home LA,
and any own admission authority schools, for guidance before making an application.
Summer born applications that are delayed for a year (for entry in September 2020) will be processed in
exactly the same way as all other reception applications received at that time; there is no guarantee that a
place will be offered at a child’s preferred school.
If parents wish to delay their application for a Reception place they are advised to discuss their child’s
needs/development with their current early years or nursery provider. If parents wish their child to remain in
their existing nursery school or class for a further year (rather than moving into the Reception year group)
they must let their current school know before the end of the Spring term in 2019 (before the Easter break).

Children Out of Year Group (except applications for reception from summer born)

Hertfordshire County Council’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct chronological year
group, with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of individual children. This is in line
with DfE guidance which states that “in general, children should be educated in their normal age group”.
If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they should, at the time
of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals working with the child and family
stating why the child must be placed outside their normal age appropriate cohort. DfE guidance makes clear
that “it is reasonable for admission authorities to expect parents to provide them with information in support
of their request – since without it they are unlikely to be able to make a decision on the basis of the
circumstances of the case”.
For community and voluntary controlled schools, the county council as the relevant admission authority,
through a panel process, will decide whether the application will be accepted on the basis of the information
submitted. The panel make decisions based upon the circumstances of each case including the view of
parents, the relevant headteacher(s), the child's social, academic and emotional development and whether
the child has been previously educated out of year group. There is no guarantee that an application will be
accepted on this basis. If the application is not accepted this does not constitute a refusal of a place and
Return to Index
there is no right to an independent statutory appeal. Similarly there is no right of appeal for a place in a
specific year group at a school. The internal management and organisation of a school, including the
placement of pupils in classes, is a matter for the Headteacher and senior leadership of individual schools.
The governing body of schools responsible for their own admissions (academies, voluntary aided and
foundation schools) are ultimately responsible for making this decision for applications made to their school.

Return to Index
 Cranborne Primary School

Admissions Policy - Proposed Arrangements 2019/20

November 2017

Review Date: November 2018

1
Return to Index
Cranborne Primary School Proposed Arrangements 2019/20

The schools published admission number will be 60

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained schools to
admit a child with a statement of special educational needs that names their school. Schools must
also admit children with an EHC (Education, Health and Care) Plan that names the school.

If there are fewer applications than places available at a school all applicants will be admitted.
If there are more applications than places available, the criteria outlined below will be used to
prioritise applications.

Oversubscription criteria

Rule 1: Children looked after and children who were previously looked after, but ceased to be
so because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special
guardianship order)*.

Rule 2: Medical or Social

Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical or social
need to go to the school*.
A panel of officers will determine whether the evidence provided is sufficiently
compelling to meet the requirements for this rule. The evidence must relate specifically
to the school applied for under Rule 2 and must clearly demonstrate why it is the only
school that can meet the child’s needs.

Rule 3: Sibling
Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school or linked school at the time of
application*. This applies to reception through to Year 5 in infant, junior and primary
schools; and from reception through to Year 3 in first schools; and from Year 5 to Year 7
in middle schools.

Rule 4: Nearest School

Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy.
This includes all schools except those which allocate places on the basis of faith.

Rule 5: Distance
Children who live nearest to the school.
Children not considered under rule 5 will be considered under rule 6.

Hertfordshire County Council’s ‘straight line’ distance measurement system is used for all home
to school distance measurements. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping
system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase
Premium address point of your child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase
Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the location of schools and
individual residences.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify under a
particular rule than there are places available, a tie break will be used by applying the next rule to
those children.

Tie Break

When there is a need for a tie break where two different addresses are the same distance from
2
Return to Index
a school, in the case of a block of flats for example, the lower door number will be deemed
nearest as logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two
identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will be random. Every child entered
onto the HCC admissions database has an individual random number assigned, between 1 and
1 million, against each preference school. When there is a need for a final tie break the random
number is used to allocate the place, with the lowest number given priority.

Notes and definitions

Rule 1: Children looked after and children who were previously looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order¹ or a special
guardianship order²)

Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the School
Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England)
Regulations 2012.
These children will be prioritised under rule 1.
Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because
they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special guardianship
order.
A “child looked after” is a child who is:
a) in the care of a local authority, or
b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social
services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)
All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission under
rule 1.³
Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked after
providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under Rule 1.
Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the subject of a
child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised under rule 1.
Applications made for these children, with suitable supporting professional evidence, can be
considered under rule 2.
¹ Child arrangements order
Under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which amended section 8 of the
Children Act 1989, residence orders have now been replaced by child arrangements orders
which settle the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live.
² Special guardianship order
Under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s
special guardian or guardians.
³ This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the School
Admissions Code that came into force on 19 December 2014.

Rule 2: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical or social
need to go to the school

Rule 2 applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application, unless there has
been a significant and exceptional change of circumstances within the family since the initial
application was submitted.
All schools in Hertfordshire have experience in dealing with children with diverse social and
medical needs. However in a few very exceptional cases, there are reasons why a child has to go
to one specific school.
Few applications under Rule 2 are agreed.

All applications are considered individually but a successful application should include the
following:
3
Return to Index
a. Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only one school can meet a child’s
individual needs, and/or
b .Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making clear why only
one school can meet he child’s needs.
c. If the requested school is not the nearest school to the child’s home address clear reasons why
the nearest school is not appropriate.

d. For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or disability makes
attendance at only a specific school essential.

Evidence should make clear why only one school is appropriate.

Applications under Rule 2 can only be considered when supported by a recent letter from a
professional involved with the child or family, for example a doctor, psychologist or police officer.
The supporting evidence needs to demonstrate why only one named school can meet the
social/medical needs of the child.
Applications for children previously “looked after” but not meeting the specific criteria outlined in
Rule 1, may be made under this rule.

Further details on the Rule 2 process can be found in the Rule 2 protocol: here

Definition of sibling
For applications to schools using Hertfordshire County Council's admission criteria, a sibling is
defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of the
parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after¹ and in every case living
permanently² in a placement within the home as part of the family household from Monday to
Friday at the time of this application.
A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts or have
been offered and accepted a place.
If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no sibling
connection available to subsequent children from that family.
¹ Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship order
or child arrangements order. This definition was amended following a determination by the OSA
in August 2014.
² A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for
example a child who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after
child in a respite placement or very short term or bridging foster placement.

Multiple births

The school will admit over the school’s published admission number when a single twin/multiple
birth child is allocated the last place at a school. Where we are not the admitting authority we
would request the school take in the subsequent child(ren) in line with the school’s own
admission arrangements.

Continuing Interest

After places have been offered, the school will maintain a continuing interest (waiting) list A
child’s position on a CI list will be determined by the admission criteria outlined above and a
child’s place on the list can change as other children join or leave it. The county council will
contact parents/carers if a vacancy becomes available and it can be offered to a child. Continuing
interest lists will be maintained for every year group until the summer term (date to be confirmed).
To retain a CI application after this time, parents must make an In Year application.

4
Return to Index
Fair Access

The school will admit children under the Fair Access Protocol before those on continuing
interest, and over the Published Admission Number (PAN) if required.

In Year Admissions

The school will remain part of the county council’s coordinated In Year admissions scheme.
Application forms can be accessed via www.hertfordshire.gov.uk or from the Customer Service
Centre, 0300 123 4043. Parents should return the application form direct to the County Council
(address on the form)

Home address
The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of application. ‘At
the time of application’ means the closing date for applications. “Permanent” means that the child
has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the family own the property or have a tenancy
agreement for a minimum of 12 months.

The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one
address (for example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child lives at
for the majority of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of the
parent/carer that claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s main
residence.
If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be requested.
If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation to evidence
the address that should be used for admission allocation purposes.
If two different applications are received for the same child from the same address, e.g. containing
different preferences, the application from the parent in receipt of child benefit will be processed if
the applications cannot be reconciled.

Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions

A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used in all home to school distance measurements for
community and VC schools in Hertfordshire. Distances are measured using a computerised
mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase
Premium address point of your child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase
Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the location of schools and
individual residences.

Age of Admission and Deferral of Places

Hertfordshire County Council’s policy is that children born on and between 1 September 2014 and
31 August 2015* would normally commence primary school in Reception in the academic year
beginning in September 2019. All Hertfordshire infant, first and primary schools provide for the full-
time admission of all children offered a place in the Reception year group from the September
following their fourth birthday. If a parent wants a full-time place for their child from September (at
the school at which a place has been offered) then they are entitled to that full-time place.

Parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the same academic year or
until the term in which the child reaches compulsory school age. Summer born children are only
able to “defer” entry to Reception class until the beginning of the final term of the school year for
which the offer was made.

Where parents wish, children can attend part-time until they reach compulsory school age. Any
parents wishing to take up a part-time place or deferred entry should contact the individual
school(s) to discuss their child’s requirements.
5
Return to Index
*Summer born children (1st April – 31st August) – Entry to Reception
Legally, a child does not have to start school until the start of the term following their fifth birthday.
Children born between 1 April 2015 and 31 August 2015 are categorised as “summer born” and if
parents/carers do not believe that their summer born child is ready to join Reception in 2019 they
should contact the home LA, and any own admission authority schools, for guidance before
making an application.

Summer born applications that are delayed for a year (for entry in September 2020) will be
processed in exactly the same way as all other reception applications received at that time; there
is no guarantee that a place will be offered at a child’s preferred school.

If parents wish to delay their application for a Reception place they are advised to discuss their
child’s needs/development with their current early years or nursery provider. If parents wish their
child to remain in their existing nursery school or class for a further year (rather than moving into
the Reception year group) they must let their current school know before the end of the Spring
term in 2019 (before the Easter break).

Children Out of Year Group (except applications for reception from summer born)
Hertfordshire County Council’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct
chronological year group, with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of
individual children. This is in line with DfE guidance which states that “in general, children should
be educated in their normal age group”.
If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they should,
at the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals working with the
child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal age appropriate cohort.
DfE guidance makes clear that “it is reasonable for admission authorities to expect parents to
provide them with information in support of their request – since without it they are unlikely to be
able to make a decision on the basis of the circumstances of the case”.
For community and voluntary controlled schools, the county council as the relevant admission
authority, through a panel process, will decide whether the application will be accepted on the
basis of the information submitted. The panel make decisions based upon the circumstances of
each case including the view of parents, the relevant headteacher(s), the child's social, academic
and emotional development and whether the child has been previously educated out of year
group. There is no guarantee that an application will be accepted on this basis. If the application is
not accepted this does not constitute a refusal of a place and there is no right to an independent
statutory appeal. Similarly there is no right of appeal for a place in a specific year group at a
school. The internal management and organisation of a school, including the placement of pupils
in classes, is a matter for the Headteacher and senior leadership of individual schools.
The governing body of schools responsible for their own admissions (academies, voluntary aided
and foundation schools) are ultimately responsible for making this decision for applications made
to their school.

Nursery Provision

The admission arrangements detailed in this document do not apply for those being admitted into
any nursery or pre-school provision. The responsibility for admission into nursery provision lies
with the governing body of the school which offers such provision.

Parents of children who are admitted to a nursery provision at a school must apply in the normal
way for a place at the school if they want their child to transfer to the reception class. Attendance
at the nursery or co-located children’s centre does not guarantee admission to the school.

6
Return to Index
Appeals

Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system should log in to their
online application and click on the link “register an appeal”. Out of county residents and paper
applicants should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request their registration
details and log into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click on the link “log into the
appeals system.

In Year Appeals
The county council will write to you with the outcome of your application and if you have been
unsuccessful, will include registration details to enable you to login and appeal online at
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals

7
Return to Index
Proposed Admission Arrangements for The Cranbourne Primary School for 2019/20

The schools published admission number will be 60.

The Cranbourne Primary School is required by its funding agreement to admit children with a
statement of special educational needs or EHC (Education, Health and Care) Plan that names the
school. Therefore, children with a statement or EHC that names the school will be admitted outside
of the usual system.

Rule 1 Children in public care: (children looked after) and children who were looked after,
but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order
or a special guardianship order).

Rule 2 Children of Staff: (see “Explanatory Notes” below for eligible staff)

Rule 3 Sibling: Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school or linked school at the
time of application.
This applies to reception through to Year 5

In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as long as they will
still be in attendance at the time of admission.

Rule 4 Nearest School

Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy.
This includes all schools except those which allocate places on the basis of faith.

Rule 5 Distance Children who live nearest to the school.

Children not considered under rule 4 will be considered under rule 5.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify under a
particular rule than there are places available, a tie-break will be used by applying the next rule to
those children. Where there is a need for a tie-breaker where two different addresses measure the
same distance from a school, in the case of a block of flats for example the lower door number will
be deemed nearest as logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two
identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie-break will be random.

Return to Index
The Cranbourne School will use the same definitions and measuring system as outlined in
Hertfordshire County Council’s admissions literature, “Applying for a school place”.

In Year Admissions
The school will remain part of the county council’s coordinated In Year admissions scheme.
Application forms can be accessed via www.hertsdirect.org/admissions or from the Customer
Service Centre, 0300 123 4043. Parents should return the application form direct to the County
Council (address on the form).

Fair Access
The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit children under
this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Twins
If a twin or multiple birth child is allocated the final place available, the school will also offer places
to the other twin/multiple birth children.

Appeals
At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into their online
application and click on the link ‘register an appeal’. For those who did not apply on line please
contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal pack.

For in-year applications parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in the first
instance.

Explanatory notes and definitions for the admission arrangements for The Cranbourne
Primary School for 2019/20

The following definitions apply to terms used in the admissions criteria:

Rule 1: Children looked after and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order¹ or a special
guardianship order²)

Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the School
Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England)
Regulations 2012.
These children will be prioritised under rule 1.
Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because
they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special guardianship order.
A “child looked after” is a child who is:
a)in the care of a local authority, or

b)being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their

socialservices functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

Return to Index
All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission under
rule 13.
Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked after
providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under Rule 1.
Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the subject of a
child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised under rule 1.
Applications made for these children, with suitable supporting professional evidence, can be
considered under rule 2.
¹ Child arrangements order
Under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which amended section 8 of the
Children Act 1989, residence orders have now been replaced by child arrangements orders which
settle the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live.
² Special guardianship order
Under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s
special guardian or guardians.
³ This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the School
Admissions Code that came into force on 19 December 2014.

Rule 2: Children of staff

Where the member of staff has been employed under contract of employment with the school for two
or more years at the time at which the application for admission to the school is made or the member
of staff is recruited under a contract of employment to fill a vacant post for which there is a
demonstrable skill shortage. Staff included are as follows:

• All full time teaching staff

• All full time support staff, defined as those on a 38 week and above contract
• All part time teaching staff with a 50% and above timetable
• All part time support staff who work at least 16 hours per week for 38 weeks or more

The above definition does not include contract staff. If a service has been ‘in house’ and is
subsequently ‘contracted out’ children of staff will no longer be eligible for priority admission
under this criterion. The definition does not include peripatetic staff.

Definition of sibling
For applications to Cranbourne, a sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister,
adopted brother or sister, child of the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously
looked after¹ and in every case living permanently² in a placement within the home as part of the
family household from Monday to Friday at the time of this application.
A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts.
If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no sibling
connection available to subsequent children from that family.
¹ Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship order
or child arrangements order. This definition was amended following a determination by the OSA in
August 2014.

Return to Index
² A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for
example a child who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after
child in a respite placement or very short term or bridging foster placement.

Multiple births
Cranbourne will admit over the school’s published admission number when a single twin/multiple
birth child is allocated the last place at a school.

Home address
The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of application. ‘At
the time of application’ means the closing date for applications. “Permanent” means that the child
has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the family own the property or have a tenancy
agreement for a minimum of 12 months.

The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one address
(for example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child lives at for the
majority of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of the parent/carer that
claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s main residence. If a family is
not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be requested.

If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation to evidence

the address that should be used for admission allocation purposes.

Fraudulent applications
Cranbourne will do as much as possible to prevent applications being made from fraudulent
addresses.
Address evidence is frequently requested, monitored and checked and school places will be
withdrawn when false information is deliberately provided. Cranbourne will take action in the
following circumstances:
• When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at any current school
or pre-school setting;
• When a child lives at a different address to the applicant;
• When the applicant does not have parental responsibility;
• When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or more of the
following applies:
ο The family has moved to a property from which their application was less likely to be
successful;
ο The family has returned to an existing property;
ο The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time (anything less than a
year) over the application period;
ο Council tax information shows a different residence at the time of application.

Return to Index
 • When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from the address used
at the time of application.

Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions

A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used in all home to school distance measurements.
Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The
measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the
address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of
identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

Applications from children* from overseas

All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16 years) in England have a right of access to
education. However, where a child is in England for a short period only, for example less than half
a term, it may be reasonable to refuse admission to a school.
An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently overseas if, for
In Year applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in Hertfordshire within two
weeks. In Year allocations are made on the assumption that the child will accept the school place
and be on roll within that timescale.
For the Primary and Secondary transfer processes, applications will not normally be accepted from,
nor places allocated to, an overseas address. The exception to this (for both In Year and transfer
processes) is for children of UK service personnel and crown servants (and from military families
who are residents of countries with a Memorandum of Understanding with the UK). In these cases
Cranbourne will allocate a place in advance of the family arriving in the area provided the
application is accompanied by an official letter that declares a relocation date and a HCC Unit
postal address or quartering area address, for consideration of the application against
oversubscription criteria. If the family already has an established alternative private address, that
address will be used for admission purposes.
Cranbourne will also consider accepting applications from children* whose family can evidence
intent to return to and/or permanently reside in Hertfordshire prior to the start of the new academic
year. These applications, if accepted, will be processed from the overseas address until sufficient
evidence is received to show the child is permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Evidence must be
submitted at the time of application.
Evidence submitted after the date for late applications cannot be taken into account before National
Allocation Day. Decisions on these applications will be made by a panel of governors and
communicated with parents within 6 weeks of the closing date for applications.
If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps because they are
working abroad at the time of application, the Hertfordshire address will not be accepted for the
purposes of admission until the child is resident at that address.
Other children, than those mentioned above, from overseas do not generally have automatic right
of entry to the UK. An application for a school place will not therefore be accepted until they are
permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Proof of residency such as an endorsed passport or entry
visa will be required with the application, in addition to proof of Hertfordshire address, for
example a council tax bill or 12 month rental agreement.
*Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or British
Overseas passports), or have a UK passport describing them as a British citizen or British subject

Return to Index
with the right of abode or are European Economic Area nationals normally have unrestricted entry
to the UK.

Age of admission and deferral of places

Cranbourne’s policy is that children born on and between 1 September 2014 and 31 August 2015*
would normally commence primary school in Reception in the academic year beginning in
September 2019. We provide for the full-time admission of all children offered a place in the
Reception year group from the September following their fourth birthday. If a parent wants a full-
time place for their child from September (at the school at which a place has been offered) then
they are entitled to that full-time place.
Parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the same academic year or
until the term in which the child reaches compulsory school age. Summer born children are only
able to “defer” entry to Reception class until the beginning of the final term of the school year for
which the offer was made.
Where parents wish, children can attend part-time until they reach compulsory school age. Any
parents wishing to take up a part-time place or deferred entry should contact us to discuss their
child’s requirements.
st st
*Summer born children (1 April – 31 August) – Entry to Reception
Legally, a child does not have to start school until the start of the term following their fifth
birthday. Following guidance issued by the Department for Education on 8 September 2015,
Cranbourne has amended its policy for summer born children. Children born between 1 April 2015
and 31 August 2015 are categorised as “summer born” and if parents/carers do not believe that
their summer born child is ready to join Reception in 2019 they may delay their application until
2020.
These applications will be processed in exactly the same way as all other reception applications
received at that time; there is no guarantee that a place will be offered.

If parents wish to delay their application for a Reception place they are advised to discuss their
child’s needs /development with their current early years or nursery provider. If parents wish their
child to remain in their existing nursery school or class for a further year (rather than moving into
the Reception year group) they must let their current school/setting (including the Cranbourne
nursery) know before the end of the Spring term in 2019 (before the Easter break).

Children Out of Year Group (except applications for reception from summer born)
Cranbourne’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct chronological year group,
with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of individual children. This is in
line with DfE guidance which states that “in general, children should be educated in their normal
age group”.
If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they should, at
the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals working with the
child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal age appropriate cohort.
DfE guidance makes clear that “it is reasonable for admission authorities to expect parents to
provide them with information in support of their request – since without it they are unlikely to be
able to make a decision on the basis of the circumstances of the case”.
A panel of governors will decide whether the application will be accepted on the basis of the
information submitted. The panel make decisions based upon the circumstances of each case
including the view of parents, the headteacher, the child's social, academic and emotional
development and whether the child has been previously educated out of year group. There is no

Return to Index
guarantee that an application will be accepted on this basis. If the application is not accepted this
does not constitute a refusal of a place and there is no right to an independent statutory appeal.
Similarly there is no right of a place for a space in a specific year group. The internal management
and organisation of the school, including the placement of pupils in classes, is a matter for the
Headteacher and senior leadership.
The governing body is ultimately responsible for making this decision for applications made to
their school.

Nursery Provision
The admission arrangements detailed in this document do not apply for those being admitted into
the nursery. The responsibility for admission into nursery provision lies with the governing body of
the school.
Parents of children who are admitted to the nursery must apply in the normal way for a place at the
school if they want their child to transfer to the reception class. Attendance at the nursery does not
affect or influence admission to the school.

Return to Index
Croxley Danes School

Admissions arrangements
for 2019

November 2017

Return to Index
Contents

1. Admissions arrangements for Croxley Danes School for 2019 3

2. Application Form for 2019 secondary transfer to Croxley Danes School 10

3. Application Form for In-Year Admissions for the academic year 2019/20 11

Return to Index
1. Admissions arrangements for Croxley Danes School for 2019

CROXLEY DANES SCHOOL ADMISSION ARRANGEMENTS FOR 2019

The school is a co-educational, all-ability academy. The Admissions Committee of Croxley

Danes School, which includes the Headteacher, is responsible for all admissions to the
school and for secondary transfer to Croxley Danes School.

How to apply:

The School will be participating in the co-ordinated secondary transfer admission

arrangements administered by Hertfordshire County Council. All applicants are required to
complete the Secondary Application form provided by the Local Authority in which they
must rank Croxley Danes School as one of their preferences if they wish their application to
be considered by the school. The Secondary Application Form must be submitted to the
Local Authority. All applicants are also requested to complete a Croxley Danes School
application form (also known as a Supplementary Information Form) in order for the
Admissions Committee of Croxley Danes School to apply the admission rules to the
application. Parents will be able to access the Croxley Danes application form on the Croxley
Danes School website and either complete the form on-line or download the form and post
a completed copy to the Admissions Officer at Croxley Danes School, Baldwins Lane, Croxley
Green, Hertfordshire, WD3 3RT. Both forms must be completed and returned by the closing
date for admissions (31st October 2018) in order for the application to be considered ‘on-
time’. Offers will be communicated to parents on national offer day, 1st March 2019.

Published Admission Number (PAN)

The PAN for Year 7 is 180 students. The school will accordingly admit this number of
students in 2019 if there are sufficient applications. Where there are more applicants than
the PAN, the Admissions Committee of Croxley Danes School will apply the oversubscription
criteria.

Oversubscription Criteria

When the school is oversubscribed, after the admission of students with an Education
Health and Care Plan naming the school, priority for admission will be given to those
children who meet the criteria set out below in priority order:

1. Looked after children and children who were previously looked after but immediately
after being looked after became subject to adoption, a child arrangement order or
special guardianship order.

Return to Index
 2. Children of staff who are permanently employed to work at Croxley Danes School. For
further details please read the relevant section in the ‘additional notes to assist
applicants’.
3. Children whose brother or sister is in attendance at the school at the time of
application or whose brother or sister qualifies for a place in the same round of
applications under criterion 3 or through an Educational, Health and Care Plan.
4. Up to 10% of places will be for students demonstrating musical aptitude as
determined by test during the autumn term 2018. 1
5. Distance places will be allocated on the basis of proximity to the school. The distance
will be measured from the AddressBase Premium address point of the applicant’s
house to the address point of the permanent site for Croxley Danes School in
Baldwins Lane, Croxley Green.

Tie-break

If the school becomes oversubscribed within any of criteria 2, 3 and 5 above, proximity to
the school will first be applied with those living closest to the school having priority for
admission. Random allocation will be used as a tie-break to decide who has the highest
priority for admission. However, if children of multiple births (twins and triplets) are tied for
the final place, those siblings will be admitted over the published admission number.
Random allocation will be carried out independently by an Admissions Officer at
Hertfordshire County Council. If the school becomes oversubscribed under criterion 4 and
two or more applicants are tied for the final place with equal musical aptitude scores, then
proximity to the school will first be applied with the applicant living closest to the school
having priority for admission. If the distance between these applicants’ homes and the
school are also equidistant then random allocation will be used as a final tie-breaker.

Late applications at secondary transfer

Applications received by the Local Authority and the school after 31st October 2018 but
before the allocation date on 1st March 2019, will be considered as ‘late applications’. These
‘late applications’ will only be considered after the second round allocations have been
made from the waiting list for secondary transfer.

If an application for 2019 secondary transfer to Croxley Danes School is made after the 1st
March 2019, then if it is a new application to the school and parents/carers have not
previously been part of the secondary transfer co-ordinated process, then the application

1
Children sitting the test will be admitted in rank order of their score in the test. Once we have allocated 10%
of our PAN to those with the highest scores, other children applying for this school and taking the aptitude test
will be considered under criteria 5.

Return to Index
will be slotted into the waiting list. If the applicant has been part of the co-ordinated
secondary transfer process but did not list Croxley Danes School as an initial preference,
then the application will only be considered as late if there are extenuating circumstances as
to why the application was not received on time.

Admission of children outside their normal age group

Parents may request that their child is admitted to a year group outside their normal age
range, for instance where the child is gifted or talented or where a child has suffered from
particular social or medical issues impacting his or her schooling. All such requests will be
considered on their merits and either agreed or refused on that basis. If a request is refused,
the child will still be considered for admission to their normal age group.
The process for requesting such an admission is as follows:

With the application, parents should request that the child is admitted to another year
group (stating which one), and the reasons for that request. Parents will submit any
evidence in support of their case with the application, for instance from a medical
practitioner, Headteacher etc. Some of the evidence a parent might submit could include:

• information about the child’s academic, social and emotional development;

• where relevant, their medical history and the views of a medical professional;
• whether they have previously been educated out of their normal age group; and
• whether they may naturally have fallen into a lower age group if it were not for being
born prematurely.

The school will consider each case on its merits, taking into account the individual
circumstances of the request and the child’s best interests. It will also ensure the parent is
aware of whether the request for admission out of age group has been agreed before final
offers are made, and the reason for any refusal. Requests for admission out of the normal
year group will be considered alongside other applications made at the same time. An
application from a child who would ‘normally’ not be a year 7 child for a year 7 place will be
considered alongside applications for year 7.

It is the policy within Croxley Danes School to educate students within their normal age
group wherever possible. This reflects Hertfordshire County Council’s policy and also DfE
advice that ‘in general, children should be educated in their normal age group with the
curriculum differentiated as appropriate, and that they should only be educated out of their
age group in very limited circumstances’. For applicants being taught out of their normal age
group at the time of application, Croxley Danes School is not obliged to continue to educate
those children out of their normal age group.

Return to Index
Waiting Lists

Where in any year the school receives more applications for places at secondary transfer
than there are places available, two waiting lists will operate until the end of the first term
after the beginning of the school year. These will be maintained by Croxley Danes School
and it will be open to any parent to ask for his or her child’s name to be placed on the
waiting lists, following an unsuccessful application. Children who have sat the musical
aptitude test will be ranked on the aptitude waiting list and also on the non-aptitude waiting
list without taking account of their aptitude.

If a place becomes available, it will first be allocated to a child falling within criterion 1 and
next criterion 2 and then criterion 3 on the non-aptitude waiting list.

The musical aptitude waiting list will next come into operation if fewer than 18 applicants in
that year group have been admitted because of their musical aptitude. If 18 applicants in
the year group have already been admitted based on musical aptitude then no further
applicants will be admitted from the musical aptitude waiting list and the place would be
allocated to those falling into criterion 5 from our non-aptitude waiting list.

The waiting list will be reordered in accordance with the oversubscription criteria whenever
anyone is added to or leaves the waiting list. The waiting list for 2019 secondary transfer will
cease to operate at the end of the autumn term 2019, at which point applicants will be
asked whether they wish to remain on a continuing interest list for in-year admissions. The
continuing interest list for in-year admissions will be ordered solely in accordance with the
oversubscription criteria.

Appeals

All applicants refused a place have a right of appeal to an independent appeal panel
constituted and operated in accordance with the School Admission Appeals Code.
Appellants should either:

i. Log into their online application at www.hertsdirect.org/admissions and click on the link
‘register an appeal’
ii. Contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal pack if
they did not apply through the Hertfordshire online application system.

Return to Index
Additional notes to assist applicants

Educational Health and Care Plan

Where Croxley Danes School is named in a child’s Educational Health and Care Plan the
school will admit the child.

Criterion 1 - Children in Public Care

In order to apply under this criterion, the following evidence will be required: a Care Order,
an Adoption Order and an Adoption Certificate. To apply by means of a Child Arrangements
Order or Special Guardianship Order, the applicant will be required to provide a copy of the
Order. Alternatively, official evidence from an English local authority to show that the child
is in their care or was in their care immediately prior to being adopted will be acceptable.

Criterion 2 – Children of staff

Children of staff employed by the Danes Educational Trust, whose primary place of work is
Croxley Danes School, will be allocated a place if either or all of the following conditions are
met:
a) Where a member of staff has been employed at the school for two or more years at the
time the application is made.
b) Where the Governors can demonstrate that the member of staff has been recruited to fill
a vacant position for which there is a demonstrable skills shortage.
c) In addition to either a) or b) the child must live at the same permanent address as the
member of staff.

Criterion 3 – Siblings

For the purposes of Criterion 4, a sibling is defined as an applicant who has at least one
natural parent (or parent by legal adoption) in common with a student at the school, or an
applicant who is related as a step-sibling to a student by the inter-marriage of one of each of
their parents prior to the date of application. In every case, the siblings must reside in the
same house as each other Monday to Friday.

A brother or sister is considered to have a sibling connection only if their brother or sister
will be attending the school at the time of application of the sibling. In the case of
twins/multiple births from the same household, if only one twin qualifies for admission, the

Return to Index
school will allocate places to both children. This principle will apply to other multiple births
such as triplets. Additional place(s) will be counted as sibling admissions.

Criterion 4 - Musical aptitude test

Applicants who wish to apply to sit the musical aptitude ability test need to have registered
for the test between xx April 2018 and xx June 2018 (dates not yet determined) in order to
be considered under Criterion 4 for entry at Secondary Transfer 2019. Registration can be
made on-line at www.swhertsschools.org.uk or by post. To register by post, a form can
either be downloaded from the same website or collected from Croxley Danes School. The
test is of approximately 40 minutes duration and does not require any previous knowledge
of music or music theory. There will be 60 questions in a total of four sections: Pitch,
melody, texture and rhythm. There will be one test session on xx September 2018 (date not
yet determined). Applicants will be notified in advance of the test venue. Those unable to
attend on this date due to compelling religious, medical or other reasons will be offered one
alternative date. For applicants to be considered under this criterion they must have ticked
‘Musical Aptitude Test’ on the Croxley Danes School Supplementary Information Form. It
will not be possible to provide a musical aptitude test for late secondary transfer applicants
or for in-year applicants.

The test for musical aptitude will be administered with other local schools. Applicants to
more than one of these schools under the criterion requiring a proven measure of musical
aptitude will be assessed by these jointly administered tests.

To apply for special consideration for the musical aptitude test, applicants must provide
written evidence of a disability or illness which will require their child to receive additional
support. This evidence must be sent immediately after registering for the test by sending a
copy of the test registration confirmation email along with the written evidence to Test Co-
ordinator, South West Herts School Tests, PO Box 2439, Watford, WD18 1UZ. It is very
important that the paperwork is received by xx June 2018 (date not yet determined) at the
latest otherwise it may not be possible to provide the appropriate support. Applicants will
be informed in advance of the test date of any appropriate special arrangements which will
be made for their child.

Criterion 5 – Distance of home address from the school

For the purposes of applying this criterion, an applicant’s home address shall be the family
home for the applicant. It shall be the responsibility of the applicant to demonstrate the
authenticity of the applicant’s address and that the address is permanent. The school may

Return to Index
check the authenticity of the address stated. Proof of residence may be requested and must
be provided.

Where parents/carers share parental responsibility for part of the week, then both home
addresses must be quoted and the address of the parent where the child spends the
majority of their time will be considered as the permanent home address. In all cases, the
relevant parent must have parental responsibility (sole or shared) for the applicant.

Applications must be made from the address where the applicant is residing at the time of
application. If the applicant changes address after applying for a place at the school, the
applicant should advise the school in writing, immediately. Provision of an incorrect home
address or other false information is likely to lead to the withdrawal of an offer of a place.

Withdrawal of a Place

The Governors of Croxley Danes School will reconsider an offer of a place if the place is
offered in error, a parent fails to respond to an offer within a reasonable time or the
Governors offered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading
application from a parent or in the case where negligent misstatement has been made. This
may lead to the child having a lower priority for admission under the admission criteria and
may even lead to the place being withdrawn. Applicants must inform the Governors of any
change in circumstances relating to the application immediately, and in writing. A decision
will then be made as to whether or not this affects the application or the place offered.

Return to Index
 2. Supplementary Information Form for 2019 secondary transfer to Croxley Danes School

APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION IN 2019 AT SECONDARY TRANSFER TO

CROXLEY DANES SCHOOL

Baldwins Lane, Croxley Green, Hertfordshire WD3 3RT. Telephone for Admissions 01923 xxxxxx (not yet known)
Please complete this form in black ink and block capitals and return it unfolded to the Admissions Officer at the above
st
address not later than 31 October 2018. Should you wish to receive an acknowledgement of your application, please stamp
and self-address the postcard in this pack.

CHILD'S SURNAME: .............................................................................................................................................................................

CHILD'S FORENAMES: .........................................................................................................................................................................

DATE OF BIRTH:..................................................................... AGE ON 1 SEPTEMBER 2018 .................................................................

PERMANENT HOME ADDRESS: (at time of application) ......................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................................................................

POSTCODE: ............................................................................ HOME TELEPHONE NO: ........................................................................

(Not a mobile number)

NAME PARENT/GUARDIAN: ................................................................................................................................................................

DAYTIME TELEPHONE NO/MOBILE NO: ..............................................................................................................................................

E-MAIL ADDRESS (BLOCK CAPITALS): …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Before continuing, please read carefully the admissions arrangements available in the school prospectus to ensure that your
application is completed appropriately. All applicants will be considered against all admissions criteria. Please indicate below if the
applicant is a Looked After Child/Previously Looked After Child and/or has taken the musical aptitude test:
Looked After Child/Previously Looked After Child  Musical Aptitude Test 
Applicants who have sat the musical aptitude test should already have received the result.

APPLICANT IS SON/DAUGHTER OF A MEMBER OF STAFF IN AN AREA WITH A DEMONSTRABLE SKILLS SHORTAGE

(Please tick)  YES  NO (If yes, please complete the following)

FULL NAME OF MEMBER OF STAFF: ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

SIBLING CONNECTION WITH A CURRENT STUDENT (Please tick)  YES  NO (If yes, please complete the following)
FULL NAME OF SIBLING: …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

To the best of my knowledge, the information given by me in connection with this application is correct and I agree to notify
the Headteacher immediately of any change of my address or other circumstances. I have completed the Secondary
Application Form and returned it to my Local Authority.

Signed................................................................ (Parent/Guardian) Date ...........................………………………………………………………....

10

Return to Index
 3. Application Form for In-Year Admissions for the academic year 2019/20

APPLICATION FOR IN-YEAR ADMISSION TO CROXLEY DANES SCHOOL 2019/20

Baldwins Lane, Croxley Green, Hertfordshire WD3 3RT. Telephone for Admissions 01923 xxxxxx (not yet known)

Please complete this form in black ink and block capitals and return it unfolded to the Admissions Officer at the above
address as soon as possible. Should you wish to receive an acknowledgement of your application, please provide a stamped,
self-addressed postcard.

CHILD'S SURNAME: .............................................................................................................................................................................

CHILD'S FORENAMES: .........................................................................................................................................................................

DATE OF BIRTH:..................................................................... AGE AT LAST BIRTHDAY ........................................................................

PERMANENT HOME ADDRESS: (at time of application) ......................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................................................................................

POSTCODE: ............................................................................ HOME TELEPHONE NO: ........................................................................

(Not a mobile number)

NAME PARENT/GUARDIAN: ................................................................................................................................................................

DAYTIME TELEPHONE NO/MOBILE NO: ..............................................................................................................................................

E-MAIL ADDRESS (BLOCK CAPITALS): …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Before continuing, please read carefully the admissions arrangements available in the school prospectus to ensure that your
application is completed appropriately. All applicants will be considered against all admissions criteria. Please indicate below if the
applicant is a Looked After Child/Previously Looked After Child and/or has taken the musical aptitude test:
Looked After Child/Previously Looked After Child  Musical Aptitude Test 
Applicants who have sat the musical aptitude test should already have received the result.

APPLICANT IS SON/DAUGHTER OF A MEMBER OF STAFF IN AN AREA WITH A DEMONSTRABLE SKILLS SHORTAGE

(Please tick)  YES  NO (If yes, please complete the following)

FULL NAME OF MEMBER OF STAFF: ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

SIBLING CONNECTION WITH A CURRENT STUDENT (Please tick)  YES  NO (If yes, please complete the following)
FULL NAME OF SIBLING: …………………………………………………………………………TUTOR GROUP OF SIBLING: …………………………………………….

To the best of my knowledge, the information given by me in connection with this application is correct and I agree to notify
the Headteacher immediately of any change of my address or other circumstances. I have completed the Secondary
Application Form and returned it to my Local Authority.

Signed................................................................ (Parent/Guardian) Date ...........................………………………………………………………....

11

Return to Index
 CUFFLEY SCHOOL
A Foundation School

Headteacher: Wendy Wing Deputy Headteacher: Adam Gatrad

Theobalds Road, Cuffley, Hertfordshire EN6 4HN
Tel: 01707 888100 Fax: 01707 888101
Email: admin@cuffley.herts.sch.uk Web: www.cuffleyschool.org

CUFFLEY SCHOOL
ADMISSION POLICY 2019 - 2020

Cuffley School has an annual admission number of 60 pupils. Application is made electronically through the County
Council. Preliminary visits can be arranged by contacting the school office.

Pupils will be admitted to the Nursery in the academic year (1 September to 31 August) in which they turn four years
of age without reference to ability or aptitude. Nursery pupils will attend either a morning or afternoon session for
three terms before entering full time education in the Reception class. Please be aware that a place in our Nursery
class does not guarantee a place in Reception. A separate application is required which must be submitted to the
Local Authority. There are induction meetings for all children beginning in the Nursery.

All children turning 5 in the academic year 1 September to 31 August will be eligible for a place in reception at the start
of the Autumn Term.

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained schools to admit a child with a
statement of special educational needs that names their school. Schools must also admit children with an EHC
(Education, Health & Care) Plan that names the school.

If the nursery is over-subscribed, the Governors will apply the following criteria in the numbered points order:

1. Children looked after (CLA) and children previously looked after.

2. Siblings* of pupils attending Cuffley School at the time the child will enter the nursery.
3. Children who live in the parish of Northaw and Cuffley. In the event of over subscription the deciding factor in
this category being the proximity from the child’s home.
4. Any other children. The deciding factor in this category being the proximity from the child’s home.

If the school is over-subscribed, the Governors will apply the following criteria in the numbered points order:

1. Children looked after (CLA) and children previously looked after.

2. Siblings* of pupils attending Cuffley School at the time the child will enter the school.
3. Children who live in the parish of Northaw and Cuffley. In the event of over subscription the deciding factor in
this category being the proximity from the child’s home, based on a straight line measurement as determined
by the Local Authority.
4. Any other children. The deciding factor in this category being the proximity from the child’s home based on a
straight line measurement as determined by the Local Authority.

Notification of place allocations will be sent before the term of admission. Children not offered a place can be placed
on a continued interest list and places allocated in accordance with the over-subscription criteria.

Cuffley School is part of the county council’s scheme of In Year Co-ordination. Parents should apply directly to HCC to
be placed on the school’s waiting list for an In-Year place. As a Foundation School the Head Teacher will offer any
space that may be or may become available.

Parents dissatisfied with the Governors’ decisions on admissions will have the right of appeal to an appeals committee
established by the Local Authority who will conduct the Appeal on behalf of the Governors. Parents wishing to appeal
who applied on line should log on to their online application and click on the link ‘’register an appeal ‘’. If the on line
application system was not used please contact the school or Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request
an appeal pack.
For In Year applications - parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in the first instance.

* Sibling refers to brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the child
of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at
the same address as that sibling.

S:\HERTFORD\CSF\CSFCENT\DATA\CSFSHARE\CSFOPS\CentralAdmissions\Central\Consultations\Arrangements 2019-20\Proposed
Arrangements\East\Cuffley School 5205\Cuffley Proposed Policy 19.20.doc

Return to Index
 DAME ALICE OWEN’S SCHOOL
Specialist Language, Music and Science School

Academy
Trustee: The Worshipful Company of Brewers

Dame Alice Owen's School (“the School”) is a secondary school for boys and girls aged 11-18. Originally founded in
1613, it is an Academy and admits children of all ability.

PROPOSED ADMISSIONS ARRANGEMENTS 2019/20

SECONDARY ADMISSIONS
The Published Admission Number is 200 children.

Parents who wish their children to take the Entrance Examination and/or Musical Aptitude tests must submit the
th th
online Test Registration Form to the School between the 16 May 2018 and 19 June 2018 (the closing date for
test registration). The school is unable to consider registration requests received after this date. See below for more
information regarding these tests.

In the last week of the Summer Term, Thursday 19th July from 2 – 5 pm (last tours at 4.30 pm), parents and children
are invited to attend an Open Afternoon during which there is an opportunity to see the School, meet the staff and
students and to hear the Head speak.

Entrance Examination and Musical Aptitude Tests

The Entrance Examination for those children who wish to be considered for a place on academic ability will take place in
September in the academic year prior to admission. Part I, the Verbal Reasoning and English Tests will be held on
st rd
Saturday 1 September 2018. Part II, the Mathematics Test will take place on Monday 3 September 2018. Frist
th
round Musical Aptitude Tests will take place on Tuesday 4 September 2018.

Parents who wish their children to take the Entrance Examination and / or Musical Aptitude tests must

(a) Ensure that their child’s permanent home address is within one of the Local Priority Areas for the School (listed
on page 3 of this document) or that their child is educated within the London Borough of Islington at the date of
th
registration – 19 June 2018
(b) Ensure that their child is available to sit the tests on the dates detailed above
th
(c) Complete the Test Registration Form which will be available on the school website from 16 May 2018 and
th
submit it to the School no later than 19 June 2018. We are unable to accept registrations after this date.

Parents will be notified of the results of all tests before the closing date for application. If, on receiving these results,
parents decide they wish to apply to the School, they must list it as one of their preferences on their home Local Authority
CAF. Parents should be aware that the results of the tests do not guarantee a place at the School.

Application
Parents who wish to make an application to the school must complete their home Local Authority Common
st
Application Form (CAF) and return it to their Local Authority by the date of application - 31 October 2018. If your
application is late your home Local Authority will advise how such applications are dealt with.

Allocation of Places
In accordance with Section 324 of the Education Act 1996, the School will admit any child with a statement of special
educational needs or with an Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) for whom the School is named.

In the event of there being more than 200 applications (including children with statements of Special Educational Needs
or EHCPs naming the School), places will be allocated in accordance with the oversubscription criteria below in number
order (with highest priority being given to oversubscription criterion 1 and so on).
In allocating places under oversubscription criteria 1-5, at least 20 places overall will be offered to children who either
have their permanent home address within the London Borough of Islington or who are being educated in that Borough at
st
the date of application – 31 October 2018.
For more information on Islington applicants please refer to Note C on page 5.

1
Return to Index
Oversubscription Criteria

1 Children looked after and children who were previously looked after, but ceased to be so because they
were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order of special guardianship order).
Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the School Admissions
(Admissions Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2012.
Priority under this criterion will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they
were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special guardianship order.

A ”child looked after” is a child who is (a) in the care of the local authority, or (b) being provided with
accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of its social service functions (section 22 (1) of the Children
Act 1989) at the time of making an application to the school
Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the subject of a child
arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be considered under this rule.

2 The twenty-two children whose permanent home address is closest to the School at the date of application
st
– 31 October 2018. For more information on locality applications please refer to Note B on page 4/5.

3 Children who have a sibling attending the school at the date of application, excluding siblings who first
entered the school in the Sixth Form (Y12 and Y13).
All multiple birth siblings (this includes siblings born within the same academic year cohort) will be admitted,
provided that at least one of the siblings gains a place at the School under any other criterion. Such additional
places will be counted as sibling admissions.

For the purpose of these arrangements "sibling" means:

• a child having at least one parent (or parent by legal adoption) in common with the applicant, or
• a child related to the applicant as a step-sibling by the inter-marriage or civil partnership of one of each of
their parents at the date of application
and, in all cases, living permanently in the same house as the other sibling Monday to Friday.

Places will be allocated under oversubscription criteria 4 & 5 only to children who have their permanent home
address within one of the Local Priority Areas for the School (see below for a list of these areas) or are educated
st
within the London Borough of Islington at the date of application – 31 October 2018.

4 Children demonstrating musical aptitude as determined by the Governors' Assessment Procedure (not more
than 10 places).
The Governors’ Assessment Procedure consists of a Musical Aptitude Test. A limited number of children will be
invited back for an individual test following the first Musical Aptitude Test.

5 Up to 65 children selected by academic ability, having taken the Governors' Entrance Examination. Of these
we will admit:

As many children from the Islington Priority Area as, when added to the number from that area already admitted
under criteria 1 to 4, will ensure that at least 20 children are admitted from Islington.
As many children from the non-Islington Local Priority Areas as, when added to the number from Islington already
admitted under the paragraph above, will total not more than 65 children.

The Governors' Entrance Examination consists of three separate papers - a verbal reasoning paper, an English
paper and a Mathematics paper.

The verbal reasoning test will be marked first. These results will then be age-standardised and the candidates
ranked in order of their mark with ranked position 1 equating to the highest mark.

Children ranked below position 325 will be deemed by the Governors not to be eligible for consideration for
admission to the school under the academic criterion and therefore they will not have their English and
Mathematics papers marked.
Children ranked between positions 1 and 325 will have their English and Mathematics papers marked and
these marks will be added to their age-standardised verbal reasoning result to produce a total combined mark.
Candidates will be ranked in the order of their total combined marks with ranked position 1 equating to the highest
combined mark and places will be then be offered in rank order.
If two or more children have the same total combined mark then the Verbal Reasoning mark will take precedence
over the English mark which will take precedence over the Mathematics mark.

2
Return to Index
6 Children of Staff
A member of staff is defined as a person who has a permanent contract of employment with the Governing Body
of the School at the time of application, and qualifies in the following circumstances:
(a) the member of staff has been employed at the School for two or more years at the time at which the
application for admission to the School is made, or
(b) the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage.

7 Children whose permanent home address is closest to the School at the date of application.

If a tie-break is needed between children who are equally qualified within any particular priority criterion, the place will be
offered to the child whose permanent home address is closest to the School. In the event that two or more applicants
have the identical distance from home to School then each name will be issued a number and drawn randomly, with the
first name drawn taking priority. This will be supervised by a member of the HCC appeals team who are wholly
independent of the school.

Distance measurements are provided to us by HCC and are measured along a straight line from the AddressBase
Premium address point of the child’s home to the address point of the School. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally
recognised method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

Local Priority Areas

Places will be allocated under oversubscription criteria 4 & 5 only to children who have their permanent home address
within one of these listed areas or are educated within the London Borough of Islington:-

Parishes and towns within Hertfordshire:

Aldenham Essendon Northaw & Cuffley
Bayford Hatfield Potters Bar
Brickendon Liberty Little Berkhamsted Ridge
Colney Heath London Colney Shenley
Elstree & Borehamwood North Mymms Welwyn Garden City

Postcodes within the London Boroughs of Barnet, Enfield and Islington

EN2 sectors 7, 8 N11 sectors 1, 3 N14 all sectors
EN4 all sectors N12 all sectors N20 all sectors
EN5 all sectors N13 sectors 4, 5 N21 all sectors
Islington all sectors All applicants who live in, or are being educated in, the London
Borough of Islington.

Maps providing an overview of the Local Priority Areas available to view on the school website. NB These maps are for
indication purposes only – the definitive areas are those set out above.

ADMISSION OF CHILDREN OUTSIDE THEIR NORMAL AGE GROUP

Requests for admission outside of the normal age group should be made to the Admissions Committee of the School (via
the Admissions Officer) as early as possible to allow the Committee sufficient time to make a decision before the relevant
closing date. Where the School agrees to consider an application outside of the normal age group, the applicant will be
ranked alongside all others in accordance with the School’s oversubscription criteria.

ADMISSION IN-YEAR AND OUTSIDE NORMAL ADMISSIONS ROUND/CONTINUING INTEREST LISTS

The Governing Body is responsible for the allocation of all in-year places in accordance with the School’s published
admission rules.
Please be aware the School is heavily oversubscribed and we very rarely have vacancies.

Secondary Transfer - after places have been offered, Hertfordshire County Council (HCC) will maintain the school’s
Continuing Interest (CI) List until the end of the summer term preceding their transition to secondary school. To retain a CI
application after this time, parents must make an In Year application for Year 7 via HCC at
http://www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/inyear. Tel: 0300 123 4043.

In Year applications for Years 7 to 11 should be made via HCC who co-ordinate this process on our behalf If we are
unable to offer a place to an applicant he/she will be placed on our CI list for consideration until the end of the summer
term in which the application was made. Families will need to make a new In Year application for each academic year if
they wish to continue to be considered for a place at http://www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/inyear.

Vacancies in Y7 will be filled from the CI list in accordance with our published oversubscription criteria as set out in page
2/3 of these arrangements.

3
Return to Index
Vacancies in Years 8-11 will be filled in accordance with the following oversubscription criteria in number order: 1. Looked
After and Previously Looked After Children; 2. Children of Staff; 3..Siblings; 4. Proximity to the School. Details of each of
these criteria are defined on page 2/3 of these arrangements.

Each additional child joining one of our CI lists will require the list to be ranked again in line with the relevant
oversubscription criteria. On written request, parents will be informed of their child’s place on the applicable CI list but
should be aware that this position may change.

The Governors will comply with the locally agreed Fair Access Protocol to admit a vulnerable child who is hard to place,
outside the normal round of admissions and in excess of our published admission numbers.

ADMISSIONS TO THE SIXTH FORM

The overall capacity of the Sixth form is 420 students with a published admission number of 30 students.

All applicants to Year 12 must have a minimum of five Grade 6s (B Grades) at GCSE with a minimum of Grade 4 in
English Language and Mathematics. Applicants also need to achieve the minimum entry requirement stipulated in the
Sixth Form prospectus for each A level subject they wish to study or, in the case of a new subject, a Grade 6 (B Grade)
or above in a related subject. Existing students at Dame Alice Owen’s School wishing to enter the sixth form will be able
to do so providing they meet the minimum entry requirements.

In the event that there are more qualified external applicants than places the following oversubscription criteria will apply:-

1 Children Looked After and Children Previously Looked After (as defined on page 2 of these arrangements)

2 Availability in the subject combination required by the applicant

If a tie-break is needed between external applicants that are equally qualified within any particular priority criterion, the
place will be offered to the child whose permanent home address is closest to the school. Random allocation will be used
if the distance between two applicant’s homes and the School are the same (please refer to page 3 of these
arrangements for further information on determination of distance and random allocation).
st
A waiting list will be held until the 31 December of the year of admission. Any applicant added to the list will be ranked
based on the above oversubscription criteria.

APPEALS PROCEDURE
Parents have the right to make a formal appeal against any decision made by, or on behalf of, the Governors not to admit
their child to the School or to allow a student in Year 11 to proceed into Year 12. The School uses HCC to organise its
appeals.
For Secondary Transfer - Hertfordshire parents wishing to appeal who applied through HCC’s online system should log
onto their online application and click on the link “register an appeal”. Parents who did not apply online or who live outside
of Hertfordshire should call the Customer Services Centre on 0300 123 4043 to obtain their registration details, log
into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click on the link “log into the appeals system”.
For In-Year - HCC will write to parents with the outcome of their application and if unsuccessful registration details will be
included to enable parents to login and appeal online at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals.
Appeals will be considered by an Appeals Committee, which will comprise three independent members.
Parents will have the opportunity of presenting their case to the Committee in person. Appeals are held at a local venue.
Parents will be notified as soon as possible of the Committee's decision, normally before the end of the Summer Term in
the case of appeals at secondary transfer stage. The Committee's decision will be binding on the Governors.

NOTES
A Reference to "parents" in this document includes reference to anyone who has parental responsibility for the child, or
who has care of the child in accordance with the Children Act 1989.

B HOME ADDRESS
For the purposes of these arrangements a ‘child’s permanent address’ will be the address at which the child lives
Monday to Friday during term time. We can only accept one address on the Local Authority Common Application
Form. If the responsibility for your child is shared and the child lives at two different addresses during the week, we
will regard the permanent home address as the one at which the child lives the majority of the time. If a child spends
equal time at two addresses, the address of the parent/carer that claims the Child Benefit/Child Tax credit will be
considered as the child’s permanent residence. If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit alternative
documentation will be requested.

4
Return to Index
 Other than children applying under Oversubscription Criteria 1, 3 or 6, parents will be required to provide proof that the
home address submitted is the permanent residence of the child. Please DO NOT send this at the time of application.
It will be requested later. Governors reserve the right to withdraw places or offers of places if fraudulent or intentionally
misleading information is given.

Oversubscription criteria 2 and 7 (Locality places)

Address evidence is frequently requested, monitored and checked and school places will be withdrawn when false
information is deliberately provided.

The Governors will refuse to allocate a place where they consider that the permanent home address as stated on the
application form is a temporary address even if the child is living in this property. If the child has changed
addresses within 36 months before the date of application, but a property that was a previous home address
has been retained (where it is less than 50 miles from the school), an application from a property closer to the
school will be treated as a temporary address regardless of whether the child is living in the property Monday-
Friday and/or regardless of whether the previous home address is leased to a third party. The governors will
make their decision based on such evidence as they reasonably require.

If a child is offered a place at the School under oversubscription criteria 2 or 7 based on the address where the child is
living at the date of application, but the child then moves further away from the School before he or she is due to start
at the School, the place will normally be withdrawn. If the child moves further away from the School at any time during
his or her first term at the School the place will be withdrawn where it was fraudulently obtained.

Please refer to our “Guidance for Verification of Permanent Home Addresses for Oversubscription Criteria 2 &
7 (Local Places)” for additional information on locality applications. This can be viewed on the Admissions Section of
the School website at www.damealiceowens.herts.sch.uk

C ISLINGTON PLACES
A minimum of 20 places are allocated to Islington children every year. These places are allocated in accordance with
the oversubscription criteria in number order. Therefore the number will vary year on year depending on how many
Islington children secure places under each criterion. To ensure that at least 20 places are allocated, the Governors
maintain 2 exam result lists in rank order, one for the Islington Local Priority Area and the second for all other Local
Priority Areas.

D Maps indicating the Local Priority Areas and the allocation of places under the ‘closest to the School’ criteria 2 and 7
are available to view at the School and on the Admissions section of the School website.

F The information contained in this document relates to the academic year 2019- 2020 and is correct for that year as at
February 2018. It should not be assumed, however, that there will be no change affecting this information before the
start of, or during, the academic year in question, or in relation to subsequent academic years.

5
Return to Index
Proposed admission arrangements for Fairlands Primary School for the school year
2019/20
The school’s published admission number will be 90.
Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained
schools to admit a child with a statement of special educational needs that names their
school. Schools must also admit children with an EHC (Education, Health and Care) Plan
that names the school.
If there are fewer applications than places available at a school all applicants will be
admitted. If there are more applications than places available, the criteria outlined below will
be used to prioritise applications:
Oversubscription criteria
For precise definitions and further clarification, please see Appendix 1 at the end of this
document.
Rule 1: Children looked after
This includes children looked after and children who were previously looked after, but
ceased to be so because they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements
order or a special guardianship order.
Rule 2: Medical or Social
Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a medical or social need to go to
the school.
A panel of governors will determine whether the evidence provided is sufficiently compelling
to meet the requirements for this rule. The evidence must relate specifically to the school
applied for under Rule 2 and must clearly demonstrate why it is the only school that can
meet the child’s needs.
Rule 3: Linked School (N/A - this rule only applies to pupils who are currently attending an
infant school which has a linked junior school. In the case of junior schools, children who
attend the linked infant school at the time of their application.)
Rule 4: Sibling
Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school or linked school at the time of
application*. This applies to reception through to Year 5 in infant, junior and primary schools;
and from reception through to Year 3 in first schools; and from Year 5 to Year 7 in middle
schools.
Rule 5: Nearest School
Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy. This includes all schools except
those which allocate places on the basis of faith.
Rule 6: Distance
Children who live nearest to the school. Children not considered under rule 5 will be
considered under rule 6. These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more
children qualify under a rule than there are places available, a tie break will be used by
applying the next rule to those children.

Return to Index
Tie Break
When there is a need for a tie break where two different addresses are the same distance
from a school, in the case of a block of flats for example, the lower door number will be
deemed nearest as logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are
two identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will be random. Every child
entered onto the Childrens’ Services admissions database has an individual random number
assigned, between 1 and 1 million, against each preference school. When there is a need for
a final tie break the random number is used to allocate the place, with the lowest number
given priority.
Twins
If a twin or multiple birth child is allocated the final place available, the school will also offer
places to the other twin/multiple birth children.
Continuing Interest
After places have been offered, Hertfordshire County Council will maintain a continuing
interest (waiting) list for all community and voluntary controlled schools. A child’s position on
a continuing interest list will be determined by the admission criteria outlined above and a
child’s place on the list can change as other children join or leave it. The county council will
contact parents/carers if a vacancy becomes available and it can be offered to a child.
Continuing interest lists will be maintained for every year group until the end of the summer
term. To retain a continuing interest application after this time, parents must make an in-year
application.
In-Year

Fairlands Primary School is part of the county council’s coordinated in-year admissions
scheme. Application forms can be obtained directly from the school by calling 01438
351053.The county council will write to you with the outcome of your application and if
you have been unsuccessful, will include registration details to enable you to login and
appeal online at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals
Appeals

Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system should log
in to their online application and click on the link “register an appeal”. Out of county
residents and paper applicants should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123
4043 to request their registration details and log into
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click on the link “log into the appeals
system”.
Fair Access
The school participates in the county council’s fair access protocol and will admit children
under this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Return to Index
APPENDIX 1: DEFINITIONS

The following definitions apply to terms used in the admissions criteria:

Rule 1: Children looked after and children who were previously looked after, but
ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a child
arrangements order¹ or a special guardianshiporder²)

Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the
School Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission
Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2012.

These children will be prioritised under rule 1.

Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special
guardianship order.

A “child looked after” is a child who is:

a) in the care of a local authority, or
b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social
services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission
under rule 1.³

Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked
after providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under
Rule 1.

Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the
subject of a child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised
under rule 1. Applications made for these children, with suitable supporting professional
evidence, can be considered under rule 2.

¹ Child arrangements order

Under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which amended section 8 of the Children Act 1989,
residence orders have now been replaced by child arrangements orders which settle the arrangements to be
made as to the person with whom the child is to live.
² Special guardianship order
Under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian
or guardians.
³ This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the School Admissions
Code that came into force on 19 December 2014.

Rule 2: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a medical or
social need to go to the school

Rule 2 applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application, unless there
has been a significant and exceptional change of circumstances within the family since the
initial application was submitted.

All schools in Hertfordshire have experience in dealing with children with diverse social and
medical needs. However, in a few very exceptional cases, there are reasons why a child
must go to one specific school.

Return to Index
Few applications under Rule 2 are agreed.

All applications are considered individually but a successful application should include the
following:
a) Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only one school can meet a
child’s individual needs, and/or
b) Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making clear
why only one school can meet he child’s needs.
c) If the requested school is not the nearest school to the child’s home address clear
reasons why the nearest school is not appropriate.
d) For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or
disability makes attendance at only a specific school essential.

Evidence should make clear why only one school is appropriate.

Applications under Rule 2 can only be considered when supported by a recent letter from a
professional involved with the child or family, for example a doctor, psychologist or police
officer. The supporting evidence needs to demonstrate why only one named school can
meet the social/medical needs of the child.

Applications for children previously “looked after” but not meeting the specific criteria
outlined in Rule 1, may be made under this rule.

Further details on the Rule 2 process can be found in the Rule 2 protocol.

Definition of sibling
A sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister,
child of the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after¹ and in
every case living permanently² in a placement within the home as part of the family
household from Monday to Friday at the time of this application.

A sibling must be on the roll of the school at the time the younger child starts or have been
offered and accepted a place.

If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no sibling
connection available to subsequent children from that family.

¹ Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship order or child
arrangements order. This definition was amended following a determination by the OSA in August 2014.
² A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for example a child who
usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after child in a respite placement or very
short term or bridging foster placement.

Multiple births
Fairlands Primary School will admit over the school’s published admission number when a
single twin/multiple birth child is allocated the last place at a school.

Home address
The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of
application. ‘At the time of application’ means the closing date for applications. “Permanent”
means that the child has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the family own the
property or have a tenancy agreement for a minimum of 12 months.

The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one
address (for example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child

Return to Index
lives at for most of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of the
parent/carer that claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s main
residence.

If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit, alternative documentation will be

requested.

If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation to

evidence the address that should be used for admission allocation purposes.

If two different applications are received for the same child from the same address, e.g.
containing different preferences, the application from the parent in receipt of child benefit will
be processed if the applications cannot be reconciled.

Fraudulent applications
We will do as much as possible to prevent applications being made from fraudulent
addresses, including referring cases to the Shared Anti-Fraud service for further
investigation as necessary.

Address evidence is frequently requested, monitored and checked and school places will be
withdrawn when false information is deliberately provided. We will act in the following
circumstances:

• When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at their
current school;
• When a child lives at a different address to the applicant;
• When the applicant does not have parental responsibility;
• When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or more
of the following applies:
o The family has moved to a property from which their application was less
likely to be successful;
o The family has returned to an existing property;
o The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time (anything
less than a year) over the application period;
o Official/public records show an alternative address at the time of the
application
• When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from the
address used at the time of application.

Parents/carers will need to show that they have relinquished residency ties with their
previous property and they, and their child(ren) are permanently residing at the address
given on the application form.

Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions

A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used in all home to school distance measurements.
Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The
measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house
to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised
method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

Return to Index
Applications from children* from overseas

All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16 years) in England have a right of access to
education. However, where a child is in England for a short period only, for example less
than half a term, it may be reasonable to refuse admission to a school.

An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently overseas if,
for In Year applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in Hertfordshire within
two weeks. In Year allocations are made on the assumption that the child will accept the
school place and be on roll within that timescale.

For the Primary and Secondary transfer processes, applications will not normally be
accepted from, nor places allocated to, an overseas address. The exception to this (for both
In Year and transfer processes) is for children of UK service personnel and crown servants
(and from military families who are residents of countries with a Memorandum of
Understanding with the UK). In these cases, we will allocate a place in advance of the family
arriving in the area provided the application is accompanied by an official letter that declares
a relocation date and a HCC Unit postal address or quartering area address, for
consideration of the application against oversubscription criteria.

Applications will also be considered, and places offered in advance for these families, if the
application is accompanied by an official letter that declares a relocation date but does not
provide a quartering or unit address because the family will be residing in private
accommodation. In these cases, if the family does not already have a permanent private
address in Hertfordshire, the military base or alternative “work” address in Hertfordshire will
be used for allocation purposes. If the family already has an established alternative private
address, that address will be used for admission purposes.

We will also consider accepting applications from children* whose family can evidence intent
to return to and/or permanently reside in Hertfordshire prior to the start of the new academic
year. These applications, if accepted, will be processed from the overseas address until
sufficient evidence is received to show the child is permanently resident in Hertfordshire.
Evidence must be submitted at the time of application.

Evidence submitted after the date for late applications (4 December 2018 for secondary
transfer and 1 February 2019 for the Under 11s process) cannot be considered before
National Allocation Day. Decisions on these applications will be made by a panel of senior
officers and communicated with parents within 6 weeks of the closing date for applications.

If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps because they
are working abroad at the time of application, the Hertfordshire address will not be accepted
for the purposes of admission until the child is resident at that address.

Other children, than those mentioned above, from overseas do not generally have automatic
right of entry to the UK. An application for a school place will not therefore be accepted until
they are permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Proof of residency such as an endorsed
passport or entry visa will be required with the application, in addition to proof of
Hertfordshire address, for example a council tax bill or 12-month rental agreement.

*Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or British Overseas passports),
or have a UK passport describing them as a British citizen or British subject with the right of abode or are
European Economic Area nationals normally have unrestricted entry to the UK.

Age of Admission and Deferral of Places

Return to Index
Our policy is that children born on and between 1 September 2014 and 31 August 2015*
would normally commence primary school in Reception in the academic year beginning in
September 2019. All Hertfordshire infant, first and primary schools provide for the full- time
admission of all children offered a place in the Reception year group from the September
following their fourth birthday. If a parent wants a full-time place for their child from
September (at the school at which a place has been offered) then they are entitled to that
full-time place.

Parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the same academic
year or until the term in which the child reaches compulsory school age. Summer born
children are only able to “defer” entry to Reception class until the beginning of the final term
of the school year for which the offer was made.

Where parents wish, children can attend part-time until they reach compulsory school age.
Any parents wishing to take up a part-time place or deferred entry should contact the
individual school(s) to discuss their child’s requirements.

*Summer born children (1st April – 31st August) – Entry to Reception

Legally, a child does not have to start school until the start of the term following their fifth
birthday. Children born between 1 April 2015 and 31 August 2015 are categorised as
“summer born” and if parents/carers do not believe that their summer born child is ready to
join Reception in 2019 they should contact the us for guidance before making an application.

Summer born applications that are delayed for a year (for entry in September 2020) will be
processed in exactly the same way as all other reception applications received at that time;
there is no guarantee that a place will be offered at a child’s preferred school.

If parents wish to delay their application for a Reception place they are advised to discuss
their child’s needs/development with their current early years or nursery provider. If parents
wish their child to remain in their existing nursery school or class for a further year (rather
than moving into the Reception year group) they must let their current school know before
the end of the Spring term in 2019 (before the Easter break).

Children Out of Year Group (except applications for reception from summer born)
Our policy is for children to be educated within their correct chronological year group, with
the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of individual children. This is in
line with DfE guidance which states that “in general, children should be educated in their
normal age group”.

If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they
should, at the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals
working with the child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal
age appropriate cohort. DfE guidance makes clear that “it is reasonable for admission
authorities to expect parents to provide them with information in support of their request –
since without it they are unlikely to be able to make a decision based on the circumstances
of the case”.

We will decide through a panel process whether the application will be accepted based on
the information submitted. The panel make decisions based upon the circumstances of each
case including the view of parents, the relevant headteacher(s), the child's social, academic
and emotional development and whether the child has been previously educated out of year
group. There is no guarantee that an application will be accepted on this basis. If the
application is not accepted this does not constitute a refusal of a place and there is no right
to an independent statutory appeal. Similarly, there is no right of appeal for a place in a
specific year group at a school. The internal management and organisation of a school,

Return to Index
including the placement of pupils in classes, is a matter for the headteacher and senior
leadership of individual schools.

The governing body is ultimately responsible for making this decision for applications made
to our school.

Nursery Provision
The admission arrangements detailed in this document do not apply for those being admitted
into any nursery or pre-school provision. The responsibility for admission into nursery
provision lies with our local governing body and is described in a separate document.

Parents of children who are admitted to a nursery provision at a school must apply in the
normal way for a place at the school if they want their child to transfer to the reception class.
Attendance at the nursery or co-located children’s centre does not guarantee admission to
the school.

Return to Index
Proposed admission arrangements for Flamstead End School for
2019/20

The schools published admission number is 60

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all
maintained schools to admit a child with a statement of special educational needs
that names their school. Schools must also admit children with an EHC (Education Health
and Care Plan that names the school.

The school does not accept requests for summer born children and families requesting a
place out of year group: particularly summer born children of Reception age requesting to
start school a year late (into Reception), as opposed to making an In-Year application for
Year 1.

Rule 1 Children in public care (children looked after) and children who were
looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became
subject to a residence order or a special guardianship order).

Rule 2 Medical or Social: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have
a particular medical or social need to go to Flamstead End School.
The school governors will determine whether the evidence provided is
sufficiently compelling to meet the requirements for this rule. The evidence
must relate specifically to the school applied for under Rule 2 and must
clearly demonstrate why it is the only school that can meet the child’s needs.

Rule 3 Sibling: Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school or linked
school at the time of application.
This applies to Reception through to Year 5.

In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as long as
they will still be in attendance at the time of admission.

Rule 4 Children of staff employed by Flamstead End School. (See below)

Priority will only be given to children of staff employed by either or
both of the following circumstances.
(a) Where the member of staff has been employed by Flamstead End
for two years or more at the time at which the application to school is
made/or
(b) The member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a
demonstrable skills shortage.
Please note that the child must be living at the same address as the staff
member.

Rule 5 Nearest School: Children for whom it is their nearest school or Academy.
This includes all schools except those which allocate places on the basis of
faith.

Return to Index
Rule 6 Children on the basis of distance

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify
under a particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by
applying the next rule to those children. Where there is a need for a tie-breaker
where two different addresses measure the same distance from a school, in the
case of a block of flats for example the lower door number will be deemed nearest
as logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two
identical addresses of separate applicants, the tiebreak will be random.

Flamstead End School will use the same definitions and measuring system as outlined in
Hertfordshire County Council’s admissions literature, “Applying for a school place”

In Year Admissions
The school will remain part of the county council’s coordinated In Year admissions scheme.
Application forms can be accessed via www.hertsdirect.org/admissions or from the
Customer Service Centre, 0300 123 4043. Parents should return the application form
direct to the County Council (address on the form).

Fair Access
The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit children
under this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Twins
If a twin or multiple birth child is allocated the final place available, the school will also offer
places to the other twin/multiple birth children.

Appeals
At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into their online
application and click on the link 'register an appeal '.For those who did not apply on line,
please contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal
pack.'
For in-year applications parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in the
first instance

Return to Index
 Statutory

ADMISSIONS POLICY 2019-20

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ADMISSION OF PUPILS TO

FLEETVILLE INFANT AND NURSERY SCHOOL and FLEETVILLE JUNIOR SCHOOL

Both schools participate in the coordinated admission arrangements operated by Hertfordshire County Council (HCC) and the local
Fair Access Protocol.

Please refer to the Hertfordshire County Council’s coordinated schemes of admission for first, primary, junior, middle,
secondary, upper schools, academies (including free schools, studio schools and university technical colleges) for the
current year

STARTINGSCHOOL

Hertfordshire County Council is acting as the schools' admission authority for initial allocation rounds and in year allocations.
This includes:
 Ranking applications in accordance with the school’s oversubscription criteria
 Answering queries (phone, email & in writing) about the school’s admission arrangements and allocations. HCC admissions
literature will reflect the fact that queries about allocations should be directed to HCC.
 Checking the accuracy ofallocations
 Producing and supplying individual pupil allocation information
 Producing and supplying school allocation summary information
 Investigating and monitoring allegations of fraudulent applications and withdrawing applications/allocations as necessary

IN YEARADMISSIONS
The HCC service includes:
 Receiving and responding to all applications (10 day turn around)
 Ranking applications in accordance with the school’s oversubscription criteria (including making Rule 2 decisions if required)
 Answering queries (phone, email & in writing) about the school’s admission arrangements and allocations. HCC In Year
admissions literature will reflect the fact that queries about allocations should be directed to HCC.
 Maintaining the school’s CI list and allocating places when available
 Ensuring parents are informed of their right to appeal when a place is not available

STARTINGNURSERY
Fleetville Infant and Nursery school co-ordinates arrangements for admission to nursery. Parents use the central HCC application
system. HCC provide straight line home school distances for all on-line applications. Supplementary information is issued to parents by
the school prior to application.

ALLOCATIONCRITERIA
Places will be allocated in accordance with the agreed determined admission criteria. Please see attached

APPEALS
Parents have the right of appeal to an Independent Appeal Panel if they are dissatisfied with an admission decision. The arrangements
for appeals are coordinated by HCC.
The HCC appeals process includes:
 the administration of the appeals process
 the presentation of appeals

FURTHERINFORMATION
Further details can be found on the Herts direct website:
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions and www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/nurseryadmissions

Admissions Policy 2019-20 1

Return to Index
 OVERSUBSCRIPTION CRITERIA FOR FLEETVILLE INFANT AND NURSERY SCHOOL AND FOR FLEETVILLE JUNIOR
SCHOOL 2019/20

The school will have a published admission number of 90.

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained schools to admit a child with a statement of special
educational needs that names their school. All schools must also admit children with an Education Health and Care Plan (EHCP) that names
the school.

Rule 1 Children in care and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a
child arrangement order or a special guardianship order)

Rule 2 Medical or Social: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical or social need to go to the
school.
A panel of officers will determine whether the evidence provided is sufficiently compelling to meet the requirements for this rule.
The evidence must relate specifically to the school applied for under Rule 2 and must clearly demonstrate why it is the only school
that can meet the child’s needs.

Rule 3 Linked School: In the case of junior schools, children who attend the linked infant school at the time of their application.
This rule only applies to pupils who are currently attending an infant school which has a linked junior school.

Rule 4 Sibling: Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school or linked school at the time of application.
This applies to reception through to Year 5 in infant, junior and primary schools; and from reception through to Year 3 in first
schools; and from Year 5 to Year 7 in middle schools
In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as long as they will still be in attendance at the time of admission

Rule 5 Children of staff: The school will admit a child of a member of staff provided that the member of staff has been employed at the
school or linked school as defined in rule 3 above, for two or more years at the time at which the application for admission to the
school is made or where the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable shortage.
For the purposes of satisfying these criteria, a member of staff is defined as a permanent member of the teaching staff, or a
permanent member of the non-teaching staff. This definition does not include contract staff. This definition does not include
peripatetic staff employed by HCC.
The child must be living permanently with the member of staff.

Rule 6 Nearest School: Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy. This includes all schools except those which allocate
places on the basis of faith.

Rule 7 Distance: Children who live nearest to the school.

If your child does not qualify under Rule 6, they will be considered under Rule 7.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify under a particular rule than there are places available, a
tiebreak will be used by applying the next rule to those children. Where there is a need for a tie-breaker where two different addresses
measure the same distance from a school, in the case of a block of flats for example the lower door number will be deemed nearest as
logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will be
random.

Fleetville Infant and Nursery School and Fleetville Junior School will use the same definitions and measuring system as outlined in
Hertfordshire County Council’s Under 11 s admissions literature.

In Year Admissions
The school will remain part of the county council’s coordinated In Year admissions scheme. Application forms can be accessed via
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions or from the Customer Service Centre, 0300 123 4043. Parents should return the application form direct
to the County Council (address on the form).

Fair Access
The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit children under this protocol before children on continuing
interest.

Appeals
At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into their online application and click on the link 'register an appeal'.
For those who did not apply on line, please contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal pack.'

For in-year applications parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in the first instance

Admissions Policy 2019-20 2

Return to Index
 OVERSUBSCRIPTIONCRITERIAFOR FLEETVILLE NURSERY FOR 2019/20

The nursery will have a published admission number of 65.

Children with a Statement of Special Educational which names the school will be allocated a place in accordance with section
324 of the Education Act 1996. Schools must also admit children with an EHC (Education, Health and Care) Plan that names
the school

Parents may state their preference as to which nursery class, school or centre they would like their child to attend in the years
leading up to the child’s fifth birthday. However, if there are not enough places available, places will be allocated in the following
order of priority:

a) Children looked after and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became
subject to a residence order or a special guardianship order).

b) a child ‘at risk’ (or the sibling of a child ‘at risk’) who is the subject of an inter-agency child protection plan.

c) other applicants where the following criteria are considered to determine priorities:

1) Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical or social need to go to the school.

2) Children who have a sibling at the school at the time of application, unless the sibling is in the last year of the
normal age-range of the school. Note: the ‘normal age range’ is the designated range for which the school provides.

3) Children of staff who meet the criteria in the school’s determined admissions arrangements.

4) Any other children.

If more children qualify under a particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by applying the next rule
to those children. If more children qualify under criterion 2 than there are places available, priority will be given to those who live
nearest to the nursery as measured in a straight line. Where there is a need for a tie-breaker where two different addresses
measure the same distance from a school, in the case of a block of flats for example, the lower door number will be deemed
nearest as logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two identical addresses of separate
applicants, the tie break will be random.

The same definitions apply as outlined in the explanatory notes in the county council’s schemes of coordination.

Admissions Policy 2019-20 3

Return to Index
 THE GRANGE ACADEMY

Herts for Learning Multi Academy Trust

Draft Admissions Policy for 2019/2020 (for consultation)

The Grange Academy (the “Academy”) is an academy within the Herts for Learning Multi Academy
Trust (the “Trust”)

The Trust is the admissions authority for the Academy and is therefore responsible for determining
and implementing the admission arrangements for the Academy each year in accordance with the
School Admissions Code 2014 (“the Code”) and other legislation.

EQUALITY AND INCLUSION

The Academy is fully inclusive and welcomes applications for the admission of children of all abilities
and needs, including those with special educational needs and disabilities. The Academy fully
complies with its responsibilities under the Equality Act 2010.

PUBLISHED ADMISSION NUMBER (“PAN”)

The Academy will provide for the admission of the appropriate number of children in accordance
with the published admission number (“PAN”). The PAN for Year 3 at the Academy is 60.

This means that the Academy will admit up to that number of children in the September of the
school year to which this policy applies.

Where fewer applications are received than the PAN, the Academy will offer places to all those who
have applied.

Applications for places in Reception should be made on the Local Authority’s Common Application
Form. This is accessible on the LA’s website and must be submitted in accordance with the LA’s
published deadlines for applications, namely Tuesday 15th January 2019.

Late applications will be accepted but will not be considered until all applications received on or
before the application deadline have been processed, which will reduce the chance of achieving a
place for the child.

CHILDREN WHO CURRENTLY ATTEND A LINKED INFANT SCHOOL

Where a child attends the linked infant school (Northfields Infant and Nursery School), an
application for admission into The Grange Academy must still be submitted. There is no automatic
transfer from the linked Infant school (Northfields Infant and Nursery School) to The Grange
Academy.
2

Return to Index
CHILDREN WITH AN EDUCATION HEALTH AND CARE PLAN

There are separate statutory procedures in place which govern the admission of children with special
educational needs (“SEN”) for whom an education health and care plan (“EHC plan”) has been issued
by their Local Authority. This means that the parents of children who have an EHC plan should not
apply for admission of their child to the Academy under this Admission Policy. If parents have a
preference for the Academy to be named as the provider in their child’s EHC plan, the Local
Authority needs to be made aware of this so that they can consider whether the Academy is suitable
in consultation with the child’s parents and the Academy.

Where a child’s EHC plan names the Academy as the provider, the child will be admitted to the
Academy even if this will result in the published admission number (“PAN”) for that year group being
exceeded.

Where a child is in the process of being assessed by the Local Authority to establish whether an EHC
plan should be made, parents should speak to the Local Authority before applying for admission
under this Admission Policy, to check the stage the assessment has reached and whether a decision
to make an EHC plan will be made before the application deadline as, if it has, an application under
this Admission Policy will not be necessary.

OVERSUBSCRIPTION CRITERIA

After the admission of pupils with Statements of Special Educational Needs and where the Academy
is oversubscribed, priority for admission will be given to those children in priority order below:

1. Looked after children and previously looked after children (or became subject to a child
arrangements order or a special guardianship order) with those living nearer receiving
higher priority.

A “looked after child” is a child in public care at the date on which the application is made. A
“previously looked after child” is a child who was in public care, but ceased to be so because
they were adopted or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order
immediately after being in public care.

To be included in this category, the application for admission must be supported by the
relevant Local Authority’s Children’s Services Department. In the case of a previously looked
after child, a copy of the adoption or special guardianship order must also accompany the
application for admission.

2. Children who the Trust accepts have an exceptional medical or social need for a place at the
Academy with those living nearer receiving higher priority.

This category gives priority to children for whom The Grange Academy is the only school that
is appropriate for the child to attend because of the child’s exceptional medical or social
need.

Applications under this priority must be accompanied by a Priority 2 Form, which is available
from our website.

Part A of the Priority 2 Form must be completed by the parent(s) before being provided to
the child or parent’s doctor, social worker or other relevant independent professional who
must then completed Part B, sign, stamp and date the form. The doctor, social worker or
3

Return to Index
 other relevant independent professional must expressly confirm not only the nature of the
exceptional medical or social need of the child, but also the reason why it is appropriate for
the child to attend the Academy, why no other school is suitable, and the reasons why this is
the case.

The completed, signed and stamped Priority 2 Form must be provided with the common
application form. An application under this priority will not be considered in cases where
the completed, signed and stamped Priority 2 Form is received after the common application
form has been submitted.

Applications under Priority 2 will be considered by the Academy Governing Body (or the
relevant Admissions Committee).

3. Linked School: In the case of junior schools, children who attend the linked infant school at
the time of their application with those living nearer receiving higher priority. The linked
infant school to the Grange Academy is Northfields Infant and Nursery School.

4. Children with a brother or sister already attending the Academy and who will still be
attending on the date of admission with those living nearer receiving higher priority

Note: this category includes full brothers and sisters, adopted, or foster brothers and sisters,
half brothers and sisters or stepbrothers and sisters. Parents/Guardians should note that in
all these cases, the brother or sister must be living at the same address as the child for
whom the application is being made.

For the avoidance of doubt, other children within the family (for example, cousins) who live
at the same address because members of the child’s extended family (for example, aunts
and uncles) also live there, will not be regarded as siblings for the purpose of this priority.

In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as long as they will still be in
attendance at the time of admission

5. Children of school staff where:

a. the member of staff has been employed at the Academy for two or more years at the time
at which the application for admission to the Academy is made; and / or

b. where the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a
demonstrable shortage with those living nearer receiving higher priority.

For the purposes of satisfying these criteria, a member of staff is defined as a permanent
member of the teaching staff, or a permanent member of the non-teaching staff. This
definition does not include contract staff. This definition does not include peripatetic staff
employed by HCC. The child must be living permanently with the member of staff.

6. All other children.

Children not falling into any of the above categories will be allocated places in this category
by reference to the proximity of the child’s home address (as defined by this policy) to the
Academy, with those living nearer receiving higher priority.

Return to Index
DISTANCE MEASURING

Hertfordshire County Council’s ‘straight line’ distance measurement system is used for all home to
school distance measurements. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to
two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of
your child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally
recognised method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

In the case of multi-dwelling buildings (for example, an apartment block), the distance will be
measured from same GIS determined point in the building regardless of the actual location within
the building of the child’s home address, with the tie breaker being applied if more than one
application is received for children living in the building (see below).

TIE BREAKER

Where two applications cannot otherwise be separated because the distance between the child’s
home address (as defined by this policy) to the Academy is the same, the order in which places will
be allocated will be determined by random lottery using the Local Authority’s software in the
presence of a person who is independent of the Academy.

CHILD’S HOME ADDRESS

The address given on the application form must be the child’s main home address, which will usually
be the address at which Child Benefit is claimed or if there is no entitlement to Child Benefit, then
the address at which the child is registered with their GP will be used. A business address or the
address of a parent with whom the child does not live, a relative or a child minder must not be given.

The child’s home address stated must be a residential property that is the child’s only or main
residence, and not an address at which he or she might sometimes stay or sleep.

Where a child spends part of the week with different parents/carers the home address will be the
address at which the child spends the majority of weekday nights during term time. If two addresses
are given, only one will be accepted, which will be the address which meets the definition stated
above. Where there is a dispute over which address is the child’s main home address, the address at
which Child Benefit is claimed or if there is no entitlement to Child Benefit, then the address at
which the child is registered with their GP will be deemed to be their main home address.

Proof of residence or offer of letting from landlord will be required.

Children of multiple birth

If the last child to be offered a place (the 30th place in a school with a PAN of 30 for example) we will
endeavour to admit the child’s twin, triplet etc., if they all apply at the same time.

CHILDREN OF UK SERVICE PERSONNEL AND CROWN SERVANTS

The Academy will accept applications for the admission of the children of UK Armed Forces
Personnel with a confirmed posting in the area of the Academy, or the children of Crown Servants
returning from overseas to live in the area of the Academy, in advance of them arriving. These
children do not have to be living at the stated home address at the application deadline, as all other
children do.

The application for admission must be supported by an official letter declaring the relocation date
and a Unit postal address or quartering area address, which will be used as the child’s home address
5

Return to Index
for the purpose of applying this Admission Policy.

FAIR ACCESS

The school is committed to taking its fair share of vulnerable children who are hard to place, in
accordance with locally agreed protocols. Children admitted under the protocol will be prioritised
above those on the waiting list.

WAITING LISTS

The Academy will operate a waiting list for each year group. Where in any year the Academy
receives more applications for places than there are places available, a waiting list will operate until
the end of the academic year. This will be maintained by the Academy and it will be open to any
parent/guardian to ask for his or her child’s name to be placed on the waiting list, following an
unsuccessful application.

Children’s position on the waiting list will be determined solely in accordance with the
oversubscription criteria. Where places become vacant they will be allocated to children on the
waiting list in accordance with the oversubscription criteria.

ARRANGEMENTS FOR ADMITTING PUPILS TO OTHER YEAR GROUPS, INCLUDING REPLACING ANY
PUPILS WHO HAVE LEFT THE ACADEMY (‘IN-YEAR ADMISSIONS’)

You can apply to change school during the school year. We call this an "in year admission".

To apply for an in-year admission to The Grange Academy please complete the ‘In year Admissions
Form’ [LINK] and send it and any supporting documentation to [INSERT DETAILS]

We'll let you know if you're successful within 10 working days, once we receive your application,
proof of address and any additional documents needed. If the year group applied for has a place
available, the Academy will admit the child. If more applications are received than there are places
available, the place will be allocated applying the oversubscription criteria set out above.

You need to accept or decline any place offered. If a place is not available, you will be given the
opportunity to have your name added to the waiting list. You will also have a right to appeal the
decision.

ADMISSION OF CHILDREN OUTSIDE THEIR NORMAL AGE GROUP

Parents may request that their child is admitted to a year group outside their normal age range, for
instance where the child is gifted or talented or where a child has suffered from particular social or
medical issues impacting his or her schooling. All such requests will be considered on their merits
and either agreed or refused, on that basis. If a request is refused, the child will still be considered
for admission to their normal age group.

Parents wishing to submit a request for their child to be admitted outside their normal age group
should submit an “Application For Admission Outside Normal Age Group Form” which is available
from [INSERT LINK TO THE FORM ON THE WEBSITE]

The process for requesting such an admission is as follows:

With the application, parents should request that the child is admitted to another year group (state
which one), and the reasons for that request. Parents will submit any evidence in support of their

Return to Index
case with the application, for instance from a medical practitioner, Headteacher etc. Some of the
evidence a parent might submit could include:

1. Information about the child’s academic, social and emotional development;

2. Where relevant, their medical history and the views of a medical professional;

3. Whether they have previously been educated out of their normal age group;

4. Whether they may naturally have fallen into a lower age group if it were not for being born
prematurely.

This is a non-exhaustive list. There may be other factors that the Academy Governing Board will
consider. The Academy will consider each case on its merits, taking into account the individual
circumstances of the request and the child’s best interests. We will also ensure the parent is aware
of whether the request for admission out of age group has been agreed before final offers are made,
and the reason for any refusal. Requests for admission out of the normal year group will be
considered alongside other applications made at the same time.

ARRANGEMENTS FOR APPEALS PANELS

Parents/Carers will have the right of appeal to an Independent Appeal Panel if they are dissatisfied
with an admission decision of the Academy. The Appeal Panel will be independent of the Academy.
The arrangements for Appeals will be in line with the Code of Practice on School Admission Appeals
published by the Department for Education. The determination of the appeal panel will be made in
accordance with the Code of Practice on School Admission Appeals and is binding on all parties.

Normal admissions round

Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system for the normal
admissions round should log in to their online application and click on the link “register an appeal”.
Out of county residents and paper applicants should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123
4043 to request their registration details and log into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and
click on the link “log into the appeals system”.

In-year admissions

For in-year admissions, we will write to you with the outcome of your application and, if you have
been unsuccessful, the county council will write to you with registration details to enable you to
login and appeal online at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals

THE ACADEMY EXPECTS PARENTS TO PROVIDE TRUE AND ACCURATE INFORMATION. IF IT IS

DISCOVERED THAT FALSE INFORMATION HAS BEEN PROVIDED, THE OFFER OF A PLACE IS LIKELY
TO BE WITHDRAWN.

Return to Index
  
School logo 
 
 
School name 
 
Application Form 
In Year Admissions 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 Before you fill in this form, please read the guidance documents and information on our website 
at school website info 
 
 Supplementary Information Forms (if applicable) and any additional supporting documentation 
should be returned direct to the school 
 
 Please complete this form using black ink and CAPITAL LETTERS 
 
 You must include two recent (within the last 3 months) forms of address evidence. One must 
be a council tax bill, utility bill, solicitor’s letter showing completion date or a signed tenancy 
agreement. Please do not send originals.  
 
 If moving/returning to the UK, you must also provide evidence of your arrival. This can be flight 
itinerary, boarding passes or ferry/train tickets. 
 
 
We cannot process an application without evidence of your address. 
   

Return to Index
 
 
Section 1: Your child’s details 
 
 
Date place is required*:  

 
*Places are offered on the basis that they will be taken up within 10 school days. Please do not apply more 
than 4 weeks in advance of the date you require a place unless you are a service family. 
 

 
Your child’s details: 
 
First name  Middle name(s)  Family name/Surname 
   
Date of birth  Current Year Group*  Female / Male 

 
*Hertfordshire will allocate a place into the usual year group based on your child’s date of birth. If you wish 
your child to be educated in a different year group to that indicated by their date of birth, please provide 
further details with this form. 
 
 

Your child’s current  Current address 
address and postcode   
   
We check addresses and   
we will withdraw our offer   
of a school place if you   
give a false address 
Postcode 
   
  
 
Your child’s new  If you are moving house, please provide the new address below: 
address and postcode   
Date of move*   
 
 
Postcode 
   
 
*Please ensure you enclose proof of your new address including the move date. This can be either a 
solicitor’s letter confirming completion or a copy of the formal lease agreement. If you are moving to a rental 
property, please provide evidence that you have sold or are in the process of selling your previous property, 
or that a previous lease agreement has ended. We will not be able to take into account a new address 
without proof as referred to above. 
 
   

Return to Index
Section 2: Application details 
 
 
Does the child have a sibling at the school? * If yes, please give details below:  Yes □ No □ 

Name:  Male/Female: 
 
  Date of birth: 

 
*A sibling is either the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of the 
parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after and in every case living permanently 
in a placement within the home as part of the family household. 
 
 
Does your child have an Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) or 
Yes □ No □ 
statement of special needs (SN)? 
 
A Statement of SN or an EHCP is a document written by the local authority detailing the child’s needs and the 
measures the school will take to help them. The SEN team at the local authority manage admissions for 
children with a statement and your application will be passed to them.  
 
 
Is the child you are making an application for in the care of the Local 
Yes □ No □ 
Authority (Child Looked After)? 
If yes, please indicate which local authority and include a supporting letter from the child’s social 
worker and/or advisory teacher: 
 
 
Was your child previously looked after but was then adopted or became 
Yes □ No □ 
subject to a child arrangements order or special guardianship order? 

If yes, please provide supporting evidence including a copy of the adoption order if applicable 
 
 

Are you applying under Rule 2 (exceptional medical or social needs)?*  Yes □ No □ 
*You must include supporting professional evidence clearly demonstrating why your child’s needs can only 
be met at one specific school. Please include all the evidence you wish us to consider as we can only 
consider the information received at the time of application. Rule 2 can only be re‐considered if there has 
been an exceptional change of circumstances 
 
 
 

Are you applying under the Children of Staff rule if applicable*?    Yes □    No □ 
*This is not currently applicable at this school 

 
 
 

Return to Index
 Are you or your partner UK service personnel or a crown servant?  Yes □ No □ 

If yes, please include an official MOD, FC or GCHQ letter showing relocation date 
 
 
 
Your child’s current school       
 
School Name  School Address 

Date last attended  
 
(if your child has left):   
 
 

 
Section 3: Your details 
 
Name of person making the  Title  Initial  Family Name 
application  (Usually a parent/carer) 

Address if different to that given 
above 

Daytime telephone number 

Email address 
Our preferred way to contact you 

Your relationship to the child 
 
 
Is the child living with you under a private fostering arrangement? 
This is where the child lives with an adult who is not a close relative i.e. not a   Yes □   No □ 
parent, grandparent, sibling, aunt or uncle. 
Do you have parental responsibility? *   Yes □   No □ 

If no, please provide permission from the person(s) with parental responsibility confirming they are 
in agreement with the application. 
 
 
   

Return to Index
 
 
Section 4: Parental declaration 
 
If you deliberately give false information, we may withdraw the offer of a school place. 
 
All of the information I have given on this form is correct and up to date.  
 
I have read and understand the school’s admissions policy. 
 
I understand that you will inform my child’s current school of this application and will share the 
information in this application with the schools listed on this form and, if different, the allocated 
school.  
 
I understand that my child must be able to take up the allocated school place immediately and 
that the place may be withdrawn if not accepted within 10 school days. 
 
I confirm I have parental responsibility for this child and/or the agreement of all 
persons with parental responsibility  □ 
 
I enclose:      Supporting evidence relating to the application, including proof of  □ 
arrival if applicable  
  □ 
Proof of address ‐ we cannot process the application without this. 
   
 

Your full name   

Your signature    Date:   
     
 
 
Please return this application form to the office of name of school 
School address 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  It is very important that you include all necessary
 
documentation
 
with your application in order to avoid any
  delays.
 
 

Return to Index
               
 

[SCHOOL LOGO]   

[SCHOOL/ACADEMY NAME] 

APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION OUTSIDE NORMAL AGE GROUP 

This is not an application for admission – it is an application to the Academy Governing Board for their 
agreement in principle to the child being admitted to any year group other than the child’s normal year 
group. The completed form and any supporting documentation must be submitted to [School/Academy 
Name]  for  consideration  by  the  Academy  Governing  Board  as  soon  as  possible.    Regardless  of  the 
outcome of this application, a separate application for admission will need to be made in the usual way, 
and  will  be  considered  with  all  other  applications  received,  applying  the  oversubscription  criteria  as 
appropriate.   

In the case of children born between 1 April and 31 August (known as “summer born children”) whose 
parents want them to start Reception Year one year later than usual (i.e. in the September following 
their fifth birthday, rather than the September following their fourth birthday), the application should 
be made well in advance of the application deadline for the child’s admission to Reception Year with 
their  normal  age  group,  to  keep  all  options  open.    Where  the  Academy  Governing  Board  agrees  an 
application in principle, their letter confirming this should accompany the subsequent application for 
admission. 

This form should be read alongside the School’s/Academy’s Admissions Policy. 

This form should be completed by the parent with whom the child lives for more than 50% of their 
time from Monday to Friday during term time.  Please complete in block capitals using black ink.  All 
names  provided  must  be  formal  names,  as  stated  in  passports  and  other  formal  documents.    The 
completed form should be forwarded to the school office at School/Academy name. 

 
 

PART A – CHILD’S DETAILS 

Child’s Surname:   

Child’s Forename(s):   

Child’s Date of Birth:   

Child’s Main Home Address:   

(as defined in the Admissions Policy) 

 
 
1 
Return to Index
 PART B – PARENT’S DETAILS 

Parent’s Surname:   

Parent’s Forename(s):   

Parent’s Home Address:   

(If different) 

Parent’s Email Address:   

Parent’s Contact Number:   

 
 

PART C – APPLICATION DETAILS 

What date do you want the child to be admitted?   

What  year  group  do  you  want  the  child  to  be   
admitted to? 

What year group would the child’s normal age group   
be in? 

Please  give  detailed  reasons  for  your  belief  that  it  is  in  the  best  interests  of  your  child  to  be  admitted 
outside their normal age group.  In doing so, please consider the following factors which will be considered 
by the Academy Governing Board: 

• The parents’ views; 
• The Headteacher’s view; 
• The child’s academic, social and emotional development; 
• Where relevant, the child’s medical history and the views of their medical professionals; 
• Whether the child has previously been educated outside of their normal age group; 
• Whether the child would have naturally have fallen into a lower age range were it not for having been 
born prematurely. 

This is a non‐exhaustive list.  There may be other factors that the Academy Governing Board will consider.  

 
   

2 
Return to Index
 

       
 
   
3 
Return to Index
 
 

Please list all documents attached in support of your application: 

 
 
 

PART D – PARENT’S SIGNATURE 

I certify that the information provided in this form is true and accurate, to the best of my knowledge and 
belief: 

Signed:   

Print name:   

Date:   

   
 

4 
Return to Index
 [SCHOOL LOGO]   

 
[Name of school] 
 
PRIORTY 2 FORM ‐ EXCEPTIONAL MEDICAL OR SOCIAL NEED 
 
REPORT FROM A DOCTOR, SOCIAL WORKER OR OTHER RELEVANT 
INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL 
 
Part A of this form must be completed by a parent.  The form should then be provided to the doctor, social 
worker or other relevant independent professional who should complete Part B, sign, date and stamp the 
form, before returning it to the parent if the parent wants to rely on this priority in order to achieve a place 
at the school.  The form must be submitted at the same time as the Common Application Form.  
 
This  form  is  intended  to  support  an  application  for  admission  under  Priority  2  of  the  academy’s/school’s 
Admission Policy, which states: 
 
“Priority 2 – Children who the Trust accepts have an exceptional medical or social need for a place at the 
school”: 
  
Children for whom [Name of School] is the only school that is appropriate for the child to attend because of 
the child’s exceptional medical or social need, will be admitted under this priority.   
 
Applications under this priority must be accompanied by Priority 2 Form, Part A of which must be completed 
by  the  parents  before  being  provided  to  the  child  or  parent’s  the  doctor,  social  worker  or  other  relevant 
independent professional who must then completed Part B, sign, stamp and date the form.  The doctor, social 
worker  or  other  relevant  independent  professional  must  expressly  confirm  not  only  the  nature  of  the 
exceptional medical or social need of the child or parent, but also the reason why it is appropriate for the child 
to attend the school, why no other school is suitable, and the reasons why this is the case.   
 
The completed, signed and stamped Priority 2 Form must be provided with the common application form.  An 
application  under  this  priority  will  not  be  considered  in  cases  where  the  completed,  signed  and  stamped 
Priority 2 Form is received after the common application form has been submitted.” 
 
 
 
Instructions to Hertfordshire County Council: please ensure that this form is kept 
confidential  and  is  processed  only  to  the  extent  that  it  is  necessary  to  pass  the 
information to the school.  Please ensure that the forms are sent to the school by a 
secure  means.    Please  contact  HCC’s  Strategy  &  Policy  Manager,  Admissions  & 
Transport, for further details. 
   

1 

Return to Index
 

PART A – To be completed by Parent 

Child’s Surname:   

Child’s Forename(s):   

Child’s Date of Birth:   

Child’s Main Home Address:   

   

   

   

This form should now be handed to the child’s doctor, social worker or other relevant independent 
professional for completion of Part B. 

2 

Return to Index
PART  B  –  To  be  completed  by  a  doctor,  social  worker  or  other 
relevant independent professional then returned to the parent 

Name of person with an   
exceptional  medical or 
social need: 

Please confirm the nature   
of the exceptional medical 
or social need:   

   

   

   

In your professional opinion, is [NAME OF SCHOOL] the only school which is appropriate for the 
child to attend as a result of their medical or social need? 

 
Yes    No   
 

Please state your reasons   
for stating [NAME OF 
SCHOOL] is the only school   
which is appropriate for the 
child to attend:   

   

   

   

3 

Return to Index
   

   

Please explain the   
difficulties the child would 
experience if the child   
attended another school 
within a reasonable   
distance of the child’s main 
home address:   

   

   

   

   

Signed:   

Print Name:   

Position:   

4 

Return to Index
 Organisation:   

Organisation’s address:   

Date:   

Official Stamp:   

Note to professional: please return the completed form to the parent named above by a secure 
means.  It is the parent’s responsibility to submit the form as part of the admissions application 
process. 

5 

Return to Index
 The Royston Schools Academy Trust / Greneway Middle School

Admissions Statement for 2019-2020

The Royston Schools Academy Trust (RSAT) is the admission authority for both Greneway
and Roysia Middle Schools and Meridian Upper School. Admissions will continue to be
managed by Hertfordshire County Council in line with the Trust’s published admissions
arrangements under agreed criteria.

Consultation on proposed changes within Royston Schools Academy Trust

Greneway, Roysia, Meridian Schools - moving forward together

The Trust is proposing authority to merge all three schools, to create a through school for
pupils between the age of 9 and 18 (Years 5-13) from September 2018. This proposal is
subject to approval following a full consultation process (20.10.17 – 01.12.17). If the Trust’s
proposal is approved, a successful application will result in a child attending a through
school, with no application process for entry to Year 9.

The school’s published admission number for 2019/20: 120

The majority of children attending Royston Schools Academy Trust live in Hertfordshire but
since we border the county of Cambridgeshire, we also admit children from the surrounding
villages.

When the Trust receives more applications than there are places the admissions rules are
applied by Children’s Services. An appeal statement has been written prepared by HCC and
is used during all appeal hearings.

Rule 1: Children looked after and children who were previously looked after, but
ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a child
arrangements order¹ or a special guardianship order²)

Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the
School Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission
Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2012.

These children will be prioritised under rule 1.

Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special
guardianship order.

A “child looked after” is a child who is:

a) in the care of a local authority, or
b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social
services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission
under rule 1.³

Page 1

Return to Index
Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked
after providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under
Rule 1.

Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the subject
of a child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised under rule
1.

Applications made for these children, with suitable supporting professional evidence, can be
considered under rule 2.

¹Child arrangements order Under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which amended section 8 of the
Children Act 1989, residence orders have now been replaced by child arrangements orders which settle the arrangements to
be made as to the person with whom the child is to live.

² Special guardianship order Under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s
special guardian or guardians.

³ This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the School Admissions Code that came
into force on 19 December 2014.

Rule 2: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical
or social need to go to the school

Rule 2 applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application, unless there
has been a significant and exceptional change of circumstances within the family since the
initial application was submitted.

All schools in Hertfordshire have experience in dealing with children with diverse social and
medical needs. However in a few very exceptional cases, there are reasons why a child has
to go to one specific school.

Few applications under Rule 2 are agreed.

All applications are considered individually but a successful application should include the
following:

a. Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only one school can meet a child’s
individual needs, and/or
b. Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making clear why
only one school can meet he child’s needs.
c. If the requested school is not the nearest school to the child’s home address clear reasons
why the nearest school is not appropriate.
d. For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or disability
makes attendance at only a specific school essential.

Evidence should make clear why only one school is appropriate.

Applications under Rule 2 can only be considered when supported by a recent letter from a
professional involved with the child or family, for example a doctor, psychologist or police
officer. The supporting evidence needs to demonstrate why only one named school can
meet the social/medical needs of the child.

Applications for children previously “looked after” but not meeting the specific criteria
outlined in Rule 1, may be made under this rule.

Further details on the Rule 2 process can be found in the Rule 2 protocol, which can be
found on the Hertfordshire County Council website.

Page 2

Return to Index
Rule 3 Sibling: Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school or linked school at the
time of application (this applies to Year 5 to Year 7 in middle schools).

A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts. A
sibling means the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, or child
of the parent/carer or partner, and in every case living in the same house from Monday
to Friday.

Where a place is obtained and the child admitted to the school and is subsequently
identified that this place was gained fraudulently, there will be no sibling connection
available to subsequent children from that family.

Definition of sibling

For applications to schools using Hertfordshire County Council's admission criteria, a

sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister,
child of the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after¹ and
in every case living permanently² in a placement within the home as part of the family
household from Monday to Friday at the time of this application.

A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts or
have been offered and accepted a place.

If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no
sibling connection available to subsequent children from that family.

¹ Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship order or child arrangements
order. This definition was amended following a determination by the OSA in August 2014.

² A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for example a child who usually
lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after child in a respite placement or very short term or
bridging foster placement.

Multiple births: Hertfordshire County Council (HCC), as the admission authority will
admit over the school’s published admission number when a single twin/multiple birth
child is allocated the last place at a school. Where we are not the admitting authority we
would request the school take in the subsequent child(ren) in line with the school’s own
admission arrangements.

Rule 4 Nearest School: Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy.
This includes all schools except those which allocate places on the basis of faith

Home address: The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address
at the time of application. ‘At the time of application’ means the closing date for
applications. “Permanent” means that the child has lived at that address for at least a
year and/or the family own the property or have a tenancy agreement for a minimum of
12 months

The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than
one address (for example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which
the child lives at for the majority of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the
address of the parent/carer that claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered
as the child’s main residence.

Page 3

Return to Index
 If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be
requested.

If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation to

evidence the address that should be used for admission allocation purposes.

If two different applications are received for the same child from the same address, e.g.
containing different preferences, the application from the parent in receipt of child
benefit will be processed if the applications cannot be reconciled.
Rule 5: Distance Children who live nearest to the school.
Children not considered under rule 4 will be considered under rule 5.

Fraudulent applications:

Hertfordshire County Council will do as much as possible to prevent applications being

made from fraudulent addresses, including referring cases to the Shared Anti-Fraud
service for further investigation as necessary.

Address evidence is frequently requested, monitored and checked and school places will
be withdrawn when false information is deliberately provided. Hertfordshire County
Council will take action in the following circumstances:
• When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at their
current school;

• When a child lives at a different address to the applicant;

• When the applicant does not have parental responsibility;

• When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or more
of the following applies:

 The family has moved to a property from which their application was less
likely to be successful;

 The family has returned to an existing property;

 The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time

(anything less than a year) over the application period;

 Official/public records show an alternative address at the time of the

application

• When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from the
address used at the time of application.

Parents/carers will need to show that they have relinquished residency ties with their
previous property and they, and their child(ren) are permanently residing at the address
given on the application form.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify
under a particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by
applying the next rule to those children. Where there is a need for a tie-breaker where
two different addresses measure the same distance from a school, in the case of a
block of flats for example the lower door number will be deemed nearest as logically this

Page 4

Return to Index
 will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two identical addresses of
separate applicants, the tie break will be random allocation

Random allocation will be undertaken independently of the school by Hertfordshire

County Council. Every child entered onto the county council’s admissions database has
an individual random number assigned, between 1 and 1 million, against each
preference school. When there is a need for a final tie break this random number is
used to allocate the place, with the lowest number given priority.

Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions A ‘straight line’

distance measurement is used in all home to school distance measurements for
community and VC schools in Hertfordshire. Distances are measured using a
computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from
the AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the address point of
the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying
the location of schools and individual residences.

Definition of “nearest school” for primary/junior/middle admissions The definition of “nearest

school” includes all schools and academies (regardless of status) unless that school or
academy prioritises applications and allocates places on the basis of faith.

Continuing Interest
After places have been offered, Hertfordshire County Council will maintain the school’s
continuing interest (waiting) list. A child’s position on a CI list will be determined by the
admission criteria outlined above and a child’s place on the list can change as other children
join or leave it. The county council will contact parents/carers if a vacancy becomes
available and it can be offered to a child.

Continuing interest lists will be maintained for every year group until the end of the summer
term, once the Summer term ends parents will need to make an in-year application for their
appropriate year group.

Applications from children* from overseas

Applications from children* from overseas All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16
years) in England have a right of access to education. However, where a child is in England
for a short period only, for example less than half a term, it may be reasonable to refuse
admission to a school.

An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently overseas
if, for In Year applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in Hertfordshire
within two weeks. In Year allocations are made on the assumption that the child will accept
the school place and be on roll within that timescale.

For the Primary and Secondary transfer processes, applications will not normally be
accepted from, nor places allocated to, an overseas address. The exception to this (for both
In Year and transfer processes) is for children of UK service personnel and crown servants
(and from military families who are residents of countries with a Memorandum of
Understanding with the UK). In these cases HCC will allocate a place in advance of the
family arriving in the area provided the application is accompanied by an official letter that

Page 5

Return to Index
declares a relocation date and a HCC Unit postal address or quartering area address, for
consideration of the application against oversubscription criteria.

Applications will also be considered, and places offered in advance for these families, if the
application is accompanied by an official letter that declares a relocation date but does not
provide a quartering or unit address because the family will be residing in private
accommodation. In these cases, if the family does not already have a permanent private
address in Hertfordshire, the military base or alternative “work” address in Hertfordshire will
be used for allocation purposes. If the family already has an established alternative private
address, that address will be used for admission purposes.

HCC will also consider accepting applications from children* whose family can evidence
intent to return to and/or permanently reside in Hertfordshire prior to the start of the new
academic year. These applications, if accepted, will be processed from the overseas
address until sufficient evidence is received to show the child is permanently resident in
Hertfordshire. Evidence must be submitted at the time of application.

Evidence submitted after the date for late applications (4 December 2018 for secondary
transfer and 1 February 2019 for the Under 11s process) cannot be taken into account
before National Allocation Day. Decisions on these applications will be made by a panel of
senior officers and communicated with parents within 6 weeks of the closing date for
applications.

If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps because they
are working abroad at the time of application, the Hertfordshire address will not be accepted
for the purposes of admission until the child is resident at that address.

Other children, than those mentioned above, from overseas do not generally have automatic
right of entry to the UK. An application for a school place will not therefore be accepted until
they are permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Proof of residency such as an endorsed
passport or entry visa will be required with the application, in addition to proof of
Hertfordshire address, for example a council tax bill or 12 month rental agreement.

*Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or British Overseas passports), or have a UK
passport describing them as a British citizen or British subject with the right of abode or are European Economic Area nationals
normally have unrestricted entry to the UK.

Age of Admission and Deferral of Places

Hertfordshire County Council’s policy is that children born on and between 1 September
2014 and 31 August 2015* would normally commence primary school in Reception in the
academic year beginning in September 2019. All Hertfordshire infant, first and primary
schools provide for the full- time admission of all children offered a place in the Reception
year group from the September following their fourth birthday. If a parent wants a full-time
place for their child from September (at the school at which a place has been offered) then
they are entitled to that full-time place.

Parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the same academic
year or until the term in which the child reaches compulsory school age. Summer born
children are only able to “defer” entry to Reception class until the beginning of the final term
of the school year for which the offer was made.

Where parents wish, children can attend part-time until they reach compulsory school age.
Any parents wishing to take up a part-time place or deferred entry should contact the
individual school(s) to discuss their child’s requirements.

In Year Admissions

Page 6

Return to Index
The school will remain part of the county council’s coordinated In Year admissions scheme.
Application forms can be accessed via www.hertsdirect.org/admissions or from the
Customer Service Centre, 0300 123 4043. Parents should return the application form direct
to the County Council (address on the form).

When a parent wishes their child to transfer from another school, prior to submitting an
application, we ask them to meet with the headteacher of Greneway to consider transfer
options.

Fair Access
The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit children
under this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Appeals
At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into their online
application and click on the link 'register an appeal '.For those who did not apply on line,
please contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal pack.'

For In Year appeals please contact the school in the first instance on 01763 243650

Children Out of Year Group (except applications for reception from summer born)

Hertfordshire County Council’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct
chronological year group, with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs
of individual children. This is in line with DfE guidance which states that “in general, children
should be educated in their normal age group”.

If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they
should, at the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals
working with the child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal
age appropriate cohort. DfE guidance makes clear that “it is reasonable for admission
authorities to expect parents to provide them with information in support of their request –
since without it they are unlikely to be able to make a decision on the basis of the
circumstances of the case”.

For community and voluntary controlled schools, the county council as the relevant
admission authority, through a panel process, will decide whether the application will be
accepted on the basis of the information submitted. The panel make decisions based upon
the circumstances of each case including the view of parents, the relevant headteacher(s),
the child's social, academic and emotional development and whether the child has been
previously educated out of year group. There is no guarantee that an application will be
accepted on this basis. If the application is not accepted this does not constitute a refusal of
a place and there is no right to an independent statutory appeal. Similarly there is no right of
appeal for a place in a specific year group at a school. The internal management and
organisation of a school, including the placement of pupils in classes, is a matter for the
Headteacher and senior leadership of individual schools.

The governing body of schools responsible for their own admissions (academies, voluntary
aided and foundation schools) are ultimately responsible for making this decision for
applications made to their school.

Page 7

Return to Index
The Grove Academy
Fourth Avenue, Garston, Watford, Hertfordshire WD25 9RH
_______________________________________________________________

Proposed admission arrangements for

The Grove Academy
for 2019/20

The schools published admission number will be 90.

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all
maintained schools to admit a child with a statement of special educational needs
that names their school. Schools must also admit children with an EHC (Education, Health
and Care) Plan that names the school.

If there are fewer applications than places available at a school all applicants will be
admitted. If there are more applications than places available, the criteria outlined below
will be used to prioritise applications.

Oversubscription Criteria

Rule 1 Children looked after and children who were looked after, but ceased to be
so because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements
order or a special guardianship order).

Rule 2 Medical or Social: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have
a particular medical or social need to go to the school.
The school governors will determine whether the evidence provided is
sufficiently compelling to meet the requirements for this rule. The evidence
must relate specifically to the school applied for under Rule 2 and must
clearly demonstrate why it is the only school that can meet the child’s needs.

Rule 3 Sibling: Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school or linked
school at the time of application.
This applies to reception through to Year 5 in infant, junior and primary
schools; and from reception through to Year 3 in first schools; and from Year
5 to Year 7 in middle schools

Rule 4 Nearest School: Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy.
This includes all schools except those which allocate places on the basis of
faith.

Rule 5 Distance: Children who live nearest to the school.

Children not considered under Rule 4 will be considered under Rule 5.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify under
a particular rule than there are places available, a tie break will be used by applying the
next rule to those children.

Return to Index
Tie Break
When there is a need for a tie break where two different addresses are the same distance
from a school, in the case of a block of flats for example, the lower door number will be
deemed nearest as logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there
are two identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will be random. Every
child entered onto the HCC admissions database has an individual random number
assigned, between 1 and 1 million, against each preference school. When there is a need
for a final tie break the random number is used to allocate the place, with the lowest
number given priority.

Continuing Interest
After places have been offered, Hertfordshire County Council will maintain a continuing
interest (waiting) list for all community and voluntary controlled schools. A child’s position
on a CI list will be determined by the admission criteria outlined above and a child’s place
on the list can change as other children join or leave it. The county council will contact
parents/carers if a vacancy becomes available and it can be offered to a child. Continuing
Interest lists will be maintained for every year group until the end of the summer term. To
retain a CI application after this time, parents must make an In Year application.

The Grove Academy will use the same definitions and measuring system as outlined in
Hertfordshire County Council’s admissions literature, “Applying for a school place”

In Year Admissions
The school will remain part of the county council’s coordinated In Year admissions scheme.
Application forms can be accessed via www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions or from the
Customer Service Centre, 0300 123 4043. Parents should return the application form
direct to the County Council (address on the form).

Fair Access
The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit children
under this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Twins
If a twin or multiple birth child is allocated the final place available, the school will also offer
places to the other twin/multiple birth children.

Appeals
At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into their online
application and click on the link 'register an appeal '.For those who did not apply on line,
please contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal
pack.'
For in-year applications parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in the
first instance.

Return to Index
 Hammond Academy

Proposed Admission arrangements for 2019/20

The schools published admission number will be 90 for years 3,4,5 and 6 and 60 for
Nursery Reception year 1 and 2

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained
schools to admit a child with a statement of special educational needs that names their
school. All schools must also admit children with an Education Health and Care Plan
(EHCP) that names the school.

If there are fewer applications than places available, all applicants will be offered a place. If
there are more applications than places available, the criteria outlined below will be used
to allocate places.

Rule 1 Children in care and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangement order
or a special guardianship order)

Rule 2 Medical or Social: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have
a particular medical or social need to go to the school.
A panel of officers will determine whether the evidence provided is
sufficiently compelling to meet the requirements for this rule. The evidence
must relate specifically to the school applied for under Rule 2 and must
clearly demonstrate why it is the only school that can meet the child’s needs.

Rule 3 Sibling: Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school or linked
school at the time of application.
This applies to reception through to Year 5 in infant, junior and primary
schools; and from reception through to Year 3 in first schools; and from Year
5 to Year 7 in middle schools
In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as long as
they will still be in attendance at the time of admission
.
Rule 4 Nearest School: Children for whom it is their nearest
school or academy. This includes all schools except those which allocate
places on the basis of faith.

Rule 5 Distance: Children who live nearest to the school.

Children not considered under Rule 4 will be considered under Rule 5.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify
under a particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by
applying the next rule to those children. Where there is a need for a tie-breaker
where two different addresses measure the same distance from a school, in the
case of a block of flats for example the lower door number will be deemed nearest

Return to Index
 as logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two
identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will be random allocation

Random allocation will be undertaken independently of the school by Hertfordshire

County Council. Every child entered onto the county council’s admissions database
has an individual random number assigned, between 1 and 1 million, against each
preference school. When there is a need for a final tie break this random number is
used to allocate the place, with the lowest number given priority.

Hammond Academy will use the same definitions and measuring system as Hertfordshire
County Council’s as outlined in the “Definitions" section below.

Continuing Interest (Reception places)

After places have been offered, Hertfordshire County Council will maintain the school’s
continuing interest (waiting) list. A child’s position on a CI list will be determined by the
admission criteria outlined above and a child’s place on the list can change as other
children join or leave it. The county council will contact parents/carers if a vacancy
becomes available and it can be offered to a child.
A continuing interest list will be maintained for every year group until the end of the
summer term.

In Year Admissions
The Academy will be responsible for its own in year admissions. Application Forms can be
accessed via www.hammondacademy.org.uk or from Mrs Amanda French on 01442
404020

Fair Access
The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit children
under this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Appeals
At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into their online
application and click on the link 'register an appeal '.For those who did not apply on line,
please contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal
pack.'
For In Year appeals please contact the school in the first instance.

Definitions and Explanatory notes

The following definitions apply to terms used in the admissions criteria:

Children in public care (children looked after):

Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the
School Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission
Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2012. These children will be prioritised under rule 1.
Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special
guardianship order.

A “child looked after” is a child who is

Return to Index
a) in the care of a local authority, or
b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social
services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission
under rule 1.*

Child Arrangements Order - under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014,
which amended section 8 of the Children Act 1989, residence orders have now been
replaced by child arrangements orders which settle the arrangements to be made as to the
person with whom the child is to live

Special guardianship order – under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one
or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian or guardians

Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children
looked after providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised
under Rule 1.

Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the
subject of a child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised
under rule 1. Applications made for these children, with suitable supporting professional
evidence, can be considered under rule 2.

* This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the
School Admissions Code that came into force on 19 December 2014.

Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical or
social need to go to the school:
Rule 2 applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application, unless there
has been a significant and exceptional change of circumstances within the family since the
initial application was submitted.
All schools in Hertfordshire have experience in dealing with children with diverse social
and medical needs. However in a few very exceptional cases, there are reasons why a
child has to go to one specific school.

Few applications under Rule 2 are agreed. All applications are considered individually but
a successful application should include the following:

a. Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only one school can meet a
child’s individual needs, and/or
b. Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making clear why
only one school can meet the child’s needs
c. If the requested school is not the nearest school to the child’s home address clear
reasons why the nearest school is not appropriate
d. For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or disability
makes attendance at only a specific school essential.

Evidence should make clear why only one school is appropriate. Applications under Rule 2
can only be considered when supported by a recent letter from a professional involved

Return to Index
with the child or family, for example a doctor, psychologist or police officer. The supporting
evidence needs to demonstrate why only one named school can meet the social/medical
needs of the child.

Applications for children previously “looked after” but not meeting the specific criteria
outlined Rule 1, may be made under this rule.

Further details on the Rule 2 process can be found in the “Rule 2 protocol” available
at: www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/docs/pdf/admissions/Rule2pross.pdf

Definition of sibling:
A sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister,
child of the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after* and in
every case living permanently** in a placement within the home as part of the family
household from Monday to Friday at the time of this application.

A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts.
If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no sibling
connection available to subsequent children from that family.

*Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship
order or child arrangements order. This definition was amended following a determination
by the
OSA in August 2014.
**A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for
example a child who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked
after child in a respite placement or very short term or bridging foster placement.

Multiple births:
The school will admit over the published admission number when a single twin/multiple
birth child is allocated the last place at a school.

Home address:
The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of
application. ‘At the time of application’ means the closing date for applications.
“Permanent” means that the child has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the
family own the property or have a tenancy agreement for a minimum of 12 months.
The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one
address (for example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child
lives at for the majority of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of
the parent/carer that claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s
main residence. If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative
documentation will be requested. If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should
provide court documentation to evidence the address that should be used for admission
allocation purposes.

Fraudulent applications:
The school, in liaison with Hertfordshire County Council, will do as much as possible to
prevent applications being made from fraudulent addresses. Address evidence is

Return to Index
frequently requested, monitored and checked and school places will be withdrawn when
false information is deliberately provided.
Action will be taken in the following circumstances:
• When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at their
current school;
• When a child lives at a different address to the applicant
• When the applicant does not have parental responsibility

When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or more of the
following applies:
• The family has moved to a property from which their application was less likely to
be successful
• The family has returned to an existing property
• The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time (anything less
than a year) over the application period
• Council tax information shows a different residence at the time of application
• When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from the
address used at the time of application

Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions:

A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used for all home to school distance
measurements for admission allocation purposes. Distances are measured using a
computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the
AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the address point of the
school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the
location of schools and individual residences.

Definition of “nearest school” for primary/junior/middle admissions

The definition of “nearest school” includes all schools and academies (regardless of
status) unless that school or academy prioritises applications and allocates places on the
basis of faith.

Applications from children* from overseas

All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16 years) in England have a right of access to
education. However, where a child is in England for a short period only, for example less
than half a term, it may be reasonable to refuse admission to a school.

*Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or
British Overseas passports), or have a UK passport describing them as a British citizen or
British subject with the right of abode or are European Economic Area nationals normally
have unrestricted entry to the UK.*

An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently overseas
if, for In Year applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in Hertfordshire
within two weeks. In Year allocations are made on the assumption that the child will accept
the school place and be on roll within that timescale.
For the Primary application process applications will not normally be accepted from, nor
places allocated to, an overseas address. The exception to this (for both In Year and
transfer processes) is for children of UK service personnel and crown servants (and from

Return to Index
military families who are residents of countries with a Memorandum of Understanding with
the UK). In these cases HCC will allocate a place in advance of the family arriving in the
area provided the application is accompanied by an official letter that declares a relocation
date and a HCC Unit postal address or quartering area address, for consideration of the
application against oversubscription criteria. If the family already has an established
alternative private address, that address will be used for admission purposes.
The school, in liaison with HCC, will also consider accepting applications from children*
(as defined above) whose family can evidence intent to return to and/or permanently
reside in Hertfordshire prior to the start of the new academic year. These applications, if
accepted, will be processed from the overseas address until sufficient evidence is received
to show the child is permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Evidence must be submitted at
the time of application.

Evidence submitted after the date for late applications can not be taken into account
before National Allocation Day. Decisions on these applications will be made by a panel of
senior officers and communicated with parents within 6 weeks of the closing date for
applications.

If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps because they
are working abroad at the time of application, the Hertfordshire address will not be
accepted for the purposes of admission until the child is resident at that address. Other
children, than those mentioned above, from overseas do not generally have automatic
right of entry to the UK. An application for a school place will not therefore be accepted
until they are permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Proof of residency such as an
endorsed passport or entry visa will be required with the application, in addition to proof of
Hertfordshire address, for example a council tax bill or 12 month rental agreement.

Age of Admission and Deferral of Places

The school’s policy is that children born on and between 1 September 2013 and 31 August
2014 would normally commence primary school in Reception in the academic year
beginning in September 2018. All Hertfordshire infant, first and primary schools provide for
the full-time admission of all children offered a place in the Reception year group from the
September following their fourth birthday. If a parent wants a full-time place for their child
from September (at the school at which a place has been offered) then they are entitled to
that full-time place.

Parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the same academic
year or until the term in which the child reaches compulsory school age. Summer born
children are only able to “defer” entry to Reception class until the beginning of the final
term of the school year for which the offer was made.

Where parents wish, children can attend part-time until they reach compulsory school age.
Any parents wishing to take up a part-time place or deferred entry should contact the
individual school(s) to discuss their child’s requirements.

Reception intake and summer born children

Legally, a child does not have to start school until the start of the term following their
fifth birthday. Guidance issued by the Minister of State for Schools, Nick Gibb on 8
September 2015, has indicated that the government intends to amend the School
Admissions Code to allow summer born children to be admitted to the Reception class at

Return to Index
age 5 if it is line with their parents’ wishes. Summer born children are those born between
1 April 2013 and 31 August 2013. Currently summer born children are expected to start
Reception at the age of 4.

In anticipation of this change to School Admissions Code, which will require public
consultation, the school has amended its policy regarding summer born children. If your
child was born between 1 April and 31 August 2013, and you do not believe they will be
ready to start Reception in the 2017/18 academic year, you may instead make an
application for your child to start Reception in September 2018.

Children Out of Year Group (except applications for reception from summer born)
The school’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct chronological year
group, with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of individual
children. This is in line with DfE guidance* which states that “in general, children should be
educated in their normal age group”.

If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they
should, at the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals
working with the child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal
age appropriate cohort. DfE guidance makes clear that “it is reasonable for admission
authorities to expect parents to provide them with information in support of their request –
since without it they are unlikely to be able to make a decision on the basis of the
circumstances of the case”.

The school’s governing body, as the relevant admission authority, will decide whether the
application will be accepted on the basis of the information submitted. The governors’
decision will be based upon the circumstances of each case including the view of parents,
the headteacher, the child's social, academic and emotional development and whether the
child has been previously educated out of year group. There is no guarantee that an
application will be accepted on this basis. If the application is not accepted this does not
constitute a refusal of a place and there is no right to an independent statutory appeal.
Similarly there is no right of appeal for a place in a specific year group at a school. The
internal management and organisation of a school, including the placement of pupils in
classes, is a matter for the Headteacher and senior leadership of the school.

*Advice on the admission of summer born children” December 2014

Nursery Provision
To apply for a place at Hammond Academy Nursery please contact the school directly.

Parents of children who are admitted to a nursery provision at a school must apply in the
normal way for a place at the school if they want their child to transfer to the reception
class. Attendance at the nursery or co-located children’s centre does not guarantee
admission to the school.

Return to Index


SCHOLARS EDUCATION TRUST

HARPENDEN ACADEMY

POLICY TITLE: ADMISSIONS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2019-2020

STATUS: STATUTORY

ISSUED BY: SET Admissions Committee (Admitting Authority)

DATE ISSUED: November 2017

___________________________________________________________________

Introduction
Thank you for your interest in Harpenden Academy Admissions process.

Harpenden Academy is a co-educational, all ability school for children aged 4-11. The published
admissions number for Reception is 60.

Harpenden Academy complies with the legal requirements of the DfE published Admissions
Code.

Harpenden Academy operates an unbiased admissions process.

Harpenden Academy will form part of Hertfordshire County Council’s Co-ordinated Admissions
process for Reception places until further notice. We will co-ordinate and share data with
Hertfordshire County Council. All applicants must complete the Common Application Form of
their home Local Authority. Hertfordshire residents should apply online to Hertfordshire County.
Families resident in other authorities must complete the form provided by the authority in which
they live. Applicants for Harpenden Academy do not need to complete a Supplementary
Information Form (SIF).

If the School receives more applications than it has places available, the following criteria will be
applied in the order they are printed below.

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained schools
to admit a child with a statement of special educational needs that names their school.
Schools must also admit children with an EHC (Education, Health and Care) Plan that names
the school.

Rule 1
Children looked after and children who were previously looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangement order or a special
guardianship order). Please see notes below for full definition.

Rule 2
Medical or social: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular
medical or social need to go to the Academy. Please see notes below for full definition.

Return to Index


A panel of governors will determine whether the evidence is sufficiently compelling to meet the
requirements for this rule. The evidence must relate specifically to the Academy applied for
under Rule 2 and must clearly demonstrate why it is the only school that can meet the child’s
needs.

Rule 3
Sibling: Children who have a sibling on roll of the Academy at the time of application. Please see
notes below for full definition.

Rule 4
Children of Staff

Rule 5
Nearest School: Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy. All schools, except
those schools that admit pupils on the basis of faith, are included.

Rule 6
Distance: Children who live nearest the Academy. (Straight line system of measurement from a
child’s home address point to the address point of the school will be used for all admission
distances - see below).

Tie-Break
These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify under a
particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by applying the next rule
to those children. Where there is a need for a tie-breaker where two different addresses
measure the same distance from a school, in the case of a block of flats for example the lower
door number will be deemed nearest as logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore
closer. If there are two identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will be random
allocation. Random allocation will be undertaken independently of the school by Hertfordshire
County Council. Every child entered onto the county council’s admissions database has an
individual random number assigned, between 1 and 1 million, against each preference school.
When there is a need for a final tie break this random number is used to allocate the place, with
the lowest number given priority.

NOTES ON THE ADMISSION ARRANGEMENTS

Rule 1: Children looked after and children who were previously looked after, but ceased to be
so because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangement order1 or a special
guardianship order2).

Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the School
Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England)
Regulations 2012. These children will be prioritised under rule 1.

Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special
guardianship order.

A “child looked after” is a child who is
a) in the care of a local authority, or

Return to Index


b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social
services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission
under rule 13.

Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked
after providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under Rule
1.

Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the subject
of a child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised under rule 1.
Applications made for these children, with suitable supporting professional evidence, can be
considered under rule 2.

1. Child Arrangements Order - under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which amended section 8
of the Children Act 1989, residence orders have now been replaced by child arrangements orders which settle the
arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live

2. Special guardianship order – under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more individuals to
be a child’s special guardian or guardians

3. This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the School Admissions Code
that came into force on 19 December 2014.

Rule 2: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical or
social need to go to the Academy.

Rule 2 applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application, unless there has
been a significant and exceptional change of circumstances within the family since the initial
application was submitted.

All schools in Hertfordshire have experience in dealing with children with diverse social and
medical needs. However in a few very exceptional cases, there are reasons why a child has to go
to one specific school.

Few applications under Rule 2 are agreed. All applications are considered individually but a
successful application should include the following:
a) Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only one school can meet a child’s
individual needs, and/or
b) Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making clear why only
one school can meet the child’s needs
c) If the requested school is not the nearest school to the child’s home address clear reasons
why the nearest school is not appropriate
d) For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or disability
makes attendance at only a specific school essential.

Evidence should make clear why only one school is appropriate.

Applications under Rule 2 can only be considered when supported by a recent letter from a
professional involved with the child or family, for example a doctor, psychologist or police
officer. The supporting evidence needs to demonstrate why only one named school can meet
the social/medical needs of the child.

Return to Index


Applications for children previously “looked after” but not meeting the specific criteria outlined
Rule 1, may be made under this rule.

Further details on the Rule 2 process can be found in the “Rule 2 protocol” available at:
https://beta.hertfordshire.gov.uk/media-library/documents/schools-and-
education/admissions/admissions-rule-2-process-document.pdf

Sibling
A sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child
of the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after1 and in every
case living permanently2 in a placement within the home as part of the family household from
Monday to Friday at the time of this application.

A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts or have
been offered and accepted a place
.
If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no sibling
connection available to subsequent children from that family.

1. Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship order or child
arrangements order. This definition was amended following a determination by the OSA in August 2014.

2. A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for example a child who
usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after child in a respite placement or very short
term or bridging foster placement.

Children of Staff
The school will admit a child of a member of staff provided that the member of staff has been
employed at the school for two or more years at the time at which the application for admission
to the school is made or where the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which
there is a demonstrable skill shortage.

For the purposes of satisfying these criteria, a member of staff is defined as a permanent
member of the teaching staff, or a permanent member of the non-teaching staff. This definition
does not include contract staff. This definition does not include peripatetic staff employed by
HCC.

The child must be living permanently with the member of staff.

Twins and Multiple Births
The school will admit over the published admission number when a single twin/multiple birth
child is allocated the last place at a school.

Home Addresses
The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of application.
‘At the time of application’ means the closing date for applications. “Permanent” means that
the child has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the family own the property or have
a tenancy agreement for a minimum of 12 months.

The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one
address (for example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child lives

Return to Index


at for the majority of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of the
parent/carer that claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s main
residence.

If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be
requested.

If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation to
evidence the address that should be used for admission allocation purposes.

If two different applications are received for the same child from the same address, e.g.
containing separate preferences, the application from the parent in receipt of child benefit will
be processed if the applications cannot be reconciled.

Home to School Distance Measurement for Purposes of Admissions
Hertfordshire County Council’s ‘straight line’ distance measurement system is used for all home
to school distance measurements for admission allocation purposes. Distances are measured
using a computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from
the AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the address point of the
school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the location
of schools and individual residences.

Age of Admission and Deferral of Places
Where Harpenden Academy has offered a child a place at the school, we provide for the full-
time admission of that child in the Reception year group from the September following their
fourth birthday. If a parent wants a full-time place for their child from September, then they are
entitled to that full-time place.
Parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the same academic year
or until the term in which the child reaches compulsory school age. Summer born children are
only able to “defer” entry to Reception class until the beginning of the final term of the school
year for which the offer was made.
Where parents wish, children can attend part-time until they reach compulsory school age. Any
parents wishing to take up a part-time place or deferred entry should contact Harpenden
Academy to discuss their child’s requirements.

Summer born children (1st April – 31st August) – Entry to Reception
Legally, a child does not have to start school until the start of the term following their fifth
birthday. If you do not believe your child will be ready to start Reception in the 2019/20
academic year, you may instead make an application for your child to start Reception in
September 2020.
Summer born applications that are delayed for a year (for entry in September 2020) will be
processed in exactly the same way as all other reception applications received at that time;
there is no guarantee that a place will be offered at a child’s preferred school.
If parents wish to delay their application for a Reception place they are advised to discuss their
child’s needs/development with their current early years or nursery provider.

Children Seeking Admission Outside Their Chronological Year Group (except applications for
reception from summer born children)
The school’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct chronological year group,
with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of individual children. This is

Return to Index


in line with DfE guidance* which states that “in general, children should be educated in their
normal age group”.

If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they
should, at the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals
working with the child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal age
appropriate cohort. DfE guidance makes clear that “it is reasonable for admission authorities to
expect parents to provide them with information in support of their request – since without it
they are unlikely to be able to make a decision on the basis of the circumstances of the case”.

The school’s governing body, as the relevant admission authority, will decide whether the
application will be accepted on the basis of the information submitted. The governor’s decision
will be based upon the circumstances of each case including the view of parents, the
headteacher, the child's social, academic and emotional development and whether the child has
been previously educated out of year group. There is no guarantee that an application will be
accepted on this basis. If the application is not accepted this does not constitute a refusal of a
place and there is no right to an independent statutory appeal. Similarly, there is no right of
appeal for a place in a specific year group at a school. The internal management and
organisation of a school, including the placement of pupils in classes, is a matter for the
Headteacher and senior leadership of the school.

Applications from Children1 from Overseas
All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16 years) in England have a right of access to
education. However, where a child is in England for a short period only, for example less than
half a term, it may be reasonable to refuse admission to a school.

An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently overseas if, for
In Year applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in Hertfordshire within two
weeks. In Year allocations are made on the assumption that the child will accept the school
place and be on roll within that timescale.

Applications will not normally be accepted from, nor places allocated to, an overseas address.
The exception to this is for children of UK service personnel and crown servants (and from
military families who are residents of countries with a Memorandum of Understanding with the
UK). In these cases Harpenden Academy will allocate a place in advance of the family arriving in
the area provided the application is accompanied by an official letter that declares a relocation
date and a Unit postal address or quartering area address, for consideration of the application
against oversubscription criteria. Applications will also be considered, and places offered in
advance for these families, if the application is accompanied by an official letter that declares a
relocation date but does not provide a quartering or unit address because the family will be
residing in private accommodation. In these cases, if the family does not already have a
permanent private address in Hertfordshire, the military base or alternative “work” address in
Hertfordshire will be used for allocation purposes. If the family already has an established
alternative private address, that address will be used for admission purposes.

The school, in liaison with HCC, will also consider accepting applications from children1 whose
family can evidence intent to return to and/or permanently reside in Hertfordshire prior to the
start of the new academic year. These applications, if accepted, will be processed from the
overseas address until sufficient evidence is received to show the child is permanently resident
in Hertfordshire. Evidence must be submitted at the time of application.

Return to Index


Evidence submitted after the date for late applications cannot be taken into account before
National Allocation Day. Decisions on these applications will be made by a panel of county
council officers and communicated with parents within 6 weeks of the closing date for
applications.

If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps because they are
working abroad at the time of application, the Hertfordshire address will not be accepted for
the purposes of admission until the child is resident at that address.

Other children, than those mentioned above, from overseas do not generally have automatic
right of entry to the UK. An application for a school place will not therefore be accepted until
they are permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Proof of residency such as an endorsed
passport or entry visa will be required with the application, in addition to proof of Hertfordshire
address, for example a council tax bill or 12 month rental agreement.

1. Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or British Overseas passports), or
have a UK passport describing them as a British citizen or British subject with the right of abode or are European
Economic Area nationals normally have unrestricted entry to the UK.

Arrangements for Admitting Pupils to Other Year Groups, including to replace any Pupils who
have left Harpenden Academy
Any requests for an In Year transfer should be made to the school via the Admissions Officer at
Harpenden Academy.

Harpenden Academy will operate a continuous waiting list.

Allocations to year groups 1-6 will only be made where such allocation does not take the year
group above the published admissions number (or alternatively agreed for a specific year group
by the Board of Governors). Applications will be considered using the same criteria as used of
Reception applicants where there are more applicants than spaces available.

Harpenden Academy will hold, if required, a waiting list – throughout the year. For each added
child, Harpenden Academy will re-rank the list again in line with the Over-subscriptions Policy in
this document and award a space as soon as one becomes available. In the event that multiple
applicants wish to start in future terms (e.g. applications made in September for a January start),
offers will be made 2 weeks before the end of each preceding term (e.g. December).

Priority will not be based on the date the application was received or the name was added to
the list.

Repeat Applications
Unless there are significant and material changes in the circumstances of the parent’s
application for their child or the academy, the governors will not consider a repeat application
in the same academic year.

Appeals
All unsuccessful applicants have the right to appeal to an independent panel for a place to be
made available for their child. Hertfordshire parents wishing to appeal, who applied on line,
should log on to their online application and click on the link ‘’register an appeal‘’. If application
was not made using Hertfordshire’s on line application system parents should contact the
Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal pack.

Return to Index


For in-year applications parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in the first
instance.

Late Applications
Any online or paper application received after the statutory deadline, 15th January 2019, will be
treated as a late application. Late applications are not dealt with until all on-time applications
have been considered. You are much less likely to be offered a place at one of your preferred
schools if you apply late. If there are exceptional circumstances why you were unable to make
your application by the closing date, you should contact your Local Authority giving your
reasons and supplying support evidence where appropriate.

Fair Access
The school participates in the County Council’s Fair Access Protocol and will admit children
under this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Timescales
Closing date for online applications to be submitted to Herts CC 15th January 2019
Statutory deadline for receipt of paper applications 15th January 2019
National Allocation Day 18th April 2019
Date by which parents/carers may accept or reject place offered 2nd May 2019
Date by which parents/carers return appeal forms 21st May 2019

þ Equalities impact assessment considered.

Return to Index
         Briars Lane, Hatfield, Hertfordshire AL10 8ES 
 Email: office@hcfs.org.uk     Telephone: 01707276018      Website: www.hcfs.org.uk 
Principal: Dr Sue Attard    Vice Principal: Miss Aimee De La Salle       Chair of Governors: Mrs Martine Archer 

Proposed admission arrangements for 2019/20 for Hatfield Community Free Schools
The school will continue to have a published admission number of 60.
Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all schools to admit a
child with a statement of special educational needs that names their school. All schools must
also admit children with an Education Health and Care Plan (EHCP) that names the school.
If there are fewer applications than places available, all applicants will be offered a place. If
there are more applications than places available, the criteria outlined below will be used to
allocate places.

Rule 1 Children in care and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangement order or
a special guardianship order)
Rule 2 Medical or Social: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a
particular medical or social need to go to the school.
A panel of governors will determine whether the evidence provided is
sufficiently compelling to meet the requirements for this rule. The evidence
must relate specifically to the school applied for under Rule 2 and must clearly
demonstrate why it is the only school that can meet the child’s needs.
Rule 3 Sibling: Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school at the time of
application. This applies to reception through to Year 5
In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as long as
they will still be in attendance at the time of admission.
Rule 4 Children of Staff: where (a) the member of staff has been employed at the
school for two or more years at the time at which the application for admission
to the school is made, and/or (b) the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant
post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage.
Rule 5 Nearest School: Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy.
This includes all schools except those which allocate places on the basis of faith.

Rule 6 Distance: Children who live nearest to the school.

Children not considered under Rule 5 will be considered under Rule 6.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify under a
particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by applying the next
rule to those children. Where there is a need for a tie-breaker where two different addresses
measure the same distance from a school, in the case of a block of flats for example the
lower door number will be deemed nearest as logically this will be on the ground floor and

Hatfield Community Free school Trust is committed to safeguarding and promoting the welfare of children and young 
  people and expects all staff, parents, volunteers, visitors and contractors to share this commitment. 
The HCFS is a company limited by Guarantee Registration number 07648654 26 May 2011.
Return to Index
therefore closer. If there are two identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will
be random allocation

Random allocation will be undertaken independently of the school by Hertfordshire County

Council. Every child entered onto the county council’s admissions database has an individual
random number assigned, between 1 and 1 million, against each preference school. When
there is a need for a final tie break this random number is used to allocate the place, with the
lowest number given priority.

Hatfield Community Free School will use the same definitions and measuring system as
Hertfordshire County Council’s as outlined in the “Definitions" section below.

Continuing Interest (Reception places)

After places have been offered, Hertfordshire County Council will maintain the school’s
continuing interest (CI) - waiting list. A child’s position on a CI list will be determined by the
admission criteria outlined above and a child’s place on the list can change as other children
join or leave it. The county council will contact parents/carers if a vacancy becomes available
and it can be offered to a child.

A continuing interest list will be maintained for every year group until the end of the summer
term.

In Year Admissions

The school will remain part of the county council’s coordinated In Year admissions scheme.
Application forms can be accessed via:
http://www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/services/edlearn/admissions/ or from the Customer Service
Centre, 0300 123 4043. Parents should return the application form direct to the County
Council (address on the form).

Fair Access

The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit children
under this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Appeals

At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into their online
application and click on the link 'register an appeal '.For those who did not apply on line,
please contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal pack.'

For In Year appeals please contact the school in the first instance.
Definitions and Explanatory notes

The following definitions apply to terms used in the admissions criteria:

Children in public care (children looked after): Places are allocated to children in public
care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the School Admissions (Admission Arrangements
and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2012. These children

Return to Index
will be prioritised under rule 1. Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked
after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted, or became subject to a child
arrangements order or a special guardianship order.

A “child looked after” is a child who is:

a) in the care of a local authority, or

b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social
services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission
under rule 1.*

Child Arrangements Order - under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014,
which amended section 8 of the Children Act 1989, residence orders have now been
replaced by child arrangements orders which settle the arrangements to be made as to the
person with whom the child is to live

Special guardianship order – under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or
more individuals to be a child’s special guardian or guardians

Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked
after providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under Rule
1.

Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the subject
of a child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised under rule
1. Applications made for these children, with suitable supporting professional evidence, can
be considered under rule 2.

* This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the
School Admissions Code that came into force on 19 December 2014.

Rule 2: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical
or social need to go to the school: Rule 2 applications will only be considered at the time
of the initial application, unless there has been a significant and exceptional change of
circumstances within the family since the initial application was submitted.

All schools in Hertfordshire have experience in dealing with children with diverse social and
medical needs. However in a few very exceptional cases, there are reasons why a child has
to go to one specific school.

Few applications under Rule 2 are agreed. All applications are considered individually but a
successful application should include the following:

a) Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only one school can meet a child’s
individual needs, and/or

Return to Index
b) Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making clear why
only one school can meet the child’s needs
c) If the requested school is not the nearest school to the child’s home address clear reasons
why the nearest school is not appropriate
d) for medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or disability
makes attendance at only a specific school essential.

Evidence should make clear why only one school is appropriate. Applications under Rule 2
can only be considered when supported by a recent letter from a professional involved with
the child or family, for example a doctor, psychologist or police officer. The supporting
evidence needs to demonstrate why only one named school can meet the social/medical
needs of the child.

Applications for children previously “looked after” but not meeting the specific criteria outlined
Rule 1, may be made under this rule.

Further details on the Rule 2 process can be found in the “Rule 2 protocol” available at:
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/docs/pdf/admissions/Rule2pross.pdf

Definition of sibling:
A sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister,
child of the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after* and in
every case living permanently** in a placement within the home as part of the family
household from Monday to Friday at the time of this application.

A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts.
If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no sibling
connection available to subsequent children from that family.

*Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship
order or child arrangements order. This definition was amended following a determination by
the OSA in August 2014.
**A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for
example a child who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked
after child in a respite placement or very short term or bridging foster placement.

Multiple births:
The school will admit over the published admission number when a single twin/multiple birth
child is allocated the last place at a school.

Home address:
The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of
application. ‘At the time of application’ means the closing date for applications. “Permanent”
means that the child has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the family own the
property or have a tenancy agreement for a minimum of 12 months.

The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one
address (for example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child
lives at for the majority of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of
the parent/carer that claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s
main residence. If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative

Return to Index
documentation will be requested. If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should
provide court documentation to evidence the address that should be used for admission
allocation purposes.

Fraudulent applications:
The school, in liaison with Hertfordshire County Council, will do as much as possible to
prevent applications being made from fraudulent addresses. Address evidence is
frequently requested, monitored and checked and school places will be withdrawn when false
information is deliberately provided.
Action will be taken in the following circumstances:
 When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at their
current school;
 When a child lives at a different address to the applicant
 When the applicant does not have parental responsibility

When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or more of the
following applies:
 The family has moved to a property from which their application was less likely to be
successful
 The family has returned to an existing property
 The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time (anything less than
a year) over the application period
 Council tax information shows a different residence at the time of application
 When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from the
address used at the time of application

Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions:

A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used for all home to school distance measurements
for admission allocation purposes. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping
system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium
address point of your child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium
data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the location of schools and individual
residences.

Rule 5: Definition of “nearest school”

The definition of “nearest school” under Rule 5 includes any school or academy.
This includes all schools except those which allocate places on the basis of faith.

Applications from children* from overseas

All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16 years) in England have a right of access to
education. However, where a child is in England for a short period only, for example less than
half a term, it may be reasonable to refuse admission to a school.

*Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or British
Overseas passports), or have a UK passport describing them as a British citizen or British
subject with the right of abode or are European Economic Area nationals normally have
unrestricted entry to the UK.*

An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently overseas if,
for In Year applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in Hertfordshire within
two weeks. In Year allocations are made on the assumption that the child will accept the
school place and be on roll within that timescale.

Return to Index
For the Primary application process applications will not normally be accepted from, nor
places allocated to, an overseas address. The exception to this (for both In Year and transfer
processes) is for children of UK service personnel and crown servants (and from military
families who are residents of countries with a Memorandum of Understanding with the UK).
In these cases HCC will allocate a place in advance of the family arriving in the
area provided the application is accompanied by an official letter that declares a relocation
date and a HCC Unit postal address or quartering area address, for consideration of the
application against oversubscription criteria. If the family already has an established
alternative private address, that address will be used for admission purposes.
The school, in liaison with HCC, will also consider accepting applications from children* (as
defined above) whose family can evidence intent to return to and/or permanently reside in
Hertfordshire prior to the start of the new academic year. These applications, if accepted, will
be processed from the overseas address until sufficient evidence is received to show the
child is permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Evidence must be submitted at the time of
application.

Evidence submitted after the date for late applications cannot be taken into account before
National Allocation Day. Decisions on these applications will be made by a panel of senior
officers and communicated with parents within 6 weeks of the closing date for applications.

If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps because they
are working abroad at the time of application, the Hertfordshire address will not be accepted
for the purposes of admission until the child is resident at that address. Other children, than
those mentioned above, from overseas do not generally have automatic right of entry to the
UK. An application for a school place will not therefore be accepted until they are
permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Proof of residency such as an endorsed passport or
entry visa will be required with the application, in addition to proof of Hertfordshire address,
for example a council tax bill or 12 month rental agreement.

Age of Admission and Deferral of Places

The school’s policy is that children born on and between 1 September 2014 and 31 August
2015 would normally commence primary school in Reception in the academic year beginning
in September 2016. All Hertfordshire infant, first and primary schools provide for the full-time
admission of all children offered a place in the Reception year group from the
September following their fourth birthday. If a parent wants a full-time place for their child
from September (at the school at which a place has been offered) then they are entitled to
that full-time place.

Parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the same academic
year or until the term in which the child reaches compulsory school age. Summer born
children are only able to “defer” entry to Reception class until the beginning of the final term
of the school year for which the offer was made.

Where parents wish, children can attend part-time until they reach compulsory school age.
Any parents wishing to take up a part-time place or deferred entry should contact the
individual school(s) to discuss their child’s requirements.

Reception intake and summer born children

Legally, a child does not have to start school until the start of the term following their
fifth birthday. Guidance issued by the Minister of State for Schools, Nick Gibb on 8 September
2015, has indicated that the government intends to amend the School Admissions Code to

Return to Index
allow summer born children to be admitted to the Reception class at age 5 if it is line with their
parents’ wishes. Summer born children are those born between 1 April 2014 and 31 August
2015. Currently summer born children are expected to start Reception at the age of 4.

In anticipation of this change to School Admissions Code, which will require public
consultation, the school has amended its policy regarding summer born children. If
your child was born between 1 April and 31 August 2013, and you do not believe
they will be ready to start Reception in the 2017/18 academic year, you may instead
make an application for your child to start Reception in September 2018.

Children Out of Year Group (except applications for reception from summer born)
The school’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct chronological year
group, with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of individual
children. This is in line with DfE guidance* which states that “in general, children should be
educated in their normal age group”.

If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they
should, at the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals
working with the child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal
age appropriate cohort. DfE guidance makes clear that “it is reasonable for admission
authorities to expect parents to provide them with information in support of their request –
since without it they are unlikely to be able to make a decision on the basis of the
circumstances of the case”.

The school’s governing body, as the relevant admission authority, will decide whether the
application will be accepted on the basis of the information submitted. The governors’
decision will be based upon the circumstances of each case including the view of parents,
the headteacher, the child's social, academic and emotional development and whether the
child has been previously educated out of year group. There is no guarantee that an
application will be accepted on this basis. If the application is not accepted this does not
constitute a refusal of a place and there is no right to an independent statutory appeal.
Similarly, there is no right of appeal for a place in a specific year group at a school. The
internal management and organisation of a school, including the placement of pupils in
classes, is a matter for the headteacher and senior leadership of the school.

*Advice on the admission of summer born children” December 2014

Nursery Provision
The admission arrangements detailed in this document do not apply for those being admitted
into any nursery or pre-school provision. The current arrangements for nursery and pre-
school provision at Hatfield Community Free School is through Squirrels Nurseries who can
be contacted at info@squirrelsnurseries.co.uk . Children who attend Squirrels nursery are not
guaranteed a place in the school.

Parents of children who are admitted to a nursery provision at a school must apply in the
normal way for a place at the school if they want their child to transfer to the reception class.
Attendance at the nursery or co-located children’s centre does not guarantee admission to
the school.

November 2017 

Return to Index
 The Hertfordshire & Essex High School and Science College
Admissions Arrangements for entry to Year 7 in September 2019
The Hertfordshire & Essex High School is an all ability single sex school for girls aged 11-16, with a co-
educational sixth form admitting girls and boys at 16. The number to be admitted to Year 7 in September 2019 is
180.
The Governors welcome applications from girls wishing to take advantage of the wide range of curricular and
extra-curricular opportunities, particularly in the areas of Science and Leadership (our specialisms), at this High
Performing Specialist School. A high moral code, strong discipline and high expectations are the core of the
school’s ethos, and it is expected that parents/carers wishing to send their daughters to this school will wish to
support this fully. Students will be expected to accept and adopt high standards of behaviour, and adherence to
uniform and homework regulations; parents/carers are expected to support the school in ensuring their child’s
compliance.
A Secondary Transfer Form must be submitted by Hertfordshire residents to the Local Authority by the closing
date, 31 October 2018. Residents outside Hertfordshire should comply with their own local authority’s
arrangements in respect of completing this form.
Parents/carers should also complete the school’s Supplementary Information Form (SIF) (available from the
Headteacher at the school: 01279 654127, on our website: http://www.hertsandessex.herts.sch.uk/entry-to-year-
7/10847.html, or via e-mail: admin@hertsandessex.herts.sch.uk) by the closing date, 31 October 2018 but by
Friday 5 October 2018 if you wish your daughter to take the music and/or sporting aptitude tests on
Saturday 13 October 2018. If a SIF is not completed, the Governing Body will apply its admission
arrangements using the information submitted on the secondary school application form submitted to the
relevant local authority only, which may result in your application being given a lower priority.
The Hertfordshire & Essex High School and its Governing Body are committed to ensuring
consistency of treatment and fairness and will abide by all relevant equality legislation.
Girls who have a statement of special educational needs, or an Education, Health and Care (EHC) Plan naming
the school will be admitted.
Oversubscription: When applications for admission exceed the number of places available the following criteria
will be applied, in the order set out below, to decide which students to admit.
90% of allocations will be made using criteria 1 to 6. 10% of allocations will be reserved for applicants taking the
aptitude tests under criterion 7.
1 Children Looked After and those Previously Looked After. A Child Looked After is a) in the care of a local
authority, or b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of its social
services functions (see the definition in Section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989) at the time of making an
application to school. Previously Looked After Children are children who were looked after, but ceased to
be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order or special
guardianship order). Previously Looked After Children will include children in the process of being placed
for adoption, providing a Placement Order exists.
2 Girls with a sibling* at the school at the time of application, unless the sibling is in the last year of the
normal age-range of the school (ie Year 13).
* A sibling is defined as a brother or sister, a half brother or sister, an adopted brother or sister, a foster
brother or sister or child looked after– or previously looked after – or the child of a parent/carer or partner
living at the same address, and in every case living there from Monday to Friday in term-time. NB At
secondary transfer the twin, or multiple birth sibling, of any child allocated a place would be admitted.
3 Daughters** of a parent who works for Herts & Essex Multi-Academy Trust as a teacher, administrator or
member of the support staff and who will have been directly employed by the Trust on contract for a
continuous period of two or more years at the date of application; or of a parent who has been recruited
to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable shortage.
** A daughter is defined as a child, by birth or adoption, of a member of staff; or a child, by birth or
adoption, of a wife/husband/partner of a member of staff, living at the member of staff’s home from
Monday to Friday during term-time; or a child for whom child benefit is paid to a member of staff.
Excellence for All

Return to Index
 4 Girls on roll in Year 6 at Manor Fields School at the date of application (31 October 2018) and continuing
at the school throughout Year 6.
. 5 87% of places remaining after allocations under criteria 1 - 4 (of the 90% available under criteria 1 – 6)
will be allocated to the following groups of schools:
a) All Saints, Summercroft and Thorn Grove
b) St Joseph’s, St Michael’s, Thorley Hill and Windhill21
c) Northgate and Richard Whittington
d) Hillmead
e) Little Hallingbury and Spellbrook
f) Albury, Furneux Pelham, Little Hadham and St Andrew’s (Much Hadham)*
In the case of over-subscription under either 5 a), 5 b), 5 c), 5 d), 5 e) or 5 f), the number of places
assigned to each group will be in proportion to the number of applicants remaining in each group at any
point during the co-ordinated admissions process prior to allocation day as in the example below (nb
numbers will vary). There are 162 places available for criteria 1 – 6 in all (ie 90% of the overall allocation
of 180 places). This example assumes that 59 places have been allocated under criteria 1 to 4. This
leaves 103 places available for criteria 5 and 6 – 87% for criterion 5 (90 places) and 13% for criterion 6
(13 places). The 90 criterion 5 places are then allocated as follows:
Group Number of remaining applicants Number of places allocated
Group a 56 28
Group b 48 24
Group c 26 13
Group d 24 12
Group e 8 4
Group f 18 9
Totals 180 90
Priority for the places assigned to each group of schools will be given to the girls from that group who live
nearest* to The Hertfordshire & Essex High School.
In the case of undersubscription in any of the above groups, at any point in the admissions process, any
places falling vacant will be given to the students in any of the other groups 5 a – e who live nearest* to
The Hertfordshire & Essex High School.
From the national allocation day, 1 March 2019, all applicants in groups 5 a – e will be considered as a
group should places need to be allocated under this criterion, with priority being given to those who live
closest to the school.
6 13% of further places (criteria 1 – 6) will be allocated to any other applicants.
In the case of over-subscription under criterion 6 priority will be given to the girls who live nearest* to The
Hertfordshire & Essex High School.
* When measuring distances under criteria 5 and 6, the home to school distance will be measured using
a ‘straight line’ distance measured using a computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The
measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the address
point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the
location of schools and individual residences.
In the event of a tie-break (not including multiple-birth siblings at the same address, who would be
admitted) a random allocation, independently verified, would be made.
7 For applicants who have not been allocated a place under criteria 1 – 6, up to 5% of the places (9) will be
allocated to girls with a proven aptitude in music and up to 5% (9) to girls with a proven aptitude in sport.
This is in line with the school's long tradition of excellence in these areas. Aptitude in these areas will be
assessed by tests to be taken by applicants on Saturday 13 October 2018. The tests have been devised
to be taken by children whether or not they have had experience of, or formal training in, either music or
sport. More detailed information about the tests is available from the school on request. If fewer than 5%
of students qualify to be admitted under either proven aptitude in music or in sport, then the percentage
admitted under the other category could be increased above 5% correspondingly. For example, if 2%
were to qualify in one of these categories, then up to 8% could be admitted from the other.
The school will seek to maintain this 10% balance in each year group; if a child originally admitted under
criterion 6 subsequently leaves, the school retains the right to admit a child under the casual admissions
process using this criterion.
In the event of a tie-break under criterion 7, the place will be allocated to the student who lives closest to
Herts & Essex, using the measuring system described above.
SWC/AM/MAC/ADMISSIONS/SEC TRANSFER ADMISSIONS ARRANGEMENTS ENTRY 2019/APRIL 2017
Excellence for All

Return to Index
 The Hertfordshire & Essex High School and Science College

Arrangements for In-Year Admissions to the school from

September 2019 to July 2020
The Hertfordshire & Essex High School is an all ability single sex school for girls aged 11-16, with
a co-educational sixth form admitting girls and boys at 16. The published admission number for
each of Years 7, 8, 9 and 10 is 180. The published admission number for Year 11 is 160.
The Governors welcome applications from girls wishing to take advantage of the wide range of
curricular and extra-curricular opportunities, particularly in the areas of Science and Leadership
(our specialisms), at this High Performing Specialist School. A high moral code, strong discipline
and high expectations, are the core of the school’s ethos, and it is expected that parents wishing
to send their daughters to this school will wish to support this fully. Students will be expected to
accept and adopt high standards of behaviour, and adherence to uniform and homework
regulations; parents/carers are expected to support the school in ensuring their child’s compliance.
Continuing interest lists for each year group will be retained by the school to which the following
oversubscription criteria will apply when a vacancy arises.
Oversubscription: Where the school is full, or when applications for admission exceed the
number of places available the following criteria will be applied, in the order set out below, to
decide which students to admit. In the case of oversubscription under criteria 1, 2, 3 or 4, or
where applicants under the sports or musical aptitude tests (see note below) have obtained the
same scores, criterion 5 will be used as a tie-breaker. In the event of a tie-break under criterion 5
(not including multiple-birth siblings at the same address, who would be admitted) a random
allocation will be made.
Applicants will need to complete the school’s In-Year Application Form (available on our website
http://www.hertsandessex.herts.sch.uk/inyear-admissions/11496.html or by ringing 01279
654127).
Girls who have a statement of special educational needs or an Education, Health and Care (EHC)
Plan naming the school will be admitted.
1 Children Looked After and those Previously Looked After. A Child Looked After is a) in the
care of a local authority, or b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the
exercise of its social services functions (see the definition in Section 22(1) of the Children
Act 1989) at the time of making an application to school. Previously Looked After Children
are children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or
became subject to a child arrangements order or special guardianship order). Previously
Looked After Children will include children in the process of being placed for adoption,
providing a Placement Order exists.

2 Girls with a sibling* on roll (ie with an attendance record of at least one day) at the school,
unless the sibling is in the last year of the normal age-range of the school (ie Year 13).
* A sibling is defined as a brother or sister, a half brother or sister, an adopted brother or
sister, a foster brother or sister or looked after child – or previously looked after – or the
child of a parent/carer or partner living at the same address, and in every case living there
from Monday to Friday in term-time.
Return to Index
 3 Daughters** of a parent who works at the school as a teacher, administrator or member of
the support staff and who will have been directly employed by the school on contract for a
continuous period of two or more years at the date of application; or of a parent who has
been recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable shortage.
** A daughter is defined as a child, by birth or adoption, of a member of staff; or a child, by
birth or adoption, of a wife/husband/partner of a member of staff living at the member of
staff’s home from Monday to Friday during term-time; or a child for whom child benefit is
paid to a member of staff.
4 In the event of a place originally allocated under either the sports or the musical aptitude
test falling vacant, the school retains the right to admit a child under the in-year admissions
process using this criterion, as follows:
Up to 5% of places (8 or 9) will be allocated to girls with a proven aptitude in music and up
to 5% (8 or 9) to girls with a proven aptitude in sport. This is in line with the school's long
tradition of excellence in these areas. Aptitude in these areas will be assessed by tests.
The tests have been devised to be taken by children whether or not they have had
experience of, or formal training in, either music or sport. More detailed information about
the tests is available from the school on request. If fewer than 5% of students qualify to be
admitted under either proven aptitude in music or in sport, then the percentage admitted
under the other category could be increased above 5% correspondingly. For example, if
2% were to qualify in one of these categories, then up to 8% could be admitted from the
other.
5 Priority for any further places will be given to the girls who live nearest* to The Hertfordshire
& Essex High School.
* When measuring distances under criteria 4 and 5, the home to school distance will be
measured using a ‘straight line’ distance measured using a computerised mapping system
to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address
point of your child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data
is a nationally recognised method of identifying the location of schools and individual
residences.
In the event of a tie-break (not including multiple-birth siblings at the same address, who
would be admitted) a random allocation, independently verified, would be made.
Notes:
The school will always consider applications made under Hertfordshire’s Fair Access Protocol,
under which girls who qualify can be admitted above the published admission number, and above
girls on the continuing interest lists.
The school will advise Hertfordshire Local Authority of applications made to the school and the
outcomes of those applications.
The school will publish details of admissions and of the appeals procedures each year on its
website. It will establish independent arrangements for appeals, currently administered by
Hertfordshire Local Authority, against non-admission. Applicants cannot normally apply for a
place more than once in an academic year except where exceptional circumstances exist. If you
wish to consider lodging an appeal, contact the school in the first instance.
If you would like to view our policies on a range of topics relating to the education your daughter
would receive at Herts & Essex, please visit our website www.hertsandessex.herts.sch.uk, where
they can be found at: http://www.hertsandessex.herts.sch.uk/school-policies/10871.html
AM/MAC/ADM/IN-YEAR ADMISSION CRITERIA FROM SEPT 19 - 20

Return to Index
 APPLICATION FORM FOR IN-YEAR ADMISSION
2019/2020
The Hertfordshire & Essex High School and Science College
Please complete this form and return to the Admissions Officer at the school.

If your daughter/ward has a statement of special educational needs or an Education, Health and Care
(EHC) Plan, naming the school; or is a child looked after, or was a child looked after but ceased to be
so because she was adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order or special
guardianship order), please attach any relevant documentation.

 Daughter's surname (block capitals please) ..............................................................................................

 Daughter's forenames (block capitals please) .........................................................................................

 Daughter's permanent address(es)* ...................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................…… Post Code ............................

 Daughter's date of birth ....................................................................

 Current school .................................................................................................................................

 Current year group …................................................

 Full name of parent/carer ……...........................................................................................................

 Has this parent/carer worked at the school on contract for more than 2 years? …….......

 Daytime contact number ....................................................................

 Home telephone number ....................................................................

 Name of brother or sister currently at the school (if applicable) ………………………………………………

* A permanent address is one where either:

a) a child resides currently with a parent or guardian in the family’s sole home,
b) a child resides currently with a parent for part of the school week in his/her sole home,
c) contracts have been exchanged on a property to be the family’s sole home,
d) a lease has been taken out on a property to be the family’s sole home or
e) the parent with whom a child normally resides is on the electoral role.
In the case of c or d, please supply a copy of the contract or lease, or a solicitor’s letter of confirmation.

Should a place become available under the musical or sporting aptitude criterion, would you like your daughter
to take the relevant test to be considered for admission:

Music Sport (Please tick which test(s) you would wish your daughter

to sit in these circumstances.)

To the best of my knowledge, the information given by me in connection with this application is correct.

Signed ..................................................................... (Parent/Carer) Date .........................

SWC/AM/MAC/ADM/In-Year Admission Form/April 2017

Return to Index
 The Hertfordshire & Essex High School and Science College
Notes on completion of the Supplementary Information Form:

 The school is part of Hertfordshire County Council’s co-ordinated admissions scheme.

 Please complete the Supplementary Information Form (SIF) and return it to the Admissions Officer
at the school, no later than 31 October 2018, but by Friday 5 October 2018 if you wish your
daughter to take the music and/or sporting aptitude tests on Saturday 13 October 2018. If
you wish us to acknowledge receipt of your supplementary information form by post, please
enclose a stamped addressed envelope.

 Please make sure you have read the document entitled ‘Admission Arrangements for Entry
September 2019’, which provide the over-subscription selection criteria. The questions on the front
page of the SIF relate to that document. You may apply under as many criteria as are applicable.
Please use this form and avoid a general covering parental letter.

 You must also fill in a secondary school application form for the county in which you are
resident. In most cases this can be done on-line. The county in which you are resident is the
county to which you pay your council tax. No application can be considered without this form
for the county in which you are resident also having been completed.

 If you are a Hertfordshire resident and have not yet made an application, you can apply on-line at
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions. If you are not able to apply on-line, you can contact the
Admissions and Transport department of Children’s Services via 0300 123 4043; they will be able
to help you.

 If you are an Essex resident and have not yet made an application, you can ring 0845 603 7627
and ask for the Secondary Education in Essex booklet which will include the relevant form.

 If you are a resident in any other area you must still apply via your home county, but you might find
it helpful to ring Ann MacRae, the Admissions Officer at the school, for further advice.

 If your family is in the process of moving house, your new address will not be considered until a
move into the area has actually taken place, or proof of future residence is provided (eg a solicitor’s
letter confirming exchange of contracts on a purchase) to your Local Authority. New addresses will
only be considered up to ?? December 2018.

 If you wish your daughter to be educated outside her chronological age group you should write a
letter, addressed to the Chair of Admissions Committee, at the time of application, giving reasons
for your request.

 If your daughter has a statement of special educational needs or an education, health and care
plan naming The Hertfordshire & Essex High School, please ensure that contact has been made
with the school through the process of statement or education, health and care plan review.

Notes relating to particular criteria:

1 If you are applying under criterion 1, the Local Authority in which you live will confirm your
eligibility under this criterion.

2 & 3 We shall confirm eligibility under these criteria using current student and employment
records.

4 We shall confirm applications against Manor Fields’ admissions register.

Excellence for All Return to Index

 The Hertfordshire & Essex High School and Science College
5 & 6 The Local Authority in which you live will check and confirm your permanent address ie the child
has lived at the address for at least a year and/or the family owns the property or have a tenancy
agreement for a minimum of 12 months on the family’s only home.

7 The Musical Aptitude Test will be taken at 9.00 am on Saturday 13 October. The Sports Aptitude
Test will be taken at 10.15 am on Saturday Saturday 13 October at the school. Parents/carers will
be advised of the venue for the musical aptitude test, and of further information relating to both
tests by e-mail by the end of Thursday 11 October. If you do not receive this information, you must
contact the school by midday on Friday 12 October so that the school can get the information to
you in time. Parents/carers will be advised of the results of these tests, at the latest, by 23
October. It is expected that girls applying for a place under criterion 7 would wish to participate
fully in the musical and/or sporting life of the school. See separate sheets on our website for
further information about the tests.

Failure to gain a place at The Hertfordshire & Essex High School

 180 places will be offered by applying the school’s admission arrangements. If you fail to gain a
place at the school for your daughter, your Local Authority will offer you a place at another school.
 Any places falling vacant up until 31 August 2019 will be allocated via the Local Authority co-
ordinated system. Thereafter, the school will manage its own in-year admission arrangements, in
line with legislation. Information about in-year admissions can be found on our website:
http://www.hertsandessex.herts.sch.uk/inyear-admissions/11496.html or by calling the school.
 Should your application be unsuccessful, new information can be considered from the date of the
second continuing interest run, likely to be in April 2019. Such information will inform any
subsequent allocations made. In the event of an applicant who has been offered a place at the
school turning the place down, the place will be offered to the next eligible applicant on the
continuing interest list, according to the admission arrangements, up until 31 August 2019.
Applicants who ranked Herts & Essex more highly than the school allocated will automatically
appear on that list; anyone else wishing to join the list will need to contact their Local Authority.
 Children who are the subject of a direction by a local authority to admit or who are allocated to a
school in accordance with the locally agreed Fair Access Protocol will take precedence over others
on the Continuing Interest List.
 You only have the right to appeal if you have been refused a place upon application. Hertfordshire
parents wishing to appeal, who applied online, should log into their online application and click on
the link “register an appeal”. It the application was not made using the Hertfordshire online system,
parents should contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal pack.

Please also note the following:

 If English is not your first language and you have difficulty completing this form, please contact the
school for guidance.
 You may advise us of a change of address in line with the HCC’s co-ordinated scheme, provided
the secondary application form has been received by your Local Authority by the relevant date (see
individual Local Authority information packs). The new address will be the one to be considered, if
applicable, under criteria 5 and 6.
 Please notify the school of any change of address or e-mail address to ensure that any
correspondence from the school is received promptly.
 Where an offer of a place is made and parents do not notify the Local Authority of their intentions in
respect of that place, the offer will be withdrawn within a timescale set out in a warning letter sent
to the relevant parents.
 If returning forms via royal mail please ensure that the correct postage (eg a large stamp for an
A4 envelope) is used as we are unable to collect or pay for items which have been underpaid.
 Please note: offers may be withdrawn if it is discovered that false information has been provided.
 If you would like to view our policies on a range of topics relating to the education your daughter
would receive at Herts & Essex, please visit our website www.hertsandessex.herts.sch.uk, where
they can be found at: http://www.hertsandessex.herts.sch.uk/school-policies/10871.html
SWC/AM/MAC/ADMISSIONS/NOTES ON COMPLETION OF SIF ENTRY 2017/APRIL 17

Excellence for All Return to Index

 App No Ack Statement LAC Sib MoS Music Sport

The Hertfordshire & Essex High School and Science College

Excellence for All Headteacher: Cathy Tooze MEd (Cantab)
Warwick Road Bishop’s Stortford Hertfordshire CM23 5NJ
  

Tel: 01279 654127 Fax: 01279 508810 e-mail: admin@hertsandessex.herts.sch.uk

website: www.hertsandessex.herts.sch.uk VLE: https://vle.hertsandessex.herts.sch.uk

Supplementary Information Form (SIF) for applicants to Year 7 in September 2019

Please provide the information requested below:
 Daughter’s surname (block capitals please) ................................................................................................

 Daughter's forenames (block capitals please) ................................................................................................

 Daughter's permanent address(es) .............................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................…… Post Code .....................................

 Home telephone number .......................................................................

 Daughter's date of birth .........................................................................

 Current school ................................................................................................................................................

 Parent/carer (block capitals please):

Title: …….….. First Name: ................................................... Surname: ............................................................
Relationship to child: ………………………………………………………..…….

 Daytime contact number: ...........................................................................

 e-mail address: ..........................................................@................................................................................

Does your daughter have a statement of special educational needs Yes No

or Education, Health and Care (EHC) Plan which names the school?

Application of the admission arrangements:

1 Is/was your daughter in public care? Yes c No

2 Name of sister/brother attending the school at the time of application in Years 7 - 12:
.......................................................................................................... Form in 2018/2019 .................

3 Name of parent employed directly by Herts & Essex Multi-Academy Trust for two years or more at the time
of application: .................................................................................................................................................

4 Is your daughter currently on roll in Year 6 at Manor Fields School? Yes No

5 and 6 All applicants not allocated a place under criteria 1, 2, 3 or 4 are automatically considered under
either criterion 5 or 6, as appropriate.

6 If you wish your daughter to take the aptitude test(s) for music and/or sport,
please tick in the appropriate box(es): Music Sport

Signed: ………………………………………………Parent/Carer Dated: ………………………...

SWC/AM/MAC/ADMISSIONS/2TSIF/SWC/APRIL 2017

Return to Index
 The Hertfordshire & Essex High School and Science College
Admissions Arrangements for entry to Year 12
in September 2019

The Hertfordshire & Essex High School offers a range of academic post-16 courses. All
applicants wishing to secure a place in the Sixth Form will need to achieve a minimum
Attainment 8 score of 56 and a grade 5 in both English and Maths.

Children Looked After and those Previously Looked After. A Child Looked After is a) in the
care of a local authority, or b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the
exercise of its social services functions (see the definition in Section 22(1) of the Children Act
1989) at the time of making an application to school. Previously Looked After Children are
children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became
subject to a child arrangements order or special guardianship order). Previously Looked
After Children will include children in the process of being placed for adoption, providing a
Placement Order exists.

The total number for the Sixth Form is 420 ie in Years 12 and 13 combined. The admission
number for any given Year 12 is therefore 420 less the number currently in Year 13. A
minimum of 70 places in Year 12 will be offered conditionally to external applicants. Where
there is over-subscription, priority will be given to the students who live nearest* to The
Hertfordshire & Essex High School. (Herts & Essex regularly takes Sixth Form students from
as far afield as Harlow, Ware, Saffron Walden and Dunmow.)

The school will publish details of its admissions arrangements and of the appeals procedures
each year. It will establish independent arrangements for appeals, currently administered by
Hertfordshire Local Authority, against non-admission. Applicants cannot normally apply for a
place more than once in an academic year except where exceptional circumstances exist.

* The home to school distance will be measured using a ‘straight line’ distance measured
using a computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken
from the AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the address point
of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of
identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

The Hertfordshire & Essex High School and its Governing Body are committed to ensuring
consistency of treatment and fairness and will abide by all relevant equality legislation.

Excellence for All

Return to Index
 The Hertfordshire & Essex High School
Sixth Form Application Form – SEPTEMBER 2019
PLEASE DO NOT USE THIS FORM
ELECTRONIC APPLICATION FORM AVAILABLE FROM xx NOVEMBER 2018
Student’s FORENAME(S) Student’s SURNAME Male/Female
M  F

Parent’s surname (if different from above) If currently at H&E

Form: 11….…...
Address
Date of birth
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
………/………../……....….
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Daytime/mobile telephone nos.
……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
…….……………………………...
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. Home 

E-mail address (main) …………………………………………………………………………………... …….……………………………...

Please print clearly Parent 
Student’s e-mail address (if used) ………..…………………………………………………………...
…..………………………………..
Student 
Student’s mobile number may be helpful for summer 2018

Subjects currently being studied with predicted grades (grades your teachers expect you to achieve).

Foundt’n/ Predicted Foundt’n/ Predicted

Subject (if not GCSE, please advise) Higher grade
Subject (if not GCSE, please advise) Higher grade

Other results (not modules) already achieved eg. Core Science GCSE, early entry GCSEs, AS Levels.

Subject (please state if GCSE, AS etc) Foundt’n/ Date: Grade Resitting? Y/N
Please provide evidence with 2018’s exam results on results day. Higher month/year result If Yes, include above

EXTERNAL APPLICANTS ONLY

Name and postcode of current school: Name of Headteacher:

………………………………………………………………………………………………. ………………………………………

If you have a sibling at Herts & Essex, please give her/his name and Form

………................……………………………..……………..

R/PRI/JBR/sixthform/appform2016

Return to Index
 COURSE CHOICES (tbc) - 2019
Please indicate from the list below the three subjects you wish to study, in order of preference (1 being
your first choice). If you are predicted to achieve 7 GCSEs at grades 9 - 7, you may choose a fourth
subject to study. Please see the Subject Guide for each subject’s specific entry criteria.
Applicants should consider the entry criteria for each subject as well as potential career choices which
may influence the combination of subjects selected. Students should research university courses and
specific entry requirements themselves initially. However, we are always pleased to offer further advice.

Subject 1,2,3,4 Subject 1,2,3,4

Art & Design Health & Social Care (Applied)
Biology History
Business Latin
Chemistry Mathematics
Classical Civilisation Mathematics (Further)
Computer Science Media Studies
Design & Technology: Product Design – 3D Music
Drama and Theatre Studies Photography
Economics Physical Education
English Language Physics
English Literature Psychology
Film Studies Religious Studies: Philosophy & Ethics
French Sociology
Geography Spanish
German Textiles
Government & Politics
Global Perspectives & Research (GPR) - as a 4th subject choice only, with 7 GCSEs at grades 9
- 7.
Mathematics (Core) - a Level 3 qualification for those not taking A Level Maths.
Available to everyone with 5 GCSEs at grades 9 - 6, but as a 4th subject choice only.
Whilst the school endeavours to facilitate maximum student choice through our personalised
programme, please indicate below a reserve subject that you would be willing to take should it be
necessary.
Reserve subject ……………………………………………………………………………………….………...

For office use only

Ad Bi Bs Ch Cc Co Received
SIMS
Pd Ts Ec En El Fs
Reference
Fr Ge Gm Gp Hc Hi
Ack
La Ma Fm Me Mu Pe
Options
Ph Pt Ps Rs So Sp

Tx Cm Pp

R/PRI/JBR/sixthform/appform2016

Return to Index
Please note: each student’s application will be given individual attention both before and after
GCSE results are known. The information provided on this form will enable us to discuss options
and academic entry requirements with you if you are asked to attend an Information, Advice and
Guidance meeting with a member of our senior staff.

ALL APPLICANTS
date
Signature of applicant:

date
Signature of parent/carer:

Please complete and return your application form by Thursday xx November 2018 to:
Miss P Richardson, Director of Sixth Form
The Hertfordshire & Essex High School
Warwick Road
Bishop’s Stortford
Hertfordshire
CM23 5NJ

If you have any queries or difficulties completing this form, please contact
Mrs J Brady, Sixth Form Administrator by e-mail or telephone as below.

fax: 01279 508810 staffjbr@hertsandessex.herts.sch.uk tel: 01279 654127 x250

R/PRI/JBR/sixthform/appform2016

Return to Index
 -1 -

HERTSMERE JEWISH PRIMARY SCHOOL

RECEPTION 2019 ADMISSIONS POLICY

This policy is ratified annually in accordance with the Schools Admissions Code and
other national and Hertfordshire regulations and may be different to previous and
subsequent years. The policy in force at the time that the offer of a place is made will
govern your child’s admission to the school.

Hertsmere Jewish Primary School is a United Synagogue day school with a

commitment to the practice of orthodox Judaism and a regard for Israel in Jewish life.
The religious authority for the school is the Chief Rabbi of the United Hebrew
Congregations of the Commonwealth.

The school will admit 60 children to the Reception Class each September. The
Governors will first admit:

(a) Any child with a Statement of Special Educational Needs and Disabilities
(SEND) that names the school and any child with an Education, Health and
Care (EHC) plan that names the school (in compliance with Section 324 of the
Education Act 1996); and
(b) looked after children and children previously looked after (as defined in note
xii to this Policy) with a completed CRP.

Parents are reminded that it is not necessary to meet all, or indeed any, of the criteria
below for your child to get a place at the school. However, in the event of the school
being over-subscribed, the Governors will apply the following criteria in order of
priority as laid out below:

Category A. Children who have submitted both (i) a correctly completed application
form to the child’s home Local Authority under the Co-ordinated
Admissions Scheme, and (ii) the School’s Certificate of Religious
Practice and who are entitled to be treated as priority applicants having
obtained at least 4 points in accordance with that Certificate.

Category B. Children who have (i) not submitted a completed Certificate of Religious
Practice, or (ii) not obtained at least 4 points in accordance with that
Certificate.

In the event of over-subscription within each of the above categories, places

will be offered in accordance with the following further criteria in turn:-

1. Children in Category A who are siblings of pupils who will be attending

Hertsmere Jewish Primary School at the time such sibling enters the school.
For these purposes, “siblings” shall include half-siblings, step-siblings and
adopted siblings living at the same address.

Return to Index
 -2 -

2. Children in Category A who are siblings of former pupils of HJPS. For these
purposes, “siblings” shall include half-siblings, step-siblings and adopted
siblings living at the same address.

3. Children in Category A who are children of HJPS staff. For these purposes,
“children” shall include step-children and adopted children and “HJPS staff”
means anyone employed by HJPS in a paid capacity whether full-time or part-
time for a continuous period of 2 years up to the date of admission and who at
the date of admission has not served notice of an intention to cease working at
HJPS and for the avoidance of doubt any child under this category must be
living at the same residential address as the HJPS staff.

4. Children in Category A with a residential address in Hertfordshire in the

following proportions:

a) Not more than 35% of places available under this paragraph shall be offered
to children living at addresses in Borehamwood having a WD6 postcode;

b) Not more than 10% of such places shall be offered to children living at
addresses in Elstree having a WD6 postcode;

c) not more than 25% of such places will be offered to children living at
addresses having a WD23 postcode;

d) not more than 15% of such places will be offered to children living at
addresses in Radlett having a WD7 postcode;

e) not more than 10% of such places will be offered to children living at
addresses in Shenley having a WD7 postcode; and

f) not more than 5% of such places will be offered to children living at addresses
with any other WD postcode or any of the following postcodes: AL, EN6, EN7,
EN8, EN10, EN11, HP1 to HP5, HP23, LU2, SG1 to SG14.

Any fractions produced by the above criteria shall be rounded down to the
nearest whole number.

5. Any remaining applicants within category A.

6. Children in Category B.

7. In the event of over-subscription within any of the above criteria, proximity to

the school of the child’s residential address, as measured by the Local
Authority according to the procedure set out in the Notes attached to this
policy, will be the determining factor.

Return to Index
 -3 -

Twins and multiple births

Twins and children from multiple births will be admitted when one of the siblings is
the 60th child and, as a result, the school’s Published Admissions Number (PAN) will
be increased.

Admission of children outside their normal age group

Applicants may seek a place for their child outside of their normal age group, for
example, if the child is gifted and talented or has experienced problems such as ill
health. In addition, in relation to a summer born child (i.e., a child born from 1st April
to 31st August) applicants may choose not to send that child to school until the
September following their fifth birthday and may request that they are admitted out of
their normal age group – to Reception rather than Year 1. Those applicants seeking
admission out of normal age group should follow the procedure outlined in the Notes
attached to his policy. All decisions will be made on the basis of the circumstances of
each case and in the best interests of the child concerned.

Admissions data

60 places were available in Reception 2018.

Attached to this policy are Notes, which further explain the admissions system, the
impact of the Local Authority Co-ordinated Admissions System and other aspects of
the admissions process, including how the Governing Body determines both
proximity to the school and also residential address (where in doubt).

Return to Index
 -4 -

NOTES TO RECEPTION 2019 ADMISSIONS POLICY

The following notes are part of the Admissions Policy. They contain important
explanations of the operation of the principles of the policy, including the timetable for
applications; how the Local Authority measures the distance of each child’s house to
the school; at which point the child’s residence is decided; and what happens if you
apply late.

Procedure for making applications

i. It is important to understand that, under the Local Authority Co-ordinated

Admissions System, offers of places in Reception are made by the school’s
Local Authority and not by the school. The school is unable to offer places to
children who have not made an application to the Local Authority, even if the
child attended HJPS Nursery.

No Reception place can be provided unless an application has also been

made through the Local Authority Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme.
Please contact your Local Authority for details and an Application Form.

ii. In order to be considered under this policy, applications to enter the Reception
must be received by the Local Authority by the 15 January in the school year
(1st September – 31st August) in which the child will attain four years of age.

iii. The school has no discretion to treat any late applications as having been
received before the deadline. Late applicants will be considered after
applications made within the deadline, and in accordance with the criteria set
out in the Continued Interest Admissions Policy.

iv. In addition to the application to the Local Authority, applicants are asked to
complete the school’s Supplementary Information Form and send it to t h e
school by the same deadline. This will enable the school to keep applicants
updated and informed of developments in the admissions process. It will also
assist the governors in giving the application the appropriate level of priority.

v. For those who wish to be considered as priority applicants, the Certificate of

Religious Practice for primary schools under the religious authority of the Chief
Rabbi (the “CRP”) should also be completed and sent to the school. If no CRP
is provided, or less than the required number of points have been obtained, an
application cannot be considered a priority under paragraph A of the
Admissions Policy.

vi. Applicants who have provided a completed CRP to the school to accompany an
application for a place in Nursery need not complete a further CRP to
accompany the child’s application for a place in Reception.

vii. The Governors will have discretion to refuse or withdraw the offer of a place
should it become evident that an applicant has provided fraudulent or
misleading information in any part of their application.

Return to Index
 -5 -

Determination of the applicant’s address and distance from the school

viii. For the purpose of Reception admission, but subject to the Hertfordshire Co-
ordinated Admissions Scheme, the child’s residential address shall be
determined as at the deadline for application.

ix. It is strongly recommended that the school is informed in writing of any change
of address after the original application is made, as this might affect the child’s
chances of admission or his or her place on the Continued Interest List.

x. Where a residential address notified to the school appears not to be the child’s
permanent residence, the Governors will determine on the basis of all the
information available to them whether or not such address constitutes t h e
child’s residential address for the purpose of the policy.

xi. Proximity to the school shall be determined by reference to the straight line
distance between the residence and the school. The points from which such
distances are measured, and the distances so measured will be determined
conclusively by the school’s Local Authority and the Governors have no
discretion to overrule any such measurements made. For further information,
please visit www.hertsdirect.org/scholearn/admissions/ or call Hertfordshire’s
Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043.

Looked after children

xii. Places will be allocated to children in public care according to Part 3 of the
School Admissions (Admission Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2008.
These children will be given priority over all other applicants. Highest priority
will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted, or became subject to a residence order or a
special guardianship order.

A “child looked after” is a child who is

a) in the care of a local authority, or
b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the
exercise of their social services functions (section 22(1) of The
Children Act 1989)

“Adopted” – under the terms of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 (section
46).
“Residence Order” – under the terms of the Children Act 1989, section 8 defines
a residence order as an order settling the arrangements to be made as to the
person with whom the child is to live.
“Special guardianship order” – under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order
appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian or guardians.

Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as
children looked after providing there is a Placement Order and the application
would be prioritised.

Return to Index
 -6 -

The right of appeal

xiii. Parents who do not receive an offer of a place in Reception have the right to
appeal. If they decide to do so, they should write to the Clerk to the Governors
at the school within 20 school days of receiving the letter of refusal. The Clerk
will provide details relating to the appeal process, including the limited grounds
on which an appeal can succeed, as set out in the Schools Admission Code.

Procedure for requesting admission outside normal age group

xiv. Applicants seeking admission of their child outside of their normal age group
must contact HJPS as soon as possible in writing setting out the circumstances
and why admission outside of normal age group is felt to be appropriate setting
out full details relating to the child's academic, social and emotional
development and where relevant their medical history and the views of a
medical professional and whether they have previously been educated out of
their normal age group and whether or not they would naturally have fallen into
a lower age group if they had not been born prematurely. The information will
then be reviewed by the school's Senior Leadership Team, and the applicants
may be invited to a meeting at HJPS and/or be asked for further information. A
reasoned decision will then be taken based on all the circumstances in the case
and taking into account the views of the Head Teacher.

xv. Agreement to admission outside normal age group only entitles the applicant to
apply outside of the normal age group. It does not provide priority over any
other applicant. Applicants who are refused a place at a school for which they
have applied have the right of appeal to an independent admission appeal
panel. Applicants do not have the right to appeal if they have been offered a
place and it is not in the year group they would like. However they may make a
complaint about an admission authority's decision not to admit their c h i l d
outside their normal age group.

Miscellaneous notes

xvi. Parents must indicate in writing their intention to take up the place within two
weeks of the offer being made. They can do so either online or by means of a
paper response form which will be provided.

xvii. Parents whose children do not already attend the school’s Nursery will be
invited to tours of the school during the year preceding their child’s admission.
Parents of children to whom offers have been made will be subsequently invited
with their child to meet the Headteacher or other member of the Senior
Leadership Team.

xviii. The governing body remains responsible for the allocation of all places in
accordance with the school's published admission rules but all applications for,
and allocations to, the school must be made to the child’s Local Authority.

xixi. HJPS takes part in Hertfordshire County Council’s Fair Access Protocol and will
admit children under this Protocol as necessary before children on the

Return to Index
 -7 -

Continued Interest list even if it takes the number of children in the year above
60.

xx. Should any applicant that has accepted a place in Reception subsequently give
up their place, the rules governing the re-allocation of that place are those set
out in the Continued Interest Admissions Policy, not those set out above in this
Reception Admissions Policy.

xxi. For further information, please contact the School Office on 01923 855857.

Return to Index
 -1 -

HERTSMERE JEWISH PRIMARY SCHOOL

CONTINUED INTEREST 2019 ADMISSIONS POLICY

This policy is ratified annually in accordance with the Schools Admissions Code and
other national and Hertfordshire regulations and may be different from previous and
subsequent years. The policy in force at the time that the offer of a place is made will
govern your child’s admission to the school.

Hertsmere Jewish Primary School is a United Synagogue day school with a

commitment to the practice of orthodox Judaism and a regard for Israel in Jewish life.
The religious authority for the school is the Chief Rabbi of the United Hebrew
Congregations of the Commonwealth.

The school’s Local Authority will maintain a Continued Interest List that contains the
details of:

(a) All children for whom a valid application for a place in Reception has been
made according to the provisions of the Reception Admissions Policy, and
who has not been successful in obtaining a place at the school;

(b) All children for whom an application for a place in the Reception class is made
at any time after 15 January in the school year (1 September – 31 August) in
which the child will attain four years of age; and

(c) All children for whom an application is made for admission into any of Years 1
to 6 at the school;

provided in all such cases that the school’s Supplementary Information Form has
been submitted to the school.

Parents are reminded that it is not necessary to meet all, or indeed any of the criteria
below for your child to get a place at the school. However, in the event that a child
gives up a place at the school at any time in any year from Reception to Year 6, the
Governors will apply the following criteria in order of priority as laid out below:

A. Children who have submitted both (i) a correctly completed application form to
the child’s Local Authority under the Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme, and
(ii) the School’s Certificate of Religious Practice and who are entitled to be
treated as priority applicants having obtained at least 4 points in accordance
with that Certificate.

B. Any other children.

In the event of over-subscription within each of the above categories, places

will be offered to children on the Continued Interest List in accordance with the
following criteria in turn:

Return to Index
 -2 -

1. Siblings of pupils who will be attending Hertsmere Jewish Primary School at

the time such sibling enters the school. For these purposes, “siblings” shall
include half-siblings, step-siblings and adopted siblings living at the same
address.

2. Children in Category A who are siblings of former pupils of HJPS. For these
purposes, “siblings” shall include half-siblings, step-siblings and adopted
siblings living at the same address.

3. Children of HJPS staff. For these purposes, “children” shall include step-
children and adopted children and “HJPS staff” means anyone employed by
HJPS in a paid capacity whether full-time or part-time for a continuous period
of 2 years up to the date of admission and who at the date of admission has
not served notice of an intention to cease working at HJPS and for the
avoidance of doubt any child under this category must be living at the same
residential address as the HJPS staff.

4. Children with a residential address at the time the offer is made in the same
one of the following areas as the child whose place has become vacant:

(a) in Borehamwood with a WD6 postcode;

(b) in Elstree with a WD6 postcode;
(c) in Bushey with a WD23 postcode;
(d) in Radlett with a WD7 postcode;
(e) in Shenley with a WD7 postcode; or
(f) with any other WD postcode or any of the following postcodes: AL,
EN6, EN7, EN8, EN10, EN11, HP1 to HP5, HP23, LU2, SG1 to SG14.

5. Children with the nearest overall address to the school.

6. In the event of over-subscription within any of the above criteria, proximity to

the school of the child’s residential address, as determined by the Local
Authority according to the procedure set out in the Notes attached to this
policy, will be the determining factor.

Return to Index
 -3 -

NOTES TO CONTINUED INTEREST 2019

ADMISSIONS POLICY
The following notes are part of the Admissions Policy. They contain important
explanations of the operation of the principles of the policy.

1. The Governors reserve the right not to offer a place under the provisions of
this policy if the offer of such a place would take the number of children in the
relevant year group above the school’s published admissions number of 60.

2. Proximity to the school shall be determined by reference to the straight line

distance between the residence and the school. The points from which such
distances are measured, and the distances so measured will be determined
conclusively by the school’s Local Authority and the Governors have no
discretion to overrule any such measurements made. For further information,
please visit www.hertsdirect.org/scholearn/admissions/ or call Hertfordshire’s
Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043.

3. For the avoidance of doubt the Continued Interest List will be frozen at such
time as HJPS receives written notice of a place becoming available.

4. Where a residential address notified to the school appears not to be the child’s
permanent residence, the Governors will determine on the basis of all the
information available to them whether or not such address constitutes the
child’s residential address for the purpose of the policy.

5. Parents must indicate in writing their intention to take up the place within a
week of the offer being made.

6. The governing body remains responsible for the allocation of all places in
accordance with the school's published admission rules but all applications for,
and allocations to, the school must be made to the child’s Local Authority.
There is a statutory requirement for all local authorities to coordinate all in-year
admissions. For the precise details of Hertfordshire’s scheme, please visit
www.hertsdirect.org/scholearn/admissions/ or call Hertfordshire’s Customer
Service Centre on 0300 123 4043.

7. A child’s details will remain on the Continued Interest List until:

(a) a place at the school is offered to that child and is refused;

(b) the child’s parents or guardians make a request in writing to the school
to have the child removed from the List; or

(c) the end of the school year in which the child will attain eleven years of
age.

8. For further information, please contact the School Office on 01923 855857.

Return to Index
 Hertfordshire County Council
HERTSMERE JEWISH PRIMARY SCHOOL
Watling Street, Radlett, Hertfordshire WD7 7LQ
Tel: 01923 855857 Fax: 01923 853399 Email: admin@hjps.herts.sch.uk
Headteacher: Mr Steven Isaacs
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM
Please complete this form and return it to the school. You must include your Certificate of
Religious Practice if you wish to be treated as a priority applicant.
BEFORE SENDING IN YOUR APPLICATION, PLEASE READ THE NOTES BELOW:
a) If your Synagogue has provided a letter to confirm attendance, attach this to your CRP.
b) If your Synagogue has not provided a letter, the authorised person MUST tick the dates attended and either
confirm with the Synagogue stamp, a compliment slip or attach and sign a sheet of headed paper.
c) Confirmation of receipt will be sent to you by email. Please therefore ensure that your home email address
is written clearly below.
d) Please do NOT send any other documentation at this stage - additional information will be requested if and
when it is needed.
e) Keep a photocopy of all documentation sent for your own records. Your CRP may be used for applications
to all United Synagogue Day Schools and a photocopy may be used for 2020 Reception applications.
f) Ensure the correct postage is used; we are unable to accept underpaid correspondence.
g) If it is discovered that information has been submitted which is later found to be incorrect, this may result in
the refusal of the school to offer a place to the child. If a place has already been offered on the basis of
incorrect information, the school reserves the right to withdraw the offer.

This form relates to an application for entry to HJPS for (please tick box as applicable):

Nursery 2019. Applications must be made direct to the school and parents are also asked to visit the
Hertfordshire County Council website: www.hertsdirect.org/admissions following the links to school
admissions for further guidance and closing dates. In addition, this form and your CRP must be received
by the school no later than 15 January 2019.
Reception 2019. Please be aware that no place in the Reception year of the school can legally be
provided unless an application has also been made through the Local Authority Co-ordinated Admissions
Scheme. Please visit the Hertfordshire County Council website: www.hertsdirect.org/admissions, following
the links to schools admissions for further guidance and closing dates. In addition, this form and a copy of
your CRP must be received by the school no later than 15 January 2019.
Years 1 - 6. Please be aware that no place in Years 1 - 6 of the school can be offered unless an application
has also been made through the Local Authority Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme. Please visit the
Hertfordshire County Council website: www.hertsdirect.org/admissions, following the links to schools
admissions for further guidance. In addition, this form and a copy of your CRP must be received at the
school. Please specify the current year of your child

Full name of child Date of birth

Address

Postcode Telephone

Home email address

Name of parent(s) / legal guardian to whom correspondence should be addressed:

(1) (2)
If the child has a parent/guardian with legal responsibility who does not live at the same
address, please give that relevant name and address overleaf.
List below any siblings who are either current pupils or who will be pupils in Reception - Year 5 at
HJPS in September 2018:
Name Class

Name Class

Parent’s signature Date

Return to Index
THE HOLY FAMILY
CATHOLIC PRIMARY SCHOOL
www.holyfamily.herts.sch.uk
admin@holyfamily.herts.sch.uk

ADMISSIONS POLICY 2019/20

Ownership: FGB
Agreed by Governing Body Date: September 2017
Review Date: September 2018 (New model DOW Policy September 2017)
Date promulgated /explained/introduced to the school staff: September 2017

The effectiveness of the Catholic life of the school in developing pupils’ experience of the
richness of a Catholic way of living and believing is outstanding.

The vision and leadership of the head and senior leadership team together with the regular
presence and encouragement of the parish priest all lead to an environment where the
children flourish in the school’s Catholic ethos.

Section 48 Diocesan Inspection March 2016

Pupils’ attainment has been rising and is above average by the end of Year 6. Pupils’
progress is good across the school, with all groups doing equally well. The school has
helped older pupils to have high aspirations for their life after school, including plans to
become doctors, architects or astrophysicists. As one pupil commented, ‘If we work hard,
we can reach the stars!’

Pupils are very positive about school life. They are polite and courteous and develop key
values such as respect, tolerance and kindness.

Ofsted January 2016

At The Holy Fam ily School w e are com m itted to Safeguarding Children

As a family we live, love, learn and celebrate with Jesus

Return to Index
 ADMISSIONS POLICY 2019 – 2020

The Holy Family Catholic Primary School was founded by the Catholic Church to provide
education for children of Catholic families. Whenever there are more applications than
places available, priority will always be given to Catholic children in accordance with the
oversubscription criteria listed below. The school is conducted by its governing body as part
of the Catholic Church in accordance with its trust deed and instrument of government and
seeks at all times to be a witness to Our Lord Jesus Christ.

As a Catholic school, we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. At a Catholic
school, Catholic doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of the school’s activity. It is
essential that the Catholic character of the school’s education be fully supported by all
families in the school. We therefore hope that all parents will give their full, unreserved and
positive support for the aims and ethos of the school. This does not affect the right of an
applicant who is not Catholic to apply for and be admitted to a place at the school in
accordance with the admission arrangements.

The governing body is the admission authority and has responsibility for admissions to the
school. The local authority undertakes the co-ordination of admission arrangements during
the normal admission round. The governing body has set its Published Admissions Number
(PAN) at [30] children for the school year which begins in September 2019. Applications for
Reception are welcome from families whose child reaches his/her 4th birthday between 1st
September 2018 and 31st August 2019.

The governing body will admit twins and all siblings from multiple births where one of the
children is the last ranked within the school’s PAN.

Pupils with an Education, Health & Care Plan (EHC)

The admission of pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan (EHC) is dealt with by a
completely separate procedure. (This used to be called a Statement of Special Educational
Needs). Details of this separate procedure are set out in the Special Educational Needs Code
of Practice. If your child has an EHC plan you must contact your local authority SEN officer.
Children with this school named in their EHC Plan will be admitted. The admission of
children with an EHC Plan will reduce the number of places available to other children (see
note 1).

Oversubscription Criteria
Where there are more applications for places than the number of places available, places
will be offered according to the following order of priority:

1. Catholic ‘looked after’ children and previously ‘looked after’ children (see notes 2-5);

2. Baptised Catholic children with a Certificate of Catholic Practice, who are resident in
the Parishes of Holy Family, Welwyn Garden City, St Bonaventure, Welwyn Garden
City or St Thomas More, Knebworth. (see notes 6, 7, & 13);

3. Other baptised Catholic children for whom The Holy Family School is the nearest
Catholic school (see note 6);

4. Other baptised Catholic children (see note 6);

5. Other ‘looked after’ children and previously ‘looked after’ children. (see notes 2-5);

Return to Index
 6. Children of catechumens and members of an Eastern Christian Church (see notes
8&9);

7. Any other children.

W ithin each of the categories listed above, the provisions below w ill be applied in
the follow ing order:

i. The Governing Body will give top priority, within a category, to an application where
compelling evidence is provided at the time of application, from an appropriate professional
such as a doctor, priest or social worker, of an exceptional social, medical, pastoral or other
need of the child , which can only be met at this school.

ii. The attendance of a brother/sister at the school at the time of enrolment will increase the
priority of an application within a category, so that the application will be placed at the top
of the category in which the application is made, after children in (i) above.

Applications in previous years

For the past five years the governing body has been unable to offer places to any applicants
beyond oversubscription criterion. Whilst the school welcomes applications from all
categories, it is usually oversubscribed with Catholic candidates.

Tie break
Where the offer of places to the applicants in any of the categories listed above would
exceed the number of places available, the places up to the admission number will be
offered to those living nearest to the school as measured in a straight line from the
applicant’s home address point to the school address point using a computerised mapping
system. The measurement will be conducted by the Local Authority (LA). If two or more
applications are received from the same block of flats, the applicant with the lower door
number will be classed as nearest and offered a place because they are likely to be closer to
the ground floor and, therefore, the school. In the event of distances being the same for
two or more children where this would determine the last place to be allocated, random
allocation will be carried out by the local authority’s computerised allocation system.

Application Procedure for 2019 – 2020

To apply for a place at this school in the normal admission round, you must complete an
online application form from your local authority. If you are applying under criteria 2, 3, 4 or
6 you should also complete the School’s Supplementary Information Form (SIF). Whilst this
is not compulsory, the information on the SIF enables the Governing Body to assess your
application fully against the School’s criteria in the event of oversubscription. Please return
the SIF (in person or by post) to the school, together with all other relevant paperwork
required for your application. If you do not complete both of the forms described above and
submit them by 15th January 2019, the Governing Body will have to consider your
application using only the information on the documents supplied. If you don’t supply a SIF
your child may be placed in a lower category because of lack of information and you may
not be offered a place. You will be advised of the outcome of your application, on or about
Monday 16th April 2019. This information will also be available on line for those who have
submitted an online application. Parents should accept or decline the place as soon as
possible. If you are unsuccessful (unless your child was offered a place at a school you
ranked higher) you will be informed of the reasons, related to the oversubscription criteria
listed above and you will have right of appeal to an independent appeal panel. Should you

Return to Index
wish to appeal please contact the school as soon as possible for an appeal form on which
you must list your reasons for making an appeal. Appeals should be submitted to the school
in writing by Friday 25th May 2019.

Late Applications
Applications received after the closing date will be dealt with after the initial allocation
process has been completed. If the school is oversubscribed it is very unlikely that late
applicants will obtain a place.

Reception Year Deferred Entry

A child is entitled to a full-time school place in the September following his/her 4th birthday.
Applicants may defer entry to school up until compulsory school age i.e. the first day of term
following the child’s fifth birthday. Application is made in the usual way and then the
deferral until January or April is requested. The place will then be held until the first day of
the spring or summer term as applicable. Entry may not be deferred beyond compulsory
school age or beyond the year for which the application has been made. Therefore
applicants whose children have birthdays in the summer term may only defer until the 1st
April 2020. Upon receipt of the offer of a place a parent should notify the school as soon as
possible if they wish to defer until the spring or summer term.

Part-time attendance
Applicants may also request that their child attend part-time until compulsory school age is
reached. Upon receipt of the offer of a place a parent should notify the school as soon as
possible if they wish to take up a part-time place.

Admission of children outside their normal age group

A request may be made for a child to be admitted outside his/her normal age group e.g. if
the child is gifted and talented or has experienced problems such as ill-health. In addition,
the parents of a summer born child i.e. a child born between 1st April – 31st August, may
request that the child be admitted out of his/her normal age group, starting reception at 5
years of age. Any such request should be made in writing to the Chair of Governors of the
Holy Family School. The governing body will make its decision based on the circumstances
of each case and in the best interests of the child, taking into account school organisation
issues and the views of the parents and any professionals involved. Parents must have
received the agreement of the governing body before any admission application
for delayed entry is made. This agreement does not indicate that an offer will be made.
Parents must apply in the normal way for the year in which they wish their child to start
school. Applications cannot be held over from one academic year to the next. If permission
is refused then parents must make their admission application at the normal time.

Waiting Lists
In addition to their right of appeal, unsuccessful candidates will be offered the opportunity
to be placed on a waiting list. This list will be maintained in order of the oversubscription
criteria set out above and not in the order in which applications are received or added to the
list. Waiting lists for admission will operate throughout the school year and will be held open
until 31st July 2020 unless applicants request in writing to remain on the list. Inclusion in
the school’s waiting list does not mean that a place will eventually become available.

In-Year Applications
An application for admission can be made for any child at any time outside the normal
admissions round. Applications should be made directly to the school by contacting the
school office. If a place is available and there is no waiting list the child will be admitted. If

Return to Index
there is a waiting list, then applications will be ranked by the Governing Body in accordance
with the oversubscription criteria as set out above. If a place cannot be offered at this time
then you may ask us for the reasons and you will be informed of your right of appeal to an
independent panel and your child will be placed on the waiting list.

Fair Access
The school is committed to taking its fair share of children who are vulnerable and/or hard
to place, as set out in locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal admissions
round, the Governing Body is empowered to give absolute priority to a child where
admission is requested under any local protocol that has been agreed by both the local
authority and the Governing Body for the current schoolyear. The Governing Body has this
power even when admitting the child would mean exceeding the published admission
number.

Nursery Children
For children currently attending the school’s nursery, application to the reception class of the
school must be made in the normal way to the home local authority. Attendance at the
nursery does not guarantee a place in Reception.

Change of Details
If any of the details on either of your forms changes between the date of application and
the receipt of the letter of offer or refusal, you must inform the School and the local
authority immediately. If misleading information is given or allowed to remain on either of
your forms, the Governing Body reserves the right to withdraw the place, even if the child
has already started at the School.

NOTES (these notes form part of the oversubscription criteria)

1. An Education, Health and Care Plan is a plan made by the local authority under
S.37 of the Children and Families Act 2014, specifying the educational provision
required for a child.
2. A ‘Looked after child’ has the same meaning as in S.22(1) of the Children Act
1989, and means any child in the care of a local authority or provided with
accommodation by them in the exercise of their social services functions (e.g.
children with foster parents at the time of making an application to the school.) A
previously ‘looked after’ child is a child who was looked after, but ceased to be so
because he or she was adopted or became subject to a child arrangements order or
a special guardianship order.
3. ‘Adopted’. An adopted child is any child who has been formally adopted, having
previously been in care and whose parent/ guardian can give proof of this.
4. ‘Child Arrangements Order’. A Child Arrangements order is an order under the
terms of the Children Act 1989 s.8 settling the arrangements to be made as to the
person with whom the child is to live. Children ‘looked after’ immediately before the
order is made, qualify in this category.
5. ‘Special Guardianship Order’. A special guardianship order is an order under the
terms of the Children Act 1989 s.14A appointing one or more individuals to be a
child’s special guardian(s). A child ‘looked after’ immediately before the order is
made qualifies in this category.
6. ‘Catholic’ means a member of a Church in full communion with the See of Rome.
This includes the Eastern Catholic Churches. This will be evidenced by a Certificate of
Baptism in a Catholic church or a Certificate of Reception into full communion with
the Catholic Church. For the purposes of this policy this includes a looked after child
in the process of adoption and living with a Catholic family, where a letter from a

Return to Index
 priest demonstrates that the child would have been baptised were it not for his/her
status as a looked after child. For a child to be treated as Catholic, evidence of
Catholic baptism or reception in the Catholic Church will be required. Those who
have difficulty obtaining written evidence of baptism should contact their parish
priest who, after consulting with the diocese will decide how the question of baptism
is to be resolved and how written evidence is to be produced in accordance with the
law of the Church.
7. ‘Certificate of Catholic Practice’ means a certificate issued by the family’s parish
priest (or the priest in charge of the church where the family attends Mass) in the
form laid down by the Bishops’ Conference of England and Wales. It will be issued if
the priest is satisfied that at least one Catholic parent or carer (along with the child,
if he or she is over seven years old) have (except when it was impossible to do so)
attended Mass on Sundays and holydays of obligation for at least five years (or, in
the case of the child, since the age of seven, if shorter). It will also be issued when
the practice has been continuous since being received into the Church if that
occurred less than five years ago. It is expected that most Certificates will be issued
on the basis of attendance. A Certificate may also be issued by the priest when
attendance is interrupted by exceptional circumstances which excuse from the
obligation to attend on that occasion or occasions. Further details of these
circumstances can be found in the guidance issued to
priests: http://rcdow.org.uk/education/governors/admissions
8. ‘Catechumen’ means a member of the catechumenate of a Catholic Church. This
will normally be evidenced by a Certificate of Reception into the Order of
Catechumens for a child aged 7 or over. For a child under 7 years of age it will be
the certificate of the parent.
9. ‘Eastern Christian Church’ includes Orthodox Churches, and is normally evidenced
by a Certificate of Baptism or Reception from the authorities of that Church.
10. ‘Brother’ or ‘Sister’ includes:
i. All natural brothers and sisters, half-brother and sisters, adopted brothers
and sisters, stepbrothers and sisters, foster brothers and sisters, whether or
not they are living at the same address, and
ii. The child of a parent’s partner where that child lives for at least part of the
week in the same family unit at the same address as the applicant.

11. A ‘Parent’ means all natural parents, any person who is not a parent but has
parental responsibility for the child or any adult with legal responsibility for the child.
12. ‘Resident’ – A child is deemed to be resident at a particular address when he/she
resides there for more than 50% of the school week.
13. Parish Boundaries – for the purposes of this Policy, parish boundaries are as
shown on the attached map and will be applied to the admission arrangements for
2019-20.

Return to Index
Diocese of Westminster
Catholic Primary Schools
Supplementary Information Form 2019 – 2020

Name and Address of School:

Child’s Details
Child’s surname:

Child’s first name:

Home Address: Date of Birth:

Postcode:

Parent/Carer Details
Parent/Carer’s name:
Address (if different from above):

Telephone number:

Details of Religion
Religion of child:
(Please tick) Other Christian
Catholic (name of Other faith
denomination )

Catholic Parish you live in:

Church where child was baptised and date of

baptism: (baptism certificate required)

Return to Index
Name and position of priest supplying
Certificate of Catholic Practice (where
appropriate)

I confirm that I have read and understood the Admissions Policy and that the information I have
provided is correct. I understand that I must notify the school immediately if there is any change
to these details and that should any information I have given prove to be inaccurate that
governors may withdraw any offer of a place even if the child has already started school.

Signed………………………………………………………..……… Date…..……………………………

Please note:

• Where applicable parents can obtain a Certificate of Catholic Practice from the parish in which
they worship or from the Diocese of Westminster website.

• Applicants from other Christian denominations and other faiths may attach a letter from their
minister or religious leader, confirming membership of that faith community.

• You must complete your local authority’s application form online or on paper by the closing
date. If you do not do this you will not be offered a place.

Checklist:

Have you enclosed:

Copy of baptism certificate (where necessary)

Certificate of Catholic Practice (where necessary)

Evidence of exceptional need (where necessary).

Have you completed your local authority’s online application form?

Return to Index
 THE JOHN HENRY NEWMAN
CATHOLIC SCHOOL
Proposed Admissions Policy
2019/2020

The John Henry Newman Catholic School was founded by the Catholic Church to
provide education for children of Catholic families. As a Catholic School the
Governing Body aims to provide a Catholic education for all pupils and students of
the School in accordance with the School’s Trust Deed and Instrument of
Government. Catholic doctrine and practice permeates every aspect of the School’s
life and activities.

It is essential that the Catholic character of the School’s education is fully supported
by all families in the School. All applicants and candidates are therefore expected to
give their full, unreserved and positive support for the aims and ethos of the School.

1. Admissions

1.1 The Governing Body has responsibility for admissions into the School and has
a published admissions number of 240 pupils’ to Year 7 in the School year
which begins in September 2019.
1.2 Pupils will be admitted to Year 7 from the age of 11, without reference to
ability or aptitude.
1.3 In this policy, ‘applicant’ refers to you, the parent/guardian applying for the
place, and ‘candidate’ refers to the child for whom an application is made.
1.4 The School encourages applications from parents/guardians who wish their
child to receive a Catholic education. Whenever there are more applications
than places available, priority will always be given to applications in
accordance with the oversubscription criteria listed below.
1.5 Governors recognize the following as Feeder Primary Schools:

Our Lady Hitchin

St John’s Baldock
St Joseph’s Hertford
St Margaret Clitherow Stevenage
St Mary’s Royston
St Thomas More Letchworth
St Vincent de Paul Stevenage
The Holy Family Welwyn
Our Lady’s Welwyn

1.6 The School is committed to taking vulnerable children who are hard to place,
in accordance with locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal

Proposed
1 Admissions Policy for 2019/2020

Return to Index
 round of admissions, the Governing Body is empowered to give absolute
priority to a child where admission is requested under any local protocol
which carries the agreement of both the Governing Body and the Diocese for
the current admission year. The Governing Body has this power even when
admitting such a child would exceed the Published Admission Number.

1.7 Places will be allocated to pupils with an Education, Health and Care (EHC)
Plan where The John Henry Newman Catholic School is named in the
Education, Health and Care (EHC) plan.

1.8 Children educated outside their chronological age group

Any application for a child to be educated out of his/her age group will be
considered by Governors on an individual basis and will only be granted in
exceptional circumstances. Parents/Guardians should write to the Chair of
Governors during the autumn term in the (academic) year of application,
giving reasons and providing compelling professional evidence.

2. Oversubscription Criteria

Where the number of applications exceeds the number of places available, places will
be offered in the following order of priority:

Category 1 Catholic looked after children and Catholic children who have been
adopted (or made subject to a child arrangement or special
guardianship orders) immediately following having been looked
after (see notes A and C)

Category 2 Catholic Children (see note A):

In considering applications in Category 2 the following criteria will
be applied in the following order:

2.1 A Catholic Child with a Certificate of Catholic Practice

(Practising Catholic see Note B)

2.2 Other Catholic Children

Category 3 Other looked after children and children who have been adopted (or
made subject to a child arrangement or special guardianship orders)
immediately following having been looked after (see note C)

Category 4 Catechumens and baptised children of Eastern/Orthodox Churches,

where the application is supported by a certificate or letter of
reception into the order of Catechumens or a baptism certificate from
an Eastern Christian Church.

Category 5 Children from families of other Christian denominations where the

application is supported by a baptismal certificate or equivalent
document completed by their minister/faith leader. (see note F)
Proposed
2 Admissions Policy for 2019/2020

Return to Index
Category 6 Children from families of other faiths where the application is
supported by a letter confirming membership or equivalent
document completed by their minister/faith leader. (see Note G)

Category 7 Any other children

3. Prioritising Applications

Priority will be applied within Categories in the order set out below (see notes D)

(i) attendance of a sibling at the School AND by the child at a Feeder Primary
School
(ii) attendance of a sibling at the School BUT the child does not attend a Feeder
Primary School
(iii) attendance by the child at a Feeder Primary School BUT no sibling at the School
(iv) no attendance at a Feeder Primary School and no sibling at the School

The Governing Body will give top priority to an application within a category where
compelling evidence is provided at the time of application of an exceptional social,
medical or pastoral need of the child which can only be met at The John Henry
Newman Catholic School. Evidence of such factors must be provided from an
appropriate professional at the time of application.

4. Tie Break

Where the offer of places to all applicants in any of the categories or subcategories
listed above would lead to oversubscription the places up to the admissions number
within that category or sub category will be offered to those living nearest the School.
The home to school distance will be measured using the home-school measurement
system used by Hertfordshire County Council.
(Home to school distances for admission allocation purposes will be measured along a
straight line between a child’s address and the school. Distances are measured using a
computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the
AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the address point of the school.
AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the location of
schools and individual residences. This is an objective method of measuring home to school
distances consistently when applying admission rules. It does not take into account the
actual or expected route a child will travel to school).

Home is defined as the child’s current permanent address at the time of application.
(See Note M). If two or more children have equal priority after applying all the
criteria then each will be admitted.

Proposed
3 Admissions Policy for 2019/2020

Return to Index
Where one child is offered a place but a twin/triplet/siblings of that child applying
for a place in the same academic year group is not offered a place the
twin/triplet/sibling will also be offered a place at the School, even when admitting
such a child(ren) would exceed the Published Admissions Number.

5. Information About Applications Last Year

The School is usually oversubscribed with Catholic candidates. Last year the
Governing Body received over XXXXXXXX applications for the 240 places in Year 7.

6. Application Procedures And Timetable

To apply for a place at this School you must complete the ‘online’/eAdmission form
from the Local Authority (LA) in which you live and return to your LA.

The School Supplementary Information Form (SIF) and baptismal certificate and or
equivalent document provides information necessary for The Governing Body to
apply the School’s Admissions Policy accurately. Only upon completion of these can
the Governing Body categorize applications. In the absence of such documents the
Governing Body will categorize an application on the information provided at the
time of an application made through the Local Authority and are likely only to be
able to allocate to the lowest appropriate category. In such circumstances it is
unlikely that your child will be offered a place at the School.

CERTIFICATE OF CATHOLIC PRACTICE

Applicants applying under criteria (2) must submit a Certificate of Catholic Practice
by the closing date. The Certificate of Catholic Practice should be obtained from the
priest at the church where the family normally worships. It can also be downloaded
from the Diocese of Westminster website:
http://rcdow.org.uk/education/governors/admissions/.

The completed SIF together with the Certificate of Catholic Practice or Certificate of
Other Faith Practice (and any necessary accompanying documentation) should be
forwarded to: The Admissions Secretary, The John Henry Newman Catholic School,
Hitchin Road, Stevenage, Hertfordshire, SG1 4AE.

The closing date for applications is 31 October 2018. The Local Authority will write
to you on behalf of the Governing Body with the outcome of your application on 1
March 2019 and the information will also be available on line. You should indicate
your acceptance of the place as soon as possible. The school maintains a continued
interest list ranked according to the published criteria, and places will be offered as
and when vacancies occur. The list will remain open for twelve months following
the normal date of admission. If you wish your child’s name to stay on the waiting
list you must apply to the school in writing before the twelve month period expires.

All unsuccessful applicants have the right to appeal to an independent panel for a
place to be made available for their child. Parents wishing to appeal, who applied
through Hertfordshire’s online system should log in to their online application and
click on the link “register an appeal”. Out of county residents and paper applicants

Proposed
4 Admissions Policy for 2019/2020

Return to Index
should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request their registration
details and log into:
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/school appeals and click on the link “log into the appeals
system”.

7. In-Year Admissions and Continuing Interest Lists

In year applications are made directly to the School. If a place is available and there
is no continuing interest list then the Governing Body will admit the child and the
LA will be notified and an offer letter will be sent to the applicant. If more
applications are received than there are places available then applications will be
ranked by the Governing Body in accordance with the oversubscription criteria. If a
place cannot be offered at this time then you may ask us for the reasons and you will
be informed of your right of appeal. You will be offered the opportunity of being
placed on a continuing interest list. This continuing interest list will be maintained
by the Governing Body in the order of the oversubscription criteria and not in the
order in which the applications are received. Names are normally removed from the
list after 12 months unless applicants indicate otherwise. When a place becomes
available the Governing Body will re-rank the list, by applying he published rules, so
that the Local Authority can inform the parent that the school is making an offer.
The Governing Body will inform parents whether or not a place is to be offered.

8 Additional Points Relating To This Admissions Policy

The Governing Body will not consider repeat applications in the same academic year,
unless there have been significant and material changes in the circumstances of the
family.

Parents are asked to confirm that they understand that they must notify the school
immediately if there is any change to details provided and that should any
information they have given prove to be inaccurate or misleading, governors may
withdraw any offer of a place even if the child has already started school.

The School has a uniform, including sports kit. Governors operate a Hardship Fund
which means that no family should feel unable to apply for admission on account of
uniform costs. Parents who wish to make use of this facility should write to the
Headteacher once a place has been offered. The process is confidential.

As the relevant Admissions Authority, the Governing Body of the School makes no
charge or cost relating to the admission of a pupil to the School.

Proposed
5 Admissions Policy for 2019/2020

Return to Index
NOTES (THESE NOTES FORM PART OF THE OVERSUBSCRIPTION CRITERIA)
A For the purpose of admission criteria ‘Catholic’ means a member of a Church in
full communion with the See of Rome. This includes the Eastern Catholic
Churches. This will be evidenced by a Certificate of Baptism in a Catholic
church or a Certificate of Reception into full communion with the Catholic
Church. For the purposes of this policy this includes a looked after child in the
process of adoption and living with a Catholic family, where a letter from a
priest demonstrates that the child would have been baptised were it not for
his/her status as a looked after child. For a child to be treated as Catholic
evidence of Catholic baptism or reception in the Catholic Church will be
required. Those who have difficulty obtaining written evidence of baptism
should contact their parish priest who, after consulting with the diocese will
decide how the question of baptism is to be resolved and how written evidence
is to be produced in accordance with the law of the Church.

B ‘Certificate of Catholic Practice’ means a certificate issued by the family’s parish

priest (or the priest in charge of the church where the family attends Mass) in
the form laid down by the Bishops’ Conference of England and Wales. It will be
issued if the priest is satisfied that at least one Catholic parent or carer (along
with the child, if he or she is over seven years old) have (except when it was
impossible to do so) attended Mass on Sundays and holydays of obligation for
at least five years (or, in the case of the child, since the age of seven, if shorter).
It will also be issued when the practice has been continuous since being
received into the Church if that occurred less than five years ago. It is expected
that most Certificates will be issued on the basis of attendance. A Certificate
may also be issued by the priest when attendance is interrupted by exceptional
circumstances which excuse from the obligation to attend on that occasion or
occasions.

C ‘Child looked after’ has the same meaning as in Section 22 of the Children Act
1989 and means any child in the care of the Local Authority or provided with
accommodation by them (eg children with foster parents).

D A sibling is defined as the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother
or sister, child of the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or
previously looked after and in every case living permanently in a placement
within the home as part of the family household from Monday to Friday at the
time of this application. Children previously looked after are those children
adopted or with a special guardianship order or child arrangements order. A
sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same
house, for example a child who usually lives with one parent but has
temporarily moved or a looked after child in a respite placement or very short
term or bridging foster placement. A pupil in the School will only count to add

Proposed
6 Admissions Policy for 2019/2020

Return to Index
 priority to a sibling if he/she will be attending the School in Years 7 to 13 at the
time of admission.

E The definition of family includes the child and at least one parent, although the
Governing Body will consider other circumstances, for example, when a
grandparent supports the child or where the child is unsupported in the
practice of his or her faith. The definition of parent is as defined in the
Education Act 1996.

F For the purposes of this admission policy the definition of Children of Other
Christian denominations means: children who belong to other churches and
ecclesial communities which, acknowledging God’s revelation in Christ, confess
the Lord Jesus Christ as God and Saviour according to the Scriptures, and, in
obedience to God’s will and in the power of the Holy Spirit commit themselves:
to seek a deepening of their communion with Christ and with one another in the
Church, which is his body; and to fulfil their mission to proclaim the Gospel by
common witness and service in the world to the glory of the one God, Father,
Son and Holy Spirit. An ecclesial community which on principle has no creedal
statements in its tradition, is included if it manifests faith in Christ as witnessed
to in the Scriptures and is committed to working in the spirit of the above. All
members of Churches Together in England and of CYTÛN are deemed to be
included in the above definition, as are all other churches and ecclesial
communities that are in membership of any local Churches Together Group (by
whatever title) on the above basis.

G For the purpose of this admission policy the definition of Children of other
Faiths means children who are members of a religious community that does not
fall within the definition of ‘other Christian denominations’ and which falls
within the definition of a religion for the purposes of charity law. The Charities
Act 2011 defines religion to include:
● A religion which involves belief in more than one God, and
● A religion which does not involve belief in a God

Case law has identified certain characteristics which describe the meaning of
religion for the purposes of charity law, which are characterised by a belief in a
supreme being and an expression of belief in that supreme being through
worship.

H Adopted: An adopted child is a child whose parents can give proof of their
status as adopted and previously looked after.

I Child Arrangements Order: A Child Arrangement order is an order under the

terms of the Children Act 1989 s.14 which defines it as an order settling the
arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live.

J Special Guardianship Order: A special guardianship order is an order under

the terms of the Children Act 1989 s.14A which defines it as an order appointing
one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian(s).

Proposed
7 Admissions Policy for 2019/2020

Return to Index
K Catechumen: Means a child who is a member of the catechumenate of a
Catholic Church. This will normally be evidenced by a Certificate of Reception
into the Order of Catechumens.

L Eastern Christian Church: Includes Orthodox Churches, and is normally

evidenced by a Certificate of baptism or Reception from the authorities of that
Church.

M Resident: As outlined in the Hertfordshire County Council admission

arrangement literature the address provided must be the child’s current
permanent address at the time of application. ‘At the time of application’
means that the child has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the
family own the property or have a tenancy agreement for a minimum of 12
months. The application can only be processed using one address. If a child
lives at more than one address (for example due to a separation) the address
used will be the one which the child lives at for the majority of the time. If a
child lives at two addresses equally, the address of the parent/carer that claims
Child Benefit/Tax Credit will be considered the child’s main residence. If a
family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit, alternative documentation
will be requested.

Proposed
8 Admissions Policy for 2019/2020

Return to Index
The John Henry Newman Catholic School
REFERENCE FORM FOR NON CATHOLIC APPLICANTS

To be completed by Parent/Guardian and signed by Minister/Pastoral Leader

Name of Child: ________________________________________________Date of Birth:___________________________

Name of Parent(s) / Guardian(s): ________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________ Telephone: _______________________________________________

Family Home Address: ________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________

Name and address of the Church/Place of Worship: _______________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________

Name of Minister/Pastoral Leader: ______________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________ Telephone: _______________________________________________

The child is a member of our faith community.

I confirm that the community on whose behalf I write this reference is a member of one of the Churches
affiliated to ‘Churches Together in Britain and Ireland’. 

1. I hereby confirm that I know the child and the family and that the child is a member of a
practising Christian/ Other Faith family. 

Date: ____________ Printed Name: ____________________ Signature: ____________________

Parish Seal
(to be applied over the signature)

Return to Index
THE JOHN HENRY NEWMAN CATHOLIC SCHOOL
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM 2019/2020

Child’s
Surname:_______________________________________________________________________

Child’s First
Name:_________________________________________________________________________

Date of
Birth:__________________________________________________________________________

Home
Address:_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

Parent/Guardian
Name(s):_______________________________________________________________________

Address (if different from above):____________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

Contact
Number(s):______________________________________________________________________

Does your child attend one of our Feeder Primary Schools? □ Yes □ No
If yes, please provide the name and address of Feeder
School:_________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

Return to Index
 At the time of application if you already have a child or children at The John Henry Newman
Catholic School on roll in years 7 – 13, please provide their details:

Full Name(s)_______________________________________________________________________

Year Group(s)______________________________________________________________________

Religion of Child Catholic Other Christian Other Faith

Yes / No Yes / No Yes / No

Only the Parish Priest can determine a family’s faith practice.

Applicants from other Christian denominations and other faiths may supply the Certificate of Other
Faith Practice.

I confirm that I have read and understood the Admissions Policy and that the information I have
provided is correct. I understand that I must notify the school immediately if there is any change
to these details and that should any information I have given prove to be inaccurate or misleading,
that the governors may withdraw any offer of a place even if the child has already started school.

Signed:________________________________________ Dated:____________________________

Checklist

Have you enclosed: ●Copy of Baptismal Certificate

●Certificate of Catholic Practice/Other Faith Practice (where necessary)

●Evidence of exceptional need (where necessary)

Please forward your application by 31 October 2018 to:

The Admissions Secretary

The John Henry Newman Catholic School
Hitchin Road
Stevenage
SG1 4AE
You must also ensure that you have completed your local authority’s e-admissions form by 31st
October 2018. If you do not do this you will not be offered a place.

Return to Index
 THE JOHN HENRY NEWMAN
CATHOLIC SCHOOL
Sixth Form (Year 12)
Proposed Admissions Policy
2019/2020

The John Henry Newman Catholic School was founded by the Catholic Church to
provide education for children of Catholic families. As a Catholic School the
Governing Body aims to provide a Catholic education for all pupils and students of
the School in accordance with the School’s Trust Deed and Instrument of
Government. Catholic doctrine and practice permeates every aspect of the School’s
life and activities.

It is essential that the Catholic character of the School’s education is fully supported
by all families in the School. All candidates are therefore expected to give their full,
unreserved and positive support for the aims and ethos of the School.

All students from Year 11, of The John Henry Newman Catholic School meeting the
entry criteria (published annually in the Sixth Form Prospectus) have an entitlement
to join the Sixth Form. The published admissions number is 15 places for external
candidates.

1. MINIMUM LEVEL OF ATTAINMENT AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

In order to be considered for a place in the Sixth Form, all candidates must
successfully be assessed to have met the minimum level of achievement for the
course of study they propose to follow. This is set out in the Sixth Form Prospectus.

If the number of external applicants satisfying the above criteria exceeds the number
of places available, places will be offered by taking into account the availability of
space in the subject(s) applied for, taking into account the need to maintain a broad
curricular provision.

Places will be allocated to students with a Education, Health and Care (EHC) Plan
where The John Henry Newman Catholic School is named in the Education Health
Care (EHC) plan.

2. OVERSUBSCRIPTION CRITERIA FOR EXTERNAL CANDIDATES

If the number of applications from those who meet the minimum attainment exceeds
the number of places available for a given course of study, Governors will offer
places in the following order of priority:

CATEGORY 1 Catholic students looked after and Catholic students who have been
adopted (or made subject to child arrangement/residence orders or

Proposed Sixth Form Admissions Policy for 2019/2020

Return to Index
 special guardianship orders) immediately following having been
looked after (see notes A and B)

CATEGORY 2 Catholics (see note A)

CATEGORY 3 Other students looked after and students who have been adopted (or
made subject to child arrangement, residence orders or special
guardianship orders) immediately following having been looked
after (see note B)

CATEGORY 4 Applicants of Christian Faith

CATEGORY 5 Applicants of Other Faiths

CATETORY 6 Other applicants

3. TIE BREAK
Where there are more applicants seeking admission than places available within a
stated category, Governors will apply the following tie-break

Governors will consider applicants living nearest the School. The home to school
distance will be measured using the Hertfordshire County Council system as
outlined in the County’s admission arrangement literature. (Home to school distances
for admission allocation purposes will be measured along a straight line between a student’s
address and the school. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to two
decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of
the student’s home to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a
nationally recognised method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.
This is an objective method of measuring home to school distances consistently when applying
admission rules. It does not take into account the actual or expected route a student will
travel to school).
Home is defined as the address provided, being the students current permanent
address at the time of application.

Where one student is offered a place but a twin/triplet/siblings of that student

applying for a place in the same academic year group is not offered a place the
twin/triplet/sibling will also be offered a place at the School, even when admitting
such a student(s) would exceed the Published Admissions Number.

4. APPLICATION PROCEDURES AND TIMETABLE

To apply for a place in this Sixth Form you must complete the Sixth Form
Application Form. Appropriate additional evidence or baptismal certificate must be
provided with applications from external candidates. Confirmation of the offer of a
place is conditional upon meeting the requirements of the course. The Sixth Form
Application Form and appropriate additional evidence provides information
necessary for The Governing Body to apply the School’s Sixth Form Admissions
Policy accurately. Only upon receipt of these can the Governing Body categorize

Proposed Sixth Form Admissions Policy for 2019/2020

Return to Index
applications. In the absence of such documents the Governing Body will categorize
an application on the information provided at the time of an application.

The completed Sixth Form Application Form (and any necessary accompanying
documentation) should be forwarded to: The Admissions Secretary, The John Henry
Newman Catholic School, Hitchin Road, Stevenage, Hertfordshire, SG1 4AE by 15 December
2018

5. IN-YEAR ADMISSIONS, AND CONTINUING INTEREST LISTS.

In year applications are made directly to the School. If a place is available and there
is no continuing interest list then the Governing Body will admit the student,
providing they meet the admissions criteria and an offer letter will be sent to the
applicant. If more applications are received than there are places available then
applications will be ranked by the Governing Body in accordance with the
oversubscription criteria. You will be offered the opportunity of being placed on a
continuing interest list. This continuing interest list will be maintained by the
Governing Body in the order of the oversubscription criteria and not in the order in
which the applications are received. Names are normally removed from the list after
12 months unless applicants indicate otherwise. When a place becomes available the
Governing Body will re-rank the list so that it can inform the student that the school
is making an offer.

6. RIGHT OF APPEAL
If a place cannot be offered at the time of application you have the right to appeal
and you may ask the Governing Body for the reasons behind the decision not to offer
a place.

7. ADDITIONAL POINTS RELATING TO THIS ADMISSIONS POLICY

The Governing Body will not consider repeat applications in the same academic year,
unless there have been significant and material changes in the circumstances of the
student.

The Governing Body may withdraw a place which has been offered and accepted up
to the start of the first day of term at the School where intentionally misleading
information has been supplied in an application.

As the relevant Admissions Authority, the Governing Body of the School makes no
charge or cost relating to the admission of a student to the School

NOTES (THESE NOTES FORM PART OF THE OVERSUBSCRIPTION CRITERIA)

Proposed Sixth Form Admissions Policy for 2019/2020

Return to Index
A For the purpose of this policy ‘Catholic’ means a member of a Church in full
communion with the See of Rome. This includes the Eastern Catholic Churches.
This will be evidenced by a Certificate of Baptism in a Catholic Church or a
Certificate of Reception into full communion with the Catholic Church. For the
purposes of this policy this includes a looked after student in the process of
adoption and living with a Catholic family, where a letter from a priest
demonstrates that the student would have been baptised were it not for his/her
status as a looked after student. For a student to be treated as Catholic evidence
of Catholic baptism or reception into the Catholic Church will be required.

B For the purposes of this admission policy the definition of Children of Other
Christian denominations means: children who belong to other churches and
ecclesial communities which, acknowledging God’s revelation in Christ, confess
the Lord Jesus Christ as God and Saviour according to the Scriptures, and, in
obedience to God’s will and in the power of the Holy Spirit commit themselves:
to seek a deepening of their communion with Christ and with one another in the
Church, which is his body; and to fulfil their mission to proclaim the Gospel by
common witness and service in the world to the glory of the one God, Father,
Son and Holy Spirit. An ecclesial community which on principle has no creedal
statements in its tradition, is included if it manifests faith in Christ as witnessed
to in the Scriptures and is committed to working in the spirit of the above. All
members of Churches Together in England and of CYTÛN are deemed to be
included in the above definition, as are all other churches and ecclesial
communities that are in membership of any local Churches Together Group (by
whatever title) on the above basis.

C For the purpose of this admission policy the definition of Children of other
Faiths means children who are members of a religious community that does not
fall within the definition of ‘other Christian denominations’ and which falls
within the definition of a religion for the purposes of charity law. The Charities
Act 2011 defines religion to include:
● A religion which involves belief in more than one God, and
● A religion which does not involve belief in a God

Case law has identified certain characteristics which describe the meaning of
religion for the purposes of charity law, which are characterised by a belief in a
supreme being and an expression of belief in that supreme being through
worship.

D ‘Student looked after’ has the same meaning as in Section 22 of the Children Act
1989 and means any student in the care of the Local Authority or provided with
accommodation by them (e.g. students with foster parents).

E. Resident: As outlined in the Hertfordshire County Council admission

arrangement literature the address provided must be the student’s current
Proposed Sixth Form Admissions Policy for 2019/2020

Return to Index
permanent address at the time of application. ‘At the time of application’
means that the student has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the
family own the property or have a tenancy agreement for a minimum of 12
months. The application can only be processed using one address. If a student
lives at more than one address (for example due to a separation) the address
used will be the one which the student lives at for the majority of the time. If a
student lives at two addresses equally, the address of the parent/carer that
claims Child Benefit/Tax Credit will be considered the student’s main residence.
If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit, alternative
documentation will be requested.

Proposed Sixth Form Admissions Policy for 2019/2020

Return to Index
West Herts Community Free School Trust: Admission arrangements for
2019/20 (Jupiter, Lanchester and Ascot Road community Free Schools)

The schools will each have a published admission number of 60

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all
maintained schools to admit a child with a statement of special educational needs
that names their school. All schools must also admit children with an Education
Health and Care Plan (EHCP) that names the school.

If there are fewer applications than places available, all applicants will be offered a
place. If there are more applications than places available, the criteria outlined below
will be used to allocate places.

Rule 1 Children in care and children who were looked after, but ceased to be
so because they were adopted (or became subject to a child
arrangement order or a special guardianship order)

Rule 2 Medical or Social: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they
have a particular medical or social need to go to the school.
Hertfordshire County Council will determine whether the evidence
provided is sufficiently compelling to meet the requirements for this
rule. The evidence must relate specifically to the school applied for
under Rule 2 and must clearly demonstrate why it is the only school
that can meet the child’s needs.

Rule 3 Sibling: Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school at the
time of application.
This applies to reception through to Year 5

In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as

long as they will still be in attendance at the time of admission

Rule 4 Children of Staff: children of staff where (a) the member of staff has
been employed at the school for two or more years at the time at which
the application for admission to the school is made, and/or (b) the
member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a
demonstrable skill shortage.
.
Rule 5 Nearest School: Children for whom it is their nearest school or
academy. This includes all schools except those which allocate on the
basis of faith.

The definition of “nearest” is available in the “Definition” section below.

Rule 6 Distance: Children who live nearest to the school. Children not
considered under Rule 5 will be considered under Rule 6.
1
West Herts Community Free School Trust
Registered Office: Lanchester Building, Hempstead Road, Watford, WD17 3HD
Company number: 08324782

Return to Index
These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify
under a particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by
applying the next rule to those children. Where there is a need for a tie-breaker
where two different addresses measure the same distance from a school, in the case
of a block of flats for example the lower door number will be deemed nearest as
logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two identical
addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will be random allocation.
Random allocation will be undertaken independently of the school by Hertfordshire
County Council. Every child entered onto the county council’s admissions database
has an individual random number assigned, between 1 and 1 million, against each
preference school. When there is a need for a final tie break this random number is
used to allocate the place, with the lowest number given priority.

The WHCFST schools will use the same definitions and measuring system as
Hertfordshire County Council’s as outlined in the “Definitions" section below.

Continuing Interest (Reception places)

After places have been offered, Hertfordshire County Council will maintain the
school’s continuing interest (CI) - waiting list. A child’s position on a CI list will be
determined by the admission criteria outlined above and a child’s place on the list
can change as other children join or leave it. The county council will contact
parents/carers if a vacancy becomes available and it can be offered to a child.

A continuing interest list will be maintained for every year group until the end of the
summer term.

In Year Admissions
The schools will remain part of the county council’s coordinated In Year admissions
scheme. Application forms can be accessed via
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions or from the Customer Service Centre, 0300
123 4043. Parents should return the application form direct to the County Council
(address on the form).

Fair Access
The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit
children under this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Appeals
At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into their
online application and click on the link 'register an appeal '.For those who did not
apply on line, please contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to
request an appeal pack.' For In Year appeals please contact the school in the first
instance.

Definitions and Explanatory notes

The following definitions apply to terms used in the admissions criteria:

2
West Herts Community Free School Trust
Registered Office: Lanchester Building, Hempstead Road, Watford, WD17 3HD
Company number: 08324782

Return to Index
Children in public care (children looked after):
Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of
the School Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission
Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2012. These children will be prioritised under
rule 1.

Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be
so because they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or
a special guardianship order.

A “child looked after” is a child who is

a) in the care of a local authority, or
b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their
social services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for
admission under rule 1.*

Child Arrangements Order - under the provisions of the Children and Families Act
2014, which amended section 8 of the Children Act 1989, residence orders have
now been replaced by child arrangements orders which settle the arrangements to
be made as to the person with whom the child is to live

Special guardianship order – under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order
appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian or guardians

Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children
looked after providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be
prioritised under Rule 1.

Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made
the subject of a child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be
prioritised under rule 1. Applications made for these children, with suitable
supporting professional evidence, can be considered under rule 2.

* This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17)
of the School Admissions Code that came into force on 19 December 2014.

Rule 2: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular
medical or social need to go to the school:
Rule 2 applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application, unless
there has been a significant and exceptional change of circumstances within the
family since the initial application was submitted.

All schools in Hertfordshire have experience in dealing with children with diverse
social and medical needs. However in a few very exceptional cases, there are
reasons why a child has to go to one specific school.

3
West Herts Community Free School Trust
Registered Office: Lanchester Building, Hempstead Road, Watford, WD17 3HD
Company number: 08324782

Return to Index
Few applications under Rule 2 are agreed. All applications are considered
individually but a successful application should include the following:

a. Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only one school can meet
a child’s individual needs, and/or
b. Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making clear
why only one school can meet the child’s needs
c. If the requested school is not the nearest school to the child’s home address clear
reasons why the nearest school is not appropriate
d. For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or
disability makes attendance at only a specific school essential.

Evidence should make clear why only one school is appropriate. Applications under
Rule 2 can only be considered when supported by a recent letter from a professional
involved with the child or family, for example a doctor, psychologist or police officer.
The supporting evidence needs to demonstrate why only one named school can
meet the social/medical needs of the child.

Applications for children previously “looked after” but not meeting the specific criteria
outlined Rule 1, may be made under this rule.

Further details on the Rule 2 process can be found in the “Rule 2 protocol” available
at: www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/docs/pdf/admissions/Rule2pross.pdf

Definition of sibling:
A sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or
sister, child of the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked
after* and in every case living permanently** in a placement within the home as part
of the family household from Monday to Friday at the time of this application.

A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts.
If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no
sibling connection available to subsequent children from that family.

*Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special
guardianship order or child arrangements order. This definition was amended
following a determination by the OSA in August 2014.
**A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same
house, for example a child who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily
moved or a looked after child in a respite placement or very short term or bridging
foster placement.

Multiple births:
The school will admit over the published admission number when a single
twin/multiple birth child is allocated the last place at a school.

4
West Herts Community Free School Trust
Registered Office: Lanchester Building, Hempstead Road, Watford, WD17 3HD
Company number: 08324782

Return to Index
Home address:
The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of
application. ‘At the time of application’ means the closing date for applications.
“Permanent” means that the child has lived at that address for at least a year and/or
the family own the property or have a tenancy agreement for a minimum of 12
months. The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at
more than one address (for example due to a separation) the address used will be
the one which the child lives at for the majority of the time. If a child lives at two
addresses equally, the address of the parent/carer that claims Child Benefit/Child
Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s main residence. If a family is not in
receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be requested. If a
child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation to
evidence the address that should be used for admission allocation purposes.

Fraudulent applications:
The school, in liaison with Hertfordshire County Council, will do as much as possible
to prevent applications being made from fraudulent addresses. Address evidence is
frequently requested, monitored and checked and school places will be withdrawn
when false information is deliberately provided. Action will be taken in the following
circumstances:
• When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at
their current school;
• When a child lives at a different address to the applicant
• When the applicant does not have parental responsibility

When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or more
of the following applies:
• The family has moved to a property from which their application was less
likely to be successful
• The family has returned to an existing property
• The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time (anything
less than a year) over the application period
• Council tax information shows a different residence at the time of application
• When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from
the address used at the time of application

Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions:

A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used for all home to school distance
measurements for admission allocation purposes. Distances are measured using a
computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken
from the AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the address
point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of
identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

Rule 5: Definition of “nearest school”

The definition of “nearest school” includes all schools and academies (regardless of
status) unless that school or academy prioritises applications and allocates places
on the basis of faith.
5
West Herts Community Free School Trust
Registered Office: Lanchester Building, Hempstead Road, Watford, WD17 3HD
Company number: 08324782

Return to Index
Applications from children* from overseas
All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16 years) in England have a right of
access to education. However, where a child is in England for a short period only, for
example less than half a term, it may be reasonable to refuse admission to a school.

*Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or
British Overseas passports), or have a UK passport describing them as a British
citizen or British subject with the right of abode or are European Economic Area
nationals normally have unrestricted entry to the UK.*

An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently
overseas if, for In Year applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in
Hertfordshire within two weeks. In Year allocations are made on the assumption that
the child will accept the school place and be on roll within that timescale.

For the Primary application process applications will not normally be accepted from,
nor places allocated to, an overseas address. The exception to this (for both In Year
and transfer processes) is for children of UK service personnel and crown servants
(and from military families who are residents of countries with a Memorandum of
Understanding with the UK). In these cases HCC will allocate a place in advance of
the family arriving in the area provided the application is accompanied by an official
letter that declares a relocation date and a HCC Unit postal address or quartering
area address, for consideration of the application against oversubscription criteria. If
the family already has an established alternative private address, that address will be
used for admission purposes.

The schools, in liaison with HCC, will also consider accepting applications from
children* (as defined above) whose family can evidence intent to return to and/or
permanently reside in Hertfordshire prior to the start of the new academic year.
These applications, if accepted, will be processed from the overseas address until
sufficient evidence is received to show the child is permanently resident in
Hertfordshire. Evidence must be submitted at the time of application.

Evidence submitted after the date for late applications can not be taken into account
before National Allocation Day. Decisions on these applications will be made by a
panel of senior officers and communicated with parents within 6 weeks of the closing
date for applications.

If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps

because they are working abroad at the time of application, the Hertfordshire
address will not be accepted for the purposes of admission until the child is resident
at that address. Other children, than those mentioned above, from overseas do not
generally have automatic right of entry to the UK. An application for a school place
will not therefore be accepted until they are permanently resident in Hertfordshire.
Proof of residency such as an endorsed passport or entry visa will be required with
the application, in addition to proof of Hertfordshire address, for example a council
tax bill or 12 month rental agreement.
6
West Herts Community Free School Trust
Registered Office: Lanchester Building, Hempstead Road, Watford, WD17 3HD
Company number: 08324782

Return to Index
Age of Admission and Deferral of Places
The school’s policy is that children born on and between 1 September 2013 and 31
August 2014 would normally commence primary school in Reception in the
academic year beginning in September 2018. All Hertfordshire infant, first and
primary schools provide for the full-time admission of all children offered a place in
the Reception year group from the September following their fourth birthday. If a
parent wants a full-time place for their child from September (at the school at which a
place has been offered) then they are entitled to that full-time place.

Parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the same
academic year or until the term in which the child reaches compulsory school age.
Summer born children are only able to “defer” entry to Reception class until the
beginning of the final term of the school year for which the offer was made.

Where parents wish, children can attend part-time until they reach compulsory
school age. Any parents wishing to take up a part-time place or deferred entry
should contact the individual school(s) to discuss their child’s requirements.

Reception intake and summer born children

Legally, a child does not have to start school until the start of the term following their
fifth birthday. Guidance issued by the Minister of State for Schools, Nick Gibb on 8
September 2015, has indicated that the government intends to amend the School
Admissions Code to allow summer born children to be admitted to the Reception
class at age 5 if it is line with their parents’ wishes. Summer born children are those
born between 1 April 2013 and 31 August 2013. Currently summer born children are
expected to start Reception at the age of 4.

In anticipation of this change to School Admissions Code, which will require public
consultation, the school has amended its policy regarding summer born children.
If your child was born between 1 April and 31 August 2013, and you do not
believe they will be ready to start Reception in the 2017/18 academic year, you
may instead make an application for your child to start Reception in September
2018.

Children Out of Year Group (except applications for reception from summer
born)
The school’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct chronological
year group, with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of
individual children. This is in line with DfE guidance* which states that “in general,
children should be educated in their normal age group”.

If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group

they should, at the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant
professionals working with the child and family stating why the child must be placed
outside their normal age appropriate cohort. DfE guidance makes clear that “it is
reasonable for admission authorities to expect parents to provide them with

7
West Herts Community Free School Trust
Registered Office: Lanchester Building, Hempstead Road, Watford, WD17 3HD
Company number: 08324782

Return to Index
information in support of their request – since without it they are unlikely to be able to
make a decision on the basis of the circumstances of the case”.

The school’s governing body, as the relevant admission authority, will decide
whether the application will be accepted on the basis of the information submitted.
The governors’ decision will be based upon the circumstances of each case
including the view of parents, the headteacher, the child's social, academic and
emotional development and whether the child has been previously educated out of
year group. There is no guarantee that an application will be accepted on this basis.
If the application is not accepted this does not constitute a refusal of a place and
there is no right to an independent statutory appeal. Similarly there is no right of
appeal for a place in a specific year group at a school. The internal management and
organisation of a school, including the placement of pupils in classes, is a matter for
the Headteacher and senior leadership of the school.

*Advice on the admission of summer born children” December 2014

Nursery Provision
The admission arrangements detailed in this document do not apply for those being
admitted into any nursery or pre-school provision. The arrangements for nursery and
pre-school provision at the WHCFST schools are through Squirrels Nurseries who
can be contacted at info@squirrelsnurseries.co.uk .

Parents of children who are admitted to a nursery provision at a school must apply in
the normal way for a place at the school if they want their child to transfer to the
reception class. Attendance at the nursery or co-located children’s centre does not
guarantee admission to the school.

8
West Herts Community Free School Trust
Registered Office: Lanchester Building, Hempstead Road, Watford, WD17 3HD
Company number: 08324782

Return to Index


Katherine Warington School - Admission Arrangements for 2019/2020
Katherine Warington School is a co-educational, all-ability school for children aged 11-
18.

The school will have a published admission number for Year 7 of 180.

All applicants must complete the Common Application Form of their home Local
Authority. Hertfordshire residents should apply online to Hertfordshire County Council or
complete the secondary transfer form available in the “Moving On” booklet. Families
resident in other authorities must complete the form provided by the authority in which
they live. Applications for Katherine Warington School do not need to complete a
Supplementary Information Form (SIF).

If the school receives more applications than it has places available, the following criteria
will be applied in the order they are printed below. If the school has fewer applications
than places available all applicants will be offered a place.

The funding agreement, signed by the Academy Trust and the Secretary of State,
requires the Academy to admit a child with a statement of special educational needs that
names the school. Schools must also admit children with an EHC (Education, Health
and Care) Plan that names the school. These children will be admitted as part of the
school’s PAN but before the oversubscription criteria are used.

Rule 1 Children in public care (children looked after) and children who were looked
after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a
residence order, child arrangements order or a special guardianship order).

Rule 2 Medical or social needs: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they
have a particular medical or social need to go to the school.

A panel of officers from HCC will determine whether the evidence provided is
sufficiently compelling to meet the requirements of this rule. The evidence
must relate specifically to this school and must clearly demonstrate why it is the
only school that can meet the child’s needs.

Rule 3 Sibling: Children who have a sibling at the school at the time of application,
unless the sibling is in the last year of the normal age range of the school.
Note: the ‘normal age range’ is the designated range for which the school
provides, i.e. Years 7 to 13 in this school.

Rule 4 Children of staff: The school will admit a child of a member of staff provided
that the member of staff has been employed at the school for two or more
years at the time at which the application for admission to the school is made
or where the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is
a demonstrable skill shortage. To be eligible under this rule, the staff member
must be the child's natural parent or otherwise have parental responsibility (as
defined under the Children Act 1989) for the child.

Return to Index
 For the purposes of satisfying these criteria, a member of staff is defined as a
permanent member of the staff. This definition does not include contract staff
or peripatetic staff employed by HCC.

Rule 5 Children who live in the priority area and for whom it is their nearest
Hertfordshire maintained school or academy that is non-faith, co-educational
and non-partially selective. Note: Non-partially selective means that the school
does not offer any places based on academic ability.

Rule 6 Children who live in the priority area who live nearest to the school.

Rule 7 Children living outside the priority area on the basis of distance, with those
living nearest to the school given priority.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above.

Tiebreak

If more children qualify under a particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak
will be used by applying the next rule to those children. Where there is a need for a tie-
breaker where two different addresses measure the same distance from a school, in the
case of a block of flats for example, the lower door number will be deemed nearest as
logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two identical
addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will be random.

Priority Areas

The co-educational priority areas in the admission rules are based on the following
towns, parishes/unparished areas. These apply to Rules 5 and 6.

Priority Harpenden Ayot St. Lawrence, Colney Heath, Beaumont

Area 7 and Flamstead, Harpenden, Harpenden Rural, Roundwood
St. Albans Kimpton, King’s Walden, London Colney, Park
Markyate, Redbourn, Ridge, Sandridge, St. Samuel Ryder
Michael, St. Pauls Walden, St. Stephens, St. Sandringham
Albans, Shenley, Wheathampstead. Sir John Lawes
Katherine
Warington
School

Home to School Distance Measurement for Purposes of Admissions

Hertfordshire County Council’s ‘straight line’ distance measurement system is used for
all home to school distance measurements. Distances are measured using a
computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from
the AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the address point of
the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying
the location of schools and individual residences.

Return to Index
Children Seeking Admission outside their Chronological Year Group

Only in exceptional circumstances will a child younger than 11 years of age or older than
12 years of age on 1 September of the year in which he/she is due to transfer to
secondary school be considered for admission. The Governing Body will have regard to
the advice of the Headteacher of the primary school that the child attends and that of
other relevant professionals, such as an Educational Psychologist, when deciding
whether an application should be considered outside of the child’s chronological year
group.

In Year Admissions

The school will remain part of Children’s Services co-ordinated In Year admissions
scheme. Application forms can be accessed via www.hertfordshire.gov/admissions or
from the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043. Parents should return the
application form direct to Children’s Services (address on the form).

Fair Access Protocol

The school participates in the County Council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit
children under this protocol before children on the continuing interest list.

Sixth Form arrangements

Minimum entry requirements are as set out in our Sixth Form prospectus.

If the school is oversubscribed, priority will first be given to:

Children looked after or previously looked after

Secondary transfer rules then apply

Appeals

Parents wishing to appeal who applied online should log on to their online application
and click on the link ‘register an appeal’. For those who did not apply online, please
contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal pack.

For in-year applications - parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in
the first instance.

Return to Index
West Herts Community Free School Trust: Admission arrangements for
2019/20 (Jupiter, Lanchester and Ascot Road community Free Schools)

The schools will each have a published admission number of 60

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all
maintained schools to admit a child with a statement of special educational needs
that names their school. All schools must also admit children with an Education
Health and Care Plan (EHCP) that names the school.

If there are fewer applications than places available, all applicants will be offered a
place. If there are more applications than places available, the criteria outlined below
will be used to allocate places.

Rule 1 Children in care and children who were looked after, but ceased to be
so because they were adopted (or became subject to a child
arrangement order or a special guardianship order)

Rule 2 Medical or Social: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they
have a particular medical or social need to go to the school.
Hertfordshire County Council will determine whether the evidence
provided is sufficiently compelling to meet the requirements for this
rule. The evidence must relate specifically to the school applied for
under Rule 2 and must clearly demonstrate why it is the only school
that can meet the child’s needs.

Rule 3 Sibling: Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school at the
time of application.
This applies to reception through to Year 5

In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as

long as they will still be in attendance at the time of admission

Rule 4 Children of Staff: children of staff where (a) the member of staff has
been employed at the school for two or more years at the time at which
the application for admission to the school is made, and/or (b) the
member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a
demonstrable skill shortage.
.
Rule 5 Nearest School: Children for whom it is their nearest school or
academy. This includes all schools except those which allocate on the
basis of faith.

The definition of “nearest” is available in the “Definition” section below.

Rule 6 Distance: Children who live nearest to the school. Children not
considered under Rule 5 will be considered under Rule 6.
1
West Herts Community Free School Trust
Registered Office: Lanchester Building, Hempstead Road, Watford, WD17 3HD
Company number: 08324782

Return to Index
These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify
under a particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by
applying the next rule to those children. Where there is a need for a tie-breaker
where two different addresses measure the same distance from a school, in the case
of a block of flats for example the lower door number will be deemed nearest as
logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two identical
addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will be random allocation.
Random allocation will be undertaken independently of the school by Hertfordshire
County Council. Every child entered onto the county council’s admissions database
has an individual random number assigned, between 1 and 1 million, against each
preference school. When there is a need for a final tie break this random number is
used to allocate the place, with the lowest number given priority.

The WHCFST schools will use the same definitions and measuring system as
Hertfordshire County Council’s as outlined in the “Definitions" section below.

Continuing Interest (Reception places)

After places have been offered, Hertfordshire County Council will maintain the
school’s continuing interest (CI) - waiting list. A child’s position on a CI list will be
determined by the admission criteria outlined above and a child’s place on the list
can change as other children join or leave it. The county council will contact
parents/carers if a vacancy becomes available and it can be offered to a child.

A continuing interest list will be maintained for every year group until the end of the
summer term.

In Year Admissions
The schools will remain part of the county council’s coordinated In Year admissions
scheme. Application forms can be accessed via
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions or from the Customer Service Centre, 0300
123 4043. Parents should return the application form direct to the County Council
(address on the form).

Fair Access
The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit
children under this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Appeals
At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into their
online application and click on the link 'register an appeal '.For those who did not
apply on line, please contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to
request an appeal pack.' For In Year appeals please contact the school in the first
instance.

Definitions and Explanatory notes

The following definitions apply to terms used in the admissions criteria:

2
West Herts Community Free School Trust
Registered Office: Lanchester Building, Hempstead Road, Watford, WD17 3HD
Company number: 08324782

Return to Index
Children in public care (children looked after):
Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of
the School Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission
Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2012. These children will be prioritised under
rule 1.

Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be
so because they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or
a special guardianship order.

A “child looked after” is a child who is

a) in the care of a local authority, or
b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their
social services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for
admission under rule 1.*

Child Arrangements Order - under the provisions of the Children and Families Act
2014, which amended section 8 of the Children Act 1989, residence orders have
now been replaced by child arrangements orders which settle the arrangements to
be made as to the person with whom the child is to live

Special guardianship order – under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order
appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian or guardians

Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children
looked after providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be
prioritised under Rule 1.

Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made
the subject of a child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be
prioritised under rule 1. Applications made for these children, with suitable
supporting professional evidence, can be considered under rule 2.

* This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17)
of the School Admissions Code that came into force on 19 December 2014.

Rule 2: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular
medical or social need to go to the school:
Rule 2 applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application, unless
there has been a significant and exceptional change of circumstances within the
family since the initial application was submitted.

All schools in Hertfordshire have experience in dealing with children with diverse
social and medical needs. However in a few very exceptional cases, there are
reasons why a child has to go to one specific school.

3
West Herts Community Free School Trust
Registered Office: Lanchester Building, Hempstead Road, Watford, WD17 3HD
Company number: 08324782

Return to Index
Few applications under Rule 2 are agreed. All applications are considered
individually but a successful application should include the following:

a. Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only one school can meet
a child’s individual needs, and/or
b. Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making clear
why only one school can meet the child’s needs
c. If the requested school is not the nearest school to the child’s home address clear
reasons why the nearest school is not appropriate
d. For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or
disability makes attendance at only a specific school essential.

Evidence should make clear why only one school is appropriate. Applications under
Rule 2 can only be considered when supported by a recent letter from a professional
involved with the child or family, for example a doctor, psychologist or police officer.
The supporting evidence needs to demonstrate why only one named school can
meet the social/medical needs of the child.

Applications for children previously “looked after” but not meeting the specific criteria
outlined Rule 1, may be made under this rule.

Further details on the Rule 2 process can be found in the “Rule 2 protocol” available
at: www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/docs/pdf/admissions/Rule2pross.pdf

Definition of sibling:
A sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or
sister, child of the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked
after* and in every case living permanently** in a placement within the home as part
of the family household from Monday to Friday at the time of this application.

A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts.
If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no
sibling connection available to subsequent children from that family.

*Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special
guardianship order or child arrangements order. This definition was amended
following a determination by the OSA in August 2014.
**A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same
house, for example a child who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily
moved or a looked after child in a respite placement or very short term or bridging
foster placement.

Multiple births:
The school will admit over the published admission number when a single
twin/multiple birth child is allocated the last place at a school.

4
West Herts Community Free School Trust
Registered Office: Lanchester Building, Hempstead Road, Watford, WD17 3HD
Company number: 08324782

Return to Index
Home address:
The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of
application. ‘At the time of application’ means the closing date for applications.
“Permanent” means that the child has lived at that address for at least a year and/or
the family own the property or have a tenancy agreement for a minimum of 12
months. The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at
more than one address (for example due to a separation) the address used will be
the one which the child lives at for the majority of the time. If a child lives at two
addresses equally, the address of the parent/carer that claims Child Benefit/Child
Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s main residence. If a family is not in
receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be requested. If a
child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation to
evidence the address that should be used for admission allocation purposes.

Fraudulent applications:
The school, in liaison with Hertfordshire County Council, will do as much as possible
to prevent applications being made from fraudulent addresses. Address evidence is
frequently requested, monitored and checked and school places will be withdrawn
when false information is deliberately provided. Action will be taken in the following
circumstances:
• When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at
their current school;
• When a child lives at a different address to the applicant
• When the applicant does not have parental responsibility

When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or more
of the following applies:
• The family has moved to a property from which their application was less
likely to be successful
• The family has returned to an existing property
• The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time (anything
less than a year) over the application period
• Council tax information shows a different residence at the time of application
• When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from
the address used at the time of application

Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions:

A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used for all home to school distance
measurements for admission allocation purposes. Distances are measured using a
computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken
from the AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the address
point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of
identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

Rule 5: Definition of “nearest school”

The definition of “nearest school” includes all schools and academies (regardless of
status) unless that school or academy prioritises applications and allocates places
on the basis of faith.
5
West Herts Community Free School Trust
Registered Office: Lanchester Building, Hempstead Road, Watford, WD17 3HD
Company number: 08324782

Return to Index
Applications from children* from overseas
All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16 years) in England have a right of
access to education. However, where a child is in England for a short period only, for
example less than half a term, it may be reasonable to refuse admission to a school.

*Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or
British Overseas passports), or have a UK passport describing them as a British
citizen or British subject with the right of abode or are European Economic Area
nationals normally have unrestricted entry to the UK.*

An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently
overseas if, for In Year applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in
Hertfordshire within two weeks. In Year allocations are made on the assumption that
the child will accept the school place and be on roll within that timescale.

For the Primary application process applications will not normally be accepted from,
nor places allocated to, an overseas address. The exception to this (for both In Year
and transfer processes) is for children of UK service personnel and crown servants
(and from military families who are residents of countries with a Memorandum of
Understanding with the UK). In these cases HCC will allocate a place in advance of
the family arriving in the area provided the application is accompanied by an official
letter that declares a relocation date and a HCC Unit postal address or quartering
area address, for consideration of the application against oversubscription criteria. If
the family already has an established alternative private address, that address will be
used for admission purposes.

The schools, in liaison with HCC, will also consider accepting applications from
children* (as defined above) whose family can evidence intent to return to and/or
permanently reside in Hertfordshire prior to the start of the new academic year.
These applications, if accepted, will be processed from the overseas address until
sufficient evidence is received to show the child is permanently resident in
Hertfordshire. Evidence must be submitted at the time of application.

Evidence submitted after the date for late applications can not be taken into account
before National Allocation Day. Decisions on these applications will be made by a
panel of senior officers and communicated with parents within 6 weeks of the closing
date for applications.

If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps

because they are working abroad at the time of application, the Hertfordshire
address will not be accepted for the purposes of admission until the child is resident
at that address. Other children, than those mentioned above, from overseas do not
generally have automatic right of entry to the UK. An application for a school place
will not therefore be accepted until they are permanently resident in Hertfordshire.
Proof of residency such as an endorsed passport or entry visa will be required with
the application, in addition to proof of Hertfordshire address, for example a council
tax bill or 12 month rental agreement.
6
West Herts Community Free School Trust
Registered Office: Lanchester Building, Hempstead Road, Watford, WD17 3HD
Company number: 08324782

Return to Index
Age of Admission and Deferral of Places
The school’s policy is that children born on and between 1 September 2013 and 31
August 2014 would normally commence primary school in Reception in the
academic year beginning in September 2018. All Hertfordshire infant, first and
primary schools provide for the full-time admission of all children offered a place in
the Reception year group from the September following their fourth birthday. If a
parent wants a full-time place for their child from September (at the school at which a
place has been offered) then they are entitled to that full-time place.

Parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the same
academic year or until the term in which the child reaches compulsory school age.
Summer born children are only able to “defer” entry to Reception class until the
beginning of the final term of the school year for which the offer was made.

Where parents wish, children can attend part-time until they reach compulsory
school age. Any parents wishing to take up a part-time place or deferred entry
should contact the individual school(s) to discuss their child’s requirements.

Reception intake and summer born children

Legally, a child does not have to start school until the start of the term following their
fifth birthday. Guidance issued by the Minister of State for Schools, Nick Gibb on 8
September 2015, has indicated that the government intends to amend the School
Admissions Code to allow summer born children to be admitted to the Reception
class at age 5 if it is line with their parents’ wishes. Summer born children are those
born between 1 April 2013 and 31 August 2013. Currently summer born children are
expected to start Reception at the age of 4.

In anticipation of this change to School Admissions Code, which will require public
consultation, the school has amended its policy regarding summer born children.
If your child was born between 1 April and 31 August 2013, and you do not
believe they will be ready to start Reception in the 2017/18 academic year, you
may instead make an application for your child to start Reception in September
2018.

Children Out of Year Group (except applications for reception from summer
born)
The school’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct chronological
year group, with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of
individual children. This is in line with DfE guidance* which states that “in general,
children should be educated in their normal age group”.

If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group

they should, at the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant
professionals working with the child and family stating why the child must be placed
outside their normal age appropriate cohort. DfE guidance makes clear that “it is
reasonable for admission authorities to expect parents to provide them with

7
West Herts Community Free School Trust
Registered Office: Lanchester Building, Hempstead Road, Watford, WD17 3HD
Company number: 08324782

Return to Index
information in support of their request – since without it they are unlikely to be able to
make a decision on the basis of the circumstances of the case”.

The school’s governing body, as the relevant admission authority, will decide
whether the application will be accepted on the basis of the information submitted.
The governors’ decision will be based upon the circumstances of each case
including the view of parents, the headteacher, the child's social, academic and
emotional development and whether the child has been previously educated out of
year group. There is no guarantee that an application will be accepted on this basis.
If the application is not accepted this does not constitute a refusal of a place and
there is no right to an independent statutory appeal. Similarly there is no right of
appeal for a place in a specific year group at a school. The internal management and
organisation of a school, including the placement of pupils in classes, is a matter for
the Headteacher and senior leadership of the school.

*Advice on the admission of summer born children” December 2014

Nursery Provision
The admission arrangements detailed in this document do not apply for those being
admitted into any nursery or pre-school provision. The arrangements for nursery and
pre-school provision at the WHCFST schools are through Squirrels Nurseries who
can be contacted at info@squirrelsnurseries.co.uk .

Parents of children who are admitted to a nursery provision at a school must apply in
the normal way for a place at the school if they want their child to transfer to the
reception class. Attendance at the nursery or co-located children’s centre does not
guarantee admission to the school.

8
West Herts Community Free School Trust
Registered Office: Lanchester Building, Hempstead Road, Watford, WD17 3HD
Company number: 08324782

Return to Index
 Admission Arrangements for Laurance Haines School for 2019-20

The schools published admission number will be 60.

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all schools to admit a child with a statement of special
educational needs that names their school. Schools must also admit children with an EHC (Education, Health and Care) Plan
that names the school.

If there are fewer applications than places available at a school all applicants will be admitted. If there are more
applications than places available, the criteria outlined below will be used to prioritise applications.

Rule 1: Children looked after

and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a child
arrangements order or a special guardianship order)*.

Rule 2: Medical or Social

Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical or social need to go to the
school*.
A panel of officers will determine whether the evidence provided is sufficiently compelling to meet the
requirements for this rule. The evidence must relate specifically to the school applied for under Rule 2 and must
clearly demonstrate why it is the only school that can meet the child’s needs.

Rule 3: Sibling
Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school or linked school at the time of application*. This applies to
reception through to Year 5.

Rule 4: Applicants who are children of a parent who is a permanent member of the school staff
A member of staff must either have been employed at the school for two or more years at the time at which the
application for admission to the school is made; and/or have been recruited to fill a post for which there is a
demonstrable skill shortage. In all cases, the member of staff must have parental responsibility (sole or shared) for
the applicant.

Rule 5: Nearest School

Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy. This includes all schools except those which allocate on
the basis of faith.

Rule 6: Distance
Children who live nearest to the school.
Children not considered under rule 5 will be considered under rule 6.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify under a particular rule than there are
places available, a tie break will be used by applying the next rule to those children.

Tie Break
When there is a need for a tie break where two different addresses are the same distance from a school, in the case of a
block of flats for example, the lower door number will be deemed nearest as logically this will be on the ground floor and
therefore closer. If there are two identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will be random. Every child
entered onto the HCC admissions database has an individual random number assigned, between 1 and 1 million, against
each preference school. When there is a need for a final tie break the random number is used to allocate the place, with the
lowest number given priority.

1
Return to Index
Continuing Interest
After places have been offered, Hertfordshire County Council will maintain a continuing interest (waiting) list for all
community and voluntary controlled schools. A child’s position on a CI list will be determined by the admission criteria
outlined above and a child’s place on the list can change as other children join or leave it. The county council will contact
parents/carers if a vacancy becomes available and it can be offered to a child. Continuing interest lists will be maintained for
every year group until the end of the summer term. To retain a CI application after this time, parents must make an In Year
application.

In Year Admissions
As an academy we co-ordinate all of our own in-year admissions. If you would like to apply for a place at Laurance Haines
School please contact the school on 01923233146. Details of which years currently have places can be found on the
admissions page of our website. If we do not currently have a place please contact the school and we can advise you on the
status of our current waiting lists. Places for years in which we are over-subscribed are allocated in line with the HCC
Admission rules.

Fair Access
Community and voluntary controlled schools will admit children under the Fair Access Protocol before those on continuing
interest, and over the Published Admission Number (PAN) if required.

*Please see the ‘Explanatory notes and definitions 2019/20 document for a full explanation/definition

2
Return to Index
 Explanatory notes and definitions 2019/20

The following definitions apply to terms used in the admissions criteria:

Rule 1: Children looked after and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they
were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order¹ or a special guardianship order²)
Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the School Admissions
(Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2012.
These children will be prioritised under rule 1.
Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were
adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special guardianship order.
A “child looked after” is a child who is:
a) in the care of a local authority, or
b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services function
(section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)
All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission under rule 1.³
Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked after providing
there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under Rule 1.
Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the subject of a child
arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised under rule 1. Applications made for
these children, with suitable supporting professional evidence, can be considered under rule 2.
¹ Child arrangements order
Under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which amended section 8 of the Children Act 1989, residence orders have
now been replaced by child arrangements orders which settle the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to
live.

² Special guardianship order

Under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian or guardians.

³ This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the School Admissions Code that came into force
on 19 December 2014.

Rule 2: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical or social need to
go to the school
Rule 2 applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application, unless there has been a
significant and exceptional change of circumstances within the family since the initial application was
submitted.
All schools in Hertfordshire have experience in dealing with children with diverse social and medical needs.
However in a few very exceptional cases, there are reasons why a child has to go to one specific school.
Few applications under Rule 2 are agreed.
All applications are considered individually but a successful application should include the following:
a. Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only one school can meet a child’s individual
needs, and/or
b. Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making clear why only one school
can meet the child’s needs.
c. If the requested school is not the nearest school to the child’s home address clear reasons why the
nearest school is not appropriate.

3
Return to Index
 d. For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or disability makes
attendance at only a specific school essential.

Evidence should make clear why only one school is appropriate. Applications under Rule 2 can only be
considered when supported by a recent letter from a professional involved with the child or family, for
example a doctor, psychologist or police officer. The supporting evidence needs to demonstrate why only one
named school can meet the social/medical needs of the child. Applications for children previously “looked
after” but not meeting the specific criteria outlined Rule 1, may be made under this rule.

Further details on the Rule 2 process can be found in the “Rule 2 protocol” available at:
https://beta.hertfordshire.gov.uk/media-library/documents/schools-and-education/admissions/admissions-
rule-2-process-document.pdf

Definition of sibling
For applications to schools using Hertfordshire County Council's admission criteria, a sibling is defined as: the
sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of the parent/carer or partner or a child
looked after or previously looked after¹ and in every case living permanently² in a placement within the home
as part of the family household from Monday to Friday at the time of this application.
A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts.
If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no sibling connection
available to subsequent children from that family.
¹ Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship order or child arrangements order. This
definition was amended following a determination by the OSA in August 2014.
² A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for example a child who usually lives with one
parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after child in a respite placement or very short term or bridging foster placement.

Multiple births
Hertfordshire County Council (HCC), as the admission authority will admit over the school’s published
admission number when a single twin/multiple birth child is allocated the last place at a school. Where we are
not the admitting authority we would request the school take in the subsequent child(ren) in line with the
school’s own admission arrangements.

Home address
The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of application. ‘At the time of
application’ means the closing date for applications. “Permanent” means that the child has lived at that
address for at least a year and/or the family own the property or have a tenancy agreement for a minimum of
12 months.
The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one address (for example
due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child lives at for the majority of the time. If a
child lives at two addresses equally, the address of the parent/carer that claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit
will be considered as the child’s main residence.
If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be requested.
If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation to evidence the address
that should be used for admission allocation purposes.

Fraudulent applications
Hertfordshire County Council will do as much as possible to prevent applications being made from fraudulent
addresses.

4
Return to Index
Address evidence is frequently requested, monitored and checked and school places will be withdrawn when
false information is deliberately provided. Hertfordshire County Council will take action in the following
circumstances:
• When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at their current school;
• When a child lives at a different address to the applicant;
• When the applicant does not have parental responsibility;
• When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or more of the following
applies:
ο The family has moved to a property from which their application was less likely to be successful;
ο The family has returned to an existing property;
ο The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time (anything less than a year) over
the application period;
ο Council tax information shows a different residence at the time of application.

• When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from the address used at the
time of application.

Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions

A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used in all home to school distance measurements for community
and VC schools in Hertfordshire. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to two decimal
places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the
address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the
location of schools and individual residences.

Definition of “nearest school”

The definition of “nearest school” includes all schools and academies (regardless of status) unless that school
or academy prioritises applications and allocates places on the basis of faith.

Applications from children* from overseas

All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16 years) in England have a right of access to education. However,
where a child is in England for a short period only, for example less than half a term, it may be reasonable to
refuse admission to a school.
An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently overseas if, for In Year
applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in Hertfordshire within two weeks. In Year
allocations are made on the assumption that the child will accept the school place and be on roll within that
timescale.
For the Primary and Secondary transfer processes, applications will not normally be accepted from, nor places
allocated to, an overseas address. The exception to this (for both In Year and transfer processes) is for children
of UK service personnel and crown servants (and from military families who are residents of countries with a
Memorandum of Understanding with the UK). In these cases HCC will allocate a place in advance of the family
arriving in the area provided the application is accompanied by an official letter that declares a relocation date
and a HCC Unit postal address or quartering area address, for consideration of the application against
oversubscription criteria. If the family already has an established alternative private address, that address will
be used for admission purposes.
HCC will also consider accepting applications from children* whose family can evidence intent to return to
and/or permanently reside in Hertfordshire prior to the start of the new academic year. These applications, if

5
Return to Index
accepted, will be processed from the overseas address until sufficient evidence is received to show the child is
permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Evidence must be submitted at the time of application.
Evidence submitted after the date for late applications (5 December 2016 for secondary transfer and 6
February 2017 for the Under 11s process) cannot be taken into account before National Allocation Day.
Decisions on these applications will be made by a panel of senior officers and communicated with parents
within 6 weeks of the closing date for applications.
If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps because they are working abroad
at the time of application, the Hertfordshire address will not be accepted for the purposes of admission until
the child is resident at that address.
Other children, than those mentioned above, from overseas do not generally have automatic right of entry to
the UK. An application for a school place will not therefore be accepted until they are permanently resident in
Hertfordshire. Proof of residency such as an endorsed passport or entry visa will be required with the
application, in addition to proof of Hertfordshire address, for example a council tax bill or 12 month rental
agreement.
*Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or British Overseas passports), or have a UK passport
describing them as a British citizen or British subject with the right of abode or are European Economic Area nationals normally have
unrestricted entry to the UK.

Age of Admission and Deferral of Places

Hertfordshire County Council’s policy is that children born on and between 1 September 2013 and 31 August
2014* would normally commence primary school in Reception in the academic year beginning in September
2018. All Hertfordshire infant, first and primary schools provide for the full-time admission of all children
offered a place in the Reception year group from the September following their fourth birthday. If a parent
wants a full-time place for their child from September (at the school at which a place has been offered) then
they are entitled to that full-time place.

Parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the same academic year or until the
term in which the child reaches compulsory school age. Summer born children are only able to “defer” entry to
Reception class until the beginning of the final term of the school year for which the offer was made.
Where parents wish, children can attend part-time until they reach compulsory school age. Any parents
wishing to take up a part-time place or deferred entry should contact the individual school(s) to discuss their
child’s requirements.
st st
*Summer born children (1 April – 31 August) – Entry to Reception
Legally, a child does not have to start school until the start of the term following their fifth birthday. Following
guidance issued by the Department for Education on 8 September 2015 the county council has amended its
policy for summer born children. Children born between 1 April 2013 and 31 August 2013 are categorised as
“summer born” and if parents/carers do not believe that their summer born child is ready to join Reception in
2017 they may delay their application until 2018.
These applications will be processed in exactly the same way as all other reception applications received at
that time; there is no guarantee that a place will be offered at a child’s preferred school.
If parents wish to delay their application for a Reception place they are advised to discuss their child’s needs
/development with their current early years or nursery provider. If parents wish their child to remain in their
existing nursery school or class for a further year (rather than moving into the Reception year group) they must
let their current school know before the end of the Spring term in 2017 (before the Easter break).

Children Out of Year Group (except applications for reception from summer born)
Hertfordshire County Council’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct chronological year
group, with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of individual children. This is in line
with DfE guidance which states that “in general, children should be educated in their normal age group”.
If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they should, at the time
of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals working with the child and family
6
Return to Index
stating why the child must be placed outside their normal age appropriate cohort. DfE guidance makes clear
that “it is reasonable for admission authorities to expect parents to provide
them with information in support of their request – since without it they are unlikely to be able to make a
decision on the basis of the circumstances of the case”.
For community and voluntary controlled schools, the county council as the relevant admission authority,
through a panel process, will decide whether the application will be accepted on the basis of the information
submitted. The panel make decisions based upon the circumstances of each case including the view of parents,
the relevant headteacher(s), the child's social, academic and emotional development and whether the child
has been previously educated out of year group. There is no guarantee that an application will be accepted on
this basis. If the application is not accepted this does not constitute a refusal of a place and there is no right to
an independent statutory appeal. Similarly there is no right of appeal for a place in a specific year group at a
school. The internal management and organisation of a school, including the placement of pupils in classes, is a
matter for the Headteacher and senior leadership of individual schools.
The governing body of schools responsible for their own admissions (academies, voluntary aided and
foundation schools) are ultimately responsible for making this decision for applications made to their school.

Nursery Provision
The admission arrangements detailed in this document do not apply for those being admitted into the nursery.

7
Return to Index
 Little Heath Primary School

ADMISSION POLICY for entry in 2019-2020

Little Heath is a foundation school and the governing body is responsible

for admissions.

The published admission number is 30.

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all
maintained schools to admit a child with a statement of special educational
needs that names their school. Schools must also admit children with an
EHC (Education, Health and Care) Plan that names the school.

Rule 1 - Children looked after (or previously looked after)

The Children’s Act 1989 defines a child who is looked after as a child or
young person who accommodated by the local authority (section 20) or a
child or young person who is the subject of a full care order (section 31) or
interim care order (section 38). An adoption order is an order under
section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002. A residence order is an
order setting out the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom
the child is to live under section 8 of the Children Act 1989. Section 14 A
of the Children Act 1989 defines a special guardianship order as an order
appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian (or
special guardians).

Rule 2 - Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a

particular medical or social need to go to the school

A panel of officers will determine whether the evidence provided is

sufficiently compelling to meet the requirements for this rule. Rule 2
applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application,
unless there has been a significant and exceptional change of
circumstances within the family since the initial application was submitted.
All schools in Hertfordshire have experience in dealing with children with
diverse social and medical needs. However in a few very exceptional
cases, there are reasons why a child has to go to one specific school. Few
applications under Rule 2 are agreed. All applications are considered
individually but a successful application should include the following:

a. Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only Little Heath
Primary School can meet a child’s individual needs, and/or

b. Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances

making clear why only Little Heath Primary School can meet the child’s
needs.

Return to Index
c. If Little Heath Primary School is not the nearest school to the child’s
home address clear reasons why the nearest school is not appropriate.

d. For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of

illness or disability makes attendance at Little Heath Primary School
essential. Evidence should make clear why only Little Heath Primary
School is appropriate. Applications under Rule 2 can only be considered
when supported by a recent letter from a professional involved with the
child or family, for example a doctor, psychologist or police officer. The
supporting evidence needs to demonstrate why only Little Heath Primary
School can meet the social/medical needs of the child.

Rule 3 – Sibling

A sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted
brother or sister, child of the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after
or previously looked after* and in every case living permanently** in a
placement within the home as part of the family household from Monday to
Friday at the time of the application.

Rule 4 - Proximity

A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used in all home to school

distance measurements. Distances are measured using a computerised
mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from
the Address Base Premium address point of your child’s house to the
address point of the school. Address Base Premium data is a nationally
recognised method of identifying the location of schools and individual
residences.

Tie-Break

In the event of over-subscription in any of the above categories, places in

that category will be allocated on the basis of geographic proximity, using
the local authority system explained in Hertfordshire schools literature and
website. Where there are two applicants with an equal claim to the last
place available (e.g. living in a block of flats) then the lower flat number
will be given priority.

Twins and Multiple Births - Where the last available place is offered to a
twin or multiple birth then the other twin or sibling(s) will be offered places
as exceptions to the infant class size rule.

*Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a

special guardianship order or child arrangements order.

**A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the
same house, for example a child who usually lives with one parent but has
temporarily moved, or a looked after child in a respite placement or a very
short term or bridging foster placement.

Continuing Interest

Return to Index
After places have been offered, Hertfordshire County Council will maintain
a continuing interest (waiting) list on behalf of the school. A child’s position
on a CI list will be determined by the admission criteria outlined above and
a child’s place on the list can change as other children join or leave
it. The county council will contact parents/carers if a vacancy becomes
available and it can be offered to a child.

Continuing interest lists will be maintained for every year group until the
end of the summer term.

Out of Year group applications

If a parent wishes his/her child to be educated outside his/her normal age

group i.e. being admitted to Reception at 5 years of age, they should make
the school aware of this by writing a letter to the Chair of Governors at the
time of application. Parents must then submit an application in the normal
way. This application will be treated in the same way as all other
applications and there is no guarantee that an offer will be made.

Deferral of place and Summer Born children

Parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the
same academic year or until the term in which the child reaches compulsory
school age. Summer born children are only able to “defer” entry to Reception
class until the beginning of the final term of the school year for which the offer
was made.

Oversubscription Criteria

If there are fewer applications than places available at a school all

applicants will be admitted. Where there are more applications than the
number of places available, places will be offered according to the
following order of priority:

The school does not have a supplementary information form.

Since 2011-2012, Hertfordshire County Council do not coordinate nursery

admissions. Applicants need to apply online or direct to the school for a
nursery place.

Parents must apply for primary places using their home local authority
application form even if they wish to apply to a neighbouring authority
school.

In-year admissions will be dealt with in accordance with the Hertfordshire

County Council approved scheme. Parents should apply to HCC who
administer the Continuing Interest List for the school – the website can be
found at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions
There is a single September intake available for both Nursery and
Reception.

Appeals

Return to Index
Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online
system should log in to their online application and click on the link
“register an appeal”. Out of county residents and paper applicants should
call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request their
registration details and log into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals
and click on the link “log into the appeals system”.”

For In Year Admissions:

We will write to you with the outcome of your application and if you have
been unsuccessful, we will include registration details to enable you to
login and appeal online at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals.

Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system should log in to their online application and click on details and log
Please note that a place in the Nursery does not guarantee your child
a place at the school, it is necessary to apply for a place in the
Reception Class separately.

Return to Index
 LITTLE REDDINGS PRIMARY SCHOOL

Draft School Admission Arrangements 2019 - 2020

Statement of Admissions Policy

Admission Arrangements
The Governors of the school are responsible for admissions and will admit up to 60 pupils each year into the
Reception classes. If the school is oversubscribed, the Governors will apply the following criteria in the
numbered points order. The date of application is not taken into consideration.

The Governors will offer Nursery and Reception places in the Spring Term prior to the relevant academic year
i.e. offers will be made in Spring for the following academic year starting in September through to August the
following year.

Pupils will be admitted into the school during the academic year in which he/she becomes five. The academic
year is between 1st September and 31st August the following year. All children will be admitted in September
to the Reception classes.

1. Parents of children admitted to the Nursery provision must apply for a place at the school if they wish
their children to apply to the Reception Class.
2. Attendance at the Nursery does not guarantee admission to the school.
3. Parents can request that the date their child is admitted to the school is deferred until late in the year or
until the child reaches compulsory school age in that school year.
4. Parents can request that their child attends part-time until the child reaches compulsory school age.

Parents/Carers are requested to complete our own Supplementary Information Form (SIF) and return it to the
school office by the date set by County as detailed below. If a SIF is not completed the Governing Body will
apply their admission arrangements using the information submitted on the common Application form only,
which may result in your application being given a lower priority.

Due to the success of the on-line application system used by Hertfordshire County Council and also the
confidentiality of preference ranking order required by the Admissions Code, applications for primary places
in 2018/19 can only be submitted on line or in hard copy to the local admissions team.

The Hertfordshire County Application Forms cannot be returned to primary schools. The closing date will be
the same as set by Hertfordshire County Council

Admissions Criteria
Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained schools to admit a child
with a statement of special educational needs that names their school.

1. Children Looked After or previously looked after. (Children who cease to be looked after because they
were adopted or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship) will also be included
under this heading.

2. Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical or social need to go to
the school. A panel of officers will determine whether the evidence provided is sufficiently compelling
to meet the requirements of this rule.

3. Children of staff:
The school will admit a child of a member of staff provided that:

Return to Index
 a) The member of staff has been employed at Little Reddings School for two years or more at the
time at which the application for admission to the school is made and/or
b) The member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post within Little Reddings School for which
there is a demonstrable skill shortage

4. Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school at the time of application for admission, unless the
sibling is in the final year of the school. A sibling must be a brother or sister, half-brother or half-sister,
an adoptive brother or sister or a child of a parent/carer and in every case, living in the same house
Monday to Friday.

5. Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy. This includes all schools except those which
allocate places on the basis of faith.

6. Children who live nearest to the school. The home to school distance will be measured. This refers to
the measurement between the child’s home address point and the school address point as provided by
Hertfordshire County Council’s system.

Occasionally the last child place that can be offered may be to a child who is a twin or of a multiple birth. For a
class in the Foundation/Key Stage 1 where the legal limit is 30 pupils in a class, multiple birth siblings would be
exempt from this ruling and all siblings will be offered a place in either Foundation or Key Stage One classes
that are applicable to the children’s age.

We apply these rules in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify under a particular rule than
there are places available, we use a tiebreak by applying the next rule to those children. In the event that the
school is oversubscribed, a continued interest list will be kept. The continuing interest process allocates places
in accordance with the schools published rules. Under rule number 1, those previously looked after (due to
adoption, subject to a residence order or special guardianship) will also be included.

Older Children
The County Council will co-ordinate in-year admissions. The Governing Body remains responsible for the
allocation of all places in accordance with the school’s published admission rules but all applications for, and
allocations to, the school must be made via a pupil’s home authority.

Parents Right to Appeal

All unsuccessful applicants have the right to appeal to an independent panel for a place to be made available
for their child. Hertfordshire parents wishing to appeal, who applied online, should log onto their online
school application and click on the link “register an appeal”. If the application was not made using
Hertfordshire’s online application system parents should contact the Customer Service Centre (0300 123
4043) to request an appeal pack.

For In Year applications parents should contact the school directly in the first instance.

Admissions to the Nursery

Children may be admitted to the Nursery in academic year in which their fourth birthday falls. All children will
be admitted in September to the Nursery classes.

1. Parents of children admitted to the Nursery provision must apply for a place at the school if they wish
their children to attend to the Reception Class

2. Attendance at our Nursery does not guarantee admission to the school Parents/Carers are requested to
complete our own Application form and return it to the school office. The Governors will set a maximum
number of children that may be admitted and occupy places in the Nursery. The normal complement of
the Nursery will be 80 children, but this may be increased to 84 at the discretion of the Headteacher.

Return to Index
 Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained schools to admit
a child with a statement of special educational needs that names their school.

If the Nursery is oversubscribed the Governors will apply the following numbered points in order:-

1. Children Looked After. This includes those previously looked after (due to adoption, subject to a
residence order or special guardianship) will also be included under this heading.

2. Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical or social need to go to
the school. A panel of officers will determine whether the evidence provided is sufficiently compelling
to meet the requirements of this rule.

3. Children of staff:
The school will admit a child of a member of staff provided that:
a) The member of staff has been employed at Little Reddings School for two years or more at the
time at which the application for admission to the school is made and/or
b) The member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post within Little Reddings School for which
there is a demonstrable skill shortage

4. Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school at the time of application for admission, unless the
sibling is in the final year of the school. A sibling must be a brother or sister, half-brother or half-sister,
an adoptive brother or sister or a child of a parent/carer and in every case, living in the same house
Monday to Friday.

5. Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy. This includes all schools except those which
allocate places on the basis of faith.

6. Children who live nearest to the school. The home to school distance will be measured. This refers to
the measurement between the child’s home address point and the school address point as provided by
Hertfordshire County Council’s system. Occasionally the last child place that can be offered may be to a
child who is a twin or of a multiple birth. For the Nursery where the admission number has been
reached, multiple birth siblings would be exempt from this ruling and all siblings will be offered a place
in the Nursery. We apply these rules in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify under
a particular rule than there are places available, we use a tiebreak by applying the next rule to those
children. In the event that the school is oversubscribed, a continued interest list will be kept. There is
no right of appeal for a Nursery place.

Distance Measurements
Hertfordshire County Council’s ‘straight line’ distance measurement system is used for all home to school
distance measurements. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to two decimal
places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the
address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the
location of schools and individual residences.

Return to Index
 Little Reddings Primary School
Headteacher: Miss Carly Simmonds
Harcourt Road www.littlereddings.org.uk
Bushey admin@littlereddings.herts.sch.uk
Hertfordshire Tel: 020 8950 5388
WD23 3PR Fax: 020 8420 5485

‘Learning together, Respecting each other, Success for all’

APPLICATION FOR A SCHOOL PLACE

Child’s Full Name:………………………………………………..…………………………Date of Birth: …………………………………

Sex: * Male/Female Please delete as appropriate

Full Address: ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...

……………………………………………………………………………..………………………………..Post code: ………….…….………

Telephone No.: …………………………………………………..…………

Email Address ………….…………………………………………………...

Full Names of Parents/Guardians

Mother: …………………………………………………………………………………………….

Address (if different from above): ……………………………………………......………………………………………….

Father : ……………………………………………………………………………………………..

Address (if different from above)

…………………………….…………………………………………………………………………………

Names of any brothers or sisters who have attended this school, with dates

………………………………………………………………………………………….

………………………………………………………………………………………….

Signed : ………………………………………………………………….…………. Date : ………………………..………………...

Bushey St James Trust, a charitable company limited by guarantee, registered in England and Wales. Company No: 7895684. Registered office: Bushey Meads School, Coldharbour Lane, Bushey, Herts WD23
4PA

Return to Index
 Long Marston VA C of E Primary School
Admission Policy Year of Entry 2019
Reception Year

INTRODUCTION

Long Marston School is a Voluntary Aided Church of England School within the Diocese
of St Albans. The governing body of the school is the admission authority. The
Governors will admit up to the admission number of 20 children into the reception year.
The Governing Body is required to abide by the maximum limits for infant classes (5, 6
and 7 year olds), ie 30 pupils per class.

The Local Authority or LA, (Hertfordshire CC) operates an agreed co-ordinated

admissions scheme in line with government legislation. The LA will coordinate the
process on behalf of the school according to the scheme published each year. The
governing body, as the admission authority, will allocate the available places in line with
this policy. However offers will be made by the home LA. All applications must be made
on the home LA common application form.

The closing date for admission application forms to be received by the home Local
Authority is 15 January 2019. Information on completing the ‘on line’ application and
notification dates of admission decisions are published in the LA admissions literature
which is also available from their website.

HOW PLACES ARE OFFERED

Children who have a statement of special educational needs or Education, Health and
Care plan which names the school will be admitted to the school.

In the event of there being more applications than available places, the following
oversubscription criteria will be applied, in order.

Rule 1 Children in care and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangement
order or a special guardianship order)

Rule 2 Children who at the time of application have their home address within the
villages of Long Marston, Wilstone, Gubblecote or Puttenham.

Return to Index
Rule 3 Sibling: Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school or linked
school at the time of application.
This applies to reception through to Year 5.
In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as long
as they will still be in attendance at the time of admission

Rule 4 Children whose parents attend the Christian churches of Long Marston,
Wilstone or Puttenham regularly. Regularly means at least once per month
for the six months prior to application. Written verification must be
supplied to the school from the vicar or other clergy using the School’s
supplementary information form (SIF).

Rule 5 Any other children.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify
under a particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by applying
the next rule to those children. Where there is a need for a tie-breaker where two different
addresses measure the same distance from a school, in the case of a block of flats for
example the lower door number will be deemed nearest as logically this will be on the
ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two identical addresses of separate
applicants, the tie break will be random allocation

Random allocation will be undertaken independently of the school by Hertfordshire

County Council. Every child entered onto the county council’s admissions database has
an individual random number assigned, between 1 and 1 million, against each preference
school. When there is a need for a final tie break this random number is used to allocate
the place, with the lowest number given priority.

Long Marston School will use the same definitions and measuring system as
Hertfordshire County Council’s as outlined in the ‘Definitions’ section below.

Continuing interest (waiting) list for admission to reception

After places have been offered, Hertfordshire County Council will maintain the school’s
continuing interest (waiting) list. A child’s position on a CI list will be determined by the
admission criteria outlined above and a child’s place on the list can change as other
children join or leave it. The county council will contact parents/carers if a vacancy
becomes available and it can be offered to a child.

In Year Admissions
The school accepts In Year applications directly and maintains continuing interest lists
for all year groups for the In Year application process. The school will write to you with
the outcome of your application and, if you have been unsuccessful, the county council
will write to you with registration details to enable you to login and appeal online at
www.hertforshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals.

Fair Access
The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit
children under this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Return to Index
Appeals
Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system should log
in to their online application and click on the link “register an appeal”. Out of county
residents and paper applicants should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043
to request their registration detail, log into www.hertfordhsire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and
click on the link “log into the appeals system”.

For In Year appeals please contact the school in the first instance.

DEFINITIONS and EXPLANATORY NOTES

The following definitions apply to terms used in the admissions criteria:

Children in public care (Children looked after)

Places are allocated to children in public care according to chapter 7, section 2 of the
School Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission
Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2012. These children will be prioritised under rule
1. Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be
so because they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a
special guardianship order.

A ‘child looked after’ is a child who is

a) In the care of a local authority, or
b) Being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their
social services functions (section 22(1) of the Children Act 1898)

All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for
admission under rule 1.

Child Arrangements Order - under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014,
which amended section 8 of the Children Act 1989, residence orders have now been
replaced by child arrangements orders which settle the arrangements to be made as to the
person with whom the child is to live

Special guardianship order – under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing
one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian or guardians

Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children
looked after providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised
under Rule 1.

Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the
subject of a child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised
under rule 1. Applications made for these children, with suitable supporting professional
evidence, can be considered under rule 2.

Home address:
The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of
application. ‘At the time of application’ means the closing date for applications.

Return to Index
“Permanent” means that the child has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the
family own the property or have a tenancy agreement for a minimum of 12 months.
The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one
address (for example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child
lives at for the majority of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address
of the parent/carer that claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the
child’s main residence. If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative
documentation will be requested. If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should
provide court documentation to evidence the address that should be used for admission
allocation purposes.

Fraudulent Applications
The school, in liaison with Hertfordshire County Council, will do as much as possible to
prevent applications being made from fraudulent addresses. Address evidence is
frequently requested, monitored and checked and school places will be withdrawn when
false information is deliberately provided.
Action will be taken in the following circumstances:
 When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at
their current school;
 When a child lives at a different address to the applicant
 When the applicant does not have parental responsibility

When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or more of
the following applies:
 The family has moved to a property from which their application was less likely
to be successful
 The family has returned to an existing property
 The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time (anything
less than a year) over the application period
 Council tax information shows a different residence at the time of application
 When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from the
address used at the time of application

Definition of sibling:
A sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister,
child of the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after* and
in every case living permanently** in a placement within the home as part of the family
household from Monday to Friday at the time of this application.

A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts.
If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no
sibling connection available to subsequent children from that family.

*Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special
guardianship order or child arrangements order. This definition was amended following a
determination by the OSA in August 2014.
**A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house,
for example a child who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a
looked after child in a respite placement or very short term or bridging foster placement.

Return to Index
Christian Church:
The governors define a ‘Christian’ Church to be one which is a member of Churches
Together in England or the Evangelical Alliance.

Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions:

A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used for all home to school distance
measurements for admission allocation purposes. Distances are measured using a
computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the
Address
Base Premium address point of your child’s house to the address point of the school.
Address Base Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the location
of schools and individual residences.

Multiple births:
The school will admit over the published admission number when a single twin/multiple
birth child is allocated the last place at a school.

Applications from Children* Over Seas

All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16 years) in England have a right of access to
education. However, where a child is in England for a short period only, for example less
than half a term, it may be reasonable to refuse admission to a school.

*Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or
British Overseas passports), or have a UK passport describing them as a British citizen or
British subject with the right of abode or are European Economic Area nationals
normally have unrestricted entry to the UK.*

An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently
overseas if, for In Year applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in
Hertfordshire within two weeks. In Year allocations are made on the assumption that the
child will accept the school place and be on roll within that timescale.
For the Primary application process applications will not normally be accepted from, nor
places allocated to, an overseas address. The exception to this (for both In Year and
transfer processes) is for children of UK service personnel and crown servants (and from
military families who are residents of countries with a Memorandum of Understanding
with the UK). In these cases HCC will allocate a place in advance of the family arriving
in the area provided the application is accompanied by an official letter that declares a
relocation date and a HCC Unit postal address or quartering area address, for
consideration of the application against oversubscription criteria. If the family already has
an established alternative private address, that address will be used for admission
purposes.
The school, in liaison with HCC, will also consider accepting applications from children*
(as defined above) whose family can evidence intent to return to and/or permanently
reside in Hertfordshire prior to the start of the new academic year. These applications, if
accepted, will be processed from the overseas address until sufficient evidence is
received to show the child is permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Evidence must be
submitted at the time of application.

Return to Index
Evidence submitted after the date for late applications can not be taken into account
before National Allocation Day. Decisions on these applications will be made by a panel
of senior officers and communicated with parents within 6 weeks of the closing date for
applications.

If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps because
they are working abroad at the time of application, the Hertfordshire address will not be
accepted for the purposes of admission until the child is resident at that address. Other
children, than those mentioned above, from overseas do not generally have automatic
right of entry to the UK. An application for a school place will not therefore be accepted
until they are permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Proof of residency such as an
endorsed passport or entry visa will be required with the application, in addition to proof
of Hertfordshire address, for example a council tax bill or 12 month rental agreement.

Age of Admission and Deferral of Places

The school’s policy is that children born on and between 1 September 2014 and 31
August 2015 would normally commence primary school in Reception in the academic
year beginning in September 2019. The school provides for the full-time admission of all
children offered a place in the Reception year group from the September following their
fourth birthday. If a parent wants a full-time place for their child from September (at the
school at which a place has been offered) then they are entitled to that full-time place.

Parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the same
academic year or until the term in which the child reaches compulsory school age.
Summer born children are only able to “defer” entry to Reception class until the
beginning of the final term of the school year for which the offer was made.

Where parents wish, children can attend part-time until they reach compulsory school
age. Any parents wishing to take up a part-time place or deferred entry should contact the
individual school(s) to discuss their child’s requirements.

Reception Intake and Summer Born Children

Where a parent of a ‘summer-born’ child (1 April – 31 August) wishes their child to
start school in the autumn term following their fifth birthday, the Governors will consider
the request.
If parents do not take up the offered place before the start of the summer term of the
school year of entry, then they would have to re-apply for a place in Year 1.

However If parents wish such a child to be educated “out-of year group” i.e. in the
Reception Year rather than Y1 they may request this and should discuss it with the school
as soon as possible. Such applications will be considered by the governors on a case by
case basis. Consideration will be given first and foremost to what is in the child’s best
interests. Parents may submit any supporting evidence for consideration. Governors will
also take into account the views of the Headteacher.

All such parents should apply for their child’s normal age group at the usual time and
may submit a request for admission out of the normal age group at the same time.

Return to Index
The governors will respond to this request prior to the offer of a place being made. If the
request is agreed the application can be withdrawn for that year before the place is
offered.

If the request is refused, parents may decide whether or not to accept the offer of a place
for the normal age group, or refuse it and make an in-year application for admission into
Y1 for the September following the child’s fifth birthday.

Where a parent’s request has been agreed, they must make a new application as part of
the main admissions round the following year.
Parents do not have the right of appeal against a decision not to place the child in a year
group outside their normal age group.

Children Out of Year Group (except applications for reception from summer born)
The school’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct chronological year
group, with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of individual
children. This is in line with DfE guidance* which states that “in general, children should
be educated in their normal age group”.

If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they
should, at the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals
working with the child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their
normal age appropriate cohort. DfE guidance makes clear that “it is reasonable for
admission authorities to expect parents to provide them with information in support of
their request – since without it they are unlikely to be able to make a decision on the basis
of the circumstances of the case”.

The school’s governing body, as the relevant admission authority, will decide whether the
application will be accepted on the basis of the information submitted. The governors’
decision will be based upon the circumstances of each case including the view of parents,
the headteacher, the child's social, academic and emotional development and whether the
child has been previously educated out of year group. There is no guarantee that an
application will be accepted on this basis. If the application is not accepted this does not
constitute a refusal of a place and there is no right to an independent statutory appeal.
Similarly there is no right of appeal for a place in a specific year group at a school. The
internal management and organisation of a school, including the placement of pupils in
classes, is a matter for the Headteacher and senior leadership of the school.

*Advice on the admission of summer born children” December 2014

Return to Index
 LONG MARSTON PRIMARY SCHOOL
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM (SIF)
Name of Child

Date of Birth

Name of Parent or Carer

Permanent Home Address

The application categories are shown below:

Category 1 Children in public care (Children looked after).

Category 2 On very exceptional social or medical grounds.
Category 3 Children who at the time of application have their home address within the
villages of Long Marston, Wilstone, Gubblecote or Puttenham.
Category 4 Children who have a sibling who will be attending the school at the time of
entry.
Category 5 Children, at least one of whose parents, attend the Anglican churches of Long
Marston, Wilstone or Puttenham regularly. Regularly means at least once per
month for the six months prior to application. Written verification must be
supplied to the school from the vicar or other clergy.
Category 6 Any other children.

Please circle the category or categories under which your application is to be considered.

1 2 3 4 5 6

For categories 1 and 2 please attach the relevant evidence

For category 4 please name the sibling or siblings and their dates of birth.

_____________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

For category 5 please ask the incumbent to sigh the verification below;

I confirm that the parent(s) of the named child have met the attendance requirement indicated in
category 5.

Signed _________________________ Name ____________________________

Return to Index
 LORETO COLLEGE
PROPOSED ADMISSIONS CRITERIA SEPTEMBER 2019
TO BE USED IN THE EVENT OF OVERSUBSCRIPTION IN YEARS 7 - 11

As a Catholic school in the trusteeship of the Institute of the Blessed Virgin Mary, we aim to provide a
Catholic education for all our pupils based on the vision and values of Mary Ward. At a Catholic school,
Catholic doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of the school’s activity. It is essential that the Catholic
character of the school’s education be fully supported by all families in the school. All applicants are
therefore expected to give their full, unreserved and positive support for the aims and ethos of the school.

Priority 1 Baptised Catholic looked-after girls and previously looked after girls who have been
adopted (or subject to Child Arrangement Orders or special guardianship orders)
immediately following having been looked after.

Priority 2 Baptised Catholic Girls with a Certificate of Catholic Practice with a sibling who is, or was, a
pupil at the school.

Priority 3 Baptised Catholic Girls with a Certificate of Catholic Practice who have a compelling social
or medical reason for attending the school which is demonstrated by written evidence from
a doctor, social worker, or other suitably qualified professional person.

Priority 4 Baptised Catholic girls with a Certificate of Catholic Practice who attend the following
primary schools in the city and district of St Albans: St Adrian’s; St Alban and Stephen; St
John Fisher; St Bernadettes, London Colney.

Priority 5 Baptised Catholic girls with a Certificate of Catholic Practice who attend one of the feeder
schools listed below at the time of application. In applying this priority the Governors will,
provided there are sufficient applicants, allocate places so that the total number of places
for each school, including those allocated under earlier priorities, is as indicated:

(i) Sacred Heart, Bushey 5 places

(ii) St Teresa’s, Borehamwood 8 places
(iii) St Joseph’s, Hendon 8 places
(iv) St Vincent’s, Mill Hill 11 places
(v) St Joseph’s, Luton 7 places
(vi) St Philip Howard, Hatfield 4 places
(vii) Our Lady, Welwyn Garden City 4 places
(viii) Pope Paul, Potters Bar 5 places
(ix) Sacred Heart, Whetstone 5 places
(x) St Robert Southwell, Kingsbury 4 places
(xi) Our Lady of Lourdes, New Southgate 4 places
(xii) St Catherine’s, Barnet 4 places
(xiii) St Theresa’s, Finchley 4 places

In the event of there being insufficient places to meet the total required for this list the
number for all schools listed will be reduced by one.

Priority 6 Baptised Catholic Girls with a Certificate of Catholic Practice including those who met
Priority 6, but did not get a place.

Priority 7 Baptised Catholic Girls.

Priority 8 Looked-after girls and previously looked after girls who have been adopted (or subject to
Child Arrangement Orders or special guardianship orders) immediately following having
been looked after.

Priority 9 Any girls with a sibling who is, or was, a pupil at the school.

Priority 10 Any other girl.

In the event of oversubscription within any of the above priorities the available places will be offered to
those applicants living nearest to the school, see note (j) for details.

1 Return to Index
Explanatory Notes

(a) The school’s Published Admission Number (PAN) is 160 and the Governors aim to admit this
number each year.

(b) Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained schools
to admit a statement of special educational need that names their school. Schools must also
admit children with an EHC (Education, Health and Care) Plan that names the school. Girls who
have either of the above will be given priority over those considered under these criteria.

(c) Places are allocated to looked after girls according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the School
Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England)
Regulations 2012. Baptised Catholic looked-after girls will be prioritised under Priority 1, all other
looked-after girls will be prioritised under Priority 8. The same priority will also be given to girls
who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted, or became subject to a
child arrangements order or a special guardianship order.

The following definitions shall apply:

A looked after girl is a girl who is:

a) in the care of a local authority, or

b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social
services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989).

All Baptised Catholic children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible
for admission under Priority 1, all other children adopted from care who are of compulsory school
age are eligible for admission under Priority 8.

Child Arrangements Order - under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which
amended section 8 of the Children Act 1989, residence orders have now been replaced by child
arrangements orders which settle the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the
child is to live

Special guardianship order – under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or
more individuals to be a child’s special guardian or guardians

Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked after
providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under Priority 1.

Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the subject of
a child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised under Priority 1 or
8. Applications made for these children, with suitable supporting professional evidence, can be
considered under Priority 3 (if Baptised Catholic).

(d) Parents must complete the Local Authority Application form and should also complete the
Governors Supplementary Information Form (Loreto Form A) to supply the necessary information
to establish eligibility under the criteria. This form, together with notes on completion, is available
from the school or the Local Authority.

(e) Applications under Priority 3 will be considered by the Governors Admissions Committee on the
basis of the information submitted.

(f) ‘Catholic’ means a member of a Church in full communion with the See of Rome. This includes
the Eastern Catholic Churches. This will normally be evidenced by a Certificate of Baptism in a
Catholic church or a Certificate of Reception into the full communion of the Catholic Church. For
the purposes of this Policy this includes a looked-after child who is part of a Catholic family
where a priest’s certificate demonstrates that the child would have been baptised or received if it
were not for their status as a looked-after child (e.g. a looked-after child in the process of
adoption by a Catholic family).

2 Return to Index
(g) Applicants applying under priorities 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 must submit a Certificate of Catholic Practice
(CCP). Certificate of Catholic Practice’ means a certificate issued by the family’s parish priest (or
the priest in charge of the church where the family attends Mass) in the form laid down by the
Bishops’ Conference of England and Wales. It will be issued if the priest is satisfied that at least
one Catholic parent or carer (along with the child, if he or she is over seven years old) have
(except when it was impossible to do so) attended Mass on Sundays and holy days of obligation
for at least five years (or, in the case of the child, since the age of seven, if shorter). It will also be
issued when the practice has been continuous since being received into the Church if that
occurred less than five years ago. It is expected that most Certificates will be issued on the basis
of attendance. A Certificate may also be issued by the priest when attendance is interrupted by
exceptional circumstances which excuse from the obligation to attend on that occasion or
occasions. Further details of these circumstances can be found in the guidance issued to priests
http://rcdow.org.uk/education/governors/admissions/

(h) A sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of
the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after and in every case
living permanently in a placement within the home as part of the family household from Monday
to Friday at the time of this application.

If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no sibling
connection available to subsequent children from that family.

(i) In the event of oversubscription in any of the priorities distance, using the home school
measurement system used by Hertfordshire County Council will be used as the tie break.
Hertfordshire County Council’s ‘straight line’ distance measurement system is used for all
home to school distance measurements. Distances are measured using a computerised
mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the
AddressBasePremium address point of your child’s house to the address point of the school.
AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the location of
schools and individual residences. In the event of two or more girls having identical distances
the Governors, as the admitting authority, will admit above the published admission number.
However, no further places will be allocated from the continuing interest list until the total number
falls below the published admission number.

(j) In the case of multiple births the Governors, as the admitting authority, will admit over the
school’s published admission number when a single twin/multiple birth child is allocated the last
place at the school. However, no further places will be allocated from the continuing interest list
until the total number falls below the published admission number.

(k) Parents not offered a place under these criteria may ask to be included on the school’s
Continuing Interest list which will continue to operate until the end of Year 9. Any place(s) which
become available after the National Offer Day will be offered to the girl(s) highest on the
Continuing Interest list in accordance with the current admission criteria, excepting that schools
listed in Priority 6 will not continue to have reserved places. The Hertfordshire County Council
measurement system will continue to be used.

(l) The school’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct chronological year group,
with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of individual children. This is in
line with DfE guidance* which states that “in general, children should be educated in their normal
age group”.

If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they should,
at the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals working with
the child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal age appropriate
cohort. DfE guidance makes clear that “it is reasonable for admission authorities to expect
parents to provide them with information in support of their request – since without it they are
unlikely to be able to make a decision on the basis of the circumstances of the case”.

The school’s governing body, as the relevant admission authority, will decide whether the
application will be accepted on the basis of the information submitted. The governor’s decision
will be based upon the circumstances of each case including the view of parents, the
headteacher, the child's social, academic and emotional development and whether the child has
3 Return to Index
 been previously educated out of year group. There is no guarantee that an application will be
accepted on this basis. If the application is not accepted this does not constitute a refusal of a
place and there is no right to an independent statutory appeal. Similarly there is no right of appeal
for a place in a specific year group at a school. The internal management and organisation of a
school, including the placement of pupils in classes, is a matter for the Headteacher and senior
leadership of the school.

(m) Loreto College is part of the In-Year Applications scheme co-ordinated by Hertfordshire County
Council and details of the system can be found in their published literature. In-Year applications
must be made to Hertfordshire County Council, but the school asks parents to complete the
Governors Supplementary Information Form (Loreto Form A) to supply the necessary information
to establish eligibility under the criteria.

For In Year applications – parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in the
first instance.

(n) When considering In-Year Applications Loreto College will comply with the Hertfordshire
County Council Fair Access Protocols, details of which can be found in their published literature.
Children admitted under HCC’s Fair Access Protocol will be prioritised before children on
Continuing Interest and can be admitted over PAN.

(o) Parents have the right to appeal against non-admission. Parents wishing to appeal who applied
through Hertfordshire’s online system should log in to their online application and click on the link
“register an appeal”. Out of county residents and paper applicants should call the Customer
Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request their registration details and log
into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click on the link “log into the appeals system”.

4 Return to Index
 LORETO COLLEGE

SIXTH FORM - OVERSUBSCRIPTION CRITERIA

The Sixth Form at Loreto St Albans is coeducational and we welcome applications from
female and male students. Places will be made available to all current students at the
school who meet the entry requirements. We also have a Published Admission Number
(PAN) of 40 for entry into the Sixth Form. The Governors will therefore admit up to this
number of external applicants who meet the entry requirements. Should the number of
external applicants exceed 40 the Governors will use the oversubscription criteria to decide
who is offered a place.

Entry Requirements:

To embark on a course of three A Level examinations, you will normally have at least
five GCSE passes, including English and Maths, at grade 5 or above.

You should aim to have a minimum grade 6 at GCSE for those subjects that you wish to
study at Advanced Level.

Oversubscription Criteria:

Priority 1 Looked-after applicants (in public care) and previously looked after applicants
who have been adopted (or subject to Child Arrangement Orders or special
guardianship orders) immediately following having been looked after.

Priority 2 Applicants with a sibling who is, or was, a pupil at the school.

Priority 3 Baptised Catholic applicants.

Priority 4 All other applicants.

In the event of oversubscription within any of the above priorities the available places will be
offered to those applicants living nearest to the school, using the home school measurement
system used by Hertfordshire County Council will be used as the tie break. Hertfordshire
County Council’s ‘straight line’ distance measurement system is used for all home to school
distance measurements. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to
two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address
point of your child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is
a nationally recognised method of identifying the location of schools and individual
residences. In the event of two or applicants having identical distances the Governors, as
the admitting authority, will admit above the published admission number. However, no
further places will be allocated from the continuing interest list until the total number falls
below the published admission number.

Parents not offered a place under these criteria may ask to be included on the school’s
Continuing Interest list.

Return to Index
 September 2019

LORETO COLLEGE Form A

Governor’s Supplementary Information Form

Details of girl for whom admission is sought

Full Name

Address
Including Post Code

Telephone Number

Date of Birth

If the applicant currently attends one of the schools listed in Priority 4 or 6 of the Loreto
Admission Criteria please show the name and address of the school below

Details of siblings who currently attend, or previously attended Loreto College (St Albans)

Name(s) and Dates of

Attendance:

Return to Index
 September 2019
Compelling Social or Medical Reasons

Give brief details

NB Written evidence from an appropriate professional must be provided

Declaration

I/We declare that I am/we are the parent(s) or legal guardian(s) of the girl named in this
application and that the information given is true and complete.

Name(s)

Signature(s)

Date

NB Any place offered on the basis of information supplied on this form will be withdrawn if the
information is subsequently found to be untrue.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes on completion of Loreto Form A (Supplementary Information Form)

1. Loreto is part of the Hertfordshire Local Authority Coordinated scheme which operates in conjunction with other local
authorities. If you live in Hertfordshire then you must also complete the Local Authority application in accordance with
the moving Moving On booklet. Parents from outside Hertfordshire must also complete the application for their own
st
relevant local authority. Application to the local authority must be made by the due date of Wednesday 31 October
2018.

2. Loreto Form A should be returned to The PA to the Leadership Team (Admissions), Loreto College, Hatfield Road, St
st
Albans, Herts, AL1 3RQ, by the due date (Wednesday 31 October 2018). A copy of the girl’s Baptismal
Certificate will also be required if applicable.

3. The Certificate of Catholic Practice (in the standard format laid down by Westminster Diocese) should be returned by
to The PA to the Leadership Team (Admissions, Loreto College, Hatfield Road, St Albans, Herts, AL1 3RQ, by the
due date (Wednesday 31st October 2018).

4. Late submission of the local authority application may result in the applicant not being considered for a place until all
timely applicants have been allocated a place.

5. Late submission of the Loreto forms, or failure to include copies of the Certificate of Catholic Practice or Baptismal
Certificate, may result in the Governors not having the proper information to establish the correct priority for the
applicant. In such a case the applicant could be considered under a lower priority.

Return to Index
Proposed admission arrangements for Mandeville Primary School for
2019/20

The schools published admission number will be 60

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained
schools to admit a child with a statement of special educational needs
that names their school. Schools must also admit children with an EHC (Education, Health
and Care) Plan that names the school

If there are fewer applications than places available at a school all applicants will be
admitted. If there are more applications than places available, the criteria outlines below
will be used to prioritise applications.

Rule 1 Children in public care (children looked after) and children who were
looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became
subject to a residence order or a special guardianship order).

Rule 2 Medical or Social: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have
a particular medical or social need to go to the school.
The school governors will determine whether the evidence provided is
sufficiently compelling to meet the requirements for this rule. The evidence
must relate specifically to the school applied for under Rule 2 and must
clearly demonstrate why it is the only school that can meet the child’s needs.

Rule 3 Sibling: Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school or linked
school at the time of application.
This applies to reception through to Year 5.

In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as long as
they will still be in attendance at the time of admission.
.
Rule 4 Nearest School: Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy
using Hertfordshire’s admission rules. This includes all schools except those
which allocate places on the basis of faith.

Rule 5 Distance: Children who live nearest to the school.

If your child does not qualify under Rule 4, they will be considered
under Rule 5.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify
under a particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by
applying the next rule to those children. Where there is a need for a tie-breaker
where two different addresses measure the same distance from a school, in the
case of a block of flats for example the lower door number will be deemed nearest
as logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two
identical addresses of separate applicants, the tiebreak will be random.

Return to Index
Mandeville Primary School will use the same definitions and measuring system as
outlined in Hertfordshire County Council’s admissions literature, “Applying for a school
place”

Definition of “nearest school” for primary/junior/middle admissions

The definition of “nearest school” includes all schools and academies (regardless of
status) unless that school or academy prioritises applications and allocates places on the
basis of faith.

In Year Admissions
Mandeville Primary School is not part of the county council’s coordinated In Year
admissions scheme. Application forms can be obtained directly from the school by calling
01727 774098.

Summer Born Children

The Head Teacher will consider applications for summer born children for deferred entry
into Reception. Discretion remains with the Head Teacher.

Children Educated Out of Year Group

Only in extremely exceptional circumstances will a child be considered to be educated out
of their year group. Discretion remains with the Head Teacher.

Fair Access
The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit children
under this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Twins
If a twin or multiple birth child is allocated the final place available, the school will also offer
places to the other twin/multiple birth children.

Appeals
At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into their online
application and click on the link 'register an appeal '.For those who did not apply on line,
please contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal
pack.'
For in-year applications parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in the
first instance.

Return to Index
 Manor Fields Primary School Proposed Arrangements 2019/20

The schools published admission number will be 60.

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained schools to
admit a child with a statement of special educational needs that names their school. Schools must
also admit children with an EHC (Education, Health and Care) Plan that names the school.

If there are fewer applications than places available at a school all applicants will be admitted.
If there are more applications than places available, the criteria outlined below will be used to
prioritise applications.

Oversubscription criteria

Rule 1: Children looked after and children who were previously looked after, but ceased to be
so because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special
guardianship order)*.

Rule 2: Medical or Social

Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical or social
need to go to the school*.
A panel of officers will determine whether the evidence provided is sufficiently
compelling to meet the requirements for this rule. The evidence must relate specifically
to the school applied for under Rule 2 and must clearly demonstrate why it is the only
school that can meet the child’s needs.

Rule 3: Linked School (N/A This rule only applies to pupils who are currently attending an
infant school which has a linked junior school¹.)
In the case of junior schools, children who attend the linked infant school at the time
of their application.

Rule 4: Sibling
Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school or linked school at the time of
application*. This applies to reception through to Year 5 in infant, junior and primary
schools; and from reception through to Year 3 in first schools; and from Year 5 to Year 7
in middle schools.

Rule 5: Nearest School

Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy.
This includes all schools except those which allocate places on the basis of faith.

Rule 6: Distance
Children who live nearest to the school.
Children not considered under rule 5 will be considered under rule 6.

Hertfordshire County Council’s ‘straight line’ distance measurement system is used for all home
to school distance measurements. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping
system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase
Premium address point of your child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase
Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the location of schools and
individual residences.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify under a
particular rule than there are places available, a tie break will be used by applying the next rule to
those children.

Tie Break

When there is a need for a tie break where two different addresses are the same distance from
a school, in the case of a block of flats for example, the lower door number will be deemed
1
Return to Index
nearest as logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two
identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will be random. Every child entered
onto the HCC admissions database has an individual random number assigned, between 1 and
1 million, against each preference school. When there is a need for a final tie break the random
number is used to allocate the place, with the lowest number given priority.

Notes and definitions

Rule 1: Children looked after and children who were previously looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order¹ or a special
guardianship order²)

Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the School
Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England)
Regulations 2012.
These children will be prioritised under rule 1.
Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because
they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special guardianship
order.
A “child looked after” is a child who is:
a) in the care of a local authority, or
b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social
services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)
All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission under
rule 1.³
Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked after
providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under Rule 1.
Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the subject of a
child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised under rule 1.
Applications made for these children, with suitable supporting professional evidence, can be
considered under rule 2.
¹ Child arrangements order
Under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which amended section 8 of the
Children Act 1989, residence orders have now been replaced by child arrangements orders
which settle the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live.
² Special guardianship order
Under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s
special guardian or guardians.
³ This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the School
Admissions Code that came into force on 19 December 2014.

Rule 2: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical or social
need to go to the school

Rule 2 applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application, unless there has
been a significant and exceptional change of circumstances within the family since the initial
application was submitted.
All schools in Hertfordshire have experience in dealing with children with diverse social and
medical needs. However in a few very exceptional cases, there are reasons why a child has to go
to one specific school.
Few applications under Rule 2 are agreed.

All applications are considered individually but a successful application should include the
following:
a. Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only one school can meet a child’s
individual needs, and/or
b .Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making clear why only
one school can meet he child’s needs.
c. If the requested school is not the nearest school to the child’s home address clear reasons why
2
Return to Index
the nearest school is not appropriate.

d. For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or disability makes
attendance at only a specific school essential.

Evidence should make clear why only one school is appropriate.

Applications under Rule 2 can only be considered when supported by a recent letter from a
professional involved with the child or family, for example a doctor, psychologist or police officer.
The supporting evidence needs to demonstrate why only one named school can meet the
social/medical needs of the child.
Applications for children previously “looked after” but not meeting the specific criteria outlined in
Rule 1, may be made under this rule.

Further details on the Rule 2 process can be found in the Rule 2 protocol: here

Definition of sibling
For applications to schools using Hertfordshire County Council's admission criteria, a sibling is
defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of the
parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after¹ and in every case living
permanently² in a placement within the home as part of the family household from Monday to
Friday at the time of this application.
A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts or have
been offered and accepted a place.
If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no sibling
connection available to subsequent children from that family.
¹ Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship order
or child arrangements order. This definition was amended following a determination by the OSA
in August 2014.
² A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for
example a child who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after
child in a respite placement or very short term or bridging foster placement.

Multiple births

The school will admit over the school’s published admission number when a single twin/multiple
birth child is allocated the last place at a school. Where we are not the admitting authority we
would request the school take in the subsequent child(ren) in line with the school’s own
admission arrangements.

Continuing Interest

After places have been offered, the school will maintain a continuing interest (waiting) list A
child’s position on a CI list will be determined by the admission criteria outlined above and a
child’s place on the list can change as other children join or leave it. The county council will
contact parents/carers if a vacancy becomes available and it can be offered to a child. Continuing
interest lists will be maintained for every year group until the summer term (date to be confirmed).
To retain a CI application after this time, parents must make an In Year application.

Fair Access

The school will admit children under the Fair Access Protocol before those on continuing
interest, and over the Published Admission Number (PAN) if required.

In Year Admissions

The school will remain part of the county council’s coordinated In Year admissions scheme.
Application forms can be accessed via www.hertfordshire.gov.uk or from the Customer Service
Centre, 0300 123 4043. Parents should return the application form direct to the County Council
(address on the form)
3
Return to Index
 Home address
The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of application. ‘At
the time of application’ means the closing date for applications. “Permanent” means that the child
has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the family own the property or have a tenancy
agreement for a minimum of 12 months.

The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one
address (for example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child lives at
for the majority of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of the
parent/carer that claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s main
residence.
If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be requested.
If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation to evidence
the address that should be used for admission allocation purposes.
If two different applications are received for the same child from the same address, e.g. containing
different preferences, the application from the parent in receipt of child benefit will be processed if
the applications cannot be reconciled.

Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions

A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used in all home to school distance measurements for
community and VC schools in Hertfordshire. Distances are measured using a computerised
mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase
Premium address point of your child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase
Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the location of schools and
individual residences.

Age of Admission and Deferral of Places

Hertfordshire County Council’s policy is that children born on and between 1 September 2014 and
31 August 2015* would normally commence primary school in Reception in the academic year
beginning in September 2019. All Hertfordshire infant, first and primary schools provide for the full-
time admission of all children offered a place in the Reception year group from the September
following their fourth birthday. If a parent wants a full-time place for their child from September (at
the school at which a place has been offered) then they are entitled to that full-time place.

Parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the same academic year or
until the term in which the child reaches compulsory school age. Summer born children are only
able to “defer” entry to Reception class until the beginning of the final term of the school year for
which the offer was made.

Where parents wish, children can attend part-time until they reach compulsory school age. Any
parents wishing to take up a part-time place or deferred entry should contact the individual
school(s) to discuss their child’s requirements.

*Summer born children (1st April – 31st August) – Entry to Reception

Legally, a child does not have to start school until the start of the term following their fifth birthday.
Children born between 1 April 2015 and 31 August 2015 are categorised as “summer born” and if
parents/carers do not believe that their summer born child is ready to join Reception in 2019 they
should contact the home LA, and any own admission authority schools, for guidance before
making an application.

Summer born applications that are delayed for a year (for entry in September 2020) will be
processed in exactly the same way as all other reception applications received at that time; there
is no guarantee that a place will be offered at a child’s preferred school.

If parents wish to delay their application for a Reception place they are advised to discuss their
child’s needs/development with their current early years or nursery provider. If parents wish their
child to remain in their existing nursery school or class for a further year (rather than moving into
4
Return to Index
the Reception year group) they must let their current school know before the end of the Spring
term in 2019 (before the Easter break).

Children Out of Year Group (except applications for reception from summer born)
Hertfordshire County Council’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct
chronological year group, with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of
individual children. This is in line with DfE guidance which states that “in general, children should
be educated in their normal age group”.
If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they should,
at the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals working with the
child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal age appropriate cohort.
DfE guidance makes clear that “it is reasonable for admission authorities to expect parents to
provide them with information in support of their request – since without it they are unlikely to be
able to make a decision on the basis of the circumstances of the case”.
For community and voluntary controlled schools, the county council as the relevant admission
authority, through a panel process, will decide whether the application will be accepted on the
basis of the information submitted. The panel make decisions based upon the circumstances of
each case including the view of parents, the relevant headteacher(s), the child's social, academic
and emotional development and whether the child has been previously educated out of year
group. There is no guarantee that an application will be accepted on this basis. If the application is
not accepted this does not constitute a refusal of a place and there is no right to an independent
statutory appeal. Similarly there is no right of appeal for a place in a specific year group at a
school. The internal management and organisation of a school, including the placement of pupils
in classes, is a matter for the Headteacher and senior leadership of individual schools.
The governing body of schools responsible for their own admissions (academies, voluntary aided
and foundation schools) are ultimately responsible for making this decision for applications made
to their school.

Nursery Provision
Some schools have a nursery unit or deliver pre-school nursery education.
The admission arrangements detailed in this document do not apply for those being admitted into
any nursery or pre-school provision. The responsibility for admission into nursery provision lies
with the governing body of the school which offers such provision.

Parents of children who are admitted to a nursery provision at a school must apply in the normal
way for a place at the school if they want their child to transfer to the reception class. Attendance
at the nursery or co-located children’s centre does not guarantee admission to the school.

Appeals

Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system should log in to their
online application and click on the link “register an appeal”. Out of county residents and paper
applicants should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request their registration
details and log into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click on the link “log into the
appeals system.

In Year Appeals
The county council will write to you with the outcome of your application and if you have been
unsuccessful, will include registration details to enable you to login and appeal online at
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals

5
Return to Index
 The Royston Schools Academy Trust / Meridian School

Admissions Statement for 2019-2020

Consultation on proposed changes within Royston Schools Academy Trust

Greneway, Roysia, Meridian Schools - moving forward together

The Trust is proposing authority to merge all three schools, to create a through school for
pupils between the age of 9 and 18 (Years 5-13) from September 2018. This proposal is
subject to approval following a full consultation process (20.10.17 – 01.12.17). If the Trust’s
proposal is approved, a successful application will result in a child attending a through
school, with no application process for entry to Year 9.

The school will have a published admission number (PAN) of 213.

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained
schools to admit a child with a statement of special educational needs that names their
school. Schools must also admit children with an EHC (Education, Health and Care) Plan
that names the school.

Rule 1 Children in public care (children looked after) and children who were looked after, but
ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or a
special guardianship order).

Rule 2 Medical or Social: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a
particular medical or social need to go to the school. The County Council will determine
whether the evidence provided is sufficiently compelling to meet the requirements for this
rule. The evidence must relate specifically to the school applied for under Rule 2 and must
clearly demonstrate why it is the only school that can meet the child’s needs.

Rule 3 Sibling: Children who have a sibling at the school at the time of application, unless
the sibling is in the last year of the normal age-range of the school. Note: the ‘normal age
range’ is the designated range for which the school provides: Years 9 to 13 for this upper
school.

Rule 4 Children who live in the priority area for whom it is their nearest Hertfordshire
maintained school or academy that is non-faith, co-educational and non-partially selective.
Note: Non-partially selective means that the school does not offer any places based on
academic ability.

Rule 5 Children who live in the priority area who live nearest to the school. Priority Area 4:
Buntingford, Puckeridge and Royston.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify under a
particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by applying the next
rule to those children. Where there is a need for a tie-breaker where two different addresses
measure the same distance from a school, in the case of a block of flats for example the
lower door number will be deemed nearest as logically this will be on the ground floor and

Page 1

Return to Index
therefore closer. If there are two identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will
be random.

Priority Area

The co-educational priority area in the admission rule is based on the following towns,
parishes/unparished areas.

Priority Area areas Towns/Parishes/Unparished areas Schools

4 Buntingford, Puckeridge Anstey, Ardeley, Aspenden, Meridian

and Royston Barkway, Barley, Braughing, Brent
Pelham, Buckland, Buntingford,
Cottered, Great Munden, Hormead,
Kelshall, Meesden, Nuthampstead,
Reed, Royston, Standon, Therfield,
Westmill, Wyddial.

Meridian School will use the same definitions and measuring system as outlined in
Hertfordshire County Council’s admissions literature, “Moving On”

In Year Admissions

The school will remain part of the county council’s coordinated In Year admissions scheme.
Application forms can be accessed via www.hertsdirect.org/admissions or from the
Customer Service Centre, 0300 123 4043. Parents should return the application form direct
to the County Council (address on the form).

Fair Access

The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit children
under this protocol before children on continuing interest.

6th Form arrangements

The school will admit all students applying to the 6 th form who meet the entry requirements.
The PAN for external applicants is 30 students.

Minimum entry requirements are:

● AS/A-level courses: minimum of 6 GCSE grades 4 - 9.

● Vocational A-level courses: minimum of 5 GCSE grades 4 - 9.

If the school is oversubscribed, priority will first be given to:

● Children looked after or previously looked after

Appeals

At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into their online
application and click on the link 'register an appeal'. For those who did not apply on line,
please contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal pack.
For in-year applications parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in the
first instance.

Page 2

Return to Index
 MERYFIELD COMMUNITY PRIMARY SCHOOL

Herts for Learning Multi Academy Trust

Draft Admissions Policy for 2019/2020 (for consultation)

Meryfield Community Primary School (the “School”) is an academy within the Herts for Learning
Multi Academy Trust (the “Trust”)

The Trust is the admissions authority for the School and is therefore responsible for determining and
implementing the admission arrangements for the School each year in accordance with the School
Admissions Code 2014 (“the Code”) and other legislation.

EQUALITY AND INCLUSION

The School is fully inclusive and welcomes applications for the admission of children of all abilities and
needs, including those with special educational needs and disabilities. The School fully complies with
its responsibilities under the Equality Act 2010.

PUBLISHED ADMISSION NUMBER (“PAN”)

The School will provide for the admission of the appropriate number of children in accordance with
the published admission number (“PAN”). The PAN for Reception Year at the School is 60.

This means that the School will admit up to that number of children in the September of the school
year to which this policy applies.

Where fewer applications are received than the PAN, the School will offer places to all those who
have applied.

Applications for places in Reception should be made on the Local Authority’s Common Application
Form. This is accessible on the LA’s website and must be submitted in accordance with the LA’s
published deadlines for applications, namely Tuesday 15th January 2019.

Late applications will be accepted but will not be considered until all applications received on or before
the application deadline have been processed, which will reduce the chance of achieving a place for
the child.

CHILDREN WHO CURRENTLY HAVE A NURSERY PLACE AT THE SCHOOL

The School has an on-site nursery. Where a child attends the School’s nursery, an application for
admission into Reception Year must still be submitted. There is no automatic transfer from the
nursery to Reception Year at the School.

Return to Index
CHILDREN WITH AN EDUCATION HEALTH AND CARE PLAN

There are separate statutory procedures in place which govern the admission of children with special
educational needs (“SEN”) for whom an education health and care plan (“EHC plan”) has been issued
by their Local Authority. This means that the parents of children who have an EHC plan should not
apply for admission of their child to the School under this Admission Policy. If parents have a
preference for the School to be named as the provider in their child’s EHC plan, the Local Authority
needs to be made aware of this so that they can consider whether the School is suitable in consultation
with the child’s parents and the School.

Where a child’s EHC plan names the School as the provider, the child will be admitted to the School
even if this will result in the published admission number (“PAN”) for that year group, or the statutory
maximum infant class size, being exceeded. Where admission is to Reception Year in September (i.e.
in the normal admission round), the number of places available within the PAN for other children will
be reduced.

Where a child is in the process of being assessed by the Local Authority to establish whether an EHC
plan should be made, parents should speak to the Local Authority before applying for admission under
this Admission Policy, to check the stage the assessment has reached and whether a decision to make
an EHC plan will be made before the application deadline as, if it has, an application under this
Admission Policy will not be necessary.

OVERSUBSCRIPTION CRITERIA

After the admission of pupils with Statements of Special Educational Needs and where the School is
oversubscribed, priority for admission will be given to those children in priority order below:

1. Looked after children and previously looked after children (or became subject to a child
arrangements order or a special guardianship order) with those living nearer receiving higher
priority.

A “looked after child” is a child in public care at the date on which the application is made. A
“previously looked after child” is a child who was in public care, but ceased to be so because
they were adopted or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order
immediately after being in public care.

To be included in this category, the application for admission must be supported by the
relevant Local Authority’s Children’s Services Department. In the case of a previously looked
after child, a copy of the adoption or special guardianship order must also accompany the
application for admission.

2. Children who the Trust accepts have an exceptional medical or social need for a place at the
school with those living nearer receiving higher priority.

This category gives priority to children for whom Meryfield Community Primary School is
the only school that is appropriate for the child to attend because of the child’s exceptional
medical or social need.

Applications under this priority must be accompanied by a Priority 2 Form, which is available
from our website.

Part A of the Priority 2 Form must be completed by the parent(s) before being provided to the
child or parent’s doctor, social worker or other relevant independent professional who must
3

Return to Index
 then completed Part B, sign, stamp and date the form. The doctor, social worker or other
relevant independent professional must expressly confirm not only the nature of the
exceptional medical or social need of the child, but also the reason why it is appropriate for
the child to attend the school, why no other school is suitable, and the reasons why this is the
case.

The completed, signed and stamped Priority 2 Form must be provided with the common
application form. An application under this priority will not be considered in cases where the
completed, signed and stamped Priority 2 Form is received after the common application form
has been submitted.

Applications under Priority 2 will be considered by the Academy Governing Body (or the
relevant Admissions Committee).

3. Linked School: This rule does not apply to this school (for infant and junior schools only)

4. Children with a brother or sister already attending the school and who will still be attending
on the date of admission with those living nearer receiving higher priority

Note: this category includes full brothers and sisters, adopted, or foster brothers and sisters,
half brothers and sisters or stepbrothers and sisters. Parents/Guardians should note that in all
these cases, the brother or sister must be living at the same address as the child for whom the
application is being made.

For the avoidance of doubt, other children within the family (for example, cousins) who live at
the same address because members of the child’s extended family (for example, aunts and
uncles) also live there, will not be regarded as siblings for the purpose of this priority.

In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as long as they will still be in
attendance at the time of admission

5. Children of school staff where:

a. the member of staff has been employed at the school for two or more years at the time
at which the application for admission to the school is made; and / or

b. where the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a
demonstrable shortage with those living nearer receiving higher priority.

For the purposes of satisfying these criteria, a member of staff is defined as a permanent
member of the teaching staff, or a permanent member of the non-teaching staff. This
definition does not include contract staff. This definition does not include peripatetic staff
employed by HCC. The child must be living permanently with the member of staff.

6. All other children.

Children not falling into any of the above categories will be allocated places in this category
by reference to the proximity of the child’s home address (as defined by this policy) to the
School, with those living nearer receiving higher priority.

Return to Index
DISTANCE MEASURING

Hertfordshire County Council’s ‘straight line’ distance measurement system is used for all home to
school distance measurements. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to two
decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of your
child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised
method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

In the case of multi-dwelling buildings (for example, an apartment block), the distance will be
measured from same GIS determined point in the building regardless of the actual location within the
building of the child’s home address, with the tie breaker being applied if more than one application
is received for children living in the building (see below).

TIE BREAKER

Where two applications cannot otherwise be separated because the distance between the child’s
home address (as defined by this policy) to the School is the same, the order in which places will be
allocated will be determined by random lottery using the Local Authority’s software in the presence
of a person who is independent of the School.

CHILD’S HOME ADDRESS

The address given on the application form must be the child’s main home address, which will usually
be the address at which Child Benefit is claimed or if there is no entitlement to Child Benefit, then the
address at which the child is registered with their GP will be used. A business address or the address
of a parent with whom the child does not live, a relative or a child minder must not be given.

The child’s home address stated must be a residential property that is the child’s only or main
residence, and not an address at which he or she might sometimes stay or sleep.

Where a child spends part of the week with different parents/carers the home address will be the
address at which the child spends the majority of weekday nights during term time. If two addresses
are given, only one will be accepted, which will be the address which meets the definition stated
above. Where there is a dispute over which address is the child’s main home address, the address at
which Child Benefit is claimed or if there is no entitlement to Child Benefit, then the address at which
the child is registered with their GP will be deemed to be their main home address.

Proof of residence or offer of letting from landlord will be required.

STATUTORY MAXIMUM INFANT CLASS SIZE

The maximum number of pupils legally permitted to be in a class in Reception Year, Year 1 or Year 2
class is 30 pupils.

There are specified circumstances in which some categories of children will not be counted towards
the class size, allowing for these children to be admitted to a class containing 30 or more pupils
without breaching the statutory maximum infant class size. These children are known as “excepted
pupils” until the class size falls back to 30 pupils. Parents are referred to Paragraph 2.15 of the Code
(which is accessible on the Department for Education’s website) for further details in this respect.

Children of multiple birth

If the last child to be offered a place (the 30th place in a school with a PAN of 30 for example) we will
endeavour to admit the child’s twin, triplet etc., if they all apply at the same time. This is because
5

Return to Index
the School Admissions Code allows us to admit such siblings as exceptions to the infant class size
limit and operate with classes of over 30.

CHILDREN OF UK SERVICE PERSONNEL AND CROWN SERVANTS

The School will accept applications for the admission of the children of UK Armed Forces Personnel
with a confirmed posting in the area of the School, or the children of Crown Servants returning from
overseas to live in the area of the School, in advance of them arriving. These children do not have to
be living at the stated home address at the application deadline, as all other children do.

The application for admission must be supported by an official letter declaring the relocation date and
a Unit postal address or quartering area address, which will be used as the child’s home address for
the purpose of applying this Admission Policy.

FAIR ACCESS

The school is committed to taking its fair share of vulnerable children who are hard to place, in
accordance with locally agreed protocols. Children admitted under the protocol will be prioritised
above those on the waiting list.

WAITING LISTS

The School will operate a waiting list for each year group. Where in any year the School receives more
applications for places than there are places available, a waiting list will operate until the end of the
academic year. This will be maintained by the School and it will be open to any parent/guardian to ask
for his or her child’s name to be placed on the waiting list, following an unsuccessful application.

Children’s position on the waiting list will be determined solely in accordance with the
oversubscription criteria. Where places become vacant they will be allocated to children on the
waiting list in accordance with the oversubscription criteria.

ARRANGEMENTS FOR ADMITTING PUPILS TO OTHER YEAR GROUPS, INCLUDING REPLACING ANY
PUPILS WHO HAVE LEFT THE SCHOOL (‘IN-YEAR ADMISSIONS’)

You can apply to change school during the school year. We call this an "in year admission".

To apply for an in-year admission to Meryfield Community Primary School please complete the ‘In
year Admissions Form’ http://www.meryfield.herts.sch.uk/ and send it and any supporting
documentation to Meryfield Community Primary School.

We'll let you know if you're successful within 10 working days, once we receive your application, proof
of address and any additional documents needed. If the year group applied for has a place available,
the School will admit the child. If more applications are received than there are places available, the
place will be allocated applying the oversubscription criteria set out above.

You need to accept or decline any place offered. If a place is not available, you will be given the
opportunity to have your name added to the waiting list. You will also have a right to appeal the
decision.

AGE ON ADMISSION TO RECEPTION YEAR

All children are entitled to a full-time place in Reception Year at a primary school from the September

Return to Index
following their fourth birthday. Children do not, however, reach compulsory school age until the first
of three prescribed dates after their fifth birthday. These prescribed dates are 31 December, 31
March and 31 August.

For example, a child who will reach the age of five years on 18 November will not reach compulsory
school age until the following 1 January, a child who will reach the age of five years on 22 March will
not reach compulsory school age until the following 1 April and a child who will reach the age of five
years on 3 June will not reach compulsory school age until the following 31 August.

Deferred entry and part-time attendance

Parents offered a place for their child have a right to defer entry, or to take a place up part-time,
until the start of the term beginning immediately after their child has reached compulsory school
age. However, places cannot be deferred until the next academic year. Parents can also ask that
their child attends on a part-time basis until they reach compulsory school age.

However, the start date for a child born between 1 April and 31 August who will not reach compulsory
school age until 31 August (known as a “summer born child”) cannot be deferred later than the first
day of the last term (usually when the School reopens after Easter) without losing the place achieved,
which will then be allocated to another child. Parents of “summer born children” can, however,
choose to delay their child starting school for a whole school year (see below).

Parents may also choose to send their child to school part-time until they reach compulsory school
age (i.e. on one of the three prescribed dates stated above). Unlike the right to defer entry, this right
can be exercised during the last term in the case of “summer born children”, and can also be exercised
in combination with the right to defer the child’s start date until later in the school year, as set out
above.

For example, a child born on 18 November could start school part-time from 1 September and then
full-time from 1 January, and a child born on 22 March could start school part-time from either 1
September or 1 January and then full-time from 1 April.

Delayed entry for “summer born children”

Parents of summer born children have the following options in relation to their child:

1. To start school full-time in Reception Year in the September following their fourth birthday in
the usual way; or

2. To retain the place they have achieved for their child in Reception Year and decide that their
child will start school later in the school year (i.e. deferred entry) and/or attend part-time, as
set out above; or

3. To lose any place achieved for their child in Reception Year and delay (rather than defer) their
child starting school for one whole school year (i.e. following September).

Parents choosing to exercise the third option will need to decide whether they want their child to be
admitted to Year 1 in the following September with their usual age group (subject to their being an
available place in Year 1, as no place will be have been reserved for the child) or be admitted to
Reception Year in the following September with children below their normal age group.

The latter option requires parents to submit a separate Application for Admission Outside Normal Age
7

Return to Index
Group to the AGB of the School (see below). In the event that the Application for Admission Outside
Normal Age Group is approved by the Academy Governing Body, there is no guarantee that a place
will be available in the preferred year group. Once a decision has been made, the School will apply its
oversubscription criteria to decide whether a place can be offered in that age group. This means that,
although the parents may have obtained the School’s agreement to their child being admitted below
its normal age range into Reception Year one school year after being eligible to start school, their child
may not achieve a place in Reception Year at the School the following year.

In the case of summer born children seeking to delay starting school for one school year and then to
be admitted into Reception Year below their normal age group, an application for admission into
Reception Year using with the child’s normal age group should be made in the usual way accompanied
by a request to be admitted into Reception Year the following year (by completing the “Application
For Admission Outside Normal Age Group Form” with supporting evidence).

Provided the application is received in time, parents will receive a response to their request before
primary national offer day. If a request is agreed, the application for the normal age group may be
withdrawn before a place is offered. If a request is refused, the parent must decide whether to:

a. accept the offer of a place for the normal age group (if an offer is made); or

b. refuse it and make an in year application for admission to Year 1 for the September following
the child’s fifth birthday (there is no guarantee that places will be available in Year 1 if the
school is oversubscribed).

Where a parent’s request for admission outside of the normal age group for summer born children is
agreed, a new application must be submitted as part of the main admissions round the following year.

Parents do not have a right of appeal if they have been offered a place and it is not in the year group
they would like. However, parents may make a complaint about the School’s decision not to admit
their child outside their normal age group.

ADMISSION OF CHILDREN OUTSIDE THEIR NORMAL AGE GROUP

Parents may request that their child is admitted to a year group outside their normal age range, for
instance where the child is gifted or talented or where a child has suffered from particular social or
medical issues impacting his or her schooling. All such requests will be considered on their merits and
either agreed or refused, on that basis. If a request is refused, the child will still be considered for
admission to their normal age group.

Parents wishing to submit a request for their child to be admitted outside their normal age group
should submit an “Application For Admission Outside Normal Age Group Form” which is available from
[INSERT LINK TO THE FORM ON THE WEBSITE]

The process for requesting such an admission is as follows:

With the application, parents should request that the child is admitted to another year group (state
which one), and the reasons for that request. Parents will submit any evidence in support of their case
with the application, for instance from a medical practitioner, Headteacher etc. Some of the evidence
a parent might submit could include:

1. Whether the child is ‘summer born’ and is seeking admission to a year group other than
reception (or is seeking admission to reception rather than year 1);

Return to Index
 2. Information about the child’s academic, social and emotional development;

3. Where relevant, their medical history and the views of a medical professional;

4. Whether they have previously been educated out of their normal age group;

5. Whether they may naturally have fallen into a lower age group if it were not for being born
prematurely.

This is a non-exhaustive list. There may be other factors that the Academy Governing Board will
consider. The school will consider each case on its merits, taking into account the individual
circumstances of the request and the child’s best interests. We will also ensure the parent is aware of
whether the request for admission out of age group has been agreed before final offers are made, and
the reason for any refusal. Requests for admission out of the normal year group will be considered
alongside other applications made at the same time. An application from a child who would ‘normally’
be a year 1 child for a reception place will be considered alongside applications for reception.

ARRANGEMENTS FOR APPEALS PANELS

Parents/Carers will have the right of appeal to an Independent Appeal Panel if they are dissatisfied
with an admission decision of the School. The Appeal Panel will be independent of the School. The
arrangements for Appeals will be in line with the Code of Practice on School Admission Appeals
published by the Department for Education. The determination of the appeal panel will be made in
accordance with the Code of Practice on School Admission Appeals and is binding on all parties.

Normal admissions round

Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system for the normal
admissions round should log in to their online application and click on the link “register an appeal”.
Out of county residents and paper applicants should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123
4043 to request their registration details and log into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and
click on the link “log into the appeals system”.

In-year admissions

For in-year admissions, we will write to you with the outcome of your application and, if you have
been unsuccessful, the county council will write to you with registration details to enable you to login
and appeal online at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals

THE SCHOOL EXPECTS PARENTS TO PROVIDE TRUE AND ACCURATE INFORMATION. IF IT IS

DISCOVERED THAT FALSE INFORMATION HAS BEEN PROVIDED, THE OFFER OF A PLACE IS LIKELY TO
BE WITHDRAWN.

Return to Index
 [SCHOOL LOGO] 

[Name of school] 

PRIORTY 2 FORM ‐ EXCEPTIONAL MEDICAL OR SOCIAL NEED 

REPORT FROM A DOCTOR, SOCIAL WORKER OR OTHER RELEVANT 
INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL 

Part A of this form must be completed by a parent.  The form should then be provided to the doctor, social 
worker or other relevant independent professional who should complete Part B, sign, date and stamp the 
form, before returning it to the parent if the parent wants to rely on this priority in order to achieve a place 
at the school.  The form must be submitted at the same time as the Common Application Form.  

This  form  is  intended  to  support  an  application  for  admission  under  Priority  2  of  the  academy’s/school’s 
Admission Policy, which states: 

“Priority 2 – Children who the Trust accepts have an exceptional medical or social need for a place at the 
school”: 

Children for whom [Name of School] is the only school that is appropriate for the child to attend because of 
the child’s exceptional medical or social need, will be admitted under this priority.   

Applications under this priority must be accompanied by Priority 2 Form, Part A of which must be completed 
by  the  parents  before  being  provided  to  the  child  or  parent’s  the  doctor,  social  worker  or  other  relevant 
independent professional who must then completed Part B, sign, stamp and date the form.  The doctor, social 
worker  or  other  relevant  independent  professional  must  expressly  confirm  not  only  the  nature  of  the 
exceptional medical or social need of the child or parent, but also the reason why it is appropriate for the child 
to attend the school, why no other school is suitable, and the reasons why this is the case.   

The completed, signed and stamped Priority 2 Form must be provided with the common application form.  An 
application  under  this  priority  will  not  be  considered  in  cases  where  the  completed,  signed  and  stamped 
Priority 2 Form is received after the common application form has been submitted.” 

Instructions to Hertfordshire County Council: please ensure that this form is kept 
confidential  and  is  processed  only  to  the  extent  that  it  is  necessary  to  pass  the 
information to the school.  Please ensure that the forms are sent to the school by a 
secure  means.    Please  contact  HCC’s  Strategy  &  Policy  Manager,  Admissions  & 
Transport, for further details. 

1 

Return to Index
 

PART A – To be completed by Parent 

Child’s Surname:   

Child’s Forename(s):   

Child’s Date of Birth:   

Child’s Main Home Address:   

   

   

   

This form should now be handed to the child’s doctor, social worker or other relevant independent 
professional for completion of Part B. 

2 

Return to Index
PART  B  –  To  be  completed  by  a  doctor,  social  worker  or  other 
relevant independent professional then returned to the parent 

Name of person with an   
exceptional  medical or 
social need: 

Please confirm the nature   
of the exceptional medical 
or social need:   

   

   

   

In your professional opinion, is [NAME OF SCHOOL] the only school which is appropriate for the 
child to attend as a result of their medical or social need? 

 
Yes    No   
 

Please state your reasons   
for stating [NAME OF 
SCHOOL] is the only school   
which is appropriate for the 
child to attend:   

   

   

   

3 

Return to Index
   

   

Please explain the   
difficulties the child would 
experience if the child   
attended another school 
within a reasonable   
distance of the child’s main 
home address:   

   

   

   

   

Signed:   

Print Name:   

Position:   

4 

Return to Index
 Organisation:   

Organisation’s address:   

Date:   

Official Stamp:   

Note to professional: please return the completed form to the parent named above by a secure 
means.  It is the parent’s responsibility to submit the form as part of the admissions application 
process. 

5 

Return to Index
               
 

[SCHOOL LOGO]   

[SCHOOL/ACADEMY NAME] 

APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION OUTSIDE NORMAL AGE GROUP 

This is not an application for admission – it is an application to the Academy Governing Board for their 
agreement in principle to the child being admitted to any year group other than the child’s normal year 
group. The completed form and any supporting documentation must be submitted to [School/Academy 
Name]  for  consideration  by  the  Academy  Governing  Board  as  soon  as  possible.    Regardless  of  the 
outcome of this application, a separate application for admission will need to be made in the usual way, 
and  will  be  considered  with  all  other  applications  received,  applying  the  oversubscription  criteria  as 
appropriate.   

In the case of children born between 1 April and 31 August (known as “summer born children”) whose 
parents want them to start Reception Year one year later than usual (i.e. in the September following 
their fifth birthday, rather than the September following their fourth birthday), the application should 
be made well in advance of the application deadline for the child’s admission to Reception Year with 
their  normal  age  group,  to  keep  all  options  open.    Where  the  Academy  Governing  Board  agrees  an 
application in principle, their letter confirming this should accompany the subsequent application for 
admission. 

This form should be read alongside the School’s/Academy’s Admissions Policy. 

This form should be completed by the parent with whom the child lives for more than 50% of their 
time from Monday to Friday during term time.  Please complete in block capitals using black ink.  All 
names  provided  must  be  formal  names,  as  stated  in  passports  and  other  formal  documents.    The 
completed form should be forwarded to the school office at School/Academy name. 

 
 

PART A – CHILD’S DETAILS 

Child’s Surname:   

Child’s Forename(s):   

Child’s Date of Birth:   

Child’s Main Home Address:   

(as defined in the Admissions Policy) 

 
 
1 
Return to Index
 PART B – PARENT’S DETAILS 

Parent’s Surname:   

Parent’s Forename(s):   

Parent’s Home Address:   

(If different) 

Parent’s Email Address:   

Parent’s Contact Number:   

 
 

PART C – APPLICATION DETAILS 

What date do you want the child to be admitted?   

What  year  group  do  you  want  the  child  to  be   
admitted to? 

What year group would the child’s normal age group   
be in? 

Please  give  detailed  reasons  for  your  belief  that  it  is  in  the  best  interests  of  your  child  to  be  admitted 
outside their normal age group.  In doing so, please consider the following factors which will be considered 
by the Academy Governing Board: 

• The parents’ views; 
• The Headteacher’s view; 
• The child’s academic, social and emotional development; 
• Where relevant, the child’s medical history and the views of their medical professionals; 
• Whether the child has previously been educated outside of their normal age group; 
• Whether the child would have naturally have fallen into a lower age range were it not for having been 
born prematurely. 

This is a non‐exhaustive list.  There may be other factors that the Academy Governing Board will consider.  

 
   

2 
Return to Index
 

       
 
   
3 
Return to Index
 
 

Please list all documents attached in support of your application: 

 
 
 

PART D – PARENT’S SIGNATURE 

I certify that the information provided in this form is true and accurate, to the best of my knowledge and 
belief: 

Signed:   

Print name:   

Date:   

   
 

4 
Return to Index
  
School logo 
 
 
School name 
 
Application Form 
In Year Admissions 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 Before you fill in this form, please read the guidance documents and information on our website 
at school website info 
 
 Supplementary Information Forms (if applicable) and any additional supporting documentation 
should be returned direct to the school 
 
 Please complete this form using black ink and CAPITAL LETTERS 
 
 You must include two recent (within the last 3 months) forms of address evidence. One must 
be a council tax bill, utility bill, solicitor’s letter showing completion date or a signed tenancy 
agreement. Please do not send originals.  
 
 If moving/returning to the UK, you must also provide evidence of your arrival. This can be flight 
itinerary, boarding passes or ferry/train tickets. 
 
 
We cannot process an application without evidence of your address. 
   

Return to Index
 
 
Section 1: Your child’s details 
 
 
Date place is required*:  

 
*Places are offered on the basis that they will be taken up within 10 school days. Please do not apply more 
than 4 weeks in advance of the date you require a place unless you are a service family. 
 

 
Your child’s details: 
 
First name  Middle name(s)  Family name/Surname 
   
Date of birth  Current Year Group*  Female / Male 

 
*Hertfordshire will allocate a place into the usual year group based on your child’s date of birth. If you wish 
your child to be educated in a different year group to that indicated by their date of birth, please provide 
further details with this form. 
 
 

Your child’s current  Current address 
address and postcode   
   
We check addresses and   
we will withdraw our offer   
of a school place if you   
give a false address 
Postcode 
   
  
 
Your child’s new  If you are moving house, please provide the new address below: 
address and postcode   
Date of move*   
 
 
Postcode 
   
 
*Please ensure you enclose proof of your new address including the move date. This can be either a 
solicitor’s letter confirming completion or a copy of the formal lease agreement. If you are moving to a rental 
property, please provide evidence that you have sold or are in the process of selling your previous property, 
or that a previous lease agreement has ended. We will not be able to take into account a new address 
without proof as referred to above. 
 
   

Return to Index
Section 2: Application details 
 
 
Does the child have a sibling at the school? * If yes, please give details below:  Yes □ No □ 

Name:  Male/Female: 
 
  Date of birth: 

 
*A sibling is either the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of the 
parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after and in every case living permanently 
in a placement within the home as part of the family household. 
 
 
Does your child have an Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) or 
Yes □ No □ 
statement of special needs (SN)? 
 
A Statement of SN or an EHCP is a document written by the local authority detailing the child’s needs and the 
measures the school will take to help them. The SEN team at the local authority manage admissions for 
children with a statement and your application will be passed to them.  
 
 
Is the child you are making an application for in the care of the Local 
Yes □ No □ 
Authority (Child Looked After)? 
If yes, please indicate which local authority and include a supporting letter from the child’s social 
worker and/or advisory teacher: 
 
 
Was your child previously looked after but was then adopted or became 
Yes □ No □ 
subject to a child arrangements order or special guardianship order? 

If yes, please provide supporting evidence including a copy of the adoption order if applicable 
 
 

Are you applying under Rule 2 (exceptional medical or social needs)?*  Yes □ No □ 
*You must include supporting professional evidence clearly demonstrating why your child’s needs can only 
be met at one specific school. Please include all the evidence you wish us to consider as we can only 
consider the information received at the time of application. Rule 2 can only be re‐considered if there has 
been an exceptional change of circumstances 
 
 
 

Are you applying under the Children of Staff rule if applicable*?    Yes □    No □ 
*This is not currently applicable at this school 

 
 
 

Return to Index
 Are you or your partner UK service personnel or a crown servant?  Yes □ No □ 

If yes, please include an official MOD, FC or GCHQ letter showing relocation date 
 
 
 
Your child’s current school       
 
School Name  School Address 

Date last attended  
 
(if your child has left):   
 
 

 
Section 3: Your details 
 
Name of person making the  Title  Initial  Family Name 
application  (Usually a parent/carer) 

Address if different to that given 
above 

Daytime telephone number 

Email address 
Our preferred way to contact you 

Your relationship to the child 
 
 
Is the child living with you under a private fostering arrangement? 
This is where the child lives with an adult who is not a close relative i.e. not a   Yes □   No □ 
parent, grandparent, sibling, aunt or uncle. 
Do you have parental responsibility? *   Yes □   No □ 

If no, please provide permission from the person(s) with parental responsibility confirming they are 
in agreement with the application. 
 
 
   

Return to Index
 
 
Section 4: Parental declaration 
 
If you deliberately give false information, we may withdraw the offer of a school place. 
 
All of the information I have given on this form is correct and up to date.  
 
I have read and understand the school’s admissions policy. 
 
I understand that you will inform my child’s current school of this application and will share the 
information in this application with the schools listed on this form and, if different, the allocated 
school.  
 
I understand that my child must be able to take up the allocated school place immediately and 
that the place may be withdrawn if not accepted within 10 school days. 
 
I confirm I have parental responsibility for this child and/or the agreement of all 
persons with parental responsibility  □ 
 
I enclose:      Supporting evidence relating to the application, including proof of  □ 
arrival if applicable  
  □ 
Proof of address ‐ we cannot process the application without this. 
   
 

Your full name   

Your signature    Date:   
     
 
 
Please return this application form to the office of name of school 
School address 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  It is very important that you include all necessary
 
documentation
 
with your application in order to avoid any
  delays.
 
 

Return to Index
 NICHOLAS BREAKSPEAR CATHOLIC SCHOOL
The Diocese of Westminster Academy Trust

Headteacher: Mr D Linnane

Colney Heath Lane, St Albans, Hertfordshire AL4 0TT

Telephone: 01727 860079 Fax: 01727 848912
E-mail: admin@nbs.herts.sch.uk
Website: www.nbs.herts.sch.uk

15th December 2017

Admissions Policy and Criteria 2019-20 - Consultation

Dear Colleague,
Nicholas Breakspear Catholic School have made some minor amendments to our Admissions Policy and Criteria
for the academic year 2019-20. Please find these documents attached for your consultation.

I would be very grateful if you could kindly circulate this information to your stakeholders, including staff,
parents, parishioners and governing body.

Please contact me via the details above should you have any queries or feedback.
Thank you for your support.
Yours sincerely,

Declan Linnane
Headteacher

‘Quality & Excellence’

The Diocese of Westminster Academy Trust
Registration No. 7944160
Registered Office: Vaughan House, 46 Francis Street, London SW1P 1QN

Return to Index
 Secondary
NICHOLAS BREAKSPEAR CATHOLIC SCHOOL ADMISSION POLICY 2019/20
Nicholas Breakspear Catholic School was founded by the Catholic Church to provide
education for children of Catholic families. Whenever there are more applications than
places available, priority will always be given to Catholic children in accordance with the
oversubscription criteria listed below. The school is conducted by its Governing Body as part
of the Catholic Church in accordance with its trust deed and seeks at all times to be a
witness to Our Lord Jesus Christ.
As a Catholic school, we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. At a Catholic
school, Catholic doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of the school’s activity. It is
essential that the Catholic character of the school’s education be fully supported by all
families in the school. We therefore hope that all parents will give their full, unreserved and
positive support for the aims and ethos of the school. This does not affect the right of an
applicant who is not Catholic to apply for and be admitted to a place at the school in
accordance with the admission arrangements.
The Governing Body is the admissions authority and has responsibility for admissions to this
school. The local authority undertakes the co-ordination of admission arrangements during
the normal admission round (excluding admission to Year 12). The Governing Body has set
its admission number at 180 pupils to Year 7 which begins in September 2019.
Admission to the Sixth-Form
The school operates a sixth form for a total of 250 pupils. 125 places overall will be available
in Year 12. While the admission number is 125, if fewer than 125 of the school’s existing
pupils transfer into Year 12, additional external pupils will be admitted until Year 12 meets
its capacity of 125.
Both internal and external pupils wishing to enter the sixth form will be expected to have
met the same minimum academic entry requirements for the sixth form. These are that
pupils will have achieved at least 34 points average APS score. (This is an average score of
the student’s top 8 grades including English and Maths)
In addition to the sixth form’s minimum academic entry requirements pupils will need to
satisfy minimum entrance requirements to the courses for which they are applying. If either
internal or external applicants fail to meet the minimum course requirements, they will be
given the option of pursuing any alternative courses for which they do meet the minimum
academic requirements. Course requirements are published annually in the school’s
prospectus and on its website.
When Year 12 is undersubscribed all applicants meeting the minimum academic entry
requirements will be admitted or permitted to progress.

When there are more external applicants that satisfy any academic entry requirements, priority will be
given in accordance with the oversubscription criteria set out below.

Return to Index
Pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan or a Statement of Special Educational
Needs (see note 1)
The admission of pupils with a statement of Special Educational Needs or an Education,
Health and Care Plan is dealt with by a completely separate procedure. Children with an
Education, Health and Care Plan that names the school, must be admitted. Where this takes
place before the allocation of places under these arrangements, this will reduce the number
of places available to other children.
Oversubscription Criteria
Where there are more applications for places than the number of places available, places
will be offered according to the following order of priority:
1. Catholic looked after and previously looked after children. (see notes 2&3)
2. Baptised Catholic children who are resident in the deaneries of St Albans, Stevenage, Lea
Valley, Watford, Enfield and Barnet
3. Other Baptised Catholic children. (see note 3)
4. Other looked after and previously looked after children. (see note 2)
5. Catechumens and members of an Eastern Christian Church. (see notes 4&5)
6. Children of other Christian denominations whose membership is evidenced by a minister
of religion. (see note 6)
7. Children of other faiths whose membership is evidenced by a religious leader. (see note
7)
8. Any other children – for the past four years, Governors have admitted children from all
categories
Within each of the categories listed above, the following provisions will be applied in the
following order.
(i) Where evidence is provided at the time of application of an exceptional social,
medical or pastoral need of the child which can most appropriately be met at this
school, the application will be placed at the top of the category in which the
application is made. (see note 10)
(ii) The attendance of a brother or sister at the school at the time of enrolment will
increase the priority of an application within each category so that the application
will be placed at the top of the category in which the application is made after
children in (i) above (see note 8).

Return to Index
Tie Break
Priority will be given to children living closest to the school determined by the shortest
distance. Distances are calculated on the basis of a straight-line measurement between the
front door of the child’s home address (including the community entrance to flats) and the
main entrance of the school as measured by the HCC’s distance measurement criteria which
is the straight line measurement provided by Hertfordshire County council’s GIS system as
outlined in the Moving on/ under 11’s publication.
In the event of distances being the same for two or more children where this would
determine the last place to be allocated, random allocation will be carried out and
supervised by a person independent of the school. All the names will be entered into a hat
and the required number of names will be drawn out.
Application Procedures and Timetable
To apply for a place at this school in the normal admission round, you must complete an
online Application Form (excluding admission to Year 12) available from the local authority
in which you live. You are also requested to complete the Supplementary Information Form
attached to this policy if you wish to apply under oversubscription criteria 1 to 3 or 5 to 7.
The Supplementary Information Form should be returned to Nicholas Breakspear Catholic
School Admissions, Colney Heath Lane, St Albans, AL4 0TT by the 31st October 2018.
You will be advised of the outcome of your application on 1st March or the next working day
by the local authority on our behalf. If you are unsuccessful (unless your child gained a place
at a school you ranked higher) you will be informed of the reasons, related to the
oversubscription criteria listed above, and you have the right of appeal to an independent
appeal panel.
For Sixth Form admissions, the application window will open 15th November 2018 and close
30th January 2019. Applications should be returned to Mr Laing, Head of Sixth Form.
Please note for Sixth Form applications, students will receive their decision by 30th August
2019.
If you do not provide the information required in the SIF and return it by the closing date,
together with all supporting documentation, your child will not be placed in criteria 1 to 3
or 5 to 7, and this is likely to affect your child’s chance of being offered a place.
All applications which are submitted on time will be considered at the same time and
after the closing date for admissions which is 31st October 2018
Late Applications
Late applications will be administered in accordance with your home Local Authority
Secondary Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme. You are encouraged to ensure that your
application is received on time.

Return to Index
Admission of Children outside their Normal Age Group

A request may be made for a child to be admitted outside their normal age group, for
example if the child is gifted and talented or has experienced problems such as ill health.
Any such request should be made in writing to the Admissions Secretary at the same time as
the admission application is made. The Governing Body will make its decision about the
request based on the circumstances of each case and in the best interests of the child. In
addition to taking into account the views of the head teacher, including the Headteacher’s
statutory responsibility for the internal organisation, management and control of the school,
the Governing Body will take into account the views of the parents and of appropriate
medical and education professionals, as appropriate.
Waiting Lists
In addition to their right of appeal, unsuccessful children will be offered the opportunity to
be placed on a waiting list. This waiting list will be maintained in order of the
oversubscription criteria set out above and not in the order in which applications are
received or added to the list. Waiting lists for admission will operate throughout the school
year. The waiting list will be held open until the 20th July 2020.
Inclusion in the school’s waiting list does not mean that a place will eventually become
available.
In-Year Applications
An application can be made for a place for a child at any time outside the admission round
and the child will be admitted where there are available places. Application’s should be
made to the school by contacting the Admissions Secretary at Nicholas Breakspear Catholic
School, Colney Heath Lane, St Albans, AL4 0TT.
Where there are places available but more applications than places, the published
oversubscription criteria, as set out above, will be applied.
If there are no places available, the child will be added to the waiting list (see above).
You will be advised of the outcome of your application in writing, and you have the right of
appeal to an independent appeal panel.
Fair Access Protocol
The school is committed to taking its fair share of children who are vulnerable and/or hard
to place, as set out in locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal admission
round the Governing Body is empowered to give absolute priority to a child where
admission is requested under any locally agreed protocol. The Governing Body has this
power even where admitting the child would mean exceeding the published admission
number.
The Governing Body reserves the right to withdraw the offer of a place or, where a child is
already attending the school or the place itself, where it is satisfied that the offer or place
was obtained by deception.

Return to Index
Notes (these notes form part of the oversubscription criteria)
1. An Education, Health and Care Plan is a plan made by the local authority under section
37 of the Children and Families Act 2014, specifying the special educational provision
required for a child.
2. A ‘looked after child’ has the same meaning as in section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989,
and means any child who is (a) in the care of a local authority or (b) being provided with
accommodation by them in the exercise of their social services functions (e.g. children
with foster parents) at the time of making application to the school.
A ‘previously looked after child’ is a child who was looked, but ceased to be so because
he or she was adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or special
guardianship order.
3. ‘Catholic’ means a member of a Church in full communion with the See of Rome. This
includes the Eastern Catholic Churches. This will normally be evidenced by a certificate
of baptism in a Catholic Church or a certificate of reception into the full communion of
the Catholic Church. For the purposes of this policy, it includes a looked after child who
is part of a Catholic family where a letter from a priest demonstrates that the child
would have been baptised or received if it were not for their status as a looked after
child (e.g. a looked after child in the process of adoption by a Catholic family).
For a child to be treated as Catholic, evidence of baptism or reception into the Church
will be required. Those who have difficulty obtaining written evidence of baptism should
contact their Parish Priest who, after consulting with the Diocese, will decide how the
question of baptism is to be resolved and how written evidence is to be produced in
accordance with the laws of the Church.
4. ‘Catechumen’ means a member of the catechumenate of a Catholic Church. This will
normally be evidenced by a certificate of reception into the order of catechumens.
5. ‘Eastern Christian Church’ includes Orthodox Churches, and is normally evidenced by a
certificate of baptism or reception from the authorities of that Church.
6. “Children of other Christian denominations” means children who belong to other
churches and ecclesial communities which, acknowledge God’s revelation in Christ,
confess the Lord Jesus Christ as God and Saviour according to the Scriptures, and, in
obedience to God’s will and in the power of the Holy Spirit commit themselves: to seek a
deepening of their communion with Christ and with one another in the Church, which is
his body; and to fulfil their mission to proclaim the Gospel by common witness and
service in the world to the glory of the one God, Father, Son and Holy Spirit. An ecclesial
community which on principle has no credal statements in its tradition, is included if it
manifests faith in Christ as witnessed to in the Scriptures and is committed to working in
the spirit of the above.
All members of Churches Together in England and CYTÛN are deemed to be included in
the above definition, as are all other churches and ecclesial communities that are in
membership of any local Churches Together Group (by whatever title) on the above
basis.

Return to Index
7. “Children of other faiths” means children who are members of a religious community
that does not fall within the definition of ‘other Christian denominations’ at 6 above
and which falls within the definition of a religion for the purposes of charity law. The
Charities Act 2011 defines religion to include:
 A religion which involves belief in more than one God, and
 A religion which does not involve belief in a God.
Case law has identified certain characteristics which describe the meaning of religion
for the purposes of charity law, which are characterised by a belief in a supreme being
and an expression of belief in that supreme being through worship.
8. ‘brother or sister’ includes:
(i) all natural brothers or sisters, half brothers or sisters, adopted brothers or sisters,
stepbrothers or sisters, foster brothers or sisters, whether or not they are
living at the same address; and
(ii) the child of a parent’s partner where that child lives for at least part of the week in
the same family unit at the same address as the applicant.
9. A ‘parent’ means all natural parents, any person who is not a parent but has parental
responsibility for a child, and any person who has care of a child.
10. To demonstrate an exceptional social, medical or pastoral need of the child which can
be most appropriately met at this school, the Governing Body will require compelling
written evidence from an appropriate professional, such as a social worker, doctor or
priest.

Pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan (see note 1)

The admission of pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan is dealt with by a
completely separate procedure. Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs
or Education, Health and Care Plan that names the school must be admitted. Where this
takes place before the allocation of places under these arrangements this will reduce the
number of places available to other children.

Return to Index
 Diocese of Westminster
Catholic Secondary Schools
Supplementary Information Form 2019-2020

Name and Address of School: Nicholas Breakspear Catholic School, Colney Heath Lane,
St Albans, Herts, AL4 0TT. Tel No: 01727 860079; Fax No: 01727 848912
Email: admin@nbs.herts.sch.uk; Website: www.nbs.herts.sch.uk

Child’s Details

Child’s Surname:
Child’s Christian or other first name:
Home Address: Date of Birth:

Postcode:

Parent/Carer Details
1st Parent(s)/Carer(s)
Name:
Address:
Telephone numbers: Home -
Mobile -
Email address -
Alternative contact details:
Name:
Address:
Telephone numbers: Home -
Mobile -
Email address -

Details of Religion
Religion of child: Catholic Other Christian (name Other faith
(Please tick) of denomination e.g
Methodist)

Catholic Parish you live in:

Church where child was baptised and date of

baptism: (baptism certificate required)

Return to Index
 Name and position of priest or religious
leader:
(where appropriate)

Names of brothers or sisters at this school:

Name

Class or Year Group

Is your child ‘looked after’ by the Local

Authority, adopted having previously been
‘looked after’ or subject to a ‘child YES NO
arrangements’ or special guardianship order?
(Please circle)

Does your child have exceptional medical, pastoral or social needs that can only be met by
attendance at this school? Please circle. (Professional evidence will be required.)

YES NO

I confirm that I have read and understood the Admissions Policy and that the information I have
provided is correct. I understand that I must notify the school immediately if there is any change to
these details and that should any information I have given prove to be inaccurate that the governors
may withdraw any offer of a place even if the child has already started school.

Signed……………………………………… Date…..…………………

Please note:

 Applicants from other Christian denominations and other faiths may attach a letter from their
minister or religious leader confirming membership of the faith.

 You must complete your local authority’s eAdmissions Application Form by the closing date. If you
do not do this you will not be offered a place.

Checklist:
Have you enclosed? Copy of baptism certificate (where necessary)
Evidence of exceptional need (where appropriate)

Have you completed your local authority’s on line Application form?

This form MUST be returned to your chosen school by no later than 31st October 2018.

Return to Index
The Nobel School - Admissions statement 2019

The published admission number for Nobel school is 240 students each year.

In January 2017, The Nobel School became a foundation school. As part of this change of status,
the school has taken a greater role in the admissions process. Currently, the various different
stages of the admissions process are handled in the following ways:

• Transition from primary (KS2) to secondary (KS3) and all administration of the application,
allocation into Year 7 and all appeals are arranged by the Local Authority in accordance
with the ’Schools Admissions Code’;
• In-year admissions for years 7-11 are dealt with by the school in accordance with the
’Schools Admissions Code’;
• Transition from Year 11 into the 6th Form is also dealt with by the school in accordance with
the ’Schools Admissions Code’.

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained schools to
admit a child with a statement of special educational needs, or a child with an EHC (Education,
Health and Care) Plan that names the school. Qualifying children will be admitted as part of the
school’s PAN but before the oversubscription criteria re used.
If the school has more vacancies than applications, a child will be offered a place. If the school has
more applications than places available, the admission rules are used to decide the order that
applicants are offered places.

Rule 1: children looked after Children looked after and children who were previously looked
after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a child
arrangements order¹ or a special guardianship order²).

Rule 2: medical or social Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular
medical or social need to go to the school.

Rule 3: sibling Children who have a sibling at the school at the time of application, unless the
sibling is in the last year of the normal age-range of the school.
Rule 4: Children of Staff Children of permanent members of staff who are:
a) directly employed by The Nobel School and
b) will have been employed at the school for a minimum of two years at the time the applicant
would be admitted to the school or have been recruited to fill a vacant post for which there
is a demonstrable skills shortage, such shortage to be determined at the Headteacher’s
absolute discretion

Return to Index
 Rule 5: in priority area, child's nearest school Children who live in the priority area for whom
Nobel is their nearest Hertfordshire maintained school or academy that is non-faith, co-
educational and non-partially selective.

Currently the priority area is defined as: Aston, Benington, Datchworth, Graveley, Great Ashby,
Knebworth, Stevenage and Walkern.

Rule 6: in priority area, living closest to school Children who live in the priority area who live
closest to the school.

Rule 7: outside priority area, living closest to school Children living outside the priority area
on the basis of distance, with those living closest to the school given priority.
Tiebreaks:
Admission rules are applied in the order listed above. If more children qualify for a school place
under a particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used. That means the
next rule will be applied to those children. A tiebreak will also be used if 2 applications have
addresses that measure the same distance from a school.

For example, if 2 applications had identical home to school distance measurements, a random
tiebreak would be used to decide which applicant is offered a place.
Fair Access
The school participates in the Hertfordshire County Council’s Fair Access Protocol and will admit
children under this protocol before those on continuing interest, and over the Published Admission
Number (PAN) if required.

Admission arrangements for entry into Year 7 in September 2019

To apply for a place at The Nobel School, you must complete the Hertfordshire Council’s
Secondary Transfer Form. The School participates in the Local Authority Co-ordinated
Admissions Scheme.

Application information is available from the Local Authority and applications can be made online
at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions. An application for a place at Nobel will not be accepted
unless the Secondary Transfer Form is returned to the address stated on the form by the date
specified. The school does not have an additional Supplementary Information Form.

Confirmation of acceptance
Parents must confirm their acceptance of the offer of a place within two weeks. After this time the
place can be withdrawn.

The rules and arrangements that are applied by the local authority on our behalf for over
subscription are also detailed in the section below for in year admissions.

Appeals
Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system should log in to their
online application and click on the link “register an appeal”. Out of county residents and paper
applicants should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request their registration
details, log into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click on the link “log into the appeals
system.

Return to Index
Parents wishing to appeal for an in-year application, we will write to you with the outcome of your
application and, if you have been unsuccessful, the county council will write to you with registration
details to enable you to login and appeal online at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals

In-year admissions
The same rules as mentioned above apply for all in-year admissions. To apply for a place please
contact the school to request an application form.

Continuing interest (CI):

The Nobel School will keep a continuing interest list (a waiting list) for all year groups and when
places become available it will allocate places based on the published criteria.
A child’s position on a continuing interest list will be determined by the admission rules outlined
below. A child’s place on the list can change as other children join or leave it. The school will
contact parents or carers if a vacancy becomes available and it can be offered to a child.

Continuing interest lists are kept for every year group until the end of the summer term, at which
point the school writes to ask parents to confirm their continuing interest

Process of In-year Admission:

Once a place has been offered, the pack, Appendix 2 is completed by parents and the family
invited to an admissions meeting with the relevant Head of Year. The family will meet the Student
Support Officer, agree timetables and start dates. The date of starting is determined by the time
taken for families to complete the relevant paperwork, securing uniform and, where a family is
moving into the area, fixed moving dates.

On arrival at school for the first day of education, the SEND and pastoral staff administer
academic tests to support the correct placement of students into teaching groups.

EXPLANATORY NOTES
(The same rules apply for admission into year 7 and In-Year admissions)

Rule 1
Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the School
Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England)
Regulations 2012.

These children will be prioritised under rule 1.

Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because
they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special guardianship
order.

A “child looked after” is a child who is:

a) in the care of a local authority, or

b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social
services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission under
rule 1.

Return to Index
Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked after
providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under Rule 1.

Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the subject of a
child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised under rule 1.
Applications made for these children, with suitable supporting professional evidence, can be
considered under rule 2.

Rule 2

Rule 2 applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application, unless there has
been a significant and exceptional change of circumstances within the family since the initial
application was submitted.

All schools in Hertfordshire have experience in dealing with children with diverse social and
medical needs. However in a few very exceptional cases, there are reasons why a child has to go
to one specific school.

Few applications under Rule 2 are agreed.

All applications are considered individually but a successful application should include the
following:

a) Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only one school can meet a child’s
individual needs, and/or

b) Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making clear why only
one school can meet he child’s needs.

c) If the requested school is not the nearest school to the child’s home address clear reasons
why the nearest school is not appropriate.

d) For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or disability
makes attendance at only a specific school essential.

Evidence should make clear why only one school is appropriate.

Applications under Rule 2 can only be considered when supported by a recent letter from a
professional involved with the child or family, for example a doctor, psychologist or police officer.
The supporting evidence needs to demonstrate why only one named school can meet the
social/medical needs of the child.

Applications for children previously “looked after” but not meeting the specific criteria outlined in
Rule 1, may be made under this rule.

Further details on the Rule 2 process can be found in the Rule 2 protocol.

Rule 3
Sibling: A sibling means the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of
the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after and in every case
living permanently in a placement within the home as part of the family household from Monday to
Friday at the time of this application

Return to Index
A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts or have been
offered and accepted a place.

If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no sibling
connection available to subsequent children from that family.

Rule 4
A permanent member of staff means a member of staff directly employed by the school who has
been employed by the school for a minimum of two years at the time the applicant would be
admitted to the school.

A demonstrable skills shortage will be determined by the Headteacher based on national and local
subject shortages. Posts which have been filled by agency staff, may be included in this category.

Rule 5: Children who live in the priority area for whom it is their nearest Hertfordshire maintained
school or academy that is non-faith, co-educational and non-partially selective.
Note: Non-partially selective means that the school does not offer any places based on academic
ability.

Rule 6: Children who live in the priority area who live nearest to the school.

Rule 7: Children living outside the priority area on the basis of distance, with those living nearest
to the school given priority.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify under a
particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by applying the next rule to
those children.

Tie break
When there is a need for a tie break where two different addresses are the same distance from a
school, in the case of a block of flats for example, the lower door number will be deemed nearest
as logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two identical
addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will be random. Every child entered onto the HCC
admissions database has an individual random number assigned, between 1 and 1 million, against
each preference school. When there is a need for a final tie break the random number is used to
allocate the place, with the lowest number given priority.

Multiple births
The Governing Body will admit over the school’s published admission number when a single
twin/multiple birth child is allocated the last place at a school.

Home address
The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of application. ‘At
the time of application’ means the closing date for applications. “Permanent” means that the child
has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the family own the property or have a tenancy
agreement for a minimum of 12months.

The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one
address (for example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child lives at
for the majority of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of the
parent/carer that claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s main
residence.

If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be requested.

Return to Index
If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation to evidence
the address that should be used for admission allocation purposes.

If two different applications are received for the same child from the same address, e.g. containing
different preferences, the application from the parent in receipt of child benefit will be processed if
the applications cannot be reconciled.

Fraudulent applications
The Governing Body will do as much as possible to prevent applications being made from
fraudulent addresses.

Address evidence is frequently requested, monitored and checked and school places will be
withdrawn when false information is deliberately provided. The Governing Body will take action in
the following circumstances:

• When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at their current
school;
• When a child lives at a different address to the applicant;
• When the applicant does not have parental responsibility;
• When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or more of the
following applies:

 The family has moved to a property from which their application was less likely to be
successful;
 The family has returned to an existing property;
 The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time (anything less than a
year) over the application period;
 Official/public records show an alternative address at the time of application.

• When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from the address used
at the time of application.

Parents/carers will need to show that they have relinquished residency ties with their previous
property and they, and their child(ren) are permanently residing at the address given on the
application form.

Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions

Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system. The measurement is taken from
the AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the address point of the school.
AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the location of
schools and individual residences.

Definition of “nearest school” for secondary/upper admissions

The “nearest school” definition for rule 5 is “the nearest Hertfordshire maintained school or
academy that is non-faith, co-educational, and non-partially selective.
Note – non-partially selective means that the school does not offer any places based on academic ability.

Children Out of Year Group

The school’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct chronological year group, with
the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of individual children. This is in line
with DfE guidance which states that “in general, children should be educated in their normal age
group”.

If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they should,
at the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals working with the

Return to Index
child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal age appropriate cohort.
DfE guidance makes clear that “it is reasonable for admission authorities to expect parents to
provide them with information in support of their request – since without it they are unlikely to be
able to make a decision on the basis of the circumstances of the case”.

The Governing Body will decide whether the application will be accepted on the basis of the
information submitted. The Governing Body make decisions based upon the circumstances of
each case including the view of parents, the relevant headteacher(s), the child's social, academic
and emotional development and whether the child has been previously educated out of year
group. There is no guarantee that an application will be accepted on this basis. If the application is
not accepted this does not constitute a refusal of a place and there is no right to an independent
statutory appeal. Similarly there is no right of appeal for a place in a specific year group at a
school. The internal management and organisation of a school, including the placement of pupils
in classes, is a matter for the Headteacher and senior leadership of individual schools.

The same rules apply for admission into year 7 and In-Year admissions

Return to Index
 Nobel School application form
Section A: Student Details
First Name (s)

Surname

Gender Male / Female

Date of birth / /
Current Year Group 7 8 9 10 11
Permanent Address
(** see notes)

Post Code

** A permanent address is one where either:

a) child resides currently with a parent or guardian in the family’s permanent home,
b) child resides currently with a parent for part of the school week in his/her permanent home,
c) contracts have been exchanged on a property to be the family’s permanent home,
d) lease has been taken out on a property to be the family’s permanent home or
e) the parent with whom a child normally resides is on the electoral role. In the case of c or d, please supply a copy of the contract or lease, or a solicitor’s letter
of confirmation.
Is the Child Looked After, or were they previously looked after? Yes / No

Under the care of Local Authority

Does the child have an Educational Health Care Plan or Statement of Special Educational Needs? Yes / No

Section B: Parents/Carers Details

Title Mr Mrs Miss Ms
First Name (s)

Surname

Are you the child’s Parent Carer Other

Telephone Number
Mobile Number:
E-mail address
Section C: Current School Details
Current School

Declaration
Print Name Date
Signature
(Please return the completed form to Mrs L. Way, The Nobel school, Mobbsbury Way, Stevenage, SG2 0HS)

For Office use only:

Place allocated: YES / NO Signed:

Youth Support Services agreement obtained? Yes / No ?

SENDCo contact required for EHCP etc? Yes / No ?

CI1

Return to Index
The Nobel School - Admissions Arrangements for 6th Form 2019
Admission Arrangements for Entry to the Sixth Form in September 2019
Two types of Level 3 qualification are offered at the Nobel School: Advanced Level and Applied
General. Students can study either type of qualification or a combination of the two. Entry onto
these courses requires a minimum English grade of 4.

Applications for entry to the Sixth Form

The school will be consistent in the application of the published admission criteria and in the process
of considering applications. This is to ensure fairness to all applicants. The criteria are based upon
our professional judgement of what is required to ensure success on any course followed in our Sixth
Form.

Students from other schools will be admitted provided they meet the entry requirements and there
are spaces available. The maximum number of places available in Year 12 is 170; the minimum
number of these places open to external applicants is 30.

Over-subscription
In the event that our Sixth Form is over-subscribed by external applicants places will be offered first
to children in public care (children looked after) and children who were looked after, but ceased to
be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or a special guardianship
order) as long as they meet the minimum entry requirement. After this the decision will be based
on distance from the school.

Return to Index
The Nobel Sixth Form
External Student Application Form

Return to Index
Dear Student

Sixth Form Application - September 2018

We are delighted that you are interested in joining our sixth form.

As well as deciding where to study after Year 11 it is important that you choose the
right programme of study for you. At The Nobel Sixth Form, we will work closely with
you and your parents to make sure you choose subjects that you will enjoy studying
and be successful in.

An application form is attached, together with information on the range of courses on

offer from September 2018. You will also find details of our student pathways and
the entry criteria for each one. More detailed course descriptions can be found on
the school website. When you complete the application form it is important to think
carefully about the subjects you wish to study and the reasons why. We can then
discuss this with you when we meet you for a transition meeting.

Once we have received your application, we will contact you to arrange a meeting to
discuss your application in more detail.

If you require any further information, or would like to arrange a tour of the school,
please do not hesitate to contact us directly either by phone (01438 222600 Ext 210)
or email to sixthform@nobel.herts.sch.uk.

We look forward to welcoming you into our sixth form in September 2017.

Yours faithfully

Miss R Cox

Assistant Headteacher
Head of KS5

Return to Index
Timetable for External Applications

Wednesday 1 November 2017 External applications open – please

note that last year we had a large
number of applications and we advise
that you adhere to the closing date
given below.

During late March and April 2018 External Initial Student Transition
Meetings – provisional offers made

Monday 2 July / Tuesday 3 July 2018 Sixth Form Induction and A-Level
Taster Lessons (compulsory)

August 2018 GCSE exam results released. Students

confirm grades and options at Nobel

September 2018 Students meeting the entry

requirements commence their sixth form
studies.

Return to Index
   

By completing this application form you are applying to become a member of the Nobel 
Sixth Form.  Nobel is part of Stevenage Sixth, a consortium formed of The Barclay School, 
Barnwell School, Marriotts School and The Nobel School, designed to deliver the very best 
in post‐16 education.   

Please complete and return this application to The Nobel Sixth Form Office 

Name:   
Title:   
Contact Address:   
 
 
 
Postcode:   
Date of Birth:   
Present School:   
Home Telephone No.:   
Student Mobile Number:   
Student E‐Mail Address:    
Additional Support Needs,   
including exams access 
arrangements and any 
medical conditions: 
 

GCSE/Btec Subject:  Estimated Grade  GCSE/Btec Subject:  Estimated Grade 

       
       
       
       
       
 

Stevenage Sixth is a partnership of The Barclay School, Barnwell School, Marriotts School and The Nobel School. 
Please return this completed application form to 
Miss Rebecca Cox, Head of Key Stage 5, The Nobel School, Mobbsbury Way, Stevenage, SG2 0HS 

Return to Index
 

Preliminary Choices for Level 3 Courses 
Please indicate your choices in ORDER OF PREFERENCE.  All students should choose 3 subjects.  A list of subjects is 
provided at the end of this application form. You will have the opportunity to discuss your final selection at 
interview. To ensure you choose courses from the right pathway, please consult the KS5 curriculum pathways 
document under ‘Courses Available’ on the website. 

1   
 
 
 
 
 
2   
 
 
 
 
 
3   
 
 
 
 
 
4  It may be appropriate for a small number of students to choose 4 subjects for example biology, chemistry, 
physics and maths.  If you wish to study a fourth subject, please indicate this for further discussion at your 
interview. 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Signatures 

Signed (Student)  Date:   
Signed (Parent/Guardian)  Date:   
 

Stevenage Sixth is a partnership of The Barclay School, Barnwell School, Marriotts School and The Nobel School. 
Please return this completed application form to 
Miss Rebecca Cox, Head of Key Stage 5, The Nobel School, Mobbsbury Way, Stevenage, SG2 0HS 

Return to Index
 

In order for us to help you settle in as quickly as possible, please provide us with the 
following information 

Your career or higher education aspirations 
You  will  be  beginning  to  think  about  what  you  would  like  to  do  after  completing  your  studies  at  The  Nobel  Sixth 
Form.  Information given here will help us to provide you with the support required to reach your goals. 

 
Your contribution to Sixth Form community life 
Outline below what kind of student you will be and how you will contribute to the life of The Nobel School, including 
what kind of extra‐curricular activities (eg. drama, sport, music) you would like to take part in. 

 
Reference Details 
Please give the name of a referee at your current school from whom we can request a reference.  This will usually be 
your Head of Year.   

Name of member of staff 

Name of School 

Email 

Phone Number 

Stevenage Sixth is a partnership of The Barclay School, Barnwell School, Marriotts School and The Nobel School. 
Please return this completed application form to 
Miss Rebecca Cox, Head of Key Stage 5, The Nobel School, Mobbsbury Way, Stevenage, SG2 0HS 

Return to Index
 

 
 
Subjects Available 2018‐2019 
 
   
A LEVEL SUBJECTS   OCR Technical and BTEC Subjects             
   
Art & Design  History  L3 BTEC in Engineering 
Art Graphics  Mandarin Chinese  OCR Technical in Laboratory Skills 
Art Textiles  Mathematics  OCR Technical in Business 
Biology  Mathematics ‐ Further  OCR Technical in Health & Social Care 
Business Studies  Mathematics ‐ Core  OCR Technical in IT 
Chemistry  Media Studies  OCR Technical in Media Studies 
Computer Science  Music  OCR Technical in Sport 
Dance  Physical Education   
Drama & Theatre Studies  Physics   
Economics  Product Design   
English Language & Literature  Psychology   

English Literature  Religious Studies: Philosophy   
and Ethics 
French  Sociology   
Geography  Spanish   
German     
 
We expect to offer all of the courses listed, subject to demand.  Should any courses be undersubscribed, we reserve the right to withdraw  
them from our curriculum offer.   Should this be the case you will be contacted to discuss an alternative Programme of Study. 

Stevenage Sixth is a partnership of The Barclay School, Barnwell School, Marriotts School and The Nobel School. 
Please return this completed application form to 
Miss Rebecca Cox, Head of Key Stage 5, The Nobel School, Mobbsbury Way, Stevenage, SG2 0HS 

Return to Index
Northaw Church of England Primary School
Admissions Policy 2019/20
RECEPTION TO YEAR 6

POLICY OUTLINE:
• Northaw Primary is a Church of England Voluntary Aided School. The governors will admit up to
15 children to the Reception group each academic year, without reference to ability or
aptitude. The school has a Planned Admissions Number of 15 children in each year.

• The Local Authority (LA) Hertfordshire operates an agreed co-ordinated admissions scheme in
line with government legislation. The LA will manage the process on behalf of the school
according to the scheme published each year. The Governing Body, as the Admission Authority,
will allocate the available places in line with this policy.

• The admission arrangements detailed in this document do not apply for those being admitted
into the Nursery. A separate policy is available for this. Parents of children who are admitted to
the Nursery must apply in the normal way for a place at the school if they want their child to
transfer to the reception class. Attendance at the Nursery does not guarantee admission to the
school.

• Pupils will be admitted full time to the reception class from the September after their fourth
birthday. Parents may request that their child attends part-time until they are of compulsory
school age. The school does not defer admission to Reception class for summer born children.

HOW TO APPLY:
• The closing date for admission application forms to be received by the home LA is
_____________. Information on completing the on-line application and notification dates of
admission decisions are published in the LA admissions literature, which is also available from the
LA website.

• Parents/carers are requested to complete our Supplementary Information Form and return them
to the school office by the above date.  If a SIF is not completed the Governing Body will apply
their admission arrangements using the information submitted on the Common Application Form
only, which may result in your application being given a lower priority.

• Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained schools to
admit a child with an EHC (Education, Health and Care) Plan that names the school.

• Fair Access Protocol: The school co-operates with the LA’s Fair Access Protocol for children who
are hard to place. Such children will be admitted before others on the waiting list even if the
school is full.

• In the event of there being more applicants than there are places available, the governors will
apply the following criteria in the priority order of categories as listed:

Category 1: Children looked after and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special
guardianship order). See DEFINITIONS

Category 2: Siblings of children already at the school at the time of entry. See DEFINITIONS 

Category 3: Children who at the time of application are living within the Ecclesiastical Parish of
Northaw and Cuffley. Click here to see a map of the parish. 

Return to Index
Category 4: Children whose parents/guardians have, at the time of application, and for a period
of six months previously, at least once in each calendar month, attended public worship at a
Church which is a member of Churches Together in England or Evangelical Alliance. Applicants in
this category will be required to provide written evidence of attendance from their parish priest in
the form of a signed letter.

Category 5: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical or
social need to go to the school. See DEFINITIONS

Category 6: Any other children.

PROXIMITY
In the event of categories 2 to 6 being oversubscribed the determining factor will be the proximity
to the child’s home to the school as defined by the Local Authority. Information on this procedure
can be found at the Find Your Nearest School page on the Local Authority’s website. Distances
are measured using a computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is
taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the address point of
the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the
location of schools and individual residences. Distances given there are accurate at the current
time. However, data may be updated at any time. Therefore it is possible that your home to
school distance measurement could change prior to allocation day.

The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of application.
‘At the time of application’ means the closing date for applications. ‘Permanent’ means that the
child has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the family own the property or have a
tenancy agreement for a minimum of 12months. The application can only be processed using
one address. If a child lives at more than one address (for example due to a separation) the
address used will be the one which the child lives at for the majority of the time. If a child lives at
two addresses equally, the address of the parent/carer that claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit
will be considered as the child’s main residence. If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax
Credit alternative documentation will be requested. If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/
carers should provide court documentation to evidence the address that should be used for
admission allocation purposes. If two different applications are received for the same child from
the same address, e.g. containing different preferences, the application from the parent in
receipt of child benefit will be processed if the applications cannot be reconciled.

Northaw School reserves the right to request proof of address from any applicant.

DEFINITIONS: 
Category 1 Children looked after:
Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the
School Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements)
(England) Regulations 2012. These children will be prioritised under Category 1. Highest
priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because
they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special
guardianship order.

A “child looked after” is a child who is:

a)  in the care of a local authority, or


b)  being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social
services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission
under Category 1. Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law
as children looked after providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be
prioritised under Category 1. Children who were not “looked after” immediately before

Return to Index
 being adopted, or made the subject of a child arrangement order or special guardianship
order, will not be prioritised under Category 1. Applications made for these children, with
suitable supporting professional evidence, can be considered under Category 5.

Category 2 Siblings:
A sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child
of the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after and in every
case living permanently in a placement within the home as part of the family household
from Monday to Friday at the time of this application. A sibling must be on the roll of the
named school at the time the younger child starts or have been offered and accepted a
place. If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no
sibling connection available to subsequent children from that family. A sibling link will not be
recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for example a child who usually
lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after child in a respite
placement or very short term or bridging foster placement.

Category 5 Medical or Social need:

Category 5 applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application, unless
there has been a significant and exceptional change of circumstances within the family
since the initial application was submitted. All schools in Hertfordshire have experience in
dealing with children with diverse social and medical needs. However in a few very
exceptional cases, there are reasons why a child has to go to one specific school.

Few applications under Category 5 are agreed.

All applications are considered individually but a successful application should include the
following:

• Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only one school can meet a child’s
individual needs, and/or

• Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making clear why
only one school can meet he child’s needs.

• If the requested school is not the nearest school to the child’s home address clear reasons
why the nearest school is not appropriate.

• For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or disability
makes attendance at only a specific school essential.

Evidence should make clear why only one school is appropriate.

Applications under Category 5 can only be considered when supported by a recent letter
from a professional involved with the child or family, for example a doctor, psychologist or
police officer. The supporting evidence needs to demonstrate why only one named school
can meet the social/medical needs of the child.

Applications for children previously “looked after” but not meeting the specific criteria
outlined in Category 1, may be made under this rule.

FRAUDULENT APPLICATIONS:

Address evidence is frequently requested, monitored and checked and school places will be
withdrawn when false information is deliberately provided. Action will be taken in the following
circumstances:

Return to Index
 When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at their
current school; 

When a child lives at a different address to the applicant; 

When the applicant does not have parental responsibility; 

When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or more of the
following applies:

The family has moved to a property from which their application was less likely to be
successful; 

The family has returned to an existing property; 

The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time (anything less than
a year) over the application period; 

Council tax information shows a different residence at the time of application;

When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from the
address used at the time of application.

NOTES:

• Please note that the information in this policy is correct for the year shown. Policies for future
years may well be different.

• Please note, where the last available place is offered to a twin or multiple birth child the other
twin or multiple birth sibling(s) will also be admitted as exceptions to the infant class size rule.

• Please note that in the case of older children who apply to join the school, admission will be on
the basis of places being available in the relevant class group.  If there are more applicants for
places than places available, then the above admissions policy will apply.

• Notification of the places to be offered will be confirmed by the home Local Authority. Parents
must inform the LA of their decision to accept / reject the place offered by the date set by the
LA. Parents who have not been allocated a place for their child in the reception class have the
right of appeal to an independent panel. Parents will be informed of their right to appeal in the
allocation letter from the home LA. If they wish to appeal parents should contact the
Hertfordshire LA Customer Focus team. At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied
on line should log into their online application and click on the link 'register an appeal’. For those
who did not apply on-line, please contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to
request an appeal pack. For in-year applications parents wishing to appeal should contact the
school directly in the first instance.

• Continued Interest and In-Year Applications. In the event of more applications than available
places the LA will maintain a continuing interest list (waiting list). Parents must request that the LA
place their child on the Continued Interest (CI) list. These and late applications will go onto the
CI list in a position determined by the criteria outlined above. If a place becomes available in
the school it will be offered to the child that best meets the published admission rules. All ‘in
year’ applications will be coordinated by the LA on behalf of the school, but a SIF is still
requested. The LA will keep a child on the CI list until 31 August each year. The child will then be
removed from the list unless parents request their name be moved into the following academic
year in accordance with progression through the school, e.g.:- Reception into Year 1, Year 1 into
Year 2 etc. Parents are requested to inform the governors of their decisions regarding continued
interest.

Return to Index
 Northaw CE Primary School – Supplementary Information Form (R–6)

Child’s Information

Surname: Address:

Forename(s):
Postcode:
Date of Birth:

Allergies/medical conditions:

Special needs: Previous nursery and dates attended:

Family Information

Mother’s Name: Father’s Name:

Address (if different) Address (if different)

Telephone: Telephone:
Mobile: Mobile
Email: Email:

Names of siblings:

Emergency Contacts (please give two, other than above)

Name: Name:
Relationship to child: Relationship to child:
Tel: Tel:

Name of child’s Doctors surgery:

Tel:
Additional Information
First/Home Language:
Child’s religion:
Any additional languages:
Ethnic origin:
Country of birth:
Any reason why your child should be excluded from a
daily act of worship: Nationality:

This supplementary information is correct at the time of application.

Signed: Date:
(parent/guardian)

Northaw CE School SIF 2019/20

Return to Index
I wish to apply for a place at Northaw CE Primary School for my child. I have read and
understood the School Admissions Policy.

Child’s Name:

Child’s Date of Birth:

Under which admissions category below are you applying?

If you are applying under Category 5 please state where you worship

...........................................................................
Category 1: Children with an EHCP naming Northaw CE Primary School.

Category 2: Children looked after by local authority.

Category 3: Siblings of children already at the school at the time of entry.

Category 4: Children who at the time of entry are living within that part of the area of the
Ecclesiastical Parish of Northaw and Cuffley.

Category 5: Children whose parents/guardians have, at the time of application, and for a
period of six months previously, at least once in each calendar month, attended public
worship at a Church which is a member of Churches Together in England or Evangelical
Alliance. Applicants in this category will be required to provide written evidence of
attendance from their parish priest / minister.

Category 6: Parents who can demonstrate that admission to the school is essential for the
medical or social wellbeing of their child. Supporting evidence from a relevant official will
be required.

Category 7: Any other children who do not readily fit into the previous categories.

In the event of categories 2 to 6 being oversubscribed the determining factor will be the
proximity of the child’s home to the school – distances will be taken from the “Find My
Nearest School” section of the School Admissions Section of Hertfordshire County
Council’s website. In the unlikely event of an exact tie, names will be drawn from a hat at
a Governors’ meeting.

Parent Signature:

Parent Name: Date:

Northaw CE School SIF 2019/20

Return to Index
 Northgate Primary School
Proposed Admission Arrangements for 2019/20

The school will have a published admission number of 60.

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires Northgate Primary School to admit a child
with a statement of special educational needs that names their school. All schools must also
admit children with an Education Health and Care Plan (EHCP) that names the school.

If there are fewer applications than places available, all applicants will be offered a place. If
there are more applications than places available, the criteria outlined below will be used to
allocate places.

Rule 1 Children in Public Care (children looked after) and children who were looked
after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a child
arrangement order or a special guardianship order)

Rule 2 Sibling: Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school at the time of
application. This applies to reception through to Year 5

In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as long as they will still be
in attendance at the time of admission.

Rule 3 Children of Staff: Children of staff directly employed by the school in either or
both of the following circumstances:

• where the member of staff has been employed for one or more years at the time at which
the application for admission to the school is made, and/or

• the member of staff has been permanently employed to fill a vacant post for which there is
a demonstrable skill shortage and has held that post for less than two years at the time at
which the application for admission to the school is made.

Children of staff are those where the staff member is the child’s parent by blood or adoption,
or the member of staff has legal parental responsibility for the child. The child must have
lived at the same address as the parent employed by the school for at least one year at the
time of application.

Rule 4 Nearest School: Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy.
This includes all schools except those which allocate places on the basis of faith.

See “Definition” section below.

Rule 5 Distance: Children who live nearest to the school.

Children not considered under Rule 4 will be considered under Rule 5

Return to Index
These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify under a
particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by applying the next
rule to those children. Where there is a need for a tie-breaker where two different addresses
measure the same distance from a school, in the case of a block of flats for example the
lower door number will be deemed nearest as logically this will be on the ground floor and
therefore closer. If there are two identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie break
will be random allocation

Random allocation will be undertaken independently of the school by Hertfordshire County

Council. Every child entered onto the county council’s admissions database has an
individual random number assigned, between 1 and 1 million, against each preference
school. When there is a need for a final tie break this random number is used to allocate the
place, with the lowest number given priority.

Northgate Primary School will use the same definitions and measuring system as
Hertfordshire County Council’s as outlined in the “Definitions” section below.

Continuing Interest (Reception places)

After places have been offered, Hertfordshire County Council will maintain the school’s
continuing interest (waiting) list. A child’s position on a CI list will be determined by the
admission criteria outlined above and a child’s place on the list can change as other children
join or leave it. The county council will contact parents/carers if a vacancy becomes
available and it can be offered to a child. A continuing interest list will be maintained for
every year group until the end of the summer term.

In Year Admissions

The school will remain part of the county council’s coordinated In Year admissions
scheme. Application forms can be accessed via www.hertsdirect.org/admissions or from the
Customer Service Centre, 0300 123 4043. Parents should return the application form direct
to the County Council (address on the form).

Fair Access

The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit children
under this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Appeals

At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into their online
application and click on the link 'register an appeal '. For those who did not apply on line,
please contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal
pack.' For In Year appeals please contact the school in the first instance.

Definitions and Explanatory notes

The following definitions apply to terms used in the admissions criteria:

Rule 1: Children looked after and children who were previously looked after, but
ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a child
arrangements order¹ or a special guardianshiporder²)

Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the
School Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission
Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2012.

Return to Index
These children will be prioritised under rule 1.

Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special
guardianship order.

A “child looked after” is a child who is:

a) in the care of a local authority, or

b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social
services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission
under rule 1.³

Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked
after providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under
Rule 1.

Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the
subject of a child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised
under rule 1. Applications made for these children, with suitable supporting professional
evidence, can be considered under rule 2.

¹ Child arrangements order

Under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which amended section 8 of the Children
Act 1989, residence orders have now been replaced by child arrangements orders which settle the
arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live.

2Special guardianship order

Under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s
special guardian or guardians

3 This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the School of
the School Admissions Code that came into force on 19 December 2014.

Definition of sibling:
For applications to schools using Hertfordshire County Council's admission criteria, a sibling
is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of the
parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after¹ and in every case
living permanently² in a placement within the home as part of the family household from
Monday to Friday at the time of this application.

A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts or have
been offered and accepted a place.

If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no sibling
connection available to subsequent children from that family.

¹ Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship
order or child arrangements order. This definition was amended following a determination
by the OSA in August 2014.

² A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for
example a child who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked
after child in a respite placement or very short term or bridging foster placement.

Return to Index
Multiple births:

The school will admit over the published admission number when a single twin/multiple birth
child is allocated the last place at a school.

Home address:
The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of
application. ‘At the time of application’ means the closing date for applications. “Permanent”
means that the child has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the family own the
property or have a tenancy agreement for a minimum of 12 months.

The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one
address (for example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child
lives at for the majority of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of
the parent/carer that claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s
main residence.

If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be

requested.

If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation to

evidence the address that should be used for admission allocation purposes.

If two different applications are received for the same child from the same address, e.g.
containing different preferences, the application from the parent in receipt of child benefit will
be processed if the applications cannot be reconciled.

Fraudulent applications:

Hertfordshire County Council will do as much as possible to prevent applications being made
from fraudulent addresses, including referring cases to the Shared Anti-Fraud service for
further investigation as necessary.

Address evidence is frequently requested, monitored and checked and school places will be
withdrawn when false information is deliberately provided. Hertfordshire County Council will
take action in the following circumstances:

• When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at their
current school;
• When a child lives at a different address to the applicant;
• When the applicant does not have parental responsibility;
• When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or more
of the following applies:

o The family has moved to a property from which their application was less
likely to be successful;
o The family has returned to an existing property;
o The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time (anything
less than a year) over the application period;
o Official/public records show an alternative address at the time of the
application

• When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from the
address used at the time of application.

Return to Index
Parents/carers will need to show that they have relinquished residency ties with their
previous property and they, and their child(ren) are permanently residing at the address
given on the form

Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions:

A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used in all home to school distance measurements
for community and VC schools in Hertfordshire. Distances are measured using a
computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the
AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the address point of the
school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the
location of schools and individual residences.

Definition of “nearest school”

The definition of “nearest school” includes all schools and academies (regardless of status)
unless that school or academy prioritises applications and allocates places on the basis of
faith.

Applications from children* from overseas

All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16 years) in England have a right of access to
education. However, where a child is in England for a short period only, for example less
than half a term, it may be reasonable to refuse admission to a school.

An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently overseas if,
for In Year applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in Hertfordshire within
two weeks. In Year allocations are made on the assumption that the child will accept the
school place and be on roll within that timescale.

For the Primary and Secondary transfer processes, applications will not normally be
accepted from, nor places allocated to, an overseas address. The exception to this (for both
In Year and transfer processes) is for children of UK service personnel and crown servants
(and from military families who are residents of countries with a Memorandum of
Understanding with the UK). In these cases HCC will allocate a place in advance of the
family arriving in the area provided the application is accompanied by an official letter that
declares a relocation date and a HCC Unit postal address or quartering area address, for
consideration of the application against oversubscription criteria

Applications will also be considered, and places offered in advance for these families, if the
application is accompanied by an official letter that declares a relocation date but does not
provide a quartering or unit address because the family will be residing in private
accommodation. In these cases, if the family does not already have a permanent private
address in Hertfordshire, the military base or alternative “work” address in Hertfordshire will
be used for allocation purposes. If the family already has an established alternative private
address, that address will be used for admission purposes.

HCC will also consider accepting applications from children* whose family can evidence
intent to return to and/or permanently reside in Hertfordshire prior to the start of the new
academic year. These applications, if accepted, will be processed from the overseas
address until sufficient evidence is received to show the child is permanently resident in
Hertfordshire. Evidence must be submitted at the time of application.

Evidence submitted after the date for late applications (4 December 2018 for secondary
transfer and 1 February 2019 for the Under 11s process) cannot be taken into account
before National Allocation Day. Decisions on these applications will be made by a panel of
senior officers and communicated with parents within 6 weeks of the closing date for
applications.

Return to Index
If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps because they
are working abroad at the time of application, the Hertfordshire address will not be accepted
for the purposes of admission until the child is resident at that address.

Other children, than those mentioned above, from overseas do not generally have automatic
right of entry to the UK. An application for a school place will not therefore be accepted until
they are permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Proof of residency such as an endorsed
passport or entry visa will be required with the application, in addition to proof of
Hertfordshire address, for example a council tax bill or 12 month rental agreement.

*Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or British Overseas
passports), or have a UK passport describing them as a British citizen or British subject with the right
of abode or are European Economic Area nationals normally have unrestricted entry to the UK.

Age of Admission and Deferral of Places

Northgate’s policy is that all children born on and between 1 September 2014 and 31 August
2015* would normally commence primary school in Reception in the academic year
beginning in September 2019. Northgate provides for the full-time admission of all children
offered a place in the Reception year group from the September following their fourth
birthday.

Although legally, parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the
same academic year or until the term in which the child reaches compulsory school age, this
option is not encouraged at Northgate Primary School. Summer born children are only able
to “defer” entry to Reception class until the beginning of the final term of the school year for
which the offer was made.

*Summer born children (1st April – 31st August) – Entry to Reception

Children born between 1 April 2015 and 31 August 2015 are categorised as “summer born”
and if parents/carers do not believe that their summer born child is ready to join Reception in
2019 they should contact the home LA, and any own admission authority schools, for
guidance before making an application.

Please note: It is Northgate Primary School’s policy that we do not defer summer
born applications.

Children Out of Year Group (except applications for reception from summer born)

The school’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct chronological year
group, with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of individual
children. This is in line with DfE guidance* which states that “in general, children should be
educated in their normal age group”.

If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they
should, at the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals
working with the child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal
age appropriate cohort. DfE guidance makes clear that “it is reasonable for admission
authorities to expect parents to provide them with information in support of their request –
since without it they are unlikely to be able to make a decision on the basis of the
circumstances of the case”.

The school’s Governing Body, as the relevant admission authority, will decide whether the
application will be accepted on the basis of the information submitted. The Governors’
decision will be based upon the circumstances of each case including the view of parents,
the child's social, academic and emotional development and whether the child has been
previously educated out of year group. There is no guarantee that an application will be
accepted on this basis as the Governing Body will only accept applications where there are

Return to Index
proven exceptional circumstances. If the application is not accepted this does not constitute
a refusal of a place and there is no right to an independent statutory appeal.

Similarly there is no right of appeal for a place in a specific year group at a school. The
internal management and organisation of a school, including the placement of pupils in
classes, is a matter for the Headteacher and senior leadership of the school.

The governing body are ultimately responsible for making this decision for applications made
to the school.

Nursery Provision
The admission arrangements detailed in this document do not apply for those being admitted
into our nursery. The responsibility for admission into nursery provision lies with the
governing body of the school. See website for information and policy for Nursery
admissions.

Parents of children who are admitted to a nursery provision at Northgate must apply in the
normal way for a place at the school if they want their child to transfer to the reception class.
Attendance at the nursery does not guarantee admission to the school.

Return to Index
 Onslow St Audrey's School Admission arrangements for 2019 /20
The school will have a published admission number 150.
Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained schools to
admit a child with a statement of special educational needs that names their school.
Rule 1 Children in public care (children looked after) and children who were looked after, but
ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or
a special guardianship order).
Rule 2 Medical or Social: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular
medical or social need to go to the school.
Governors will determine whether the evidence provided is sufficiently compelling to meet the
requirements for this rule. The evidence must relate specifically to the school applied for under
Rule 2 and must clearly demonstrate why it is the only school that can meet the child's needs.

Rule 3 Sibling: Children who have a sibling at the school at the time of application, unless the
sibling is in the last year of the normal age-range of the school. Note: the 'normal age
range' is the designated range for which the school provides, for example Years 7 to 11
in a 11-16 secondary school, Years 7 to 13 in a 11-18 school.

Rule 4 Children who live in the priority area for whom it is their nearest Hertfordshire
maintained school or academy that is non-faith, co-educational and non-partially
selective. Note: Non-partially selective means that the school does not offer any places
based on academic ability.

Rule 5 Children who live in the priority area who live nearest to the school
Rule 6 Children living outside the priority area on the basis of distance, with those living nearest
to the school given priority.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify under a
particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by applying the next rule to
those children. Where there is a need for a tiebreaker where two different addresses measure
the same distance from a school, in the case of a block of flats for example the lower door
number will be deemed nearest as logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer.
If there are two identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will be random.

Priority Areas
The co-educational priority areas in the admission rules are based on the following towns,
parishes/unparished areas. These apply to Rules 4 and 5. Academies and foundation schools that
will be retaining the county's priority areas as part of their admission arrangements for 2019/20
have been included for information but are marked with an asterix*

Return to Index
 Priority Area Towns/Parishes/Unparished areas Schools

1 Hitchin Hexton, Hitchin, Holwell, Ickleford, Langley, Lilley, The Priory*

Offley, Pirton, Preston, St. Ippolyts, Wymondley.

2 Letchworth Garden Letchworth Garden City Fernhill,

City Highfield

3 Baldock and Ashwell, Baldock, Bygrave, Caldecote, Knights Templar*

surrounding villages Clothall, Edworth, Hinxworth, Newnham,
Radwell, Rushden, Sandon, Wallington,
Weston.
4 Buntingford, Anstey, Ardeley, Aspenden, Barkway, Barley, Meridian*
Puckeridge and Braughing, Brent Pelham, Buckland,
Royston Buntingford, Cottered, Great Munden,
Hormead, Kelshall, Meesden, Nuthampstead, Reed,
Royston, Standon, Therfield, Westmill, Wyddial.

5 Stevenage Aston, Benington, Datchworth, Graveley, Barclay,

Great Ashby, Knebworth, Stevenage, Walkern. Barnwell,
Marriotts,
Nobel, Thomas Alleyne*
6 Hemel Hempstead, Abbots Langley, Aldbury, Berkhamsted, Adeyfield, Ashlyns*, The
Kings Langley, Bovingdon, Chipperfield, Chorleywood, Astley Cooper, The
Berkhamstead, Tring, Cavendish,
Croxley Green, Flaunden, Great Gaddesden,
Garston, Hemel Hempstead,
Hemel Hempstead, Kings Langley, Little Gaddesden,
Watford, Maple Cross, Nash Mills, Longdean*,
Chorleywood and Nettleden with Potten End, Northchurch, Kings Langley *, Westfield
Rickmansworth Rickmansworth, Sarratt, Tring, Tring Rural, *
Watford, Wigginton.
7 Harpenden and St. Ayot St. Lawrence, Colney Heath, Flamstead, Beaumont,* Roundwood
Albans Harpenden, Harpenden Rural, Kimpton, King's Park*,
Walden, London Colney, Markyate, Redbourn, Samuel Ryder*
Ridge, Sandridge, St. Michael, St. Pauls Walden, St. Sandringham*,
Stephens, St. Albans, Shenley, Wheathampstead. Sir John Lawes*

8 Welwyn Garden Ayot St. Peter, Codicote, Essendon, Hatfield, Monks Walk*,
City, Hatfield, North Mymms, Potters Bar, Welwyn Garden City, Onslow St. Audreys*, Sir
Potters Bar and Welwyn, Woolmer Green. Frederic
Brookmans Park Osborn, Stanborough*

9 Ware and Hertford Bayford, Bengeo Rural, Bramfield, Brickendon Chauncy*

Liberty, Great Amwell, Hertford, Hertford Heath, Sele*,
Hertingfordbury, Hunsdon, Little Berkhamsted,
Little Munden, Sacombe, Stanstead St.
Simon Balle*
Margarets, Stapleford, Tewin, Thundridge, Ware,
Wareside, Watton-at-Stone, Widford

10 Bishop's Stortford Albury, Birchanger, Bishop's Stortford, Eastwick,

and Elsenham, Furneux Pelham, Gilston, Great
Sawbridgeworth Hallingbury, High Wych, Little Hadham, Little
Hallingbury, Much Hadham, Sawbridgeworth,
Sheering, Stocking Pelham, Thorley.

Return to Index
Onslow St Audrey's school will use the same definitions and measuring system as outlined in
Hertfordshire County Council's admissions literature, "Moving On".

In Year Admissions
The school will remain part of the county council's coordinated In Year admissions scheme.
Application forms can be accessed via www.hertsdirect.orq/admissions or from the Customer
Service Centre, 0300 123 4043. Parents should return the application form direct to the County
Council (address on the form).

Fair Access
The school participates in the County Council's Fair Access protocol and will admit children under
this protocol before children on continuing interest.

6th form arrangements

The schools will admit up to 70 external students to its 6th form.

Minimum entry requirements are: APS 38.5

If the school is oversubscribed, priority will first be given to:

i) Children looked after or previously looked after

ii) Distance

iii) Appeals

At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied online should log into their online
application and click on the link 'register an appeal 'For those who did not apply on line, please
contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal pack.' For in-year
applications parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in the first instance.

Return to Index


THE ORCHARD PRIMARY SCHOOL

Herts for Learning Multi Academy Trust

Draft Admissions Policy for 2019/2020 (for consultation)

The Orchard Primary School (the “School”) is an academy within the Herts for Learning Multi
Academy Trust (the “Trust”)

The Trust is the admissions authority for the School and is therefore responsible for determining and
implementing the admission arrangements for the School each year in accordance with the School
Admissions Code 2014 (“the Code”) and other legislation.

EQUALITY AND INCLUSION

The School is fully inclusive and welcomes applications for the admission of children of all abilities and
needs, including those with special educational needs and disabilities. The School fully complies with
its responsibilities under the Equality Act 2010.

PUBLISHED ADMISSION NUMBER (“PAN”)

The School will provide for the admission of the appropriate number of children in accordance with
the published admission number (“PAN”). The PAN for Reception Year at the School is 60.

This means that the School will admit up to that number of children in the September of the school
year to which this policy applies.

Where fewer applications are received than the PAN, the School will offer places to all those who
have applied.

Applications for places in Reception should be made on the Local Authority’s Common Application
Form. This is accessible on the LA’s website and must be submitted in accordance with the LA’s
published deadlines for applications, namely Tuesday 15th January 2019.

Late applications will be accepted but will not be considered until all applications received on or before
the application deadline have been processed, which will reduce the chance of achieving a place for
the child.

CHILDREN WHO CURRENTLY HAVE A NURSERY PLACE AT THE SCHOOL

The School has an on-site nursery. Where a child attends the School’s nursery, an application for
admission into Reception Year must still be submitted. There is no automatic transfer from the
nursery to Reception Year at the School.

2

Return to Index
CHILDREN WITH AN EDUCATION HEALTH AND CARE PLAN

There are separate statutory procedures in place which govern the admission of children with special
educational needs (“SEN”) for whom an education health and care plan (“EHC plan”) has been issued
by their Local Authority. This means that the parents of children who have an EHC plan should not
apply for admission of their child to the School under this Admission Policy. If parents have a
preference for the School to be named as the provider in their child’s EHC plan, the Local Authority
needs to be made aware of this so that they can consider whether the School is suitable in consultation
with the child’s parents and the School.

Where a child’s EHC plan names the School as the provider, the child will be admitted to the School
even if this will result in the published admission number (“PAN”) for that year group, or the statutory
maximum infant class size, being exceeded. Where admission is to Reception Year in September (i.e.
in the normal admission round), the number of places available within the PAN for other children will
be reduced.

Where a child is in the process of being assessed by the Local Authority to establish whether an EHC
plan should be made, parents should speak to the Local Authority before applying for admission under
this Admission Policy, to check the stage the assessment has reached and whether a decision to make
an EHC plan will be made before the application deadline as, if it has, an application under this
Admission Policy will not be necessary.

OVERSUBSCRIPTION CRITERIA

After the admission of pupils with Statements of Special Educational Needs and where the School is
oversubscribed, priority for admission will be given to those children in priority order below:

1. Looked after children and previously looked after children (or became subject to a child
arrangements order or a special guardianship order) with those living nearer receiving higher
priority.

A “looked after child” is a child in public care at the date on which the application is made. A
“previously looked after child” is a child who was in public care, but ceased to be so because
they were adopted or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order
immediately after being in public care.

To be included in this category, the application for admission must be supported by the relevant
Local Authority’s Children’s Services Department. In the case of a previously looked after child,
a copy of the adoption or special guardianship order must also accompany the application for
admission.

2. Children who the Trust accepts have an exceptional medical or social need for a place at the
school with those living nearer receiving higher priority.

This category gives priority to children for whom The Orchard Primary School is the only school
that is appropriate for the child to attend because of the child’s exceptional medical or social
need.

Applications under this priority must be accompanied by a Priority 2 Form, which is available
from our website.

Part A of the Priority 2 Form must be completed by the parent(s) before being provided to the
child or parent’s doctor, social worker or other relevant independent professional who must
3

Return to Index
 then completed Part B, sign, stamp and date the form. The doctor, social worker or other
relevant independent professional must expressly confirm not only the nature of the exceptional
medical or social need of the child, but also the reason why it is appropriate for the child to
attend the school, why no other school is suitable, and the reasons why this is the case.

The completed, signed and stamped Priority 2 Form must be provided with the common
application form. An application under this priority will not be considered in cases where the
completed, signed and stamped Priority 2 Form is received after the common application form
has been submitted.

Applications under Priority 2 will be considered by the Academy Governing Body (or the relevant
Admissions Committee).

3. Linked School: This rule does not apply to this school (for infant and junior schools only)

4. Children with a brother or sister already attending the school and who will still be attending
on the date of admission with those living nearer receiving higher priority

Note: this category includes full brothers and sisters, adopted, or foster brothers and sisters,
half brothers and sisters or stepbrothers and sisters. Parents/Guardians should note that in all
these cases, the brother or sister must be living at the same address as the child for whom the
application is being made.

For the avoidance of doubt, other children within the family (for example, cousins) who live at
the same address because members of the child’s extended family (for example, aunts and
uncles) also live there, will not be regarded as siblings for the purpose of this priority.

In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as long as they will still be in
attendance at the time of admission

5. Children of school staff where:

a. the member of staff has been employed at the school for two or more years at the time
at which the application for admission to the school is made; and / or

b. where the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a
demonstrable shortage with those living nearer receiving higher priority.

For the purposes of satisfying these criteria, a member of staff is defined as a permanent
member of the teaching staff, or a permanent member of the non-teaching staff. This definition
does not include contract staff. This definition does not include peripatetic staff employed by
HCC. The child must be living permanently with the member of staff.

6. All other children.

Children not falling into any of the above categories will be allocated places in this category by
reference to the proximity of the child’s home address (as defined by this policy) to the School,
with those living nearer receiving higher priority.

Return to Index
DISTANCE MEASURING

Hertfordshire County Council’s ‘straight line’ distance measurement system is used for all home to
school distance measurements. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to two
decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of your
child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised
method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

In the case of multi-dwelling buildings (for example, an apartment block), the distance will be
measured from same GIS determined point in the building regardless of the actual location within the
building of the child’s home address, with the tie breaker being applied if more than one application
is received for children living in the building (see below).

TIE BREAKER

Where two applications cannot otherwise be separated because the distance between the child’s
home address (as defined by this policy) to the School is the same, the order in which places will be
allocated will be determined by random lottery using the Local Authority’s software in the presence
of a person who is independent of the School.

CHILD’S HOME ADDRESS

The address given on the application form must be the child’s main home address, which will usually
be the address at which Child Benefit is claimed or if there is no entitlement to Child Benefit, then the
address at which the child is registered with their GP will be used. A business address or the address
of a parent with whom the child does not live, a relative or a child minder must not be given.

The child’s home address stated must be a residential property that is the child’s only or main
residence, and not an address at which he or she might sometimes stay or sleep.

Where a child spends part of the week with different parents/carers the home address will be the
address at which the child spends the majority of weekday nights during term time. If two addresses
are given, only one will be accepted, which will be the address which meets the definition stated
above. Where there is a dispute over which address is the child’s main home address, the address at
which Child Benefit is claimed or if there is no entitlement to Child Benefit, then the address at which
the child is registered with their GP will be deemed to be their main home address.

Proof of residence or offer of letting from landlord will be required.

STATUTORY MAXIMUM INFANT CLASS SIZE

The maximum number of pupils legally permitted to be in a class in Reception Year, Year 1 or Year 2
class is 30 pupils.

There are specified circumstances in which some categories of children will not be counted towards
the class size, allowing for these children to be admitted to a class containing 30 or more pupils
without breaching the statutory maximum infant class size. These children are known as “excepted
pupils” until the class size falls back to 30 pupils. Parents are referred to Paragraph 2.15 of the Code
(which is accessible on the Department for Education’s website) for further details in this respect.

Children of multiple birth

If the last child to be offered a place (the 30th place in a school with a PAN of 30 for example) we will
endeavour to admit the child’s twin, triplet etc., if they all apply at the same time. This is because
5

Return to Index
the School Admissions Code allows us to admit such siblings as exceptions to the infant class size
limit and operate with classes of over 30.

CHILDREN OF UK SERVICE PERSONNEL AND CROWN SERVANTS

The School will accept applications for the admission of the children of UK Armed Forces Personnel
with a confirmed posting in the area of the School, or the children of Crown Servants returning from
overseas to live in the area of the School, in advance of them arriving. These children do not have to
be living at the stated home address at the application deadline, as all other children do.

The application for admission must be supported by an official letter declaring the relocation date and
a Unit postal address or quartering area address, which will be used as the child’s home address for
the purpose of applying this Admission Policy.

FAIR ACCESS

The school is committed to taking its fair share of vulnerable children who are hard to place, in
accordance with locally agreed protocols. Children admitted under the protocol will be prioritised
above those on the waiting list.

WAITING LISTS

The School will operate a waiting list for each year group. Where in any year the School receives more
applications for places than there are places available, a waiting list will operate until the end of the
academic year. This will be maintained by the School and it will be open to any parent/guardian to ask
for his or her child’s name to be placed on the waiting list, following an unsuccessful application.

Children’s position on the waiting list will be determined solely in accordance with the
oversubscription criteria. Where places become vacant they will be allocated to children on the
waiting list in accordance with the oversubscription criteria.

ARRANGEMENTS FOR ADMITTING PUPILS TO OTHER YEAR GROUPS, INCLUDING REPLACING ANY
PUPILS WHO HAVE LEFT THE SCHOOL (‘IN-YEAR ADMISSIONS’)

You can apply to change school during the school year. We call this an "in year admission".

To apply for an in-year admission to The Orchard Primary please complete the ‘In year Admissions
Form’ (see http://www.orchard.herts.sch.uk/parents/admissions) and send it and any supporting
documentation to admin@orchard.herts.sch.uk.

We'll let you know if you're successful within 10 working days, once we receive your application, proof
of address and any additional documents needed. If the year group applied for has a place available,
the School will admit the child. If more applications are received than there are places available, the
place will be allocated applying the oversubscription criteria set out above.

You need to accept or decline any place offered. If a place is not available, you will be given the
opportunity to have your name added to the waiting list. You will also have a right to appeal the
decision.

AGE ON ADMISSION TO RECEPTION YEAR

All children are entitled to a full-time place in Reception Year at a primary school from the September

Return to Index
following their fourth birthday. Children do not, however, reach compulsory school age until the first
of three prescribed dates after their fifth birthday. These prescribed dates are 31 December, 31
March and 31 August.

For example, a child who will reach the age of five years on 18 November will not reach compulsory
school age until the following 1 January, a child who will reach the age of five years on 22 March will
not reach compulsory school age until the following 1 April and a child who will reach the age of five
years on 3 June will not reach compulsory school age until the following 31 August.

Deferred entry and part-time attendance

Parents offered a place for their child have a right to defer entry, or to take a place up part-time,
until the start of the term beginning immediately after their child has reached compulsory school
age. However, places cannot be deferred until the next academic year. Parents can also ask that
their child attends on a part-time basis until they reach compulsory school age.

However, the start date for a child born between 1 April and 31 August who will not reach compulsory
school age until 31 August (known as a “summer born child”) cannot be deferred later than the first
day of the last term (usually when the School reopens after Easter) without losing the place achieved,
which will then be allocated to another child. Parents of “summer born children” can, however,
choose to delay their child starting school for a whole school year (see below).

Parents may also choose to send their child to school part-time until they reach compulsory school
age (i.e. on one of the three prescribed dates stated above). Unlike the right to defer entry, this right
can be exercised during the last term in the case of “summer born children”, and can also be exercised
in combination with the right to defer the child’s start date until later in the school year, as set out
above.

For example, a child born on 18 November could start school part-time from 1 September and then
full-time from 1 January, and a child born on 22 March could start school part-time from either 1
September or 1 January and then full-time from 1 April.

Delayed entry for “summer born children”

Parents of summer born children have the following options in relation to their child:

1. To start school full-time in Reception Year in the September following their fourth birthday in
the usual way; or

2. To retain the place they have achieved for their child in Reception Year and decide that their
child will start school later in the school year (i.e. deferred entry) and/or attend part-time, as
set out above; or

3. To lose any place achieved for their child in Reception Year and delay (rather than defer) their
child starting school for one whole school year (i.e. following September).

Parents choosing to exercise the third option will need to decide whether they want their child to be
admitted to Year 1 in the following September with their usual age group (subject to their being an
available place in Year 1, as no place will be have been reserved for the child) or be admitted to
Reception Year in the following September with children below their normal age group.

The latter option requires parents to submit a separate Application for Admission Outside Normal Age
7

Return to Index
 Group to the AGB of the School (see below). In the event that the Application for Admission Outside
Normal Age Group is approved by the Academy Governing Body, there is no guarantee that a place
will be available in the preferred year group. Once a decision has been made, the School will apply its
oversubscription criteria to decide whether a place can be offered in that age group. This means that,
although the parents may have obtained the School’s agreement to their child being admitted below
its normal age range into Reception Year one school year after being eligible to start school, their child
may not achieve a place in Reception Year at the School the following year.

In the case of summer born children seeking to delay starting school for one school year and then to
be admitted into Reception Year below their normal age group, an application for admission into
Reception Year using with the child’s normal age group should be made in the usual way accompanied
by a request to be admitted into Reception Year the following year (by completing the “Application
For Admission Outside Normal Age Group Form” with supporting evidence).

Provided the application is received in time, parents will receive a response to their request before
primary national offer day. If a request is agreed, the application for the normal age group may be
withdrawn before a place is offered. If a request is refused, the parent must decide whether to:

a. accept the offer of a place for the normal age group (if an offer is made); or

b. refuse it and make an in year application for admission to Year 1 for the September following
the child’s fifth birthday (there is no guarantee that places will be available in Year 1 if the
school is oversubscribed).

Where a parent’s request for admission outside of the normal age group for summer born children is
agreed, a new application must be submitted as part of the main admissions round the following year.

Parents do not have a right of appeal if they have been offered a place and it is not in the year group
they would like. However, parents may make a complaint about the School’s decision not to admit
their child outside their normal age group.

ADMISSION OF CHILDREN OUTSIDE THEIR NORMAL AGE GROUP
Parents may request that their child is admitted to a year group outside their normal age range, for
instance where the child is gifted or talented or where a child has suffered from particular social or
medical issues impacting his or her schooling. All such requests will be considered on their merits and
either agreed or refused, on that basis. If a request is refused, the child will still be considered for
admission to their normal age group.

Parents wishing to submit a request for their child to be admitted outside their normal age group
should submit an “Application For Admission Outside Normal Age Group Form” which is available from
the admissions page of the school’s website. http://www.orchard.herts.sch.uk/parents/admissions

The process for requesting such an admission is as follows:

With the application, parents should request that the child is admitted to another year group (state
which one), and the reasons for that request. Parents will submit any evidence in support of their case
with the application, for instance from a medical practitioner, Headteacher etc. Some of the evidence
a parent might submit could include:

1. Whether the child is ‘summer born’ and is seeking admission to a year group other than
reception (or is seeking admission to reception rather than year 1);

8

Return to Index
 2. Information about the child’s academic, social and emotional development;

3. Where relevant, their medical history and the views of a medical professional;

4. Whether they have previously been educated out of their normal age group;

5. Whether they may naturally have fallen into a lower age group if it were not for being born
prematurely.

This is a non-exhaustive list. There may be other factors that the Academy Governing Board will
consider. The school will consider each case on its merits, taking into account the individual
circumstances of the request and the child’s best interests. We will also ensure the parent is aware of
whether the request for admission out of age group has been agreed before final offers are made, and
the reason for any refusal. Requests for admission out of the normal year group will be considered
alongside other applications made at the same time. An application from a child who would ‘normally’
be a year 1 child for a reception place will be considered alongside applications for reception.

ARRANGEMENTS FOR APPEALS PANELS

Parents/Carers will have the right of appeal to an Independent Appeal Panel if they are dissatisfied
with an admission decision of the School. The Appeal Panel will be independent of the School. The
arrangements for Appeals will be in line with the Code of Practice on School Admission Appeals
published by the Department for Education. The determination of the appeal panel will be made in
accordance with the Code of Practice on School Admission Appeals and is binding on all parties.

Normal admissions round

Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system for the normal
admissions round should log in to their online application and click on the link “register an appeal”.
Out of county residents and paper applicants should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123
4043 to request their registration details and log into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and
click on the link “log into the appeals system”.

In-year admissions

For in-year admissions, we will write to you with the outcome of your application and, if you have
been unsuccessful, the county council will write to you with registration details to enable you to login
and appeal online at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals

THE SCHOOL EXPECTS PARENTS TO PROVIDE TRUE AND ACCURATE INFORMATION. IF IT IS
DISCOVERED THAT FALSE INFORMATION HAS BEEN PROVIDED, THE OFFER OF A PLACE IS LIKELY TO
BE WITHDRAWN.

Return to Index
 [SCHOOL LOGO] 

[Name of school] 

PRIORTY 2 FORM ‐ EXCEPTIONAL MEDICAL OR SOCIAL NEED 

REPORT FROM A DOCTOR, SOCIAL WORKER OR OTHER RELEVANT 
INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL 

Part A of this form must be completed by a parent.  The form should then be provided to the doctor, social 
worker or other relevant independent professional who should complete Part B, sign, date and stamp the 
form, before returning it to the parent if the parent wants to rely on this priority in order to achieve a place 
at the school.  The form must be submitted at the same time as the Common Application Form.  

This  form  is  intended  to  support  an  application  for  admission  under  Priority  2  of  the  academy’s/school’s 
Admission Policy, which states: 

“Priority 2 – Children who the Trust accepts have an exceptional medical or social need for a place at the 
school”: 

Children for whom [Name of School] is the only school that is appropriate for the child to attend because of 
the child’s exceptional medical or social need, will be admitted under this priority.   

Applications under this priority must be accompanied by Priority 2 Form, Part A of which must be completed 
by  the  parents  before  being  provided  to  the  child  or  parent’s  the  doctor,  social  worker  or  other  relevant 
independent professional who must then completed Part B, sign, stamp and date the form.  The doctor, social 
worker  or  other  relevant  independent  professional  must  expressly  confirm  not  only  the  nature  of  the 
exceptional medical or social need of the child or parent, but also the reason why it is appropriate for the child 
to attend the school, why no other school is suitable, and the reasons why this is the case.   

The completed, signed and stamped Priority 2 Form must be provided with the common application form.  An 
application  under  this  priority  will  not  be  considered  in  cases  where  the  completed,  signed  and  stamped 
Priority 2 Form is received after the common application form has been submitted.” 

Instructions to Hertfordshire County Council: please ensure that this form is kept 
confidential  and  is  processed  only  to  the  extent  that  it  is  necessary  to  pass  the 
information to the school.  Please ensure that the forms are sent to the school by a 
secure  means.    Please  contact  HCC’s  Strategy  &  Policy  Manager,  Admissions  & 
Transport, for further details. 

1 

Return to Index
 

PART A – To be completed by Parent 

Child’s Surname:   

Child’s Forename(s):   

Child’s Date of Birth:   

Child’s Main Home Address:   

   

   

   

This form should now be handed to the child’s doctor, social worker or other relevant independent 
professional for completion of Part B. 

2 

Return to Index
PART  B  –  To  be  completed  by  a  doctor,  social  worker  or  other 
relevant independent professional then returned to the parent 

Name of person with an   
exceptional  medical or 
social need: 

Please confirm the nature   
of the exceptional medical 
or social need:   

   

   

   

In your professional opinion, is [NAME OF SCHOOL] the only school which is appropriate for the 
child to attend as a result of their medical or social need? 

 
Yes    No   
 

Please state your reasons   
for stating [NAME OF 
SCHOOL] is the only school   
which is appropriate for the 
child to attend:   

   

   

   

3 

Return to Index
   

   

Please explain the   
difficulties the child would 
experience if the child   
attended another school 
within a reasonable   
distance of the child’s main 
home address:   

   

   

   

   

Signed:   

Print Name:   

Position:   

4 

Return to Index
 Organisation:   

Organisation’s address:   

Date:   

Official Stamp:   

Note to professional: please return the completed form to the parent named above by a secure 
means.  It is the parent’s responsibility to submit the form as part of the admissions application 
process. 

5 

Return to Index
               
 

[SCHOOL LOGO]   

[SCHOOL/ACADEMY NAME] 

APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION OUTSIDE NORMAL AGE GROUP 

This is not an application for admission – it is an application to the Academy Governing Board for their 
agreement in principle to the child being admitted to any year group other than the child’s normal year 
group. The completed form and any supporting documentation must be submitted to [School/Academy 
Name]  for  consideration  by  the  Academy  Governing  Board  as  soon  as  possible.    Regardless  of  the 
outcome of this application, a separate application for admission will need to be made in the usual way, 
and  will  be  considered  with  all  other  applications  received,  applying  the  oversubscription  criteria  as 
appropriate.   

In the case of children born between 1 April and 31 August (known as “summer born children”) whose 
parents want them to start Reception Year one year later than usual (i.e. in the September following 
their fifth birthday, rather than the September following their fourth birthday), the application should 
be made well in advance of the application deadline for the child’s admission to Reception Year with 
their  normal  age  group,  to  keep  all  options  open.    Where  the  Academy  Governing  Board  agrees  an 
application in principle, their letter confirming this should accompany the subsequent application for 
admission. 

This form should be read alongside the School’s/Academy’s Admissions Policy. 

This form should be completed by the parent with whom the child lives for more than 50% of their 
time from Monday to Friday during term time.  Please complete in block capitals using black ink.  All 
names  provided  must  be  formal  names,  as  stated  in  passports  and  other  formal  documents.    The 
completed form should be forwarded to the school office at School/Academy name. 

 
 

PART A – CHILD’S DETAILS 

Child’s Surname:   

Child’s Forename(s):   

Child’s Date of Birth:   

Child’s Main Home Address:   

(as defined in the Admissions Policy) 

 
 
1 
Return to Index
 PART B – PARENT’S DETAILS 

Parent’s Surname:   

Parent’s Forename(s):   

Parent’s Home Address:   

(If different) 

Parent’s Email Address:   

Parent’s Contact Number:   

 
 

PART C – APPLICATION DETAILS 

What date do you want the child to be admitted?   

What  year  group  do  you  want  the  child  to  be   
admitted to? 

What year group would the child’s normal age group   
be in? 

Please  give  detailed  reasons  for  your  belief  that  it  is  in  the  best  interests  of  your  child  to  be  admitted 
outside their normal age group.  In doing so, please consider the following factors which will be considered 
by the Academy Governing Board: 

• The parents’ views; 
• The Headteacher’s view; 
• The child’s academic, social and emotional development; 
• Where relevant, the child’s medical history and the views of their medical professionals; 
• Whether the child has previously been educated outside of their normal age group; 
• Whether the child would have naturally have fallen into a lower age range were it not for having been 
born prematurely. 

This is a non‐exhaustive list.  There may be other factors that the Academy Governing Board will consider.  

 
   

2 
Return to Index
 

       
 
   
3 
Return to Index
 
 

Please list all documents attached in support of your application: 

 
 
 

PART D – PARENT’S SIGNATURE 

I certify that the information provided in this form is true and accurate, to the best of my knowledge and 
belief: 

Signed:   

Print name:   

Date:   

   
 

4 
Return to Index
  
School logo 
 
 
School name 
 
Application Form 
In Year Admissions 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 Before you fill in this form, please read the guidance documents and information on our website 
at school website info 
 
 Supplementary Information Forms (if applicable) and any additional supporting documentation 
should be returned direct to the school 
 
 Please complete this form using black ink and CAPITAL LETTERS 
 
 You must include two recent (within the last 3 months) forms of address evidence. One must 
be a council tax bill, utility bill, solicitor’s letter showing completion date or a signed tenancy 
agreement. Please do not send originals.  
 
 If moving/returning to the UK, you must also provide evidence of your arrival. This can be flight 
itinerary, boarding passes or ferry/train tickets. 
 
 
We cannot process an application without evidence of your address. 
   

Return to Index
 
 
Section 1: Your child’s details 
 
 
Date place is required*:  

 
*Places are offered on the basis that they will be taken up within 10 school days. Please do not apply more 
than 4 weeks in advance of the date you require a place unless you are a service family. 
 

 
Your child’s details: 
 
First name  Middle name(s)  Family name/Surname 
   
Date of birth  Current Year Group*  Female / Male 

 
*Hertfordshire will allocate a place into the usual year group based on your child’s date of birth. If you wish 
your child to be educated in a different year group to that indicated by their date of birth, please provide 
further details with this form. 
 
 

Your child’s current  Current address 
address and postcode   
   
We check addresses and   
we will withdraw our offer   
of a school place if you   
give a false address 
Postcode 
   
  
 
Your child’s new  If you are moving house, please provide the new address below: 
address and postcode   
Date of move*   
 
 
Postcode 
   
 
*Please ensure you enclose proof of your new address including the move date. This can be either a 
solicitor’s letter confirming completion or a copy of the formal lease agreement. If you are moving to a rental 
property, please provide evidence that you have sold or are in the process of selling your previous property, 
or that a previous lease agreement has ended. We will not be able to take into account a new address 
without proof as referred to above. 
 
   

Return to Index
Section 2: Application details 
 
 
Does the child have a sibling at the school? * If yes, please give details below:  Yes □ No □ 

Name:  Male/Female: 
 
  Date of birth: 

 
*A sibling is either the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of the 
parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after and in every case living permanently 
in a placement within the home as part of the family household. 
 
 
Does your child have an Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) or 
Yes □ No □ 
statement of special needs (SN)? 
 
A Statement of SN or an EHCP is a document written by the local authority detailing the child’s needs and the 
measures the school will take to help them. The SEN team at the local authority manage admissions for 
children with a statement and your application will be passed to them.  
 
 
Is the child you are making an application for in the care of the Local 
Yes □ No □ 
Authority (Child Looked After)? 
If yes, please indicate which local authority and include a supporting letter from the child’s social 
worker and/or advisory teacher: 
 
 
Was your child previously looked after but was then adopted or became 
Yes □ No □ 
subject to a child arrangements order or special guardianship order? 

If yes, please provide supporting evidence including a copy of the adoption order if applicable 
 
 

Are you applying under Rule 2 (exceptional medical or social needs)?*  Yes □ No □ 
*You must include supporting professional evidence clearly demonstrating why your child’s needs can only 
be met at one specific school. Please include all the evidence you wish us to consider as we can only 
consider the information received at the time of application. Rule 2 can only be re‐considered if there has 
been an exceptional change of circumstances 
 
 
 

Are you applying under the Children of Staff rule if applicable*?    Yes □    No □ 
*This is not currently applicable at this school 

 
 
 

Return to Index
 Are you or your partner UK service personnel or a crown servant?  Yes □ No □ 

If yes, please include an official MOD, FC or GCHQ letter showing relocation date 
 
 
 
Your child’s current school       
 
School Name  School Address 

Date last attended  
 
(if your child has left):   
 
 

 
Section 3: Your details 
 
Name of person making the  Title  Initial  Family Name 
application  (Usually a parent/carer) 

Address if different to that given 
above 

Daytime telephone number 

Email address 
Our preferred way to contact you 

Your relationship to the child 
 
 
Is the child living with you under a private fostering arrangement? 
This is where the child lives with an adult who is not a close relative i.e. not a   Yes □   No □ 
parent, grandparent, sibling, aunt or uncle. 
Do you have parental responsibility? *   Yes □   No □ 

If no, please provide permission from the person(s) with parental responsibility confirming they are 
in agreement with the application. 
 
 
   

Return to Index
 
 
Section 4: Parental declaration 
 
If you deliberately give false information, we may withdraw the offer of a school place. 
 
All of the information I have given on this form is correct and up to date.  
 
I have read and understand the school’s admissions policy. 
 
I understand that you will inform my child’s current school of this application and will share the 
information in this application with the schools listed on this form and, if different, the allocated 
school.  
 
I understand that my child must be able to take up the allocated school place immediately and 
that the place may be withdrawn if not accepted within 10 school days. 
 
I confirm I have parental responsibility for this child and/or the agreement of all 
persons with parental responsibility  □ 
 
I enclose:      Supporting evidence relating to the application, including proof of  □ 
arrival if applicable  
  □ 
Proof of address ‐ we cannot process the application without this. 
   
 

Your full name   

Your signature    Date:   
     
 
 
Please return this application form to the office of name of school 
School address 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  It is very important that you include all necessary
 
documentation
 
with your application in order to avoid any
  delays.
 
 

Return to Index
Our Lady Catholic
Primary School
Admission Policy

The Diocese of Westminster Academy Trust

A Catholic Academy

2019/2020

Return to Index
Our Lady Catholic Primary School was founded by the Catholic Church to provide education for children of
Catholic families. As a Catholic school, we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. At a Catholic
school, Catholic doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of the school’s activity. It is essential that the
Catholic character of the school’s education be fully supported by all families in the school. All applicants are
therefore expected to give their full, unreserved and positive support for the aims and ethos of the school.

The Published Admission Number (PAN) for the reception class at Our Lady Catholic Primary School is 30. The
Governing Body has sole responsibility for admissions to this school and intends to admit 30 children in the
school year which begins in September 2019. Applications are welcome from families whose child reaches
his/her 4th birthday between 1st September 2018 and 31st August 2019.

Whenever there are more applications than places available, priority will always be given to Catholic
applicants in accordance with the Trust Deed of the Diocese of Westminster. Applications will be ranked using
the criteria listed below.

In this policy applicant refers to the person making an application on behalf of a child; candidate refers to the
child on whose behalf the application is being made.

OVERSUBSCRIPTION CRITERIA
Where there are more applications than the number of places available, places will be offered according to
the following order of priority: -

1. Baptised Catholic ‘looked after’ and previously ‘looked after’ children, who have been adopted or made
subject to child arrangements orders or special guardianship orders.

2. Baptised Catholic children from Catholic families with a Certificate of Catholic Practice of teachers at Our
Lady School who have been employed at the school as a teacher for more than two years at the time at
which the application for admission to the school is made.

3. Baptised Catholic children from Catholic families with a Certificate of Catholic Practice who will have a
sibling on roll at Our Lady School at the time of admission.

4. Baptised Catholic children from Catholic families with a Certificate of Catholic Practice who are resident in
the parish of Our Lady Immaculate and St Andrew, Hitchin. Baptised Catholic children from Catholic
families with a Certificate of Catholic Practice who are resident outside the parish of Our Lady Immaculate
& St Andrew and for whom Our Lady is the nearest Catholic school to their normal place of residence.

5. Other Baptised Catholic children from Catholic families with a Certificate of Catholic Practice.

6. Other Baptised Catholic children.

7. All other looked after children and children who have been adopted (or made subject to Child
Arrangement orders or special guardianship orders) immediately following being looked after.

8. Other children of teachers at Our Lady School who have been employed at the school as a teacher for
more than two years at the time at which the application for admission to the school is made.

9. Children of Catechumens.

10. Members of an Orthodox Church.

11. Christians of other denominations.

12. Children of other faiths.

13. Any other applicants.

Return to Index
MULTIPLE APPLICATIONS
Where the final place is offered to a child who has other siblings applying for a place in the same school year,
these siblings will also be admitted.

APPLICATIONS IN PREVIOUS YEARS

For the past four years the governing body has been unable to offer places to any applicants beyond
oversubscription criterion 10. Whilst the school welcomes applications from all categories, it is usually
oversubscribed by Catholic candidates.

Please refer to the Notes over the page, for a definition of Catholic, Catechumen, Orthodox and other terms
mentioned in the above list.

The attendance of a sibling* (see notes) at the school at the time of enrolment will increase the priority of an
application within categories 6-13.

TIE BREAK
Distance Rule I: Where the offer of places to all the applicants in any of the subcategories listed above would
still lead to oversubscription, the places up to the admission number will be offered to those living nearest to
the school. This will be measured in a straight line distance measurement provided by Hertfordshire County
Council.
4. Distance Rule II: If the last two children under any criteria live the same distance from school the offer of a
place up to the admission number will be decided by random allocation. This will be a lottery which will be
carried out by the governors in the presence of an independent witness.

TWINS/TRIPLETS etc.
Where the last place is offered to a twin (or other child of multiple birth) the remaining child or children will
be admitted as ‘excepted children’. They will remain ‘excepted’ until the end of key stage 1. When a child in
the class leaves they will not be replaced until the number drops to below 30.

FAIR ACCESS
The school is committed to taking its fair share of children who are vulnerable and/or hard to place, as set out
in locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal admissions round, the Governing Body is
empowered to give absolute priority to a child where admission is requested under any local protocol that has
been agreed by both the local authority and the Governing Body for the current school year. The Governing
Body has this power even when admitting the child would mean exceeding the published admission number.

APPLICATION PROCEDURE for 2019-2020

In order to make an application, you must complete an online Application Form from your local authority.
(paper forms can also be obtained from your local authority.) You should also complete the School’s
Supplementary Information Form (SIF). Whilst this is not compulsory, the information on the SIF enables the
Governing Body to assess your application fully against the School’s criteria in the event of oversubscription.
Please return the SIF (in person or by post) to the school, together with all other relevant paperwork required
for your application. If you do not complete both of the forms described above and return them by 15th
January 2019, the Governing Body will be unable to consider your application against the oversubscription
criteria and your child will be ranked under the lowest criterion. It is very unlikely that your child will be
offered a place if a SIF is not supplied.

CHILDREN EDUCATED OUTSIDE THEIR CHRONOLOGICAL AGE GROUP (except summer born children)
Parents may apply for their child to be educated outside his/her chronological age group i.e. a year behind or
a year ahead. Application should be made to the Chair of Governors at the time of application and any
supporting evidence should be submitted at the same time. Governors will consider each case on its own
merits and permission will only be given in exceptional circumstances.

CERTIFICATE OF CATHOLIC PRACTICE

Applicants applying under criteria 2, 3, 4 and 5 should submit a Certificate of Catholic Practice (CCP) by the
closing date. This Certificate is available from the priest at the parish where the family normally worships or
from the diocesan website. It is the parent’s duty to ensure that the CCP is submitted to the school in good
time. The priest will only sign this form if he knows you and agrees that you are a practising Catholic family.

Return to Index
The local authority will write to you on behalf of the Governing Body with the outcome of your application on
or about Tuesday 16th April 2019. This information will also be available on line. Parents/carers should accept
or decline the place as soon as possible.

LATE APPLICATIONS
Applications received after the closing date will be dealt with after the initial allocation process has been
completed. If the school is oversubscribed it is very unlikely that late applicants will obtain a place.

RIGHT OF APPEAL
If you are unsuccessful you may ask us for the reasons for the refusal of a place. These reasons will be related
to the oversubscription criteria listed in the policy and you will have the right of appeal to an independent
panel. Should you wish to appeal please contact the school as soon as possible for an appeal form on which
you must list your reasons for making an appeal. Appeals must be submitted to the school in writing by Friday
24th May 2019.

CONTINUING INTEREST LIST

In addition to their right of appeal, unsuccessful candidates will be offered the opportunity to be placed on a
continuing interest list. This list will be maintained in order of the oversubscription criteria set out in the
policy and not in the order in which applications are received or added to the list. Names will be removed
from the list on 31st August 2020, unless applicants request in writing to remain on the list.

PUPILS WITH AN EDUCATION, HEALTH AND CARE PLAN (EHC)

The admission of pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan (EHC) is dealt with by a completely separate
procedure. (This used to be called a Statement of Special Educational Needs). Details of this separate
procedure are set out in the Special Educational Needs Code of Practice. If your child has an EHC plan you
must contact your local authority SEN officer. Children with this school named in their EHC Plan will be
admitted.

CHANGE OF DETAILS
If any of the details on either of your forms changes between the date of application and the receipt of the
letter of offer or refusal, you must inform the School and the local authority immediately. If misleading
information is given or allowed to remain on either of your forms, the Governing Body reserves the right to
withdraw the place, even if the child has already started at the School.

IN-YEAR ADMISSIONS
The school will remain part of the county council’s coordinated In Year admissions scheme. Application forms
can be accessed via www.hertsdirect.org/admissions or from the Customer Service Centre, 0300 123 4043.
Parents should return the application form direct to Herts County Council and also complete a new
Supplementary Information Form which must be returned to the school together with an up to date
Certificate of Catholic Practice (where applicable).
Where there is no continuing interest list the local authority will be notified and the child will be admitted. If
more applications are received than there are places available then applications will be ranked by the
governing body in accordance with the oversubscription criteria, with the following modifications: Catholic
children without an offer of a school place elsewhere are given priority immediately after Catholic ‘looked-
after’ children; similarly, other children without an offer of a school place are given priority immediately after
other ‘looked-after’ children. If a place cannot be offered at this time then you may ask us for the reasons and
you will be informed of your right of appeal. You will be offered the opportunity of being placed on a
continuing interest list. This continuing interest list will be maintained by the governing body in the order of
the oversubscription criteria as modified above and not in the order in which the applications are received.
Names are removed from the list at the end of August each year, therefore parents will need to re-apply at
the start of each academic year for their child to be included in the continuing interest list and provide a new
Supplementary Information form and an up to date Certificate of Catholic Practice. When a place becomes
available the governing body will re-rank the list so that the Local Authority can inform the parent that the
school is making an offer. Classes at Key Stage 2 will be limited to thirty two pupils.

Return to Index
RECEPTION YEAR DEFERRED ENTRY
Applicants may defer entry to school up until compulsory school age i.e. the first day of term following the
child’s fifth birthday. Application is made in the usual way and then the deferral is requested. The place will
then be held until the first day of the spring or summer term as applicable. Applicants may also request that
their child attend part-time until compulsory school age is reached. Entry may not be deferred beyond
compulsory school age or beyond the year for which the application has been made. Therefore applicants
whose children have birthdays in the summer term may only defer until the 1ST April 2020.

SUMMER BORN CHILDREN

If a parent wishes his/her summer born child to start school in Reception in the September following his/her
5th birthday i.e. a child born between 1st April – 31st August being admitted to Reception at 5 years of age, they
should make the school aware of this by writing a letter to the Chair of Governors at the time of application.
Parents must then submit an application in the normal way for the 2020-2021 admissions round. This
application will be treated in the same way as all other applications and there is no guarantee that an offer
will be made.

NOTES (these notes form part of the oversubscription criteria)

‘Looked after child’ has the same meaning as in S.22 of the Children Act 1989, and means any child in the care
of a local authority or provided with accommodation by them (e.g. children with foster parents at the time of
making an application to the school).

‘Adopted’. An adopted child is any child who has been formally adopted, having previously been in care and
whose parent/ guardian can give proof of this.

‘Child Arrangements Order’. A Child Arrangements order is an order under the terms of the Children Act
1989 s.8 settling the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live. Children
‘looked after’ immediately before the order is made qualify in this category.

‘Special Guardianship Order’. A special guardianship order is an order under the terms of the Children Act
1989 s.14A appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian(s). A child ‘looked after’
immediately before the order is made qualifies in this category.

‘Parent’ means the adult or adults with legal responsibility for the child.

‘Sibling’ means brother or sister, to include adopted brothers and sisters, half, step or foster brothers and
sisters. A sibling relationship does not apply when the older child will leave before the younger one starts.

‘Catholic’ means a member of a Church in full communion with the See of Rome. This includes the Eastern
Catholic Churches. This will be evidenced by a Certificate of Baptism in a Catholic church or a Certificate of
Reception into the full communion with the Catholic Church.

’Certificate of Catholic Practice’ means a certificate issued by the family’s parish priest (or the priest in charge
of the church where the family attends Mass) in the form laid down by the Bishops’ Conference of England
and Wales. It will be issued if the priest is satisfied that at least one Catholic parent or carer (along with the
child, if he or she is over seven years old) have (except when it was impossible to do so) attended Mass on
Sundays and holy days of obligation for at least five years (or, in the case of a child, since the age of seven, if
shorter). It will also be issued when the practice has been continuous since being received into the Church if
that occurred less than five years ago. It is expected that most Certificates will be issued on the basis of
attendance. A Certificate may also be issued by the priest when attendance is interrupted by exceptional
circumstances which excuse from the obligation to attend on that occasion or occasions. Further details of
these circumstances can be found in the guidance issued to priests at
http://rcdow.org.uk/att/files/education/admissions/certificate%20of%20catholic%20practice%20guidance%2
0for%20clergy.pdf

Return to Index
‘Catechumen’ means a child or parent who is a member of the catechumenate of a Catholic Church. This will
be evidenced by a Certificate of Reception into the Order of Catechumens for a child aged 7 or over. For a
child under 7 years of age it will be the certificate of the parent.

‘Eastern Christian Church’ includes Orthodox Churches, and is evidenced by a Certificate of Baptism or
Reception from the authorities of that Church.

“children of other Christian denominations” means children who belong to other churches and ecclesial
communities which, acknowledge God’s revelation in Christ, confess the Lord Jesus Christ as God and Saviour
according to the Scriptures, and, in obedience to God’s will and in the power of the Holy Spirit commit
themselves: to seek a deepening of their communion with Christ and with one another in the Church, which is
his body; and to fulfil their mission to proclaim the Gospel by common witness and service in the world to the
glory of the one God, Father, Son and Holy Spirit. An ecclesial community which on principle has no credal
statements in its tradition, is included if it manifests faith in Christ as witnessed to in the Scriptures and is
committed to working in the spirit of the above.
All members of Churches Together in England and CYTÛN are deemed to be included in the above definition,
as are all other churches and ecclesial communities that are in membership of any local Churches Together
Group (by whatever title) on the above basis.

“Children of other faiths” means children who are members of a religious community that does not fall within
the definition of ‘other Christian denominations’ at 7 above and which falls within the definition of a religion
for the purposes of charity law. The Charities Act 2011 defines religion to include:
• A religion which involves belief in more than one God, and
• A religion which does not involve belief in a God.
Case law has identified certain characteristics which describe the meaning of religion for the purposes of
charity law, which are characterised by a belief in a supreme being and an expression of belief in that
supreme being through worship.
‘Resident’ – A child is deemed to be resident at a particular address when he/she resides there for more than
50% of the school week.

Parish Boundaries – for the purposes of this Policy, parish boundaries are as shown on the attached map. (If
parishes or other geographical areas are mentioned in the oversubscription criteria a map must be provided.)

‘Distance from school’ means distance as measured by a straight line by HCC, from the front door of the
child’s residential address (including flats) to a point at the school. If distances are identical, the Governing
Body will draw lots in the presence of an independent witness. The same measurement is used to determine
the nearest Catholic school to your normal place of residence.

Return to Index
 OUR LADY CATHOLIC PRIMARY SCHOOL
The Diocese of Westminster Academy Trust A Catholic Academy
Old Hale Way, Hitchin, Herts, SG5 1XT
www.ourladys.herts.sch.uk
admin@ourladys.herts.sch.uk
Tel: 01462 622555
Head Teacher: Ciara Nicholson NPQH
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM 2019-2020
Child’s Details
Child’s Surname

Child’s First Name

Child’s Date of Birth

Home Address

Parent / Carer Details

Parent / Carer Name

Home Address (if different

from above)

Home Telephone Number

Mobile Telephone Number

Email Address

Details of Religion
Religion of Child

Parish of Residence

Church of Baptism
(Baptism Certificate
Required)
Date of Baptism

Name and position of Priest

providing Certificate of Catholic
Practice or Religious Leader
supplying letter confirming
membership of the faith
community(where appropriate)

Return to Index
Is your child ‘looked after’ by the Local Authority, adopted or subject to a child arrangements or
special guardianship order, having previously been ‘looked after’?

Yes No

Name/s of siblings who will be on roll at Our Lady School in September 2019

Signature of Parent or Carer

Date

*************************************************************************************

Please Note
• Parents / carers can obtain a Certificate of Catholic Practice from the priest at the parish where
the family normally worships
• Applicants from other Christian denominations and other faiths may attach a letter from their
minister or religious leader, confirming membership.
• You MUST complete your local authority’s online Application Form (or hard copy returned to the
council offices) by the closing date. If you do not you will not be offered a place.

Checklist
Have you enclosed?
• Copy of Baptism certificate (where applicable)
• Certificate of Catholic Practice (if appropriate)

Have you completed?

• Your local authority’s online Application Form

Return to Index
 Admissions Policies 2019/20
Policy 1004 - Reception

Our Lady Catholic Primary School

“We learn to love and love to learn with Jesus”

Our Lady Catholic Primary School Page 1 of 11

Return to Index
Table of Contents

1 Admission Policy: Reception 2019/2020 ................................................... Error! Bookmark not defined.

1.1 Aims & objectives ............................................................................... Error! Bookmark not defined.
1.2 Admissions.......................................................................................... Error! Bookmark not defined.
1.3 Over-subscription criteria .................................................................... Error! Bookmark not defined.
1.4 Applications in the previous year ........................................................ Error! Bookmark not defined.
1.5 Process ............................................................................................... Error! Bookmark not defined.
1.6 Additional provisions ........................................................................... Error! Bookmark not defined.
1.7 Further definitions ............................................................................... Error! Bookmark not defined.
2 Reception 2019/20 Supplementary Information Form (‘SIF’) ................................................................
3 Certificate of Catholic Practice .................................................................................................................

Our Lady Catholic Primary School Page 2 of 11

Return to Index
1 Admission Policy: Reception 2019/20

Important notes:
 There is no automatic transfer from the Nursery School to the Primary School. A further formal
application to the Board of Governors must be made for entry to Primary School. The final date
for applications is 15th January 2019 by Herts.
 Applications to Our lady Catholic Primary School must be made online to the Local Authority:
www.hertsdirect.org/admissions (this is referred to as the ‘Common Application Form’, or CAF).
Copies of the Application Form may also be requested from the Hertfordshire Customer Service
Centre on 0300 123 4043
 This policy also refers to a further form, the ‘Supplementary Information Form’ (or SIF), which is
used by the school to help prioritise the application correctly
 Please note also that a Diocesan Certificate of Catholic Practice is required in order for a child to
be allocated to criteria 2 or 4 of the oversubscription criteria. Notification letters will be sent out
by the LA on behalf of the governors on or around 16th April 2019.
 All admissions documents, including the SIF can be downloaded from the School Website at
www.ourladys527.herts.sch.uk

1.1 Aims & objectives

Our Lady Catholic Primary School was founded by the Catholic Church to provide education for children of
Catholic families. The school is conducted by its governing body as part of the Catholic Church in accordance
with its trust deed and instrument of government, and seeks at all times to be a witness to Jesus Christ.

Whenever there are more applications than places available, priority will always be given to Catholic
applicants in accordance with the over-subscription criteria listed below. In this policy, ‘applicant’ refers to
you, the parent / guardian applying for a place, and ‘candidate’ refers to the child for whom an application is
made.

As a Catholic school, we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. At a Catholic school, Catholic
doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of the school’s activity. It is essential that the Catholic character
of the school’s education is fully supported by all families in the school. All applicants are therefore expected
to give their full, unreserved and positive support for the aims and ethos of the school.

1.2 Admissions

The governing body has sole responsibility for admissions to this school and will admit up to 30 children (the
‘Proposed Admissions Number’ PAN) into the Reception class in the 2019/20 school year, which begins in
September, as follows:

Fifth birthday between Term admitted (unless deferred)

1-Sep-2019 & 31-Aug-2020 First day of Autumn term (Sep-2018)

1.3 Over-subscription criteria

In the event the school is over-subscribed, the Governors will give preference to children with a Certificate of
Catholic Practice. Without this form, the governing body cannot allocate an applicant to criteria 2 or 4.
Applicants wishing to be considered for these categories are requested to submit a completed Certificate of
Catholic Practice along with the fully completed SIF. A new Certificate of Catholic Practice must be submitted
even if one has previously been supplied on application to the School Nursery.

Our Lady Catholic Primary School Page 3 of 11

Return to Index
Parents / guardians are requested to complete the SIF in addition to the CAF, and to return the SIF to
the school. If a SIF is not completed the Governing Body will apply the school’s admission
arrangements using only the information supplied on the CAF, which may result in the application
being given lower priority.

Where there are more applications than the number of places available, places will be offered according to
the following order of priority:
1. Catholic looked after children* and Catholic children who have been adopted* (or subject to residence
orders or special guardianship orders) immediately following having been looked after.
2. Baptised Catholic children* who are resident in the Welwyn Garden City parishes of St Bonaventure or
Our Lady, Queen of Apostles whose parents / guardians are practising their faith as evidenced by a
Certificate of Catholic practice from their parish priest.
3. Baptised Catholic children* who are resident in the Welwyn Garden City parishes of St Bonaventure or
Our Lady, Queen of Apostles.
4. Other baptised Catholic children* whose parents / guardians are practising their faith as evidenced by a
reference from their parish priest.
5. Other baptised Catholic children* who do not meet the above criteria.
6. Other looked after children and other children who have been adopted (or subject to residence orders or
special guardianship orders) immediately following having been looked after.
7. Catechumens (as evidenced by a supporting letter from their parish priest) or members of an Eastern
Christian Church*
8. Christian children of other denominations whose parents / guardians wish them to have a Catholic
education and whose application is supported by a baptism certificate or other evidence of baptism
provided by their priest or minister of religion.
9. Children of other faiths whose parents / guardians wish them to have a Catholic education and who can
provide evidence of regular practise of their faith from their religious leader.
10. Any other candidates.
*Baptism certificate will be required
Exceptional need: The governing body will give top priority, after the appropriate category of looked-after
children, to an application where compelling evidence is provided at the time of application from an
appropriate professional such as a doctor, priest or social worker, of an exceptional social, medical, pastoral
or other need of the child which can only be met at this school.

Where the offer of places to all the applicants in any of the categories listed above would lead to
oversubscription the following provisions will be applied.
Siblings: The attendance of a sibling who will be at the school at the time of admission will increase the
priority of an application within each category. The governors’ interpretation of a ‘sibling’ means brother or
sister and includes adopted brothers and sisters, half-brothers and sisters and step brothers and sisters
residing at the same address.
Same family (e.g. twins & multiple births): Applications will be given priority within each of the rules of this
policy. Where only one place is available for more than one child within the same family, the governors will
admit the additional applicant(s). This policy notes that the school does not have to take qualifying measures
(in terms of infant class size limit) as the additional applicant(s) are ‘excepted’ (until end of KS1).

‘Tie break’: Where the offer of places to all the applicants in any of the sub-categories listed above would still
lead to oversubscription, the places up to the PAN will be offered to those living nearest to the school,
applying the distance measurement which is provided by Hertfordshire County Council. A ‘straight line’
distance measurement is used in all home to school distance measurements for community and VC schools
in Hertfordshire. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to two decimal places.
The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the
address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the
location of schools and individual residences. If two or more applicants have equal priority after applying all
the criteria, then a drawing of lots, which must be supervised by someone independent of the school) will
determine who gains the place.

Our Lady Catholic Primary School Page 4 of 11

Return to Index
1.4 Applications in the previous year

In 2016/17, the school was oversubscribed. The school received 73 applications for the 30 places (PAN).
Places were offered in accordance with the oversubscription criteria.

1.5 Process and Timeline

As a Hertfordshire school, the Governors work with the Hertfordshire Local Education Authority (‘LA’) co-
ordinated admissions arrangements.
To apply for a place at the school:
1. Applicants should complete the Hertfordshire LA Common Application Form (CAF), either online at
www.hertsdirect.org/admissions or by requesting a copy of the form from the Hertfordshire Customer
Service Centre on 0300 123 4043.
2. You are requested to complete the school’s Supplementary Information Form (‘SIF’) and return it to
the school secretary. The ‘SIF’ (a copy of which is added to this policy) is available from the school – you
can collect it from the admin office or contact the school and ask for it to be sent to you. The SIF is also
available either online at www.hertsdirect.org/admissions or by requesting a copy of the form from the
Hertfordshire Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043.
Parents / guardians are requested to complete the SIF in addition to the CAF, and to return the SIF to
the school. If a SIF is not completed the Governing Body will apply the school’s admission
arrangements using only the information supplied on the CAF, which may result in the application
being given lower priority.
1. In addition, applicants wishing to be considered under criteria 2 or 4 should submit a completed
Certificate of Catholic Practice along with the fully completed SIF. A new Certificate must be submitted
even if one has previously been supplied on application to the School Nursery.
There is no automatic transfer from the Nursery School to the Primary School. A further formal
application to the Board of Governors must be made for entry to Primary School.

Where there are more applications for places than the PAN available for Reception, the Governors will
apply the policy using the over-subscription criteria set out in this policy. By agreement, and in co-
operation with the LA, the Governors will apply admissions policy criteria to all applications equally in
accordance with the ranking system
Please note that applicants may defer entry to school up until statutory school age, i.e. the 1 st day of term
following the child’s 5th birthday. Application is made in the usual way and then the deferral is requested. The
place will then be held until the 1st day of the Spring or Summer term as applicable. Applicants may also
request that their child attend part-time until statutory school age is reached. Entry may not be deferred
beyond statutory school age or beyond the year of application.

Reception Year Deferred Entry

A child is entitled to a full-time school place in the September following his / her 4th birthday. Applicants may
defer entry to school up until the compulsory school age i.e. the first day of the term following the child’s fifth
birthday. Application is made in the usual way and then the deferral until January or April is requested. The
place will then be held until the first day of the spring or summer term as applicable. Entry may be deferred
beyond compulsory school age or beyond the year for which the application has been made. Therefore
applications whose children have birthday in the summer term may only defer until the 1 st April 2020. Upon
receipt of the offer of a place a parent should notify the school as soon as possible if they wish to defer until
the spring or summer term.

Our Lady Catholic Primary School Page 5 of 11

Return to Index
Summer Born children: If a parent wishes his/her summer born child to start school in Reception in the
September following his / her 5th birthday i.e. a child born between 1st April – 31st August being admitted to
Reception at 5 years of age, they should make the school aware of this by writing a letter to the Chair of
Governors at the time of application. Parents must then submit an application in the normal way. This
application will be treated in the same way as all other applications and there is no guarantee that an offer will
be made.

Timeline
 The deadline for the admissions round for September 2019 Entry (“Application Deadline”) is tbc by Herts.
Both the CAF and SIF, along with the Certificate of Catholic Practice and the applicant’s valid baptismal
certificate (if applicable), should be completed and submitted by this date. Applications filed after this
date are considered late.
 Late applications are usually considered only after the initial offer of places in April. However, in
exceptional circumstances, the Local Authority and the School’s Governing Body may consider late
applications earlier.
 The Local Authority will send offer letters on tbc by Herts by first class post to all parents who have
applied by the Application Deadline.

1.6 Additional provisions

Continuing Interest List (‘Waiting List’)

The school maintains a ‘continuing interest list’ for unsuccessful applicants who formally register with the
school office the wish to be considered for a place should one become available in the future. This list is
maintained by the governing body in the order of the over-subscription criteria in force at the time and not in
the order in which the applications are received. When a place becomes available, the Governing Body will
make an offer and inform the parent / guardian that there is a place available. The continuing interest list
remains open for 1 academic year from when the applicant is due to start school. Names are removed from
the list after one year, unless applicants request in writing to remain on the list.

Education Health and Care Plan (EHC)

The admission of pupils with an Education Health and Care Plan (EHC) is dealt with by a completely separate
procedure. Details of this separate procedure are set out in the Special Educational Needs Code of Practice.
If your child has an EHC plan you must contact your local authority SEN officer. Children with this school
named in the EHC Olan will be admitted to the school.
Appeals procedure
If a place cannot be offered then you may ask the school for the reasons and you will be informed of your
right of appeal. You will be offered the opportunity of being placed on the continued interest list.
Hertfordshire Parents wishing to appeal, who applied on line, should log onto their on line application and
click on the link “register an appeal”. If the application was not made using the Hertfordshire online
application system, parents should contact the Customer Service Centre (0300 123 4043) to request an
appeal pack.

For In Year Appeals parents should contact the Chair of the Governing Body.

Our Lady Catholic Primary School Page 6 of 11

Return to Index
In Year Provisions.
In Year admissions are co-ordinated by the Governing Body, and applications must be made through the
local authority in the same way as those made during the ‘normal’ admissions round (including regard to the
SIF & other supplementary information). In Year Application forms can be completed at
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions

The Governing Body, through the Local Authority, will notify the parent / guardian and the child will be
admitted. If more applications are received than there are places available, then applications will be ranked
by the governing body in accordance with the over-subscription criteria in place at the time with the following
modification: Catholic children without an offer of a school place elsewhere are given priority immediately
after ‘Catholic children looked after’; similarly, other children without an offer of a school place elsewhere are
given priority immediately after ‘children looked after’, similarly, other children without an offer of a school
place elsewhere are given priority immediately after ‘children looked after’
Fair access protocols
The school is committed to taking its fair share of children who are vulnerable and / or hard to place, as set
out in locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal admissions round the governing body is
empowered to give absolute priority to a child where the admission is requested under any local protocol that
has been agreed by both the Diocese and the governing body for the current school year. The governing
body has this power even when admitting the child would mean exceeding the published admission number.

Applications received after the closing date will be dealt with after the initial allocation process has
been completed.

1.7 Further definitions

‘Adopted’ An adopted child is any child who has been formally adopted and whose parent / guardian can
give proof of adoption.
Children looked after/previously looked after ‘Children in Public Care’ means a child accommodated by a
Local Authority under section 22 of the Children Act. An application under this rule must be accompanied by
a letter from the child’s social worker or advisory teacher. Highest priority will also be given to children who
were looked after but ceased to be so because they were adopted, or became subject to a child
arrangements order or a special guardianship order.
‘Catholic’ means a member of a Church in full communion with the See of Rome. This includes the Eastern
Catholic Churches. This will normally be evidenced by a certificate of baptism in a Catholic Church or a
certificate of reception into the full communion of the Catholic Church. For the purposes of this policy, it
includes a looked after who is part of a Catholic family where a priest’s reference demonstrates that the child
would have been baptised or received if it were not for their status as a looked after child (e.g. a looked after
child in the process of adoption by a Catholic family)
‘Catechumen’ means a member of the catechumenate of a Catholic Church. This will normally be evidenced
by a certificate of reception into the order of catechumens.
‘Christian’, for the purposes of this policy, means a member of one of the Churches affiliated to ‘Churches
Together in Britain and Ireland’.
‘Eastern Christian Church’ includes Orthodox Churches, and is normally evidenced by a certificate of
baptism or reception from the authorities of that Church.
‘Parent’ is defined as the person or persons who have legal responsibility for the child.
‘Certificate of Catholic Practice’ means a certificate given by the family’s parish priest (or the priest in
charge of the church where the family practices) in the form laid down by the Bishops’ Conference of England
and Wales which is laid down by the Diocese.
‘Resident’ A child is deemed to be resident at a particular address when he / she resides there for more than
50% of the school week.
‘Residence Order’ A residence order is an order under the terms of the Children Act 1989 s.8 settling the
arrangements to be made as to the person which whom the child is to live. A child who was ‘looked after’
immediately before the residence order is made qualifies for this category.

Our Lady Catholic Primary School Page 7 of 11

Return to Index
‘Special Guardianship Order’ A special guardianship order is an order under the terms of the Children Act
1989 s.14A appointing one or more individuals to be the child’s special guardian(s). A child who was ‘looked
after’ immediately before the special guardianship order is made qualifies for this category.
For the purposes of this policy, parish boundaries are as shown on the map which is available from the
school, the parish or the LA. Distances will be measured from the main entrance of the school using the Local
Authority criteria.

Our Lady Catholic Primary School Page 8 of 11

Return to Index
Diocese of Westminster
Catholic Primary Schools
Supplementary Information Form (SIF) 2019/20

Please note:
1) Admission to Nursery does not guarantee a place in Reception Class, and that;
2) You must also complete a common application (CAF) form.

Please return this form to the school office.

Our Lady Catholic Primary School
Woodhall Lane,
Welwyn Garden City,
Hertfordshire AL7 3TF

1: Child’s Details
Child’s surname:
Child’s Christian or other 1st name:
Home Address:

Postcode:

Date of birth:

2: Parent / Carer Details

Parent(s) / Carer(s) name:

Address (if different from above):

Telephone number:
Email:

Alternative contact details Name:

Address:
Telephone number:
Email:

3: Siblings
Names of brothers or sisters at this
school:
(Please specify Year Group)

Our Lady Catholic Primary School Page 9 of 11

Return to Index
4: Details of Religion
Religion of child: a) Catholic b) Other Christian c) Other faith (Please
(Please tick if applies) (Please specify) specify)

Catholic Parish you live in:

Church where child was baptised

and date of baptism:
(baptism certificate required)

Name and position of priest or

religious leader supplying
Certificate of Catholic Practice
(where appropriate):

5: Other details
Is your child ‘looked after’ by the Local Authority, adopted or
subject to a child arrangements or special guardianship order
YES NO
having previously been ‘looked after’?
(Please circle your response)

Does your child have exceptional medical, pastoral or social needs

that can only be met by attendance at this school?
YES NO
(Please circle your response)
NB: Professional evidence will be required.

I confirm that I have read and understood the Admissions Policy and that the
information I have provided is correct. I understand that I must notify the school
immediately if there is any change to these details and that should any information I
have given prove to be inaccurate that the governors may withdraw any offer of a
place even if the child has already started school.

Signed……………………………………………………… Date…..…………………

Please note:
• (Where applicable) A Certificate of Catholic Practice is appended to this document. It is
also available from the Parish Priest or from the Diocese of Westminster website at
www.rcdow.org.uk/Education
• Applicants from other Christian denominations and other faiths may attach a letter
confirming membership of the faith community from their minister or religious leader.
• You must complete your local authority’s Common Application Form and return it to the
council offices by the closing date. If you do not do this you will not be offered a place.

Our Lady Catholic Primary School Page 10 of 11

Return to Index
Important checklist: have you also……? (Please tick boxes)
1. Completed the Local Authority on-line Common Application Form
2. Enclosed baptismal certificate*
3. Enclosed completed Certificate of Catholic Practice *
4. Enclosed additional documentation / information (e.g. evidence of exceptional need) *
* Means where applicable

If your application is not complete we will contact. Incomplete applications will not be
considered.

For office use

Date form received …………………………………….

Acknowledgement slip

From: The Headteacher of Our Lady Catholic Primary

School

To the parent / guardian of ………………………………………. ……………………………….

I have received on ............................ (date) your application for your child to attend this
school.

Please note that the fact that your child’s application has been received does not mean that
a place will necessarily be available or offered. This will depend on the volume of
applications, and if the school is oversubscribed places will be offered in accordance with
the admission criteria.

Please keep this slip as a record of your application.

Date …………………………….. Signed

…………………………………………………………

Our Lady Catholic Primary School Page 11 of 11

Return to Index
 OXHEY WOOD PRIMARY SCHOOL

Herts for Learning Multi Academy Trust

Draft Admissions Policy for 2019/2020 (for consultation)

Oxhey Wood Primary School (the “School”) is an academy within the Herts for Learning Multi
Academy Trust (the “Trust”)

The Trust is the admissions authority for the School and is therefore responsible for determining and
implementing the admission arrangements for the School each year in accordance with the School
Admissions Code 2014 (“the Code”) and other legislation.

EQUALITY AND INCLUSION

The School is fully inclusive and welcomes applications for the admission of children of all abilities
and needs, including those with special educational needs and disabilities. The School fully complies
with its responsibilities under the Equality Act 2010.

PUBLISHED ADMISSION NUMBER (“PAN”)

The School will provide for the admission of the appropriate number of children in accordance with
the published admission number (“PAN”). The PAN for Reception Year at the School is 60.

This means that the School will admit up to that number of children in the September of the school
year to which this policy applies.

Where fewer applications are received than the PAN, the School will offer places to all those who
have applied.

Applications for places in Reception should be made on the Local Authority’s Common Application
Form. This is accessible on the LA’s website and must be submitted in accordance with the LA’s
published deadlines for applications, namely Tuesday 15th January 2019.

Late applications will be accepted but will not be considered until all applications received on or
before the application deadline have been processed, which will reduce the chance of achieving a
place for the child.

CHILDREN WHO CURRENTLY HAVE A NURSERY PLACE AT THE SCHOOL

The School has an on-site nursery. Where a child attends the School’s nursery, an application for
admission into Reception Year must still be submitted. There is no automatic transfer from the
nursery to Reception Year at the School.

Return to Index
CHILDREN WITH AN EDUCATION HEALTH AND CARE PLAN

There are separate statutory procedures in place which govern the admission of children with special
educational needs (“SEN”) for whom an education health and care plan (“EHC plan”) has been issued
by their Local Authority. This means that the parents of children who have an EHC plan should not
apply for admission of their child to the School under this Admission Policy. If parents have a
preference for the School to be named as the provider in their child’s EHC plan, the Local Authority
needs to be made aware of this so that they can consider whether the School is suitable in
consultation with the child’s parents and the School.

Where a child’s EHC plan names the School as the provider, the child will be admitted to the School
even if this will result in the published admission number (“PAN”) for that year group, or the
statutory maximum infant class size, being exceeded. Where admission is to Reception Year in
September (i.e. in the normal admission round), the number of places available within the PAN for
other children will be reduced.

Where a child is in the process of being assessed by the Local Authority to establish whether an EHC
plan should be made, parents should speak to the Local Authority before applying for admission
under this Admission Policy, to check the stage the assessment has reached and whether a decision
to make an EHC plan will be made before the application deadline as, if it has, an application under
this Admission Policy will not be necessary.

OVERSUBSCRIPTION CRITERIA

After the admission of pupils with Statements of Special Educational Needs and where the School is
oversubscribed, priority for admission will be given to those children in priority order below:

1. Looked after children and previously looked after children (or became subject to a child
arrangements order or a special guardianship order) with those living nearer receiving higher
priority.

A “looked after child” is a child in public care at the date on which the application is made. A
“previously looked after child” is a child who was in public care, but ceased to be so because
they were adopted or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order
immediately after being in public care.

To be included in this category, the application for admission must be supported by the
relevant Local Authority’s Children’s Services Department. In the case of a previously looked
after child, a copy of the adoption or special guardianship order must also accompany the
application for admission.

2. Children who the Trust accepts have an exceptional medical or social need for a place at the
school with those living nearer receiving higher priority.

This category gives priority to children for whom Warren Dell Primary School is the only
school that is appropriate for the child to attend because of the child’s exceptional medical
or social need.

Applications under this priority must be accompanied by a Priority 2 Form, which is available
from our website.

Part A of the Priority 2 Form must be completed by the parent(s) before being provided to
the child or parent’s doctor, social worker or other relevant independent professional who
3

Return to Index
 must then completed Part B, sign, stamp and date the form. The doctor, social worker or
other relevant independent professional must expressly confirm not only the nature of the
exceptional medical or social need of the child, but also the reason why it is appropriate for
the child to attend the school, why no other school is suitable, and the reasons why this is
the case.

The completed, signed and stamped Priority 2 Form must be provided with the common
application form. An application under this priority will not be considered in cases where
the completed, signed and stamped Priority 2 Form is received after the common application
form has been submitted.

Applications under Priority 2 will be considered by the Academy Governing Body (or the
relevant Admissions Committee).

3. Linked School: This rule does not apply to this school (for infant and junior schools only)

4. Children with a brother or sister already attending the school and who will still be attending
on the date of admission with those living nearer receiving higher priority

Note: this category includes full brothers and sisters, adopted, or foster brothers and sisters,
half brothers and sisters or stepbrothers and sisters. Parents/Guardians should note that in
all these cases, the brother or sister must be living at the same address as the child for
whom the application is being made.

For the avoidance of doubt, other children within the family (for example, cousins) who live
at the same address because members of the child’s extended family (for example, aunts
and uncles) also live there, will not be regarded as siblings for the purpose of this priority.

In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as long as they will still be in
attendance at the time of admission

5. Children of school staff where:

a. the member of staff has been employed at the school for two or more years at the time
at which the application for admission to the school is made; and / or

b. where the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a
demonstrable shortage with those living nearer receiving higher priority.

For the purposes of satisfying these criteria, a member of staff is defined as a permanent
member of the teaching staff, or a permanent member of the non-teaching staff. This
definition does not include contract staff. This definition does not include peripatetic staff
employed by HCC. The child must be living permanently with the member of staff.

6. All other children.

Children not falling into any of the above categories will be allocated places in this category
by reference to the proximity of the child’s home address (as defined by this policy) to the
School, with those living nearer receiving higher priority.

Return to Index
DISTANCE MEASURING

Hertfordshire County Council’s ‘straight line’ distance measurement system is used for all home to
school distance measurements. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to
two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of
your child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally
recognised method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

In the case of multi-dwelling buildings (for example, an apartment block), the distance will be
measured from same GIS determined point in the building regardless of the actual location within
the building of the child’s home address, with the tie breaker being applied if more than one
application is received for children living in the building (see below).

TIE BREAKER

Where two applications cannot otherwise be separated because the distance between the child’s
home address (as defined by this policy) to the School is the same, the order in which places will be
allocated will be determined by random lottery using the Local Authority’s software in the presence
of a person who is independent of the School.

CHILD’S HOME ADDRESS

The address given on the application form must be the child’s main home address, which will usually
be the address at which Child Benefit is claimed or if there is no entitlement to Child Benefit, then
the address at which the child is registered with their GP will be used. A business address or the
address of a parent with whom the child does not live, a relative or a child minder must not be given.

The child’s home address stated must be a residential property that is the child’s only or main
residence, and not an address at which he or she might sometimes stay or sleep.

Where a child spends part of the week with different parents/carers the home address will be the
address at which the child spends the majority of weekday nights during term time. If two addresses
are given, only one will be accepted, which will be the address which meets the definition stated
above. Where there is a dispute over which address is the child’s main home address, the address at
which Child Benefit is claimed or if there is no entitlement to Child Benefit, then the address at
which the child is registered with their GP will be deemed to be their main home address.

Proof of residence or offer of letting from landlord will be required.

STATUTORY MAXIMUM INFANT CLASS SIZE

The maximum number of pupils legally permitted to be in a class in Reception Year, Year 1 or Year 2
class is 30 pupils.

There are specified circumstances in which some categories of children will not be counted towards
the class size, allowing for these children to be admitted to a class containing 30 or more pupils
without breaching the statutory maximum infant class size. These children are known as “excepted
pupils” until the class size falls back to 30 pupils. Parents are referred to Paragraph 2.15 of the Code
(which is accessible on the Department for Education’s website) for further details in this respect.

Children of multiple birth

If the last child to be offered a place (the 30th place in a school with a PAN of 30 for example) we will
endeavour to admit the child’s twin, triplet etc., if they all apply at the same time. This is because
5

Return to Index
the School Admissions Code allows us to admit such siblings as exceptions to the infant class size
limit and operate with classes of over 30.

CHILDREN OF UK SERVICE PERSONNEL AND CROWN SERVANTS

The School will accept applications for the admission of the children of UK Armed Forces Personnel
with a confirmed posting in the area of the School, or the children of Crown Servants returning from
overseas to live in the area of the School, in advance of them arriving. These children do not have to
be living at the stated home address at the application deadline, as all other children do.

The application for admission must be supported by an official letter declaring the relocation date
and a Unit postal address or quartering area address, which will be used as the child’s home address
for the purpose of applying this Admission Policy.

FAIR ACCESS

The school is committed to taking its fair share of vulnerable children who are hard to place, in
accordance with locally agreed protocols. Children admitted under the protocol will be prioritised
above those on the waiting list.

WAITING LISTS

The School will operate a waiting list for each year group. Where in any year the School receives
more applications for places than there are places available, a waiting list will operate until the end
of the academic year. This will be maintained by the School and it will be open to any
parent/guardian to ask for his or her child’s name to be placed on the waiting list, following an
unsuccessful application.

Children’s position on the waiting list will be determined solely in accordance with the
oversubscription criteria. Where places become vacant they will be allocated to children on the
waiting list in accordance with the oversubscription criteria.

ARRANGEMENTS FOR ADMITTING PUPILS TO OTHER YEAR GROUPS, INCLUDING REPLACING ANY
PUPILS WHO HAVE LEFT THE SCHOOL (‘IN-YEAR ADMISSIONS’)

You can apply to change school during the school year. We call this an "in year admission".

To apply for an in-year admission to Oxhey Wood Primary please complete the ‘In year Admissions
Form’ [LINK] and send it and any supporting documentation to admin@oxheywood.herts.sch.uk

We'll let you know if you're successful within 10 working days, once we receive your application,
proof of address and any additional documents needed. If the year group applied for has a place
available, the School will admit the child. If more applications are received than there are places
available, the place will be allocated applying the oversubscription criteria set out above.

You need to accept or decline any place offered. If a place is not available, you will be given the
opportunity to have your name added to the waiting list. You will also have a right to appeal the
decision.

AGE ON ADMISSION TO RECEPTION YEAR

All children are entitled to a full-time place in Reception Year at a primary school from the

Return to Index
September following their fourth birthday. Children do not, however, reach compulsory school age
until the first of three prescribed dates after their fifth birthday. These prescribed dates are 31
December, 31 March and 31 August.

For example, a child who will reach the age of five years on 18 November will not reach compulsory
school age until the following 1 January, a child who will reach the age of five years on 22 March will
not reach compulsory school age until the following 1 April and a child who will reach the age of five
years on 3 June will not reach compulsory school age until the following 31 August.

Deferred entry and part-time attendance

Parents offered a place for their child have a right to defer entry, or to take a place up part-time,
until the start of the term beginning immediately after their child has reached compulsory school
age. However, places cannot be deferred until the next academic year. Parents can also ask that
their child attends on a part-time basis until they reach compulsory school age.

However, the start date for a child born between 1 April and 31 August who will not reach
compulsory school age until 31 August (known as a “summer born child”) cannot be deferred later
than the first day of the last term (usually when the School reopens after Easter) without losing the
place achieved, which will then be allocated to another child. Parents of “summer born children”
can, however, choose to delay their child starting school for a whole school year (see below).

Parents may also choose to send their child to school part-time until they reach compulsory school
age (i.e. on one of the three prescribed dates stated above). Unlike the right to defer entry, this
right can be exercised during the last term in the case of “summer born children”, and can also be
exercised in combination with the right to defer the child’s start date until later in the school year, as
set out above.

For example, a child born on 18 November could start school part-time from 1 September and then
full-time from 1 January, and a child born on 22 March could start school part-time from either 1
September or 1 January and then full-time from 1 April.

Delayed entry for “summer born children”

Parents of summer born children have the following options in relation to their child:

1. To start school full-time in Reception Year in the September following their fourth birthday in
the usual way; or

2. To retain the place they have achieved for their child in Reception Year and decide that their
child will start school later in the school year (i.e. deferred entry) and/or attend part-time, as
set out above; or

3. To lose any place achieved for their child in Reception Year and delay (rather than defer) their
child starting school for one whole school year (i.e. following September).

Parents choosing to exercise the third option will need to decide whether they want their child to be
admitted to Year 1 in the following September with their usual age group (subject to their being an
available place in Year 1, as no place will be have been reserved for the child) or be admitted to
Reception Year in the following September with children below their normal age group.

The latter option requires parents to submit a separate Application for Admission Outside Normal
7

Return to Index
Age Group to the AGB of the School (see below). In the event that the Application for Admission
Outside Normal Age Group is approved by the Academy Governing Body, there is no guarantee that
a place will be available in the preferred year group. Once a decision has been made, the School will
apply its oversubscription criteria to decide whether a place can be offered in that age group. This
means that, although the parents may have obtained the School’s agreement to their child being
admitted below its normal age range into Reception Year one school year after being eligible to start
school, their child may not achieve a place in Reception Year at the School the following year.

In the case of summer born children seeking to delay starting school for one school year and then to
be admitted into Reception Year below their normal age group, an application for admission into
Reception Year using with the child’s normal age group should be made in the usual way
accompanied by a request to be admitted into Reception Year the following year (by completing the
“Application For Admission Outside Normal Age Group Form” with supporting evidence).

Provided the application is received in time, parents will receive a response to their request before
primary national offer day. If a request is agreed, the application for the normal age group may be
withdrawn before a place is offered. If a request is refused, the parent must decide whether to:

a. accept the offer of a place for the normal age group (if an offer is made); or

b. refuse it and make an in year application for admission to Year 1 for the September
following the child’s fifth birthday (there is no guarantee that places will be available in Year
1 if the school is oversubscribed).

Where a parent’s request for admission outside of the normal age group for summer born children is
agreed, a new application must be submitted as part of the main admissions round the following
year.

Parents do not have a right of appeal if they have been offered a place and it is not in the year group
they would like. However, parents may make a complaint about the School’s decision not to admit
their child outside their normal age group.

ADMISSION OF CHILDREN OUTSIDE THEIR NORMAL AGE GROUP

Parents may request that their child is admitted to a year group outside their normal age range, for
instance where the child is gifted or talented or where a child has suffered from particular social or
medical issues impacting his or her schooling. All such requests will be considered on their merits
and either agreed or refused, on that basis. If a request is refused, the child will still be considered
for admission to their normal age group.

Parents wishing to submit a request for their child to be admitted outside their normal age group
should submit an “Application For Admission Outside Normal Age Group Form” which is available
from oxheywood.herts.sch.uk

The process for requesting such an admission is as follows:

With the application, parents should request that the child is admitted to another year group (state
which one), and the reasons for that request. Parents will submit any evidence in support of their
case with the application, for instance from a medical practitioner, Headteacher etc. Some of the
evidence a parent might submit could include:

Return to Index
 1. Whether the child is ‘summer born’ and is seeking admission to a year group other than
reception (or is seeking admission to reception rather than year 1);

2. Information about the child’s academic, social and emotional development;

3. Where relevant, their medical history and the views of a medical professional;

4. Whether they have previously been educated out of their normal age group;

5. Whether they may naturally have fallen into a lower age group if it were not for being born
prematurely.

This is a non-exhaustive list. There may be other factors that the Academy Governing Board will
consider. The school will consider each case on its merits, taking into account the individual
circumstances of the request and the child’s best interests. We will also ensure the parent is aware
of whether the request for admission out of age group has been agreed before final offers are made,
and the reason for any refusal. Requests for admission out of the normal year group will be
considered alongside other applications made at the same time. An application from a child who
would ‘normally’ be a year 1 child for a reception place will be considered alongside applications for
reception.

ARRANGEMENTS FOR APPEALS PANELS

Parents/Carers will have the right of appeal to an Independent Appeal Panel if they are dissatisfied
with an admission decision of the School. The Appeal Panel will be independent of the School. The
arrangements for Appeals will be in line with the Code of Practice on School Admission Appeals
published by the Department for Education. The determination of the appeal panel will be made in
accordance with the Code of Practice on School Admission Appeals and is binding on all parties.

Normal admissions round

Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system for the normal
admissions round should log in to their online application and click on the link “register an appeal”.
Out of county residents and paper applicants should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123
4043 to request their registration details and log into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and
click on the link “log into the appeals system”.

In-year admissions

For in-year admissions, we will write to you with the outcome of your application and, if you have
been unsuccessful, the county council will write to you with registration details to enable you to
login and appeal online at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals

THE SCHOOL EXPECTS PARENTS TO PROVIDE TRUE AND ACCURATE INFORMATION. IF IT IS

DISCOVERED THAT FALSE INFORMATION HAS BEEN PROVIDED, THE OFFER OF A PLACE IS LIKELY
TO BE WITHDRAWN.

Return to Index
 [SCHOOL LOGO] 

[Name of school] 

PRIORTY 2 FORM ‐ EXCEPTIONAL MEDICAL OR SOCIAL NEED 

REPORT FROM A DOCTOR, SOCIAL WORKER OR OTHER RELEVANT 
INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL 

Part A of this form must be completed by a parent.  The form should then be provided to the doctor, social 
worker or other relevant independent professional who should complete Part B, sign, date and stamp the 
form, before returning it to the parent if the parent wants to rely on this priority in order to achieve a place 
at the school.  The form must be submitted at the same time as the Common Application Form.  

This  form  is  intended  to  support  an  application  for  admission  under  Priority  2  of  the  academy’s/school’s 
Admission Policy, which states: 

“Priority 2 – Children who the Trust accepts have an exceptional medical or social need for a place at the 
school”: 

Children for whom [Name of School] is the only school that is appropriate for the child to attend because of 
the child’s exceptional medical or social need, will be admitted under this priority.   

Applications under this priority must be accompanied by Priority 2 Form, Part A of which must be completed 
by  the  parents  before  being  provided  to  the  child  or  parent’s  the  doctor,  social  worker  or  other  relevant 
independent professional who must then completed Part B, sign, stamp and date the form.  The doctor, social 
worker  or  other  relevant  independent  professional  must  expressly  confirm  not  only  the  nature  of  the 
exceptional medical or social need of the child or parent, but also the reason why it is appropriate for the child 
to attend the school, why no other school is suitable, and the reasons why this is the case.   

The completed, signed and stamped Priority 2 Form must be provided with the common application form.  An 
application  under  this  priority  will  not  be  considered  in  cases  where  the  completed,  signed  and  stamped 
Priority 2 Form is received after the common application form has been submitted.” 

Instructions to Hertfordshire County Council: please ensure that this form is kept 
confidential  and  is  processed  only  to  the  extent  that  it  is  necessary  to  pass  the 
information to the school.  Please ensure that the forms are sent to the school by a 
secure  means.    Please  contact  HCC’s  Strategy  &  Policy  Manager,  Admissions  & 
Transport, for further details. 

1 

Return to Index
 

PART A – To be completed by Parent 

Child’s Surname:   

Child’s Forename(s):   

Child’s Date of Birth:   

Child’s Main Home Address:   

   

   

   

This form should now be handed to the child’s doctor, social worker or other relevant independent 
professional for completion of Part B. 

2 

Return to Index
PART  B  –  To  be  completed  by  a  doctor,  social  worker  or  other 
relevant independent professional then returned to the parent 

Name of person with an   
exceptional  medical or 
social need: 

Please confirm the nature   
of the exceptional medical 
or social need:   

   

   

   

In your professional opinion, is [NAME OF SCHOOL] the only school which is appropriate for the 
child to attend as a result of their medical or social need? 

 
Yes    No   
 

Please state your reasons   
for stating [NAME OF 
SCHOOL] is the only school   
which is appropriate for the 
child to attend:   

   

   

   

3 

Return to Index
   

   

Please explain the   
difficulties the child would 
experience if the child   
attended another school 
within a reasonable   
distance of the child’s main 
home address:   

   

   

   

   

Signed:   

Print Name:   

Position:   

4 

Return to Index
 Organisation:   

Organisation’s address:   

Date:   

Official Stamp:   

Note to professional: please return the completed form to the parent named above by a secure 
means.  It is the parent’s responsibility to submit the form as part of the admissions application 
process. 

5 

Return to Index
               
 

[SCHOOL LOGO]   

[SCHOOL/ACADEMY NAME] 

APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION OUTSIDE NORMAL AGE GROUP 

This is not an application for admission – it is an application to the Academy Governing Board for their 
agreement in principle to the child being admitted to any year group other than the child’s normal year 
group. The completed form and any supporting documentation must be submitted to [School/Academy 
Name]  for  consideration  by  the  Academy  Governing  Board  as  soon  as  possible.    Regardless  of  the 
outcome of this application, a separate application for admission will need to be made in the usual way, 
and  will  be  considered  with  all  other  applications  received,  applying  the  oversubscription  criteria  as 
appropriate.   

In the case of children born between 1 April and 31 August (known as “summer born children”) whose 
parents want them to start Reception Year one year later than usual (i.e. in the September following 
their fifth birthday, rather than the September following their fourth birthday), the application should 
be made well in advance of the application deadline for the child’s admission to Reception Year with 
their  normal  age  group,  to  keep  all  options  open.    Where  the  Academy  Governing  Board  agrees  an 
application in principle, their letter confirming this should accompany the subsequent application for 
admission. 

This form should be read alongside the School’s/Academy’s Admissions Policy. 

This form should be completed by the parent with whom the child lives for more than 50% of their 
time from Monday to Friday during term time.  Please complete in block capitals using black ink.  All 
names  provided  must  be  formal  names,  as  stated  in  passports  and  other  formal  documents.    The 
completed form should be forwarded to the school office at School/Academy name. 

 
 

PART A – CHILD’S DETAILS 

Child’s Surname:   

Child’s Forename(s):   

Child’s Date of Birth:   

Child’s Main Home Address:   

(as defined in the Admissions Policy) 

 
 
1 
Return to Index
 PART B – PARENT’S DETAILS 

Parent’s Surname:   

Parent’s Forename(s):   

Parent’s Home Address:   

(If different) 

Parent’s Email Address:   

Parent’s Contact Number:   

 
 

PART C – APPLICATION DETAILS 

What date do you want the child to be admitted?   

What  year  group  do  you  want  the  child  to  be   
admitted to? 

What year group would the child’s normal age group   
be in? 

Please  give  detailed  reasons  for  your  belief  that  it  is  in  the  best  interests  of  your  child  to  be  admitted 
outside their normal age group.  In doing so, please consider the following factors which will be considered 
by the Academy Governing Board: 

• The parents’ views; 
• The Headteacher’s view; 
• The child’s academic, social and emotional development; 
• Where relevant, the child’s medical history and the views of their medical professionals; 
• Whether the child has previously been educated outside of their normal age group; 
• Whether the child would have naturally have fallen into a lower age range were it not for having been 
born prematurely. 

This is a non‐exhaustive list.  There may be other factors that the Academy Governing Board will consider.  

 
   

2 
Return to Index
 

       
 
   
3 
Return to Index
 
 

Please list all documents attached in support of your application: 

 
 
 

PART D – PARENT’S SIGNATURE 

I certify that the information provided in this form is true and accurate, to the best of my knowledge and 
belief: 

Signed:   

Print name:   

Date:   

   
 

4 
Return to Index
  
School logo 
 
 
School name 
 
Application Form 
In Year Admissions 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 Before you fill in this form, please read the guidance documents and information on our website 
at school website info 
 
 Supplementary Information Forms (if applicable) and any additional supporting documentation 
should be returned direct to the school 
 
 Please complete this form using black ink and CAPITAL LETTERS 
 
 You must include two recent (within the last 3 months) forms of address evidence. One must 
be a council tax bill, utility bill, solicitor’s letter showing completion date or a signed tenancy 
agreement. Please do not send originals.  
 
 If moving/returning to the UK, you must also provide evidence of your arrival. This can be flight 
itinerary, boarding passes or ferry/train tickets. 
 
 
We cannot process an application without evidence of your address. 
   

Return to Index
 
 
Section 1: Your child’s details 
 
 
Date place is required*:  

 
*Places are offered on the basis that they will be taken up within 10 school days. Please do not apply more 
than 4 weeks in advance of the date you require a place unless you are a service family. 
 

 
Your child’s details: 
 
First name  Middle name(s)  Family name/Surname 
   
Date of birth  Current Year Group*  Female / Male 

 
*Hertfordshire will allocate a place into the usual year group based on your child’s date of birth. If you wish 
your child to be educated in a different year group to that indicated by their date of birth, please provide 
further details with this form. 
 
 

Your child’s current  Current address 
address and postcode   
   
We check addresses and   
we will withdraw our offer   
of a school place if you   
give a false address 
Postcode 
   
  
 
Your child’s new  If you are moving house, please provide the new address below: 
address and postcode   
Date of move*   
 
 
Postcode 
   
 
*Please ensure you enclose proof of your new address including the move date. This can be either a 
solicitor’s letter confirming completion or a copy of the formal lease agreement. If you are moving to a rental 
property, please provide evidence that you have sold or are in the process of selling your previous property, 
or that a previous lease agreement has ended. We will not be able to take into account a new address 
without proof as referred to above. 
 
   

Return to Index
Section 2: Application details 
 
 
Does the child have a sibling at the school? * If yes, please give details below:  Yes □ No □ 

Name:  Male/Female: 
 
  Date of birth: 

 
*A sibling is either the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of the 
parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after and in every case living permanently 
in a placement within the home as part of the family household. 
 
 
Does your child have an Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) or 
Yes □ No □ 
statement of special needs (SN)? 
 
A Statement of SN or an EHCP is a document written by the local authority detailing the child’s needs and the 
measures the school will take to help them. The SEN team at the local authority manage admissions for 
children with a statement and your application will be passed to them.  
 
 
Is the child you are making an application for in the care of the Local 
Yes □ No □ 
Authority (Child Looked After)? 
If yes, please indicate which local authority and include a supporting letter from the child’s social 
worker and/or advisory teacher: 
 
 
Was your child previously looked after but was then adopted or became 
Yes □ No □ 
subject to a child arrangements order or special guardianship order? 

If yes, please provide supporting evidence including a copy of the adoption order if applicable 
 
 

Are you applying under Rule 2 (exceptional medical or social needs)?*  Yes □ No □ 
*You must include supporting professional evidence clearly demonstrating why your child’s needs can only 
be met at one specific school. Please include all the evidence you wish us to consider as we can only 
consider the information received at the time of application. Rule 2 can only be re‐considered if there has 
been an exceptional change of circumstances 
 
 
 

Are you applying under the Children of Staff rule if applicable*?    Yes □    No □ 
*This is not currently applicable at this school 

 
 
 

Return to Index
 Are you or your partner UK service personnel or a crown servant?  Yes □ No □ 

If yes, please include an official MOD, FC or GCHQ letter showing relocation date 
 
 
 
Your child’s current school       
 
School Name  School Address 

Date last attended  
 
(if your child has left):   
 
 

 
Section 3: Your details 
 
Name of person making the  Title  Initial  Family Name 
application  (Usually a parent/carer) 

Address if different to that given 
above 

Daytime telephone number 

Email address 
Our preferred way to contact you 

Your relationship to the child 
 
 
Is the child living with you under a private fostering arrangement? 
This is where the child lives with an adult who is not a close relative i.e. not a   Yes □   No □ 
parent, grandparent, sibling, aunt or uncle. 
Do you have parental responsibility? *   Yes □   No □ 

If no, please provide permission from the person(s) with parental responsibility confirming they are 
in agreement with the application. 
 
 
   

Return to Index
 
 
Section 4: Parental declaration 
 
If you deliberately give false information, we may withdraw the offer of a school place. 
 
All of the information I have given on this form is correct and up to date.  
 
I have read and understand the school’s admissions policy. 
 
I understand that you will inform my child’s current school of this application and will share the 
information in this application with the schools listed on this form and, if different, the allocated 
school.  
 
I understand that my child must be able to take up the allocated school place immediately and 
that the place may be withdrawn if not accepted within 10 school days. 
 
I confirm I have parental responsibility for this child and/or the agreement of all 
persons with parental responsibility  □ 
 
I enclose:      Supporting evidence relating to the application, including proof of  □ 
arrival if applicable  
  □ 
Proof of address ‐ we cannot process the application without this. 
   
 

Your full name   

Your signature    Date:   
     
 
 
Please return this application form to the office of name of school 
School address 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  It is very important that you include all necessary
 
documentation
 
with your application in order to avoid any
  delays.
 
 

Return to Index
 Proposed admission arrangements for Parkside School for 2019/20

The school’s published admission number will be 60.

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained
schools to admit a child with a statement of special educational needs that names their
school. Children with statements of Special Educational Needs and with Education
Health and Care plans that name the school will be admitted. These children will be
admitted as part of the school’s PAN but before the oversubscription criteria are used.

If the school has more applications than places available the oversubscription criteria
set out in the rules below will be used to allocate places. If the school has fewer
applications than places available all applicants will be offered a place.

Rule 1 Children in public care (children looked after) and children who were looked
after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a child
arrangements order or a special guardianship order).

Rule 2 Medical or Social: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a
particular medical or social need to go to the school.

The school governors will determine whether the evidence provided is sufficiently
compelling to meet the requirements for this rule. The evidence must relate specifically
to the school applied for under Rule 2 and must clearly demonstrate why it is the only
school that can meet the child’s needs.

Rule 3 Sibling: Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school or linked school at
the time of application.

This applies to reception through to Year 5.

In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as long as they will still
be in attendance at the time of admission.

Rule 4 Nearest School: Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy.

This includes all schools except those which allocate places on the basis of faith.

Rule 5 Distance: Children who live nearest to the school.

If your child does not qualify under Rule 4, they will be considered under Rule 5.

Tiebreak

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify
under a particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by
applying the next rule to those children. Where there is a need for a tie-breaker where
two different addresses measure the same distance from a school, in the case of a block
of flats for example the lower door number will be deemed nearest as logically this will
be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two identical addresses of
separate applicants, the tiebreak will be random.

Return to Index
Parkside School will use the same definitions and measuring system as outlined in
Hertfordshire County Council’s admissions literature, “Applying for a school place”.

In Year Admissions

The school will remain part of the county council’s coordinated In Year admissions
scheme.

Application forms can be accessed via www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions or from

the Customer Service Centre, 0300 123 4043. Parents should return the application
form direct to the County Council (address on the form).

Distance

Hertfordshire County Council’s ‘straight line’ distance measurement system is used for
all home to school distance measurements. Distances are measured using a
computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from
the AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the address point of
the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying
the location of schools and individual residences.

Fair Access

The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit
children under this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Multiple births

If a twin or multiple birth child is allocated the final place available, the school will also
offer places to the other twin/multiple birth children.

Appeals

Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system should log
in to their online application and click on the link “register an appeal”. Out of county
residents and paper applicants should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123
4043 to request their registration details and log into
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click on the link “log into the appeals
system.”

For In Year Admissions HCC will write to you with the outcome of your application and
if you have been unsuccessful, will include registration details to enable you to login and
appeal online at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals.

Explanatory notes and definitions for the admission arrangements for community and
voluntary-controlled schools in Hertfordshire for 2019/20

The following definitions apply to terms used in the admissions criteria:

Return to Index
Rule 1: Children looked after and children who were previously looked after, but ceased
to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order¹
or a special guardianship order²)

Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the
School Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission
Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2012.

These children will be prioritised under rule 1.

Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a
special guardianship order.

A “child looked after” is a child who is:

a) in the care of a local authority, or

b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social
services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for
admission under rule 1.³

Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children
looked after providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be
prioritised under Rule 1.

Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the
subject of a child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be
prioritised under rule 1. Applications made for these children, with suitable supporting
professional evidence, can be considered under rule 2.

¹ Child arrangements order

Under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which amended section 8 of
the Children Act 1989, residence orders have now been replaced by child arrangements
orders which settle the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child
is to live.

² Special guardianship order

Under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more individuals to be
a child’s special guardian or guardians.

³ This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of
the School Admissions Code that came into force on 19 December 2014.

Rule 2: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical or
social need to go to the school.

Return to Index
Rule 2 applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application, unless
there has been a significant and exceptional change of circumstances within the family
since the initial application was submitted.

All schools in Hertfordshire have experience in dealing with children with diverse social
and medical needs. However in a few very exceptional cases, there are reasons why a
child has to go to one specific school.

Few applications under Rule 2 are agreed.

All applications are considered individually but a successful application should include
the following:

a. Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only one school can meet a
child’s individual needs, and/or

b. Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making clear

why only one school can meet he child’s needs.

c. If the requested school is not the nearest school to the child’s home address clear
reasons why the nearest school is not appropriate.

d. For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or
disability makes attendance at only a specific school essential.

Evidence should make clear why only one school is appropriate.

Applications under Rule 2 can only be considered when supported by a recent letter
from a professional involved with the child or family, for example a doctor, psychologist
or police officer. The supporting evidence needs to demonstrate why only one named
school can meet the social/medical needs of the child.

Applications for children previously “looked after” but not meeting the specific criteria
outlined in Rule 1, may be made under this rule.

Further details on the Rule 2 process can be found in the Rule 2 protocol.

Rule 3 : Definition of sibling

For applications to schools using Hertfordshire County Council's admission criteria, a

sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister,
child of the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after¹
and in every case living permanently² in a placement within the home as part of the
family household from Monday to Friday at the time of this application.

A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts or
have been offered and accepted a place.

If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no
sibling connection available to subsequent children from that family.

Return to Index
¹ Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special
guardianship order or child arrangements order. This definition was amended following
a determination by the OSA in August 2014. ² A sibling link will not be recognised for
children living temporarily in the same house, for example a child who usually lives with
one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after child in a respite placement or
very short term or bridging foster placement.

Rule 4 : Definition of “nearest school” for primary/junior/middle admissions

The definition of “nearest school” includes all schools and academies (regardless of
status) unless that school or academy prioritises applications and allocates places on the
basis of faith.

Home address

The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of
application. ‘At the time of application’ means the closing date for applications.
“Permanent” means that the child has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the

The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than
one address (for example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which
the child lives at for the majority of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the
address of the parent/carer that claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be
considered as the child’s main residence.

If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be

requested.

If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation

to evidence the address that should be used for admission allocation purposes.

If two different applications are received for the same child from the same address, e.g.
containing different preferences, the application from the parent in receipt of child
benefit will be processed if the applications cannot be reconciled.

Fraudulent applications

Hertfordshire County Council will do as much as possible to prevent applications being

made from fraudulent addresses, including referring cases to the Shared Anti-Fraud
service for further investigation as necessary.

Address evidence is frequently requested, monitored and checked and school places will
be withdrawn when false information is deliberately provided. Hertfordshire County
Council will take action in the following circumstances:

• When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at their
current school;

• When a child lives at a different address to the applicant;

Return to Index
• When the applicant does not have parental responsibility;

• When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or more of
the following applies:

ο The family has moved to a property from which their application was less likely to be
successful;

ο The family has returned to an existing property;

ο The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time (anything less
than a year) over the application period;

ο Official/public records show an alternative address at the time of the application

• When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from the
address used at the time of application.

Parents/carers will need to show that they have relinquished residency ties with their
previous property and they, and their child(ren) are permanently residing at the
address given on the application form.

Applications from children* from overseas

All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16 years) in England have a right of access to
education. However, where a child is in England for a short period only, for example less
than half a term, it may be reasonable to refuse admission to a school.

An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently
overseas if, for In Year applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in
Hertfordshire within two weeks. In Year allocations are made on the assumption that
the child will accept the school place and be on roll within that timescale.

For the Primary and Secondary transfer processes, applications will not normally be
accepted from, nor places allocated to, an overseas address. The exception to this (for
both In Year and transfer processes) is for children of UK service personnel and crown
servants (and from military families who are residents of countries with a Memorandum
of Understanding with the UK). In these cases HCC will allocate a place in advance of the
family arriving in the area provided the application is accompanied by an official letter
that declares a relocation date and a HCC Unit postal address or quartering area address,
for consideration of the application against oversubscription criteria

Applications will also be considered, and places offered in advance for these families, if
the application is accompanied by an official letter that declares a relocation date but
does not provide a quartering or unit address because the family will be residing in
private accommodation. In these cases, if the family does not already have a permanent
private address in Hertfordshire, the military base or alternative “work” address in
Hertfordshire will be used for allocation purposes. If the family already has an
established alternative private address, that address will be used for admission
purposes.

HCC will also consider accepting applications from children* whose family can evidence
intent to return to and/or permanently reside in Hertfordshire prior to the start of the

Return to Index
new academic year. These applications, if accepted, will be processed from the overseas
address until sufficient evidence is received to show the child is permanently resident in
Hertfordshire. Evidence must be submitted at the time of application.

Evidence submitted after the date for late applications (4 December 2018 for secondary
transfer and 1 February 2019 for the Under 11s process) cannot be taken into account
before National Allocation Day. Decisions on these applications will be made by a panel
of senior officers and communicated with parents within 6 weeks of the closing date for
applications.

If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps because
they are working abroad at the time of application, the Hertfordshire address will not be
accepted for the purposes of admission until the child is resident at that address.

Other children, than those mentioned above, from overseas do not generally have
automatic right of entry to the UK. An application for a school place will not therefore be
accepted until they are permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Proof of residency such
as an endorsed passport or entry visa will be required with the application, in addition
to proof of Hertfordshire address, for example a council tax bill or 12 month rental
agreement.

*Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or
British Overseas passports), or have a UK passport describing them as a British citizen
or British subject with the right of abode or are European Economic Area nationals
normally have unrestricted entry to the UK.

Age of Admission and Deferral of Places

Hertfordshire County Council’s policy is that children born on and between 1 September
2014 and 31 August 2015* would normally commence primary school in Reception in
the academic year beginning in September 2019. All Hertfordshire infant, first and
primary schools provide for the full- time admission of all children offered a place in the
Reception year group from the September following their fourth birthday. If a parent
wants a full-time place for their child from September (at the school at which a place has
been offered) then they are entitled to that full-time place.

Parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the same
academic year or until the term in which the child reaches compulsory school age.
Summer born children are only able to “defer” entry to Reception class until the
beginning of the final term of the school year for which the offer was made.

Where parents wish, children can attend part-time until they reach compulsory school
age. Any parents wishing to take up a part-time place or deferred entry should contact
the individual school(s) to discuss their child’s requirements.

*Summer born children (1st April – 31st August) – Entry to Reception

Legally, a child does not have to start school until the start of the term following their
fifth birthday. Children born between 1 April 2015 and 31 August 2015 are categorised
as “summer born” and if parents/carers do not believe that their summer born child is
ready to join Reception in 2019 they should contact the home LA, and the school for
guidance before making an application.

Return to Index
Summer born applications that are delayed for a year (for entry in September 2020) will
be processed in exactly the same way as all other reception applications received at that
time; there is no guarantee that a place will be offered at a child’s preferred school.

If parents wish to delay their application for a Reception place they are advised to
discuss their child’s needs/development with their current early years or nursery
provider. If parents wish their child to remain in their existing nursery school or class
for a further year (rather than moving into the Reception year group) they must let their
current school know before the end of the Spring term in 2019 (before the Easter
break).

Children Out of Year Group (except applications for reception from summer
born)

Hertfordshire County Council’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct
chronological year group, with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the
needs of individual children. This is in line with DfE guidance which states that “in
general, children should be educated in their normal age group”.

If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group

they should, at the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant
professionals working with the child and family stating why the child must be placed
outside their normal age appropriate cohort. DfE guidance makes clear that “it is
reasonable for admission authorities to expect parents to provide them with
information in support of their request – since without it they are unlikely to be able to
make a decision on the basis of the circumstances of the case”.

The governing body is ultimately responsible for making this decision for applications
made to our school.

Nursery Provision

The admission arrangements detailed in this document do not apply for those being
admitted into any nursery or pre-school provision. The responsibility for admission into
nursery provision lies with the governing body of the school which offers such
provision.

Parents of children who are admitted to a nursery provision at a school must apply in
the normal way for a place at the school if they want their child to transfer to the
reception class. Attendance at the nursery or co-located children’s centre does not
guarantee admission to the school.

Return to Index
Admission Arrangements for Peartree Spring Primary School for 2019/20

The schools published admission number will be 90 and also uses HCC oversubscription criteria.

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained schools to
admit a child with a statement of special educational needs that names their school.
If there are fewer applications than places available at a school all applicants will be admitted. If
there are more applications than places available, the criteria outlined below will be used to
prioritise applications.
Oversubscription Criteria
Rule 1 Children in public care: (children looked after) and children who were looked after,
but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence
order or a special guardianship order).

Rule 2 Medical or Social: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a
particular medical or social need to go to the school.
A panel of officers will determine whether the evidence provided is sufficiently compelling
to meet the requirements for this rule. The evidence must relate specifically to the school
applied for under Rule 2 and must clearly demonstrate why it is the only school that can
meet the child’s needs.

Rule 3 Sibling: Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school or linked school at the
time of application.
This applies to reception through to Year 5

In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as long as they will
still be in attendance at the time of admission.

Rule 4 Nearest School: Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy.
This includes all schools except those which allocate places on the basis of faith.

Rule 5 Distance: Children who live nearest to the school.

If your child does not qualify under Rule 4, they will be considered under Rule 5.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify under a
particular rule than there are places available, a tie-break will be used by applying the next rule to
those children. Where there is a need for a tie-breaker where two different addresses measure
the same distance from a school, in the case of a block of flats for example the lower door number

Return to Index
will be deemed nearest as logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there
are two identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie-break will be random.

Peartree Spring Primary School will use the same definitions and measuring system as outlined in
Hertfordshire County Council’s admissions literature, “Applying for a school place”.

In Year Admissions The school will remain part of the county council’s coordinated In Year
admissions scheme.
Application forms can be accessed via www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions or from the
Customer Service Centre, 0300 123 4043. Parents should return the application form direct to the
County Council (address on the form).

Fair Access
The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit children under
this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Twins
If a twin or multiple birth child is allocated the final place available, the school will also offer
places to the other twin/multiple birth children.

Appeals
Reception or Secondary transfer intake:
Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system should log in to their
online application and click on the link “register an appeal”. Out of county residents and paper
applicants should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request their registration
details and log into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click on the link “log into the
appeals system”.

Explanatory notes and definitions for the admission arrangements for Peartree Spring Primary
School for 2019/20

The following definitions apply to terms used in the admissions criteria:

Rule 1: Children looked after and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because
they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order¹ or a special guardianship
order²)

Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the School
Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England)
Regulations 2012.
These children will be prioritised under rule 1.
Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because
they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special guardianship
order.

A “child looked after” is a child who is:

Return to Index
 a) in the care of a local authority, or

b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social
services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission under
rule 13.

Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked after
providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under Rule 1.
Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the subject of
a child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised under rule 1.
Applications made for these children, with suitable supporting professional evidence, can be
considered under rule 2.
¹ Child arrangements order
Under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which amended section 8 of the Children
Act 1989, residence orders have now been replaced by child arrangements orders which settle the
arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live.
² Special guardianship order
Under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s
special guardian or guardians.
³ This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the School
Admissions Code that came into force on 19 December 2014.

Rule 2: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical or social
need to go to the school

Rule 2 applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application, unless there has
been a significant and exceptional change of circumstances within the family since the initial
application was submitted.
All schools have experience in dealing with children with diverse social and medical needs.
However in a few very exceptional cases, there may be reasons why a child has to attend Peartree
Spring Primary School
Few applications under Rule 2 are agreed.
All applications are considered individually but a successful application should include the
following:
a. Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only Peartree Spring Primary School
can meet a child’s individual needs, and/or

b. Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making clear why only
one Peartree Spring Primary School can meet the child’s needs.

Return to Index
c. If Peartree Spring Primary School is not the nearest school to the child’s home address, clear
reasons why the nearest school is not appropriate.

d. For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or disability
makes attendance at Peartree Spring Primary School essential.

Evidence should make clear why only Peartree Spring Primary School is appropriate. Applications
under Rule 2 can only be considered when supported by a recent letter from a professional
involved with the child or family, for example a doctor, psychologist or police officer. The
supporting evidence needs to demonstrate why only Peartree Spring Primary School can meet the
social/medical needs of the child. Applications for children previously “looked after” but not
meeting the specific criteria outlined Rule 1, may be made under this rule.

Definition of sibling
For applications to Peartree Spring Primary School, a sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half
brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of the parent/carer or partner or a child looked
after or previously looked after¹ and in every case living permanently² in a placement within the
home as part of the family household from Monday to Friday at the time of this application.
A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts.
If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no sibling
connection available to subsequent children from that family.
¹ Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship order
or child arrangements order. This definition was amended following a determination by the OSA in
August 2014.
² A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for example
a child who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after child in a
respite placement or very short term or bridging foster placement.

Multiple births
Peartree Spring Primary School will admit over the school’s published admission number when a
single twin/multiple birth child is allocated the last place at a school.

Home address The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time
of application. ‘At the time of application’ means the closing date for applications. “Permanent”
means that the child has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the family own the
property or have a tenancy agreement for a minimum of 12 months.

The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one address
(for example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child lives at for the
majority of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of the parent/carer that
claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s main residence. If a family is
not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be requested.

Return to Index
If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation to evidence
the address that should be used for admission allocation purposes.

Fraudulent applications
Peartree Spring Primary School will do as much as possible to prevent applications being made
from fraudulent addresses.
Address evidence is frequently requested, monitored and checked and school places will be
withdrawn when false information is deliberately provided. Peartree Spring Primary School will
take action in the following circumstances:
• When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at any current
school or pre-school setting;

• When a child lives at a different address to the applicant;

• When the applicant does not have parental responsibility;

• When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or more of the
following applies:
* The family has moved to a property from which their application was less likely to be
successful;

* The family has returned to an existing property;

* The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time (anything less than a year)
over the application period;

* Council tax information shows a different residence at the time of application.

• When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from the address used at
the time of application.

Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions

A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used in all home to school distance measurements.
Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The
measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the
address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of
identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

Applications from children* from overseas

All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16 years) in England have a right of access to
education. However, where a child is in England for a short period only, for example less than half
a term, it may be reasonable to refuse admission to a school.

Return to Index
An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently overseas if, for
In Year applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in Hertfordshire within two
weeks. In Year allocations are made on the assumption that the child will accept the school place
and be on roll within that timescale.
For the Primary and Secondary transfer processes, applications will not normally be accepted
from, nor places allocated to, an overseas address. The exception to this (for both In Year and
transfer processes) is for children of UK service personnel and crown servants (and from military
families who are residents of countries with a Memorandum of Understanding with the UK). In
these cases Peartree Spring Primary School will allocate a place in advance of the family arriving in
the area provided the application is accompanied by an official letter that declares a relocation
date and a HCC Unit postal address or quartering area address, for consideration of the
application against oversubscription criteria. If the family already has an established alternative
private address, that address will be used for admission purposes.
Peartree Spring Primary School will also consider accepting applications from children* whose
family can evidence intent to return to and/or permanently reside in Hertfordshire prior to the
start of the new academic year. These applications, if accepted, will be processed from the
overseas address until sufficient evidence is received to show the child is permanently resident in
Hertfordshire. Evidence must be submitted at the time of application.
Evidence submitted after the date for late applications (6 February 2018 for the Under 11s
process) cannot be taken into account before National Allocation Day. Decisions on these
applications will be made by a panel of governors and communicated with parents within 6 weeks
of the closing date for applications.
If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps because they are
working abroad at the time of application, the Hertfordshire address will not be accepted for the
purposes of admission until the child is resident at that address.
Other children, than those mentioned above, from overseas do not generally have automatic right
of entry to the UK. An application for a school place will not therefore be accepted until they are
permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Proof of residency such as an endorsed passport or entry
visa will be required with the application, in addition to proof of Hertfordshire address, for
example a council tax bill or 12 month rental agreement.
*Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or British
Overseas passports), or have a UK passport describing them as a British citizen or British subject
with the right of abode or are European Economic Area nationals normally have unrestricted entry
to the UK.

Age of admission and deferral of places

Peartree Spring Primary School’s policy is that children born on and between 1 September 2014
and 31 August 2015* would normally commence primary school in Reception in the academic
year beginning in September 2019. We provide for the full-time admission of all children offered a
place in the Reception year group from the September following their fourth birthday. If a parent
wants a fulltime place for their child from September (at the school at which a place has been
offered) then they are entitled to that full-time place.

Return to Index
Parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the same academic year
or until the term in which the child reaches compulsory school age. Summer born children are
only able to “defer” entry to Reception class until the beginning of the final term of the school
year for which the offer was made.
Where parents wish, children can attend part-time until they reach compulsory school age. Any
parents wishing to take up a part-time place or deferred entry should contact us to discuss their
child’s requirements.

*Summer born children (1st April – 31st August) – Entry to Reception

Legally, a child does not have to start school until the start of the term following their fifth
birthday. Following guidance issued by the Department for Education on 8 September 2015,
Peartree Spring Primary School has amended its policy for summer born children. Children born
between 1 April 2015 and 31 August 2015 are categorised as “summer born” and if parents/carers
do not believe that their summer born child is ready to join Reception in 2019 they may delay
their application until 2020.
These applications will be processed in exactly the same way as all other reception applications
received at that time; there is no guarantee that a place will be offered.

If parents wish to delay their application for a Reception place they are advised to discuss their
child’s needs /development with their current early years or nursery provider. If parents wish
their child to remain in their existing nursery school or class for a further year (rather than moving
into the Reception year group) they must let their current school/setting (including Peartree
Spring Primary School) know before the end of the Spring term in 2019 (before the Easter break).

Children Out of Year Group (except applications for reception from summer born)
Peartree Spring Primary School’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct
chronological year group, with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of
individual children. This is in line with DfE guidance which states that “in general, children should
be educated in their normal age group”.
If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they should,
at the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals working with
the child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal age appropriate
cohort. DfE guidance makes clear that “it is reasonable for admission authorities to expect parents
to provide them with information in support of their request – since without it they are unlikely to
be able to make a decision on the basis of the circumstances of the case”.
A panel of governors will decide whether the application will be accepted on the basis of the
information submitted. The panel make decisions based upon the circumstances of each case
including the view of parents, the Headteacher, the child's social, academic and emotional
development and whether the child has been previously educated out of year group. There is no
guarantee that an application will be accepted on this basis. If the application is not accepted this
does not constitute a refusal of a place and there is no right to an independent statutory appeal.
Similarly there is no right of a place for a space in a specific year group. The internal management
and organisation of the school, including the placement of pupils in classes, is a matter for the
Headteacher and senior leadership.

Return to Index
The governing body is ultimately responsible for making this decision for applications made to
their school.

Nursery Provision
Some schools have a nursery unit or deliver pre-school nursery education. The admission
arrangements detailed in this document do not apply for those being admitted into any nursery
or pre-school provision. The responsibility for admission into nursery provision lies with the
governing body of the school where the school offers such provision, although the county council
does host an online system for nursery applications. Parents of children who are admitted to a
nursery provision at a school must apply in the normal way for a place at the school if they want
their child to transfer to the reception class. Attendance at the nursery or co-located children’s
centre does not guarantee admission to the school.

Return to Index
 Proposed admission arrangements for
Presdales School for 2019/20

The school’s published admission number is 180.

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained
schools and academies to admit a child with a Statement of Special Educational Needs or
an Educational, Health and Care Plan (EHC) that names their school. Students with a
Statement of Special Educational Needs or an EHC will be admitted as part of the
school’s PAN but before the oversubscription criteria are used.

If the school has more applications than places available the oversubscription criteria will
be used to allocate places. If the school has fewer applications than places available all
applicants will be offered a place

Rule 1 Girls in public care (Children Looked After) and girls who were looked
after but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to
a Child Arrangements Order or a special guardianship order).

Rule 2 Medical or Social: Girls for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a
particular medical or social need to go to Presdales.
HCC officers will determine on behalf of the Governors whether the
evidence provided is sufficiently compelling to meet the requirements for this
rule. The evidence must relate specifically to Presdales and must clearly
demonstrate why Presdales is the only school that can meet the child’s
needs.

Rule 3 Sibling: Girls who have a sibling at the school at the time of application,
unless the sibling is in the last year of the normal age-range of the school.
(Note: the ‘normal age range’ for both Presdales as an 11-18 school, is
Years 7 to 13). A sibling must be on the roll of Presdales at the time the
younger child starts. A sibling link will not be recognised for children living
temporarily in the same house, e.g. a child who usually lives with one
parent but has temporarily moved or a Child Looked After in a respite
placement of a very short term or bridging foster placement. (Please see
explanatory notes for a detailed explanation of ‘sibling’.)

Rule 4 Sibling: Girls who have a sibling at Richard Hale School at the time of
application, unless the sibling is in the last year of the normal age-range of
the school. (Note: the ‘normal age range’ for Richard Hale, as 11-18 school,
is Years 7 to 13). A sibling must be on the roll of Richard Hale School,
Hertford at the time the younger child starts. A sibling link will not be
recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, e.g. a child
who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a Child
Looked After in a respite placement of a very short term or bridging foster
placement. (Please see explanatory notes for a detailed explanation of
‘sibling’.)

Return to Index
Rule 5 Children of Staff: Girls who have either
a) a parent* employed by the school as a member of staff on a permanent
contract for a continuous period of two or more years at the date of
application

or

b) a parent* who has been recruited to a vacant post at the school for which
there is a demonstrable skills shortage

*Parent
This means the parent who has parental responsibility as defined in the
Children Act 1989, or the person in the household who is defined as a parent
for the purposes of Section 576 of the Education Act 1996. This could
include a person who is not a biological parent but who has responsibility for
the child (such as a child’s guardians, or adoptive parent) but will not usually
include other relatives such as grandparents, aunts, uncles etc. unless they
have all the rights, duties, powers and responsibilities and authority, which
by law a parent of a child has in relation to the child and their property. This
will include the children of a member of staff’s partner as long as they have
been living at the same address as the member of staff for a period of at
least two years.

Girls who live in the priority area*

Places will be allocated to each parish/unparished area or town in

proportion to the number of applications made. In the event of there being
more applications than places available to a particular parish/unparished
area or town, places will be allocated as follows:-

Rule 6 Girls for whom it is their nearest Hertfordshire maintained school or

academy that is non-faith and non-partially selective and makes provision
for girls (if more girls qualify under Rule 5 than places, the tiebreak would be
those that live closest to the school).

Rule 7 Any remaining places available to a parish/unparished area or town.

Places will be allocated on a random basis.

Children who live outside the priority area

Rule 8 Places will be allocated on a random basis.

Places will be allocated on a random basis, based on the principle that

every girl will be allocated an individual random number once their name
has been entered onto the database. If a preference is expressed for
Presdales, this number will be used in the random process.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more girls qualify
under Rules 1, 2, 3 or 4 than there are places available, a tie-break will be used by
applying the next rules to those girls.

Return to Index
 Tiebreak

Where there is a need for a tie-breaker because two different addresses measure
the same distance from a school:
- in the case of a block of flats, the lower door number will be deemed nearest as
logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer,
- otherwise, including the case where two separate applicants give identical
addresses, the tiebreak will be random.

Secondary Transfer Application Form

You can only apply online to the Authority where you live.

Hertfordshire residents must apply using Hertfordshire’s online system at

www.hertsdirect.org/admissions or on the Hertfordshire paper application form.

In Year Admissions

Places will first be allocated in accordance with rules 1-5 above and then as follows:

Rule 6: Girls who live in the priority area for whom it is their nearest
Hertfordshire maintained school or academy that is non-faith, non-
partially selective and makes provision for girls. If more children qualify
under rule 5 than places are available, the tiebreak would be those that
live closest to the school (see also tiebreak section above).
Rule 7: Girls in the priority area on a random basis
Rule 8: Girls outside the priority area on a random basis.

The school’s priority area comprises the following

towns/parishes/unparished areas.

4 Presdales Aspenden, Bayford, Bengeo Rural, Bramfield, Brickendon Liberty,

Datchworth, Essendon, Great Amwell, Great Munden, Hertford,
Hertford Heath, Hertingfordbury, Hunsdon, Little Berkhamsted, Little
Munden, Much Hadham, Sacombe, Stanstead Abbots, Stanstead St.
Margarets, Stapleford, Tewin, Thundridge, Ware, Wareside, Watton-at-
Stone, Widford

Sixth Form arrangements

Presdales will admit up to 40 external students to its Sixth Form. The school will accept
girls and boys into the Sixth Form.

All students will be expected to meet the minimum entry requirements as published each
year in the Sixth Form prospectus.

If the school is oversubscribed, priority for external students will first be given to:

i) Children looked after or previously looked after, then

ii) Distance from home to school.

Tiebreak

Return to Index
Where there is a need for a tie-breaker because two different addresses measure
the same distance from a school:
- in the case of a block of flats, the lower door number will be deemed nearest as
logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer,
- otherwise, including the case where two separate applicants give identical
addresses, the tiebreak will be random.

Return to Index
Explanatory notes

Rule 1: Girls in public care (children looked after):

Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the
School Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission
Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2012.

These children will be prioritised under rule 1.

Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a
special guardianship order.

A “child looked after” is a child who is:

a) in the care of a local authority, or
b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their
social services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for
admission under rule 1.³

Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children
looked after providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be
prioritised under Rule 1.
Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the
subject of a child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be
prioritised under rule 1. Applications made for these children, with suitable supporting
professional evidence, can be considered under rule 2.

¹ Child arrangements order

Under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which amended section 8 of the Children Act 1989,
residence orders have now been replaced by child arrangements orders which settle the arrangements to be
made as to the person with whom the child is to live.

² Special guardianship order

Under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian
or guardians.

³ This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the School Admissions Code
that came into force on 19 December 2014.

(For the purpose of Rule 2: Child/ren refers to girls only)

Rule 2: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a
particular medical or social need to go to Presdales:
Rule 2 applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application, unless
there has been a significant and exceptional change of circumstances within the family
since the initial application was submitted.

Presdales Governing Board has delegated Rule 2 decision-making to

Hertfordshire County Council. Decisions will be made by a panel of 3 HCC
officers and parents/carers will be notified of the outcome of their Rule 2
applications within 40 working days of the secondary transfer closing date.

Return to Index
All schools in Hertfordshire have experience in dealing with children with diverse social
and medical needs. However in a few very exceptional cases, there are reasons why a
child has to go to one specific school.

Few applications under Rule 2 are agreed.

All applications are considered individually but any application should include the
following:
• Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only Presdales can meet
the child’s individual needs, and/or

• Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making

clear why only Presdales can meet the child’s needs

• If Presdales is not the nearest school to the child’s home address, clear reasons
why the nearest school is not appropriate

• For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness
or disability makes attendance at only Presdales School essential.

Evidence should make clear why only Presdales is appropriate

Applications under Rule 2 can only be considered when supported by a recent letter from
a professional involved with the child or family, for example, a doctor, psychologist or
police officer. The supporting evidence needs to demonstrate why only Presdales can
meet the social/medical needs of the child.

Applications for children previously ‘looked after’ but not meeting the specific criteria
outlined in Rule 1, may be made under this rule.

Further details on the Rule 2 process can be found in the ‘Rule 2 Protocol’ available at:
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/docs/pdf/admissions/Rule2pross.pdf

Definition of sibling:
A sibling at Presdales means the sister, brother, half-brother or half-sister, adopted
brother or sister, or a child of the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or
previously looked after1 and in every case living permanently2 in a placement within the
home as part of the family household from Monday to Friday at the time of this
application. Where a place is obtained and the child admitted to the school and it is
subsequently identified that this place was gained fraudulently, there will be no sibling
connection available to subsequent children from that family.

A sibling at Richard Hale means the sister, brother, half-brother or half-sister, adopted
brother or sister, or a child of the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or
previously looked after1 and in every case living permanently2 in a placement within the
home as part of the family household from Monday to Friday at the time of this
application. Where a place is obtained and the child admitted to the school and it is
subsequently identified that this place was gained fraudulently, there will be no sibling
connection available to subsequent children from that family.

¹ Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship order or child arrangements
order. This definition was amended following a determination by the OSA in August 2014.

Return to Index
² A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for example a child who usually
lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after child in a respite placement or very short term or
bridging foster placement.

Home Address:
The address provided should be the child’s current permanent address at the time of
application. ‘At the time of application’ means the closing date for applications.
‘Permanent’ means that the child has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the
family own the property or have a tenancy agreement for a minimum of 12 months

The application can only be processed using one address. If the child lives at more
than one address (for example due to separation), the address used will be the one at
which the child lives for the majority of the time.

If your child lives at two addresses equally, the address of the parent/carer that
claims Child Tax Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s main
residence.

If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit, alternative documentation will

be requested.

If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court

documentation to evidence the address that should be used for admission allocation
purposes.

Home to school distance measurement

Presdales uses home-school distance measurements provided by Hertfordshire County
Council: Hertfordshire County Council’s ‘straight line’ distance measurement system is
used for all home to school distance measurements. Distances are measured using a
computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from
the AddressBase Premium address point of the child’s house to the address point of the
school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognized method of identifying the
location of schools and individual residences.

Definition of “nearest school”

For allocations under Rule 5 the “nearest school” is defined as the nearest Hertfordshire
maintained school or academy that is non-faith, non-partially selective and catering for
girls.

Twins/Multiple Births
If one of your twins/multiple-birth children is offered the last place available at the school,
and you have also made an application for your other children, we will also offer a place
to the other child(ren), unless the place offered to the first child was under the random
allocation procedure. Places will not be offered in these cases because to do so would
compromise the random element of the allocation process.

In-Year Admissions
Presdales will remain part of the county council’s coordinated In-Year admissions
scheme. Application forms can be accessed via www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/inyear or from
the Customer Service Centre, 0300 123 4043. Parents should return the application form
direct to the County Council (address on the form). To retain a place on the Continued
Interest list, families must, at the end of each academic year, confirm their continuing
interest by making an In-Year application

Fair Access
Presdales participates in the HCC’s Fair Access protocol and will admit children under

Return to Index
this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Appeals
At transfer time, parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into their
online application and click on the link 'register an appeal'. Those who did not apply
on line should contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an
appeal pack.

For In-Year Applications, parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in
the first instance.

Fraudulent applications

Hertfordshire County Council will do as much as possible to prevent applications being

made from fraudulent addresses.
Address evidence is frequently requested, monitored and checked and school places will
be withdrawn when false information is deliberately provided. Hertfordshire County
Council will take action in the following circumstances:
• When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at
their current school;
• When a child lives at a different address to the applicant;
• When the applicant does not have parental responsibility;

• When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or
more of the following applies:

ο The family has moved to a property from which their application was less likely
to be successful;
ο The family has returned to an existing property;
ο The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time (anything
less than a year) over the application period;
ο Council tax information shows a different residence at the time of application.

• When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from the
address used at the time of application.

Applications from children* from overseas

All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16 years) in England have a right of access to
education. However, where a child is in England for a short period only, for example less
than half a term, it may be reasonable to refuse admission to a school.

An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently overseas
if, for In Year applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in Hertfordshire
within two weeks. In Year allocations are made on the assumption that the child will
accept the school place and be on roll within that timescale.

For Secondary transfer processes, applications will not normally be accepted from, nor
places allocated to, an overseas address. The exception to this (for both In Year and

Return to Index
transfer processes) is for children of UK service personnel and crown servants (and from
military families who are residents of countries with a Memorandum of Understanding with
the UK). In these cases HCC will allocate a place in advance of the family arriving in the
area provided the application is accompanied by an official letter that declares a relocation
date and a HCC Unit postal address or quartering area address, for consideration of the
application against oversubscription criteria. If the family already has an established
alternative private address, that address will be used for admission purposes.

HCC will also consider accepting applications from children* whose family can evidence
intent to return to and/or permanently reside in Hertfordshire prior to the start of the new
academic year. These applications, if accepted, will be processed from the overseas
address until sufficient evidence is received to show the child is permanently resident in
Hertfordshire. Evidence must be submitted at the time of application.

Evidence submitted after the date for late applications cannot be taken into account before
National Allocation Day. Decisions on these applications will be made by a panel of senior
officers and communicated with parents within 6 weeks of the closing date for
applications.

If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps because they
are working abroad at the time of application, the Hertfordshire address will not be
accepted for the purposes of admission until the child is resident at that address.

Other children, than those mentioned above, from overseas do not generally have
automatic right of entry to the UK. An application for a school place will not therefore be
accepted until they are permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Proof of residency such as
an endorsed passport or entry visa will be required with the application, in addition to proof
of Hertfordshire address, for example a council tax bill or 12 month rental agreement.
*Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or British Overseas passports), or
have a UK passport describing them as a British citizen or British subject with the right of abode or are European
Economic Area nationals normally have unrestricted entry to the UK.

Children Out of Year Group

Presdales’ policy is for children to be educated within their correct chronological year
group, with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of individual
children. This is in line with DfE guidance which states that “in general, children should be
educated in their normal age group”.

If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they
should, at the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals
working with the child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their
normal age appropriate cohort. DfE guidance makes clear that “it is reasonable for
admission authorities to expect parents to provide them with information in support of
their request – since without it they are unlikely to be able to make a decision on the
basis of the circumstances of the case”.

The governing body of Presdales School is responsible for making this decision for
applications made to their school.

Return to Index
Consulted 2017

PULLER MEMORIAL C of E (VA) PRIMARY SCHOOL

ADMISSIONS POLICY

FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2019-2020

The aim of Puller Memorial C of E (VA) Primary School is to provide a safe and stimulating
environment for learning in which all members of our school community are able to develop a
sense of self-worth, responsibility and fun, fulfilling their potential within a caring Christian
community.

The school’s in year admission arrangements will work within the remit of Hertfordshire’s
agreed scheme of in year coordination and the Hertfordshire County Council’s Fair Access
Protocol.https://beta.hertfordshire.gov.uk/media-library/documents/schools-and-
education/admissions/fair-access-protocol/fair-access-protocol-for-primary-schools.pdf
Children admitted under the Fair Access Protocol will be prioritised above those on the
Continuing Interest list. The Governing Body remains responsible for the allocation of all
places in accordance with the school’s published admission rules but all applications for, and
allocations to, the school must be made via a pupil’s home authority. Puller Memorial Church
of England Primary School admits 15 pupils to reception each September. This admission
number has been agreed between the Governing Body and the Local Authority, Hertfordshire
County Council, and applies to the year 2019/2020.

Parents of children who access nursery provision at the school must apply in the normal way
for a reception class place at the school. Attendance at the nursery, however, does not
guarantee admission to the school.

Age of Admission and Deferral of Places

In line with the Hertfordshire County Council policy, children born on and between 1
September 2014 and 31 August 2015* would normally commence primary school in
Reception in the academic year beginning in September 2018. Puller Memorial School
provides for the full-time admission of all children offered a place in the Reception year group
from the September following their fourth birthday. If a parent wants a full-time place for their
child from September then they are entitled to that full-time place.

Parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the same academic
year or until the term in which the child reaches compulsory school age. Summer born
children are only able to “defer” entry to the Reception class until the beginning of the final
term of the school year for which the offer was made.

Where parents wish, children can attend part-time until they reach compulsory school age.
Any parents wishing to take up a part-time place or deferred entry should contact the school
to discuss their child’s requirements.
st st
* Summer born children (1 April – 31 August) – Entry to Reception

Legally, a child does not have to start school until the start of the term following their fifth
birthday. Following guidance issued by the Department for Education on 8 September 2015
the school in line with the county council has amended its policy for summer born children.
Children born between 1 April 2015 and 31 August 2015 are categorised as “summer born”
and if parents/carers do not believe that their summer born child is ready to join Reception in
2019 they may delay their application until 2020.

These applications will be processed in exactly the same way as all other reception
applications received at that time; there is no guarantee that a place will be offered at the
school.

S:\HERTFORD\CSF\CSFCENT\DATA\CSFSHARE\CSFOPS\CentralAdmissions\Central\Consultatio
ns\Arrangements 2019-20\Proposed Arrangements\East\Puller Memorial 3366 COMPLETE\Puller
Admissions 2019-20.doc

Return to Index
Consulted 2017

If parents wish to delay their application for a Reception place they are advised to discuss
their child’s needs/development with their current early years or nursery provider. If parents
wish their child to remain in their existing nursery school or class for a further year (rather
than moving into the Reception year group) they must let their current school know before the
end of the Spring term in 2019 (before the Easter break).

Children Out of Year Group (except applications for reception from summer born)

In line with Hertfordshire County Council’s policy, it is the policy of the school for children to
be educated within their correct chronological year group, with the curriculum differentiated as
necessary to meet the needs of individual children. This is in line with DfE guidance which
states that “in general, children should be educated in their normal age group”.

If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they
should, at the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals
working with the child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal
age appropriate cohort. DfE guidance makes clear that “it is reasonable for admission
authorities to expect parents to provide them with information in support of their request –
since without it they are unlikely to be able to make a decision on the basis of the
circumstances of the case”.

Through a panel process, the school will decide whether the application will be accepted on
the basis of the information submitted. The panel will make decisions based upon the
circumstances of each case including the view of parents, the relevant headteacher(s), the
child’s social, academic and emotional development and whether the child has been
previously educated out of year group. There is no guarantee that an application will be
accepted on this basis. If the application is not accepted this does not constitute a refusal of
a place and there is no right to an independent statutory appeal. Similarly there is no right of
appeal for a place in a specific year group at a school. The internal management and
organisation of the school, including the placement of pupils in classes, is a matter for the
Headteacher and the Governors of the school.

As a voluntary aided school, the governing body is responsible for admissions to the school
and are ultimately responsible for making decisions about applications to the school.

The school does not have any specific units or facilities for pupils with particular special
needs. There are no specific facilities for pupils with physical disabilities other than a
disabled toilet. The school is however on a level site and all the classrooms are on the
ground floor. As far as possible the school will ensure that pupils with disabilities have access
to the same opportunities as other pupils.

The Governing Body is required to abide by the maximum limits for infant classes (5, 6 and 7
year olds (ie 30 pupils per class).

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained
schools to admit a child with a statement of special educational needs that names their
school. Schools must also admit children with an EHC (Education, Health and Care) Plan
that names the school.

A part time Nursery place of 5 sessions a week for 3 terms commencing the term of the
child’s 4th birthday is available in the Early Years Foundation Stage. During the last half-term
before becoming a full time pupil (at the beginning of the term in which they are 5) the
children may attend for an additional afternoon by arrangement with the head teacher.
Applications for a Nursery place at the school should be made directly to the school. More
information on funding for nursery places can be found at: https://www.gov.uk/help-with-
childcare-costs/free-childcare-and-education-for-2-to-4-year-olds

Children attending our nursery class normally transfer to the reception class but this cannot
be guaranteed. Parents should be advised that admission to the reception class will be
decided on eligibility under the priorities set out in the school’s admission policy and that a

S:\HERTFORD\CSF\CSFCENT\DATA\CSFSHARE\CSFOPS\CentralAdmissions\Central\Consultatio
ns\Arrangements 2019-20\Proposed Arrangements\East\Puller Memorial 3366 COMPLETE\Puller
Admissions 2019-20.doc

Return to Index
Consulted 2017

new admission form must be completed. It is recommended that in the event of over-
subscription to a nursery class, the same criteria for admission should be applied as for the
school. There is no right of appeal against admission to nursery schools and nursery classes
since it is non-statutory education.

The closing date for admission application forms to be received by the Home Local Authority
will be 14th January 2019, with an allocation date on 17th April 2019. Information on
completing the on-line application and notification dates of admission decisions are published
in the Home LA Primary Admissions Booklet, which is also available from their website
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions/

Parents/Carers are requested to complete our Supplementary Information Form and return it
to the school office by the above date. If a SIF is not completed the Governing Body will
apply their admission arrangements using the information submitted on the HCC Application
Form only, which may result in your application being given a lower priority.

When there are more applications than there are places available, the Governors will admit
pupils according to the following criteria in order of priority.

(i) Children looked after and children who were looked after, but ceased to be
so because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements
order* or a special guardianship order**.

Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2

of the School Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of
Admission Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2012.

These children will be prioritised under this rule.

Highest priority will also be given to children who are looked after, but ceased to
be so because they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangement
order or a special guardianship order.

A “child looked after” is a child who is:

a) In the care of a local authority, or

b) Being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of
their social services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989.

All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for
admission under this rule***.

* Child arrangements order

Under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which amended section 8 of the
Children Act 1989, residence orders have now been replaced by child arrangements orders
which settle the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live.

** Special guardianship order

Under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more individuals to be a
child’s special guardian or guardians.

*** This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the
School Admissions Code that came into force on 19 December 2014.

(ii) Children who have siblings in the school at the time of admission.
Definition of sibling – For applications to the school using this critera, a sibling
is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister,
child of the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked
after* and in every case living permanently** in a placement within the home as
part of the family household from Monday to Friday at the time of the application.

S:\HERTFORD\CSF\CSFCENT\DATA\CSFSHARE\CSFOPS\CentralAdmissions\Central\Consultatio
ns\Arrangements 2019-20\Proposed Arrangements\East\Puller Memorial 3366 COMPLETE\Puller
Admissions 2019-20.doc

Return to Index
Consulted 2017

A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child
starts.
If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be
no sibling connection available to subsequent children from that family.

* Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship
order or child arrangements order. This definition was amended following a determination by
the OSA in August 2014.

** A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for
example a child who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after
child in a respite placement or a very short term or bridging foster placement.

(iii) Children eligible for pupil premium or service premium funding.

(iv) children who live at a home address within the Ecclesiastical Parish of St John’s,
High Cross (as marked on the plan available at the school and on the notice
board outside of the school). The website www.achurchnearyou.com is also
helpful.

(v) children whose home address is outside the area as defined in Category 4
above, one or more of whose parents/guardians have, at the time of application,
shown commitment to the Church of England or another Christian Church (A
Christian Church is defined as one which is a member of Churches Together in
England or the Evangelical Alliance) by attending a service at least once in each
calendar month for the year prior to an application being made. Applicants in this
category will need to ask their priest or minister to complete the relevant section
of the SIF.

(vi) Any other children.

In the case of older children who apply to join the school, admission will be on the basis of
places being available in the relevant age group. If more applications for places are received
than places available then the above criteria will apply.

In-Year Admissions
The school is part of the In-year Co-ordination scheme. Parents must fill in the HCC In year
forms to apply for a place, so that all applications are included on the held data base at HCC.
Applications should be completed on the HCC website at
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions Parents should also fill in the SIF (Supplementary
Information Form) which is available from the school or on the HCC website.

Where the application of the above criteria results in a situation where there are more children
with an equal right to admission to the school than the number of available places, the tie-
break will be the straight line distance measurement. A straight line distance measurement is
used in all home to school distance measurements in Hertfordshire. Distances are measured
using a computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken
from the AddressBase Premium address point of the child’s house to the address point of the
school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the
location of schools and individual residences.

As the school is part of the HCC scheme for In-year coordination, a new In-year application
must be made at the end of the academic year to ensure a child is on the Continuing Interest
list.

Procedures
- Application forms can be obtained from the school office at any time.
- SIF forms can be obtained from the school office at any time or online from the
HCC website.
- Parents who are considering applying for a place for their children are invited to contact
the Headteacher, by telephone, to make an appointment to see the school.
S:\HERTFORD\CSF\CSFCENT\DATA\CSFSHARE\CSFOPS\CentralAdmissions\Central\Consultatio
ns\Arrangements 2019-20\Proposed Arrangements\East\Puller Memorial 3366 COMPLETE\Puller
Admissions 2019-20.doc

Return to Index
Consulted 2017

- Children are invited to make introductory visits to the school during the term before
entrance.
- The Governors anticipate that parents given a place for their child under the Church
Membership category will still satisfy the requirements of that category at the time of
admission.
- Parents are reminded that there are occasionally slight changes to admissions policies
and should make sure they have the most recent edition.

Appeals
Parents who have not been allocated a place for their child have the right of appeal to an
independent panel. Parents will be informed of their right to appeal in the allocation letter
from the home LA.
At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied online should log into their online
application and click on the link ‘register an appeal’. For those who did not apply online
please contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal pack.
For in-year applications parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in the
first instance.

Continuing Interest
In the event of more applications than available places the governors will maintain a
continuing interest list (waiting list). These and late applications will go onto this list in a
position determined by the criteria. If a place becomes available in the school it will be
offered to the child that best meets the published admission rules. Parents are requested to
inform the governors if they wish their child’s name to be removed. The governors will
st
maintain the list until 31 December 2019. The in year admissions process is managed by
the Local Authority on behalf of the governors.

Signed:

Dated: Headteacher

Signed:

Dated: Chair of Governors

To apply for a place at this school you are requested to complete and return both the
Common Application Form from the LA and the school’s Supplementary Information Form.
Without both forms the governors will be unable to apply their criteria and your application,
although valid will receive a lower ranking.

S:\HERTFORD\CSF\CSFCENT\DATA\CSFSHARE\CSFOPS\CentralAdmissions\Central\Consultatio
ns\Arrangements 2019-20\Proposed Arrangements\East\Puller Memorial 3366 COMPLETE\Puller
Admissions 2019-20.doc

Return to Index
 PULLER MEMORIAL CofE (VA) PRIMARY SCHOOL
High Cross, Ware, Herts SG11 1AZ
Tel: 01920 463178 Fax: 01920 860930
Website: www.puller.herts.sch.uk
e.mail: admin@puller.herts.sch.uk
Headteacher: Mr J Howard

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM

School form for admissions to Puller Memorial C of E (VA) School

Pupil Information:

Surname of child:

Other name(s):

Date of birth:

Parent / Carer Information:

Name of parent(s) / carer(s):

Home address:

Home telephone:
Daytime telephone:
Mobile telephone:
e-mail:

Information of sibling at the school at start date:

Surname of child:

Other name(s):

Date of birth:

Return to Index
Church Information:
Name and denomination of church which family attends:

Please supply evidence of your commitment to your church/place of worship, as

detailed in the school criteria, e.g. frequency of attendance, baptism,
confirmation etc.

Name of Church of England parish in which you live

(visit the website www.achurchnearyou.com which matches addresses to parishes):

Name of Minister (who can confirm your church attendance):

Address of Minister:

(If you have moved recently, please give the name & address of your previous Minister)

Signed: (Parent/Carer)

Date:

Return to Index
 QUEENS’ SCHOOL

Admissions Policy for entry in September 2019

1. General Principles

Queens’ School is a mixed comprehensive school in Bushey for children aged 11-18. The school has
a strong academic tradition in all areas of the curriculum with an additional focus on science and
sport

Students will be admitted at the age of 11+ using the criteria below. The school will endeavour to
allocate places to students whose parents wish them to attend Queen’ School, provided they can
be accommodated within the school’s admission limits on pupil numbers. There can be no
guarantee that such a place will be available. Applications received after that date will be
considered after all those which met the deadline.

The published admission number (PAN) for Year 7 for September 2019 will be 265.

If the school receives more applications than it has places available, places will be allocated under
the oversubscription criteria rules. These will be applied in the order in which they are printed
below. A panel from the Governors’ Admissions Committee may be formed to determine whether
evidence provided meets the relevant criteria.

We have a separate admission policy for sixth form students.

Children with statements of special educational needs or children with an EHC (Education, Health
and Care) Plan that names the school must be admitted and will count towards the admission
numbers.

2 Oversubscription Criteria
Where applications for admission exceed the number of places available, the following criteria will
be applied, in the order set out below, to decide which children to admit:

Rule 1 Children looked after and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they
were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements orders or a special guardianship
order).

Rule 2 Medical. Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a compelling medical
reason for attending the school.

Return to Index
Rule 3 Sibling. Children with a sibling already at the school at the time of application where there
is
a reasonable expectation that the sibling will continue to be attending the school at the
start of the new academic year.

Rule 4 Children of staff.

Rule 5 Children whose permanent residence is located within postcodes WD3-7, WD17-19,
WD23-25, AL2 (south of M25), HA6, HA5 3**, HA5 4**, HA3 6**, HA7 3**, HA7 4**

If Rule 5 is oversubscribed, the following criteria will be used:

Rule 6 Assessment test (This rule applies to those living in the above postcodes)
(a) Up to 5% of places (13) for children with a particular aptitude in sport
(b) Up to 5% of places (13) for children with a particular aptitude in music
(c) Up to 35% of places (92) will be available by ability, in strict order of merit, based on the
results of the assessment test

Rule 7 Distance: Children who live nearest to the school.

Any remaining places, not less than 10% (27), for those qualifying under 5 above will be
allocated by the shortest distance to the school

Rule 8 Distance: Children whose permanent residence is outside the postcode areas above,
preference being given to those living closest to the school

3. Explanatory notes and definitions for the admission arrangements for Queens’ School.

Rule 1: Children looked after

(and children who were previously looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted or
became subject to a child arrangements order¹ or a special guardianship order²)
Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the School
Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England)
Regulations 2012. These children will be prioritised under rule 1. Highest priority will also be given
to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted, or became
subject to a child arrangements order or a special guardianship order.
A “child looked after” is a child who is:
a) in the care of a local authority, or
b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social
services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

Return to Index
All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission under
rule 1.³
Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked after
providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under Rule 1.
Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the subject of a
child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised under rule 1.
Applications made for these children, with suitable supporting professional evidence, can be
considered under rule 2.
¹ Child arrangements order

Under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which amended section 8 of the Children Act 1989, residence orders
have now been replaced by child arrangements orders which settle the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the
child is to live.

² Special guardianship order

Under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian or guardians.

³ This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the School Admissions Code that came into
force on 19 December 2014.

Rule 2: Medical need

Rule 2 applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application, unless there has
been a significant and exceptional change of circumstances within the family since the initial
application was submitted.
All schools in Hertfordshire have experience in dealing with children with diverse social and medical
needs. However, in a few very exceptional cases, there are reasons why a child has to go to one
specific school.
Few applications under Rule 2 are agreed.
All applications are considered individually but a successful application should include the
following:
a. Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only Queens’ can meet a child’s
individual needs, and/or
b. Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making clear why
only Queens’ can meet he child’s needs.
c. If Queens’ is not the nearest school to the child’s home address clear reasons why the
nearest school is not appropriate.
d. For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or disability
makes attendance at only at Queens’ essential.
Evidence should make clear why Queens’ is appropriate.

Return to Index
Applications under Rule 2 can only be considered when supported by a recent letter from a
professional involved with the child or family, for example a doctor, psychologist or police officer.
The supporting evidence needs to demonstrate why only Queens’ can meet the social/medical
needs of the child.
Applications for children previously “looked after” but not meeting the specific criteria outlined in
Rule 1, may be made under this rule.
A panel from the Governors’ Admissions Committee will determine whether the evidence provided
is sufficiently compelling to meet the requirements for this rule.

Rule 3: Sibling
A sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of
the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after¹ and in every case
living permanently² in a placement within the home as part of the family household from Monday
to Friday at the time of this application. A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the
time the younger child starts or have been offered and accepted a place. If a place is obtained for
an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no sibling connection available to
subsequent children from that family.
¹ Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship order or child arrangements order. This
definition was amended following a determination by the OSA in August 2014.

² A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for example a child who usually lives with one
parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after child in a respite placement or very short term or bridging foster placement.

Rule 4: Children of staff

Children of staff: the school will admit a child of a member of staff provided that:
a) The member of staff (defined below) has been employed at the school for two or
more years at the time at which the application for admission to the school is
made, and/or
b) The member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a
demonstrable skill shortage.

For the purposes of satisfying these criteria, a member of staff is defined as a member of the full-
time teaching staff, or of the part-time teaching staff with a 50% and above timetable, or a member
of the full-time support staff (on a 38 week and above contract), or of the part-time support staff
who work 50% and above as determined by their role (on a 38 week and above contract) whose
role and activities can be demonstrated to provide a significant impact on student achievement at
the school. A panel from the Governors’ Admission Committee will determine whether the member
of staff meets the requirements for this rule.

Return to Index
This definition does not include contract staff. Where a service such as catering has been ‘in house’
and is subsequently ‘contracted out’, children of staff will not be eligible for admission under this
criterion. This definition does not include peripatetic staff employed by HCC.

Rule 5 Postcodes
Children whose permanent residence is located within postcodes WD3-7, WD17-19, WD23-25, AL2
(south of M25), HA6, HA5 3**, HA5 4**, HA3 6**, HA7 3**, HA7 4**

Rule 6 Assessment Test

This test only applies to those children whose permanent residence is located within postcodes
WD3-7, WD17-19, WD23-25, AL2 (south of M25), HA6, HA5 3**, HA5 4**, HA3 6**, HA7 3**, HA7
4**
Children who have a sibling who will be attending Queens’ School at the time of admission need
not apply for this test.
Parents must register to take the entrance tests with the SW Herts Consortium. This should be done
via the SW Herts Consortium website when the student is in Year 5. The website will be open for
registration from mid-May and the entrance tests will be held in September when the student is in
Year 6. Details of the arrangements for the tests will be notified to parents who have registered
nearer the time.
Test papers are not available from the school. Similar styles of paper can be purchased from
bookshops and are the “Standard” versions and NOT “Multiple Choice”. Specimen Mathematics
and Verbal Reasoning papers can be downloaded from the SW Herts Consortium website:
http://www.swhertsschools.org.uk/familiarisation-papers/. The same mark scheme is used by all
the schools in the Consortium and is strictly adhered to. The papers are marked by our teachers.
For any one child, one teacher will mark the Mathematics paper and the Verbal Reasoning paper. A
sample of each person’s marking is then taken and re-marked to ensure accuracy.
The scores are then converted to an “age-standardised score” based on the child’s age in
completed months. This takes into account that some children are very young in the year group.
There is no pass mark for the academic test, places being offered strictly in descending order of
each applicant’s standardised test score. Click here for previous years’ test scores.
Special Consideration
Parents who consider that their child may be disadvantaged under the terms of the Disability
Discrimination Act or has special educational or medical needs which may require the allocated test
centre to make particular provision for the tests must provide written evidence of this from the
child’s current school Headteacher. This evidence must be sent by the deadline date as advised by
the SW Herts Consortium. Parents will be informed in advance of the test date of any appropriate

Return to Index
special arrangements that will be made for their child. Every effort will be made to ensure that the
tests are accessible and fair to all children.
Illness or Inability to attend the Test
The test is arranged for a Saturday in order to accommodate the families with varying working
patterns. If, for any reason, a student is unable to attend the Academic Test, they should notify the
Admissions Officer at the allocated test centre as soon as possible. The purpose of the South West
Herts Consortium Admission Tests is to produce a mark with which parents are able to assess the
chances of a particular school offering their child a place under the relevant test criterion. The
composition of this mark is of no relevance to this purpose and so no breakdown of the final
published mark will be given. The score issued by the Consortium should be compared with the
historical information about admissions over the last three years which is available on each
Consortium school’s website. This comparison enables each parent to make a considered decision.
Information about the test and the arrangements, will be sent to applicants prior to the date.
Sample questions for the Academic Tests, will be available on registration with the Consortium.
There are no sample questions available for the Music Test. The tests do not have multiple choice
answers.
Equality

If you consider that your child might be disadvantaged under the terms of the Disability
Discrimination Act, or has special educational needs which require the test centre to make
particular provision for the tests, you must provide written evidence of this from your child’s
current school Headteacher. This evidence must be sent immediately after registering for the test.
Please send a copy of the test registration confirmation email along with the written evidence to:
Test Co-ordinator
South West Herts Schools Tests
PO Box 2439
Watford
WD18 1UZ
It is very important that you do this so the paperwork is received by Friday 1st July of each
academic year at the latest.
If you have applied via a paper application please send the information along with your name,
child’s name, date of birth, address, telephone number, current school to the PO Box address. If
you are unsure of your child’s eligibility for special provision, please contact any Admission
Secretary

Music Test
All applicants for Music will sit a written aptitude test. The test does not require any previous
knowledge of music theory. There are no practice papers for the Music Test.

Return to Index
Sports Test
The PE Aptitude Test is for applicants to Queens’ School only. The Sporting aptitude tests will cover
the core movement skills. Each of the tests have been carefully selected from the Council of
European Physical Fitness (Eurofit).

Rule 7and 8 Distance

All remaining places will be allocated to children living nearest to the school using the straight line
distance measurement provided by Hertfordshire County Council’s GIS system.

Distance measuring and home addresses

Applications must be made from the child’s permanent home address at the time of application.
Measurements are made by Hertfordshire County Council who use a specialist software package to
calculate them. A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used in all home to school distance
measurements. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to two decimal
places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s
house to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised
method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.
If there are two identical distance measurements of separate applicants, the tie break will be
random. In cases where the application of the admissions criteria would result in twins or siblings of
a multiple birth being allocated to different schools, one of which is Queens’ School, the Governors
will admit over the published admission number to avoid this occurrence.
Please note that address checking is undertaken as part of the application and allocation process
and the offer of a school place will be withdrawn if fraudulent or misleading information has been
provided in the application.

Multiple births
Queens’ School will admit over the school’s published admission number when a single
twin/multiple birth child is allocated the last place at a school.

Home address

The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of application. ‘At
the time of application’ means the closing date for applications. “Permanent” means that the child
has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the family own the property or have a tenancy
agreement for a minimum of 12months.

Return to Index
The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one address
(for example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child lives at for the
majority of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of the parent/carer that
claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s main residence.
If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be requested.
If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation to evidence
the address that should be used for admission allocation purposes.
If two different applications are received for the same child from the same address, e.g. containing
different preferences, the application from the parent in receipt of child benefit will be processed if
the applications cannot be reconciled.

Fraudulent applications

Hertfordshire County Council will do as much as possible to prevent applications being made from
fraudulent addresses.
Address evidence is frequently requested, monitored and checked and school places will be
withdrawn when false information is deliberately provided. Hertfordshire County Council will take
action in the following circumstances:

• When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at their current
school;
• When a child lives at a different address to the applicant;
• When the applicant does not have parental responsibility;
• When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from the address
used at the time of application.
• When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or more of the
following applies:
o The family has moved to a property from which their application was less likely to be
successful;
o The family has returned to an existing property;
o The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time (anything less
than a year) over the application period;
o Council tax information shows a different residence at the time of application.

Applications from children* from overseas

All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16 years) in England have a right of access to education.
However, where a child is in England for a short period only, for example less than half a term, it
may be reasonable to refuse admission to Queens’.

Return to Index
An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently overseas if, for In
Year applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in Hertfordshire within two
weeks. In Year allocations are made on the assumption that the child will accept the school place
and be on roll within that timescale.
Applications will not normally be accepted from, nor places allocated to, an overseas address. The
exception to this (for both In Year and transfer processes) is for children of UK service personnel
and crown servants (and from military families who are residents of countries with a Memorandum
of Understanding with the UK). In these cases HCC will allocate a place in advance of the family
arriving in the area provided the application is accompanied by an official letter that declares a
relocation date and a HCC Unit postal address or quartering area address, for consideration of the
application against oversubscription criteria
Applications will also be considered, and places offered in advance for these families, if the
application is accompanied by an official letter that declares a relocation date but does not provide
a quartering or unit address because the family will be residing in private accommodation. In these
cases, if the family does not already have a permanent private address in Hertfordshire, the military
base or alternative “work” address in Hertfordshire will be used for allocation purposes. If the
family already has an established alternative private address, that address will be used for
admission purposes.
Queens’ will also consider accepting applications from children* whose family can evidence intent
to return to and/or permanently reside in Hertfordshire prior to the start of the new academic year.
These applications, if accepted, will be processed from the overseas address until sufficient
evidence is received to show the child is permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Evidence must be
submitted at the time of application.
Evidence submitted after the date for late applications cannot be taken into account before
National Allocation Day. Decisions on these applications will be made by a panel of senior officers
and communicated with parents within 6 weeks of the closing date for applications.
If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps because they are
working abroad at the time of application, the Hertfordshire address will not be accepted for the
purposes of admission until the child is resident at that address.
Other children, than those mentioned above, from overseas do not generally have automatic right
of entry to the UK. An application for a school place will not therefore be accepted until they are
permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Proof of residency such as an endorsed passport or entry
visa will be required with the application, in addition to proof of Hertfordshire address, for example
a council tax bill or 12 month rental agreement.
*Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or British Overseas passports), or have a UK
passport describing them as a British citizen or British subject with the right of abode or are European Economic Area nationals
normally have unrestricted entry to the UK.

Children seeking admission out their chronological year group

Return to Index
Students will be admitted to Queens’ School in Year 7 at the age of 11 irrespective of physical or
academic ability. It is Queens’ policy for children to be educated within their correct chronological
year group, with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of individual
children.
If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they must, at
the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals working with the
child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal age appropriate cohort.
Such evidence must be submitted to Lesley Dunkley, Admissions Officer, at the school by no later
than 31st October on that application year.
The Governors Admissions Committee will decide whether the application will be accepted on the
basis of the evidence submitted. The Committee will make decisions based upon the circumstances
of each case including the view of parents/carers, the Headteacher, the child’s social, academic and
emotional development and whether the child has been previously educated out of year group.
There is no guarantee that an application will be accepted on this basis. The internal management
and organisation of the school, including the placement of pupils in classes, is a matter for the
Governors, Headteacher and senior leadership.

4. How to apply
The Admissions process for Hertfordshire is co-ordinated by Hertfordshire Local Education
Authority (LEA). Parents are required to complete the LEA “SECONDARY TRANSFER FORM” (STF)
nominating a maximum of 4 schools in ranked order.

If Queens’ is one of those schools, parents must also complete a QUEENS’ SCHOOL “APPLICATION
FOR ADMISSION FORM” (SIF). The school application form enables Queens’ to tell the LEA which
applicants should be offered a place in the event that the school is oversubscribed.

It is essential that BOTH forms are completed and returned:

1. School SIF BY 21st OCTOBER
2. County STF BY 31st OCTOBER.

Failure to complete and return BOTH forms by the deadline may result in the application not being
considered.

5. Continued interest lists, in-year admissions and appeals

Continued interest lists

All unsuccessful applicants (who do not gain a place at a higher ranked school) will automatically be
added to the schools continued interest list. Any places which become available will be allocated in
accordance with the admission rules set out in this document. Continued interest lists will be held
for every academic year group, until the end of the academic year.

10

Return to Index
Queens’ must admit any student who is admitted through the appeal process, or who is the subject
of a ‘direction’ by the Local Authority, or allocated to us according to the local Fair Access Protocol.
Any such pupils take precedence over the continued interest list.

In-year admissions
Applications received for an admission(s) mid-year for any year group and for Year 7 after the end
of the Autumn term, will be dealt with in accordance with this policy and will be administered by
the HCC and the school. The online application form is available at www.hertsdirect.org/admissions

Appeals
All unsuccessful applicants have the right to appeal to an independent panel for a place to be made
available for their child. Hertfordshire parents wishing to appeal, who applied online, should log
onto their online school application and click on the link ‘register an appeal’. If the application was
not made using Hertfordshire’s online application system parents should contact the Customer
Service Centre (0300 123 4043) to request an appeal pack.

For in year applications parents should contact the school directly in the first instance.

6. Sixth Form admissions

Admission to the Sixth Form will be for any student who meets the minimum academic standards
expected as set out in the Sixth Form Prospectus.

The PAN for external students is 50.

Applications should be made by completing the Queens’ Sixth Form Application Form and
submitting it to the Head of Sixth Form at the school address

In the event of oversubscription to the Sixth Form places will be offered by applying the following
criteria in the order given:

Rule 1 Children looked after and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they
were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special guardianship order).

Rule 2 Medical. Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a compelling medical
reason for attending the school.

Rule 3 Children of staff.

Sibling. Children with a sibling already at the school at the time of application where there is a
reasonable expectation that the sibling will continue to be attending the school at the start of the
new academic year.

Rule 4 Children who live nearest to the school.

Continued interest list

11

Return to Index
All unsuccessful applicants will be added to the school’s continued interest list. Any places which
become available will be allocated in accordance with the admission rules set out in this document
in relation to Sixth Form entry and the over-subscription criteria. CI lists are held for every academic
year group, until the end of the academic year.

Queens’ School must admit any student who is admitted through the appeal process, or who is the
subject of a ‘direction’ by the Local Authority, or allocated a place according to the local Fair Access
Protocol. Any such pupils take precedence over the continued interest list.

Tie break
In the event of two identical applications, the tie break will be random.

For further guidance regarding the definitions of the above, see section 3 of this document.

Governor Approved: September 2017

Review Date: September 2018

Queens’ School (Bushey) Ltd (registered number: 07650609)

12

Return to Index
 APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION 2019 (SIF)
QUEENS' SCHOOL
Aldenham Road
Bushey Herts WD23 2TY
Telephone: 01923 224465
Facsimile: 01923 223975

PLEASE PRINT CLEARLY IN BLOCK CAPITALS

Please refer to the guidance notes before completing this form in full. This application form for Year 7 must be
returned to the school by 31 OCTOBER 2018 addressed to the Admissions Office and marked 'Admissions'.
A covering letter is not necessary

HAVE YOU COMPLETED A HERTS LEA SECONDARY TRANSFER FORM (STF)? Yes/No
(Your application cannot be considered unless you have also completed the County Form )

Child's surname: .............................................................. Sex: female/male

Child's forenames: ..............................................................
Permanent address: .............................................................. Date of Birth: .........................
..............................................................
..............................................................
Photocopied proof of address is required
Post code:
Current Primary School: ......................................................................................................

Names of parent(s)/guardian(s) with address(es)

Father: Mr ......................................................................... Telephone: Home ...................................
......................................................................... Work ...................................
.........................................................................

Mother: Mrs/Ms ................................................................ Telephone: Home ...................................

......................................................................... Work ...................................
.........................................................................

1 Is the child in the care of the Local Authority?

2 Is there a sibling who will be attending Queens’ School at the time of admission?
If yes, give name(s) and form(s)

3 What is the postcode of the child’s permanent residence?

POST CODE
Return to Index
4 (a) Children with a particular aptitude in sport

Tick this box if your child took the sports test in September

(see note (4a) of guidance notes)

____________________________________________________________________________________________

(b) Children with a particular aptitude in music

Tick this box if your child took the music test in September

(see note (4b) of guidance notes)

5 If criteria 1, 2 and 4 are not applicable to your entry will be considered on the basis of the assessment
test.

6&7 Any remaining places will be allocated using the shortest distance to the school.

(see note 6/7 of guidance notes)

If I/we accept an offer of a place at Queens' School for my/our child I/we agree to sign a statement
committing me/us to accept the school's rules and authority.

Signature(s) of parent(s): ......................................................../.................................................................

Date: ......................................................................

If you would like confirmation of receipt of this application please enclose a stamped addressed envelope

FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

Date received A B C D E

(Queens’ 2019)

Queens’ School (Bushey) Ltd (registered number: 07650609)

Return to Index
 Status: Draft
Review Date: 3rd October 2017
Determination Date: Spring Term 2018
Review Period: Annually
Requirement: Mandatory
Delegation: Board of Directors

PROPOSED ADMISSIONS POLICY

2019 - 20

Ralph Sadleir School is a mixed middle school, covering school years 5-8 for children aged 9-
13. The school’s published admission number for 2019/20 is 90.

Our school has a three form entry cohort in Year 5 annually. Most pupils come from the
adjoining first school and the other 8 schools in the three-tier pyramid. The majority of
children attending Ralph Sadleir live in Hertfordshire.

When a parent wishes to transfer from another school, we ask them to meet with the
Headteacher at their current school before we consider a transfer.

Since Puckeridge and the surrounding areas have continued to grow over the years there
have always been sufficient places at Ralph Sadleir School for the transfer at the 9+ age
group.

We accept applications for pupils joining from primary schools at Year 7.

Admission rules for Ralph Sadleir School for the school year 2019 - 2020:

Ralph Sadleir School, as an Academy Trust, will continue to act within the Admissions Policy
determined by the Local Education Authority for maintained schools within Hertfordshire

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained schools
to admit a child with a statement of special educational needs that names their school.
Schools must also admit children with an EHC (Education, Health and Care) Plan that names
the school. If there are fewer applications than places available at a school all applicants will
be admitted. If there are more applications than places available, the criteria outlined below
will be used to prioritise applications.

Oversubscription criteria:

Rule 1: Children looked after and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special
guardianship order).

Rule 2: Medical or Social Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a
particular medical or social need to go to the school.

Registered Company No: 08663956

Filed: M Devine (Business Manager)
S:\HERTFORD\CSF\CSFCENT\DATA\CSFSHARE\CSFOPS\CentralAdmissions\Central\Consultations\Arrangements 2019-20\Proposed Arrangements\East\Ralph Sadleir 4146
COMPLETE\Ralph Sadlier proposed policy 19.20.doc

Return to Index
 Continued ……..

A panel of officers will determine whether the evidence provided is sufficiently compelling to meet the
requirements for this rule. The evidence must relate specifically to the school applied for under Rule 2 and
must clearly demonstrate why it is the only school that can meet the child’s needs.

Rule 3: Sibling Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school or linked school at the time
of application. This applies to from Year 5 to Year 7 in middle schools.

Rule 4 Nearest School Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy. This
includes all schools except those which allocate places on the basis of faith.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify under a
particular rule than there are places available, a tie break will be used by applying the next rule
to those children.

Tie Break

When there is a need for a tie break where two different addresses are the same distance from
a school, in the case of a block of flats for example, the lower door number will be deemed
nearest as logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two
identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will be random. Every child entered
onto the HCC admissions database has an individual random number assigned, between 1 and 1
million, against each preference school. When there is a need for a final tie break the random
number is used to allocate the place, with the lowest number given priority.

*Please see the ‘Explanatory notes and definitions 2019/20’ document for a full explanation/definition.

Continuing Interest

After places have been offered, Ralph Sadleir School will maintain a continuing interest (waiting)
list. A child’s position on the waiting list will be determined by the admission criteria outlined
above and a child’s place on the list can change as other children join or leave it.

The school will contact parents/carers if a vacancy becomes available and it can be offered to a
child. Continuing interest lists will be maintained for every year group until the end of the
summer term.

Ralph Sadleir School will use the same definitions and measuring system as outlined in
Hertfordshire County Council’s admissions literature, “Applying for a school place”

Fair Access
The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit children under
this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Registered Company No: 08663956

Filed: M Devine (Business Manager)
S:\HERTFORD\CSF\CSFCENT\DATA\CSFSHARE\CSFOPS\CentralAdmissions\Central\Consultations\Arrangements 2019-20\Proposed Arrangements\East\Ralph Sadleir 4146 COMPLETE\Ralph
Sadlier proposed policy 19.20.doc

Return to Index
 Continued ……..

Twins
If a twin or multiple birth child is allocated the final place available, the school will also offer
places to the other twin/multiple birth children.

Appeals
At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into their online
application and click on the link 'register an appeal '.For those who did not apply on line, please
contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal pack.'

For in-year applications parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in the first
instance

Review
This statement was reviewed on 3rd October 2017 by the Board of Directors of Ralph Sadleir
School and determination of the admission arrangements will take place in the Spring Term
2018. Consultation closes 5th January 2018.

The Admissions Policy for academic year 2020/21 will be reviewed in the Summer Term of 2018.

Registered Company No: 08663956

Filed: M Devine (Business Manager)
S:\HERTFORD\CSF\CSFCENT\DATA\CSFSHARE\CSFOPS\CentralAdmissions\Central\Consultations\Arrangements 2019-20\Proposed Arrangements\East\Ralph Sadleir 4146 COMPLETE\Ralph
Sadlier proposed policy 19.20.doc

Return to Index
Mrs J Abery
Hertfordshire County Council
County Hall
Pegs Lane
Hertford
Hertfordshire
SG13 8DQ

10th October 2017

Dear Mrs Abery,

Re: Consultation on the 2019/20 Admission Arrangements

The Governing Body of The Reach Free School are consulting with parents, guardians and
carers and other stakeholders regarding the school’s admission arrangements for 2019/20.

These arrangements are for pupils who will be starting the school in September 2019 and
beyond. The consultation is taking place for a period of six weeks, between Friday 6th
October and Friday 19th November 2017.

The Governing Body of The Reach Free School are responsible for offering or refusing places
and your views are sought on the proposed change.

Admissions to The Reach Free School:

Only one change to the admissions arrangements is proposed. This is in relation to the
distance oversubscription criteria. Currently the school admits children based on the
distance they live from the Mill End Sports and Social Club, 52 Penn Road, Mill End,
Rickmansworth, Hertfordshire, WD3 8AN. From 2019 onwards, it will be based on the
distance from the child’s home address to the main entrance of the school, Long Lane,
Rickmansworth, Hertfordshire, WD3 8AB, calculated using a straight line distance
measurement provided by AddressBase Premium.

The reason for the change is that the school will have moved to its permanent location and
this is in line with standard admissions arrangements for schools with a distance criterion.

The process of the consultation:

The consultation is being communicated by The Reach Free School as follows:

1. Notification to all parents, guardians and carers of The Reach Free School via Arbor, text
message, Twitter and the school’s website
2. Notification to Hertfordshire County Council and County Councillors
Opportunity Through Community
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Unit 3, Wolsey Business Park, Tolpits Lane, Rickmansworth, Hertfordshire, WD18 9BL tel: 01923 224764 www.thereachfreeschool.co.uk Reg. No. 07311261

Return to Index
3. Headteachers and the Chair of Governors of primary and secondary schools in the local
area will be emailed a copy of the admissions arrangements
4. Notification to neighbouring councils

Recipients are welcome to respond by emailing comments relating to the proposed

admissions arrangements to consultation@reachfree.co.uk.

The purpose of the consultation is to receive feedback on the proposed changes, and for the
responses to be collated and presented to the Governing Body for full consideration at the
meeting on 30th November 2017.

The outcome of the consultation will be notified to all stakeholders by the end of the Autumn
term and the full report will be posted on the school’s website.

Yours sincerely,

Richard Booth Carolyn Venn

Headteacher Chair of Governors

Return to Index
 Admissions​ ​Arrangements​ ​2019/20 

1.​ ​Introduction

1.1 ​The Admissions Arrangements for The Reach Free School have been designed to reflect its ACE 
ethos  of  achievement,  community  and  enjoyment.  The  school  is  committed  to an inclusive culture 
and  will admit pupils non-selectively, without reference to their ability or aptitude. For admissions 
in  2019/20  distance  places  will  be  allocated  on  the  basis  of  proximity  to  the  school.  The  distance 
from  the  school  to  an  applicant’s  home  address  is  calculated  using  a  straight  line  distance 
measurement​ ​provided​ ​by​ ​AddressBase​ ​Premium.  

2.​ ​Published​ ​Admissions​ ​Number

2.1​ ​The​ ​Published​ ​Admissions​ ​Number​ ​(PAN)​ ​is​ ​120​ ​pupils. 

3.​ ​Admissions​ ​Arrangements​ ​Introduction

3.1  The  Admissions  Arrangements  of  The  Reach  Free  School  determined  by  the  Governing  Body 
have​ ​been​ ​approved​ ​by​ ​the​ ​Secretary​ ​of​ ​State​ ​for​ ​Education.  

3.2​​ ​The​ ​Admissions​ ​Arrangements​ ​contained​ ​within​ ​this​ ​document​ ​are​ ​divided​ ​into​ ​six​ ​sections: 
● Section​ ​A:​ ​Year​ ​7​ ​Secondary​ ​Transfer
● Section​ ​B:​ ​Admissions​ ​to​ ​the​ ​Sixth​ ​Form
● Section​ ​C:​ ​In-Year​ ​Admissions
● Section​ ​D:​ ​The​ ​Appeals​ ​Process
● Section​ ​E:​ ​The​ ​Waiting​ ​List
● Section​ ​F:​ ​Successful​ ​Applications

4.​ ​Admissions​ ​Arrangements

Section​ ​A:​ ​Year​ ​7​ ​Secondary​ ​Transfer 

A.1  ​For  pupils  wishing  to  join  The  Reach  Free  School  transferring  from  Primary  Education
(September​ ​entrants​ ​to​ ​Year​ ​7)

A.2  After  the  admissions  of pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan where The Reach Free

School  is  named  on  the  plan,  the  criteria  for  admissions  will  be applied in the order in which they
are​ ​set​ ​out​ ​below:

A.2.1​ ​Children​ ​Looked​ ​After​ ​or​ ​Children​ ​Previously​ ​Looked​ ​After

A.2.2  ​Children  who  currently  have  a  brother  or  sister*  as  a  pupil  on  roll  at  The Reach Free School
and  who  would reasonably be expected to be still attending at The Reach Free School at the time of
admission.
*This​ ​includes:
● legally  adopted  brothers/sisters,  half  brothers/sisters  and  step  brothers/sisters  living  at
the​ ​same​ ​address
● It  does  not  include  cousins  or  any  other  children  or  family  members  living  at  the  same
address

A.2.3  ​Children  living  nearest  to  the  main  entrance  of  the  school  (Hertfordshire  County  Council's
‘straight  line’  distance  measurement  system  is  used for all home to school distance measurements.

Admissions​ ​Arrangements​ ​2019/20 1 

Return to Index
Distances  are  measured  using  a  computerised  mapping  system  to  two  decimal  places.  The 
measurement  is  taken  from  the  AddressBase  Premium  address  point  of  your  child’s  house  to  the 
address  point  of  the  school.  AddressBase  Premium  is  a  nationally  recognised  method  of 
1
identifying​ ​the​ ​location​ ​of​ ​schools​ ​and​ ​individual​ ​residences ). 

A.3​ ​For​ ​Hertfordshire​ ​residents

A.3.1  Parents,  guardians  and  carers  must  complete  the  form  provided  by  Hertfordshire  County
Council​ ​as​ ​part​ ​of​ ​their​ ​coordinated​ ​schemes​ ​of​ ​admission.

A.4​ ​For​ ​non-Hertfordshire​ ​residents

A.4.1  Parents,  guardians  or  carers  are  required  to  complete  the  application  in  their  own  local
authority’s  admissions  guide,  stating  The  Reach  Free  School  as  a  preferred  school.  The  form
should  then  be returned in line with that local authority’s requested procedure. The local authority
will​ ​then​ ​inform​ ​Hertfordshire​ ​County​ ​Council​ ​of​ ​the​ ​choice​ ​to​ ​apply​ ​to​ ​The​ ​Reach​ ​Free​ ​School.

A.5​ ​The​ ​Oversubscription​ ​Criteria

A.5.1  If  there  are more than 120 applications for places, the school will use the following criteria, in

the​ ​order​ ​shown,​ ​to​ ​decide​ ​which​ ​children​ ​to​ a​ dmit:
2
A.5.1.1  Children  Looked After and previously Looked after Children  who are the responsibility or
interim  responsibility  of  a  Local  Authority  under  the  provision  of  the  Education  (Admission  of
Looked​ ​After​ ​Children)​ ​Regulations​ ​2006;

A.5.1.2  Children  who  currently  have a brother or sister* as a pupil on roll at The Reach Free School

and  who  would reasonably be expected to be still attending at The Reach Free School at the time of
admission.
*This​ ​includes:
● legally  adopted  brothers/sisters,  half  brothers/sisters  and  step  brothers/sisters  living  at
the​ ​same​ ​address
● It  does  not  include  cousins  or  any  other  children  or  family  members  living  at  the  same
address

A.5.1.3  ​Children  living  nearest  to  the  main  entrance  of  the school (Hertfordshire County Council's
‘straight  line’  distance  measurement  system  is  used for all home to school distance measurements.
Distances  are  measured  using  a  computerised  mapping  system  to  two  decimal  places.  The
measurement  is  taken  from  the  AddressBase  Premium  address  point  of  your  child’s  house  to  the
address  point  of  the  school.  AddressBase  Premium  is  a  nationally  recognised  method  of
34
identifying​ ​the​ ​location​ ​of​ ​schools​ ​and​ ​individual​ ​residences ​ ​ ).

A.6​ ​Tiebreaker

A.6.1  In  the  event  of  two or more pupils having equal priority, the decision on the allocation of the

place  will  be  determined  through  random  allocation,  which  will  be  conducted  by an independent
third​ ​party.

A.6.2  ​In  the  case  of  twins/multiple  births  from  the  same  household  if  only  one  twin  qualifies  for
admission,  the  school  will  allocate  places  to both children, conditional on both twins attending the 
1
​ ​This​ ​must​ ​be​ ​that​ ​of​ ​the​ ​child’s​ ​permanent​ ​home​ ​with​ ​his/her​ ​parents,​ ​guardians​ ​or​ ​carers.​ ​If​ ​a​ ​child​ ​spends​ ​time​ ​at​ ​two​ ​addresses,​ ​the 
residence​ ​which​ ​is​ ​registered​ ​with​ ​the​ ​General​ ​Practitioner​ ​will​ ​be​ ​used. 
2
​ ​Previously​ ​Looked​ ​after​ ​Children​ ​are​ ​children​ ​who​ ​were​ ​looked​ ​after,​ ​but​ ​ceased​ ​to​ ​be​ ​so​ ​because​ ​they​ ​were​ ​adopted​ ​(or​ ​became 
subject​ ​to​ ​a​ ​residence​ ​order​ ​or​ ​special​ ​guardianship​ ​order). 
3
​ ​This​ ​must​ ​be​ ​that​ ​of​ ​the​ ​child’s​ ​permanent​ ​home​ ​with​ ​his/her​ ​parents,​ ​guardians​ ​or​ ​carers.​ ​If​ ​a​ ​child​ ​spends​ ​time​ ​at​ ​two​ ​addresses,​ ​the 
residence​ ​which​ ​is​ ​registered​ ​with​ ​the​ ​General​ ​Practitioner​ ​will​ ​be​ ​used. 
4
​ ​In​ ​cases​ ​where​ ​blocks​ ​of​ ​flats​ ​are​ ​concerned,​ ​priority​ ​will​ ​be​ ​given​ ​to​ ​the​ ​lowest​ ​flat​ ​number,​ ​e.g.​ ​1,​ ​1a,​ ​2,​ ​etc.  

Admissions​ ​Arrangements​ ​2019/20 2 

Return to Index
school.  If  the  original  qualifying  twin withdraws their application of a place, then the second place 
is  forfeit.  This  principle  will  apply  to other multiple births such as triplets. Additional place(s) will 
be​ ​counted​ ​as​ ​sibling​ ​admissions.  
 
A.7​ ​Notes​ ​to​ ​Parents,​ ​Guardians​ ​and​ ​Carers 
 
A.7.1  ​In the event that an application is unsuccessful the child’s parents, guardians or carers would 
have​ ​the​ ​right​ ​of​ ​appeal​ ​to​ ​an​ ​independent​ ​panel​ ​(see​ ​section​ ​D). 
 
A.7.2  Once  places  have  been  offered  applicants  must  return  their  acceptance  of  a  place  by  the 
published​ ​date.  
 
A.7.3  Failure  to return acceptances by this date will result in offers being withdrawn and offered to 
applicants​ ​on​ ​the​ ​waiting​ ​list.​ ​These​ ​are​ ​known​ ​as​ ​late​ ​offers. 
 
A.7.4  Applicants  are  advised  at  all  stages  of  the  admissions  cycle  to  hold  only  one  offer  of 
admission​ ​at​ ​any​ ​one​ ​time. 
 
Section​ ​B:​ ​Admissions​ ​to​ ​the​ ​Sixth​ ​Form  
 
B.1​​ ​Capacity 
 
B.1.1  ​The  capacity  for  Year  12  is  120.  Open  evenings  for  The  Reach  Free  School’s  Sixth  Form  will 
take  place  in  the  2018/19  academic  year.  Application  forms  will  be  available  from  and  returnable 
to​ ​The​ ​Reach​ ​Free​ ​School​ ​and​ ​online​ ​at​ ​www.thereachfreeschool.co.uk.  
 
B.1.2  The  Published  Admission  Number  for  external  applicants  will  be  dependent  on  the number 
of  The  Reach  Free  School’s  Year  11  pupils  who  apply  to  continue  to  Year  12  and  meet  the  entry 
requirements​ ​outlined​ ​In​ ​B.2.  
 
B.1.3  If  all  pupils  progressing  from  Year  11  in  The  Reach  Free  School  to  Year  12  fill  all 120 places, 
then  The  Reach  Free  School will not admit external applicants. If the number of pupils progressing 
from​ ​Year​ ​11​ ​to​ ​Year​ ​12​ ​is​ ​less​ ​than​ ​120​ ​then​ ​places​ ​will​ ​be​ ​available​ ​to​ ​external​ ​applicants.  
 
B.1.4  In  the  event that an application is unsuccessful the child’s parents, guardians or carers would 
have​ ​the​ ​right​ ​of​ ​appeal​ ​to​ ​an​ ​independent​ ​panel​ ​(see​ ​section​ ​D). 
 
B.2​ ​Entry​ ​requirements 
 
B.2.1  The  Reach  Free  School  will  publish  its  minimum  academic  entry  requirements  for  the  Sixth 
Form  and  academic  progression  criteria  relevant  to  the  course  of  study  to be followed in the Sixth 
Form  Options  Brochure  and  on  the  website.  As  a  minimum  all  pupils  applying  for  a  place  in  the 
Sixth​ ​Form​ ​must​ ​meet​ ​the​ ​entry​ ​requirements​ ​outlined​ ​in​ ​B.2.2.   
 
B.2.2  ​Pupils  who  have  attained  GCSEs  in  English  and  Mathematics,  achieving at least a grade 5 in 
both,​ ​as​ ​well​ ​as​ ​additional​ ​GCSEs​ ​or​ ​equivalent​ ​courses​ ​at​ ​a​ ​minimum​ ​of​ ​grade​ ​5. 
 
B.2.3  After  the  admissions  of  pupils  with  Education,  Health and Care plans where The Reach Free 
School  is  named,  the  criteria  for  admissions  will  be  applied  in  the  order  in  which  they  are  set  in 
B.3. 
 
B.3​ ​The​ ​Oversubscription​ ​Criteria 
 
B.3.1  ​If  there  are  more  than  120  applications  for  places  at  The  Reach  Free  School  Sixth  Form,  the 
school  will  use  the  following  oversubscription  criteria  for  external  candidates  only,  in  the  order 

Admissions​ ​Arrangements​ ​2019/20 3 

Return to Index
shown,​ ​to​ ​decide​ ​which​ ​children​ ​to​ ​admit: 
 
5
B.3.2  Children  Looked  After  and  previously  Looked  after  Children   who  are  the  responsibility  or 
interim  responsibility  of  a  Local  Authority  under  the  provision  of  the  Education  (Admission  of 
Looked​ ​After​ ​Children)​ ​Regulations​ ​2006; 
 
B.3.3  Children  who  currently  have  a  brother  or  sister*  as  a  pupil  on  roll  at  The  Reach Free School 
and  who  would reasonably be expected to be still attending at The Reach Free School at the time of 
admission. 
*This​ ​includes: 
● legally  adopted  brothers/sisters,  half  brothers/sisters  and  step  brothers/sisters  living  at 
the​ ​same​ ​address 
● It  does  not  include  cousins  or  any  other  children  or  family  members  living  at  the  same 
address 
 
B.3.4  Children  living  nearest  to  the  main  entrance  of  the  school  (Hertfordshire  County  Council's 
‘straight  line’  distance  measurement  system  is  used for all home to school distance measurements. 
Distances  are  measured  using  a  computerised  mapping  system  to  two  decimal  places.  The 
measurement  is  taken  from  the  AddressBase  Premium  address  point  of  your  child’s  house  to  the 
address  point  of  the  school.  AddressBase  Premium  is  a  nationally  recognised  method  of 
67
identifying​ ​the​ ​location​ ​of​ ​schools​ ​and​ ​individual​ ​residences ​ ​ ). 
 
Section​ ​C:​ ​In-Year​ ​Admissions 
 
C.1  For  pupils  transferring  to  The  Reach  Free  School  from  other  secondary  schools  during  the 
academic  year,  the  school  coordinates  its  own  in-year  admissions  and  is  part  of  Hertfordshire 
County​ ​Council’s​ ​Fair​ ​Access​ ​Protocol.  
 
C.2​ ​Introduction 
Applications  for  in-year  admissions  (pupils  joining  after  the  September  of  Year  7)  are  made 
directly  to  The  Reach  Free  School.  Places  at  The  Reach  Free  School  are  open  to  all,  irrespective  of 
ability  or  aptitude.  They  are  however  limited  by  admission  levels  and  the  Fair  Access  Protocol, 
which  ensure  that  the  standards  of  educational  provision  are  maintained.  The  Reach  Free  School 
does​ ​not​ ​take​ ​part​ ​in​ ​the​ ​Hertfordshire​ ​County​ ​Council’s​ ​scheme​ ​of​ ​in-year​ ​coordination 
 
C.3​ ​The​ ​Procedure 
 
C.3.1  ​Parents,  guardians  or  carers  complete  an  online  ‘Expression  of  Interest’  form.  Paper  copies 
are​ ​also​ ​available.  
 
C.3.2  If  a  place  is  available  and  there  is  no  waiting  list  then  the  school  will  contact  parents, 
guardians​ ​and​ ​carers.  
 
C.3.3  If  there  are  no  places  available  this  will  be  conveyed  to  the  parents,  guardians  and  carers. 
Parents,  guardians  and  carers  may  ask  for  the  reasons  why  a  place  cannot  be  offered  and  will  be 
informed​ ​of​ ​the​ ​right​ ​to​ ​appeal.  
 
C.3.4  ​Parents,  guardians  and  carers  will  be  offered  the  opportunity  of  their  child  being  placed  on 
the​ ​waiting​ ​list​ ​(see​ ​section​ ​E​ ​for​ ​more​ ​information).  
 
C.3.5  When  a  place  becomes available the school will advise the parents, guardians or carers of the 

5
​ ​Previously​ ​Looked​ ​after​ ​Children​ ​are​ ​children​ ​who​ ​were​ ​looked​ ​after,​ ​but​ ​ceased​ ​to​ ​be​ ​so​ ​because​ ​they​ ​were​ ​adopted​ ​(or​ ​became 
subject​ ​to​ ​a​ ​residence​ ​order​ ​or​ ​special​ ​guardianship​ ​order). 
6
​ ​This​ ​must​ ​be​ ​that​ ​of​ ​the​ ​child’s​ ​permanent​ ​home​ ​with​ ​his/her​ ​parents,​ ​guardians​ ​or​ ​carers.​ ​If​ ​a​ ​child​ ​spends​ ​time​ ​at​ ​two​ ​addresses,​ ​the 
residence​ ​which​ ​is​ ​registered​ ​with​ ​the​ ​General​ ​Practitioner​ ​will​ ​be​ ​used. 
7
​ ​In​ ​cases​ ​where​ ​blocks​ ​of​ ​flats​ ​are​ ​concerned,​ ​priority​ ​will​ ​be​ ​given​ ​to​ ​the​ ​lowest​ ​flat​ ​number,​ ​e.g.​ ​1,​ ​1a,​ ​2,​ ​etc.  

Admissions​ ​Arrangements​ ​2019/20 4 

Return to Index
child​ ​who​ ​is​ ​top​ ​of​ ​the​ ​waiting​ ​list,​ ​that​ ​an​ ​offer​ ​is​ ​being​ ​made​ ​on​ ​behalf​ ​of​ ​the​ ​Governing​ ​Body. 
 
C.3.6​​ ​The​ ​school​ ​will​ ​notify​ ​the​ ​local​ ​authority​ ​that​ ​a​ ​place​ ​has​ ​been​ ​offered. 
 
Section​ ​D:​ ​The​ ​Appeals​ ​Process 
 
D.1  The  Reach  Free  School’s  appeals  timetable  will  be  published  each  year.  In  the  event  that  a 
place  at  The Reach Free School is unsuccessful, parents, guardians or carers will be notified of their 
right​ ​to​ ​an​ ​independent​ ​appeals​ ​panel.  
 
D.2  If an unsuccessful applicant wishes to appeal against the decision, they should do so in writing 
to​ ​The​ ​Reach​ ​Free​ ​School​ ​within​ ​28​ ​days​ ​of​ ​receiving​ ​notification:  
  
D.3  Appeals  shall  be  heard  in  accordance  with  the  Schools  Admission  Code  and  Schools 
Admission Appeals Code, published by the Department for Education. Under this Code of Practice 
the  school  exercises  its  right  not  to  consider  further  appeals  for  the  same  child  within  the  same 
academic​ ​year. 
 
D.4  The  independent  appeals  panel  will  be  convened  consisting  of  a chair, a clerk and at least one 
member  who  is  a  lay person and one member who has educational experience and is familiar with 
school​ ​management. 
 
D.5  As  a  member  of  the  admissions  authority  for  The  Reach Free School, the Deputy Headteacher 
responsible​ ​for​ ​Inclusion​ ​will​ ​present​ ​at​ ​the​ ​hearing​ ​the​ ​school’s​ ​case​ ​for​ ​refusing​ ​a​ ​place. 
  
D.6​​ ​The​ ​Reach​ ​Free​ ​School​ ​will​ ​adhere​ ​to​ ​the​ ​rules​ ​set​ ​out​ ​in​ ​the​ ​School​ ​Admissions​ ​Appeal​ ​Code. 
 
D.7  ​Parents  wishing  to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system should log in to 
their  online  application  and  click  on  the  link  ‘register  an  appeal’.  Out  of  county  residents  and 
paper  applicants  should  call  the  Customer  Service  Centre  on  0300  123  4043  to  request  their 
registration  details,  log  into  ​www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals  and  click  on  the  link  “log 
into​ ​the​ ​appeals​ ​system. 
 
D.8  ​For  in-year  applications  –  We  will  write  to  you  with  the  outcome  of  your  application  and,  if 
you  have  been  unsuccessful,  Hertfordshire  County  Council  will  write  to  you  with  registration 
details​ ​to​ ​enable​ ​you​ ​to​ ​login​ ​and​ ​appeal​ ​online​ ​at​​ ​www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals 
 
Section​ ​E:​ ​The​ ​Waiting​ ​List 
 
E.1  The  Reach  Free  School  will  maintain  a  waiting list of applicants. Places on this waiting list will 
be  allocated  in  accordance  with  the  admissions  arrangements  and  oversubscription  criteria 
outlined  in  this  document.  No  priority  will  be  given  in  regard  to  the  length  of  time  that  an 
applicant​ ​has​ ​been​ ​on​ ​the​ ​waiting​ ​list. 
 
E.2​​ ​Parents​ ​are​ ​entitled​ ​to​ ​keep​ ​the​ ​names​ ​of​ ​their​ ​children​ ​on​ ​waiting​ ​lists​ ​up​ ​to​ ​the​ ​end​ ​of​ ​year​ ​11.  
 
E.3  Late  offers will be made to those parents on the waiting list in strict order. Applicants receiving 
late​ ​offers​ ​may​ ​decline​ ​previously​ ​accepted​ ​offers​ ​from​ ​other​ ​schools. 
 
E.4  ​If  a  child  on  the  waiting  list  is  offered  a  place  at  the  school,  the  parent,  guardian  or  carer  will 
receive  a  letter  in  writing  confirming  this.  If  a  response  to  this  offer  of  a  place  is  not  received  in 
writing  within  10  working  days from the date of the letter then the place will be offered to the next 
child​ ​on​ ​the​ ​list.  
 
E.5  Every  year  in  June,  the  school  will  write  to  every  parent,  guardian or carer with a child on the 

Admissions​ ​Arrangements​ ​2019/20 5 

Return to Index
waiting  list  requesting  confirmation  that  the  child’s  name  should  remain  on  the waiting list. If the 
school  does  not  receive  written  confirmation  that  a  child  should  remain  on  the  list  by  the  end  of 
the​ ​December​ ​of​ ​the​ ​same​ ​year,​ ​then​ ​that​ ​child​ ​will​ ​be​ ​removed​ ​from​ ​the​ ​waiting​ ​list.  
 
Section​ ​F:​ ​Successful​ ​Applications 
 
F.1  Once  a  place  has  been  offered,  parents,  guardians  and  carers  will  be  invited  to  complete 
relevant​ ​paperwork​ ​and​ ​purchase​ ​uniform.  
 
F.2  The  school  will  also  inform  applicants  of  their  start  date  and  in  consultation  with  staff,  will 
develop  a  timetable  and  make  necessary  administrative  arrangements.  This  may  include  special 
needs  consultation  and  liaison  with  Form  Tutors  who  will  oversee  pupils’  successful  integration 
into​ ​the​ ​school. 
 

Admissions​ ​Arrangements​ ​2019/20 6 

Return to Index
Proposed Admissions Arrangements for 2019

Richard Hale School

Science and Engineering Academy

Admissions Policy for 2019-2020

Richard Hale School is an all ability school for boys aged 11-16, which admits both boys and girls into
a co-educational Sixth Form. It is a Science and Engineering Academy. The published admission
number for Year 7 each year is 180. Boys and girls are admitted at age 16+ provided they meet the
entry qualifications for their proposed programmes of study.

Admission Arrangements for Entry to Year 7 in September 2019

To apply for a place at Richard Hale you must complete the Hertfordshire Council’s Secondary
Transfer Form. The School participates in the Local Authority Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme and
application forms and all admission literature are available as live webpages at
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions. The school does not have an additional Supplementary
Information Form.

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing body of both academies and
maintained schools to admit a child with a statement of special educational needs that names that
school; it also requires the school to admit a child with an Education, Health & Care Plan (EHCP) that
names the school.

Confirmation of acceptance
Parents must confirm their acceptance of the offer of a place within two weeks. After this time the
place can be withdrawn.

Over-subscription
If there are more applications for admission than places available at Richard Hale School, the
Governing Body will apply the following admission rules in number order.

Rule 1 Boys looked after and boys who were previously looked after, but ceased to be so because
they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order¹ or a special
guardianship order²).

Rule 2 Sibling: boys who have a sibling at the school at the time of application, unless the sibling is
in the last year of the normal age-range of the school. Note: the ‘normal age range’ for
Richard Hale, as an 11-18 school, is Years 7 to 13. A sibling must be on the roll of Richard
Hale at the time the younger child starts. A sibling link will not be recognised for children
living temporarily in the same house, e.g. a child who usually lives with one parent but has
temporarily moved or a Child Looked After in a respite placement of a very short term or
bridging foster placement. [See explanatory notes below for a detailed explanation of
‘sibling’].

Rule 3 Sibling: boys who have a sibling at Presdales School at the time of application, unless the
sibling is in the last year of the normal age-range of the school. Note: the ‘normal age

Richard Hale School Admissions Policy Page 1

Return to Index
Proposed Admissions Arrangements for 2019

range’ for Presdales, as an 11-18 school, is Years 7 to 13. A sibling must be on the roll of
Presdales at the time the younger child starts. A sibling link will not be recognised for
children living temporarily in the same house, e.g. a child who usually lives with one parent
but has temporarily moved or a Child Looked After in a respite placement of a very short
term or bridging foster placement. [See explanatory notes below for a detailed explanation
of ‘sibling’].

Rule 4 Boys of staff at the school: a member of staff must have been employed at the school for
two or more years at the time at which the application for admission to the school is made,
or have been recruited to fill a post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage.

Boys who live in the priority area

Places will be allocated to each parish/unparished area or town in proportion to the number of
applications made. In the event of there being more applications than places available to a particular
parish/unparished area or town, places will be allocated as follows:

Rule 5 Boys for whom Richard Hale is their nearest Hertfordshire school or academy that is non-
faith and non partially selective, and which makes provision for boys. If more boys qualify
under Rule 5 than there are places, the tiebreak would be those that live nearest the school.

Rule 6 Any remaining places available to a parish/unparished area or town. Places will be allocated
on a random basis.

Boys who live outside the priority area

Rule 7 Places will be allocated on a random basis. Every boy will be allocated an individual random
number once his name has been entered onto the database.

Tiebreak
These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more boys qualify under a particular
rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by applying the next rule.

If there is a need for a tie-breaker where two different addresses measure the same distance from a
school, in the case of a block of flats for example, the lower door number will be deemed nearer as
logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two identical addresses of
separate applicants, the tiebreak will be random.

Richard Hale School’s priority area comprises the following towns/parishes/unparished areas:

Bayford, Bengeo Rural, Bramfield, Brickendon Liberty, Datchworth, Essendon, Great Amwell, Great
Munden, Hertford, Hertford Heath, Hertingfordbury, Hunsdon, Little Berkhamsted, Little Munden,
Sacombe, Stanstead Abbots, Stanstead St Margarets, Stapleford, Tewin, Thundridge, Ware,
Wareside, Watton-at-Stone, Welwyn, Widford, Woolmer Green.

Richard Hale School Admissions Policy Page 2

Return to Index
Proposed Admissions Arrangements for 2019

In-Year Admissions

Places will first be allocated in accordance with rules 1-4 above and then as follows:

Rule 5 Boys who live in the priority area for whom Richard Hale is their nearest Hertfordshire non-
faith and non partially selective maintained school or academy. If more qualify under Rule 4
than places are available, the tiebreak would be those that live closest to the school.
Rule 6 Boys in the priority area on a random basis.
Rule 7 Boys outside the priority area on a random basis.

[See explanatory notes below for In-Year Admissions]

Richard Hale School Admissions Policy Page 3

Return to Index
Proposed Admissions Arrangements for 2019

Richard Hale School

Science and Engineering Academy

Sixth Form Admissions Policy

Richard Hale will admit a minimum of 50 external students to its Sixth Form. The school will accept
girls and boys into the Sixth Form.

All students will be expected to meet the minimum entry requirements as published each year by
the school.

In the event that our Sixth Form is over-subscribed by external applicants, places will be offered first
to children in public care (children looked after) and children who were looked after, but ceased to
be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or a special guardianship
order) as long as they meet the minimum entry requirement.

After this, preference will be given to applicants with the highest average GCSE points score from
their best eight subjects including English and Mathematics.

Richard Hale School Admissions Policy Page 4

Return to Index
Proposed Admissions Arrangements for 2019

Rule 1 Boys looked after and boys who were previously looked after:
Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the School
Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England)
Regulations 2012.

These children will be prioritised under rule 1.

Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because
they were adopted, or became subject to a Child Arrangements Order or a Special Guardianship
Order.

A “child looked after” is a child who is

a) in the care of a local authority, or

b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services
functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission under
Rule 1³.

Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked after
providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under Rule 1.

Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the subject of a
child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised under Rule 1.

¹Child Arrangements Order

Under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which amended section 8 of the Children Act 1989, residence
orders have now been replaced by child arrangements orders which settle the arrangements to be made as to the person
with whom the child is to live.

²Special Guardianship Order

Under 14A of the Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian or
guardians.

³This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the School Admissions Code that
th
came into force on 19 December 2014.

Definition of a Sibling
A sibling at Richard Hale means the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister,
child of the parent/carer or partner, or a child looked after or previously looked after¹ and in every
case living permanently² in a placement within the home as part of the family household from
Monday to Friday at the time of application. Where a place is obtained and the child admitted to
the school and it is subsequently identified that this place was gained fraudulently, there will be no
sibling connection available to subsequent children from that family.

A sibling at Presdales means the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister,
child of the parent/carer or partner, or a child looked after or previously looked after¹ and in every
case living permanently² in a placement within the home as part of the family household from
Monday to Friday at the time of application. Where a place is obtained and the child admitted to
the school and it is subsequently identified that this place was gained fraudulently, there will be no
sibling connection available to subsequent children from that family.

Richard Hale School Admissions Policy Page 5

Return to Index
Proposed Admissions Arrangements for 2019

¹Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship order or child arrangements
order. This definition was amended following a determination by the OSA in August 2014.

²A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for example a child who usually lives
with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after child in a respite placement or very short term or bridging
foster placement.

Home address:
The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of application. ‘At
the time of application’ means the closing date for applications. ‘Permanent’ means that the child
has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the family own the property or have a tenancy
agreement for a minimum of 12 months.

The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one address
(for example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child lives at for the
majority of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of the parent/carer that
claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s main residence.

If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be requested.

If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation to evidence

the address that should be used for admission allocation purposes.

If two different applications are received for the same child from the same address, e.g. containing
different preferences, the application from the parent in receipt of the child benefit will be
processed if the applications cannot be reconciled.

Home to school distance measurement:

A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used for all home to school distance measurements for
admission allocation purposes. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to
two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the Address Base Premium address point of
your child’s house to the Address Point of the Caretaker’s Lodge at the entrance of the school.
Address Base premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the location of the
schools and individual residences.

Definition of ‘Nearest School’:

For allocations under Rule 4 the ‘nearest school’ is defined as the nearest Hertfordshire maintained
school or academy that is non-faith, non-partially selective and catering for children of the
appropriate sex.

Multiple Births:
Richard Hale School will admit over the school’s published admission number when a single
twin/multiple birth child is allocated the last place at the school and an application has also been
received for the other twin/multiple birth. The exception to this is when the last place is offered to a
child under the random element of the school’s rules. In these circumstances places will not be
offered to the other twin/multiple births because it would compromise the random element of the
allocation process. In these circumstances the school will admit above the PAN after the allocation
process has been completed.

Richard Hale School Admissions Policy Page 6

Return to Index
Proposed Admissions Arrangements for 2019

In-Year Admissions:
The school will remain part of the county council’s coordinated In-Year Admissions Scheme.
Applications should be made through www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/inyear. To retain a place on
Continued Interest families must, at the end of the academic year, confirm their interest by making
an In-Year application.

Fair Access:
The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit children under this
protocol before children on Continued Interest.

Appeals:
Hertfordshire parents wishing to appeal who applied on-line should log on to their online application
and click on the link “register an appeal”. Parents who did not apply using Hertfordshire’s on-line
application system should contact the Customer Service centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an
appeal pack.

Parents wishing to appeal for an in-year application should contact the School directly in the first
instance.

Fraudulent Applications
Hertfordshire County Council will do as much as possible to prevent applications being made from
fraudulent addresses, including referring cases to the Shared Anti-Fraud service for further
investigation as necessary.

Address evidence is frequently requested, monitored and checked and school places will be
withdrawn when false information is deliberately provided. Hertfordshire County Council will take
action in the following circumstances.

• When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at their current
school
• When a child lives at a different address to the applicant
• When the applicant does not have parental responsibility
• When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or more of the
following applies:
o The family has moved to a property from which their application was less likely to be
successful
o The family has returned to an existing property
o The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time (anything less than
a year) over the application period
o Official / public records show an alternative address at the time of the application
• When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from the address at the
time of application

Parents/carers will need to show that they have relinquished residency ties with their previous
property and they, and their child(ren) are permanently residing at the address given on the
application form.

Applications from children* from overseas

All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16 years) in England have a right of access to education.
However, where a child is in England for a short period only, for example less than half a term, it
may be reasonable to refuse admission to a school.

Richard Hale School Admissions Policy Page 7

Return to Index
Proposed Admissions Arrangements for 2019

An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently overseas if, for In
Year applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in Hertfordshire within two weeks.
In Year allocations are made on the assumption that the child will accept the school place and be on
roll within that timescale.

For the Primary and Secondary transfer processes, applications will not normally be accepted from,
nor places allocated to, an overseas address. The exception to this (for both In Year and transfer
processes) is for children of UK service personnel and crown servants (and from military families who
are residents of countries with a Memorandum of Understanding with the UK). In these cases HCC
will allocate a place in advance of the family arriving in the area provided the application is
accompanied by an official letter that declares a relocation date and a HCC Unit postal address or
quartering area address, for consideration of the application against oversubscription criteria.

Applications will also be considered, and places offered in advance for these families, if the
application is accompanied by an official letter that declares a relocation date but does not provide a
quartering or unit address because the family will be residing in private accommodation. In these
cases, if the family does not already have a permanent private address in Hertfordshire, the military
base or alternative ‘work’ address in Hertfordshire will be used for allocation purposes. If the family
already has an established alternative private address, that address will be used for admission
purposes.

HCC will also consider accepting applications from children* whose family can evidence intent to
return to and/or permanently reside in Hertfordshire prior to the start of the new academic year.
These applications, if accepted, will be processed from the overseas address until sufficient evidence
is received to show the child is permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Evidence must be submitted
at the time of application.

Evidence submitted after the date for late applications (4th December 2018 for secondary transfer
and 1st February 2019 for Under 11s process) cannot be taken into account before National
Allocation Day. Decisions on these applications will be made by a panel of senior officers and
communicated with parents within 6 weeks of the closing date for applications.

If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps because they are
working abroad at the time of application, the Hertfordshire address will not be accepted for the
purposes of admission until the child is resident at that address.

Other children, than those mentioned above, from overseas do not generally have automatic right of
entry to the UK. An application for a school place will not therefore be accepted until they are
permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Proof of residency such as an endorsed passport or entry
visa will be required with the application, in addition to proof of Hertfordshire address, for example,
a council tax bill or 12 month rental agreement.

*Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or British Overseas passports), or have a
UK passport describing them as a British citizen or British subject with the right of abode or are European Economic Area
nationals normally have unrestricted entry to the UK.

Children Out of Year Group

Richard Hale’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct chronological year group,
with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of individual children. This is in
line with DfE guidance which states that ‘in general, children should be educated in their normal age
group’.

Richard Hale School Admissions Policy Page 8

Return to Index
Proposed Admissions Arrangements for 2019

If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they should, at
the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals working with the
child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal age appropriate cohort.
DfE guidance makes clear that ‘it is reasonable for admission authorities to expect parents to
provide them with information in support of their request – since without it they are unlikely to be
able to make a decision on the basis of the circumstances of the case’.

The governing body of Richard Hale School is responsible for making the decision for applications
made to their school.

Richard Hale School Admissions Policy Page 9

Return to Index
Roebuck Primary School and Nursery admission proposed admission arrangements 19/20

Roebuck Primary School Published admissions number is 60.

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained schools to
admit a child with a statement of special educational needs that names their school. Schools must
also admit children with an EHC (Education, Health and Care) Plan that names the school.

If there are fewer applications than places available at a school all applicants will be admitted. If
there are more applications than places available, the criteria outlined below will be used to prioritise
applications.

Oversubscription criteria

Rule 1: Children looked after and children who were previously looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special
guardianship order)*.

Rule 2: Medical or Social

Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical or social
need to go to the school*.
A panel of officers will determine whether the evidence provided is sufficiently compelling
to meet the requirements for this rule. The evidence must relate specifically to the school
applied for under Rule 2 and must clearly demonstrate why it is the only school that can meet
the child’s needs.

Rule 3: Linked School (This rule only applies to pupils who are currently attending an infant
school which has a linked junior school¹.)
In the case of junior schools, children who attend the linked infant school at the time of
their application.

Rule 4: Sibling
Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school or linked school at the time of
application*. This applies to reception through to Year 5 in infant, junior and primary schools;
and from reception through to Year 3 in first schools; and from Year 5 to Year 7 in middle
schools.

Rule 5: Nearest School

Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy.
This includes all schools except those which allocate places on the basis of faith.

Rule 6: Distance
Children who live nearest to the school.
Children not considered under rule 5 will be considered under rule 6.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify under a particular
rule than there are places available, a tie break will be used by applying the next rule to those
children.

Tie Break

When there is a need for a tie break where two different addresses are the same distance from a
school, in the case of a block of flats for example, the lower door number will be deemed nearest as
logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two identical addresses of
separate applicants, the tie break will be random. Every child entered onto the HCC admissions
database has an individual random number assigned, between 1 and 1 million, against each
preference school. When there is a need for a final tie break the random number is used to allocate
the place, with the lowest number given priority.

Return to Index
 *Please see the ‘Explanatory notes and definitions 2019/20 document for a full explanation/definition.

Continuing Interest

After places have been offered, Hertfordshire County Council will maintain a continuing interest
(waiting) list for all community and voluntary controlled schools. A child’s position on a CI list will be
determined by the admission criteria outlined above and a child’s place on the list can change as
other children join or leave it. The county council will contact parents/carers if a vacancy becomes
available and it can be offered to a child. Continuing interest lists will be maintained for every year
group until the summer term (date to be confirmed). To retain a CI application after this time, parents
must make an In Year application.

Fair Access

Community and voluntary controlled schools will admit children under the Fair Access Protocol
before those on continuing interest, and over the Published Admission Number (PAN) if required.

Appeals
Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system should log in to their
online application and click on the link “register an appeal”. Out of county residents and paper
applicants should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request their registration
details and log into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click on the link “log into the appeals
system”.”

In Year Appeals
The county council will write to you with the outcome of your application and if you have been
unsuccessful, will include registration details to enable you to login and appeal online at
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals”

Return to Index
The following definitions apply to terms used in the admissions criteria:

Rule 1: Children looked after and children who were previously looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order¹ or a special
guardianship order²)

Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the School
Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England)
Regulations 2012.
These children will be prioritised under rule 1.
Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because
they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special guardianship
order.
A “child looked after” is a child who is:
a) in the care of a local authority, or
b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social
services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)
All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission under
rule 1.³
Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked after
providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under Rule 1.
Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the subject of a
child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised under rule 1.
Applications made for these children, with suitable supporting professional evidence, can be
considered under rule 2.
¹ Child arrangements order
Under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which amended section 8 of the
Children Act 1989, residence orders have now been replaced by child arrangements orders which
settle the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live.
² Special guardianship order
Under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s
special guardian or guardians.
³ This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the School
Admissions Code that came into force on 19 December 2014.

Rule 2: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical or social need
to go to the school

Rule 2 applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application, unless there has
been a significant and exceptional change of circumstances within the family since the initial
application was submitted.
All schools in Hertfordshire have experience in dealing with children with diverse social and medical
needs. However in a few very exceptional cases, there are reasons why a child has to go to one
specific school.
Few applications under Rule 2 are agreed.

All applications are considered individually but a successful application should include the following:
a. Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only one school can meet a child’s
individual needs, and/or
b. Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making clear why only
one school can meet he child’s needs.
c. If the requested school is not the nearest school to the child’s home address clear reasons
why the nearest school is not appropriate.

d. For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or disability
makes attendance at only a specific school essential.

3
Return to Index
Evidence should make clear why only one school is appropriate.
Applications under Rule 2 can only be considered when supported by a recent letter from a
professional involved with the child or family, for example a doctor, psychologist or police officer.
The supporting evidence needs to demonstrate why only one named school can meet the
social/medical needs of the child.
Applications for children previously “looked after” but not meeting the specific criteria outlined in
Rule 1, may be made under this rule.

Further details on the Rule 2 process can be found in the Rule 2 protocol.

Definition of sibling
A sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of
the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after¹ and in every case living
permanently² in a placement within the home as part of the family household from Monday to Friday
at the time of this application.
A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts or have been
offered and accepted a place.
If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no sibling
connection available to subsequent children from that family.
¹ Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship order or
child arrangements order. This definition was amended following a determination by the OSA in
August 2014.
² A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for example a
child who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after child in a respite
placement or very short term or bridging foster placement.

Multiple births
The school will admit over the school’s published admission number when a single twin/multiple
birth child is allocated the last place at a school. Where we are not the admitting authority we would
request the school take in the subsequent child(ren) in line with the school’s own admission
arrangements.

Home address
The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of application. ‘At
the time of application’ means the closing date for applications. “Permanent” means that the child
has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the family own the property or have a tenancy
agreement for a minimum of 12 months.

The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one address
(for example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child lives at for the
majority of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of the parent/carer that
claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s main residence.
If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be requested.
If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation to evidence
the address that should be used for admission allocation purposes.
If two different applications are received for the same child from the same address, e.g. containing
different preferences, the application from the parent in receipt of child benefit will be processed if
the applications cannot be reconciled.

Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions

4
Return to Index
Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The
measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the
address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of
identifying the location of schools and individual residences

Definition of “nearest school”

The definition of “nearest school” includes all schools and academies (regardless of status) unless
that school or academy prioritises applications and allocates places on the basis of faith.

Applications from children* from overseas

All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16 years) in England have a right of access to
education. However, where a child is in England for a short period only, for example less than half a
term, it may be reasonable to refuse admission to a school.
An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently overseas if, for In
Year applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in Hertfordshire within two weeks.
In Year allocations are made on the assumption that the child will accept the school place and be
on roll within that timescale.
For the Primary and Secondary transfer processes, applications will not normally be accepted from,
nor places allocated to, an overseas address. The exception to this (for both In Year and transfer
processes) is for children of UK service personnel and crown servants (and from military families
who are residents of countries with a Memorandum of Understanding with the UK). In these cases
HCC will allocate a place in advance of the family arriving in the area provided the application is
accompanied by an official letter that declares a relocation date and a HCC Unit postal address or
quartering area address, for consideration of the application against oversubscription criteria
Applications will also be considered, and places offered in advance for these families, if the
application is accompanied by an official letter that declares a relocation date but does not provide
a quartering or unit address because the family will be residing in private accommodation. In these
cases, if the family does not already have a permanent private address in Hertfordshire, the military
base or alternative “work” address in Hertfordshire will be used for allocation purposes. If the family
already has an established alternative private address, that address will be used for admission
purposes.
HCC will also consider accepting applications from children* whose family can evidence intent to
return to and/or permanently reside in Hertfordshire prior to the start of the new academic year.
These applications, if accepted, will be processed from the overseas address until sufficient
evidence is received to show the child is permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Evidence must be
submitted at the time of application.

Evidence submitted after the date for late applications (4 December 2018 for secondary transfer
and 1 February 2019 for the Under 11s process) cannot be taken into account before National
Allocation Day. Decisions on these applications will be made by a panel of senior officers and
communicated with parents within 6 weeks of the closing date for applications.
If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps because they are
working abroad at the time of application, the Hertfordshire address will not be accepted for the
purposes of admission until the child is resident at that address.
Other children, than those mentioned above, from overseas do not generally have automatic right of
entry to the UK. An application for a school place will not therefore be accepted until they are
permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Proof of residency such as an endorsed passport or entry
visa will be required with the application, in addition to proof of Hertfordshire address, for example a
council tax bill or 12 month rental agreement.
*Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or British
Overseas passports), or have a UK passport describing them as a British citizen or British subject
with the right of abode or are European Economic Area nationals normally have unrestricted entry
to the UK.

Age of Admission and Deferral of Places

5
Return to Index
Children born on and between 1 September 2014 and 31 August 2015* would normally commence
primary school in Reception in the academic year beginning in September 2019. All Hertfordshire
infant, first and primary schools provide for the full- time admission of all children offered a place in
the Reception year group from the September following their fourth birthday. If a parent wants a full-
time place for their child from September (at the school at which a place has been offered) then
they are entitled to that full-time place.

Parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the same academic year or
until the term in which the child reaches compulsory school age. Summer born children are only
able to “defer” entry to Reception class until the beginning of the final term of the school year for
which the offer was made.

Where parents wish, children can attend part-time until they reach compulsory school age. Any
parents wishing to take up a part-time place or deferred entry should contact the individual
school(s) to discuss their child’s requirements.

*Summer born children (1st April – 31st August) – Entry to Reception

Legally, a child does not have to start school until the start of the term following their fifth birthday.
Children born between 1 April 2015 and 31 August 2015 are categorised as “summer born” and if
parents/carers do not believe that their summer born child is ready to join Reception in 2019 they
should contact the home LA, and any own admission authority schools, for guidance before making
an application.

Summer born applications that are delayed for a year (for entry in September 2020) will be
processed in exactly the same way as all other reception applications received at that time; there is
no guarantee that a place will be offered at a child’s preferred school.

If parents wish to delay their application for a Reception place they are advised to discuss their
child’s needs/development with their current early years or nursery provider. If parents wish their
child to remain in their existing nursery school or class for a further year (rather than moving into the
Reception year group) they must let their current school know before the end of the Spring term in
2019 (before the Easter break).

Children Out of Year Group (except applications for reception from summer born)
children should be educated within their correct chronological year group, with the curriculum
differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of individual children. This is in line with DfE
guidance which states that “in general, children should be educated in their normal age group”.
If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they should, at
the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals working with the
child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal age appropriate cohort.
DfE guidance makes clear that “it is reasonable for admission authorities to expect parents to
provide them with information in support of their request – since without it they are unlikely to be
able to make a decision on the basis of the circumstances of the case”.
The governing body of schools responsible for their own admissions (academies, voluntary aided
and foundation schools) are ultimately responsible for making this decision for applications made to
their school.

Nursery Provision
Some schools have a nursery unit or deliver pre-school nursery education.
The admission arrangements detailed in this document do not apply for those being admitted into
any nursery or pre-school provision. The responsibility for admission into nursery provision lies with
the governing body of the school which offers such provision.

Parents of children who are admitted to a nursery provision at a school must apply in the normal
way for a place at the school if they want their child to transfer to the reception class. Attendance at
6
Return to Index
the nursery or co-located children’s centre does not guarantee admission to the school.

7
Return to Index
Proposed Admission Arrangements for Roselands School for 2019/20

The schools published admission number will be 45.

Roselands School is required by its funding agreement to admit children with a statement of special
educational needs or EHC (Education, Health and Care) Plan that names the school. Therefore,
children with a statement or EHC that names the school will be admitted outside of the usual system.

Rule 1 Children in public care: (children looked after) and children who were looked after,
but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order
or a special guardianship order).

Rule 2 Children of Staff: (see “Explanatory Notes” below for eligible staff)

Rule 3 Sibling: Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school or linked school at the
time of application.
This applies to reception through to Year 5

In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as long as they will
still be in attendance at the time of admission.

Rule 4 Nearest School

Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy.
This includes all schools except those which allocate places on the basis of faith.

Rule 5 Distance Children who live nearest to the school.

Children not considered under rule 4 will be considered under rule 5.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify under a
particular rule than there are places available, a tie-break will be used by applying the next rule to
those children. Where there is a need for a tie-breaker where two different addresses measure the
same distance from a school, in the case of a block of flats for example the lower door number will
be deemed nearest as logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two
identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie-break will be random.

Return to Index
Roselands School will use the same definitions and measuring system as outlined in Hertfordshire
County Council’s admissions literature, “Applying for a school place”.

In Year Admissions
The school will remain part of the county council’s coordinated In Year admissions scheme.
Application forms can be accessed via www.hertsdirect.org/admissions or from the Customer
Service Centre, 0300 123 4043. Parents should return the application form direct to the County
Council (address on the form).

Fair Access
The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit children under
this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Twins
If a twin or multiple birth child is allocated the final place available, the school will also offer places
to the other twin/multiple birth children.

Appeals
At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into their online
application and click on the link ‘register an appeal’. For those who did not apply on line please
contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal pack.

For in-year applications parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in the first
instance.

Explanatory notes and definitions for the admission arrangements for Roselands School for
2019/20

The following definitions apply to terms used in the admissions criteria:

Rule 1: Children looked after and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order¹ or a special
guardianship order²)

Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the School
Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England)
Regulations 2012.
These children will be prioritised under rule 1.
Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because
they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special guardianship order.
A “child looked after” is a child who is:
a)in the care of a local authority, or

b)being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their

socialservices functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

Return to Index
All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission under
rule 13.
Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked after
providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under Rule 1.
Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the subject of a
child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised under rule 1.
Applications made for these children, with suitable supporting professional evidence, can be
considered under rule 2.
¹ Child arrangements order
Under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which amended section 8 of the
Children Act 1989, residence orders have now been replaced by child arrangements orders which
settle the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live.
² Special guardianship order
Under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s
special guardian or guardians.
³ This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the School
Admissions Code that came into force on 19 December 2014.

Rule 2: Children of staff

Where the member of staff has been employed under contract of employment with the school for two
or more years at the time at which the application for admission to the school is made or the member
of staff is recruited under a contract of employment to fill a vacant post for which there is a
demonstrable skill shortage. Staff included are as follows:

• All full time teaching staff

• All full time support staff, defined as those on a 38 week and above contract
• All part time teaching staff with a 50% and above timetable
• All part time support staff who work at least 16 hours per week for 38 weeks or more

The above definition does not include contract staff. If a service has been ‘in house’ and is
subsequently ‘contracted out’ children of staff will no longer be eligible for priority admission
under this criterion. The definition does not include peripatetic staff.

Definition of sibling
For applications to Roselands, a sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister,
adopted brother or sister, child of the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously
looked after¹ and in every case living permanently² in a placement within the home as part of the
family household from Monday to Friday at the time of this application.
A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts.
If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no sibling
connection available to subsequent children from that family.
¹ Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship order
or child arrangements order. This definition was amended following a determination by the OSA in
August 2014.

Return to Index
² A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for
example a child who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after
child in a respite placement or very short term or bridging foster placement.

Multiple births
Roselands will admit over the school’s published admission number when a single twin/multiple
birth child is allocated the last place at a school.

Home address
The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of application. ‘At
the time of application’ means the closing date for applications. “Permanent” means that the child
has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the family own the property or have a tenancy
agreement for a minimum of 12 months.

The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one address
(for example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child lives at for the
majority of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of the parent/carer that
claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s main residence. If a family is
not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be requested.

If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation to evidence

the address that should be used for admission allocation purposes.

Fraudulent applications
Roselands will do as much as possible to prevent applications being made from fraudulent
addresses.
Address evidence is frequently requested, monitored and checked and school places will be
withdrawn when false information is deliberately provided. Roselands will take action in the
following circumstances:
• When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at any current school
or pre-school setting;
• When a child lives at a different address to the applicant;
• When the applicant does not have parental responsibility;
• When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or more of the
following applies:
ο The family has moved to a property from which their application was less likely to be
successful;
ο The family has returned to an existing property;
ο The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time (anything less than a
year) over the application period;
ο Council tax information shows a different residence at the time of application.

Return to Index
 • When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from the address used
at the time of application.

Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions

A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used in all home to school distance measurements.
Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The
measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the
address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of
identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

Applications from children* from overseas

All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16 years) in England have a right of access to
education. However, where a child is in England for a short period only, for example less than half
a term, it may be reasonable to refuse admission to a school.
An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently overseas if, for
In Year applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in Hertfordshire within two
weeks. In Year allocations are made on the assumption that the child will accept the school place
and be on roll within that timescale.
For the Primary and Secondary transfer processes, applications will not normally be accepted from,
nor places allocated to, an overseas address. The exception to this (for both In Year and transfer
processes) is for children of UK service personnel and crown servants (and from military families
who are residents of countries with a Memorandum of Understanding with the UK). In these cases
Roselands will allocate a place in advance of the family arriving in the area provided the
application is accompanied by an official letter that declares a relocation date and a HCC Unit
postal address or quartering area address, for consideration of the application against
oversubscription criteria. If the family already has an established alternative private address, that
address will be used for admission purposes.
Roselands will also consider accepting applications from children* whose family can evidence
intent to return to and/or permanently reside in Hertfordshire prior to the start of the new academic
year. These applications, if accepted, will be processed from the overseas address until sufficient
evidence is received to show the child is permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Evidence must be
submitted at the time of application.
Evidence submitted after the date for late applications cannot be taken into account before National
Allocation Day. Decisions on these applications will be made by a panel of governors and
communicated with parents within 6 weeks of the closing date for applications.
If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps because they are
working abroad at the time of application, the Hertfordshire address will not be accepted for the
purposes of admission until the child is resident at that address.
Other children, than those mentioned above, from overseas do not generally have automatic right
of entry to the UK. An application for a school place will not therefore be accepted until they are
permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Proof of residency such as an endorsed passport or entry
visa will be required with the application, in addition to proof of Hertfordshire address, for
example a council tax bill or 12 month rental agreement.
*Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or British
Overseas passports), or have a UK passport describing them as a British citizen or British subject

Return to Index
with the right of abode or are European Economic Area nationals normally have unrestricted entry
to the UK.

Age of admission and deferral of places

Roselands’s policy is that children born on and between 1 September 2014 and 31 August 2015*
would normally commence primary school in Reception in the academic year beginning in
September 2019. We provide for the full-time admission of all children offered a place in the
Reception year group from the September following their fourth birthday. If a parent wants a full-
time place for their child from September (at the school at which a place has been offered) then
they are entitled to that full-time place.
Parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the same academic year or
until the term in which the child reaches compulsory school age. Summer born children are only
able to “defer” entry to Reception class until the beginning of the final term of the school year for
which the offer was made.
Where parents wish, children can attend part-time until they reach compulsory school age. Any
parents wishing to take up a part-time place or deferred entry should contact us to discuss their
child’s requirements.
st st
*Summer born children (1 April – 31 August) – Entry to Reception
Legally, a child does not have to start school until the start of the term following their fifth
birthday. Following guidance issued by the Department for Education on 8 September 2015,
Roselands has amended its policy for summer born children. Children born between 1 April 2015
and 31 August 2015 are categorised as “summer born” and if parents/carers do not believe that
their summer born child is ready to join Reception in 2019 they may delay their application until
2020.
These applications will be processed in exactly the same way as all other reception applications
received at that time; there is no guarantee that a place will be offered.

If parents wish to delay their application for a Reception place they are advised to discuss their
child’s needs /development with their current early years or nursery provider. If parents wish their
child to remain in their existing nursery school or class for a further year (rather than moving into
the Reception year group) they must let their current school/setting (including the Roselands
nursery) know before the end of the Spring term in 2019 (before the Easter break).

Children Out of Year Group (except applications for reception from summer born)
Roselands’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct chronological year group,
with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of individual children. This is in
line with DfE guidance which states that “in general, children should be educated in their normal
age group”.
If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they should, at
the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals working with the
child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal age appropriate cohort.
DfE guidance makes clear that “it is reasonable for admission authorities to expect parents to
provide them with information in support of their request – since without it they are unlikely to be
able to make a decision on the basis of the circumstances of the case”.
A panel of governors will decide whether the application will be accepted on the basis of the
information submitted. The panel make decisions based upon the circumstances of each case
including the view of parents, the headteacher, the child's social, academic and emotional
development and whether the child has been previously educated out of year group. There is no

Return to Index
guarantee that an application will be accepted on this basis. If the application is not accepted this
does not constitute a refusal of a place and there is no right to an independent statutory appeal.
Similarly there is no right of a place for a space in a specific year group. The internal management
and organisation of the school, including the placement of pupils in classes, is a matter for the
Headteacher and senior leadership.
The governing body is ultimately responsible for making this decision for applications made to
their school.

Return to Index
 ROWANS PRIMARY SCHOOL (ACADEMY2)

Herts for Learning Multi Academy Trust

Draft Admissions Policy for 2019/2020 (for consultation)

Rowans Primary School (Academy) (the “Academy”) is an academy within the Herts for Learning
Multi Academy Trust (the “Trust”)

The Trust is the admissions authority for the Academy and is therefore responsible for determining
and implementing the admission arrangements for the Academy each year in accordance with the
School Admissions Code 2014 (“the Code”) and other legislation.

EQUALITY AND INCLUSION

The Academy is fully inclusive and welcomes applications for the admission of children of all abilities
and needs, including those with special educational needs and disabilities. The Academy fully
complies with its responsibilities under the Equality Act 2010.

PUBLISHED ADMISSION NUMBER (“PAN”)

The Academy will provide for the admission of the appropriate number of children in accordance
with the published admission number (“PAN”). The PAN for Reception Year at the Academy is 30.

This means that the Academy will admit up to that number of children in the September of the
school year to which this policy applies.

Where fewer applications are received than the PAN, the Academy will offer places to all those who
have applied.

Applications for places in Reception should be made on the Local Authority’s Common Application
Form. This is accessible on the LA’s website and must be submitted in accordance with the LA’s
published deadlines for applications, namely Tuesday 15th January 2019.

Late applications will be accepted but will not be considered until all applications received on or
before the application deadline have been processed, which will reduce the chance of achieving a
place for the child.

2
Rowans Primary School will change name on conversion
2

Return to Index
CHILDREN WHO CURRENTLY HAVE A NURSERY PLACE AT THE SCHOOL

The Academy has an on-site nursery. Where a child attends the Academy’s nursery, an application
for admission into Reception Year must still be submitted. There is no automatic transfer from the
nursery to Reception Year at the Academy.

CHILDREN WITH AN EDUCATION HEALTH AND CARE PLAN

There are separate statutory procedures in place which govern the admission of children with special
educational needs (“SEN”) for whom an education health and care plan (“EHC plan”) has been issued
by their Local Authority. This means that the parents of children who have an EHC plan should not
apply for admission of their child to the Academy under this Admission Policy. If parents have a
preference for the Academy to be named as the provider in their child’s EHC plan, the Local
Authority needs to be made aware of this so that they can consider whether the Academy is suitable
in consultation with the child’s parents and the Academy.

Where a child’s EHC plan names the Academy as the provider, the child will be admitted to the
Academy even if this will result in the published admission number (“PAN”) for that year group, or
the statutory maximum infant class size, being exceeded. Where admission is to Reception Year in
September (i.e. in the normal admission round), the number of places available within the PAN for
other children will be reduced.

Where a child is in the process of being assessed by the Local Authority to establish whether an EHC
plan should be made, parents should speak to the Local Authority before applying for admission
under this Admission Policy, to check the stage the assessment has reached and whether a decision
to make an EHC plan will be made before the application deadline as, if it has, an application under
this Admission Policy will not be necessary.

OVERSUBSCRIPTION CRITERIA

After the admission of pupils with Statements of Special Educational Needs and where the Academy
is oversubscribed, priority for admission will be given to those children in priority order below:

1. Looked after children and previously looked after children (or became subject to a child
arrangements order or a special guardianship order) with those living nearer receiving higher
priority.

A “looked after child” is a child in public care at the date on which the application is made. A
“previously looked after child” is a child who was in public care, but ceased to be so because
they were adopted or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order
immediately after being in public care.

To be included in this category, the application for admission must be supported by the
relevant Local Authority’s Children’s Services Department. In the case of a previously looked
after child, a copy of the adoption or special guardianship order must also accompany the
application for admission.

2. Children who the Trust accepts have an exceptional medical or social need for a place at the
Academy with those living nearer receiving higher priority.

This category gives priority to children for whom Rowans Primary School (Academy) is the
only school that is appropriate for the child to attend because of the child’s exceptional
medical or social need.

Return to Index
 Applications under this priority must be accompanied by a Priority 2 Form, which is available
from our website.

Part A of the Priority 2 Form must be completed by the parent(s) before being provided to
the child or parent’s doctor, social worker or other relevant independent professional who
must then completed Part B, sign, stamp and date the form. The doctor, social worker or
other relevant independent professional must expressly confirm not only the nature of the
exceptional medical or social need of the child, but also the reason why it is appropriate for
the child to attend the Academy, why no other school is suitable, and the reasons why this is
the case.

The completed, signed and stamped Priority 2 Form must be provided with the common
application form. An application under this priority will not be considered in cases where
the completed, signed and stamped Priority 2 Form is received after the common application
form has been submitted.

Applications under Priority 2 will be considered by the Academy Governing Body (or the
relevant Admissions Committee).

3. Linked School: This rule does not apply to this school (for infant and junior schools only)

4. Children with a brother or sister already attending the Academy and who will still be
attending on the date of admission with those living nearer receiving higher priority

Note: this category includes full brothers and sisters, adopted, or foster brothers and sisters,
half brothers and sisters or stepbrothers and sisters. Parents/Guardians should note that in
all these cases, the brother or sister must be living at the same address as the child for
whom the application is being made.

For the avoidance of doubt, other children within the family (for example, cousins) who live
at the same address because members of the child’s extended family (for example, aunts
and uncles) also live there, will not be regarded as siblings for the purpose of this priority.

In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the Academy’s final year as long as they will still be
in attendance at the time of admission

5. Children of school staff where:

a. the member of staff has been employed at the Academy for two or more years at the
time at which the application for admission to the Academy is made; and / or

b. where the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a
demonstrable shortage with those living nearer receiving higher priority.

For the purposes of satisfying these criteria, a member of staff is defined as a permanent
member of the teaching staff, or a permanent member of the non-teaching staff. This
definition does not include contract staff. This definition does not include peripatetic staff
employed by HCC. The child must be living permanently with the member of staff.

Return to Index
 6. All other children.

Children not falling into any of the above categories will be allocated places in this category
by reference to the proximity of the child’s home address (as defined by this policy) to the
Academy, with those living nearer receiving higher priority.

DISTANCE MEASURING

Hertfordshire County Council’s ‘straight line’ distance measurement system is used for all home to
school distance measurements. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to
two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of
your child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally
recognised method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

In the case of multi-dwelling buildings (for example, an apartment block), the distance will be
measured from same GIS determined point in the building regardless of the actual location within
the building of the child’s home address, with the tie breaker being applied if more than one
application is received for children living in the building (see below).

TIE BREAKER

Where two applications cannot otherwise be separated because the distance between the child’s
home address (as defined by this policy) to the Academy is the same, the order in which places will
be allocated will be determined by random lottery using the Local Authority’s software in the
presence of a person who is independent of the Academy.

CHILD’S HOME ADDRESS

The address given on the application form must be the child’s main home address, which will usually
be the address at which Child Benefit is claimed or if there is no entitlement to Child Benefit, then
the address at which the child is registered with their GP will be used. A business address or the
address of a parent with whom the child does not live, a relative or a child minder must not be given.

The child’s home address stated must be a residential property that is the child’s only or main
residence, and not an address at which he or she might sometimes stay or sleep.

Where a child spends part of the week with different parents/carers the home address will be the
address at which the child spends the majority of weekday nights during term time. If two addresses
are given, only one will be accepted, which will be the address which meets the definition stated
above. Where there is a dispute over which address is the child’s main home address, the address at
which Child Benefit is claimed or if there is no entitlement to Child Benefit, then the address at
which the child is registered with their GP will be deemed to be their main home address.

Proof of residence or offer of letting from landlord will be required.

STATUTORY MAXIMUM INFANT CLASS SIZE

The maximum number of pupils legally permitted to be in a class in Reception Year, Year 1 or Year 2
class is 30 pupils.

There are specified circumstances in which some categories of children will not be counted towards
the class size, allowing for these children to be admitted to a class containing 30 or more pupils
without breaching the statutory maximum infant class size. These children are known as “excepted
pupils” until the class size falls back to 30 pupils. Parents are referred to Paragraph 2.15 of the Code
5

Return to Index
(which is accessible on the Department for Education’s website) for further details in this respect.

Children of multiple birth

If the last child to be offered a place (the 30th place in a school with a PAN of 30 for example) we will
endeavour to admit the child’s twin, triplet etc., if they all apply at the same time. This is because
the School Admissions Code allows us to admit such siblings as exceptions to the infant class size
limit and operate with classes of over 30.

CHILDREN OF UK SERVICE PERSONNEL AND CROWN SERVANTS

The Academy will accept applications for the admission of the children of UK Armed Forces
Personnel with a confirmed posting in the area of the Academy, or the children of Crown Servants
returning from overseas to live in the area of the Academy, in advance of them arriving. These
children do not have to be living at the stated home address at the application deadline, as all other
children do.

The application for admission must be supported by an official letter declaring the relocation date
and a Unit postal address or quartering area address, which will be used as the child’s home address
for the purpose of applying this Admission Policy.

FAIR ACCESS

The school is committed to taking its fair share of vulnerable children who are hard to place, in
accordance with locally agreed protocols. Children admitted under the protocol will be prioritised
above those on the waiting list.

WAITING LISTS

The Academy will operate a waiting list for each year group. Where in any year the Academy
receives more applications for places than there are places available, a waiting list will operate until
the end of the academic year. This will be maintained by the Academy and it will be open to any
parent/guardian to ask for his or her child’s name to be placed on the waiting list, following an
unsuccessful application.

Children’s position on the waiting list will be determined solely in accordance with the
oversubscription criteria. Where places become vacant they will be allocated to children on the
waiting list in accordance with the oversubscription criteria.

ARRANGEMENTS FOR ADMITTING PUPILS TO OTHER YEAR GROUPS, INCLUDING REPLACING ANY
PUPILS WHO HAVE LEFT THE SCHOOL (‘IN-YEAR ADMISSIONS’)

You can apply to change school during the school year. We call this an "in year admission".

To apply for an in-year admission to Rowans Primary (Academy) please complete the ‘In year
Admissions Form’ http://www.rowans.herts.sch.uk/school-information/policies-1 and send it and
any supporting documentation to admin@rowans.herts.sch.uk.

We'll let you know if you're successful within 10 working days, once we receive your application,
proof of address and any additional documents needed. If the year group applied for has a place
available, the Academy will admit the child. If more applications are received than there are places
available, the place will be allocated applying the oversubscription criteria set out above.

Return to Index
You need to accept or decline any place offered. If a place is not available, you will be given the
opportunity to have your name added to the waiting list. You will also have a right to appeal the
decision.

AGE ON ADMISSION TO RECEPTION YEAR

All children are entitled to a full-time place in Reception Year at a primary school from the
September following their fourth birthday. Children do not, however, reach compulsory school age
until the first of three prescribed dates after their fifth birthday. These prescribed dates are 31
December, 31 March and 31 August.

For example, a child who will reach the age of five years on 18 November will not reach compulsory
school age until the following 1 January, a child who will reach the age of five years on 22 March will
not reach compulsory school age until the following 1 April and a child who will reach the age of five
years on 3 June will not reach compulsory school age until the following 31 August.

Deferred entry and part-time attendance

Parents offered a place for their child have a right to defer entry, or to take a place up part-time,
until the start of the term beginning immediately after their child has reached compulsory school
age. However, places cannot be deferred until the next academic year. Parents can also ask that
their child attends on a part-time basis until they reach compulsory school age.

However, the start date for a child born between 1 April and 31 August who will not reach
compulsory school age until 31 August (known as a “summer born child”) cannot be deferred later
than the first day of the last term (usually when the Academy reopens after Easter) without losing
the place achieved, which will then be allocated to another child. Parents of “summer born
children” can, however, choose to delay their child starting school for a whole school year (see
below).

Parents may also choose to send their child to school part-time until they reach compulsory school
age (i.e. on one of the three prescribed dates stated above). Unlike the right to defer entry, this
right can be exercised during the last term in the case of “summer born children”, and can also be
exercised in combination with the right to defer the child’s start date until later in the school year, as
set out above.

For example, a child born on 18 November could start school part-time from 1 September and then
full-time from 1 January, and a child born on 22 March could start school part-time from either 1
September or 1 January and then full-time from 1 April.

Delayed entry for “summer born children”

Parents of summer born children have the following options in relation to their child:

1. To start school full-time in Reception Year in the September following their fourth birthday in
the usual way; or

2. To retain the place they have achieved for their child in Reception Year and decide that their
child will start school later in the school year (i.e. deferred entry) and/or attend part-time, as
set out above; or

Return to Index
3. To lose any place achieved for their child in Reception Year and delay (rather than defer) their
child starting school for one whole school year (i.e. following September).

Parents choosing to exercise the third option will need to decide whether they want their child to be
admitted to Year 1 in the following September with their usual age group (subject to their being an
available place in Year 1, as no place will be have been reserved for the child) or be admitted to
Reception Year in the following September with children below their normal age group.

The latter option requires parents to submit a separate Application for Admission Outside Normal
Age Group to the AGB of the Academy (see below). In the event that the Application for Admission
Outside Normal Age Group is approved by the Academy Governing Body, there is no guarantee that
a place will be available in the preferred year group. Once a decision has been made, the Academy
will apply its oversubscription criteria to decide whether a place can be offered in that age group.
This means that, although the parents may have obtained the Academy’s agreement to their child
being admitted below its normal age range into Reception Year one school year after being eligible
to start school, their child may not achieve a place in Reception Year at the Academy the following
year.

In the case of summer born children seeking to delay starting school for one school year and then to
be admitted into Reception Year below their normal age group, an application for admission into
Reception Year using with the child’s normal age group should be made in the usual way
accompanied by a request to be admitted into Reception Year the following year (by completing the
“Application For Admission Outside Normal Age Group Form” with supporting evidence).

Provided the application is received in time, parents will receive a response to their request before
primary national offer day. If a request is agreed, the application for the normal age group may be
withdrawn before a place is offered. If a request is refused, the parent must decide whether to:

a. accept the offer of a place for the normal age group (if an offer is made); or

b. refuse it and make an in year application for admission to Year 1 for the September
following the child’s fifth birthday (there is no guarantee that places will be available in Year
1 if the Academy is oversubscribed).

Where a parent’s request for admission outside of the normal age group for summer born children is
agreed, a new application must be submitted as part of the main admissions round the following
year.

Parents do not have a right of appeal if they have been offered a place and it is not in the year group
they would like. However, parents may make a complaint about the Academy’s decision not to admit
their child outside their normal age group.

ADMISSION OF CHILDREN OUTSIDE THEIR NORMAL AGE GROUP

Parents may request that their child is admitted to a year group outside their normal age range, for
instance where the child is gifted or talented or where a child has suffered from particular social or
medical issues impacting his or her schooling. All such requests will be considered on their merits
and either agreed or refused, on that basis. If a request is refused, the child will still be considered
for admission to their normal age group.

Return to Index
Parents wishing to submit a request for their child to be admitted outside their normal age group
should submit an “Application For Admission Outside Normal Age Group Form” which is available
from http://www.rowans.herts.sch.uk/school-information/policies-1

Return to Index
The process for requesting such an admission is as follows:

With the application, parents should request that the child is admitted to another year group (state
which one), and the reasons for that request. Parents will submit any evidence in support of their
case with the application, for instance from a medical practitioner, Headteacher etc. Some of the
evidence a parent might submit could include:

1. Whether the child is ‘summer born’ and is seeking admission to a year group other than
reception (or is seeking admission to reception rather than year 1);

2. Information about the child’s academic, social and emotional development;

3. Where relevant, their medical history and the views of a medical professional;

4. Whether they have previously been educated out of their normal age group;

5. Whether they may naturally have fallen into a lower age group if it were not for being born
prematurely.

This is a non-exhaustive list. There may be other factors that the Academy Governing Board will
consider. The Academy will consider each case on its merits, taking into account the individual
circumstances of the request and the child’s best interests. We will also ensure the parent is aware
of whether the request for admission out of age group has been agreed before final offers are made,
and the reason for any refusal. Requests for admission out of the normal year group will be
considered alongside other applications made at the same time. An application from a child who
would ‘normally’ be a year 1 child for a reception place will be considered alongside applications for
reception.

ARRANGEMENTS FOR APPEALS PANELS

Parents/Carers will have the right of appeal to an Independent Appeal Panel if they are dissatisfied
with an admission decision of the Academy. The Appeal Panel will be independent of the Academy.
The arrangements for Appeals will be in line with the Code of Practice on School Admission Appeals
published by the Department for Education. The determination of the appeal panel will be made in
accordance with the Code of Practice on School Admission Appeals and is binding on all parties.

Normal admissions round

Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system for the normal
admissions round should log in to their online application and click on the link “register an appeal”.
Out of county residents and paper applicants should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123
4043 to request their registration details and log into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and
click on the link “log into the appeals system”.

In-year admissions

For in-year admissions, we will write to you with the outcome of your application and, if you
have been unsuccessful, the county council will write to you with registration details to enable
you to login and appeal online at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals

THE ACADEMY EXPECTS PARENTS TO PROVIDE TRUE AND ACCURATE INFORMATION. IF IT

IS DISCOVERED THAT FALSE INFORMATION HAS BEEN PROVIDED, THE OFFER OF A PLACE IS
LIKELY TO BE WITHDRAWN. 10

Return to Index
  
School logo 
 
 
School name 
 
Application Form 
In Year Admissions 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 Before you fill in this form, please read the guidance documents and information on our website 
at school website info 
 
 Supplementary Information Forms (if applicable) and any additional supporting documentation 
should be returned direct to the school 
 
 Please complete this form using black ink and CAPITAL LETTERS 
 
 You must include two recent (within the last 3 months) forms of address evidence. One must 
be a council tax bill, utility bill, solicitor’s letter showing completion date or a signed tenancy 
agreement. Please do not send originals.  
 
 If moving/returning to the UK, you must also provide evidence of your arrival. This can be flight 
itinerary, boarding passes or ferry/train tickets. 
 
 
We cannot process an application without evidence of your address. 
   

Return to Index
 
 
Section 1: Your child’s details 
 
 
Date place is required*:  

 
*Places are offered on the basis that they will be taken up within 10 school days. Please do not apply more 
than 4 weeks in advance of the date you require a place unless you are a service family. 
 

 
Your child’s details: 
 
First name  Middle name(s)  Family name/Surname 
   
Date of birth  Current Year Group*  Female / Male 

 
*Hertfordshire will allocate a place into the usual year group based on your child’s date of birth. If you wish 
your child to be educated in a different year group to that indicated by their date of birth, please provide 
further details with this form. 
 
 

Your child’s current  Current address 
address and postcode   
   
We check addresses and   
we will withdraw our offer   
of a school place if you   
give a false address 
Postcode 
   
  
 
Your child’s new  If you are moving house, please provide the new address below: 
address and postcode   
Date of move*   
 
 
Postcode 
   
 
*Please ensure you enclose proof of your new address including the move date. This can be either a 
solicitor’s letter confirming completion or a copy of the formal lease agreement. If you are moving to a rental 
property, please provide evidence that you have sold or are in the process of selling your previous property, 
or that a previous lease agreement has ended. We will not be able to take into account a new address 
without proof as referred to above. 
 
   

Return to Index
Section 2: Application details 
 
 
Does the child have a sibling at the school? * If yes, please give details below:  Yes □ No □ 

Name:  Male/Female: 
 
  Date of birth: 

 
*A sibling is either the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of the 
parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after and in every case living permanently 
in a placement within the home as part of the family household. 
 
 
Does your child have an Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) or 
Yes □ No □ 
statement of special needs (SN)? 
 
A Statement of SN or an EHCP is a document written by the local authority detailing the child’s needs and the 
measures the school will take to help them. The SEN team at the local authority manage admissions for 
children with a statement and your application will be passed to them.  
 
 
Is the child you are making an application for in the care of the Local 
Yes □ No □ 
Authority (Child Looked After)? 
If yes, please indicate which local authority and include a supporting letter from the child’s social 
worker and/or advisory teacher: 
 
 
Was your child previously looked after but was then adopted or became 
Yes □ No □ 
subject to a child arrangements order or special guardianship order? 

If yes, please provide supporting evidence including a copy of the adoption order if applicable 
 
 

Are you applying under Rule 2 (exceptional medical or social needs)?*  Yes □ No □ 
*You must include supporting professional evidence clearly demonstrating why your child’s needs can only 
be met at one specific school. Please include all the evidence you wish us to consider as we can only 
consider the information received at the time of application. Rule 2 can only be re‐considered if there has 
been an exceptional change of circumstances 
 
 
 

Are you applying under the Children of Staff rule if applicable*?    Yes □    No □ 
*This is not currently applicable at this school 

 
 
 

Return to Index
 Are you or your partner UK service personnel or a crown servant?  Yes □ No □ 

If yes, please include an official MOD, FC or GCHQ letter showing relocation date 
 
 
 
Your child’s current school       
 
School Name  School Address 

Date last attended  
 
(if your child has left):   
 
 

 
Section 3: Your details 
 
Name of person making the  Title  Initial  Family Name 
application  (Usually a parent/carer) 

Address if different to that given 
above 

Daytime telephone number 

Email address 
Our preferred way to contact you 

Your relationship to the child 
 
 
Is the child living with you under a private fostering arrangement? 
This is where the child lives with an adult who is not a close relative i.e. not a   Yes □   No □ 
parent, grandparent, sibling, aunt or uncle. 
Do you have parental responsibility? *   Yes □   No □ 

If no, please provide permission from the person(s) with parental responsibility confirming they are 
in agreement with the application. 
 
 
   

Return to Index
 
 
Section 4: Parental declaration 
 
If you deliberately give false information, we may withdraw the offer of a school place. 
 
All of the information I have given on this form is correct and up to date.  
 
I have read and understand the school’s admissions policy. 
 
I understand that you will inform my child’s current school of this application and will share the 
information in this application with the schools listed on this form and, if different, the allocated 
school.  
 
I understand that my child must be able to take up the allocated school place immediately and 
that the place may be withdrawn if not accepted within 10 school days. 
 
I confirm I have parental responsibility for this child and/or the agreement of all 
persons with parental responsibility  □ 
 
I enclose:      Supporting evidence relating to the application, including proof of  □ 
arrival if applicable  
  □ 
Proof of address ‐ we cannot process the application without this. 
   
 

Your full name   

Your signature    Date:   
     
 
 
Please return this application form to the office of name of school 
School address 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  It is very important that you include all necessary
 
documentation
 
with your application in order to avoid any
  delays.
 
 

Return to Index
               
 

[SCHOOL LOGO]   

[SCHOOL/ACADEMY NAME] 

APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION OUTSIDE NORMAL AGE GROUP 

This is not an application for admission – it is an application to the Academy Governing Board for their 
agreement in principle to the child being admitted to any year group other than the child’s normal year 
group. The completed form and any supporting documentation must be submitted to [School/Academy 
Name]  for  consideration  by  the  Academy  Governing  Board  as  soon  as  possible.    Regardless  of  the 
outcome of this application, a separate application for admission will need to be made in the usual way, 
and  will  be  considered  with  all  other  applications  received,  applying  the  oversubscription  criteria  as 
appropriate.   

In the case of children born between 1 April and 31 August (known as “summer born children”) whose 
parents want them to start Reception Year one year later than usual (i.e. in the September following 
their fifth birthday, rather than the September following their fourth birthday), the application should 
be made well in advance of the application deadline for the child’s admission to Reception Year with 
their  normal  age  group,  to  keep  all  options  open.    Where  the  Academy  Governing  Board  agrees  an 
application in principle, their letter confirming this should accompany the subsequent application for 
admission. 

This form should be read alongside the School’s/Academy’s Admissions Policy. 

This form should be completed by the parent with whom the child lives for more than 50% of their 
time from Monday to Friday during term time.  Please complete in block capitals using black ink.  All 
names  provided  must  be  formal  names,  as  stated  in  passports  and  other  formal  documents.    The 
completed form should be forwarded to the school office at School/Academy name. 

 
 

PART A – CHILD’S DETAILS 

Child’s Surname:   

Child’s Forename(s):   

Child’s Date of Birth:   

Child’s Main Home Address:   

(as defined in the Admissions Policy) 

 
 
1 
Return to Index
 PART B – PARENT’S DETAILS 

Parent’s Surname:   

Parent’s Forename(s):   

Parent’s Home Address:   

(If different) 

Parent’s Email Address:   

Parent’s Contact Number:   

 
 

PART C – APPLICATION DETAILS 

What date do you want the child to be admitted?   

What  year  group  do  you  want  the  child  to  be   
admitted to? 

What year group would the child’s normal age group   
be in? 

Please  give  detailed  reasons  for  your  belief  that  it  is  in  the  best  interests  of  your  child  to  be  admitted 
outside their normal age group.  In doing so, please consider the following factors which will be considered 
by the Academy Governing Board: 

• The parents’ views; 
• The Headteacher’s view; 
• The child’s academic, social and emotional development; 
• Where relevant, the child’s medical history and the views of their medical professionals; 
• Whether the child has previously been educated outside of their normal age group; 
• Whether the child would have naturally have fallen into a lower age range were it not for having been 
born prematurely. 

This is a non‐exhaustive list.  There may be other factors that the Academy Governing Board will consider.  

 
   

2 
Return to Index
 

       
 
   
3 
Return to Index
 
 

Please list all documents attached in support of your application: 

 
 
 

PART D – PARENT’S SIGNATURE 

I certify that the information provided in this form is true and accurate, to the best of my knowledge and 
belief: 

Signed:   

Print name:   

Date:   

   
 

4 
Return to Index
 [SCHOOL LOGO]   

 
[Name of school] 
 
PRIORTY 2 FORM ‐ EXCEPTIONAL MEDICAL OR SOCIAL NEED 
 
REPORT FROM A DOCTOR, SOCIAL WORKER OR OTHER RELEVANT 
INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL 
 
Part A of this form must be completed by a parent.  The form should then be provided to the doctor, social 
worker or other relevant independent professional who should complete Part B, sign, date and stamp the 
form, before returning it to the parent if the parent wants to rely on this priority in order to achieve a place 
at the school.  The form must be submitted at the same time as the Common Application Form.  
 
This  form  is  intended  to  support  an  application  for  admission  under  Priority  2  of  the  academy’s/school’s 
Admission Policy, which states: 
 
“Priority 2 – Children who the Trust accepts have an exceptional medical or social need for a place at the 
school”: 
  
Children for whom [Name of School] is the only school that is appropriate for the child to attend because of 
the child’s exceptional medical or social need, will be admitted under this priority.   
 
Applications under this priority must be accompanied by Priority 2 Form, Part A of which must be completed 
by  the  parents  before  being  provided  to  the  child  or  parent’s  the  doctor,  social  worker  or  other  relevant 
independent professional who must then completed Part B, sign, stamp and date the form.  The doctor, social 
worker  or  other  relevant  independent  professional  must  expressly  confirm  not  only  the  nature  of  the 
exceptional medical or social need of the child or parent, but also the reason why it is appropriate for the child 
to attend the school, why no other school is suitable, and the reasons why this is the case.   
 
The completed, signed and stamped Priority 2 Form must be provided with the common application form.  An 
application  under  this  priority  will  not  be  considered  in  cases  where  the  completed,  signed  and  stamped 
Priority 2 Form is received after the common application form has been submitted.” 
 
 
 
Instructions to Hertfordshire County Council: please ensure that this form is kept 
confidential  and  is  processed  only  to  the  extent  that  it  is  necessary  to  pass  the 
information to the school.  Please ensure that the forms are sent to the school by a 
secure  means.    Please  contact  HCC’s  Strategy  &  Policy  Manager,  Admissions  & 
Transport, for further details. 
   

1 

Return to Index
 

PART A – To be completed by Parent 

Child’s Surname:   

Child’s Forename(s):   

Child’s Date of Birth:   

Child’s Main Home Address:   

   

   

   

This form should now be handed to the child’s doctor, social worker or other relevant independent 
professional for completion of Part B. 

2 

Return to Index
PART  B  –  To  be  completed  by  a  doctor,  social  worker  or  other 
relevant independent professional then returned to the parent 

Name of person with an   
exceptional  medical or 
social need: 

Please confirm the nature   
of the exceptional medical 
or social need:   

   

   

   

In your professional opinion, is [NAME OF SCHOOL] the only school which is appropriate for the 
child to attend as a result of their medical or social need? 

 
Yes    No   
 

Please state your reasons   
for stating [NAME OF 
SCHOOL] is the only school   
which is appropriate for the 
child to attend:   

   

   

   

3 

Return to Index
   

   

Please explain the   
difficulties the child would 
experience if the child   
attended another school 
within a reasonable   
distance of the child’s main 
home address:   

   

   

   

   

Signed:   

Print Name:   

Position:   

4 

Return to Index
 Organisation:   

Organisation’s address:   

Date:   

Official Stamp:   

Note to professional: please return the completed form to the parent named above by a secure 
means.  It is the parent’s responsibility to submit the form as part of the admissions application 
process. 

5 

Return to Index
 The Royston Schools Academy Trust / Roysia Middle School

Admissions Statement for 2019-2020

The Royston Schools Academy Trust (RSAT) is the admission authority for both Greneway
and Roysia Middle Schools and Meridian Upper School. Admissions will continue to be
managed by Hertfordshire County Council in line with the Trust’s published admissions
arrangements under agreed criteria.

Consultation on proposed changes within Royston Schools Academy Trust

Greneway, Roysia, Meridian Schools - moving forward together

The Trust is proposing authority to merge all three schools, to create a through school for
pupils between the age of 9 and 18 (Years 5-13) from September 2018. This proposal is
subject to approval following a full consultation process (20.10.17 – 01.12.17). If the Trust’s
proposal is approved, a successful application will result in a child attending a through
school, with no application process for entry to Year 9.

The school’s published admission number for 2019/20: 90

The majority of children attending Royston Schools Academy Trust live in Hertfordshire but
since we border the county of Cambridgeshire, we also admit children from the surrounding
villages.

When the Trust receives more applications than there are places the admissions rules are
applied by Children’s Services. An appeal statement has been written prepared by HCC and
is used during all appeal hearings.

Rule 1: Children looked after and children who were previously looked after, but
ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a child
arrangements order¹ or a special guardianship order²)

Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the
School Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission
Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2012.

These children will be prioritised under rule 1.

Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special
guardianship order.

A “child looked after” is a child who is:

a) in the care of a local authority, or
b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social
services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission
under rule 1.³

Page 1

Return to Index
Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked
after providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under
Rule 1.

Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the subject
of a child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised under rule
1.

Applications made for these children, with suitable supporting professional evidence, can be
considered under rule 2.

¹Child arrangements order Under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which amended section 8 of the
Children Act 1989, residence orders have now been replaced by child arrangements orders which settle the arrangements to
be made as to the person with whom the child is to live.

² Special guardianship order Under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s
special guardian or guardians.

³ This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the School Admissions Code that came
into force on 19 December 2014.

Rule 2: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical
or social need to go to the school

Rule 2 applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application, unless there
has been a significant and exceptional change of circumstances within the family since the
initial application was submitted.

All schools in Hertfordshire have experience in dealing with children with diverse social and
medical needs. However in a few very exceptional cases, there are reasons why a child has
to go to one specific school.

Few applications under Rule 2 are agreed.

All applications are considered individually but a successful application should include the
following:

a. Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only one school can meet a child’s
individual needs, and/or
b. Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making clear why
only one school can meet he child’s needs.
c. If the requested school is not the nearest school to the child’s home address clear reasons
why the nearest school is not appropriate.
d. For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or disability
makes attendance at only a specific school essential.

Evidence should make clear why only one school is appropriate.

Applications under Rule 2 can only be considered when supported by a recent letter from a
professional involved with the child or family, for example a doctor, psychologist or police
officer. The supporting evidence needs to demonstrate why only one named school can
meet the social/medical needs of the child.

Applications for children previously “looked after” but not meeting the specific criteria
outlined in Rule 1, may be made under this rule.

Further details on the Rule 2 process can be found in the Rule 2 protocol, which can be
found on the Hertfordshire County Council website.

Page 2

Return to Index
Rule 3 Sibling: Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school or linked school at the
time of application (this applies to Year 5 to Year 7 in middle schools).

A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts. A
sibling means the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, or child
of the parent/carer or partner, and in every case living in the same house from Monday
to Friday.

Where a place is obtained and the child admitted to the school and is subsequently
identified that this place was gained fraudulently, there will be no sibling connection
available to subsequent children from that family.

Definition of sibling

For applications to schools using Hertfordshire County Council's admission criteria, a

sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister,
child of the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after¹ and
in every case living permanently² in a placement within the home as part of the family
household from Monday to Friday at the time of this application.

A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts or
have been offered and accepted a place.

If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no
sibling connection available to subsequent children from that family.

¹ Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship order or child arrangements
order. This definition was amended following a determination by the OSA in August 2014.

² A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for example a child who usually
lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after child in a respite placement or very short term or
bridging foster placement.

Multiple births: Hertfordshire County Council (HCC), as the admission authority will
admit over the school’s published admission number when a single twin/multiple birth
child is allocated the last place at a school. Where we are not the admitting authority we
would request the school take in the subsequent child(ren) in line with the school’s own
admission arrangements.

Rule 4 Nearest School: Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy. (This
includes all schools except those which allocate places on the basis of faith.)

Home address: The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address
at the time of application. ‘At the time of application’ means the closing date for
applications. “Permanent” means that the child has lived at that address for at least a
year and/or the family own the property or have a tenancy agreement for a minimum of
12 months

The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than
one address (for example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which
the child lives at for the majority of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the
address of the parent/carer that claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered
as the child’s main residence.

Page 3

Return to Index
 If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be
requested.

If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation to

evidence the address that should be used for admission allocation purposes.

If two different applications are received for the same child from the same address, e.g.
containing different preferences, the application from the parent in receipt of child
benefit will be processed if the applications cannot be reconciled.

Rule 5: Distance Children who live nearest to the school.

Children not considered under rule 4 will be considered under rule 5.

Fraudulent applications:

Hertfordshire County Council will do as much as possible to prevent applications being

made from fraudulent addresses, including referring cases to the Shared Anti-Fraud
service for further investigation as necessary.

Address evidence is frequently requested, monitored and checked and school places will
be withdrawn when false information is deliberately provided. Hertfordshire County
Council will take action in the following circumstances:

• When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at their
current school;

• When a child lives at a different address to the applicant;

• When the applicant does not have parental responsibility;

• When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or more
of the following applies:

 The family has moved to a property from which their application was less
likely to be successful;

 The family has returned to an existing property;

 The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time

(anything less than a year) over the application period;

 Official/public records show an alternative address at the time of the

application

• When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from the
address used at the time of application.

Parents/carers will need to show that they have relinquished residency ties with their
previous property and they, and their child(ren) are permanently residing at the address
given on the application form.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify
under a particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by
applying the next rule to those children. Where there is a need for a tie-breaker where
two different addresses measure the same distance from a school, in the case of a
block of flats for example the lower door number will be deemed nearest as logically this

Page 4

Return to Index
 will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two identical addresses of
separate applicants, the tie break will be random allocation

Random allocation will be undertaken independently of the school by Hertfordshire

County Council. Every child entered onto the county council’s admissions database has
an individual random number assigned, between 1 and 1 million, against each
preference school. When there is a need for a final tie break this random number is
used to allocate the place, with the lowest number given priority.

Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions A ‘straight line’

distance measurement is used in all home to school distance measurements for
community and VC schools in Hertfordshire. Distances are measured using a
computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from
the AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the address point of
the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying
the location of schools and individual residences.

Definition of “nearest school” for primary/junior/middle admissions The definition of “nearest

school” includes all schools and academies (regardless of status) unless that school or
academy prioritises applications and allocates places on the basis of faith.

Continuing Interest
After places have been offered, Hertfordshire County Council will maintain the school’s
continuing interest (waiting) list. A child’s position on a CI list will be determined by the
admission criteria outlined above and a child’s place on the list can change as other children
join or leave it. The county council will contact parents/carers if a vacancy becomes
available and it can be offered to a child.

Continuing interest lists will be maintained for every year group until the end of the summer
term, once the Summer term ends parents will need to make an in-year application for their
appropriate year group.

Applications from children* from overseas

Applications from children* from overseas All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16
years) in England have a right of access to education. However, where a child is in England
for a short period only, for example less than half a term, it may be reasonable to refuse
admission to a school.

An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently overseas
if, for In Year applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in Hertfordshire
within two weeks. In Year allocations are made on the assumption that the child will accept
the school place and be on roll within that timescale.

For the Primary and Secondary transfer processes, applications will not normally be
accepted from, nor places allocated to, an overseas address. The exception to this (for both
In Year and transfer processes) is for children of UK service personnel and crown servants
(and from military families who are residents of countries with a Memorandum of
Understanding with the UK). In these cases HCC will allocate a place in advance of the
family arriving in the area provided the application is accompanied by an official letter that

Page 5

Return to Index
declares a relocation date and a HCC Unit postal address or quartering area address, for
consideration of the application against oversubscription criteria.

Applications will also be considered, and places offered in advance for these families, if the
application is accompanied by an official letter that declares a relocation date but does not
provide a quartering or unit address because the family will be residing in private
accommodation. In these cases, if the family does not already have a permanent private
address in Hertfordshire, the military base or alternative “work” address in Hertfordshire will
be used for allocation purposes. If the family already has an established alternative private
address, that address will be used for admission purposes.

HCC will also consider accepting applications from children* whose family can evidence
intent to return to and/or permanently reside in Hertfordshire prior to the start of the new
academic year. These applications, if accepted, will be processed from the overseas
address until sufficient evidence is received to show the child is permanently resident in
Hertfordshire. Evidence must be submitted at the time of application.

Evidence submitted after the date for late applications (4 December 2018 for secondary
transfer and 1 February 2019 for the Under 11s process) cannot be taken into account
before National Allocation Day. Decisions on these applications will be made by a panel of
senior officers and communicated with parents within 6 weeks of the closing date for
applications.

If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps because they
are working abroad at the time of application, the Hertfordshire address will not be accepted
for the purposes of admission until the child is resident at that address.

Other children, than those mentioned above, from overseas do not generally have automatic
right of entry to the UK. An application for a school place will not therefore be accepted until
they are permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Proof of residency such as an endorsed
passport or entry visa will be required with the application, in addition to proof of
Hertfordshire address, for example a council tax bill or 12 month rental agreement.

*Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or British Overseas passports), or have a UK
passport describing them as a British citizen or British subject with the right of abode or are European Economic Area nationals
normally have unrestricted entry to the UK.

Age of Admission and Deferral of Places

Hertfordshire County Council’s policy is that children born on and between 1 September
2014 and 31 August 2015* would normally commence primary school in Reception in the
academic year beginning in September 2019. All Hertfordshire infant, first and primary
schools provide for the full- time admission of all children offered a place in the Reception
year group from the September following their fourth birthday. If a parent wants a full-time
place for their child from September (at the school at which a place has been offered) then
they are entitled to that full-time place.

Parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the same academic
year or until the term in which the child reaches compulsory school age. Summer born
children are only able to “defer” entry to Reception class until the beginning of the final term
of the school year for which the offer was made.

Where parents wish, children can attend part-time until they reach compulsory school age.
Any parents wishing to take up a part-time place or deferred entry should contact the
individual school(s) to discuss their child’s requirements.

In Year Admissions

Page 6

Return to Index
The school will remain part of the county council’s coordinated In Year admissions scheme.
Application forms can be accessed via www.hertsdirect.org/admissions or from the
Customer Service Centre, 0300 123 4043. Parents should return the application form direct
to the County Council (address on the form).

When a parent wishes their child to transfer from another school, prior to submitting an
application, we ask them to meet with the headteacher of Greneway to consider transfer
options.

Fair Access
The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit children
under this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Appeals
At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into their online
application and click on the link 'register an appeal '.For those who did not apply on line,
please contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal pack.'

For In Year appeals please contact the school in the first instance on 01763 243650

Children Out of Year Group (except applications for reception from summer born)

Hertfordshire County Council’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct
chronological year group, with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs
of individual children. This is in line with DfE guidance which states that “in general, children
should be educated in their normal age group”.

If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they
should, at the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals
working with the child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal
age appropriate cohort. DfE guidance makes clear that “it is reasonable for admission
authorities to expect parents to provide them with information in support of their request –
since without it they are unlikely to be able to make a decision on the basis of the
circumstances of the case”.

For community and voluntary controlled schools, the county council as the relevant
admission authority, through a panel process, will decide whether the application will be
accepted on the basis of the information submitted. The panel make decisions based upon
the circumstances of each case including the view of parents, the relevant headteacher(s),
the child's social, academic and emotional development and whether the child has been
previously educated out of year group. There is no guarantee that an application will be
accepted on this basis. If the application is not accepted this does not constitute a refusal of
a place and there is no right to an independent statutory appeal. Similarly there is no right of
appeal for a place in a specific year group at a school. The internal management and
organisation of a school, including the placement of pupils in classes, is a matter for the
Headteacher and senior leadership of individual schools.

The governing body of schools responsible for their own admissions (academies, voluntary
aided and foundation schools) are ultimately responsible for making this decision for
applications made to their school.

Page 7

Return to Index
 Sacred Heart Catholic Primary School
Merry Hill Road, Bushey, Hertfordshire, WD23 1SU
Telephone: 01923 493040
Fax: 01923 493041
Email: admin@sacredheart682.herts.sch.uk Headteacher: Mrs R Tregear
Website: www.sacredheart682.herts.sch.uk

Admission policy for 2019/2020

Living, learning and loving happily together, with Christ at the Centre
There is no automatic transfer from Nursery to the Reception class.
Formal application to the Governing Body must be made for entry to Reception.
Admissions to Reception for 2019/2020:
Sacred Heart Catholic Primary School and Nursery exists primarily to provide education for
Catholic children in the parish of Sacred Heart & St. John the Evangelist. Applications are
invited for September 2019 from families whose child attains 4 years of age between
01/09/2018 and 31/08/2019.
As a Catholic school, we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils and Catholic
doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of the school’s activity. It is essential that the
Catholic character of the school’s education be fully supported by all families in the school.
All applicants are therefore expected to give their full, unreserved and positive support for the
aims and ethos of the school. The school constitution states that religious observance and
education in the school shall be in accordance with the practices and doctrines of the
Catholic Church. The school’s Catholic-centred ethos is reflected in its Mission Statement
and supporting aims.
Applications must be made to your own Local Authority (LA) and returned to them in
accordance with their instructions. The Governing Body will be informed of all applications
made to your own LA and will consider these applications. Applications received after the
deadline date will be considered only if the full quota of places has not been filled. Change of
status notified before the admissions committee allocation meeting will be considered by the
Governing Body.
The Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school is 40. The Governing Body will admit
up to 40 children into the Reception year group each year. Offers of places will be made to
eligible applicants in line with the Hertfordshire County Council (HCC) timetable.

Oversubscription Criteria
In reaching the decision concerning a child’s admission to the school, the Governing Body
will give preference to baptised Catholics with a Certificate of Catholic Practice from a
Catholic priest in the standard format laid down by the Diocese. ‘Family’ includes the
Catholic or Catholics who have legal responsibility for the child.
The only evidence used by the Governing Body to determine whether or not a child is a
member of a Catholic family is the ‘Certificate of Catholic Practice’. The priest’s Certificate of
Catholic Practice is only required for criteria 2, 3 and 4. Applicants wishing to be considered
for criteria 2, 3 or 4 must submit a Certificate of Catholic Practice along with the fully

Return to Index
 Sacred Heart Catholic Primary School
Merry Hill Road, Bushey, Hertfordshire, WD23 1SU
Telephone: 01923 493040
Fax: 01923 493041
Email: admin@sacredheart682.herts.sch.uk Headteacher: Mrs R Tregear
Website: www.sacredheart682.herts.sch.uk

completed Supplementary Information Form (SIF). The Certificate of Catholic Practice must
be submitted even if one has previously been supplied on application to the School Nursery.

Where there are more applications for places than the number of places available, places will
be offered according to the following order of priority:
1. Catholic ‘looked after’ children and Catholic children who have been adopted or made
subject to child arrangements orders or special guardianship orders, immediately after
having been looked after.

2. Baptised Catholic children who have a baptised sibling attending Sacred Heart School
at the time of admission, with a Certificate of Catholic Practice.
3. Baptised Catholic children who are resident in the parish of Sacred Heart & St. John
the Evangelist, with a Certificate of Catholic Practice.
4. Other Baptised Catholic children, with a Certificate of Catholic Practice.
5. Baptised Catholic children who have a baptised Catholic sibling attending Sacred
Heart School at the time of admission.
6. Baptised Catholic children who do not fit criteria 1-5.
7. Other children looked after (CLA) and children who have been adopted (or made
subject to child arrangements orders or special guardianship orders) immediately
following having been looked after.
8. Christians of other denominations have a brother/sister attending Sacred Heart School
at the time of admission.
9. Christians of other denominations
10. Non-Christians who have a brother/sister attending Sacred Heart School at the time of
admission.
11. Any other applicants.
A map of the Parish of Sacred Heart and St John the Evangelist can be found on the school
website www.sacredheart682.herts.sch.uk .
In addition to the above categories, the Governing Body will give top priority to an applicant
within a category where compelling evidence is provided from the appropriate authorities (for
example a letter from a registered health professional such as a doctor or social worker), at
the time of application, of an exceptional social, medical, pastoral or other need of the child,
which can only be met at this school.
Pupils with an Education Health Care Plan (EHCP)
The admission of pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) are dealt with by a
completely separate procedure. This procedure is integral to the making and maintaining of
statements by the pupil’s home LA. Details of this separate procedure are set out in the
Special Educational Needs Code of Practice. Children with this school named in their EHC
Plan will be admitted.

Return to Index
 Sacred Heart Catholic Primary School
Merry Hill Road, Bushey, Hertfordshire, WD23 1SU
Telephone: 01923 493040
Fax: 01923 493041
Email: admin@sacredheart682.herts.sch.uk Headteacher: Mrs R Tregear
Website: www.sacredheart682.herts.sch.uk

Multiple applications from the same family

The Governing Body will admit twins, triplets or other multiple applications from one family for
the same year group, even if the statutory limit of 30 places is exceeded, only if one child has
been allocated the last place available.
Tie Break
Where the offer of places to all the applicants in any of the sub-categories listed above would
still lead to oversubscription, the places up to the admission number will be offered to those
living nearest to the school, distance as measured by Hertfordshire County Council. This will
be measured by County using a ‘straight line’ distance measurement from the address point
of the child’s home to the address point of the school. Distances are measured using a
computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the
AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the address point of the school.
AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the location of
schools and individual residences.
Application Procedure and Timetable
In order to make an application, the online admissions form or a Common Application Form
(CAF) from your local authority must be completed. The School’s Supplementary
Information Form (SIF) should also be completed. The information on the SIF enables the
Governing Body to assess your application fully against the school’s criteria in the event of
oversubscription. The SIF is obtainable from the school and also from the school website
www.sacredheart682.herts.sch.uk The Certificate of Catholic Practice can be obtained from
the priest at the parish where the family normally worships or downloaded from the diocesan
website. The SIF, the Certificate of Catholic Practice, the original Baptismal Certificate and
proof of address should all be returned to school to complete your application.
If the forms described above are not completed and returned by date tbc, the Governing
Body may be unable to consider an application fully and it is very unlikely that a place will be
offered. Applications received after this time will be dealt with after the initial allocation
process has been completed.
Closing date for online applications to be submitted to the LA tbc
Statutory deadline for receipt of paper applications tbc
Offer letters posted for delivery tbc
Date by which parents/carers to accept or reject place offered tbc
Date by which parents/carers return appeal forms tbc

Return to Index
 Sacred Heart Catholic Primary School
Merry Hill Road, Bushey, Hertfordshire, WD23 1SU
Telephone: 01923 493040
Fax: 01923 493041
Email: admin@sacredheart682.herts.sch.uk Headteacher: Mrs R Tregear
Website: www.sacredheart682.herts.sch.uk

Appeals
Unsuccessful applicants will be advised of their right of appeal to an Independent Appeal
Panel. Reasons related to the oversubscription criteria listed above will be given. The
Governing Body can be contacted by writing to the school. At transfer time Hertfordshire
parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into their online application and click
on the link ‘register an appeal’. If you did not apply using Hertfordshire’s on line application
system please contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal
pack. For In Year applications parents wishing to appeal please contact the Customer
Service Centre on 0300 123 4043, or apply online at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk.
Waiting Lists
In addition to their right of appeal, unsuccessful candidates will be offered the opportunity to
be placed on a waiting list. This waiting list will be maintained for this academic year in order
of the oversubscription criteria set out above and not in the order in which applications are
received or added to the list. In the event of a place being offered, the Governing Body will
allocate in line with the criteria. Children are automatically removed from the waiting list at
the end of the academic year.

Fair Access Protocols

The school is committed to taking its fair share of children who are vulnerable and/or hard to
place, as set out in locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal admissions
round the Governing Body is empowered to give absolute priority to a child where admission
is requested under any local protocol that has been agreed by both the Diocese and the
Governing Body for the current school year. The Governing Body has this power even when
admitting a vulnerable and/or hard to place child would mean exceeding the published
number. Children admitted under Hertfordshire Count Council’s Fair Access Protocol will be
prioritised before children on the continuing interest list/waiting list.
Cross Border Co-ordination
Parents must apply for Primary places on their home Local Authority’s application form.
Age of Admission and Deferral of Places
The school’s policy is that children born on and between 1 September and 31 August would
normally commence primary school in Reception in the academic year beginning in
September. All Hertfordshire infant, first and primary schools provide for the full-time
admission of all children offered a place in the Reception year group from the September
following their fourth birthday. If a parent wants a full-time place for their child from
September (at the school at which a place has been offered) then they are entitled to that full-
time place.
Parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the same academic
year or until the term in which the child reaches compulsory school age. Summer born

Return to Index
 Sacred Heart Catholic Primary School
Merry Hill Road, Bushey, Hertfordshire, WD23 1SU
Telephone: 01923 493040
Fax: 01923 493041
Email: admin@sacredheart682.herts.sch.uk Headteacher: Mrs R Tregear
Website: www.sacredheart682.herts.sch.uk

children are only able to “defer” entry to Reception class until the beginning of the final term
of the school year for which the offer was made.
Where parents wish, children can attend part-time until they reach compulsory school age.
Any parents wishing to take up a part-time place or deferred entry should contact the
individual school(s) to discuss their child’s requirements.
Reception intake and summer born children
Legally, a child does not have to start school until the start of the term following their fifth
birthday. Parents are now allowed to keep summer born children in Nursery for an extra year.
Summer born children for this admissions year are those born between 1 April 2014 and 31
August 2014.
If your child was born between 1 April and 31 August 2014, and they did not start in
Reception in the 2018/19 academic year, you may instead make an application for your
child to start Reception in September 2019.

Children Educated Out of Their Chronological Age Group

Any application for a child to be educated out of his/her age group will be considered by the
Governing Body on an individual basis and will only be granted in exceptional circumstances.
Parents should write to the Chair of Governors during the Autumn term in the (academic)
year of application, giving reasons and providing compelling professional evidence.
In-Year Admissions
For In-Year admissions please apply online at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions. You
will also need to complete the school’s SIF form (Supplementary Information Form) and
return it to the school office to ensure your application is considered under the correct criteria
in our oversubscription criteria. If a place is available and there is no waiting list, the child will
be admitted. If there are more applications than places available, then applications will be
ranked by the Governing Body in accordance with the oversubscription criteria. If a place
cannot be offered at this time then you may ask us for the reasons and you will be informed
of your right of appeal. You will be offered the opportunity of being placed on a continuing
interest list. This list will be maintained by the Governing Body in the order of the
oversubscription criteria and not in the order in which the applications are received. Names
are removed from the list at the end of each academic year and applicants will need to re-
apply at the end of the academic year to the Local Authority should they wish to continue to
be considered for the next academic year. When a place becomes available, the Governing
Body will decide which applicant meets the oversubscription criteria best and an offer will be
made on our behalf by the Local Authority.

Return to Index
 Sacred Heart Catholic Primary School
Merry Hill Road, Bushey, Hertfordshire, WD23 1SU
Telephone: 01923 493040
Fax: 01923 493041
Email: admin@sacredheart682.herts.sch.uk Headteacher: Mrs R Tregear
Website: www.sacredheart682.herts.sch.uk

DEFINITIONS

‘Catholic’ means a member of a church in full communion with the See of Rome. This
includes the Eastern Catholic churches. This will normally be evidenced by a Certificate of
Baptism or a certificate of reception into the Catholic Church. For the purposes of the
admission policy, the definition of a Catholic includes a looked after child who is part of a
Catholic family where a Priest’s Certificate of Catholic Practice demonstrates that the child
would have been baptised or received if it were not for their status as a looked after child
(e.g. a looked after child in the process of adoption by a Catholic family).

’Certificate of Catholic Practice’ means a certificate issued by the family’s parish priest (or
the priest in charge of the church where the family attends Mass) in the form laid down by the
Bishops’ Conference of England and Wales. It will be issued if the priest is satisfied that at
least one Catholic parent or carer (along with the child, if he or she is over seven years old)
have (except when it was impossible to do so) attended Mass on Sundays and holy days of
obligation for at least five years (or, in the case of a child, since the age of seven, if shorter).
It will also be issued when the practice has been continuous since being received into the
Church if that occurred less than five years ago. It is expected that most Certificates will be
issued on the basis of attendance. A Certificate may also be issued by the priest when
attendance is interrupted by exceptional circumstances which excuse from the obligation to
attend on that occasion or occasions. Further details of these circumstances can be found in
the guidance issued to priests http://rcdow.org.uk/education/governors/admissions/

“Children of other Christian denominations” means children who belong to other

churches and ecclesial communities which, acknowledge God’s revelation in Christ, confess
the Lord Jesus Christ as God and Saviour according to the Scriptures, and, in obedience to
God’s will and in the power of the Holy Spirit commit themselves: to seek a deepening of their
communion with Christ and with one another in the Church, which is his body; and to fulfil
their mission to proclaim the Gospel by common witness and service in the world to the glory
of the one God, Father, Son and Holy Spirit. An ecclesial community which on principle has
no credal statements in its tradition, is included if it manifests faith in Christ as witnessed to in
the Scriptures and is committed to working in the spirit of the above.
All members of Churches Together in England and CYTÛN are deemed to be included in the
above definition, as are all other churches and ecclesial communities that are in membership
of any local Churches Together Group (by whatever title) on the above basis.

“Children of other faiths” means children who are members of a religious community that
does not fall within the definition of ‘other Christian denominations’ at 7 above and which falls
within the definition of a religion for the purposes of charity law. The Charities Act 2011
defines religion to include:

Return to Index
 Sacred Heart Catholic Primary School
Merry Hill Road, Bushey, Hertfordshire, WD23 1SU
Telephone: 01923 493040
Fax: 01923 493041
Email: admin@sacredheart682.herts.sch.uk Headteacher: Mrs R Tregear
Website: www.sacredheart682.herts.sch.uk

 A religion which involves belief in more than one God, and

 A religion which does not involve belief in a God.
Case law has identified certain characteristics which describe the meaning of religion for the
purposes of charity law, which are characterised by a belief in a supreme being and an
expression of belief in that supreme being through worship.

‘children looked after’ Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter
7, Section 2 of the School Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of
Admission Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2012. These children will be prioritised.
Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted, or became subject to a residence order or a special
guardianship order.
A child looked after is a child who is:
 In the care of a local authority, or

 Being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social
services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

 Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children
looked after providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be
prioritised under Rule 1.

‘resident’ This is where a child legally resides for more than 50% of the school week. The
address of another relative or a temporary address is not acceptable unless there is a
residency order at this address. Any attempt to mislead the school will render the application
void and/or any subsequent offer of a place will be withdrawn. Families in the process of
moving house must refer to the additional information in the HCC “Applying for a School
Place” booklet.
‘sibling’ This is the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister or step
brother and sister, or a child looked after or previously looked after and in every case living
permanently in a placement within the home as part of the family household from Monday to
Friday at the time of this application.
A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for
example a child who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked
after child in a respite placement or very short term or bridging foster placement.

Return to Index
 Sacred Heart Catholic Primary School
Merry Hill Road, Bushey, Hertfordshire, WD23 1SU
Telephone: 01923 493040
Fax: 01923 493041
Email: admin@sacredheart682.herts.sch.uk Headteacher: Mrs R Tregear
Website: www.sacredheart682.herts.sch.uk

‘Special Guardianship Order’ A Special Guardianship Order is an order under the terms of
the Children Act 1989 s.14A which defines it as an order appointing one or more individuals
to be a child’s special guardian(s).
‘Child Arrangements Order’ A Child Arrangements Order is an order under the terms of
the Children Act 1989 s.8 settling the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom
the child is to live. Children ‘looked after’ immediately before the order is made qualify in this
category.
‘parent’ Means the adult or adults with legal responsibility for the child.

Return to Index
Diocese of Westminster
Catholic Primary Schools
Supplementary Information Form
2019 – 2020

Name and Address of School:

Child’s Details

Child’s surname:
Child’s Christian or other first name:
Home Address: Date of Birth:

Postcode:

Parent/Carer Details
Parent(s)/Carer(s) name:

Address (if different from

above):
Telephone number:
Alternative contact details:
Name:
Address:
Telephone number:

Details of Religion
Religion of child: Catholic Other Other faith
(Please tick) Christian
(name of
denomination e.g
Methodist)

Catholic Parish you live in:

Return to Index
 Church where child was baptised and date of
baptism: (baptism certificate required)

Name and position of priest providing Certificate of

Catholic Practice or religious leader supplying
letter confirming membership of the faith
community (where appropriate) :

Names of brothers or sisters at this school who will Name Class or Year Group
still be on roll September 2019.

Is your child ‘looked after’ by the Local Authority,

adopted having previously been ‘looked after’ or
YES NO
subject to child arrangements or special
guardianship orders? (Please circle your
response)

Does your child have exceptional medical, pastoral or social needs that can only be met
by attendance at this school? Please circle. (Professional evidence will be required.)

YES NO

I confirm that I have read and understood the Admissions Policy and that the
information I have provided is correct. I understand that I must notify the school
immediately if there is any change to these details and that should any information I
have given prove to be inaccurate that the governors may withdraw any offer of a
place even if the child has already started school.

Signed……………………………………… Date…..…………………
Please note:

 Where applicable parents can obtain a Certificate of Catholic Practice from the parish
where the family normally worships or from the diocesan website www.rcdow ( follow
schools, For parents.)
 Applicants from other Christian denominations and other faiths may attach a letter from
their minister or religious leader confirming membership of the faith community.
 You must complete your local authority’s Common Application Form and return it to the
council offices by the closing date. If you do not do this you will not be offered a place.

Checklist:
Have you enclosed? Copy of baptism certificate (where necessary)
Certificate of Catholic Practice (where necessary)
Evidence of exceptional need (where appropriate)
Proof of address
Have you completed your local authority’s Common Application form?

Return to Index
 Scholars’ Education Trust
Samuel Ryder Academy

POLICY TITLE: ADMISSIONS FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2019-2020

STATUS: Statutory

REVIEWED BY: Admissions Committee/Governing Body

DATE DUE: January 2018 (Approved 01 Nov 2017)

NEXT REVIEW: Autumn 2018

Samuel Ryder is a co-educational, all-ability school for children aged 4-18. The school has
specialist status for English and New Technologies and is an All Through School.

The Published Admission Number for Reception is 60 and for Year 7 is 120 with 60
additional places being offered to the Year 6 students already in the Academy. If the 60
additional places are not taken up the Academy would increase its take up to a maximum of
180.

All applicants must complete the Common Application Form of their home Local Authority.
Hertfordshire residents should apply online to Hertfordshire County Council or complete the
secondary transfer form available in the 'Moving On' booklet. Families resident in other
authorities must complete the form provided by the authority in which they live. Applicants for
Samuel Ryder do not need to complete a Supplementary Information Form (SIF).

If the School receives more applications than it has places available, the following criteria will
be applied in the order they are printed below.

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained
schools to admit a child with a statement of special educational needs that names
their school. Schools must also admit children with an EHC (Education, Health and
Care) Plan that names the school.

Primary
Rule 1 Children in care and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangement order
or a special guardianship order).

Rule 2 Medical or social: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have
a particular medical or social need to go to the Academy. A panel of
governors will determine whether the evidence is sufficiently compelling to
meet the requirements for this rule. The evidence must relate specifically to
the Academy applied for under Rule 2 and must clearly demonstrate why it is
the only school that can meet the child’s needs.

Rule 3 Sibling: Children who have a sibling on roll of the Academy at the time of
application. (See below for definition).

Rule 4 Children of staff

1
Return to Index
Rule 5 Nearest School: Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy.
This includes all schools except those which allocate places on the basis of
faith.

Rule 6 Distance: Children who live nearest the Academy. (Straight line system of
measurement from a child’s home address point to the address point of the
school will be used for all admission distances see below).

Rule 7 The Academy does not have a ‘blanket policy to cover out of year
applications. All applications are looked at on an individual basis using
HCC’s guidelines in the scheme of coordination.

Secondary
Rule 1 Children looked after (in public care) and children who were previously
looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became
subject to a child arrangements order or a special guardianship order)

Rule 2 Medical or Social: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have
a particular medical or social need to go to the Academy. A panel of officers
will determine whether the evidence is sufficiently compelling to meet the
requirements for this rule. The evidence must relate specifically to the
Academy applied for under Rule 2 and must clearly demonstrate why it is the
only school that can meet the child’s needs.

Rule 3 Sibling: Children who have a sibling at the Academy at the time of
application, unless the sibling is in the last year of the normal age-range of
the Academy. Note: the “normal age range” is the designated range for
which the Academy provides, for example Years R to 13.

Rule 4: Children of Staff

Rule 5 Children who live in the priority area for whom it is their nearest
Hertfordshire maintained school or academy that is non-faith, co-
educational and non-partially selective. Note: Non-partially selective means
that the school does not offer any places based on academic ability.
Rule 6 Children who live in the priority area who live nearest to the Academy.

Rule 7 Children who live outside the priority area for whom it is their nearest
maintained non faith, co-education, non-partially selective school or academy

Rule 8 Children who live outside the priority area who live nearest to the school.

Tie-Break
These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify under a
particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by applying the next
rule to those children. Where there is a need for a tie-breaker where two different addresses
measure the same distance from a school, in the case of a block of flats for example the
lower door number will be deemed nearest as logically this will be on the ground floor and
therefore closer. If there are two identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will
be random allocation.

2
Return to Index
NOTES ON THE ADMISSION ARRANGEMENTS

Children in Public Care (children looked after):

Places are allocated to children looked after according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the School
Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements)
(England) Regulations 2012. These children will be prioritised under rule 1.

Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special
guardianship order.

A “child looked after” is a child who is

a) in the care of a local authority, or
b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social
services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission
under rule 1.*

Child Arrangements Order - under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014,
which amended section 8 of the Children Act 1989, residence orders have now been
replaced by child arrangements orders which settle the arrangements to be made as to the
person with whom the child is to live

Special guardianship order – under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one
or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian or guardians

Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked
after providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under
Rule 1.

Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the
subject of a child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised
under rule 1. Applications made for these children, with suitable supporting professional
evidence, can be considered under rule 2.

* This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the
School Admissions Code that came into force on 19 December 2014.

Medical or Social Needs

Rule 2 applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application, unless there
has been a significant and exceptional change of circumstances within the family since the
initial application was submitted.

All schools in Hertfordshire have experience in dealing with children with diverse social and
medical needs. However in a few very exceptional cases, there are reasons why a child has
to go to one specific school.

Few applications under Rule 2 are agreed. All applications are considered individually but a
successful application should include the following:

a. Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only one school can meet a
child’s individual needs, and/or
b. Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making clear
why only one school can meet the child’s needs

3
Return to Index
 c. If the requested school is not the nearest school to the child’s home address clear
reasons why the nearest school is not appropriate
d. For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or
disability makes attendance at only a specific school essential.

Evidence should make clear why only one school is appropriate. Applications under Rule 2
can only be considered when supported by a recent letter from a professional involved with
the child or family, for example a doctor, psychologist or police officer. The supporting
evidence needs to demonstrate why only one named school can meet the social/medical
needs of the child.

Applications for children previously “looked after” but not meeting the specific criteria
outlined Rule 1, may be made under this rule.

Further details on the Rule 2 process can be found in the “Rule 2 protocol” available at:
https://beta.hertfordshire.gov.uk/media-library/documents/schools-and-
education/admissions/admissions-rule-2-process-document.pdf

Definition of “nearest school” for primary/junior/middle admissions

The definition of “nearest school” includes all schools and academies (regardless of status) unless
that school or academy prioritises applications and allocates places on the basis of faith.

Sibling
A sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister,
child of the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after* and in
every case living permanently** in a placement within the home as part of the family
household from Monday to Friday at the time of this application.

A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts.

If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no sibling
connection available to subsequent children from that family.

*Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship
order or child arrangements order. This definition was amended following a determination by
the OSA in August 2014.

**A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for
example a child who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked
after child in a respite placement or very short term or bridging foster placement.

Twins and Multiple Births

The school will admit over the published admission number when a single twin/multiple birth
child is allocated the last place at a school.

Random allocation will be undertaken independently of the school by Hertfordshire County

Council. Every child entered onto the county council’s admissions database has an
individual random number assigned, between 1 and 1 million, against each preference
school. When there is a need for a final tie break this random number is used to allocate the
place, with the lowest number given priority.

Children of Staff
The school will admit a child of a member of staff provided that the member of staff has been
employed at the school for two or more years at the time at which the application for
4
Return to Index
admission to the school is made or where the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post
for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage.
For the purposes of satisfying these criteria, a member of staff is defined as a permanent
member of the teaching staff, or a permanent member of the non-teaching staff. This
definition does not include contract staff. This definition does not include peripatetic staff
employed by HCC.

The child must be living permanently with the member of staff.

Priority Areas
The 'priority areas' referred to in rules 5 to 8 (Secondary) are the same as those used by the
County Council for community co-educational schools. 'Children who live in the priority area'
refers to families living in Priority Area 7. A map showing the priority area, and a list of the
parishes it comprises, is available in the County Council's 'Moving On' booklet.

Home Addresses
The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of
application. ‘At the time of application’ means the closing date for applications. “Permanent”
means that the child has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the family own the
property or have a tenancy agreement for a minimum of 12 months.

The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one
address (for example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child
lives at for the majority of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of
the parent/carer that claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s
main residence. If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative
documentation will be requested. If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should
provide court documentation to evidence the address that should be used for admission
allocation purposes.

Home to School Distance Measurement for Purposes of Admissions

A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used for all home to school distance measurements
for admission allocation purposes. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping
system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium
address point of your child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase
Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the location of schools and
individual residences.

Children Seeking Admission Outside Their Chronological Year Group

The school’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct chronological year
group, with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of individual
children. This is in line with DfE guidance* which states that “in general, children should be
educated in their normal age group”.

If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they
should, at the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals
working with the child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal
age appropriate cohort. DfE guidance makes clear that “it is reasonable for admission
authorities to expect parents to provide them with information in support of their request –
since without it they are unlikely to be able to make a decision on the basis of the
circumstances of the case”.

5
Return to Index
The school’s governing body, as the relevant admission authority, will decide whether the
application will be accepted on the basis of the information submitted. The governor’s
decision will be based upon the circumstances of each case including the view of parents,
the headteacher, the child's social, academic and emotional development and whether the
child has been previously educated out of year group. There is no guarantee that an
application will be accepted on this basis. If the application is not accepted this does not
constitute a refusal of a place and there is no right to an independent statutory appeal.
Similarly, there is no right of appeal for a place in a specific year group at a school. The
internal management and organisation of a school, including the placement of pupils in
classes, is a matter for the Headteacher and senior leadership of the school.

* “Advice on the admission of summer born children” December 2014

Applications from Children* from Overseas

All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16 years) in England have a right of access to
education. However, where a child is in England for a short period only, for example less
than half a term, it may be reasonable to refuse admission to a school.

*Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or British
Overseas passports), or have a UK passport describing them as a British citizen or British
subject with the right of abode or are European Economic Area nationals normally have
unrestricted entry to the UK.

An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently overseas if,
for In Year applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in Hertfordshire within
two weeks. In Year allocations are made on the assumption that the child will accept the
school place and be on roll within that timescale.

For the Secondary application process applications will not normally be accepted from, nor
places allocated to, an overseas address. The exception to this (for both In Year and transfer
processes) is for children of UK service personnel and crown servants (and from military
families who are residents of countries with a Memorandum of Understanding with the UK).
In these cases HCC will allocate a place in advance of the family arriving in the area
provided the application is accompanied by an official letter that declares a relocation date
and a HCC Unit postal address or quartering area address, for consideration of the
application against oversubscription criteria. If the family already has an established
alternative private address, that address will be used for admission purposes.

The school, in liaison with HCC, will also consider accepting applications from children* (as
defined above) whose family can evidence intent to return to and/or permanently reside in
Hertfordshire prior to the start of the new academic year. These applications, if accepted, will
be processed from the overseas address until sufficient evidence is received to show the
child is permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Evidence must be submitted at the time of
application.

Evidence submitted after the date for late applications cannot be taken into account before
National Allocation Day. Decisions on these applications will be made by a panel of county
council officers and communicated with parents within 6 weeks of the closing date for
applications.

6
Return to Index
If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps because they
are working abroad at the time of application, the Hertfordshire address will not be accepted
for the purposes of admission until the child is resident at that address. Other children, than
those mentioned above, from overseas do not generally have automatic right of entry to the
UK. An application for a school place will not therefore be accepted until they are
permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Proof of residency such as an endorsed passport or
entry visa will be required with the application, in addition to proof of Hertfordshire address,
for example a council tax bill or 12 month rental agreement.

Continuing Interest (Year 7 places)

After places have been offered, Hertfordshire County Council will maintain the school’s
continuing interest (waiting) list. A child’s position on a CI list will be determined by the
admission criteria outlined above and a child’s place on the list can change as other children
join or leave it. The county council will contact parents/carers if a vacancy becomes
available and it can be offered to a child.

Continuing interest lists will be maintained for every year group until the end of the summer
term.

Arrangements for Admitting Pupils to Other Year Groups, including to replace any
Pupils who have left the Samuel Ryder Academy
Any requests for an In Year transfer should be made to the school via the Admissions Office
at Samuel Ryder Academy.

Repeat Applications
Unless there are significant and material changes in the circumstances of the parent’s
application for their child or the academy, the governors will not consider a repeat application
in the same academic year.

Appeals
At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into their online
application and click on the link 'register an appeal'. For those who did not apply on line,
please contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal pack.'

For in-year applications parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in the
first instance

Late Applications
Any online or paper application received after the statutory deadline, 31 October, will be
treated as a late application. Late applications are not dealt with until all on-time applications
have been considered. You are much less likely to be offered a place at one of your
preferred schools if you apply late. If there are exceptional circumstances why you were
unable to make your application by the closing date, you should contact your Local Authority
giving your reasons and supplying support evidence where appropriate.

Sixth Form Admissions

Admission to the Sixth Form will be for any student who meets the minimum academic
standards expected, as set out in the Sixth Form prospectus. The PAN for external students
is 20.

7
Return to Index
In the event of oversubscription, the following tie-break will be used:

• Children in Public Care (as defined above)

• Highest average GCSE point score
• Students whose choices have least effect on the preferences of others.

Fair Access
The school participates in the County Council’s Fair Access Protocol and will admit children
under this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Timescales (New dates not published yet, but advice given that they generally
are the same year on year. If date falls on a weekend, then forwards to the Monday
following.)

Primary
Closing date for online applications to be submitted to the LA 15 January 2018
Statutory deadline for receipt of paper applications 15 January 2018
National Allocation Day 18 April 2018
Date by which parents/carers may accept or reject place offered 2 May 2018
Date by which parents/carers return appeal forms 21 May 2018

Secondary
Closing date for online applications to be submitted to the LA 31 October 2017
Statutory deadline for receipt of paper applications 31 October 2017
Applications forwarded to F/VA schools and Academies 7 December 2017
F/VA schools/Academies provide LA with ranked lists of applicants 9 January 2018
Allocation information available to primary schools 27 February 2018
Offer letters posted for delivery 5 March 2018
Date by which parents/carers may accept or reject place offered 15 March 2018
Date by which parents/carers return appeal forms tbc

 Equalities impact assessment considered.

8
Return to Index
 Sandringham School Academy Trust
Admissions Criteria for the Academic Year September 2019 – August 2020

Section 1 – General Principles

Sandringham School is a mixed comprehensive school in St. Albans for children aged 11-18. The school has a
strong academic tradition in all areas of the curriculum with an additional focus on STEM subjects (science,
technology, engineering and mathematics) as well as the performing and visual arts. Students will be admitted
at the age of 11+ without reference to ability or aptitude using the criteria below. The main principle of
admission to Sandringham School is to maintain the character of the school as a mixed comprehensive school,
providing for the needs of young persons who live in St. Albans and the surrounding areas. The school will
endeavour to allocate places to students whose parents wish them to attend Sandringham School, provided
they can be accommodated within the school’s admission limits on student numbers. There can be no
guarantee that such a place will be available.

The published admission number (PAN) for Year 7 for September 2019 will be 210.

If the school receives more applications than it has places available, places will be allocated under the over-
subscription criteria rules. These will be applied in the order in which they are printed below. A panel from the
Governors’ Admissions Committee may be formed to determine whether evidence provided meets the relevant
criteria.

We have a separate admission policy for sixth form students.

Children with statements of special educational needs or children with an EHC (Education, Health and Care)
Plan that names the school must be admitted and will count towards the admission numbers.

Section 2 – Oversubscription Criteria

Rule 1 Children looked after and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were
adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special guardianship order).

Rule 2 Medical. Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a compelling medical reason for
attending the school.

Rule 3 Sibling. Children with a sibling already at the school at the time of application where there is a
reasonable expectation that the sibling will continue to be attending the school at the start of the new
academic year.

Rule 4 Children of staff.

Rule 5 Children who live nearest to the school.

Tie Break

When there is a need for a tie break where two different addresses are the same distance from a school, in the
case of a block of flats for example, the lower door number will be deemed nearest as logically this will be on
the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie break
will be random. Every child entered onto the HCC admissions database has an individual random number
assigned, between 1 and 1 million, against each preference school. When there is a need for a final tie break
the random number is used to allocate the place, with the lowest number given priority.

Sandringham School Academy Trust – Admission Criteria September 2019 – August 2020

Return to Index
Twins/Multiple births:

If one of your twins/multiple birth children is offered the last place available at the school, and you have also
made an application for your other children, we will also offer a place to the other child(ren).

Section 3 – Explanatory notes and definitions

Children in public care (children looked after) (rule 1)

Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the School Admissions
(Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admissions Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2012 and
these children will be prioritised under Rule 1. Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked
after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order 1 or a
special guardianship order2.

A ‘child looked after’ is a child who is: -

a) In the care of the Local Authority; or

b) Being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services functions
(section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission under rule 1. 1 This
definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the School Admissions Code that came into force on 19 December 2014.

Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified in law as children looked after providing there
is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under rule 1.

Children who were not ‘looked after’ immediately before being adopted, or made the subject of a child
arrangements order2 or special guardianship order3, will not be prioritised under rule 1.

2 Child Arrangements Order – under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which amended section 8 of the Children Act 1989, residence orders have now
been replaced by child arrangements orders which settle the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live.

3 Special guardianship order – under 14A of the Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian or guardians

_______________________________________________________________________________________

Medical (rule 2)

Rule 2 applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application, unless there has been a
significant and exceptional change in the medical condition since the initial application was submitted. All
Hertfordshire schools have experience in dealing with children with medical needs and few applications under
Rule 2 are agreed. Applications must be supported by a recent letter from a medical professional giving a clear
explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or disability make attendance at Sandringham School essential.
If Sandringham School is not the nearest school to the child’s home address, the supporting evidence should
give clear reasons why the nearest school is not appropriate.

The supporting evidence needs to demonstrate why only Sandringham School can meet the medical needs of
the child.

A panel from the Governors’ Admissions Committee will determine whether the evidence provided is sufficiently
compelling to meet the requirements for this rule.

Sandringham School Academy Trust – Admission Criteria September 2019 – August 2020

Return to Index
_________________________________________________________________________________________

Sibling (rule 3)

A sibling means the sister, brother, half-brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of the parent/carer or
partner, or a child looked after or previously looked after1 and in every case living permanently2 in a placement
within the home as part of the family household, from Monday to Friday at the time of this application. This
definition of sibling does not include cousins. The sibling rule will not apply where a sibling is in Year 11 and
where the school believes that the sibling does not have a reasonable expectation of meeting sixth form
entrance criteria at the time of application. The rule will not apply where a sibling is in the final year of the
normal age range of the school (i.e. Year 13).

A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts. If a place is obtained for
an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no sibling connection available to subsequent children
from that family.

1 Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship order or child arrangements order. This
definition was amended following a determination by the OSA in August 2014.

2A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for example a child who usually lives with one parent
but has temporarily moved or a looked after child in a respite placement or very short term or bridging foster placement.

________________________________________________________________________________________

Children of Staff (rule 4)

The school will admit a child of a member of staff provided that:

a) the member of staff (defined below) has been employed at the school for two or more years at the
time at which the application for admission to the school is made, and/or

b) the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill
shortage.

For the purposes of satisfying these criteria, a member of staff is defined as a member of the full-time teaching
staff, or of the part-time teaching staff with a 50% and above timetable, or a member of the full-time support
staff (on a 38 week and above contract), or of the part-time support staff who work 50% and above as
determined by their role (on a 38 week and above contract) whose role and activities can be demonstrated to
provide a significant impact on student achievement at the school. A panel from the Governors’ Admissions
Committee will determine whether the member of staff meets the requirements for this rule.

Children of staff must live at the same address as the member of staff on a permanent basis.

This definition does not include contract staff. Where a service such as catering has been ‘in house’ and is
subsequently ‘contracted out’, children of staff will not be eligible for admission under this criterion. This
definition does not include peripatetic staff employed by HCC.

Children who live nearest to the school (rule 5)

All remaining places will be allocated to children living nearest to the school using the straight line distance
measurement provided by Hertfordshire County Council’s GIS system.

Sandringham School Academy Trust – Admission Criteria September 2019 – August 2020

Return to Index
_________________________________________________________________________________________

Home address

The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of application. ‘At the time of
application’ means the closing date for applications. “Permanent” means that the child has lived at the address
for at least a year and/or the family own the property or have a tenancy agreement for a minimum of 12 months.

The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one address (for
example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child lives at for the majority of the
time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of the parent/carer that claims Child Benefit/Child Tax
Credit will be considered as the child’s main residence.

If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be requested.

If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation to evidence the address
that should be used for admission allocation purposes.

If two different applications are received for the same child from the same address, e.g. containing different
preferences, the application from the parent in receipt of child benefit will be processed if the applications
cannot be reconciled.

_________________________________________________________________________________________

Fraudulent applications

Sandringham School will do as much as possible to prevent applications being made from fraudulent
addresses, including referred cases to the Shared Anti-Fraud service for further investigation as necessary.

Address evidence is frequently requested, monitored and checked and school places will be withdrawn when
false information is deliberately provided. Sandringham School will take action in conjunction with the Local
Authority in such cases which would include, for example:

 When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at their current school;
 When a child lives at a different address to the applicant;
 When the applicant does not have parental responsibility;
 When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or more of the following
applies:

o The family has moved to a property from which their application was less likely to be
successful:
o The family has returned to an existing property;
o The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time (anything less than a year)
over the application period;
o Official/pubic records show a different residence at the time of application.

 When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from the address used at the
time of application.

Parents/carers will need to show that they have relinquished residency ties with their previous property and
they, and their child(ren) are permanently residing at the address given on the application form.

Sandringham School Academy Trust – Admission Criteria September 2019 – August 2020

Return to Index
_________________________________________________________________________________________

Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions

A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used in all home to school distance measurements. Distances are
measured using a computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the
AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase
Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

_________________________________________________________________________________________

Children Seeking Admission Outside their Chronological Year Group

Students will be admitted to Sandringham School in Year 7 at the age of 11 irrespective of physical or academic
ability. It is Sandringham’s policy for children to be educated within their correct chronological year group, with
the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of individual children. This is in line with DfE
guidance which states that “in general, children should be educated in their normal age group”.

If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they must, at the time of
application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals working with the child and family stating
why the child must be placed outside their normal age appropriate cohort. DfE guidance makes clear that “it is
reasonable for admission authorities to expect parents to provide them with information in support of their
request – since without it they are unlikely to be able to make a decision on the basis of the circumstances of
the case”. Such evidence must be submitted to Lesley Dunkley, Admissions Officer, at the school by no later
than 31st October 2018.

The Governors Admissions Committee will decide whether the application will be accepted on the basis of the
evidence submitted. The Committee will make decisions based upon the circumstances of each case including
the view of parents/carers, the Headteacher, the child’s social, academic and emotional development and
whether the child has been previously educated out of year group.

There is no guarantee that an application will be accepted on this basis. The internal management and
organisation of the school, including the placement of pupils in classes, is a matter for the Governors,
Headteacher and senior leadership.

Section 4 – How to apply

All applicants must complete the Hertfordshire County Council’s COMMON APPLICATION FORM (CAF)
indicating your preferred schools, including Sandringham, in rank order of preference. The completed CAF
should be returned online to Hertfordshire County Council at www.hertsdirect.org/admissions or by post to
HCC, CHR 102, County Hall, Pegs Lane, Hertfordshire SG13 8DQ by 31st October, 2018.

Families wishing to use either rule 2 (medical) or rule 4 (children of staff) will also need to complete a SCHOOL
INFORMATION FORM (SIF) which is available either on the school website at www.sandringham.herts.sch.uk,
or from the school on the Open Evening or via Lesley Dunkley, Admissions Officer, who can be contacted on
01717 799560 or via the admissions e-mail – admissions@sandringham.herts.sch.uk The completed SIF
should be returned directly to Sandringham School by 31st October, 2018 marking the envelope
“ADMISSIONS”.

Sandringham School Academy Trust – Admission Criteria September 2019 – August 2020

Return to Index
Section 5 – Continued interest lists, in-year admissions and appeals

Continued interest lists: all unsuccessful applicants (who do not gain a place at a higher ranked school) will
automatically be added to the schools continued interest list. Any places which become available will be
allocated in accordance with the admission rules set out in this document. Continued interest lists will be held
for every academic year group, until the end of the academic year.

Sandringham must admit any student who is admitted through the appeal process, or who is the subject of a
‘direction’ by the Local Authority, or allocated to us according to the local Fair Access Protocol. Any such pupils
take precedence over the continued interest list.

In-year admissions: applications received for an admission(s) mid-year for any year group and for Year 7 after
the end of the Autumn term, will be dealt with in accordance with this policy and will be administered by the
HCC and the school. The online application form is available at www.hertsdirect.org/admissions

Appeals: all unsuccessful applicants have the right to appeal to an independent panel for a place to be made
available for their child. Hertfordshire parents wishing to appeal, who applied online, should log onto their
online school application and click on the link ‘register an appeal’. If the application was not made using
Hertfordshire’s online application system parents should contact the Customer Service Centre (0300 123 4043)
to request an appeal pack.

For in year applications parents should contact the school directly in the first instance.

Sandringham School Academy Trust – Admission Criteria September 2019 – August 2020

Return to Index
Section 6 – Sixth Form admissions

Admission to the Sixth Form will be for any student who meets the minimum academic standards expected as
set out in the Sixth Form Prospectus. The PAN for external students is 150.

Applications should be made by completing the BSV Application Form and submitting the same directly to the
school addressed to Louise Grubb, Sixth Form Administrator, Sandringham School, The Ridgeway, St. Albans,
Herts. AL4 9NX.

In the event of oversubscription to the Sixth Form places will be offered by applying the following criteria in the
order given:-

Rule 1 Children looked after and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were
adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special guardianship order).

Rule 2 Medical. Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a compelling medical reason for
attending the school.

Rule 3 Sibling. Children with a sibling already at the school at the time of application where there is a
reasonable expectation that the sibling will continue to be attending the school at the start of the new
academic year.

Rule 4 Children of staff.

Rule 5 Children who live nearest to the school.

Continued interest list: all unsuccessful applicants will be added to the school’s continued interest list. Any
places which become available will be allocated in accordance with the admission rules set out in this document
in relation to Sixth Form entry and the over-subscription criteria. CI lists are held for every academic year
group, until the end of the academic year.

Sandringham must admit any student who is admitted through the appeal process, or who is the subject of a
‘direction’ by the Local Authority, or allocated a place according to the local Fair Access Protocol. Any such
pupils take precedence over the continued interest list.

Tie break: In the event of two identical applications, the tie break will be random.

For further guidance regarding the definitions of the above, see section 3 of this document.

Sandringham School Academy Trust – Admission Criteria September 2019 – August 2020

Return to Index
 Headteacher: Alan Gray, M.Sc., F.R.S.A.
Deputy Headteacher: Caroline Creaby, BA, M.Ed., Ed.D., F.R.S.A.
Deputy Headteacher: Fergal Moane, B.Sc. (Hons), M.A.

The Ridgeway
St Albans
Hertfordshire
AL4 9NX

t: 01727 799560
f: 01727 759242
admin@sandringham.herts.sch.uk
www.sandringham.herts.sch.uk

Dear Prospective Parent/Carer

SCHOOL INFORMATION FORM (SIF)

(ONLY COMPLETE FOR RULE 2 OR RULE 4 APPLICATIONS)

If you are seeking a place for your child at Sandringham School using rule 2 (medical) or rule 4
(children of staff), you must complete this School Information Form (the SIF). The SIF must
be returned directly to the school. It does not need to be completed otherwise.

In addition you must complete the common application form which is available from
Hertfordshire County Council at www.hertsdirect.org/admissions

Failure to complete both forms may result in the application not being considered.

Please complete this form and return to Lesley Dunkley, Admissions Officer at Sandringham
School, The Ridgeway, St Albans, Herts. AL4 9NX.
E-mail: admissions@sandringham.herts.sch.uk
Tel: 01727 799560

Alan Gray
Headteacher

September 2019

A member of Alban Academies Trust. Registered address: The Ridgeway, St Albans, Hertfordshire AL4 9NX. A charitable company limited by guarantee
registered in England and Wales (company number: 07523557)

Return to Index
 SANDRINGHAM SCHOOL ACADEMY TRUST
SCHOOL INFORMATION FORM (SIF)
(Only complete for Rule 2 or Rule 4 Applications)

Your child’s permanent home address at the date of application is very important in
deciding whether or not a place can be offered, if the school is over-subscribed. The
school reserves the right to reject an application and/or withdraw an offer of a place
should it be established that false information has been given. Your attention is
drawn to the declaration at the end of the application form.

Please refer to Section 3 – Definitions and Details of the Admissions Criteria

September 2019 – August 2020 for clarification of the admissions rules.

1. Surname ...............................................

First Name(s)...............................................

2. Permanent Home Address

...................................................................................................................................
(if parents are separated/divorced please give address of both parents)

................................................................................................................…………..

Post Code: ............................

Name and Address of Parent (if address different from above)

..................................................................................................................................

Post Code: ...........................

3. Date of birth: .........................

4. Full name of parent or legal guardian:

...............................................................................................................
(Please delete as appropriate)

A member of Alban Academies Trust. Registered address: The Ridgeway, St Albans, Hertfordshire AL4 9NX. A charitable company limited by guarantee
registered in England and Wales (company number: 07523557)

Return to Index
5. Home Telephone Number .........................................................................................

Day Time Contact Number ........................................................................................

6. Present School (Please give address and telephone number)

………………………………………………………………………………………………

7. Reason for changing school……………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………

8. Does your child have a compelling medical reason for attending Sandringham

School? YES/NO

If yes, please supply relevant evidence as outlined in our admissions criteria.

9.a) Are you a member of staff employed at the school for two or more years at the

time of application YES/NO

9.b) A member of staff recruited to fill a vacant post. YES/NO

If yes, please check you satisfy the requirements for rule 4 set out in Section 3 of

the admissions criteria.

I declare and confirm that;

 To the best of my knowledge and belief, all of the information given

above is correct, and I understand that if any information proves false,
the school may reject this application and/or withdraw an offer of a
place.
 I undertake to notify the school office forthwith if any information
changes before any offer of a place is made.

A member of Alban Academies Trust. Registered address: The Ridgeway, St Albans, Hertfordshire AL4 9NX. A charitable company limited by guarantee
registered in England and Wales (company number: 07523557)

Return to Index
 I have also completed and submitted an common application form to
Hertfordshire County Council.

(Please tick)

PLEASE ENSURE YOU HAVE ANSWERED ALL THE QUESTIONS ABOVE

Signed: ..................................................................... Name: ………………………….……..

Parent/Carer (please delete as appropriate) (Print)

Date: .........................................................................

A member of Alban Academies Trust. Registered address: The Ridgeway, St Albans, Hertfordshire AL4 9NX. A charitable company limited by guarantee
registered in England and Wales (company number: 07523557)

Return to Index
St Adrian’s Catholic Primary School
Head Teacher: Yvonne Hawkes
Watling View, St Albans, AL1 2PB
Tel: 01727 852687
E-mail: head.stadrians@thegrid.org.uk
REF: SAD 433 VA 30 RC N

St Adrian’s Catholic Primary School, St Albans

Admissions to Reception Policy and Criteria – 2019/20

St. Adrian’s Catholic Primary School was founded by the Catholic Church to provide education for children
of Catholic families. The school is conducted by its governing body as part of the Catholic Church in
accordance with its trust deed and instrument of government and seeks at all times to be a witness to Our
Lord Jesus Christ.

Whenever there are more applications than places available, priority will always be given to Catholic
applicants in accordance with the oversubscription criteria listed below. In this policy, ‘applicant’ refers to
you, the parent applying for a place, and ‘candidate’ refers to the child for whom an application is made.

As a Catholic school, we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. At a Catholic school,
Catholic doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of the school’s activity. It is essential that the
Catholic character of the school’s education is fully supported by all families in the school. Applicants are
expected to support the aims and ethos of the school.

The governing body has responsibility for admissions to this school and has a Published Admissions
Number (PAN) of 30 pupils to the Reception class in the school year which begins in September 2019.
Applications are invited from families whose child attains four years of age between 1st September 2018
and 31st August 2019.

Please note that attendance at St Adrian’s Nursery does not give any priority for entry to Reception. All
parents must apply for a place in Reception whether or not their child attends St Adrian’s Nursery.

Application Policy & Procedures for 2019-2020

As a Hertfordshire school, the Governors work with the Herts local authority co-ordinated admissions
arrangements. Applicants must submit to Herts County Council the Application form online or available as
hardcopy, and are requested to complete the governors’ Supplementary Information form and return it to
the school. The supplementary information form is the form used by governors to apply admission criteria
in the event of oversubscription.
The school’s supplementary information form (SIF) can be obtained from the school or the LA website
www.hertsdirect.org/admissions. The SIF should be completed in full and returned to the Head Teacher at
the school by post or by hand by January 15th 2019 (TBC). For a Catholic child a baptismal certificate is
required – without this the child will be considered to be non Catholic.
If a SIF is not completed the Governing Body will apply its admission arrangements using the information
submitted on the Common Application Form only, which may result in your application being given a lower
priority.

Return to Index
Offers of places will be sent to parents by the LA on behalf of the Governors on April 16th, 2019 (TBC).
The school maintains a ‘continuing interest’ list for unsuccessful applicants who wish to be considered for
a place should one become available in the future. The school maintains ‘continuing interest’ lists for
every academic year group and these lists are updated annually. Those on the list will be contacted to
confirm if they wish to remain on the list. When a place becomes available it will be offered in accordance
with the criteria set out in the admission policy in force at the time the admission is considered.

Parents of prospective pupils may visit the school by appointment before making their application.

If there are more than 30 applicants, the Governors will administer this policy using the criteria detailed
below. By agreement, and in co-operation with the Local Authority, the Governors will apply their
admissions policy criteria to all applications equally in accordance with the ranking system.
Oversubscription Criteria
The following priorities for admission to St Adrian’s School will be observed:

1. Catholic children looked after (CLA) (or previously looked after) and Catholic children who have
been adopted (or subject to a child arrangement order or special guardianship orders)
immediately following having been looked after.

2. Baptised Catholic children who will have a baptised sibling at St. Adrian’s on the date of
admission, and whose parents provide a Certificate of Catholic Practice.

3. Children who are baptised Catholics, whose parents provide a Certificate of Catholic Practice and
reside in the geographical parish of St Bartholomew’s.

4. Children who are baptised Catholics, whose parents provide a Certificate of Catholic Practice, are
resident in other parishes and for whom St Adrian’s is their nearest Catholic school.

5. Children who are baptised Catholics, whose parents provide a Certificate of Catholic Practice and
live in other parishes

6. Baptised Catholic children who will have a baptised sibling at St. Adrian’s on the date of
admission, and whose parent(s) is/are unable to provide a Certificate of Catholic Practice on the
date of application.

7. Baptised Catholic children, who do not fit any of criteria 1 - 6

8. Other children looked after (CLA) (or previously looked after), other children who have been
adopted (or subject to a child arrangement order or special guardianship orders) immediately
following having been looked after

9. Non-Catholic children who will have a sibling at St. Adrian’s on the date of admission.

10. Children of other Christian denominations whose membership is evidenced by a minister of

religion.

11. Children of other faiths whose membership is evidenced by a religious leader.

Return to Index
12. Any other applicant.

Where there are more eligible applicants than remaining places within a category, after taking into account
the above criteria, places will be allocated to those children living nearest to the school. A ‘straight line’
distance measurement is used in all home to school distance measurements in Hertfordshire as outlined
in the ‘Starting School booklet’. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to two
decimal places. The measurement is taken from the Address Base Premium address point of your child’s
house to the address point of the school. Address Base Premium data is a nationally recognised method
of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

Please note - In the last five years no applicants have been allocated a place in Reception class at the
first round of allocation beyond criterion 7.

Certificate of Catholic Practice

Applicants applying under criteria 2-5 must submit a Certificate of Catholic Practice (CCP) by the closing
date. This form (which used to be called a priest’s reference form) is available from their Parish Priest.
It is the parent’s duty to ensure that the CCP is submitted to the school together with the SIF. The priest
will only sign this form if he knows you and agrees that you are a practising Catholic family.

For the purposes of this policy, the definition of a Catholic includes a looked after child who is part of a
Catholic family where a Priest has certified that the child would have been baptised or received if it were
not for their status as a looked after child (e.g. a looked after child in the process of adoption by a Catholic
family).

If, in applying the oversubscription criteria, one of two or more siblings born in the same academic year is
allocated a place, the other sibling(s) will normally be allocated a place.

Pupils with an Education Health and Care Plan (EHC)

The admission of pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan is dealt with by a completely separate
procedure. Details of this separate procedure are set out in the Special Educational Needs Code of
Practice.
Under the Education Act 1996 the governors are obliged to admit any child with a Statement of
Educational Needs or an Education, Health and Care Plan where this school is named in the plan.

Deferring Entry
Parents may choose to defer their child’s start date into Reception class until the child reaches
compulsory school age i.e. the first day of term following the child’s fifth birthday. Application is made in
the usual way and then the deferral is requested. The place will then be held until the first day of the
spring or summer term as applicable. Applicants may also request that their child attend part-time until
compulsory school age is reached. Entry may not be deferred beyond compulsory school age or beyond
the year for which the application has been made. Therefore, applicants whose children have birthdays in
the summer term may only defer until April 1st 2020.

Delayed Entry for Summer Born Children

If a child has a birth date between April 1st and August 31st, 2015, parents may choose to delay their
child’s entry into Reception class until September 2020. Parents must then submit an application in the

Return to Index
normal way in the following year. This application will be treated in the same way as all other applications
and there is no guarantee that an offer will be made.

Children (other than Summer Born) Educated Outside of their Chronological Age Group
Parents may request that their child be educated out of his/her chronological age group. Such requests
must be made in writing to the Governing Body during the autumn term in the year of application. Reasons
for the request should be provided. Governors will consider each request on its own merits and permission
will only be given in exceptional circumstances. When the application is made, it will be ranked with all the
other applications and no further exceptions will be given. A statutory right of appeal will be given upon
refusal if no place has been offered in any school year.

Late Applications
Applications arriving after the closing date will be dealt with after all initial offers have been made.

In – Year Admissions
Applications for In-Year admission are made directly to the school on the school’s own supplementary
information form. If a place is available and there is no waiting list then the governing body will admit the
child. If more applications are received than there are places available then applications will be ranked by
the governing body in accordance with the oversubscription criteria. If a place cannot be offered at this
time then parents may ask us for the reasons and they will be informed of their right of appeal which in the
first instance will be made directly to the school. Parents will be offered the opportunity of being placed on
a waiting list. This waiting list will be maintained by the governing body in the order of the
oversubscription criteria and not in the order in which the applications are received. Names are reviewed
at the end of each academic year. When a place becomes available the governing body will decide who
is at the top of the list and make an offer.

The school will notify the LA of all in-year admissions.

Fair Access Protocols

The school is committed to taking its fair share of children who are vulnerable and/or hard to place, as set
out in locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal admissions round the governing body is
empowered to give absolute priority to a child where admission is requested under any local protocol that
has been agreed by both the Diocese and the governing body for the current school year. The governing
body has this power even when admitting the child would mean exceeding the published admission
number. Children admitted under this protocol will be prioritised before the children on the ‘continuing
interest’ list.

Right of Appeal
If you are unsuccessful you may ask us for the reasons for the refusal of a place. These reasons will be
related to the oversubscription criteria listed in the policy and you will have the right of appeal to an
independent panel. Should you wish to appeal please contact the school as soon as possible for an
appeal form on which you must list your reasons for making an appeal. Appeals must be submitted by the
date as advised by the Local authority in ‘Starting School’ 2019’.
Parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should also log on to their online application and click on
the link ‘register an appeal’. For those who did not apply on line, please contact the Customer Service
Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal pack.
Definition Notes:

Return to Index
Catholic means a member of a Church in full communion with the See of Rome. This includes the Eastern
Catholic Churches. This will normally be evidenced by a Certificate of Baptism in a Catholic Church or a
Certificate of Reception into the full communion with the Catholic Church.

Certificate of Catholic Practice: means a certificate issued by the family’s parish priest (or the priest in
charge of the church where the family practises) in the form laid down by the Bishops’ Conference of
England and Wales. It will be issued if the priest is satisfied that at least one Catholic parent or carer
(along with the child, if he or she is over seven years old) have (except when it is impossible to do so)
attended Mass on Sundays and holy days of obligation for at least five years (or, in the case of the child,
since the age of seven, if shorter). It will also be issued when the practice has been continuous since
being received into the Church if that occurred less than five years ago. It is expected that most
Certificates will be issued on the basis of attendance. A certificate may also be issued by the priest when
attendance is interrupted by exceptional circumstances which excuse from the obligation to attend on that
occasion or occasions. Further details of these circumstances can be found in the guidance to priests.
http://rcdow.org.uk/education/governors/admissions/

“Children of other Christian Denominations”: means children who belong to other churches and ecclesial
communities which, acknowledging God’s revelation in Christ, confess the Lord Jesus Christ as God and
Saviour according to the Scriptures, and, in obedience to God’s will and in the power of the Holy Spirit
commit themselves: to seek a deepening of their communion with Christ and with one another in the
Church which is his body; and to fulfil their mission to proclaim the Gospel by common witness and
service in the world to the glory of the One God, Father, Son and Holy Spirit. An ecclesial community
which on principle has no creedal statements in its tradition, is included if it manifests faith in Christ as
witnessed to in the Scriptures and is committed to working in the spirit of the above.
All members of Churches Together in England and of CYTUN are deemed to be included in the above
definition as are all other churches and ecclesial communities that are in membership of local Churches
Together Group (by whatever title) on the above basis.

“Children of other faiths” means children who are members of a religious community that does not fall
within the definition of ‘other Christian denominations’ and which falls within the definition of a religion for
the purposes of charity law. The Charities Act 2011 defines religion to include:
• A religion which involves belief in more than one God and
• A religion which does not involve belief in a God
Case law has identified certain characteristics which describe the meaning of religion for the purposes of
charity law, which are characterised by a belief in a supreme being and an expression of belief in that
supreme being through worship.

‘Family’ includes the Catholic or Catholics who have legal responsibility for the child.

Looked After Child (CLA): A “looked after child” has the same meaning as in Section 22 of the Children’s
Act 1989, and means any child in the care of a Local Authority or provided with accommodation by them
(e.g. children with foster parents).

Adopted: An adopted child is a child who has been formally adopted, having previously been in care and
whose parent / guardian can give proof of this.

Return to Index
Special Guardianship Order: A special guardianship order is an order under the terms of the Children Act
1989 s 14A which defines it as an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special
guardian(s).

Child Arrangement Order: A Child Arrangement order is an order under the terms of the Children Act 1989
s.8 setting the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live. Children ‘looked
after’ immediately before the order is made qualify in this category.

Parent: means the adult or adults with legal responsibility for the child.

Siblings: A sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of
the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after* and in every case living
permanently** in a placement within the home as part of the family household from Monday to Friday at
the time of this application. For a sibling relationship to exist the older child must be on the roll of the
school at the time the younger child starts.

*Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with special guardianship order or child
arrangements order. This definition was amended following a determination by the OSA in August 2014.
**A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for example a child
who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after child in a respite placement
or very short term or bridging foster placement.

Tiebreak: Where two applicants (not including twins or multiple births) meet the criteria at exactly the
same point after distance has been considered, the following tie break will be applied- random ballot
drawn in the presence of an independent witness.

Residency: is taken to be the child’s permanent address on the closing date for applications for a place as
advised by HCC. Families who may be in process of moving house must refer to the additional information
in the HCC ‘Starting School’ booklet. Residency is defined as the child’s permanent address i.e. that of the
parent(s) or guardian who has/have custody of the child and where the child spends more than 50% of the
week.

Home address: The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of
application. ‘At the time of application’ means the closing date for applications. “Permanent” means that
the child has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the family own the property or have a tenancy
agreement for a minimum of 12 months.

Parish Boundaries: For the purpose of this policy, the parish boundaries for St Bartholomew’s parish are
shown on the attached map.

For all other parishes, the relevant parish priest should be consulted, to confirm for the applicant(s) within
which parish, their address is situated

The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one address (for
example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child lives at for the majority of
the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of the parent/carer that claims Child
Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s main residence.

Return to Index
If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be requested.

If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation to evidence the
address that should be used for admission allocation purposes.
St. Bartholomew’s Parish boundary map
Please note the western boundary line runs along the path of the M1

“© Crown copyright and database rights 2014 Ordnance Survey 100019606

You are not permitted to copy, sub-licence, distribute or sell any of this data to third parties in any form.”

Return to Index
Ss Alban and Stephen Catholic Infant & Nursery School

Reception Admissions Policy for September 2019 – August 2020

Mission Statement:

“Building God’s community of love and learning”

Ss Alban & Stephen Infant & Nursery school was founded to provide education for children of Catholic
families. As a Catholic school, we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. At a Catholic
school, Catholic doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of the school’s activity. It is essential that
the Catholic character of the school’s education be fully supported by all families in the school. All
applicants are therefore expected to give their full, unreserved and positive support for the aims and
ethos of the school.

The Governing Body has sole responsibility for admissions to this school and intends to admit 60 pupils
to Reception in the school year under our Published Admission Number (PAN), which begins in
September 2019. Our Nursery & Infant and Junior schools work very closely together and share the
same ethos; however, entry to one does not guarantee entry to the other. This is by separate
application.

Whenever there are more applications than places available, priority will always be given to Catholic
children in accordance with the over subscription criteria listed below.

Application Procedures and Timetable

Applications are invited for September 2019 from families whose child attains 4 years of age between
01/09/2018 and 31/08/2019 and those whose child attains the age of 5 years of age between
01/04/2019 and 31/08/2019 who wish their child to join the Reception class in September 2019.

The e-admissions system for your Local Authority must be completed at

www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions by 15 January 2019 (paper forms are available on application to
the Local Authority). In addition, applicants are requested to note that they should complete a
Supplementary Information Form (SIF) in full and, if applicable obtain a Certificate of Catholic Practice
(CCP). The SIF is available from the school office and the school website www.ssasinfants.herts.sch.uk.
The CCP is available from the Priest at the parish where the family normally worships. If you do not
complete both the LA application and the Supplementary Information Form and return them by the
closing date, the governing body may be unable to consider your application fully and it is very
unlikely that your child will get a place at the school. The local authority will contact all applicants on
behalf of the Governing Body with the outcome of your application on 16 April 2019.

Unsuccessful applicants will be given reasons related to the over subscription criteria listed below and
advised of their right to appeal to an independent appeal committee. Parents wishing to appeal who
applied through Hertfordshire’s online system should log in to their online application and click on the
link “register an appeal”. Out of county residents and paper applicants should call the Customer Service
Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request their registration details, log into
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click on the link “log into the appeals system.
For the last five years this school has been able to admit Catholic children from the parish (Criterion 4).
It was not possible to admit applicants who did not fulfil Criteria 1 to 4 and in some years not all who
met criteria 4 were able to be admitted due to over-subscription.

Late applications will be considered only after the initial allocation of places.

Reception Admissions Policy for September 2019– August 2020

|
Return to Index
Over subscription criteria
Where there are more applications for places than the number of places available, places will be
offered according to the following order of priority:

1. Catholic ‘looked after’ children and Catholic children who ceased to be ‘looked after’ because
they were adopted or made subject to Child Arrangements Orders or Special Guardianship
Orders.
2. Baptised Catholic children with a Certificate of Catholic Practice of families who will have a
sibling at Ss Alban & Stephen Infant School or Junior School at the time of admission.
3. Baptised Catholic children with a Certificate of Catholic Practice of a member of staff of Ss Alban
and Stephen Infant & Nursery School provided that the member of staff is the child's parent and
(1) has been employed at the school for two or more years at the time at which the application
for admission to the school is made, or (2) where the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant
post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage. For the purposes of satisfying these
criteria, a member of staff is defined as a permanent member of the teaching staff or leadership
team. This definition does not include contract staff. This definition does not include peripatetic
staff employed by HCC.
4. Baptised Catholic children with a Certificate of Catholic Practice who are determined by the
Diocese of Westminster to be resident in the parish of Ss Alban & Stephen. A map is available at
Ss Alban & Stephen Church.
5. Other baptised Catholic children with a Certificate of Catholic Practice.
6. Other baptised Catholic children.
7. Other ‘looked after’ children and children who ceased to be ‘looked after’ because they were
adopted or made subject to Child Arrangements Orders or Special Guardianship Orders.
8. Children who have a sibling at Ss Alban & Stephen Infant school or Junior school, at the time of
admission and whose parents wish them to have a Catholic education. First consideration will be
given to those whose minister supplies a supporting letter confirming membership of the Church
or faith community.
9. Children of Catechumens and members of other Eastern Christian Churches who provide a
certificate of baptism and/or certificate/letter of entry in the order of Catechumens.
10. Children of other Christian denominations resident within the Catholic parish of Ss Alban &
Stephen. First consideration will be given to those whose minister supplies a supporting letter
confirming membership of the Church or faith community.
11. Children of other Christian denominations living outside the Catholic parish of Ss Alban &
Stephen. First consideration will be given to those whose minister supplies a supporting letter
confirming membership of the Church or faith community.
12. Children of other faiths living within the Catholic parish of Ss Alban & Stephen whose parents
wish them to have a Catholic education. First consideration will be given to those whose
minister supplies a supporting letter confirming membership of the Church or faith community.
13. Any other children.

Where the final place is offered to a child who has a twin/triplets etc. applying for a place in the same
school year, these siblings will also be admitted.

For the purposes of the over subscription criteria above:

- - Certificate of Catholic Practice means a certificate issued by the family’s parish priest (or the priest in
charge of the church where the family attends Mass) in the form laid down by the Bishops’ Conference
of England and Wales. It will be issued if the priest is satisfied that at least one Catholic parent or carer
(along with the child, if he or she is over seven years old) have (except when it was impossible to do so)
attended Mass on Sundays and holy days of obligation for at least five years (or, in the case of the child,
since the age of seven, if shorter). It will also be issued when the practice has been continuous since
Reception Admissions Policy for September 2019– August 2020
|
Return to Index
being received into the Church if that occurred less than five years ago. It is expected that most
Certificates will be issued on the basis of attendance. A Certificate may also be issued by the priest when
attendance is interrupted by exceptional circumstances which excuse from the obligation to attend on
that occasion or occasions. Further details of these circumstances can be found in the guidance issued
to priests http://rcdow.org.uk/education/governors/admissions/
- ‘Catholic’ means a member of a Church in full communion with the See of Rome. This includes the
Eastern Catholic Churches. This will normally be evidenced by a Certificate of Baptism in a Catholic
church or a Certificate of Reception into the full communion of the Catholic Church;
- Children of other Christian denominations means children who belong to other churches and ecclesial
communities which, acknowledging God’s revelation in Christ, confess the Lord Jesus Christ as God and
Saviour according to the Scriptures, and, in obedience to God’s will and in the power of the Holy Spirit
commit themselves: to seek a deepening of their communion with Christ and with one another in the
Church, which is his body; and to fulfil their mission to proclaim the Gospel by common witness and
service in the world to the glory of the one God, Father, Son and Holy Spirit. An ecclesial community
which on principle has no credal statements in its tradition, is included if it manifests faith in Christ as
witnessed to in the Scriptures and is committed to working in the spirit of the above.

All members of Churches Together in England and of CYTÛN are deemed to be included in the above
definition, as are all other churches and ecclesial communities that are in membership of any local
Churches Together Group (by whatever title) on the above basis.
- Children of other faiths means children who are members of a religious community that does not
fall within the definition of ‘other Christian denominations’ and which falls within the definition of a
religion for the purposes of charity law. The Charities Act 2011 defines religion to include:

§ A religion which involves belief in more than one God, and

§ A religion which does not involve belief in a God.

Case law has identified certain characteristics which describe the meaning of religion for the purposes of
charity law, which are characterised by a belief in a supreme being and an expression of belief in that
supreme being through worship.
- ‘sibling’ means the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of the
parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after (see definition below) and in
every case living permanently in a placement within the home as part of the family household
from Monday to Friday at the time of this application. A sibling link will not be recognised for children
living temporarily in the same house, for example a child who usually lives with one parent but has
temporarily moved or a looked after child in a respite placement or very short term or bridging foster
placement;
-‘catechumen’ refers to a person accepted into the catechumenate which is demonstrated by a copy of
the entry in the Register of Catechumens;
-‘looked after’ child means a child in the care of the Local Authority or provided with accommodation by
them eg children with foster parents (see section 22 of The Children’s Act 1989);
- ‘Adopted’. An adopted child is any child who has been formally adopted and whose parent/ guardian
can give proof of adoption.
-‘Child Arrangements Order’. A Child Arrangements Order is an order under the terms of the Children
Act 1989 s.8 setting the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live.
Children ‘looked after’ immediately before the order is made qualify in this category.
-‘Special Guardianship Order’. A Special Guardianship Order is an order under the terms of the Children
Act 1989 s.14A appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian(s). Children ‘looked
after’ immediately before the order is made qualify in this category.
-‘parent’ means the person or persons who have legal responsibility for the child;
Reception Admissions Policy for September 2019– August 2020
|
Return to Index
Tie break
If more children qualify under a particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by
applying the next rule to those children. In the case of two applicants with exactly the same priority
under the admissions rules, but only one place being available, the Governing Body will draw lots in the
presence of an independent witness.

Distance
Where the offer of places to all of the applicants in any of the categories above would lead to over
subscription, places up to the Published Admissions Number will be offered to those living nearest the
school. Hertfordshire County Council’s straight line distance measurement system is used for all home
to school distance measurements. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to
two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of your
child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised
method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

Waiting Lists (Continuing Interest List)

Unsuccessful candidates will be offered the opportunity to be placed on a waiting list in accordance with
the over subscription criteria set out above. Parents will be offered information on the appeals process.
The waiting list is held open for a full academic year from the date of admissions.

Education, Health and Care Plans (EHC)

The admission of pupils with a statement of special educational needs and those with an Education
Health and Care Plan (EHC) is dealt with by a completely separate procedure. Details of the procedure
are set out in the Special Educational Needs Code of Practice. If your child has an EHC plan you must
contact your local authority Children's Services. Children with this school named in their statement of
special educational needs or EHC Plan will be admitted to the school.

In-Year Admissions
Applications for In-Year admissions are made directly to the school. Where there is no waiting list the
local authority will be notified and the child will be admitted. If more applications are received than
there are places available then applications will be ranked by the governing body in accordance with the
oversubscription criteria. We will write to you with the outcome of your application and, if you have
been unsuccessful, the county council will write to you with registration details to enable you to login
and appeal online at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals You will be offered the opportunity of
being placed on a waiting list. This waiting list will be maintained by the governing body in the order of
the oversubscription criteria and not in the order in which the applications are received. Names are
removed from the list at the end of each academic year. When a place becomes available the governing
body will re-rank the list and an offer will be made.

Fair Access Protocols

The school is committed to taking its fair share of children who are vulnerable and/or hard to place, as
set out in locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal admissions round the governing
body is empowered to give absolute priority to a child where admission is requested under any local
protocol that has been agreed by both the Diocese and the governing body for the current school year.
The governing body has this power even when admitting the child would mean exceeding the published
admission number. Children admitted under this protocol will take priority over children on the
continued interest list.

Reception Admissions Policy for September 2019– August 2020

|
Return to Index
Admission of Children educated outside their chronological age group
Parents may request that their child be educated out of his/her chronological age group. Such requests
should, save in exceptional circumstances, be made in writing to the Chair of Governors during the
autumn term in the year of application i.e. Sept – Dec 2018 for children born between 01.09.14 –
31.08.15. Governors will consider each request on its own merits and permission will only be given in
exceptional circumstances. When the application is made, it will be ranked with all the other
applications and no further exceptions will be given. A statutory right of appeal will be given upon
refusal if no place has been offered in any school year.

Reception Year Deferred Entry

Applicants may defer entry to school up until statutory school age, i.e. the first day of term following the
child’s fifth birthday. Application is made in the usual way and then the deferment is requested. The
place will then be held until the first day of the spring or summer term. Applicants may choose for their
child to attend part-time until statutory school age is reached. Therefore, applicants who wish to defer
entry should note that admission can only be deferred until 1 April 2020. However, summer born
children may continue to attend part-time until the end of the summer term or until their 5th birthday,
whichever is sooner.

Certificate of Catholic Practice

Applicants applying under criteria 2 to 5 inclusive must submit a Certificate of Catholic Practice (CCP) by
the closing date. This is available from the Priest at the parish where the family normally worships or the
diocesan website. It is the parent’s duty to ensure that the CCP is submitted to the school in good time.

Reception Admissions Policy for September 2019– August 2020

|
Return to Index
 Ss Alban & Stephen Catholic Infant & Nursery School
Vanda Crescent, St Albans, Herts AL1 5EX
Supplementary Information Form 2019-20

Child’s Details
Child’s First Name: Child’s Surname: Date of Birth:
Home Address: Post Code:

Parent/Carer Details
Parent/Carer’s Name: Address:

Telephone Number:
Alternative contact details: Address:

Telephone Number:
Details of Religion
Religion of Child: (please Catholic Other Christian Other Faith
tick)
Parish you live in: Church where child was baptised & date of baptism (baptismal cert required if not
baptised in Ss Alban & Stephen)

Church you currently Name of priest supplying

attend: Certificate of Catholic
Practice:
I confirm that I have read and understood the Admissions policy and that the information I have provided is
correct. I understand that I must notify the school immediately if there is any change to these details and
that should any information I have given prove to be inaccurate that the governors may withdraw any offer
of a place even if the child has already started school.

Signed: ________________________________________ Date: _________________________

Please note:
• The Certificate of Catholic Practice is available from the diocese or from the parish in which the family
normally worships.
• Applicants from other Christian denominations and other faiths may attach a letter confirming
membership of the faith community from their minister or religious leader
• You MUST complete the Local Authority’s Application Form and return it to them by the closing date. If
you do not do this you will not be offered a place. See www.hertsdirect.org/admissions or call 0300 123
4043 for further information.

Please enclose a copy of a gas, electricity, water or council tax bill, or a tenancy agreement, dated within the
last 3 months as proof of address

Have you: Enclosed a copy of baptism certificate (where appropriate) 

Enclosed a Certificate of Catholic Practice (where appropriate) 
Enclosed a recent proof of address (as listed above) 
Completed the Local Authority’s Application Form 
SIF Final Version V2
 Ss Alban & Stephen Catholic Junior School

ADMISSIONS POLICY 2019 - 2020

St Alban & St Stephen Catholic Junior School was founded by the Catholic Church to
provide education for children of Catholic families. Whenever there are more
applications than places available, priority will always be given to Catholic children in
accordance with the oversubscription criteria listed below. The school is conducted
by its governing body as part of the Catholic Church in accordance with its trust deed
and instrument of government and seeks at all times to be a witness to Our Lord
Jesus Christ.

As a Catholic school, we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. At a
Catholic school, Catholic doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of the school’s
activity. It is essential that the Catholic character of the school’s education be fully
supported by all families in the school. We therefore hope that all parents will give
their full, unreserved and positive support for the aims and ethos of the school. This
does not affect the right of an applicant who is not Catholic to apply for and be
admitted to a place at the school in accordance with the admission arrangements.

The governing body is the admission authority and has responsibility for admissions
to the school. The local authority undertakes the co-ordination of admission

Nurturing every child to grow and flourish in Christ

Return to Index
arrangements during the normal admission round. The governing body has set its
Published Admissions Number (PAN) at 60 children for the school year which begins
in September 2019. Applications for Year 3 are welcome from families whose child
reaches his/her 7th birthday between 1st September 2018 and 31st August 2019.

The governing body will admit twins and all siblings from multiple births where one
of the children is the last ranked within the school’s PAN.

Pupils with an Education, Health & Care Plan (EHC)

The admission of pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan (EHC) is dealt with
by a completely separate procedure. (This used to be called a Statement of Special
Educational Needs). Details of this separate procedure are set out in the Special
Educational Needs Code of Practice. If your child has an EHC plan you must contact
your local authority SEN officer. Children with this school named in their EHC Plan
will be admitted. The admission of children with an EHC Plan will reduce the number
of places available to other children (see note 1).

Oversubscription Criteria

Where there are more applications for places than the number of places available,
places will be offered according to the following order of priority:

1. Catholic ‘looked after’ children and previously ‘looked after’ children (see
notes 2-5);

Nurturing every child to grow and flourish in Christ

Return to Index
2. Baptised Catholic children with a Certificate of Catholic Practice, who are
resident in the Parish of St Alban & St Stephen Beaconsfield Road St Alban AL1 (see
notes 6, 7, & 13);

3. Other baptised Catholic children for whom St Alban & St Stephen is the
nearest Catholic school (see note 6);

4. Other baptised Catholic children (see note 6);

5. Other ‘looked after’ children and previously ‘looked after’ children. (see notes
2-5);

6. Children of catechumens and members of an Eastern Christian Church (see

notes 8&9);

7. Any other children.

Within each of the categories listed above, the provisions below will be applied in the
following order:

i. The Governing Body will give top priority, within a category, to an application
where compelling evidence is provided at the time of application, from an
appropriate professional such as a doctor, priest or social worker, of an exceptional
social, medical, pastoral or other need of the child, which can only be met at this
school.

Nurturing every child to grow and flourish in Christ

Return to Index
ii. The attendance of a brother/sister at the school at the time of enrolment will
increase the priority of an application within a category, so that the application will
be placed at the top of the category in which the application is made, after children
in (i) above.

Applications in previous years

For the past three years the governing body has been unable to offer places to any
applicants beyond oversubscription criterion 4. Whilst the school welcomes
applications from all categories, it is usually oversubscribed with Catholic candidates.

Tie break

Where the offer of places to the applicants in any of the categories listed above
would exceed the number of places available, the places up to the admission number
will be offered to those living nearest to the school as measured in a straight line
from the applicant’s home address point to the school address point using a
computerised mapping system. The measurement will be conducted by the Local
Authority (LA). If two or more applications are received from the same block of flats,
the applicant with the lower door number will be classed as nearest and offered a
place because they are likely to be closer to the ground floor and, therefore, the
school. In the event of distances being the same for two or more children where this
would determine the last place to be allocated, random allocation will be carried out
by the local authority’s computerised allocation system.

Nurturing every child to grow and flourish in Christ

Return to Index
Application Procedure for 2018 – 2019

To apply for a place at this school in the normal admission round, you must complete
an online application form from your local authority (paper forms are also available
on request.) If you are applying under criteria 2, 3, 4 you should also complete the
School’s Supplementary Information Form (SIF). Whilst this is not compulsory, the
information on the SIF enables the Governing Body to assess your application fully
against the School’s criteria in the event of oversubscription. Please return the SIF (in
person or by post) to the school, together with all other relevant paperwork required
for your application. If you do not complete both of the forms described above and
return them by 15th January 2019, the Governing Body will be obliged to consider
your application using only the documents available. If you don’t return the SIF on
time your child may receive a lower ranking because of this and not be offered a
place.

You will be advised of the outcome of your application, on or about Monday 16th
April 2019. This information will also be available on line for those who have
submitted an online application. Parents should accept or decline the place as soon
as possible. If you are unsuccessful (unless your child was offered a place at a school
you ranked higher) you will be informed of the reasons, related to the
oversubscription criteria listed above and you will have right of appeal to an
independent appeal panel. Should you wish to appeal please contact the school as
soon as possible for an appeal form on which you must list your reasons for making
an appeal. Appeals should be submitted to the school in writing by Friday 24th May
2019.

Late Applications

Nurturing every child to grow and flourish in Christ

Return to Index
Applications received after the closing date will be dealt with after the initial
allocation process has been completed. If the school is oversubscribed it is very
unlikely that late applicants will obtain a place.

Waiting Lists

In addition to their right of appeal, unsuccessful candidates will be offered the

opportunity to be placed on a waiting list. This list will be maintained in order of the
oversubscription criteria set out above and not in the order in which applications are
received or added to the list. Waiting lists for admission will operate throughout the
school year and will be held open until 31st July 2020 unless applicants request in
writing to remain on the list. Inclusion in the school’s waiting list does not mean that
a place will eventually become available.

In-Year Applications

An application for admission can be made for any child at any time outside the
normal admissions round. Applications should be made directly to the school by
contacting [insert name and contact details]. If a place is available and there is no
waiting list the child will be admitted. If there is a waiting list, then applications will
be ranked by the Governing Body in accordance with the oversubscription criteria as
set out above. If a place cannot be offered at this time then you may ask us for the
reasons and you will be informed of your right of appeal to an independent panel
and your child will be placed on the waiting list.

Fair Access

Nurturing every child to grow and flourish in Christ

Return to Index
The school is committed to taking its fair share of children who are vulnerable and/or
hard to place, as set out in locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal
admissions round, the Governing Body is empowered to give absolute priority to a
child where admission is requested under any local protocol that has been agreed by
both the local authority and the Governing Body for the current school year. The
Governing Body has this power even when admitting the child would mean
exceeding the published admission number. St Alban & St Stephen Catholic Junior
School participates in HCC’s Fair Access Protocol. Fair Access Protocol children will be
admitted above those on the school’s continuing interest list.

Change of Details

If any of the details on either of your forms changes between the date of application
and the receipt of the letter of offer or refusal, you must inform the School and the
local authority immediately. If misleading information is given or allowed to remain
on either of your forms, the Governing Body reserves the right to withdraw the place,
even if the child has already started at the School.

NOTES (these notes form part of the oversubscription criteria)

1. An Education, Health and Care Plan is a plan made by the local authority
under S.37 of the Children and Families Act 2014, specifying the
educational provision required for a child.
2. A ‘Looked after child’ has the same meaning as in S.22(1) of the Children
Act 1989, and means any child in the care of a local authority or provided
with accommodation by them in the exercise of their social services
functions (e.g. children with foster parents at the time of making an
application to the school.) A previously ‘looked after’ child is a child who
was looked after, but ceased to be so because he or she was adopted or
became subject to a child arrangements order or a special guardianship
order.

Nurturing every child to grow and flourish in Christ

Return to Index
3. ‘Adopted’. An adopted child is any child who has been formally adopted,
having previously been in care and whose parent/ guardian can give proof
of this.
4. ‘Child Arrangements Order’. A Child Arrangements order is an order under
the terms of the Children Act 1989 s.8 settling the arrangements to be
made as to the person with whom the child is to live. Children ‘looked
after’ immediately before the order is made qualify in this category.
5. ‘Special Guardianship Order’. A special guardianship order is an order
under the terms of the Children Act 1989 s.14A appointing one or more
individuals to be a child’s special guardian(s). Children ‘looked after’
immediately prior to the granting of the order qualify under this category.
6. ‘Catholic’ means a member of a Church in full communion with the See of
Rome. This includes the Eastern Catholic Churches. This will be evidenced
by a Certificate of Baptism in a Catholic church or a Certificate of
Reception into full communion with the Catholic Church. For the purposes
of this policy this includes a looked after child in the process of adoption
and living with a Catholic family, where a letter from a priest demonstrates
that the child would have been baptised were it not for his/her status as a
looked after child. For a child to be treated as Catholic, evidence of
Catholic baptism or reception in the Catholic Church will be required.
Those who have difficulty obtaining written evidence of baptism should
contact their parish priest who, after consulting with the diocese will
decide how the question of baptism is to be resolved and how written
evidence is to be produced in accordance with the law of the Church.
7. ‘Certificate of Catholic Practice’ means a certificate issued by the family’s
parish priest (or the priest in charge of the church where the family attends
Mass) in the form laid down by the Bishops’ Conference of England and
Wales. It will be issued if the priest is satisfied that at least one Catholic
parent or carer (along with the child, if he or she is over seven years old)
have (except when it was impossible to do so) attended Mass on Sundays
and holydays of obligation for at least five years (or, in the case of the
child, since the age of seven, if shorter). It will also be issued when the
practice has been continuous since being received into the Church if that
occurred less than five years ago. It is expected that most Certificates will
be issued on the basis of attendance. A Certificate may also be issued by
the priest when attendance is interrupted by exceptional circumstances
which excuse from the obligation to attend on that occasion or occasions.

Nurturing every child to grow and flourish in Christ

Return to Index
 Further details of these circumstances can be found in the guidance issued
to priests: http://rcdow.org.uk/education/governors/admissions
8. Eastern/Orthodox Christian Church is normally evidenced by a Certificate
of Baptism or Reception from the authorities of that Church.
9. Parish Boundaries – for the purposes of this Policy, parish boundaries are
as shown on the attached map and will be applied to the admission
arrangements for 2019-20.

Nurturing every child to grow and flourish in Christ

Return to Index
Return to Index
Return to Index
Diocese of Westminster
Catholic Primary Schools
Supplementary Information Form 2019 – 2020

Name and Address of School:

Child’s Details

Child’s surname:
Child’s first name:
Home Address: Date of Birth:

Postcode:

Parent/Carer Details
Parent/Carer’s name:

Address (if different from

above):
Telephone number:

Details of Religion
Religion of child: Catholic Other Christian Other faith
(name of
(Please tick)
denomination )

Catholic Parish you live in:

Return to Index
 Church where child was baptised and date of
baptism: (baptism certificate required)

Name and position of priest supplying

Certificate of Catholic Practice (where
appropriate)

I confirm that I have read and understood the Admissions Policy and that the information I have
provided is correct. I understand that I must notify the school immediately if there is any change
to these details and that should any information I have given prove to be inaccurate that
governors may withdraw any offer of a place even if the child has already started school.

Signed………………………………………………………..……… Date…..……………………………

Please note:

• Where applicable parents can obtain a Certificate of Catholic Practice from the parish in
which they worship or from the Diocese of Westminster website.

• Applicants from other Christian denominations and other faiths may attach a letter from
their minister or religious leader, confirming membership of that faith community.

• You must complete your local authority’s application form online or on paper by the
closing date. If you do not do this you will not be offered a place.

Checklist:
Have you enclosed:
Copy of baptism certificate (where necessary)
Certificate of Catholic Practice (where necessary)
Evidence of exceptional need (where necessary).

Have you completed your local authority’s online application form?

Return to Index
 ADMISSIONS POLICY YEAR OF ENTRY 2019

INTRODUCTION

St. Andrew’s is a Voluntary Aided Church of England School within the Diocese of St Albans.
The Governing Body of the school is the admission authority. The governors will admit up to the admission
number of 30 children into the reception year. The Governing Body is required to abide by the maximum
limits for infant classes (5, 6 and 7 year olds), i.e. 30 pupils per class.

The Local Authority or LA, (Hertfordshire County Council) operates an agreed coordinated admissions
scheme in line with government legislation. The LA will coordinate the process on behalf of the school
according to the scheme published each year. The Governing Body, as the admission authority, will allocate
the available places in line with this policy. However, offers will be made by the LA.

The school does not have any specific units or facilities for pupils with particular special needs and there are
no specific facilities for pupils with physical disabilities. The school is, on a tiered site with the majority
of accommodation on one floor. We are planning ramps to gain access to the main hall however these are
not in place yet. As far as possible, the school will ensure that pupils with disabilities have access to the
same opportunities as other pupils.

The closing date for admission application forms to be received by the home Local Authority is as advertised
by that authority. Information on completing the ‘on-line’ application and notification dates of admission
decisions are published in the LA admissions literature, which is also available from their website.

All applications must be made on the home LA common application form. Parents/carers wishing their
applications to be considered under Category 3 (Foundation Places) are requested to complete our Clergy
Form/Supplementary Information Form (SIF) and return it to the school office by the date specified by the LA.
If a SIF is not completed the Governing Body will apply their admission arrangements using the information
submitted on the LA form only, which will result in your application not being considered for a Foundation
Place.

Return to Index
The school provides for the admission of all successful applicants who have reached their 4th birthday by 31
August 2019. However please note the following:

These arrangements do not apply to our nursery intake.

a. Parents of children currently in our Nursery must reapply for a place in Reception.
b. Attendance at our Nursery does not guarantee a place in Reception.
c. Parents offered a place may defer the date of their child’s admission until later in the year, or until the
child reaches compulsory school age. Summer born children may only have admission deferred until the start
of the summer term.
d. Parents can request part-time attendance until the child reaches compulsory school age.
e. Where a parent of a ‘summer born’ child (1 April – 31 August) wishes their child to start school in the
autumn term following their fifth birthday, the Governors will consider the request.
If parents do not take up the offered place before the start of the summer term of the school year of entry,
then they would have to re-apply for a place in Year 1.

However If parents wish such a child to be educated “out-of year group” i.e. in the Reception Year rather
than Y1 they may request this and should discuss it with the school as soon as possible. Such applications
will be considered by the governors on a case by case basis. Each case will be judged on its individual merits
but to admit out of year group would require exceptional and extenuating circumstances and professional
evidence explaining why the child’s needs cannot be met in the chronological year group.

All such parents should apply for their child’s normal age group at the usual time and may submit a request
for admission out of the normal age group at the same time.

The governors will respond to this request prior to the offer of a place being made. If the request is agreed
to the application can be withdrawn for that year before the place is offered.

If the request is refused, parents may decide whether or not to accept the offer of a place for the normal
age group, or refuse it and make an in-year application for admission into Y1 for the September following
the child’s fifth birthday.

Where a parent’s request has been agreed, they must make a new application as part of the main
admissions round the following year.
Parents do not have the right of appeal against a decision not to place the child in a year group outside
their normal age group.

Please note that the information in this policy is correct for the year shown. Policies for future years
may well be different.

Return to Index
HOW PLACES ARE OFFERED
Children who have a Statement of Special Educational Needs or EHC (Education Health and Care) Plan
which names the school will be admitted to the school.

In the event of there being more applications than available places, the following oversubscription criteria
will be applied, in order.

Category 1 Children in public care (children looked after) and children who were looked after, but ceased to
be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a Residence Order/ Child Arrangement Order or a
special guardianship order).
Category 2 Children who have a sibling who will be attending the school at the time of entry.
Category 3 The Governors reserve up to 14 Foundation places a year, which will be allocated to
children with their home address in the Parish (Anglican) of Hitchin. Foundation places will not be
allocated to children living in the surrounding villages or towns even though they may worship in
Hitchin churches. Foundation places will be allocated to children whose families have been frequent
worshippers for at least 18 months at Holy Saviour, St. Faith’s, St. Mark’s, St. Mary’s or The Hub
Church, who are certified to be such worshippers by the clergy of that church.

‘Frequent’ shall mean attending a service on average at least twice a month. For families
who have moved into Hitchin, it can include previous attendance at such other Christian
churches as the Governors approve.
The Governors anticipate that parents allocated a foundation place for their child shall
continue to satisfy the requirements.

Category 4 Children who at the time of application have their home address within the area detailed
in Appendix 1 (Neighbourhood Table).
Category 5 Any other children.

If any category is over-subscribed the places will be determined in that category by the proximity of the
child’s permanent home address to the school. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping
system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of
your child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised
method of identifying individual residences. This is an objective method of measuring home to school
distances consistently when applying admission rules. It does not take into account the actual or expected
route a child will travel to school.
If there are two identical home to school distance measurements for the final place to be allocated, then
the Governors will use random allocation in front of an independent witness in order to allocate it.

The governors cooperate with the fair access policies of the LA for children who are hard to place and
such children will be given priority for admittance over those on the school's continuing interest list.
Every effort will be made to accommodate twins and other ‘multiple birth’ applications. Where the last
available place is offered to a twin or multiple birth child the other twin or sibling(s) will also be offered a
place as exceptions to the infant class size rule.

Return to Index
Definitions and further explanation

a. For the purposes of Category 1, Children in public care (children looked after):
Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the School Admissions
(Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2012
These children will be prioritised under Category 1.
Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were
adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special guardianship order. A “child looked
after” is a child who is
a) in the care of a local authority, or
b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services functions
(section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)
All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission under Category
1.*
Child Arrangements Order - under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which amended
section 8 of the Children Act 1989, residence orders have now been replaced by child arrangements orders
which settle the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live
Special guardianship order – under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more
individuals to be a child’s special guardian or guardians
Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked after providing
there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under Category 1.
Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the subject of a child
arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised under Category 1.
* This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the School
Admissions Code that came into force on 19 December 2014.

b. For the purposes of Category 2, ‘sibling’ is defined as a sister, brother, half sister or brother, adopted
sister or brother, child of the parent/ carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after and
in every case living permanently in a placement within the home as part of the family household from
Monday to Friday at the time of the application.

c. For the purposes of Categories 3 and 4 ‘home address’ is the child’s permanent address at the time
of application. If a child lives at more than one address for example due to a separation, the address used
should be where the child lives most of the time. Providing evidence for proof of address is a routine
requirement of the admissions application process.

d. For the purposes of Category 3, a ‘family’ will consist of at least one parent or carer and the child for
whom the application is being made.

e. For the purposes of Category 3, a ‘Christian church’ is one that is a member of Churches Together in
Britain and Ireland (website www.ctbi.org.uk).

f. The Governors reserve the right to withdraw an offer of a place if any false or misleading

Return to Index
information is given in connection with the application for that place.

UNSUCCESSFUL APPLICATIONS

Appeals
Parents who have not been allocated a place for their child have the right of appeal to an independent
panel. At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into their online
application and click on the link 'register an appeal '. For those who did not apply on line, please contact
the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request your registration details in order to gain access
to the appeals online system.

For in-year applications parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in the first instance in
order to be able to gain access to the appeals online system.

Continuing interest (waiting) list and ‘in-year’ applications

In the event of more applications than available places the governors will maintain a continuing
interest list (waiting list). These and late applications will go onto this list in a position determined by
the criteria. If a place becomes available in the school it will be offered to the child that best meets
the published admissions rules. All ‘in year’ applications will be coordinated by the school, and a
Clergy Form/SIF is required for all applications under category 3. Parents are requested to inform the
governors if they wish their child’s name to be removed.

Return to Index
APPENDIX 1
NEIGHBOURHOOD TABLE
NAME OF ROAD EXCLUSIONS

Alexandra Road
Benslow Lane
Benslow Rise
Chiltern Road
Clare Gardens
Convent Close
Dacre Road
Fells Close
Florence Street
Forge Close
Garden Row
Harrison Close
Hazel Court Flats 1 to 8 inc
Hazelwood Close
Highbury Road Elgin House and numbers 20 to 50 inc
Ibberson Way
Kings Road
Midlands Cottages
Nightingale Court
Nightingale Road 1 to 4 inc and the Starlings Bridge Development
Peppermint Road
Radcliffe Road
Rose Cottage Gardens
St Anne's Road
Station Approach
The Avenue
The Finches
Trevor Road
Verulam Road
Walsworth Road
Whinbush Grove
Whinbush Road
William Ransom Way
Windmill Hill
Woodside Gardens
Woolpack

Return to Index
 ST ANDREW'S CHURCH OF ENGLAND (VA) PRIMARY SCHOOL

CLERGY FORM / SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM

Parent/carer should fill in this form when applying for a place at the school under Category 3 - Foundation
Place. The form must be completed by the church and returned by 0900 hours on 15th January 2019.

DETAILS

Surname of child: Other name(s):

Date of birth:

Name of parent/carer:

Address:
Important note: This is the child's permanent residence and not an accomodation address.
Home tel: Daytime/Mobile tel:
email:

CURRENT PLACE OF WORSHIP

(please tick as appropriate)
Name of place of worship:

Holy Saviour St Faith's St Mark's St Mary's

The Hub Church

For how long have the family worshipped at your church?

Less than 18 months 18 months or more

How frequently do they attend church worship on average each month?

Less than twice a month Twice or more a month

PREVIOUS PLACE OF WORSHIP (if less than 18 months at your current place of worship)
(please tick as appropriate)
Name of place of worship:

For how long did the family worship at your church?

How frequently did they attend church worship on average each month?
Less than twice a month Twice or more a month

Signed: (Parent/carer) Date:

Signed: (Minister/Incumbent) Date:

Return to Index
 St. Anthony’s Catholic Primary School
Croxley View
Watford
Hertfordshire WD18 6BW
Tel: 01923 226987

We Grow and Learn with Jesus

Admissions Policy - Reception 2019/2020

St. Anthony’s School is a part of the Roman Catholic Diocese of Westminster

intended for the education of Catholic children. As a Catholic school, we aim to
provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. At a Catholic school, Catholic
doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of the school's activity. It is essential
that the Catholic character of the school's education is fully supported by all families
in the school. All applicants are therefore expected to give their full, unreserved and
positive support for the aims and ethos of the school.

Responsibility for the admission of pupils rests with the Board of Governors.
The Governors intend to admit up to the school’s Published Admission Number of 60
pupils into the reception year group in the school year 2019/2020. Consideration will
be given and offers of places made, to eligible pupils in accordance with the criteria
and order of priority given below.

Whenever there are more applications than places available, priority will
always be given to Catholic applicants in accordance with the
oversubscription criteria listed below. In this policy 'applicant' refers to the
parent applying for a place and 'children' refers to the children for whom
applications are being made. Applications will be ranked according to the
criteria listed below and the supporting notes and definitions. Places will be
offered to those children satisfying criterion 1 followed by, if places are
available, those children satisfying criterion 2 and so on, until all places have
been allocated. Any remaining children will be offered the opportunity to be
placed on the school's waiting list in rank order. The waiting list will be
maintained, until the end of the academic year of admission, in the order of the
oversubscription criteria and not in the order in which applications are
received.

The Governors will give top priority, within a criterion, to a child who has a special
social, pastoral or medical need which can only be met at St. Anthony's. The
Governing body will require compelling, written, professional evidence from the local
church or health authorities and this evidence must be provided by the closing date

Techwriter.School6.Adm_Policy.R_1920_V1
1

Return to Index
for applications. Any child with a disability, whose application is successful, is
welcome at St. Anthony’s – every effort will be made to seek advice and make
specific arrangements to accommodate such a child’s needs.

Oversubscription Criteria

1. Catholic Children Looked After and Catholic children who have been adopted
(or subject to child arrangements orders or special guardianship orders)
immediately following being looked after.

2. Baptised Catholic children with a sibling in the school at the time of admission.

3. Baptised Catholic children who live in the parishes of Holy Rood, Watford and
St. Bede's, Croxley Green.

4. Other baptised Catholic children

5. Other Children Looked After and other children who have been adopted (or
subject to child arrangements orders or special guardianship orders)
immediately following being looked after.

6. Children of catechumens and members of an Eastern Christian Church.

7. Christians of other denominations, whose application is supported by their

minister.

8. Children of other faiths whose application is supported by their religious

leader.

9. Any other applicants.

Supporting Notes

Where the offer of places to all the applicants in any of the above criteria would lead
to oversubscription the following provisions will be applied.

a) In each of criteria (5) to (9) above, priority will be given to children who have a
sibling in the school at the time of admission. After sibling priority has been
exercised, priority will be given, in each of criteria (3) to (9), to the children of, and
resident with, a permanent member of the teaching staff who has been employed
at the school for two or more years at the time at which the application for
admission is made, or to the children of a new appointee to a post at the school,

Techwriter.School6.Adm_Policy.R_1920_V1
2

Return to Index
 where there is a demonstrable skills shortage for the post in question.

b) In the event of two or more children meeting the same criteria, and provisions
described within these supporting notes, priority will be given to the child who lives
the shortest distance from the school. A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is
used in all home to school distance measurements for community and VC schools
in Hertfordshire. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system
to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium
address point of your child’s house to the address point of the school.
AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the
location of schools and individual residences.

c) For those criteria which refer to baptised Catholic children, the child should be
baptised by the closing date for applications.

d) Within each criterion, if the rank ordering process results in the splitting of siblings
in the same year, then the remaining siblings will be offered places at the school
as 'excepted pupils'. In the event that the siblings are not a result of a multiple
birth the applications will be assessed in terms of any exceptional social/pastoral
need.

e) No automatic priority can be given to applicants who have children in the nursery.
A completely fresh and full application, as detailed above, must be made.

This admissions policy and criteria will be subject to annual review.

Application Procedure 2019-2020

In order to make a valid application for a place at the school for your child you must
complete the online Hertfordshire LA [or your home LA if living outside Hertfordshire]
Common Application Form (CAF). Any application received after the statutory
deadline, 15th January 2019, will be treated as a late application. Late applications
will not be dealt with until all on-time applications have been considered.

Parents wishing to apply for a place for their child are invited to attend one of our
open meetings and tour of the school for prospective parents. (Note: this meeting is
not an interview and does not form part of the Admissions process.)

Parents of all candidates should also complete the school’s own Supplementary
Information Form (SIF). For criterion (6) above: an applicant who is a catechumen
should provide a Certificate of Reception into the Order of Catechumens or a letter
from their parish priest; a member of an Eastern Christian Church should provide a
baptism certificate or certificate of reception from their church authorities. These

Techwriter.School6.Adm_Policy.R_1920_V1
3

Return to Index
should be returned to the school, together with a Certificate of Baptism for
photocopying, as soon as possible. At the very latest these must be returned no
later than the deadline for submission of the Hertfordshire Local Authority (LA) [or
their home LA if living outside Hertfordshire] admissions form. If a SIF is not
submitted by the closing date the Governing Body will apply their criteria using only
the information submitted online, which may result in the application being given a
lower priority.

The SIF and parish boundary definitions for Holy Rood and St. Bede's are available
from the school. The SIF is also available from Hertfordshire LA. Applicants can
collect the forms and boundary definitions from the school or contact the school and
ask for these to be sent to them. The parish boundary information can also be
accessed on the Westminster Diocese website (www.rcdow.org.uk/watford and
www.rcdow.org.uk/croxleygreen). The SIF is also available for download from the
parents' page on the school website
(www.stanthonys.herts.sch.uk/our-school/admissions).

The decision on admission rests with the Governors.

The waiting list will be utilised in the following manner. On the day a place becomes
available the school has to rank all, including in-year applicants, against the
oversubscription criteria. This means that applicants, originally ranked in the normal
admissions round, may be moved down the waiting list. A child will remain on the
school's waiting list for a minimum of the academic year of admission, and until a
vacancy has arisen and the offer of a place accepted or declined.

Parents will be informed of their right to appeal. At transfer time parents wishing to
appeal who applied on line should log onto their online application and click on the
link 'register an appeal'. Parents who did not apply on line need to contact the
Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal pack. The
th
deadline for submission of an appeal is 27 May 2019.

For in-year applications parents wishing to appeal should contact the school in the
first instance.

The timetable for the admissions process is set by Hertfordshire LA and is advertised
to parents each year. (The timetable is also advertised within the school at the
appropriate time.) The final date for applications is January 15th 2019. Notification
letters will be sent out by the LA, on behalf of the governors, on April 18th 2019.

Definitions

Techwriter.School6.Adm_Policy.R_1920_V1
4

Return to Index
'Catholic' means a member of a Church in full communion with the See of Rome.
This includes the Eastern Catholic churches. This will normally be evidenced by a
Certificate of Baptism in a Catholic Church or Certificate of Reception into the full
communion of the Catholic Church. For the purposes of this policy, it includes a
child looked after who is part of a Catholic family where a priest's reference
demonstrates that the child would have been baptised or received if it were not for
their status as a child looked after (e.g. a child looked after in the process of adoption
by a Catholic family).

For a child to be treated as Catholic, evidence of baptism or reception into the

Church will be required. Those who have difficulty obtaining written evidence of
baptism should contact their parish priest who, after consulting with the Diocese, will
decide how the question of baptism is to be resolved and how written evidence is to
be produced in accordance with the laws of the Church.

‘Children of other faiths’ means children who are members of a religious

community that does not fall within the definition of ‘other Christian denominations’
and which falls within the definition of a religion for the purposes of charity law. The
Charities Act 2011 defines religion to include:

• a religion which involves belief in more than one God, and

• a religion which does not involve belief in a God.

Case law has identified certain characteristics which describe the meaning of religion
for the purposes of charity law, which are characterised by a belief in a supreme
being and an expression of belief in that supreme being through worship.

'Sibling' in the context of this admissions policy, is defined as: the sister, brother,
half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of the parent/carer or partner or
a child looked after or previously looked after and in every case living permanently in
a placement within the home as part of the family household from Monday to Friday
at the time of this application.

A sibling relationship does not apply when the older child (ren) will leave before the
younger one starts.

'Catechumen' means a member of the catechumenate of a Catholic Church. This

will normally be evidenced by a Certificate of Reception into the Order of
Catechumens.

'Eastern Christian Church' includes Orthodox Churches and is normally evidenced

by a Certificate of Baptism or Reception from the authorities of that Church.

Techwriter.School6.Adm_Policy.R_1920_V1
5

Return to Index
‘Children of other Christian denominations’ means: children who belong to other
churches and ecclesial communities which, acknowledging God’s revelation in
Christ, confess the Lord Jesus Christ as God and Saviour according to the
Scriptures, and, in obedience to God’s will and in the power of the Holy Spirit commit
themselves: to seek a deepening of their communion with Christ and with one
another in the Church, which is his body; and to fulfil their mission to proclaim the
Gospel by common witness and service in the world to the glory of the one God,
Father, Son and Holy Spirit. An ecclesial community which on principle has no credal
statements in its tradition, is included if it manifests faith in Christ as witnessed to in
the Scriptures and is committed to working in the spirit of the above.

All members of Churches Together in England and of CYTÛN are deemed to be

included in the above definition, as are all other churches and ecclesial communities
that are in membership of any local Churches Together Group (by whatever title) on
the above basis.

'Resident'. A child is deemed to be resident at a particular address when he/she

resides there for at least 50% of the school week.

'Parent' means the adult or adults with legal responsibility for the child.

'Children Looked After' has the same meaning as in Section 22 of the Children Act
and means children in the care of a local authority or provided with accommodation
by them (e.g. children with foster parents).

‘Education, Health and Care Plan’. The admission of pupils with an Education,
Health and Care Plan (EHC) is dealt with by a completely separate procedure.
Details of this separate procedure are set out in the Special Educational Needs Code
of Practice. If your child has an EHC plan you must contact your local authority SEN
officer. Children with St Anthony’s named in their EHC plan will be admitted.

‘Adopted’. An adopted child is a child for whom there is proof of adoption.

‘Child Arrangements Order’. A child arrangements order is an order under the

terms of the Children and Families Act 2014 which defines it as an order settling the
arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live.

‘Special Guardianship Order’. A special guardianship order is an order under the

terms of the Children Act 1989 s.14A which defines it as an order appointing one or
more individuals to be a child’s special guardian(s).

Techwriter.School6.Adm_Policy.R_1920_V1
6

Return to Index
In-Year Admissions refers to applications made outside of the normal admissions
round. In these circumstances parents should contact the school direct. Applications
made using the HCC In-Year application form will also be considered. If a place is
available and there is no waiting list then the governing body will admit the child. If a
place is not available at this time applicants can ask for the reasons and will be
informed of their right to appeal. The school will notify the local authority of the
application and its outcome. Applicants will be offered the opportunity of being
placed on our waiting list, which is maintained in the order of the oversubscription
criteria and not in the order in which the applications are received. Names are
removed from the list at the end of each academic year. When a place becomes
available the governing body will re-rank the list and inform the local authority that
the school is making an offer.

Fair Access Protocols. The school is committed to taking its fair share of children
who are vulnerable and/or hard to place, as set out in locally agreed protocols.
Accordingly, outside the normal admissions round the governing body is empowered
to give absolute priority to a child where admission is requested under any local
protocol that has been agreed with the Local authority, by both the Diocese and the
governing body, for the current school year. The governing body has this power even
when admitting the child would mean exceeding the Published Admission Number.

Reception Year Deferred Entry. Applications are invited for September 2019 from
families whose children attain 4 years of age between 01/09/2018 and 31/08/2019.
Applicants may defer entry to school up until statutory school age i.e. the first day of
term following the child's fifth birthday. Application is made in the usual way and
then the deferment can be requested. The place will then be held until the first day
of the spring or summer term. Applicants may also choose for their child to attend
part-time until statutory school age is reached. Parents wishing to defer entry for
summer born children should note that entry can only be deferred up until 1st April
2020.

Summer Born Children. Applicants may request that their summer born child, i.e. a
child born between 1st April - 31st August 2015 be admitted to Reception in the
September following his/her birthday. The applicant should make the request in
writing to the Chair of Governors at the time of making an application, submitted in
the usual way, during the 2019-20 academic year for a September 2020 place. This
application will be treated in the same way as all other applications and there is no
guarantee that an offer will be made. However, it must be understood this means a
place in a class one year BELOW the child's chronological age.

Children Educated Outside Their Chronological Age Group (except Summer

Born Children). Parents may apply for their child to be educated outside of his/her
chronological age group, i.e. a year behind or a year ahead. Application should be

Techwriter.School6.Adm_Policy.R_1920_V1
7

Return to Index
made to the Chair of Governors, giving reasons and providing compelling
professional evidence, at the time of application (i.e. from September to December).
Governors will consider each case on its own merits and permission will only be
given in exceptional circumstances.

Techwriter.School6.Adm_Policy.R_1920_V1
8

Return to Index
St. Anthony’s Catholic Primary School
Croxley View, Watford WD18 6BW
Reception Admissions
Supplementary Information Form 2019 - 2020

Child’s Details
Child’s surname:
Child’s First or Forenames:
Home Address: Date of Birth:

Postcode:

Parent/Carer Details
Parent/Carer*
Name:
Address:
Telephone numbers Home:
Mobile (or alternative contact number):
Alternative contact details
Name:
Address:
Telephone numbers Home:
Mobile (or alternative contact number):
*Delete as appropriate

Return to Index
Details of Religion
Religion of child: Catholic Other Other faith
(Please tick) Christian
(name of
denomination e.g.
Methodist)

Catholic Parish where you live:

Catholic Parish where you worship:
Church where child was baptised and date of
baptism (baptism certificate required - at the time
of application):

Names of brothers or sisters at this school who will Name

still be on roll in September 2019:

Class or Year Group

Is your child ‘looked after’ by the Local Authority, YES NO

adopted having previously been ‘looked after’ or
subject to a ‘child arrangements order’, or special
guardianship order? (Please circle your response.)

Does your child have exceptional medical, pastoral or social needs that can only be met
by attendance at this school? Please circle your response. (Compelling, written,
professional supporting evidence will be required from the local church or health
authorities at the time of application. This will be treated confidentially with this
application.)

YES NO

I confirm that I have read and understood the Admissions Policy and that the
information I have provided is correct. I understand that I must notify the school
immediately if there is any change to these details and that should any information I
have given prove to be inaccurate that the governors may withdraw any offer of a
place even if the child has already started school.

Signed……………………………………… Date…..…………………

Return to Index
Please note:

• Applicants from other Christian denominations and other faiths may attach a letter
from their minister or religious leader confirming membership of the faith
community.
• You must complete your local authority’s Common Application Form (this may be
online) and return it to the council offices by the closing date. If you do not do this
you will not be offered a place.

Checklist:
Have you enclosed? Copy of baptism certificate
Evidence of exceptional need (where appropriate)

Have you completed your local authority’s Common Application form?

Return to Index
 Our Mission Statement,
“learning to grow in knowledge, faith and love through friendship with Jesus
and Mary”
underpins all that we do at St Bernadette School

ADMISSIONS POLICY 2019 - 2020

St. Bernadette Catholic Primary School was founded by the Catholic Church to provide education for
children of Catholic families. Whenever there are more applications than places available, priority will
always be given to Catholic children in accordance with the oversubscription criteria listed below. The
school is conducted by its governing body as part of the Catholic Church in accordance with its trust
deed and Instrument of Government and seeks at all times to be a witness to Our Lord Jesus Christ.

As a Catholic school, we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. At a Catholic school,
Catholic doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of the school’s activity. It is essential that the
Catholic character of the school’s education be fully supported by all families in the school. We
therefore hope that all parents will give their full, unreserved and positive support for the aims and
ethos of the school. This does not affect the right of an applicant who is not Catholic to apply for and
be admitted to a place at the school in accordance with the admission arrangements.

The governing body is the admission authority and has responsibility for admissions to the school. The
local authority undertakes the co-ordination of admission arrangements during the normal admission
round. The governing body has set its Published Admissions Number (PAN) at 30 children for the
school year which begins in September 2019. Applications for Reception are welcome from families
whose child reaches his/her 4th birthday between 1st September 2018 and 31st August 2019.

The governing body will admit twins and all siblings from multiple births where one of the children is
the last ranked within the school’s PAN.

Return to Index
Pupils with an Education, Health & Care Plan (EHC)
The admission of pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan (EHC) is dealt with by a completely
separate procedure. (This used to be called a Statement of Special Educational Needs). Details of this
separate procedure are set out in the Special Educational Needs Code of Practice. If your child has an
EHC plan you must contact your local authority SEN officer. Children with this school named in their
EHC Plan will be admitted. The admission of children with an EHC Plan will reduce the number of places
available to other children (see note 1).

Oversubscription Criteria
Where there are more applications for places than the number of places available, places will
be offered according to the following order of priority:
1. Catholic ‘looked after’ children and previously ‘looked after’ children (see notes 2-5);

2. Baptised Catholic children with a Certificate of Catholic Practice (see notes 6 and 7);

3. Other baptised Catholic children for whom St. Bernadette is the nearest Catholic school (see note 6);

4. Other baptised Catholic children (see note 6);

5. Other ‘looked after’ children and previously ‘looked after’ children. (see notes 2-5);

6. Children of catechumens and members of an Eastern Christian Church (see notes 8 & 9);

7. Any other children.

Within each of the categories listed above, the provisions below will be applied in the
following order:
i. The Governing Body will give top priority, within a category, to an application where
compelling evidence is provided at the time of application, from an appropriate
professional such as a doctor, priest or social worker, of an exceptional social, medical,
pastoral or other need of the child, which can only be met at this school.

ii. The attendance of a brother/sister at the school at the time of enrolment will increase
the priority of an application within a category, so that the application will be placed at the
top of the category in which the application is made, after children in (i) above.

Applications in previous years

Whilst the school welcomes applications from all categories, the majority of places are historically
filled by Catholic children.

Tie break
Where the offer of places to the applicants in any of the categories listed above would exceed
the number of places available, the places up to the admission number will be offered to those
living nearest to the school as measured in a straight line from the applicant’s home address
point to the school address point using a computerised mapping system. The measurement will
be conducted by the Local Authority (LA):
“Home to school distances (for school place allocation purposes) are measured along a straight
2

Return to Index
 line between a child’s address and the relevant school or academy."
https://www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/services/schools-and-education/school-
admissions/research-a-school/measuring-home-to-school-distance.aspx
If two or more applications are received from the same block of flats, the applicant with the lower
door number will be classed as nearest and offered a place because they are likely to be closer to
the ground floor and, therefore, the school. In the event of distances being the same for two or more
children where this would determine the last place to be allocated, random allocation will be carried
out by the local authority’s computerised allocation system.

Application Procedure for 2018 – 2019

To apply for a place at this school in the normal admission round, you must complete an online
application form from your local authority (paper forms are also available on request.) If you are
applying under criteria 2, 3, 4 or 6 you should also complete the School’s Supplementary Information
Form (SIF). Whilst this is not compulsory, the information on the SIF enables the Governing Body to
assess your application fully against the School’s criteria in the event of oversubscription.

Please return the SIF (in person or by post) to the school, together with all other relevant paperwork
required for your application. If you do not complete both of the forms described above and return
th
them by 15 January 2019, the Governing Body will be obliged to consider your application using only the
documents available. If you don’t return the SIF on time your child may receive a lower ranking because
of this and not be offered a place.

You will be advised of the outcome of your application, on or about Monday 16th April 2019. This
information will also be available on line for those who have submitted an online application. Parents
should accept or decline the place as soon as possible. If you are unsuccessful (unless your child was
offered a place at a school you ranked higher) you will be informed of the reasons, related to the
oversubscription criteria listed above and you will have right of appeal to an independent appeal
panel. Should you wish to appeal please contact the school as soon as possible for an appeal form on
which you must list your reasons for making an appeal. Appeals should be submitted to the school in
writing by Friday 24th May 2019.
Late Applications
Applications received after the closing date will be dealt with after the initial allocation process has
been completed. If the school is oversubscribed it is very unlikely that late applicants will obtain a place.

Reception Year Deferred Entry

A child is entitled to a full-time school place in the September following his/her 4th birthday. Applicants
may defer entry to school up until compulsory school age i.e. the first day of term following the child’s
fifth birthday. Application is made in the usual way and then the deferral until January or April is
requested. The place will then be held until the first day of the spring or summer term as applicable.
Entry may not be deferred beyond compulsory school age or beyond the year for which the application
has been made. Therefore applicants whose children have birthdays in the summer term may only defer
until the 1st April 2020. Upon receipt of the offer of a place a parent should notify the school as soon as
possible if they wish to defer until the spring or summer term.

Part-time attendance
Applicants may also request that their child attend part-time until compulsory school age is reached.
Upon receipt of the offer of a place a parent should notify the school as soon as possible if they wish to
take up a part-time place.

Admission of children outside their normal age group

3

Return to Index
A request may be made for a child to be admitted outside his/her normal age group e.g. if the child is
gifted and talented or has experienced problems such as ill-health. In addition, the parents of a summer
born child i.e. a child born between 1st April – 31st August, may request that the child be admitted out
of his/her normal age group, starting reception at 5 years of age. Any such request should be made in
writing to the Headteacher and Chair of Governors. The governing body will make its decision based on
the circumstances of each case and in the best interests of the child, taking into account school
organisation issues and the views of the parents and any professionals involved. Parents must have
received the agreement of the governing body before any admission application for delayed entry is
made. If permission is received then the parents will make their admission application for the year in
which they wish their child to start school. Applications cannot be held over from one academic
year to the next. If permission is refused then parents must make their admission application at the
normal time.

Waiting Lists
In addition to their right of appeal, unsuccessful candidates will be offered the opportunity to be
placed on a waiting list. This list will be maintained in order of the oversubscription criteria set out
above and not in the order in which applications are received or added to the list. Waiting lists for
admission will operate throughout the school year and will be held open until 31st July 2020 unless
applicants request in writing to remain on the list. Inclusion in the school’s waiting list does not mean
that a place will eventually become available.

In-Year Applications
An application for admission can be made for any child at any time outside the normal admissions
round. Applications should be made directly to the school by contacting the school office. If a place
is available and there is no waiting list the child will be admitted. If there is a waiting list, then
applications will be ranked by the Governing Body in accordance with the oversubscription criteria as
set out above. If a place cannot be offered at this time then you may ask us for the reasons and you
will be informed of your right of appeal to an independent panel and your child will be placed on the
waiting list.
Fair Access
The school is committed to taking its fair share of children who are vulnerable and/or hard to place, as
set out in locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal admissions round, the Governing
Body is empowered to give absolute priority to a child where admission is requested under any local
protocol that has been agreed by both the local authority and the Governing Body for the current school
year. The Governing Body has this power even when admitting the child would mean exceeding the
published admission number.

Nursery Children
For children currently attending the school’s nursery, application to the reception class of the school
must be made in the normal way to the home local authority. Attendance at the nursery does not
guarantee a place in Reception.

Change of Details
If any of the details on either of your forms changes between the date of application and the receipt of
the letter of offer or refusal, you must inform the School and the local authority immediately. If
misleading information is given or allowed to remain on either of your forms, the Governing Body
reserves the right to withdraw the place, even if the child has already started at the School.

Return to Index
NOTES (these notes form part of the oversubscription criteria)
1. An Education, Health and Care Plan is a plan made by the local authority under S.37 of the
Children and Families Act 2014, specifying the educational provision required for a child.

2. A ‘Looked after child’ has the same meaning as in S.22(1) of the Children Act 1989, and means any
child in the care of a local authority or provided with accommodation by them in the exercise
of their social services functions (e.g. children with foster parents at the time of making an application
to the school.) A previously ‘looked after’ child is a child who was looked after, but ceased to be so
because he or she was adopted or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special
guardianship order.

3. ‘Adopted’. An adopted child is any child who has been formally adopted, having previously been
in care and whose parent/ guardian can give proof of this.

4. ‘Child Arrangements Order’. A Child Arrangements order is an order under the terms of the
Children Act 1989 s.8 settling the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child
is to live. Children ‘looked after’ immediately before the order is made qualify in this category.

5. ‘Special Guardianship Order’. A special guardianship order is an order under the terms of the
Children Act 1989 s.14A appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian(s). A
child ‘looked after’ immediately before the order is made qualifies in this category.

6. ‘Catholic’ means a member of a Church in full communion with the See of Rome. This includes the
Eastern Catholic Churches. This will be evidenced by a Certificate of Baptism in a Catholic church
or a Certificate of Reception into full communion with the Catholic Church. For the purposes of
this policy this includes a looked after child in the process of adoption and living with a Catholic
family, where a letter from a priest demonstrates that the child would have been baptised were
it not for his/her status as a looked after child. For a child to be treated as Catholic, evidence of
Catholic baptism or reception in the Catholic Church will be required. Those who have difficulty
obtaining written evidence of baptism should contact their parish priest who, after consulting
with the diocese will decide how the question of baptism is to be resolved and how written evidence
is to be produced in accordance with the law of the Church.

7. ‘Certificate of Catholic Practice’ means a certificate issued by the family’s parish priest (or the priest
in charge of the church where the family attends Mass) in the form laid down by the Bishops’
Conference of England and Wales. It will be issued if the priest is satisfied that at least one Catholic
parent or carer (along with the child, if he or she is over seven years old) have (except when it
was impossible to do so) attended Mass on Sundays and holydays of obligation for at least five years
(or, in the case of the child, since the age of seven, if shorter). It will also be issued when the practice
has been continuous since being received into the Church if that occurred less than five years ago.
It is expected that most Certificates will be issued on the basis of attendance. A Certificate may also
be issued by the priest when attendance is interrupted by exceptional circumstances which excuse
from the obligation to attend on that occasion or occasions. Further details of these circumstances
can be found in the guidance issued to priests:
http://rcdow.org.uk/education/governors/admissions

8. ‘Catechumen’ means a member of the catechumenate of a Catholic Church. This will normally
be evidenced by a Certificate of Reception into the Order of Catechumens for a child aged 7 or
over. For a child under 7 years of age it will be the certificate of the parent.

9. ‘Eastern Christian Church’ includes Orthodox

5 Churches, and is normally evidenced by a

Return to Index
 Certificate of Baptism or Reception from the authorities of that Church.

10. ‘Brother’ or ‘Sister’ includes:

iii. All natural brothers and sisters, half-brother and sisters, adopted brothers and
sisters, stepbrothers and sisters, foster brothers and sisters, whether or not
they are living at the same address, and

iv. The child of a parent’s partner where that child lives for at least part of the
week in the same family unit at the same address as the applicant.

11. A ‘Parent’ means all natural parents, any person who is not a parent but has parental
responsibility for the child or any adult with legal responsibility for the child.

12. ‘Resident’ – A child is deemed to be resident at a particular address when he/she resides there
for more than 50% of the school week.

Return to Index
Diocese of Westminster
Catholic Primary Schools
Supplementary Information Form 2019 – 2020

Name and Address of School:

ST. BERNADETTE CATHOLIC PRIMARY SCHOOL,

Walsingham Way, London Colney, Herts AL2 1NL

Child’s Details

Child’s surname:
Child’s first name:
Home Address: Date of Birth:

Postcode:

Parent/Carer Details
Parent / Carer’s name: Relationship to child:

Address (if different to above):

Telephone number:

Alternative contact details: Relationship to child:

Address (if different to above):

Telephone number:

Details of Religion
Religion of child: Catholic Other Christian (name of Other faith
(Please tick) denomination )

Catholic Parish you live in:

Church where child was baptised and date of
baptism: (baptism certificate required)
Name and position of priest supplying
Certificate of Catholic Practice (where
appropriate) 7

Return to Index
Other

Name of brothers or sisters at this school who will still be attending in September 2019.

Name Class /Year Group:

Is your child ‘looked-after’ by a Local Authority, adopted or subject to a child arrangements or special
guardianship order having previously been ‘looked after’?

YES / NO

Does your child have an exceptional medical, pastoral or social need that can only be met by attendance at
this school?

YES / NO

(Professional evidence will be required)

I confirm that I have read and understood the St Bernadette School Admissions Policy and that the
information I have provided is correct. I understand that I must notify the school immediately if there
is any change to these details and that should any information I have given prove to be inaccurate that
governors may withdraw any offer of a place even if the child has already started school.

Signed……………………………………………… Date…..……….……………

Please note:
 You must complete your local authority’s application form online by the closing date. If you do
not do this you will not be offered a place.

Checklist:

Have you enclosed:

Certificate of Catholic Practice (where necessary)
Evidence of exceptional need (where necessary).

Have you completed your local authority’s online application form?

Return to Index
 St. Catherine of Siena Catholic Primary School

Admissions Policy 2019-2020

St Catherine of Siena Catholic Primary School was founded by the Catholic Church to provide education for
children of Catholic families. Whenever there are more applications than places available, priority will be given to
Catholic children in accordance with the oversubscription criteria listed below. The school is conducted by its
governing body as part of the Catholic Church in accordance with its trust deed and articles of association, and
seeks at all times to be a witness to Our Lord Jesus Christ.

As a Catholic school, we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. At a Catholic school, Catholic
doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of the school’s activity. It is essential that the Catholic character of
the school’s education be fully supported by all families in the school. We therefore hope that all parents will give
their full, unreserved and positive support for the aims and ethos of the school. This does not affect the right of
an applicant who is not Catholic to apply for and be admitted to a place at the school in accordance with the
admission arrangements.

The governing body is the admissions authority and has responsibility for admissions to this school. The local
authority undertakes the co-ordination of admission arrangements during the normal admission round. The
governing body has set its admission number at 30 pupils to be admitted to the reception year in the school year
which begins in September, 2019. The school has a PAN of 34 children in each KS2 class.

The governing body will, where logistically possible, admit twins and all siblings from multiple births where one of
the children is the last child ranked within the school’s Published Admissions Number (“PAN”).

Pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan (see note 1)

The admission of pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan is dealt with by a completely separate
procedure. Children with an Education, Health and Care Plan that names the school must be admitted. Where
this takes place before the allocation of places under these arrangements this will reduce the number of places
available to other children.

Be who God created you to be and you will set the world on fire.
1

Return to Index
 St. Catherine of Siena Catholic Primary School

Oversubscription Criteria

Where there are more applications for places than the number of places available, places will be offered according
to the following order of priority.

Criteria

1 Baptised Catholic looked after and previously looked after children.

2 Baptised Catholic children who are resident in the parishes of Our Lady and St Michael’s, St
Saviour’s, St Helen’s or Holy Rood, with a sibling at the school on the date of admission.

3 Baptised Catholic children of teaching staff.

4 Baptised Catholic children who are resident in the parishes of Our Lady and St Michael’s, St
Saviour’s, St Helen’s and Holy Rood.

5 Other Baptised Catholic children.

6 Other looked after and previously looked after children.

7 Any other child with a sibling at the school on the date of admission.

8 Other children of teaching staff.

9 Catechumens and members of an Eastern Christian Church.

10 Children of other Christian denominations whose membership is evidenced by a minister of

religion.

11 Children of other faiths whose membership is evidenced by a religious leader.

12 Any other children.

Tie Break

Priority will be given to children living closest to the school determined by the shortest distance. Distances are
calculated using the local authority’s computerised measuring system on the following basis: using a computerised
mapping system to 2 decimal places. The Measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of
your child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognized
method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences. It doesn’t take into account the actual or
expected route that a child will travel to school. In the event of distances being the same for two or more children
where this would determine the last place to be allocated, random allocation will be carried out and supervised by
a person independent of the school. All the names will be entered into a hat and the required number of names
will be drawn out.

Be who God created you to be and you will set the world on fire.
2

Return to Index
 St. Catherine of Siena Catholic Primary School

Application Procedures and Timetable

To apply for a place at this school in the normal admission round, you must complete an Online Application Form
available from the local authority in which you live. You are also requested to complete the Supplementary
Information Form (SIF) attached to this policy (including appropriate evidence) if you wish to apply under
oversubscription criteria 1 to 5 or 9 to 11. The Supplementary Information Form should be received by The
Admissions Committee, St Catherine of Siena Catholic Primary School, Horseshoe Lane, Garston, WD25 7HP by
3.30pm on 15th January 2019.

You will be advised of the outcome of your application on 16th April or the next working day, by the local
authority on our behalf. If you are unsuccessful (unless your child gained a place at a school you ranked higher)
you will be informed of the reasons, related to the oversubscription criteria listed above, and you have the right of
appeal to an independent appeal panel.

If you do not provide the information required in the SIF and return it by the closing date, together with all
supporting documentation, your child will not be placed in criteria 1 to 5or 9 to 11, and this is likely to affect
your child’s chance of being offered a place.

All applications which are submitted on time will be considered at the same time and after the closing date for
admissions on 15th January 2019

Late Applications

Late applications will be administered in accordance with the Hertfordshire Local Authority ‘Late Applications’
Policy. You are encouraged to ensure that your application is received on time.

Admission of Children below Compulsory School Age and Deferred Entry

A child is entitled to a full-time place in the September following their fourth birthday. A child’s parents may
defer the date at which their child, below compulsory school age, is admitted to the school, until later in the
school year but not beyond the point at which they reach compulsory school age, or beyond the beginning of the
final term of the school year for which an offer was made. A child may take up a part-time place until later in
the school year, but not beyond the point at which the child reaches compulsory school age. Upon receipt of the
offer of a place a parent should notify the school, as soon as possible, that they wish to either defer their child’s
entry to the school or take up a part-time place.

Admission of Children outside their Normal Age Group

A request may be made for a child to be admitted outside of their normal age group, for example, if the child has
experienced problems such as ill health. In addition, the parents of a summer born child, i.e. a child born between
1st April and 31st August, may request that the child be admitted out of their normal age group, to reception
rather than year 1.

Any such request should be made in writing to The Admissions Committee, St Catherine of Siena Catholic
Primary School, Horseshoe Lane, Garston WD25 7HP at the same time as the admission application is made. The
governing body will make its decision about the request based on the circumstances of each case and in the best

Be who God created you to be and you will set the world on fire.
3

Return to Index
 St. Catherine of Siena Catholic Primary School

interests of the child. In addition to taking into account the views of the head teacher, including the head
teacher’s statutory responsibility for the internal organisation, management and control of the school, the
governing body will take into account the views of the parents and of appropriate medical and education
professionals, as appropriate.

Waiting Lists

In addition to their right of appeal, unsuccessful children will be offered the opportunity to be placed on a waiting
list. This waiting list will be maintained in order of the oversubscription criteria set out above and not in the
order in which applications are received or added to the list. Waiting lists for admission will operate throughout
the school year. The waiting list will be held open until the last day of the summer term 2020 as advertised on
the school website.

Inclusion in the school’s waiting list does not mean that a place will eventually become available.

In-Year Applications

An application can be made for a place for a child at any time outside the admission round and the child will be
admitted where there are available places. An application should be made to the school by completing
Hertfordshire County Council’s Online Application Form (CAF). The school’s SIF should be returned to the
Admissions Committee, St Catherine of Siena Catholic Primary School, Horseshoe Lane, Garston WD25 7HP. If
there are no places available, the child will be added to the waiting list.

Where there are places available but more applications than places, the published oversubscription criteria, as set
out above, will be applied.

When a place becomes available, the Admissions Committee will meet within 15 school days of a child being taken
off the school’s roll, in order to rank applications. All applications will be ranked based on the information held
by the Admissions Committee at the date and time of the meeting, in accordance with the oversubscription
criteria set out above. If a SIF has not been completed the Admissions Committee will apply the school’s
oversubscription criteria using only the information supplied by Hertfordshire County Council’s Online Application
Form (CAF). This may result in the application being given a lower ranking.

As our PAN increases from 30 to 34 between Key Stage One and Key Stage Two, places may become available at
this time. Please contact the school’s office for further information.

The school is unable to discuss individual ranking with parents/carers until all parties have been informed of the
outcome by the local authority.

You will be advised of the outcome of your application in writing, and you have the right of appeal to an
independent appeal panel.

Please note that applications made via Hertfordshire’s CAF are held until 30th June each academic year. Should
you wish to re-join the waiting list, you will have to re-submit a CAF from 1st July. The Admissions Committee
will meet within 15 school days of this date to review all school places and applications for the new academic
year.

Be who God created you to be and you will set the world on fire.
4

Return to Index
 St. Catherine of Siena Catholic Primary School

Fair Access Protocol

The school is committed to taking its fair share of children who are vulnerable and/or hard to place, as set out in
locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal admission round the governing body is empowered to
give absolute priority to a child where admission is requested under any locally agreed protocol. The governing
body has this power, even when admitting the child would mean exceeding the published admission number
(subject to the infant class size exceptions).

The governing body reserves the right to withdraw the offer of a place or, where a child is already attending the
school the place itself, where it is satisfied that the offer or place was obtained by deception.

Notes (these notes form part of the oversubscription criteria)

1. An Education, Health and Care Plan is a plan made by the local authority under section 37 of the
Children and Families Act 2014, specifying the special educational provision required for a child.

2. A ‘looked after child’ has the same meaning as in section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989, and means any
child who is (a) in the care of a local authority or (b) being provided with accommodation by them in the exercise
of their social services functions (e.g. children with foster parents) at the time of making application to the school.

A ‘previously looked after child’ is a child who was looked after, but ceased to be so because he or she was
adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or special guardianship order.

3. ‘Catholic’ means a member of a Church in full communion with the See of Rome. This includes the Eastern
Catholic Churches. This will normally be evidenced by a certificate of baptism in a Catholic Church or a certificate
of reception into the full communion of the Catholic Church. For the purposes of this policy, it includes a looked
after child who is part of a Catholic family where a letter from a priest demonstrates that the child would have
been baptised or received if it were not for their status as a looked after child (e.g. a looked after child in the
process of adoption by a Catholic family).

For a child to be treated as Catholic, evidence of Catholic baptism or reception into the Church will be required.
Those who have difficulty obtaining written evidence of baptism should contact their Parish Priest who, after
consulting with the Diocese, will decide how the question of baptism is to be resolved and how written evidence is
to be produced in accordance with the law of the Church.

4. ‘catechumen’ means a member of the catechumenate of a Catholic Church. This will normally be evidenced
by a certificate of reception into the order of catechumens.

5. ‘Eastern Christian Church’ includes Orthodox Churches, and is normally evidenced by a certificate of
baptism or reception from the authorities of that Church.

6. “children of other Christian denominations” means children who belong to other churches and ecclesial
communities which, acknowledge God’s revelation in Christ, confess the Lord Jesus Christ as God and Saviour
according to the Scriptures, and, in obedience to God’s will and in the power of the Holy Spirit commit
themselves: to seek a deepening of their communion with Christ and with one another in the Church, which is his
body; and to fulfil their mission to proclaim the Gospel by common witness and service in the world to the glory

Be who God created you to be and you will set the world on fire.
5

Return to Index
 St. Catherine of Siena Catholic Primary School

of the one God, Father, Son and Holy Spirit. An ecclesial community which on principle has no credal statements
in its tradition, is included if it manifests faith in Christ as witnessed to in the Scriptures and is committed to
working in the spirit of the above.

All members of Churches Together in England and CYTÛN are deemed to be included in the above definition, as
are all other churches and ecclesial communities that are in membership of any local Churches Together Group (by
whatever title) on the above basis.

7. “children of other faiths” means children who are members of a religious community that does not fall
within the definition of ‘other Christian denominations’ at 6 above and which falls within the definition of a
religion for the purposes of charity law. The Charities Act 2011 defines religion to include:

 A religion which involves belief in more than one God, and

 A religion which does not involve belief in a God.

Case law has identified certain characteristics which describe the meaning of religion for the purposes of charity
law, which are characterised by a belief in a supreme being and an expression of belief in that supreme being
through worship.

8. ‘sibling’ includes:

(i) all natural brothers or sisters, half brothers or sisters, adopted brothers or sisters, stepbrothers or sisters,
foster brothers or sisters, whether or not they are living at the same address; and

(ii) the child of a parent’s partner where that child lives for at least part of the week in the same family unit
at the same address as the applicant.

9. A ‘parent’ means all natural parents, any person who is not a parent but has parental responsibility for a
child, and any person who has care of a child.

10. To demonstrate an exceptional social, medical or pastoral need of the child which can be most
appropriately met at this school, the governing body will require compelling written evidence from an appropriate
professional, such as a social worker, doctor or priest.

11. For the purposes of this policy, parish boundaries are as shown on the attached maps (Appendix 1) and
will be applied to the admission arrangements for 2019-2020. Please visit our school website for an interactive
version of the map.

Be who God created you to be and you will set the world on fire.
6

Return to Index
 St. Catherine of Siena Catholic Primary School

Appendix 1 - These maps are provided for 2019-20 admissions only, and not for any other purpose.

Parish of Our Lady and St Michael, Diocese of Westminster

Map data © 2017 Google

Be who God created you to be and you will set the world on fire.
7

Return to Index
 St. Catherine of Siena Catholic Primary School

Parish of St Helen, Diocese of Westminster

Map data © 2017 Google

Be who God created you to be and you will set the world on fire.
8

Return to Index
 St. Catherine of Siena Catholic Primary School

Parish of Holy Rood, Diocese of Westminster

Map data © 2017 Google

Be who God created you to be and you will set the world on fire.
9

Return to Index
 St. Catherine of Siena Catholic Primary School

Parish of St Saviour, Diocese of Westminster

Map data © 2017 Google

Be who God created you to be and you will set the world on fire.
10

Return to Index
 St. Catherine of Siena Catholic Primary School

Approved by: Governing Body

Approved Date: October 2017

Be who God created you to be and you will set the world on fire.
11

Return to Index
 St. Catherine of Siena Catholic Primary School

Supplementary Information Form – 2019-2020

Child’s Details

Child’s surname:

Child’s first name:

Date of Birth:

Home Address:

Postcode:

Parent/Carer Details

Parent/Carer’s name:

Address:

Telephone number:

Alternative contact name:

Address:

Telephone number:

Be who God created you to be and you will set the world on fire.
1

Return to Index
 St. Catherine of Siena Catholic Primary School

Details of Religion

Religion of child: Catholic Other Christian Other faith

Please tick &
name of
denomination
(e.g. Baptist) if
applicable
Parish you live in:

Church where child was baptised and

date of baptism: (baptism certificate
required)
Church you currently attend:

Name of brothers or sisters at this

school who will still be on roll in
September 2019

Is your child “looked after” by the Local

Authority, adopted, having previously been
“looked after” or subject to a child YES NO
arrangements special guardianship order?
Please circle your response.

I confirm that I have read and understood the Admissions Policy and that the
information I have provided is correct. I understand that I must notify the school
immediately if there is any change to these details and that should any information I
have given prove to be inaccurate that the governors may withdraw any offer of a place
even if the child has already started school.

Signed……………………………………… Date…..…………………..……

Be who God created you to be and you will set the world on fire.
2

Return to Index
 St. Catherine of Siena Catholic Primary School

Please note:

Where applicable, parents can obtain a Certificate of Catholic Practice from the parish
in which the family normally worships or from the Diocese of Westminster website at
www.rcdow.org.uk/schools (follow ‘for parents’).
 Applicants from other Christian denominations and other faiths may attach a
letter from their minister or religious leader confirming membership of the faith
community.

 You must complete the Local Authority’s Common Application Form on line by
the closing date. If you do not do this you will not be offered a place.
Checklist:

Have you enclosed?

Copy of baptism certificate (where applicable)
Letter confirming membership of a Christian Denomination
or other faith (where applicable)

Have you completed your local authority’s Common Application form? Y /N

Be who God created you to be and you will set the world on fire.
3

Return to Index
 St. Cross Catholic
Primary School

School Admission Policy

for the school year commencing 1st September 2019
(DRAFT FOR CONSULTATION)
(This policy consists of eight pages)

The school is conducted by its Governing body as part of the Catholic Church in
accordance with it’s trust deed and instrument of government, and seeks at all
times to be a witness to Jesus Christ.

The governing body has sole responsibility for admissions to this school and, in
accordance with its Published Admission Number intends to admit 30 pupils to
the reception class in the school year commencing 1st September 2019.

Applications are welcome from families whose child reaches the age of 4 years
between 1st September 2018 and 31st August 2019 (inclusive)

As a Catholic School, we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. At
a Catholic School, Catholic doctrine and practice permeates every aspect of the
school’s activity. It is essential that the Catholic character of the school’s
education be fully supported by all families in the school. All applicants are
therefore expected to give their full unreserved and positive support for the aims
and ethos of the school.

Whenever there are more applications than places available, priority will always
be given to Catholic applicants in accordance with the oversubscription criteria
listed later in this document.

In this policy ‘Applicant’ refers to the person making an application on behalf of a

child.

Return to Index
St. Cross Catholic Primary School
School Admission Policy 1st September 2019

APPLICATION PROCEDURES AND TIMETABLE

(i) ANNUAL RECEPTION CLASS ADMISSIONS.

The procedure for consideration for applications will be as follows: To apply for a place at this
school, applicants should complete and return two separate forms.

(i) You must complete a ‘Common Application Form’ from your Local Authority (LA) and
return it to them. (Do not return the LA form to the school).

(ii) You should also complete the School’s Supplementary Information Form (SIF). Whilst this
is not compulsory, the information on the SIF enables the Governing Body to assess your
application fully against the School’s criteria in the event of oversubscription. Please return the
SIF (in person or by recorded post) to the school, together with all other relevant paperwork
required for your application.

You must return the CAF and the SIF along with any relevant paperwork by
15th January 2019. Please note that if you do not complete a SIF and return it to the
school the Governing Body will apply the school’s admission arrangements using only
the information supplied on the LA application form which may result in the application
being given lower priority.

If more applications are received than there are places available then applications will be
ranked by the governing body in accordance with the following oversubscription criteria.

1. Catholic ‘looked after’ children and Catholic children who have been adopted or made
subject to child arrangements orders or special guardianship orders immediately after
having been looked after (See Note 1 & 8 below).

2. Catholic children (See Note 8 below).

3. Other children looked after and children who have been adopted or made subject to
child arrangements orders or special guardianship orders immediately after having been
looked after (See Note 1 below).

4. Children of catechumens and members of an Eastern Christian Church. (See Notes 9 &
10 below).

5. Children of other Christian denominations whose membership is evidenced by a

minister of religion (See Note 11 below).

6. Any other applicant.

Return to Index
St. Cross Catholic Primary School
School Admission Policy 1st September 2019

When considering applications the Governing Body will give top priority to a child, after the
appropriate category of ‘children looked after ’, to an application where compelling evidence is
provided, at the time of application, from an appropriate professional such as a doctor, priest or
social worker, of an exceptional social, medical or pastoral need of the child which can only
be met at this school. Following this, the Governors will give preference, within each
criterion, to any child who has a sibling at the school at the date of admission. (see note 6
below).

Tie Break - Where the offer of a place to all applicants in the criteria above would still lead to
oversubscription, the places up to the published admission number will be offered to the
applicants living nearest to the school. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping
system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium
address point of the child’s house to the address point of the school.

In the event that there is still a tie the allocation will be dealt with by random selection using an
independently witnessed random draw.

Applications in previous years - For the past three years the governing body has been
unable to offer places to any applicants beyond oversubscription criterion 5.

Whilst the school welcomes applications from all categories, priority is given to all
Catholic candidates and, if oversubscribed, we would be unable to offer places to some
non-Catholic applicants which may include siblings of children already at the school.

Applicants will be advised of the outcome of your application by the LA on our behalf on
16th April 2019. The information will also be available online for those who submitted and
electronic application. If any application is unsuccessful the applicant may ask us for the
reasons, related to the oversubscription criteria listed above, and have the right of appeal to an
independent appeal panel.

Children Educated outside their Chronological Age Group (except applications for
Reception Summer Born Children) - Parents may apply for their child to be educated outside
his/her chronological age group ie a year behind or a year ahead. Application should be made
to the Chair of Governors at the time of application and any supporting evidence should be
submitted at the same time. Governors will consider each case on its own merits and
permission will only be given in exceptional circumstances.

Reception Year Deferred Entry - Applicants may defer entry to school up until statutory
school age i.e. the first day of term following the child’s fifth birthday. Application is made in
the usual way and then the deferment is requested. The place will then be held until the first
day of the spring or summer term. Applicants may also choose for their child to attend part-
time until statutory school age is reached. Entry may not be deferred beyond statutory school
age or beyond the year for which the application has been made, therefore applicants whose
children have birthdays in the summer term may only defer until the 1st April 2020. Please
note that applications must be made in the normal way even if you wish your child’s entry to be
deferred.

Return to Index
St. Cross Catholic Primary School
School Admission Policy 1st September 2019

Admission of ‘Summer Born’ Children.

If a parent wishes his/her child to be educated outside his/her normal age group, i.e.
a child born between 1st April – 31st August being admitted to Reception at 5 years of
age, they should make the school aware of this by writing a letter to the Chair of
Governors at the time of application. Parents must then submit an application in the
normal way for the year in which they wish the child to start school. This application will be
treated in the same way as all other applications and there is no guarantee that an offer will be
made.

(ii) OTHER ‘IN YEAR’ ADMISSIONS.

From time to time places become vacant within the school.

‘In Year’ Admissions should be made directly to the school. You must complete the St Cross
‘Supplementary Information Form’ and return it to the school office

The procedure for consideration for applications will be as follows:

If at anytime during the school year a place is, or becomes available in any year group then the
Governors will consider applications from parents or carers who wish their child to attend St
Cross School.

If more applications are received than there are places available then applications will be
ranked by the governing body in accordance with the oversubscription criteria listed on Page 2.

When considering applications the Governing Body will give top priority to a child, after the
appropriate category of ‘children looked after’, to an application from a child without an offer of
a school place where compelling evidence is provided, at the time of application, from an
appropriate professional such as a doctor, priest or social worker, of an exceptional social,
medical or pastoral need of the child which can only be met at this school.

Following this, the Governors will give preference in order, within each criterion, to;

(1) any child who has a sibling at the school at the date of admission. (see general notes
below) and then;

(2) any child without the offer of any other school place.

Return to Index
St. Cross Catholic Primary School
School Admission Policy 1st September 2019

Tie Break - Where the offer of a place to all applicants in each of the criterion above would still
lead to oversubscription, the places up to the published admission number will be offered to
the applicants living nearest to the school. Calculation of the distance from the home address
to the school gate will be made (see the tie break item on page 3 for details of how this is
done)

In the event that there is still a tie the allocation will be dealt with by random selection using an
independently witnessed random draw.

If a place is offered to any applicant and that applicant subsequently does not accept the offer
the next applicant at the closing date will be offered the place all in accordance with the
aforementioned criteria.

If no applications are received then the vacant place will be offered to the first application
received thereafter.

General Notes applicable to all applications

1. ‘Children Looked After’ has the same meaning as in section 22 of the Children Act 1989,
and means any child in the care of a local authority and provided with accommodation
by them at the time of application. (eg children with foster parents).

2. ‘Adopted. - An adopted child is any child who has been formally adopted and whose
parent can give proof of adoption. This includes children who were previously in local
authority care adopted under the Adoption and Children’s Act 2002. Children who were
not ‘looked after’ immediately before being adopted, or made the subject of a child
arrangement order or special guardianship order will not be prioritised under Rules 1 &
4’

3. ‘Child Arrangements Order’. A Child Arrangements order is an order under the terms of
the Children Act 1989 s.8 settling the arrangements to be made as to the person with
whom the child is to live. Children ‘looked after’ immediately before the order is made
qualify in this category.

4. ‘Special Guardianship Order’. A special order is an order under the terms of the
Children Act 1989 s.14A appointing one or more individuals to be a special guardian.
Children ‘looked after’ immediately before the order is made qualify in this category.

5. ‘Parent’ is defined as the person or persons who have legal responsibility for the child.

6. ‘Sibling’ means a child who is a brother or sister. A sibling can also be a step brother,
step sister, half brother or half sister, adopted or foster brothers and sisters who
permanently reside at the same home address. A sibling relationship does not apply
when the older child(ren) will leave before the younger one starts.

Return to Index
St. Cross Catholic Primary School
School Admission Policy 1st September 2019

7. ‘Home address’ is defined as where the child lives for the majority of the school week.
The address must be the permanent address at the closing date for applications.
Permanent means that a child has lived at the address for at least a year and/or the
family own the property or have a tenancy agreement for a minimum of 12 months.

8. ‘Catholic’ means a member of a Church in full communion with the See of Rome. This
includes the Eastern Catholic Churches. This will normally be evidenced by a Certificate
of Baptism in a Catholic Church or a Certificate of Reception into the full communion of
the Catholic Church. For the purposes of this policy, it includes a looked after child who
is part of a Catholic family where a letter from a priest demonstrates that the child would
have been baptised or received if it were not for their status as a looked after child (e.g.
a looked after child in the process of adoption by a Catholic family).

For a child to be treated as Catholic, evidence of Catholic baptism or reception into the
Church will be required. Those who have difficulty obtaining written evidence of baptism
should contact their Parish Priest [who, after consulting with the Diocese, will decide
how the question of baptism is to be resolved and how written evidence is to be
produced in accordance with the law of the Church].

9. ‘Catechumen’ means a member of the catechumenate of a Catholic church. This will

normally be evidenced by a Certificate of Reception into the Order of Catechumens for
a child aged 7 or over. For a child under 7 years of age it will be the certificate of the
parent.

10. ‘Eastern Christian Church’ includes Orthodox Churches and is normally evidenced by a
Certificate of Baptism or Reception from the authorities of that church.

11. ‘“Children of other Christian denominations” means: children who belong to other
churches and ecclesial communities which, acknowledging God’s revelation in Christ,
confess the Lord Jesus Christ as God and Saviour according to the Scriptures, and, in
obedience to God’s will and in the power of the Holy Spirit commit themselves: to seek
a deepening of their communion with Christ and with one another in the Church, which
is his body; and to fulfil their mission to proclaim the Gospel by common witness and
service in the world to the glory of the one God, Father, Son and Holy Spirit. An
ecclesial community which on principle has no credal statements in its tradition, is
included if it manifests faith in Christ as witnessed to in the Scriptures and is committed
to working in the spirit of the above. All members of Churches Together in England and
of CYTÛN are deemed to be included in the above definition, as are all other churches
and ecclesial communities that are in membership of any local Churches Together
Group (by whatever title) on the above basis.

12. Twins, Triplets and other multiple births – Where the final place available is offered to a
child that has siblings (eg twins) applying for a place in the same year, these siblings
will also be admitted.

Return to Index
St. Cross Catholic Primary School
School Admission Policy 1st September 2019

13. Pupils with and Education, Health and Care Plan (EHC) - The admission of pupils with
an Education Health and Care Plan (EHC) is dealt with by a completely separate
procedure. (This used to be called a Statement of Special Educational Needs). Details
of this separate procedure are set out in the Special Educational Needs Code of
Practice. If your child has an EHC plan you must contact your local authority SEN
officer. Children with this school named in their EHC Plan will be admitted.

Continuing Interest List.

In addition to their right of appeal unsuccessful candidates will be offered the opportunity to be
placed on a ‘continuing interest list’. Any child registered on the list will be considered for any
vacant place along with any new applications all in accordance with the procedures and criteria
set out above. Any parent wishing their child to be added to the Continuing Interest List should
submit an ‘In Year Application Form’ which is available online at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk or
from the school.

It will be the responsibility of any applicant to complete a fresh application if any circumstances
that may affect their application change at anytime.

The list will be held open until 31st August 2020. After that time anyone wishing a child to be
included on a new list will be required to submit a new application.

Fair Access Protocols

The school is committed to taking its fair share of children who are vulnerable and/or hard to
place, as set out in locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal admissions round
the governing body is empowered to give absolute priority to a child where admission is
requested under any local protocol that has been agreed by both the Diocese and the
governing body for the current school year. The governing body has this power even when
admitting the child would mean exceeding the published admission number. Priority will be
given to children admitted under the Fair Access Protocol over those on the continuing interest
list.

Late Applications

Applications received after the closing date will be dealt with after the initial allocation
process has been completed. If the school is oversubscribed it is very unlikely that
late applicants will obtain a place.

Return to Index
St. Cross Catholic Primary School
School Admission Policy 1st September 2019

Appeals

If your application is unsuccessful you may ask us for the reasons for the refusal of a place.
These reasons will be related to the oversubscription criteria listed in the policy and
you will have the right of appeal to an independent panel.

Annual Reception Admissions - Hertfordshire parents wishing to appeal, who applied online,
should log into their application and click on the link ‘Register an Appeal’. If the application was
not made using the Herts online application system, parents should contact the Customer
Service Centre (0300 123 4043) to request an appeal pack. Appeals must be submitted to the
school no later than Friday 17th May 2019.

In Year Appeals – Parents should contact the school directly in the first instance.

Supporting Documents

So that any application can be properly considered it is of vital importance that ALL the
necessary supporting documentation (Eg. baptism certificates) are provided with your
applications.

The Supplementary Information Form (SIF) obtainable from the school and also from the LA
offices and from the school website. You can collect the forms from the school or contact the
school and ask for them to be sent to you.

Please note that The Governors may ask for proof of your permanent place of
residence.

The Governors.

End of Policy

Return to Index
 St. Cross Catholic Primary School
Upper Marsh Lane, Hoddesdon, Herts, EN11 8BN.
Tel: 01992 467309 Fax: 01992 450362
(please ensure that you return this form to the address above)

Admission of Pupil 1st September 2019 - 31st August 2020

Supplementary Information Form
(This consists of 3 pages)

Child’s Details

Child’s surname:
Child’s first name:
Home Address: Date of Birth:

Postcode:

Parent/Carer Details
st
1 Parent(s)/Carer(s):

Name:

Address:
(if different from above)
Telephone number:

Alternative contact details

Name:

Address:

Telephone number:

Return to Index
 Details of Religion
Religion of child: Catholic Other Christian Other faith
(Please tick)

Church where child was baptised and date of

baptism: (Baptism Certificate required)

Names of brothers or sisters who will still be at Name Year Group

this school at 1st September 2019

Is your child ‘looked after’ by the Local Authority,

adopted having previously been ‘looked after’ or
subject to a ‘child arrangements’ or special
guardianship order? (Please circle) YES NO

Does your child have exceptional medical, pastoral or social needs that can only be met by
attendance at this school? Please circle. (Professional evidence will be required at time of
application)

YES NO

I confirm that I have read and understood the Admissions Policy and that the
information I have provided is correct. I understand that I must notify the
school immediately if there is any change to these details and that should any
information I have given prove to be inaccurate that the governors may
withdraw any offer of a place even if my child has already started school.

Now please refer to checklist over page….

Return to Index
Checklist:

This completed SIF should be returned to the school with all requested additional
information. Please indicate the documents you have enclosed with your
application, using the boxes below.

1 Baptism Certificate or Certificate of Reception.

2 Applicants from other Christian denominations and other faiths

may attach a letter from their minister or religious leader
confirming membership of that faith community.

3 Written evidence of any exceptional social, medical, pastoral or

other need of the child.

In addition to this form you are required to complete a ‘Common Application

Form’ from your Local Authority either online or on paper and return it to the
person/address shown on the form by the closing date. Your application may
be compromised if both of these forms are not received by the closing date
(15th January 2019) and the governing body may be unable to consider your
application meaning that your child may not be offered a place at the school.

DECLARATION

a. I have read the Admissions Policy, Oversubscription Criteria and General Notes.

b. I confirm that the above address is our permanent residence and that I/we would be
prepared to provide evidence if requested to do so.

c. I will inform the school immediately in the event of a change in circumstances, which prevents
my child from taking a place at the school.

Signature of parent or carer: Date: _ _

Print name:

If this application is unsuccessful you may wish to apply to be included on the school’s ’Continuing Interest List’. To
do this please contact the school office or refer to the schools admission policy on the procedure for applying.
Please note that the list will be held open until 31st August 2020. After this date anyone wishing a child to be included
on a new list will be required to apply again.

Return to Index
 St Cuthbert Mayne Catholic Junior School
ADMISSION POLICY 2019 - 2020

St Cuthbert Mayne Catholic Junior School was founded by the Catholic Church to provide
education for children of Catholic families. Whenever there are more applications than
places available, priority will be given to Catholic children in accordance with the
oversubscription criteria listed below. The school is conducted by its governing body as part
of the Catholic Church in accordance with its trust deed and for a voluntary aided school,
and seeks at all times to be a witness to Our Lord Jesus Christ.
As a Catholic school, we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. At a Catholic
school, Catholic doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of the school’s activity. It is
essential that the Catholic character of the school’s education be fully supported by all
families in the school. We therefore hope that all parents will give their full, unreserved and
positive support for the aims and ethos of the school. This does not affect the right of an
applicant who is not Catholic to apply for and be admitted to a place at the school in
accordance with the admission arrangements.
The governing body is the admissions authority and has responsibility for admissions to this
school. The local authority undertakes the co-ordination of admission arrangements during
the normal admission round1 . The governing body has set its admission number at 60 pupils
to be admitted to Year 3 in the school year which begins in September, 2019.
The governing body will, where logistically possible, admit twins and all siblings from
multiple births where one of the children is the last child ranked within the school’s
Published Admissions Number (“PAN”).

1
This is for admission to the school at the start of the school year in September and not for applications made
in-year

Return to Index
Pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan or a Statement of Special Educational
Needs (see note 1)
The admission of pupils with a Statement of Educational Needs or an Education, Health and
Care Plan is dealt with by a completely separate procedure. Children with a Statement of
Special Educational Needs or Education, Health and Care Plan that names the school must
be admitted. Where this takes place before the allocation of places under these
arrangements this will reduce the number of places available to other children.
Oversubscription Criteria
Where there are more applications for places than the number of places available, places
will be offered according to the following order of priority.
1. Catholic looked after and previously looked after children. (see notes 2&3)
2. Catholic children with a Certificate of Catholic Practice who are resident in the parishes of
The Church of the Resurrection, St Mary & St Joseph, Our Lady Queen of All Creation and St
Mark's. (see notes 3, 4 &12)
3. Catholic children who are resident in the parishes of The Church of the Resurrection, St
Mary & St Joseph, Our Lady Queen of All Creation and St Mark's for whom St Cuthbert Mayne
is the nearest Catholic school. (see notes 3&12)
4. Other Catholic children. (see note 3)
5. Other looked after and previously looked after children. (see note 2)
6. Catechumens and members of an Eastern Christian Church. (see notes 5&6)
7. Children of other Christian denominations whose membership is evidenced by a minister
of religion. (see note 7)
8. Children of other faiths whose membership is evidenced by a religious leader. (see note
8)
9. Any other children.
Within each of the categories listed above, the following provisions will be applied in the
following order.
(i) Where evidence is provided at the time of application of an exceptional social,
medical or pastoral need of the child which can most appropriately be met at this
school, the application will be placed at the top of the category in which the
application is made. (see note 11)
(ii) The attendance of a brother or sister at the school at the time of enrolment will
increase the priority of an application within each category so that the application
will be placed at the top of the category in which the application is made after
children in (i) above (see note 9).
(iii) The children of staff (teaching or non-teaching, who have worked at St Cuthbert
Mayne for at least two years at the time of application), who live at the same
address as that member of staff. This includes step-children and children of partners,
where the children live with the member of staff.
(iv) Pupils of St Rose’s Infant School

Return to Index
 Tie Break
Priority will be given to children living closest to the school determined by the shortest
distance. Distances are calculated on the basis of a straight-line measurement between the
front door of the child’s home address (or community entrance to flats) and the main
entrance of the school using the local authority’s computerised straight line measuring
system. Where there is a need for a tie-breaker where two different addresses measure the
same distance from a school, in the case of a block of flats for example, the lower door
number will be deemed nearest. If there are two identical addresses of separate applicants,
the tie break will be random and will be carried out and supervised by a person independent
of the school. All the names will be entered into a hat and the required number of names
will be drawn out.
Application Procedures and Timetable
To apply for a place at this school in the normal admission round2, you must complete a
Common Application Form available from the local authority in which you live. You are also
requested to complete the Supplementary Information Form attached to this policy if you
wish to apply under oversubscription criteria 1 to 4 or 6 to 8. The Supplementary
Information Form should be returned to the Chair of Governors, c/o St Cuthbert Mayne
Catholic Junior School, Clover Way, Hemel Hempstead, HP1 3EA by 15th January 2019.
You will be advised of the outcome of your application on 16th April or the next working day,
by the local authority on our behalf. If you are unsuccessful (unless your child gained a place
at a school you ranked higher) you will be informed of the reasons, related to the
oversubscription criteria listed above, and you have the right of appeal to an independent
appeal panel.
If you do not provide the information required in the SIF and return it by the closing date,
together with all supporting documentation, your child will not be placed in criteria 1 to 4
or 6 to 8, and this is likely to affect your child’s chance of being offered a place.
All applications which are submitted on time will be considered at the same time and
after the closing date for admissions which is 15th January 2019.
Late Applications
Late applications will be administered in accordance with Hertfordshire CC’s Admissions
Scheme. You are encouraged to ensure that your application is received on time.

Admission of Children outside their Normal Age Group

A request may be made for a child to be admitted outside of their normal age group, for
example, if the child is gifted and talented or has experienced problems such as ill health.
Any such request should be made in writing the Chair of Governors, c/o St Cuthbert Mayne
Catholic Junior School, Clover Way, Hemel Hempstead, HP1 3EA at the same time as the
admission application is made. The governing body will make its decision about the request
based on the circumstances of each case and in the best interests of the child. In addition to
taking into account the views of the head teacher, including the head teacher’s statutory
responsibility for the internal organisation, management and control of the school, the
governing body will take into account the views of the parents and of appropriate medical
and education professionals, as appropriate.
2
This is for admission to the school at the start of the school year in September and not for applications made in-year.

Return to Index
Waiting Lists
In addition to their right of appeal, unsuccessful children will be offered the opportunity to
be placed on a waiting list. This waiting list will be maintained in order of the
oversubscription criteria set out above and not in the order in which applications are
received or added to the list. Waiting lists for admission will operate throughout the school
year. The waiting list will be held open until 17th July 2020.
Inclusion in the school’s waiting list does not mean that a place will eventually become
available.
In-Year Applications
An application can be made for a place for a child at any time outside the admission round
and the child will be admitted where there are available places. Application should be made
to the school by contacting the Chair of Governors.
Where there are places available but more applications than places, the published
oversubscription criteria, as set out above, will be applied.
If there are no places available, the child will be added to the waiting list (see above).
You will be advised of the outcome of your application in writing, and you have the right of
appeal to an independent appeal panel.
Fair Access Protocol
The school is committed to taking its fair share of children who are vulnerable and/or hard
to place, as set out in locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal admission
round the governing body is empowered to give absolute priority to a child where admission
is requested under any locally agreed protocol. The governing body has this power, even
when admitting the child would mean exceeding the published admission number (subject
to the infant class size exceptions).

The governing body reserves the right to withdraw the offer of a place or, where a child is
already attending the school, the place itself, where it is satisfied that the offer or place
was obtained by deception.

Return to Index
Notes (these notes form part of the oversubscription criteria)
1. A Statement of Special Educational Needs is a statement made by the local authority
under section 324 of the Education Act 1996, specifying the special educational
provision for a child. An Education, Health and Care Plan is a plan made by the local
authority under section 37 of the Children and Families Act 2014, specifying the
special educational provision required for a child.
2. A ‘looked after child’ has the same meaning as in section 22(1) of the Children Act
1989, and means any child who is (a) in the care of a local authority or (b) being
provided with accommodation by them in the exercise of their social services
functions (e.g. children with foster parents) at the time of making application to the
school. A ‘previously looked after child’ is a child who was looked after, but ceased to be so
because he or she was adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or special
guardianship order.
3. ‘Catholic’ means a member of a Church in full communion with the See of Rome. This
includes the Eastern Catholic Churches. This will normally be evidenced by a
certificate of baptism in a Catholic Church or a certificate of reception into the full
communion of the Catholic Church. For the purposes of this policy, it includes a
looked after child who is part of a Catholic family where a letter from a priest
demonstrates that the child would have been baptised or received if it were not for
their status as a looked after child (e.g. a looked after child in the process of adoption
by a Catholic family).
For a child to be treated as Catholic, evidence of Catholic baptism or reception into
the Church will be required. Those who have difficulty obtaining written evidence of
baptism should contact their Parish Priest [who, after consulting with the Diocese, will
decide how the question of baptism is to be resolved and how written evidence is to
be produced in accordance with the law of the Church].
4. Certificate of Catholic Practice’ means a certificate issued by the family’s parish priest
(or the priest in charge of the church where the family attends Mass) in the form laid
down by the Bishops’ Conference of England and Wales. It will be issued if the priest is
satisfied that at least one Catholic parent or carer (along with the child, if he or she is
over seven years old) have (except when it was impossible to do so) attended Mass on
Sundays and holy days of obligation for at least five years (or, in the case of a child,
since the age of seven, if shorter). It will also be issued when the practice has been
continuous since being received into the Church if that occurred less than five years
ago. It is expected that most Certificates will be issued on the basis of attendance. A
Certificate may also be issued by the priest when attendance is interrupted by
exceptional circumstances which excuse from the obligation to attend on that
occasion or occasions. Further details of these circumstances can be found in the
guidance issued to priests: http://rcdow.org.uk/education/governors/admissions
5. ‘catechumen’ means a member of the catechumenate of a Catholic Church. This will
normally be evidenced by a certificate of reception into the order of catechumens.
6. ‘Eastern Christian Church’ includes Orthodox Churches, and is normally evidenced by
a certificate of baptism or reception from the authorities of that Church.

Return to Index
7. “children of other Christian denominations” means children who belong to other
churches and ecclesial communities which, acknowledge God’s revelation in Christ,
confess the Lord Jesus Christ as God and Saviour according to the Scriptures, and, in
obedience to God’s will and in the power of the Holy Spirit commit themselves: to
seek a deepening of their communion with Christ and with one another in the
Church, which is his body; and to fulfil their mission to proclaim the Gospel by
common witness and service in the world to the glory of the one God, Father, Son
and Holy Spirit. An ecclesial community which on principle has no credal
statements in its tradition, is included if it manifests faith in Christ as witnessed to
in the Scriptures and is committed to working in the spirit of the above.
All members of Churches Together in England and CYTÛN are deemed to be
included in the above definition, as are all other churches and ecclesial
communities that are in membership of any local Churches Together Group (by
whatever title) on the above basis.
8. “children of other faiths” means children who are members of a religious
community that does not fall within the definition of ‘other Christian
denominations’ at 6 above and which falls within the definition of a religion for the
purposes of charity law. The Charities Act 2011 defines religion to include:
a. A religion which involves belief in more than one God, and
b. A religion which does not involve belief in a God.
Case law has identified certain characteristics which describe the meaning of
religion for the purposes of charity law, which are characterised by a belief in a
supreme being and an expression of belief in that supreme being through worship.
9. ‘brother or sister’ includes:
all natural brothers or sisters, half brothers or sisters, adopted brothers or sisters,
stepbrothers or sisters, foster brothers or sisters, whether or not they are living at
the same address; and
the child of a parent’s partner where that child lives for at least part of the week in
the same family unit at the same address as the applicant.
10. A ‘parent’ means all natural parents, any person who is not a parent but has
parental responsibility for a child, and any person who has care of a child.
11. To demonstrate an exceptional social, medical or pastoral need of the child which
can be most appropriately met at this school, the governing body will require
compelling written evidence from an appropriate professional, such as a social
worker, doctor or priest.
12. For the purposes of this policy, parish boundaries are as shown on the attached
map (Appendix 1) and will be applied to the admission arrangements for 2019-
2020.

Return to Index
Appendix 1

Map of Hemel Hempstead Catholic Parishes

Return to Index
 DIOCESE OF WESTMINSTER

St Cuthbert Mayne Catholic Junior School

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM

2019/2020
If you are expressing a preference for a place for your child at St Cuthbert Mayne Catholic
Junior School in Hertfordshire and wish to apply under a faith criterion, you should
complete this Supplementary Information Form.
 The completed Supplementary Information Form, together with all supporting
documentation (see Notes below), th
should be returned to the Chair of Governors at
the school by the closing date 15 January 2019.
 If you are applying to more than one Catholic school or academy you will need to
complete a separate Supplementary Information Form for each school/academy.
 If you do not provide the information required in this form and return it to the
school, with all supporting documentation, by the closing date, your child may not
be placed in the appropriate faith category and this is likely to affect your child’s
chance of being offered a place.
 Remember – you must also complete the Common Application Form.
Name of child:
Address of child:

Parent/Carer Details
Parent/Carer Name:
Parent/Carer Address:
(if different from above)

Please read St Cuthbert Mayne’s Admission Policy, noting in particular any faith criteria, and
your Local Authority booklet, before completing this form.

NOTE: When completing the Common Application Form, it is important that you provide
details of any siblings (brothers or sisters) who will be attending the St Cuthbert Mayne
Catholic school at the proposed time of admission. If this information is not provided the
admission authority of the school may not be able to place the application with the
correct criteria.

Return to Index
 Religious Status of child (please indicate by placing a tick in the appropriate box –
please note that a tick should be indicated in only a single box)
Criteria Tick Box Evidence [insert details in accordance
with the Notes below]
1. Catholic with a Certificate of
Catholic Practice (see notes 1 & 2) □
2. [Other] Catholic (see note 1)
□
□
3. Catechumen

4. Member of an Eastern
Christian Church □
5. Member of other Christian
denomination □
□
6. Member of other faith

Catholic Parish in which your child lives:

[The data on this from will only be used within the school admissions system, and will
not be divulged to any third party outside the school admissions system in accordance
with current Data Protection legislation.]
I confirm that I have read the Admissions Policy of the school and that the information I
have provided is correct. I understand that I must notify the school immediately if there
is any change to these details and that, should any information I have given prove to be
inaccurate, the governing body may withdraw any offer of a place even if the child has
already started school.

Signed………………………………………………………………. Date……………………………………

Return to Index
 Notes
1. Evidence of Catholic Baptism
If application is being made for a place at the school for a Catholic child evidence of Catholic
baptism or reception into the Church is required. A certificate of baptism or certificate of
reception into the full communion of the Catholic Church should be provided at the same
time as this form is returned to the school.
[The Admission Authority may request additional supporting evidence if the written
documents that are provided do not clarify the fact that the child was baptised or received
into the Catholic Church, e.g. where the name and address of the Church is not on the
certificate or where the name of the Church does not state whether it is a Catholic Church
or not. Those who have difficulty obtaining written evidence of baptism or reception into
the Church should contact their Parish Priest.]
2. Evidence of Catholic Practice
If application is being made for a place at the school for a Catholic child with a Certificate of
Catholic Practice, this must be signed by a Catholic priest in the form laid down by the
Bishops’ Conference of England and Wales. The certificate should be obtained from the
family’s parish priest, or the priest in charge of the Church where the family practices, and
should be provided at the same time as this form is returned to the school.
3. Evidence for Catechumens
If application is being made for a place at the school for a catechumen evidence of their
being a member of the catechumenate of a Catholic Church will be required. A certificate of
reception into the order of catechumens should be provided at the same time as this form is
returned to the school.
4. Evidence of Membership of an Eastern Christian Church
If application is being made for a place at the school for a member of an Eastern Christian
Church, including Orthodox Churches, evidence of membership will be required. A
certificate of baptism or reception from the authorities of that Church should be provided at
the same time as this form is returned to the school.
5. Evidence for Other Christian Denominations and Other Faiths
If application is being made for a place at the school as a member of another Christian
denomination or another faith a letter confirming membership of that Christian
denomination or faith, and signed by the appropriate minister of religion or faith leader, will
be required. The letter should be provided at the same time as this form is returned to the
school.
Checklist:
Have you enclosed?
• Copy of baptism or certificate of reception into the Catholic Church (where applicable).
• Certificate of Catholic practice (where applicable).
• Letter confirming membership of a Christian denomination or other faith (where
applicable).
Have you completed and returned your local authority’s Common Application Form

Return to Index
 St George's School Harpenden

Admissions Policy for day places

from September 2019 onwards

St George’s School, Harpenden Academy Trust (St George’s School), founded in 1907, was one of
the first co-educational day and boarding schools in the country. The aims of the School’s
Admissions Policy and Criteria reflect the Governors’ intention to respect its original foundation
and the wishes of its founder, the Reverend Cecil Grant, an Anglican Priest. When St George’s
School became a Voluntary Aided School in 1967, an essential part of the agreement with
Hertfordshire County Council and the then Department of Education was to maintain the aims, the
ethos of the School and its Christian character. St George’s School changed its status to an
Academy Trust in July 2012.

St George’s School is a multi-denominational Christian foundation. It is not a church school and it

is not supported financially by any Christian body, such as the Anglican or Catholic Dioceses or the
Free Churches. By tradition, the School’s Chaplain is an ordained Anglican. All staff appointed to
the school are required to support the Christian Foundation and many with their families are active
members of both the School Chapel and local churches. Pupils and children of staff of the school
can be baptized and confirmed in the school Chapel. Members of staff and former pupils who have
maintained an active contact with the Chapel can also be married under Special License from the
Archbishop. The Chapel is available for Christian groups and Churches and former members of the
school use its facilities for special services.

St George’s School is the only multi-denominational maintained school with a Christian foundation
in the Harpenden area. The school’s priority areas are the civil parish of Ayot St Lawrence,
Flamstead, Harpenden, Harpenden Rural, Kimpton, Kings Walden, Markyate, Redbourn, St Paul’s
Walden and Wheathampstead. The school welcomes children from a wide church membership and
has strong links with local churches (for example, the Church of England, Roman Catholic,
Methodist, United Reform, Baptist, Salvation Army, Free and Evangelical congregations) in the
civil parishes listed. The Governors are responsible for the RE syllabus, which for all years is
largely based on the study of Christianity. All pupils are entered for at the GCSE in Religious
Studies at the end of KS4.

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained schools to
admit a child with a statement of special educational needs that names their school. Schools must
also admit children with an EHC (Education, Health and Care) Plan that names the school.
Furthermore, children looked after or previously looked after have the highest priority in the
admissions criteria and need not complete a supplementary information form.

St George’s School has some day pupils from other faiths and non-Christian families and a number
of boarders who come from a variety of ethnic and cultural backgrounds.

St George’s School does not have ‘feeder primary schools’. Traditionally the school takes the
majority of its day students from the surrounding area and this includes maintained and
independent schools, denominational and multi-denominational schools.

There is a separate admission document for entry to the sixth form.

Return to Index
 St George's School Harpenden

The aims of the school’s Admission Criteria reflect the Governors’ intention to respect its traditions
and the aims of the Reverend Cecil Grant, the school’s Founder. Briefly, these can be summarised
as follows:

 To provide a rich educational experience to allow each pupil to make progress and work to
realise his/her full potential.

 To protect and develop the Christian character of St George’s School.

 To provide boarding to support and enrich the experiences of pupils who live at St George’s
School.

 To remain, as Cecil Grant intended, a family school where brothers and sisters and children of
staff can be educated together.

 To admit children, regardless of aptitude or ability, whose parents declare their intention
to support and uphold the traditions and ethos of St George’s School. These traditions include
loyalty to the House system and the school’s strong belief in competition. Competition in the
school’s curricular and extra-curricular life is deeply embedded in its sport, drama and music
and involves children of all abilities and aptitudes. The tradition of regular and Sunday Chapel
worship is central to the life and work of St George’s School.

The ethos of the school is described in the following statement:

The school was established by the Reverend Cecil Grant as a Christian Foundation accepting
children of different Christian denominations. Recognising its historic foundation, the school
will preserve and develop its Christian character centered on the School Chapel, in accordance
with Christian principles and in partnership with the School Chaplain.
The school aims to serve its community by providing education of the highest quality within the
context of Christian belief and practice. It encourages an understanding of the meaning and
significance of faith and promotes Christian values through its worship, teaching and the
experience it offers to all its pupils.

 To allow children, regardless of their ability, access to specific curricular and extra-curricular
opportunities or facilities that are particular strengths of the school. These include, for example,
the choice of modern languages; different specialisms within Technology; the compulsory study
of RE to GCSE level; involvement with choral and church music; the chance to contribute to,
and participate in, regular Christian worship in the Chapel; the availability of particular sports
and games (such as lacrosse and rugby) which are played on a competitive basis with regular
fixture lists; Inter-House drama and music competitions; art exhibitions and particular extra-
curricular activities, such as the School Sailing Club. Children who may not be able to
participate in games can benefit from many other activities offered at the school, such as
sailing, drama, music etc.

Parents and Guardians of children who gain admission will be expected to co-operate with the
school in maintaining high standards of behaviour and achievement. A full copy of the school’s
Discipline Policy and attendance Policy is available to all parents. Parents and Guardians are
strongly advised to read the School Prospectus in detail to appreciate the special kind of education
offered at St George's School. Firm guidance on behaviour and manners (both within and after
school hours) and on uniform is also provided and should be reinforced by the home – the Home
2

Return to Index
 St George's School Harpenden

School Agreement includes these. St George’s School is a Christian Foundation where pupils in
Years 7 to 11 attend at least three designated Sunday sessions per term.

Admission to St.George’s School is not dependent on any voluntary contribution.

The admission of pupils is the responsibility of the Governors. All communication regarding
Admissions should be clearly addressed to The Admissions Officer, St George’s School, Sun Lane,
Harpenden, Herts, AL5 4TD.

Pupils will be admitted to St George’s School in Year 7 at the age of 11 irrespective of physical or
academic ability. Only in exceptional circumstances will a child younger than 11 years of age or
older than 12 years of age on 1 September of the year in which he/she is due to transfer to
secondary school be considered for admission as a day pupil. The advice of the Headteacher of the
current school that the child attends and another relevant professional, such as an Educational
Psychologist, will be considered. There is no right of appeal to be placed in a year group in the
school different to that indicated by the child’s chronological age. The internal management and
organization of a school, including the placement of pupils in classes, is a matter for the
Headteacher and senior leadership of the school.

Boarders will be required to complete a suitability for boarding interview satisfactorily. A full
report from the pupil’s current school will be requested. In addition, parents must also be able to
meet the financial requirements of boarding as long as the child is a registered pupil at the school.
In exceptional circumstances, pupils younger than 11 years of age at the time of transfer to a
secondary school may be considered, such as in the case of a family returning from overseas whose
child is close in educational terms to secondary transfer. There is no transfer of boarding pupils
or boarding places to day places.

The Governors wish to make it clear that in the application of their Admissions Criteria in Day,
Boarding, and 6th form Admissions, they will act in compliance with the requirements of the
Equalities Act, 2010

The school accepts In Year applications direct (providing relevant information) and maintains
continuing interest lists for all year groups for the In Year application process.

Fair Access

The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and may admit children under
this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Return to Index
 St George's School Harpenden

Application for Year 7 Day Places 2019

St George's School is an Academy School. If you wish to apply for a place you must fill in the St
George's School Supplementary Information Form (SIF) in addition to the Secondary Transfer
Form (STF) or online application to Hertfordshire CSF (Hertfordshire children) or the form
provided by the LA in which you live (children living outside Hertfordshire). St George’s School
provides its own forms direct to parents. Applications cannot be given priority without the St
George's School SIF, a copy of which is in the School Prospectus, or obtainable from the
Admissions Office by writing to The Admissions Officer (marking the envelope Admissions) or by
telephone (01582 765477).

 Please send the STF to Hertfordshire County Council by 31st October 2018. You may send the
STF to “Admissions and Transport”, based at County Hall in Children’s Services or apply on-
line to Hertfordshire CSF by the deadline of 31st October. For those living outside
Hertfordshire, the form provided by their own LA should be returned to the LA in which they
live. The St George's Supplementary Information Form should be forwarded to The
Admissions Officer, St George’s School by 20th October 2018.

The number of day places for Year 7 in September 2019 will be 170.
The number of boarding places for Year 7 in September 2019 will be 10

Arrangements for visiting the School

Please refer to the Hertfordshire County Council Booklet ‘Moving On’ for details of secondary
transfer visits. For visits at other times of the year, please telephone the Admissions Officer.

Right Of Appeal

All unsuccessful applicants have the right to appeal to an independent panel for a place to be made
available for their child. Hertfordshire parents wishing to appeal, who applied online, should log
onto their online school application and click on the link “register an appeal”. If the application was
not made using Hertfordshire’s online application system parents should contact the Customer
Service Centre (0300 123 4043) to request an appeal pack.

For In Year applications parents should follow instructions on the appeals website at:

www.hertsdirect.org/schoolappeals<http://www.hertsdirect.org/schoolappeals

Applications for 2017 – to be updated

Return to Index
 St George's School Harpenden

Late Application for Day Places and Waiting Lists

1. Late applications are considered according to the published Admissions Criteria. Once the
initial decisions regarding offering 170 day places are made, a waiting list of the names and
applicants who have not been allocated a place at the school is kept, regardless of whether
they wish to appeal. This list ranks in descending order the names of applicants according
to the published criteria. The placing of a child's name on a waiting list does not remove the
right of appeal. Late applications before the new school year begins can continually change
the order of the list. Recent experience shows that only a very few disappointed applicants
achieve a place through withdrawals.

2. When parents who have been offered a place at the school decide not to accept it, that place
is offered to the parents at the top of the waiting list. The waiting list is in operation from
the day the original places are allocated.

3. Early application (eg before the general LA deadline in October) is not used as a criterion
for giving priority in allocating day places. This applies also to applications for entry to day
places in all other years, including the Sixth Form.

4. Once a new school year starts, a composite waiting list for each year group is used to
allocate all places which become available during the school year. Fresh applicants are
considered according to the published criteria. The length of time a child's name may have
been on a waiting list is not a criterion for admission: a late applicant is given whatever
order of priority on the list is justified by the application of the Admissions Criteria.

5. The school works closely with Hertfordshire LA and their Coordinated System of
Admissions for Secondary Transfer and for In Year Admissions. It will not be possible to
join the waiting list of St.George’s School if you did not initially rank the school on the
secondary transfer application form unless you make a new application to Hertfordshire LA
or your home authority if you do not live in Hertfordshire

6. A student who has been assessed by an LEA Panel as children placed under the “Fair
Access Protocol” may be admitted ahead of other students on the list on application from
the LEA, but only with the agreement of the Governors and where the school is applying the
agreed procedures of the children placed under the “Fair Access Protocol”.

7. If a school place becomes available, parents (of pupils in Years 7 - 11) will be contacted in
strict order of priority, according to the waiting list and the application of the Admissions
Criteria. Any such place must be accepted as soon as possible to allow the school’s day
places to be filled.

All correspondence regarding Secondary School Transfer and admissions for each year group (7 -
11) should be addressed directly to the Admissions Officer and clearly marked Admissions.

Return to Index
 Criteria for Day Admissions
for the Academic Year from September 2019-July 2020
The Governors have agreed to admit 170 day pupils into Year 7 for September 2019. The
arrangements and criteria listed below are reviewed annually and should not be regarded as binding for
future years.

St George’s School, Harpenden Academy Trust (St George’s School) is a multi-denominational

Christian Foundation and is recognised by the DfE as a school with the religious character of Christian.
By tradition it’s Chaplain, appointed and supported by the Foundation, is an Anglican. Daily and
Sunday Chapel worship is a unique feature of the school. The school’s priority areas are the civil parish
of Ayot St Lawrence, Flamstead, Harpenden, Harpenden Rural, Kimpton, Kings Walden, Markyate,
Redbourn, St Paul’s Walden and Wheathampstead.

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained schools to admit
a child with a statement of special educational needs that names their school. Schools must also admit
children with an EHC (Education, Health and Care) Plan that names the school.

If the school receives more applications than it has places available, the following criteria will be
applied at the date of decision, in the order they are printed below. If more children qualify under a
particular criterion than there are places available under that criterion, the subsequent criteria will be
applied in order as a tie-break. A Governors Admissions Panel will determine whether the evidence
provided is sufficiently compelling to meet the requirements of any of the criteria.

1. Children looked after or were previously looked after (see Note 1 below).

2. Children of a member of staff (see Note 2 below).

3. Children who have a sibling at the school as a day pupil at the time of application (see Note 3
below).

4. Children who have previously at any time had a sibling at the school as a day pupil (see Note 4
below).

5. Children living with a parent or parents with a Christian commitment shown by membership of
a Christian Church (see Note 5 below). Should there be more applications than places available
under this criterion the following will act as a tie-break in order:

i) Children whose normal residence is within the school’s priority areas and whose parent
or parents can also prove that they have a particular medical or social reason that makes
St. George’s School uniquely well suited for the child (see Note 6 below)

ii) Children whose normal residence is within the school’s priority areas and whose parent
or parents can also prove that they worship in different Christian denominations, and are
currently active members of their different Churches (see Note 7 below)

6. Children whose normal residence is within the school’s priority areas and whose parent or
parents can also prove that they have a particular medical or social reason that makes St.
George’s School uniquely well suited for the child (see Note 6 below)

7. Children whose normal residence is nearest the school, using the straight line home-school
distance measurement provided by Hertfordshire County Council’s GIS system as outlined in
their Moving On publications.(see Note 8 below)

Return to Index
Note 1
A ‘child looked after ' or a child who was looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted, or became
subject to a child arrangements order or a special guardianship order. A looked after child is a child who is (a) in
the care of a local authority, or (b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of
their social services functions (section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989). Child Arrangements Order - under the
provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which amended section 8 of the Children Act 1989, residence
orders have now been replaced by child arrangements orders which settle the arrangements to be made as to the
person with whom the child is to live. Special guardianship order – under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an
order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian or guardian. Children in the process of
being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked after providing there is a Placement Order and
the application would be prioritised under Rule 1.

Such children are automatically allocated the highest priority for places, and thus need not complete the
supplementary information form.

Note 2
A member of staff is defined as a person who has a permanent contract of employment with the
Governors/Academy Trust of St George’s School at the time of application, and qualifies in the following
circumstances:
(a) where the member of staff has been employed at the school for two or more years at the time at which
the application for admission to the school is made, or
(b) the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage

Note 3
A “sibling” means the sister, brother, half brother or sister, a child looked after or previously looked after, or
child of the parent or partner and in every case living permanently in the same home for at least four nights of
the school week at the time of this application. This definition of sibling does not include cousins.

A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for example a child who
usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after child in a respite placement or very
short term or bridging foster placement.

If a place is obtained for an older child following use of information assessed by the school as fraudulent or
willfully misleading, there will be no sibling connection priority given to subsequent children from that family.

Note 4
The definition of “sibling” is the same as note 3 above. The sibling must have been a day pupil at the school for
three years or more and the applicant must have been living for the whole of that three year period at the same
address for at least four nights of the school week The integrity of this connection must be verifiable using the
record as held on the school's management system.

Note 5
To be considered under this criterion, it is a requirement that at least one parent attends an eligible Christian
Church (as defined in this note) with the child at least once a month over a continuous two year period
immediately prior to the date of application. The child must be in attendance with a parent(s) and not just
attending Sunday School or any specific Youth service/session/meeting/club on their own or with siblings, or
attending a church service with or in their current school.

Please ask for the enclosed form to be signed by the Church leader and return it with the application or under
separate cover to the Admissions Officer at the School. The applicant and Church leader are required to indicate
if there is a potential conflict of interest in this referencing process because the Church leader and applicant or
their family are relatives.

A church or other organization will be deemed to be an eligible Christian Church if it is a member of Churches
Together in Britain and Ireland (website: www.ctbi.org.uk) or is in association with the Evangelical Alliance
(website: www.eauk.org ) or is a member of a local ecumenical group of other Christian Churches as verified by
their Church leaders. The school reserves the right to not accept an application as satisfying criterion 5 where
the school is unable to establish that the Church claimed has a clear, verifiable, and consistent place of worship.

Return to Index
Note 6
Documentary evidence from a medical consultant, social worker or other related sector professional will be
required if applicants wish to be considered under this criterion. This will be assessed by the Governor’s
Admissions Panel and its decision communicated to parents in writing shortly after allocated places have been
advised by the LEA.

Note 7
To be considered, it is a requirement that parent(s)/carer(s) attend services at different Christian Churches which
belong to different denominations. The attendance requirement for the parent(s) for the respective Christian
Churches is at least once a month over a continuous two year period immediately prior to the date of
application. This attendance fulfilment will need to be confirmed in writing by the respective Church leaders.
The forms used in connection with Criterion 5 above may be used for this purpose or formal letters from
Church leaders which includes their contact details for verification purposes. Such documentation should be
returned with the application or under separate cover to the Admissions Officer at the school.

The definition of “Christian Church” is the same as note 5 above.

Note 8
The child’s normal residence is considered to be the one at which he or she spends at least four nights of
the school week. Measurements are made by Hertfordshire County Council who use a specialist software
package to calculate them. The definition of home-school measurement corresponds to the one used by
Hertfordshire County Council in the County’s admission arrangements and application literature. It is a
straight line distance measurement. The measurement is taken from the address point of a child’s house
to the address point of the school. Address point data is provided Addressbase premium data and is a
nationally recognised method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences..

If the main address has changed temporarily, for example where a family is renting a property on a Short
Term Tenancy Agreement (12 months or under), then the parental address remains that at which the
parent was resident before the period of temporary residence began unless it can be shown that all ties to
the previous address have been relinquished, or that the move is not easily reversible. The Governors may
refuse to base an allocation on an address which might be considered only a temporary address. This will
include if the address where the child resides is part of an informal or private fostering arrangement, care
by close family, or friends and family care, where the supervising adult has no legal parental
responsibility for the child.

Apartments in the same block will be treated equally with the measurement taken to the main entrance of
the block. If after applying criterion 8 (Distance) there are more applications than places available from
the apartment block furthest away, places for applications from this block will be allocated with priority
given to children with the lowest door number. Places will be allocated on a Random basis if two separate
addresses are exactly the same distance measurement from the school. Random allocations will be
undertaken independently of the admission authority.

Children of UK service personnel (UK Armed Forces) - For families of service personnel with a
confirmed posting to their area will be allocated a place if accompanied by an official government letter
which declares a relocation date and a Unit postal address or quartering area address for consideration of
the application, even if the child is yet to take up residence.

Note on multiple births

In cases where the application of the day place admissions criteria would result in one twin or sibling of a
multiple birth being allocated to a day place at St. George’s School while that child’s twin or sibling of multiple
birth was not allocated a day place, the Governors will admit over the published admission number to avoid this
occurrence. This arrangement only applies within the day admissions policy; twins or multiple siblings may
choose to apply differently for boarding and day places respectively, but in such a case would be assessed in
their own right, and the allocation of a place to one would not automatically lead to a place being allocated to
the other(s)

Return to Index
 SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM
PLEASE RETURN THIS FORM TO ST GEORGE'S SCHOOL, HARPENDEN ACADEMY TRUST
(ST GEORGE’S SCHOOL) BY 26th OCTOBER 2018

THIS FORM SHOULD BE USED FOR SECONDARY TRANSFER ONLY

St George's School
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION FOR A DAY PLACE 2019 (YEAR 7)

Please tick to confirm that St George’s School is one of your preferred schools either on the
Hertfordshire LA Secondary Transfer Form (STF) (available at www.hertsdirect.org/admissions) for
Hertfordshire children or on the form provided by the LA in which you live for children living outside
Hertfordshire. 
For those living in Hertfordshire, please tick to confirm that you will send the STF to your local
Admissions and Transport team/apply on-line to Hertfordshire County Council by the deadline of 31st
October. STF’s received after 31st October will be treated as late, (as detailed in the booklet entitled
‘Moving On’ issued by Hertfordshire County Council). 
If you live outside Hertfordshire, please tick to confirm that you have completed the form provided by
your own LA and will return the form to the LA in which you live. 

CHILD'S SURNAME: ....................................................... FORENAME(S): .................................................

CHILD'S DATE OF BIRTH: ............................................. GENDER: MALE  FEMALE 

ADDRESS: .......................................................................................................................................................

………………………...............................................................................................................................

……………………………………………………………POST CODE:….............................................

Please tick to confirm that the address given is the child’s normal residence to be used for measuring
the distance to the School. (Please see Note 8) 

TELEPHONE NUMBER (with code): ...............................................................................................................

E MAIL ADDRESS.............................................................................................................................................

NAME OF CHILD’S CURRENT SCHOOL: ....................................................................................................

Please list any enclosures below and attach securely inside this form. We would be grateful if these are
photocopies only, except for the Statement of Membership of Church form. We cannot guarantee the return
of original documents.
.........................................................................................................................................................................
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
FOR OFFICE USE Date received:
Return to Index
PARENTS ARE ASKED TO COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS AS FULLY AS
POSSIBLE (There is space on the back of this form to add extra information if you wish).

ADMISSIONS CRITERION 1
Is the child a child looked after or a child who has previously been looked after? YES  NO 
(please see Note 1)
Please move to next criterion

ADMISSIONS CRITERION 2
Is a parent of the child a member of staff of St George’s School? YES  NO 
(please see Note 2)

Name of parent……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Job Title ..…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Date appointed……………………………………………………………………………………………………
Please move to next criterion

ADMISSIONS CRITERION 3
Does your child have a sibling currently at the school as a day pupil? YES  NO 
(please see Note 3)

Name of pupil(s) ......................................................................................................................................................

Year(s) and Tutor group(s) .................................................................. House................................................

Please move to next criterion

ADMISSIONS CRITERION 4

Does your child have a sibling who has previously attended the school as a day pupil?
(please see Note 4) YES  NO 
Name of pupil(s) ......................................................................................................................................................

Period attended school .................................................................. House............................................................

Please move to next criterion

ADMISSIONS CRITERION 5
Are you and your child members of a Christian Church? YES NO  
(Please see Note 5)
If yes, please give details and ask your Church Leader to sign the enclosed statement to support your application.
If the statement is not to be included with the application please supply your Church Leader with a stamped
envelope addressed to the Admissions Officer (Day Admissions) at the school.

..................................................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................................................
Please tick if this statement is enclosed. 
Please tick if this statement is not enclosed, but has been given to your Church Leader to send 
to the Admissions Officer (Day Admissions).

Return to Index
ALL APPLICANTS MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS TO ALLOW THE
CORRECT ASSESSMENT OF YOUR APPLICATION:

 Are there any medical or social reasons why St George’s School is uniquely well suited for your
child? (Please see Note 6) YES  NO 

Please state the reasons fully. It is essential that you provide evidence from a qualified professional in order that
further consideration is given under this criterion.

.............................................................................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................................................................

Please tick if the evidence is included. 

Please tick if the evidence will be forwarded under separate cover. 
Please move to next question

 Are the parent(s) of this child currently active members of different Christian denominations?

(Please see Note 7) YES  NO 

It is essential that you provide additional evidence (eg from each of the Church Leaders) in order that further
consideration is given under this criterion.

..........................................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................................

Please tick if the evidence is included. 

Please tick if the evidence will be forwarded under separate cover. 

To the best of my knowledge the information given by me in connection with this application is correct
and I agree to notify the school immediately of any change of address, telephone number or other
circumstances. The school will check any information provided on this form or submitted in
connection with the application and will withdraw an offer of a place if any false or misleading
information is given.

Signed ..................................................................................... (Parent/Guardian) Date .................................

Full name .............................................................................................................................................................

Please ensure that you have completed and returned the Hertfordshire LA STF by the deadlines
indicated at the top of the first page of this form (children living in Hertfordshire) or have completed
and returned the form from the LA in which you live (children living outside Hertfordshire).

Please return this form to The Admissions Officer, St George's School, Sun Lane, Harpenden, Herts,
AL5 4TD, by 26th October 2018.
Return to Index
Notes for completion of Supplementary Information Form
Note 1
A ‘child looked after ' or a child who was looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted, or became
subject to a child arrangements order or a special guardianship order. A looked after child is a child who is (a) in the
care of a local authority, or (b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social
services functions (section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989). Child Arrangements Order - under the provisions of the
Children and Families Act 2014, which amended section 8 of the Children Act 1989, residence orders have now been
replaced by child arrangements orders which settle the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child
is to live. Special guardianship order – under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more
individuals to be a child’s special guardian or guardian. Children in the process of being placed for adoption are
classified by law as children looked after providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised
under Rule 1.
Such children are automatically allocated the highest priority for places, and thus need not complete the
supplementary information form.
Note 2
A member of staff is defined as a person who has a permanent contract of employment with the Governors/Academy
Trust of St George’s School at the time of application, and qualifies in the following circumstances:
(a) where the member of staff has been employed at the school for two or more years at the time at which the
application for admission to the school is made, or
(b) the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage

Note 3
A “sibling” means the sister, brother, half brother or sister, a child looked after or previously looked after, or child of
the parent or partner and in every case living permanently in the same home for at least four nights of the school week
at the time of this application. This definition of sibling does not include cousins.

A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for example a child who
usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after child in a respite placement or very short
term or bridging foster placement.

If a place is obtained for an older child following use of information assessed by the school as fraudulent or willfully
misleading, there will be no sibling connection priority given to subsequent children from that family.

Note 4
The definition of “sibling” is the same as note 3 above. The sibling must have been a day pupil at the school for three
years or more and the applicant must have been living for the whole of that three year period at the same address for
at least four nights of the school week The integrity of this connection must be verifiable using the record as held on
the school's management system.

Note 5
To be considered under this criterion, it is a requirement that at least one parent attends an eligible Christian Church
(as defined in this note) with the child at least once a month over a continuous two year period immediately prior to
the date of application. The child must be in attendance with a parent(s) and not just attending Sunday School or any
specific Youth service/session/meeting/club on their own or with siblings, or attending a church service with or in
their current school.

Please ask for the enclosed form to be signed by the Church leader and return it with the application or under separate
cover to the Admissions Officer at the School. The applicant and Church leader are required to indicate if there is a
potential conflict of interest in this referencing process because the Church leader and applicant or their family are
relatives.

A church or other organization will be deemed to be an eligible Christian Church if it is a member of Churches
Together in Britain and Ireland (website: www.ctbi.org.uk) or is in association with the Evangelical Alliance
(website: www.eauk.org ) or is a member of a local ecumenical group of other Christian Churches as verified by their
Church leaders. The school reserves the right to not accept an application as satisfying criterion 5 where the school is
unable to establish that the Church claimed has a clear, verifiable, and consistent place of worship.

Return to Index
Note 6
Documentary evidence from a medical consultant, social worker or other related sector professional will be required
if applicants wish to be considered under this criterion. This will be assessed by the Governor’s Admissions Panel
and its decision communicated to parents in writing shortly after allocated places have been advised by the LEA.

Note 7
To be considered, it is a requirement that parent(s)/carer(s) attend services at different Christian Churches which
belong to different denominations. The attendance requirement for the parent(s) for the respective Christian Churches
is at least once a month over a continuous two year period immediately prior to the date of application. This
attendance fulfilment will need to be confirmed in writing by the respective Church leaders. The forms used in
connection with Criterion 5 above may be used for this purpose or formal letters from Church leaders which includes
their contact details for verification purposes. Such documentation should be returned with the application or under
separate cover to the Admissions Officer at the school.

The definition of “Christian Church” is the same as note 5 above.

Note 8
The child’s normal residence is considered to be the one at which he or she spends at least four nights of the
school week. Measurements are made by Hertfordshire County Council who use a specialist software package
to calculate them. The definition of home-school measurement corresponds to the one used by Hertfordshire
County Council in the County’s admission arrangements and application literature. It is a straight line distance
measurement. The measurement is taken from the address point of a child’s house to the address point of the
school. Address point data is provided Addressbase premium data and is a nationally recognised method of
identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

If the main address has changed temporarily, for example where a family is renting a property on a Short Term
Tenancy Agreement (12 months or under), then the parental address remains that at which the parent was
resident before the period of temporary residence began unless it can be shown that all ties to the previous
address have been relinquished, or that the move is not easily reversible. The Governors may refuse to base an
allocation on an address which might be considered only a temporary address. This will include if the address
where the child resides is part of an informal or private fostering arrangement, care by close family, or friends
and family care, where the supervising adult has no legal parental responsibility for the child.

Apartments in the same block will be treated equally with the measurement taken to the main entrance of the
block. If after applying criterion 8 (Distance) there are more applications than places available from the
apartment block furthest away, places for applications from this block will be allocated with priority given to
children with the lowest door number. Places will be allocated on a Random basis if two separate addresses are
exactly the same distance measurement from the school. Random allocations will be undertaken independently
of the admission authority.

Children of UK service personnel (UK Armed Forces) - For families of service personnel with a confirmed
posting to their area will be allocated a place if accompanied by an official government letter which declares a
relocation date and a Unit postal address or quartering area address for consideration of the application, even if
the child is yet to take up residence.

Note on multiple births

In cases where the application of the day place admissions criteria would result in one twin or sibling of a multiple
birth being allocated to a day place at St. George’s School while that child’s twin or sibling of multiple birth was not
allocated a day place, the Governors will admit over the published admission number to avoid this occurrence. This
arrangement only applies within the day admissions policy; twins or multiple siblings may choose to apply differently
for boarding and day places respectively, but in such a case would be assessed in their own right, and the allocation of
a place to one would not automatically lead to a place being allocated to the other(s)

Return to Index
ENTRY TO THE SIXTH FORM OF ST GEORGE’S SCHOOL
We wish to encourage students, who want to meet the challenge of A Levels, to seek entry to the Sixth Form at
St George’s. The School does not run an “open access Sixth Form”; entry is conditional and regular reviews of a
student's performance are carried out.

Admission Arrangements for Entry to the Sixth Form in September 2019

St George’s encourages pupils to enter the Sixth Form who have decided to commit themselves to the high
expectations and academic standards of the School. They will want to support and uphold the School’s traditional
values and ethos. Sixth Formers will want to be active members of a community which is based on tradition and has
an active Chapel life. This will involve weekday Chapel attendance. Many students in the Sixth Form also
participate in Sunday worship and lead the School’s Christian Union group, “More to Life”. Sixth Formers must
take part in compulsory games and represent the School if required during the week and at weekends. Loyalty to the
School, the Houses and participation in the wide range of extra-curricular activities is a priority and this will be
explained at a personal discussion with each internal applicant when A level course choices and career pathways are
discussed.

St George’s has a long tradition of welcoming applications from students taking their GCSEs at other schools who
wish to continue their academic success in a traditional, high achieving school. St George’s will be pleased to meet
with applicants whose secondary education has not been accredited by GCSEs, such as a curriculum offered at an
overseas school or international school.

Boarder applications for Sixth Form places are welcomed. St George’s will interview all boarder candidates and
expect to meet their parents. Early application for a boarding place is essential, and the School will assess each
candidate’s suitability as a boarder for Keswick (Girls) House and Crosthwaite (Boys) House.

The School will plan a programme of courses based on the curriculum requirements of existing pupils and places
will be offered to applicants from other schools on courses if there are places available.

All entrants must accept the Sixth Form Code of Conduct and sign the Sixth Form Contract as described in the Sixth
Form Prospectus.

Admission Numbers

 Boarding places
There is an admission number of up to 10 for Sixth Form boarders who satisfy the entry requirements. If
there are more boarding places available in each of the Sixth Form years these will be made available to
boarding applicants. These places are not transferable to day places.

 Day places
There is an admission number of 40 external day places for pupils who satisfy the entry requirements. The
School may exceed this number if the preferred courses of study are not oversubscribed and the applicant has
met the relevant entry requirements.

Entrance Requirements for Students

a) All entrants must have a minimum of 5 full GCSEs or equivalent (see Note 1) at grades 9-5, which would
include both English (Language or Literature) and Mathematics, and with 3 of their passes at grade 6 or
above. Grade 5 passes in two half course GCSEs will be treated as equivalent to one grade 5 pass in a full
course GCSE.

b) All entrants must fulfil subject course entrance requirements as specified in the Sixth Form Prospectus –
parents and students must read the Prospectus carefully to see the exact requirements for individual subject
entry.

c) All entrants must apply to study at least 3 A level subjects.

d) All coursework or controlled assessment deadlines or requirements in GCSE courses followed in Year 11
must have been met, and unless their school had agreed to “disapplication” for a subject entry, all GCSE
courses followed must have been satisfactorily completed, including attendance at practical and oral
examinations.

e) St George’s pupils must have fulfilled their Sunday attendance commitment during Years 10 and 11 as
evidenced by their attendance record kept by the Head of House.

Return to Index
It should not be expected that the School will allow students to repeat Year 11 if they have not achieved good GCSE
grades.

Meeting the requirements of any course is no guarantee that the applicant will automatically be offered a place on
his or her preferred choices.

Enrolment into Sixth Form at St George’s school closes at the end of the first full week of Autumn Term. After this
time all outstanding offers will be withdrawn.

In the event of over-subscription at St George’s:

If, on course registration day in September, there are more applicants who satisfy requirements a) to e) than there
are places available, the following tie-break rules in the given order will be applied.

1. Students who are a child looked after or were previously looked after (please see note 2 below)

2. Students who are already on roll at St George’s

3. Students who are a child of a member staff (please see note 3 below)

4. Students with a sibling at the school as a day pupil at the time of application to the Sixth Form (please see
note 4 below)

5. Students who previously have at any time had a sibling at the school as a day pupil (please see Note 5
below).

6. Students who can prove that they have particular medical or social reasons which makes the Sixth Form at St
George’s School uniquely well suited to the applicant (please see note 6).

7. The applicant whose normal residence is closest to the School as measured by Hertfordshire County Council
(please see note 7)

Should a parent or student wish to apply to be enrolled in the 6 th form without meeting all of requirements a-e,
this can only be considered once all qualifying applicants down to and including tie-break 7 have been offered
places. Such applicants can only be offered places if there is capacity for them, and if there is very compelling
other evidence to satisfy the school that they can and will cope with the 6th form curriculum of St. Georges.

Note 1
The school will determine which grades in which qualifications count as appropriate equivalents. The school will
accept a Certificate of Comparability from UK NARIC when making its determination.

Note 2
A ‘child looked after ' or a child who was looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted, or became
subject to a child arrangements order or a special guardianship order. A looked after child is a child who is (a) in the
care of a local authority, or (b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their
social services functions (section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989). Child Arrangements Order - under the provisions
of the Children and Families Act 2014, which amended section 8 of the Children Act 1989, residence orders have
now been replaced by child arrangements orders which settle the arrangements to be made as to the person with
whom the child is to live. Special guardianship order – under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing
one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian or guardian. Children in the process of being placed for
adoption are classified by law as children looked after providing there is a Placement Order and the application
would be prioritised under Rule 1.

Note 3 - A member of staff is defined as a person who has a permanent contract of employment with the
Governors/Academy Trust of St George’s School at the time of application, and qualifies in the following
circumstances:

(a) where the member of staff has been employed at the school for two or more years at the time at
which the application for admission to the school is made, or
(b) the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill
shortage
.

Return to Index
Note 4 - A “sibling” means the sister, brother, half brother or sister, a child looked after or previously looked after,
or child of the parent or partner, and in every case living permanently in the same home for at least four nights of
the school week at the time of this application. This definition of sibling does not include cousins.

A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for example a child who
usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after child in a respite placement or very short
term or bridging foster placement.

If a place is obtained for an older child following use of information assessed by the school as fraudulent or
willfully misleading, there will be no sibling connection priority given to subsequent children from that family.

Note 5 - The definition of “sibling” is the same as note 4 above. The sibling must have been a day pupil at the
school for three years or more and and the applicant must have been living for the whole of that three year period at
the same address for at least four nights of the school week The integrity of this connection must be verifiable using
the record as held on the school's management system.

Note 6 - Documentary evidence from a medical consultant, social worker or other related sector professional that
shows St. George’s School as uniquely well suited for the applicant will be required if applicants wish to be
considered under this rule. A Governors’ Admissions Panel will determine whether the evidence provided is
sufficiently compelling to meet the requirements of this criterion.

Note 7 – The child’s normal residence is considered to be the one at which he or she spends at least four nights of
the school week.. Measurements are made by Hertfordshire County Council who use a specialist software package
to calculate them. The definition of home-school measurement corresponds to the one used by Hertfordshire County
Council in the County’s admission arrangements and application literature. It is a straight line distance
measurement. The measurement is taken from the address point of a child’s house to the address point of the
school. Address point data is provided by Addressbase premium data.

If the main address has changed temporarily, for example where a family is renting a property on a Short Term
Tenancy Agreement (12 months or under), then the parental address remains that at which the parent was resident
before the period of temporary residence began unless it can be shown that all ties to the previous address have been
relinquished, or that the move is not easily reversible. The Governors may refuse to base an allocation on an address
which might be considered only a temporary address. This will include if the address where the child resides is part
of an informal or private fostering arrangement, care by close family, or friends and family care, where the
supervising adult has no legal parental responsibility for the child.

Apartments in the same block will be treated equally with the measurement taken to the main entrance of the block.
If after applying criterion 7 (Distance) there are more applications than places available from the apartment block
furthest away, places for applications from this block will be allocated with priority given to children with the
lowest door number. Places will be allocated on a Random basis if two separate addresses are exactly the same
distance measurement from the school. Random allocations will be undertaken independently of the admission
authority.

Specific requirements for BOARDING students:

 Boarders in Year 11 must have paid all outstanding fees before they may return (either as a Day or a
Boarding student) in Year 12.
 Students who are offered a place in the Sixth Form as a Boarder must pay a deposit as set by the Governors.
This must be paid within two weeks of the offer to confirm their acceptance of the place, or the place will not
be held. This deposit will be refunded if a student fails to satisfy the academic requirements of their chosen
course.
 Boarding applicants, whether internal or external, must have a good discipline record and be suited to Sixth
Form Boarding. Failure to accept the rules and guidelines of the Boarding community may result in the place
being withdrawn.
 Once admitted to Boarding, fees must be paid on time, or the place may be forfeited.

Right Of Appeal
If an application is refused there is a statutory right of appeal to an independent committee. Any places given on
appeal are in addition to places offered up to the published admission limit. Appeals for entry to the Sixth Form
may be lodged by either the parent or the student.

Note on multiple births

In the sixth form admission process, each applicant applies in their own right. No priority is given to twins or
siblings of multiple birth on the basis that one twin or sibling of multiple birth has been allocated a place through
this process.

Return to Index
 St George's School
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION FOR A DAY PLACE (SIXTH FORM)

STUDENT'S SURNAME: ……………………………………………………………………..……………………

STUDENT'S FORENAME(S): ………………………………………………………………..……………………

ADDRESS: ……………………………………………………..……………………………….……………………

……………………………………………………..………………………………………..……..…………..………

POSTCODE: …………………………………………

STUDENT'S DATE OF BIRTH: …………..………………………………………………………………………

GENDER: MALE  FEMALE 

PROPOSED DATE OF ENTRY: ………….………September 2019…………………………….……………

PRESENT SCHOOL (including address and telephone number) ………………………………………………

………………………………………………….…..………………………………………………..………..………

………………………………………………….…..………………………………………………..………..………

FULL NAMES AND TITLES OF PARENTS/GUARDIANS AND RELATIONSHIP TO STUDENT:

1. ……………………………………………………..………………………………………..………..………

2. ……………………………………………………..…………………………………………………………

DAYTIME TELEPHONE NUMBERS:

1. ……………………………………………………..………………………………………..………..………

2. ……………………………………………………..………………………………………..………..………

Return to Index
PLEASE COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS AS FULLY AS POSSIBLE

1. Is this student a ‘child looked after’ or a child who was previously looked after?
(see Note 2 of Entry to the Sixth Form) YES  NO 
Please move to next criterion

2. Is a parent of this student a member of staff of St George’s School? YES  NO 

(see Note 3 of Entry to the Sixth Form )

Name of parent……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Job Title ..…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Date appointed……………………………………………………………………………………………………

Please move to next criterion

3. Does this student have a sibling who attends the school as a day pupil?
(see Note 4 of Entry to the Sixth Form)
YES  NO 
Name of pupil(s) ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Year(s) and Tutor group(s) …………………………………………… House ..……………….…………

Please move to next criterion

4. Does this student have a sibling who has previously attended the school as a day pupil?
(please see Note 5 of Entry to the Sixth Form)

YES  NO 
Name of pupil(s) ................................................................................................................................................

Period attended school .................................................................. House................................................

Please move to next criterion

5. Are there any medical or social reasons that makes St.George’s School uniquely well suited for your
choice (see Notes 6 of Entry to the Sixth Form)
YES  NO 

Please state the reasons fully. It is essential that you provide evidence from a qualified professional in order
that further consideration is given under this criterion.

………………………..………………………………………………………………….……………………..

………………………..…………………..……………………………………………………….……………

Please move to next criterion

Return to Index
6. Subjects being applied for at A Level (in order of preference).

i) …………………………………………….. ii) ………………………………………………

iii) ……………………………………………..

Reserve ………………………………………………
Please move to next criterion

7. Subjects being studied at GCSE Level.

…………………………………………………… ………………………………….…………………

…………………………………………………… ………………………………….…………………

…………………………………………………… ………………………………….…………………

…………………………………………………… ………………………………….…………………

…………………………………………………… ………………………………….…………………

…………………………………………………… ………………………………….…………………

8. Please tick the box to confirm that the address given on the first page of the form is the normal
residence of the student. (see Note 7 of Entry to the Sixth Form)


Please tick the box to confirm that you have included a copy of a British or EU passport and/or the correct
paperwork to reside in the UK for the duration of your education at the school. 

To the best of my knowledge the information given by me in connection with this application is correct and I agree
to notify the School immediately of any change of address, telephone number or other circumstances. The School
will check any information provided on this form or submitted in connection with the application and will
withdraw an offer of a place if any false or misleading information is given.

I understand that St George's is a Christian Foundation. I understand that all students are expected to abide by the
rules and regulations of the School and respect the tradition and ethos of the School.

Signed ……………………………………………… Parent/Guardian Date ……………………….….…

Please return this application together with the External Candidates Options Form for 2019-2021 to Mrs S
Warden, Sixth Form Secretary, St George's School, Sun Lane, Harpenden, Herts AL5 4TD by February 2019.

Return to Index
 ST GEORGE'S SCHOOL, HARPENDEN

CRITERIA FOR BOARDING ADMISSIONS 2019-20

THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS APPLY TO ALL APPLICATIONS FROM YEAR 7 TO 13 FOR

BOARDING ADMISSION AT ANY TIME

1. Boarders at St George’s must be UK or EU citizens or have full UK passports with the right of abode in the
UK.
2. All children applying for a boarding place must attend for an interview to establish suitability for boarding
according to the government’s published guidelines 1.
3. Children whose parent or parents do not normally live in the UK or who travel frequently away from home
must have a suitable guardian over the age of twenty-one who resides within approximately an hour’s journey of
the school.
4. All applicants for boarding places will need to satisfy the School as to their ability to pay the boarding fees and
expenses incurred at the School and to pay a deposit on receipt of an offer.
5. Boarders and their parents and guardians must also agree to the statement of Principles, Aims and Practice
(please see attached sheet). Agreement to the terms and conditions of boarding is a condition of joining
boarding and remaining a boarding student.
6. Children who would qualify for a day place according to their normal residence at the date of application will
not be given priority to board. Applications may be made for EITHER a day OR a boarding place at the
school, but not for both.
7. Siblings of boarders on the school roll at the time of application will not be given priority for day places.

THE CRITERIA FOR BOARDING ADMISSION ARE:

(APPLIED AT THE TIME OF APPLICATION)

1. LOOKED AFTER CHILDREN AND PREVIOUSLY LOOKED AFTER CHILDREN 2

2. CHILDREN OF MEMBERS OF THE UK ARMED FORCES WHO QUALIFY FOR MINISTRY OF
DEFENCE FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE WITH THE COST OF BOARDING SCHOOL FEES
3. CHILDREN WITH A NEED TO BE CONSIDERED FOR A BOARDING PLACE AND WHERE
CIRCUMSTANCES CLEARLY POINT TO A BENEFIT FROM BOARDING3

OVER-SUBSCRIPTION

If the School receives more applications than it has places available, the following criteria will be
applied at the date of decision, in the order they are printed below in order to allocate the available
places.

1) Children looked after and previously looked after children2

2) Children who have a sibling in boarding at the school at the time of admission 4.
3) Children who have previously at any time had a sibling in boarding at the school.
4) Children of parents working outside the UK for a recognised Christian missionary society or children of ordained
ministers and leaders of recognised Christian churches in the UK or serving in parishes and church areas outside
the UK.
5) Children who have satisfied the Governing Body that they have a significant degree of boarding need according to
one of the following criteria:
 Children of Crown Servants serving abroad;
 Children at risk or with an unstable home environment;
 Children of service personnel who have died while serving or who have been discharged as a result of
attributable injury;

Return to Index
 ST GEORGE'S SCHOOL, HARPENDEN
If there are more applications that fulfil the above criteria than spaces available, the Governors will apply a random
allocation system to allocate the available places. This system will be supervised by someone independent of the
school.

FURTHER GUIDANCE FOR APPLICANTS

Applicants for boarding places must accept the government’s timetable and arrangements for application. All
children will however be invited to interview at the school to establish suitability for boarding. This will not be
to assess academic aptitude, but to ensure that the child wishes to join St George’s, that the child and parent or
parents accepts the conditions of entry and that the child is suitable for boarding according to the government’s
guidelines and the ethos and practical limitations of St George’s. The conditions relevant to this consideration
are (a) whether a child presents a serious health and safety hazard to other boarders; or (b) whether a child is
developmentally suited to cope with and benefit from a boarding place. A supplementary Information Form,
together with an interview, will be used in accordance with government guidelines to determine the suitability of
a child to board, and this may include information provided by the child’s current school and/or information
provided by the home local authority on safeguarding issues. A failure to disclose at the time of application and
interview significant facts which would influence the judgement on suitability to board could lead to a place
being withdrawn at a later date, including after a child has joined the school.

St George’s will not apply any form of selection by aptitude or ability except where permitted by law and will not
give priority to children on the grounds of comparative suitability. The over-subscription criteria will be applied
as set out above, though the essence of suitability is fundamental to the process and the children themselves
must be allowed to state separately from their parents or guardians whether they wish to board and the interview
will seek to determine whether the child will be able to cope with and benefit from a boarding environment,
without prejudice to others who have already been admitted. A child who states they do not wish to board is, by
definition, not suitable to board.

1 Children will be assessed to determine their suitability for boarding. This assessment includes the following:
 An interview
 A reference from the child’s present school and/or a previous school where the child is not currently at school or
has recently changed school
 Consideration of any other information that the parent/carer of the child may wish to provide to support the
application or which may be provided at the request of the parent/carer by another person
 Information provided by a Local Authority (or equivalent authority outside England and Wales), where relevant.
In determining whether or not a child is suitable to board, the School has regard to the following questions:
 Does the child wish to board?
 Does the child have experience of staying away from his or her parents/carers whether or not he or she is
currently a boarder?
 Does the child show evidence of self-reliance and independence?
 Does the child show evidence of understanding and relishing the challenges of a communal life?
 Does the child show understanding of the responsibilities of a member of a boarding community?
 Is there any medical or psychological reason why boarding would not be appropriate, or any need that could not
be met by reasonable adjustment to the boarding accommodation, routine and practice?

2 A 'child looked after' or a child who was looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted, or became
subject to a child arrangements order or a special guardianship order. A looked after child is a child who is (a) in the
care of a local authority, or (b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their
social services functions (section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989). Child Arrangements Order - under the
provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which amended section 8 of the Children Act 1989, residence
orders have now been replaced by child arrangements orders which settle the arrangements to be made as to the
person with whom the child is to live. Special guardianship order – under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order
appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian or guardian. Children in the process of being
placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked after providing there is a Placement Order and the
application would be prioritised under Rule 1. The responsible authority for the child agrees to be bound by the
terms of the school’s Conditions of Boarding, including liability for fees, deposit, expenses and guardianship.
Pursuant of their responsibilities under the Children Act 1989 (as amended), the Governors will not admit
candidates who cannot satisfy them that they are suitable for boarding whether or not they are looked after by a
local authority.
2

Return to Index
 ST GEORGE'S SCHOOL, HARPENDEN

3 Parents and Carers are advised to consider the over-subscription criteria carefully when completing their application for a
boarding place.
4 A “sibling” means the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, or child of the parent or partner.

This definition does not include cousins. This definition also applies to over-subscription criterion two, but only with
respect to boarders who stayed for at least one whole Key Stage and for whom the school has a record as held on the
school's management system.

PRINCIPLES, AIMS and PRACTICE

St George’s was established by the Revd. Cecil Grant in 1907 as one of the first co-educational boarding schools
in the country. There has been a continuous tradition of boarding since the beginning of the twentieth century
although the number of day pupils at the school has overtaken the proportion of boarders. Originally the
majority of pupils were in residence and during the early history of the school there were 150+ boarders. When
the school ceased to be independent in 1967, boarding was maintained at this level although a condition of
Voluntary Aided Status was that the number of day pupils would increase. In July 2012 St George’s became an
Academy Trust.

The Governors, Headmaster and staff are committed to Boarding. There is currently accommodation for up to
10 boarders in years 7-8 and 20 boarders in each of years 9 – 13 though this number will vary according to the
distribution of boarders in dormitories. Currently there are approximately 111 boarders in residence under the
care of the two Houses, Keswick (girls) and Crosthwaite (boys). The total size of the school in 2017 is
approximately 1,344 pupils, including 405 in the academic sixth form.

The principal aim of boarding at St George’s is to provide a secure, friendly and stable environment within a
Christian context for pupils who have chosen to board as a positive preference. Boarding at St George’s
provides a structured framework within which they will benefit from a first class secondary education and grow
up to be the kind of young people of whom the school and their parents will be proud.

The school seeks to create a family atmosphere in both houses: they are run on similar lines. We allow for as
much individuality and privacy as possible for different age groups in a secure, orderly and relaxed environment.

The following state the principles upon which boarding at St George’s is based:

a) The development of the whole person and the communication of Christian values are vital.
b) Being an open and trusting school, boarding is based upon mutual respect for all members.
c) Each boarder has the right to be able to work, play and relax free from abuse, intimidation, harassment,
teasing and bullying;
d) There is equality of opportunity and respect for all boarders.
e) Each boarder and each member of staff is to be treated as an individual and with respect by other pupils
and by staff.
f) Although living corporately, staff and boarders acknowledge the right of each other to privacy.
g) Each boarder has the right to extend his/her intellectual growth in an atmosphere of positive
encouragement and in conditions that are conducive to work.
h) All boarders should be able to develop spiritually, culturally, morally and socially during their time in
boarding.
i) Despite the often great distance separating boarders from their families, links with parents are seen as an
indispensable part of the support and development of boarders in this school

In boarding we aim to:

a) develop the whole person, a desire for truth and a respect for others;
b) produce an open and trusting Christian ethos in which each boarder feels able to approach any other
member of the community (staff or pupil), confident in the knowledge that he/she will be treated and
respected as an individual;

Return to Index
 ST GEORGE'S SCHOOL, HARPENDEN

c) create an atmosphere of tolerance, openness and trust in which teasing, harassment and bullying would
find great difficulty in developing;
d) provide the conditions for boarders to develop their intellectual talents through well structured prep
conditions, access to staff and other pupils, participation in activities and in an atmosphere which values
effort;
e) provide a range of activities, hobbies and opportunities related to age and maturity that will assist in the
personal, social and cultural development of each boarder;
f) safeguard and promote the welfare of each boarder, by providing an environment that is, as far as
possible, free from physical hazards and dangers of any sort;
g) provide accommodation that is comfortable and suited to the needs of boarders, according to age and
maturity, and which provides adequate levels of privacy;
h) develop boarders’ responsibility for self, for others and for their environment;
i) develop boarders’ qualities of leadership and ability to work as part of a team;
j) provide suitable conditions for boarders to feel able to turn to members of staff to share the good
things in their lives as well as being able to turn to them for advice, counselling and support during
times of difficulty.
k) monitor the progress of each pupil
l) maintain and develop channels of communication with parents

Boarding should be a positive experience. Boarders at St George’s enjoy many advantages. They have
good opportunities to:
 Make good and lifelong friends
 Learn tolerance of others
 Share interests and pursuits with others
 Learn how to live and work in a community and a group
 Gain experience from independent living in a supervised environment
 Spend time with girls and boys of their own age
 Take part in organised activities arranged by the House
 Be available to make full use of the day-school’s extensive extra-curricular programme
 Become loyal and full members of the St George’s community of pupils and adults
 Benefit from being part of a community with a Christian Foundation with opportunities to
worship in chapel services.
 Benefit from a structured organisation to the day, and the importance of making sensible
and constructive use of free and leisure time
 Learn to live away from home – this may be especially beneficial for later student life

Our expectation is that boarders will become good citizens, learning to behave in an acceptable manner and
achieving success in their schoolwork and their careers. Boarding must be a partnership between adults and
children based on mutual trust and respect.

Note on multiple births

In the boarding admission process, each applicant applies in their own right. No priority is given to twins or
siblings of multiple birth on the basis that one twin or sibling of multiple birth has been allocated a boarding
place through this process.

Return to Index
 SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM
PLEASE RETURN THIS FORM TO “Boarding Admissions” at ST GEORGE'S SCHOOL
(Address at end of form, or email to boardingadmissions@stgeorges.herts.sch.uk)

St George's School
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION FOR A BOARDING PLACE

For Year 7 applicants please tick to confirm that St George’s School is one of your preferred schools
either on the Hertfordshire LA Secondary Transfer Form (STF) for Hertfordshire or overseas
children or on the form provided by the LA in which you live for children living outside Hertfordshire
but in the UK. 
For Year 7 applicants living in Hertfordshire, please tick to confirm that you will send the STF to your
local Admissions and Transport Team/apply on-line to Hertfordshire County Council by the deadline
of 31st October. STF’s received after 31st October will be treated as late, (as detailed in the booklet
entitled ‘Moving On’ issued by Hertfordshire County Council). 
If you live outside Hertfordshire or are applying for a place in any other year than Year 7, please tick
to confirm that you have completed the form provided by your own LA and will return the form to the
LA in which you live. 
If you live overseas please tick to confirm that your child holds a full UK passport with right of abode
in the UK, or an EU passport, and that you have completed a Hertfordshire STF. 
CHILD'S SURNAME: ....................................................... FORENAME(S): .................................................

CHILD'S DATE OF BIRTH: ............................................. GENDER: MALE  FEMALE 

SCHOOL YEAR TO ENTER: 7, 8, 9, 10, 12 (CIRCLE ONE) DATE TO ENTER……………………..

CHILD’S NATIONALITY ……………………………… (or attach copy of passport)

ADDRESS: .............................................................................................................................
(Child's normal residence)
.............................................................................................................................

POSTCODE: …………………............................................. COUNTRY: ……………………………………

FATHER’S FULL NAME ……………………………………………………………………………………

MOTHER’S FULL NAME …………………………………………………………….. ……………………

Evening TELEPHONE NUMBER (with code): ……………………………………………………………….

Day TELEPHONE NUMBER (with code): ………………………………………………………………

MOBILE PHONE NUMBER …………............................................................................................................

E MAIL ADDRESS.............................................................................................................................................

Return to Index
PARENTS ARE ASKED TO COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS AS FULLY AS
POSSIBLE (Please add extra information if you wish).

Please list any enclosures below and attach securely with this form. We would be grateful if these are
photocopies only. We cannot guarantee to return the original documents.

..............................................................................................................................................................................

Guardian (appointed under section 5 of the Children Act 1989, by the court or by a parent with parental
responsibility, or by an existing guardian). Please give the title, full name, addresses and occupation of the
Guardian and details of his/her appointment:

………………………………………………………………………………………………………….………

……………………………………………………………………………………………………….…………

.…………………………………………………………………………………………………..……………..

Daytime telephone: ……………………… Fax: …………………… e-mail:……………………….………

Evening telephone: …………………… Fax: …………………… e-mail:. ……………………………..

(a) Do both parents have parental responsibility for the child? Yes/No
(If "No" please give details here or in a covering letter)
(b) Do both parents agree that the child should attend the School? Yes/No
(If "No" please give details here or in a covering letter)
(c) Is there anyone else whose consent to the child coming to the School is required? Yes/No
(If "Yes" please give details here or in a covering letter)
(d) Is it proposed that anyone other than the parents will pay or guarantee payment of the fees? Yes/No
(If "Yes" please give details here or in a covering letter)

Please give the name and address of your bank, to enable us to obtain a financial reference. When you visit
the school you will be asked to countersign our letter to the bank requesting this reference:

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

.…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES: PLEASE INFORM US FULLY IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING APPLY (FAILURE TO DO
SO WILL INVALIDATE THE APPLICATION AND MAY LEAD TO THE FORFEIT OF A BOARDING PLACE EVEN
AFTER IT IS TAKEN UP):
(a) The child has any known medical condition or health, mental health, emotional problems or allergy.
(b) The parents are separated or divorced or if the family circumstances may affect the child adversely in any
way.
(c) Any person named in this form expects to change address during the next 12 months.
(d) There are any Court Orders, in relation to the child, for example as to parental responsibility, residence,
contact, prohibited steps, specific issues or periodical payments; or in relation to the parents or if either
parent is an undischarged bankrupt or subject to an individual voluntary arrangement.
(e) The child may be unable to play a full part in the games and sporting curriculum of the school.
(f) The child has any Special Educational Needs and/or the child has an Educational Psychologist’s report.
(g) There has been any involvement with the Social Services or other agencies e.g. post adoption.

Return to Index
ADMISSIONS CRITERION 1
Is this child a “child looked after” or a “previously child looked after” (a child who was looked after, but
ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship
order)? YES  NO 
(Please see Note 2 on page 2 of the School’s Criteria for Admissions)

ADMISSIONS CRITERION 2
Is this a child of a member of the UK Armed Forces who qualify for Ministry of Defence financial
assistance with the cost of boarding school fees? YES  NO 
ADMISSIONS CRITERION 3
Do you consider that your child has a need for a boarding place or do circumstances clearly point to a
benefit from boarding? YES NO  
(Please see Note 3 on Page 2 of the School’s Criteria for Boarding Admissions and add further information in
the space provided)

OVER SUBSCRIPTION CRITERION 1 and/or 2

Does your child have a sibling in boarding at the school at the time of admission or has your child ever
had a sibling in boarding?
(Please see Note 4 on Page 2 of the School’s Criteria for Boarding Admissions) YES  NO 
Name of pupil(s) ......................................................................................................................................................

Year(s) and Dates …….. .................................................................. House................................................

OVER SUBSCRIPTION CRITERION 3

Are you working outside the UK for a recognised Christian missionary society or are you an ordained
minister or leader of a recognised Christian churches in the UK or serving in parishes and church areas
outside the UK? YES  NO 
OVER SUBSCRIPTION CRITERION 4
Are you Crown Servants serving abroad? YES  NO 
Is the child at risk or with an unstable home environment? YES  NO 
Is this child of any service personnel who have died while serving or who have
been discharged as a result of attributable injury? YES  NO 

Please give the name and address of the school the child attends now (with dates):

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Name of Headteacher: ……………………………………………………………………………..

Email address……………………………………………………………………………………….

Return to Index
To the best of my knowledge the information given by me in connection with this application is correct
and I agree to notify the School immediately of any change of address, telephone number or other
circumstances. The School may check any information provided on this form or submitted in
connection with the application and will withdraw an offer of a place if any false or misleading
information is given.

I have read the Terms and Conditions of Boarding at St. George’s School and if a place is offered as a
result of this application I acknowledge that I will be bound by those Terms and Conditions.

Signed ..................................................................................... (Parent/Guardian) Date .................................

Full name .............................................................................................................................................................

Please ensure that you have completed and returned the Hertfordshire LA STF by the deadlines
indicated at the top of Page 1 of this form (children living in Hertfordshire) or have completed and
returned the form from the LA in which you live (children living outside Hertfordshire).

Please return this form to The Director of Boarding, Boarding Admissions, St George's School, Sun
Lane, Harpenden, Herts, AL5 4TD or email: boardingadmissions@stgeorges.herts.sch.uk

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________

FOR OFFICE USE Date received:

Return to Index
St Helen’s Church of England Primary School

Admission Policy 2019-20

Matthew 19:14
Jesus said, “Let the little children come to me, and do not hinder them,
for the kingdom of heaven belongs to such as these.”

Return to Index
St Helen’s is a Voluntary Aided Church of England School in the Diocese of St Albans. The
governors are the admission authority and will admit up to 30 pupils this year into the Reception
class.

The Local Authority (LA) operates an agreed co-ordinated admission scheme in line with
government legislation. The LA will co-ordinate the process on behalf of the school according to
the scheme published each year. The Governing Body, as the admission authority, will allocate
the available places in line with this policy.

Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs or and Education, Health and Care Plan
which names the school will be offered a place at the school.

In the event of there being more applications than available places, the following oversubscription
criteria will be applied, in order:

1. To children in the care of a Local Authority (Children Looked After) or children who were
previously ‘looked after’ but immediately after being ‘looked after’ became subject to an
adoption, child arrangement or special guardianship order (see notes 1,3 and 4)

2. To children whose sibling(s) attend the school at the time of entry.

3. To children of parents/guardians who, as a family and with the child, demonstrate a

current, active involvement with St Helen’s Church, Wheathampstead, or St Peter’s
Church, Gustard Wood, for at least one year up to the date of application and whose home
address is within the ecclesiastical parish of Wheathampstead at the time of application
(see notes3, 6 and 7, 8 & 11).

4. To other children whose home address is within the ecclesiastical parish of

Wheathampstead at the time of application.

5. To children of parents/guardians who, as a family and with the child, demonstrate a

current, active involvement with St Helen’s Church, Wheathampstead, or St Peter’s
Church, Gustard Wood, for at least one year up to the date of application and whose home
address is outside the ecclesiastical parish of Wheathampstead at the time of application.

6. To any other children.

In the event of over-subscription in either of categories 4 or 6 priority will be given to children of

parents/guardians who, as a family and with the child, demonstrate a current active involvement
with any other Christian church for at least one year up to the date of application. (See notes 7, 8
and 9 below).

The governors cooperate with the fair access policies of the LA.

Where the application of the above criteria results in a situation where there are more children
with an equal right to admission to the school than the number of available places, the tie-break
will be distance from the school, measured using the computerised, ‘straight line’, mapping
system operated by the LA as described in their admissions literature and website. Where this

Return to Index
distance measurement results in more than one child having an identical claim to the last
available place as a result of living in flats, priority will be given to the lowest house number.

Every effort will be made to accommodate twins and other ‘multiple birth’ applications. Where the
last available place is offered to a twin or multiple birth places will be offered to the other twin or
sibling(s) as exceptions to the infant class size rule

Deferred Entry to Reception Class

The school provides for the admission of all successful applicants who have reached their 4 th
birthday by the beginning of September 2019. Where a place in reception class is offered to
parents before their children are of compulsory school age, parents may request that their child’s
entry be deferred until later in the same school year, or may request part-time attendance until
their child reaches compulsory school age. Parents may not defer entry beyond the beginning of
the term after the child’s fifth birthday, or beyond the academic year for which the original
application was accepted.

Where a parent of a ‘summer-born’ child (1 April – 31 August) wishes their child to start
school in the autumn term following their fifth birthday, the Governors will consider the request.
If parents do not take up the offered place before the start of the summer term of the school year
of entry, then they would have to re-apply for a place in Year 1.

However If parents wish such a child to be educated “out-of year group” i.e. in the Reception
Year rather than Y1 they may request this and should discuss it with the school as soon as
possible. Such applications will be considered by the governors on a case by case basis taking
into account the parent’s views, information about the child’s academic, social and emotional
development, and whether they have previously been educated out of their normal age group
In reaching their decision Governors will also take into account the views of the head teacher.

Parents should apply for their child’s normal age group at the usual time and may submit a
request for admission out of the normal age group at the same time.

The governors will respond to this request prior to the offer of a place being made. If the request
is agreed to the application can be withdrawn for that year before the place is offered.

If the request is refused, parents may decide whether or not to accept the offer of a place for the
normal age group, or refuse it and make an in-year application for admission into Y1 for the
September following the child’s fifth birthday.

Where governors agree to a parent’s request for the child to be admitted out of their normal age
group and, as a consequence of that decision, the child will be admitted to a relevant age group
(i.e. Reception) governors will process the application as part of the main admissions round.

Parents’ statutory right to appeal against the refusal of a place at a school for which they have
applied does not apply if they are offered a place at the school but it is not in their preferred age
group.

In-Year Applications
Where applications are late or in-year (taking place, for example when a child moves into the
area and therefore not part of the full round of applications), they will be dealt with according to

Return to Index
the school’s admissions criteria (above), dependent upon places being available in the relevant
class. Applications must be made direct to the home Local Authority. The school’s
Supplementary Information Form (SIF) should be completed and returned directly to the school.

Continuing interest (waiting) list

In the event of more applications than available places the governors will maintain a continuing
interest list (waiting list). These and late applications will go onto this list ranked in the same
order as the published admission criteria. The continuing interest list does not give priority based
on the date the application. If a place becomes available in the school it will be offered to the
child that best meets the published admission criteria. Parents are requested to inform the
governors if they wish their child’s name to be removed from the list which will be maintained by
the governors the list until the end of the Spring Term.

Appeals
Parents who have not been allocated a place for their child have the right of appeal to an
independent panel. At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into
their online application and click on the link 'register an appeal’. For those who did not apply on
line, please contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal pack.
For in-year applications parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in the first
instance.

Return to Index
Notes

1. For the purposes of this policy the governors use the following definitions which are the
same as the Local Authority as set out in their admission booklet
Category 1 “Children looked after”
.
2. Categories 3, 4 and 5 “home address”
The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of
application. ‘At the time of application’ means the closing date for applications.

“Permanent” means that the child has lived at that address for at least a year and/or
the family own the property or have a tenancy agreement for a minimum of 12 months.
The application can only be processed using one address.

If a child lives at more than one address (for example due to a separation) the address
used will be the one which the child lives at for the majority of the time.

If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of the parent/carer that claims
Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s main residence.

If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be

requested.

If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation

to evidence the address that should be used for admission allocation purposes."

3. Child arrangements orders are defined in s.8 of the Children Act 1989, as amended by
s.12 of the Children and Families Act 2014. Child arrangements orders replace
residence orders and any residence order in force prior to 22 April 2014 is deemed to
be a child arrangements order.

4. ‘Special Guardianship Order’ is defined in Section 14A of the Children Act 1989 as an
order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian (or special
guardians).

5. Category 2 “Sibling” for the purposes of this policy refers to a brother or sister, half
brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister or the child of the
parent / carer’s partner, and in every case, the child should be living at the same
address. The sibling must be in the school at the time of the application and be likely to
remain in the school at the proposed date of admission.

6. Applications invoking criteria 3 or 5 should complete the Church Attendance Form

which should also be signed by the Minister of St Helen’s and St Peter’s churches or
the Church Wardens at the time of application. The completed Church Attendance
Form must then be returned to the school along with the completed Supplementary
Information Form.

Return to Index
7. Applicants seeking to establish current active involvement with another Christian
church under criteria 4 or 6 are also required to complete the school’s Church
Attendance Form and obtain the signature of the minister referred to on the school’s
Supplementary Information Form. The completed Church Attendance Form must then
be returned to the school along with the completed Supplementary Information Form.

8. ‘Active involvement’ with a church is considered to be attendance over the past twelve
months prior to the due application date of a least one service a calendar month on
Sundays or major festivals. ‘Current active involvement’ means active involvement
continuing into the present term of the application, and displaying all indication that it
will be ongoing beyond the due application date.

9. “Other Christian Churches”, are those that are current participant members of
Churches Together in England or of the Evangelical Alliance.
10. The closing date for the receipt of applications for children to be admitted during the
academic year 2017/2018 will be determined by Hertfordshire Local Authority and
published by them. The date will be available from the school office. This closing date
applies to the Local Authority Common Application Form, the School’s Supplementary
Information Form and the Church Attendance Form.

11. A map showing the Wheathampstead ecclesiastical parish boundary is available at

www.achurchnearyou.com

Return to Index
 St Helen’s Church of England Primary School
Brewhouse Hill, Wheathampstead, Hertfordshire, AL4 8AN

Admission Procedure
All applications must be made through the home Local Authority (LA) (normally the one in
whose area the child lives) on their common application form. The closing date for admission
application forms to be received by the home Local Authority is as advertised by that authority.

St Helen’s is a voluntary aided school which has its own admission criteria. Parents/carers
naming St Helen’s as their first, second, third or fourth ranked school on the common application
form should also complete the St Helen’s Supplementary Information Form (SIF) if they wish
their child to be considered for a place.

Where parents/carers seek to demonstrate current, active church involvement they should also
complete the school’s Church Attendance Form. The Governors require the school’s
Supplementary Information Form, and where appropriate the Church Attendance Form, to be
completed and returned to the school in order to apply their admission criteria.

If the school does not receive these completed forms the Governors will apply the admission
criteria using the information submitted on the common application form only, which may result in
the application being given a lower priority. The school’s Supplementary Information Form and
Church Attendance Form are available from the school office and the Local Authority.
Completed SIF and Church Attendance Forms should be returned to the Clerk of the Admission
Panel, St Helen’s CE School by the published closure date.

The Admissions Panel will consider the applications according to the admission policy criteria.
Parents will be informed if a place has been offered. This will be done in accordance with the
Hertfordshire primary admissions timetable.

If admission cannot be given because of over subscription parents have the right to appeal to an
independent appeal panel.

Please note that if after an appeal a place is still not available, parents may wish to indicate by
letter their desire to be placed on the continuing interest list. However, a repeat appeal in the
same academic year will only be considered if there is a significant change in circumstances.

Return to Index
St Helen’s Church of England Primary School
Brewhouse Hill, Wheathampstead, Herts, AL4 8AN

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM

SCHOOL YEAR 2019/2020
For entrance to the Reception class in September 2019 this form should be completed and returned to the Clerk of the Admissions
Panel c/o the school office no later than the closing date for primary admissions as published by the Local Authority.

For entrants to other year groups to fill any occasional vacancies that may occur, the Supplementary Information Form should be
completed and returned to the Clerk of the Admission Panel c/o the school at the earliest opportunity and its currency should be
updated by letter, email or telephone at the earliest opportunity at the beginning of each successive term.

Child details

Surname

First name(s)

Date of birth Male Female

Address of family home No No

Post code

Date required for admittance

Parental details

Father’s surname First name Title

Telephone number(s)

Mother’s surname First name Title

Telephone number(s)

Guardian/carer if appropriate (please explain circumstances in separate letter)

Surname First name Title

Telephone number(s)

Family church involvement

Please state whether or not you are currently actively involved, in the work and worship of any Church of England parish. Please give
details of your parish church and of how long you have been involved.

Father

Return to Index
Mother

Are you submitting a Church Attendance Form in support of your application (please circle). YES NO

Name:
Details of the minister or church officer who will be
supporting this application in writing using the Church Address:
Attendance Form (please also complete this section if you
are a practising member of another Christian church – see
below).
Telephone:

If you are not a practising member of the Church of England, please indicate if you are a practising member of another Christian
church and give details.

Is the child recognised by the local authority as being a child in public care? Yes No

Sibling(s) who will be attending St Helen’s School in September 2019 No No

Name Date of birth

Name Date of birth

Please note, any other matter you may feel the governors should be aware of which could be considered with this
application should be provided on a separate sheet.

Declaration by parents

St Helen’s is a voluntary-aided primary school with a Church of England foundation. Its traditions, ethos, aims and values embrace the
principles of the Church of England foundation.

I/we understand and accept the principles, policies, rules, regulations and requirements laid down by the governing body and
implemented by the head teacher and staff as set out in the school prospectus*, changes to which will be separately notified to us from
time to time in writing.

Signed (parents/guardians/carers)

i) ii)

Print name Print name

Date Date

Return to Index
 ST. JOHN’S CATHOLIC PRIMARY SCHOOL
Part of the Diocese of Westminster Academies Trust
Providence Way
Baldock
Hertfordshire
SG7 6TT
Head Teacher: Ms A. Hanou
www.stjohns4.herts.sch.uk
Tel: 01462 892478 Fax: 01462 892683 E-mail:admin@stjohns4.herts.sch.uk

ST. JOHN’S CATHOLIC PRIMARY SCHOOL ADMISSIONS POLICY 2019/20

EARLY YEARS 2 (RECEPTION) and IN YEAR

‘Let the Light of Christ Shine in Us’

St. John’s Catholic Primary School was founded by the Catholic Church to provide education for
children of Catholic families. Whenever there are more applications than places available, priority
will be given to Catholic children in accordance with the oversubscription criteria listed below. St
John’s, a voluntary academy, is conducted by its Governing Body as part of the Catholic Church, in
accordance with its trust deed and Articles of Association, and seeks at all times to be a witness to
Our Lord Jesus Christ.

As a Catholic School we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. At a Catholic School,
Catholic doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of the School’s activity. It is essential that
the Catholic character of the School’s education is supported by all families in the School. We
therefore hope that all parents will give their full, unreserved and positive support for the aims
and ethos of the school. This does not affect the right of an applicant who is not Catholic to apply
for, and be admitted to, a place at the school in accordance with the admission arrangements.

The Governing Body is the admissions authority and has responsibility for admissions to this
school. The local authority undertakes the co-ordination of admission arrangements during the
normal admission round for admissions to the school at the start of the school year in September.
The Governing Body has set its admission number at 30 pupils to be admitted to the Reception
class (EY’s 2) in the school year which begins September 2019.

The Governing Body will, where logistically possible, admit twins and all siblings from multiple
births where one of the children is the last child ranked within the school’s Published Admissions
Number (PAN).

Pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) (see note 1):-
The admission of pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan is dealt with by a completely
separate procedure. Children with an EHCP that names the school must be admitted. Where this
takes place before the allocation of places under these arrangements this will reduce the number
of places available to other children.
Company Number: 7944160
Registered Office: Vaughan House, 46 Francis Street, London. SW1P 1QN

Return to Index
Oversubscription Criteria:-

1. Catholic children ‘looked after’ and Catholic children who have previously been
‘looked after’ (see notes 2 & 3)
2. Baptised Catholic children who are resident in the parish of Holy Trinity & St.
Augustine of Canterbury, Baldock (see notes 3 & 11)
3. Baptised Catholic children who are resident in other parishes for whom St. John’s is
the nearest Catholic School (Distances as calculated by the Local Authority
https://beta.hertfordshire.gov.uk/services/schools-and-education/school-
admissions/research-a-school/measuring-home-to-school-distance.aspx (see notes
3 & 11)
4. Other Baptised Catholic children (see note 3)
5. Other ‘looked after’ and previously ‘looked after’ children.
6. Catechumens and members of an Eastern Christian Church (see notes 4 & 5)
7. Children of other Christian denominations whose membership is evidenced by a
minister of religion (see note 6.)
8. Children of other faiths whose membership is evidenced by a religious leader (see
note 7).
9. Any other children.

Within each of the categories listed above, the following provisions will be applied in the
following order.

(i) Where evidence is provided at the time of application of an exceptional social,

medical or pastoral need of the child which can most appropriately be met at
this school, the application will be placed at the top of the category in which the
application is made (see note 10).
(ii) The attendance of a brother or sister at the school at the time of enrolment will
increase the priority of an application within each category so that the
application will be placed at the top of the category in which the application is
made after children in (i) above (see note 8).

Tie Break:-

Where the offer of places to all the applicants in any of the sub-categories listed above leads to
oversubscription, the places up to the admission number will be offered to those living nearest the
School. Distance will be measured using the shortest straight line distance measurement between
the front door of the child’s home address (including the community entrance to flats) and the
main entrance of the school. (Information provided by HCC’s computerised measuring system and
available online at https://beta.hertfordshire.gov.uk/services/schools-and-education/school-
admissions/research-a-school/measuring-home-to-school-distance.aspx

Application Procedures and Timetable for 2019 - 2020:-

To apply for a place at this school in the normal admission round (i.e. for admission into the school
at the start of the school year in September and not for applications made ‘in-year’) you must
complete a Common Application Form available from your home local authority either online or
on paper and return it to them. You are also requested to complete the Supplementary
Information Form (SIF) (attached to this policy) if you wish to apply under oversubscription criteria

Return to Index
1 to 4 or 6 to 8. The Supplementary Information Form (SIF) should be returned to Mrs J Condron,
Office Manager at the St John’s school office by 15th January 2019.

You will be advised of the outcome of your application on the 16th April, or the next working day,
by the local authority on our behalf. If you are unsuccessful (unless your child gained a place at a
school that you ranked higher) you will be informed of the reasons, related to the oversubscription
criteria as listed above and you have the right of appeal to an independent appeal panel.

If you do not provide the information required in the SIF and return it by the closing date,
together with all supporting documentation, your child will not be placed in criteria 1 -4 or 6 – 8,
and this is likely to affect your child’s change of being offered a place.

All applications which are submitted on time will be considered at the same time, after the
closing date for admissions which is 15th January, 2019.

Late Applications:-

Applications received after the closing date will be dealt with after the initial allocation process
has been completed. If the School is oversubscribed it is very unlikely that late applicants will
obtain a place. Late applications will be considered in order of over subscription criteria at an
appropriate time if there are any unfilled places. You are therefore strongly encouraged to ensure
that your Common Application Form and Supplementary Information Form are both submitted on
time.

Admission of Children below Compulsory School Age and Deferred Entry:-

A child is entitled to a full-time place in the September following their fourth birthday. A child’s
parents may defer the date at which their child, below compulsory school age, is admitted to the
school, until later in the school year. However, not beyond the point at which they reach
compulsory school age, or beyond the beginning of the Summer term of the school year for which
an offer was made. A child may take up a part-time place until later in the school year, but not
beyond the point at which the child reaches compulsory school age. Upon receipt of the offer of a
place a parent should notify the school as soon as possible that they wish to discuss deferred entry
or a part time place. Entry in September is encouraged unless there are exceptional
circumstances.

Admission of Children outside their Normal Age Group:-

A request may be made for a child to be admitted outside of their normal age group, for example,
if the child has experienced problems such as ill health. The parents of a summer born child, i.e. a
child born between 1st April and 31st August, may request that the child be admitted out of their
normal age group, to reception rather than Year One.
Any such request should be made in writing to the Chair of the Governing Body, Mr G Pearce, via
the Headteacher, Ms A Hanou at the same time as the admission application is made.
The Governing Body will make its decision about the request based on the circumstances of each
case and in the best interests of the child. In addition to taking into account the views of the
Headteacher, including the Headteacher’s statutory responsibility for the internal organisation,
management and control of the school, the Governing Body will take into account the views of the
parents and of appropriate medical and education professionals, as appropriate.

Return to Index
Waiting Lists:-

In addition to their right of appeal, unsuccessful children will be offered the opportunity to be
placed on a waiting list. This list will be maintained in order of the oversubscription criteria set out
above and not in the order in which applications are received or added to the list. Waiting lists for
admission will operate throughout the school year until the end of the Summer term.
Inclusion in the school’s waiting list does not mean that a place will eventually become
available.

In-Year Applications:-

An application can be made for a place for a child at any time outside the admission round and the
child will be admitted where there is an available place. In-Year applications should be made
directly to the school, for the attention of Ms A Hanou, the Headteacher.
Where there are places available but more applications than places, the published
oversubscription criteria, as set out above, will be applied.
If there are no places available, the child will be added to the waiting list (see above).
You will be advised of the outcome of your application in writing, and you have th4 right of appeal
to an independent appeal panel.

Fair Access Protocol:-

St John’s Catholic Primary school is committed to taking its fair share of children who are
vulnerable and / or hard to place, as set out in locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the
normal admissions round the Governing Body is empowered to give absolute priority to ac child
where admission is requested under any locally agreed protocol. The Governing Body has this
power, even when admitting the chid would mean exceeding the published admission number
(subject to the infant class size exceptions).

Nursery:-

For Children attending the St John’s Nursery (Early Years One), application to the Reception class
(Early Years Two) must be made in the normal way, to the home Local Authority. Attendance at
the school’s Nursery does not automatically guarantee that a place will be offered at the school.

The Governing Body reserves the right to withdraw the offer of a place or, where a child is
already attending the school the place itself, where it is satisfied that the offer or place was
obtained by deception.

Notes (These notes form part of the oversubscription criteria) :-

1. An Education, Health and Care Plan is a plan made by the local authority under section 37
of the Children and Families Act 2014, specifying the special educational provision required
for a child.

2. A ‘looked after child’ has the same meaning as in section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989,
and means any child who is (a) in the care of a local authority or (b) being provided with
accommodation by them in the exercise of their social services functions (e.g. children with
foster parents) at the time of making application to the school.
A ‘previously looked after child’ is a child who was looked after, but ceased to be so
because he or she was adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or
special guardianship order.

Return to Index
3. ‘Catholic’ means a member of a Church in full communion with the See of Rome. This
includes the Eastern Catholic Churches. This will normally be evidenced by a certificate of
baptism in a Catholic Church or a certificate of reception into the full communion of the
Catholic Church. For the purposes of this policy , it includes a looked after child who is part
of a Catholic family where a letter from a Priest demonstrates that the child would have
been baptised or received if it were not for their status as a looked after child (e.g. a looked
after child in the process of adoption by a Catholic family).

For a child to be treated as Catholic, evidence of Catholic baptism or reception into the
Church will be required. Those who have difficulty obtaining written evidence of baptism
should contact their Parish Priest (who, after consulting with Diocese, will decide how the
question of baptism is to be resolved and how written evidence is to be produced in
accordance with the law of the Church).

4. ‘Catechumen’ means a member of the Catechumenate of a Catholic Church. This will

normally be evidenced by a certificate of reception into the order of catechumens.
5. ‘Eastern Christian Church’ includes Orthodox Churches, and is normally evidenced by a
certificate of baptism or reception from the authorities of that Church.

6. ‘Children of other Christian denominations’ means children who belong to other churches
and ecclesial communities which, acknowledge God’s revelation in Christ, confess the Lord
Jesus Christ as God and Saviour according to the Scriptures, and, in obedience to God’s will
and in the power of the Holy Spirit commit themselves: to seek a deepening of their
communion with Christ and with one another in the church, which is His body; and, to fulfil
their mission to proclaim the Gospel by common witness and service in the world to the
glory of the one God, Father, Son and Holy Spirit. An ecclesial community which on
principle has no creedal statements in its tradition, is included if it manifests faith in Christ
as witnessed to in the Scriptures and is committed to working in the spirit of the above.

All members of Churches Together in England and CYTÛN are deemed to be included in the
above definition, as are all the other churches and ecclesial communities that are in
membership of any local Churches Together Group (by whatever title) on the above basis.

7. ‘Children of other faiths’ means children who are members of a religious community that
does not fall within the definition of ‘other Christian denominations’ (see 6 above) and
which falls within the definition of a religion for the purposes of charity law. The Charities
Act 2011 defines religion to include:
• A religion which involves belief in more than one God, and
• A religion which does not involve belief in a God.

Case law has identified certain characteristics which describe the meaning of religion for
the purposes of charity law, which are characterised by a belief in a supreme being and an
expression of belief in that supreme being through worship.

8. ‘Brother or sister’ includes:

(i) All natural brothers or sisters, half brothers or sisters, adopted brothers or sisters,
stepbrothers or sisters, foster brothers or sisters, whether or not they are living at the
same address; and
(ii) The child of a parent’s partner where that child lives for at least part of the week in the
same family unit at the same address as the applicant.

9. A ‘parent’ means all natural parents, any person who is not a parent but has parental
responsibility for a child, and any person who has care of a child.
5

Return to Index
10. To demonstrate an exceptional social, medical or pastoral need of the child which can be
most appropriately met at this school, the Governing Body will require compelling written
evidence from an appropriate professional, such as a social worker, doctor or priest.

11. For the purposes of this policy parish boundaries are as shown on the attached map and
will be applied to the admission arrangements for 2019 – 2020.

Return to Index
Diocese of Westminster
Catholic Primary Schools
Supplementary Information Form
2019 – 2020

Name and Address of School:

St John’s Catholic Primary School,
Providence Way, Baldock, Hertfordshire. SG7 6TT

If you wish to apply for a place at St John’s Catholic

Primary School and wish to apply under a faith criterion, you
should complete this Supplementary Information Form.
• The completed Supplementary Information Form, together
with all supporting documentation (see notes below),
should be returned directly to the school, for the
attention of Ms A Hanou, Headteacher by the closing date
– 15th January, 2019.

• If you are applying to more than one Catholic school or

academy you will need to complete a separate
Supplementary Information Form for each.

• If you do not provide the information required in this

form and return it to St John’s Catholic Primary School,
with all supporting documentation, by the closing date,
your child may not be placed in the appropriate faith
category – this is likely to affect your child’s chance
of being offered a place.

• Remember – you must also complete the Online Application

Form.

Child’s Details

Child’s surname: Child’s first Date of Birth:

name:

Return to Index
Home Address:

Postcode:

Parent/Carer Details
Parent‘s names:

Address (if
different from
above):
Telephone
number:

Please be sure that you have read and understood the

Admissions Policy (noting in particular any faith criteria)
as well as the Local Authority booklet, before completing
this form.
Remember that you must complete your local authority’s
application form online by the closing date – it is important
that you provide details of any siblings (brothers or
sisters) who will be attending St John’s at the proposed time
of admission. If complete information is not provided the
admission authority may not be able to place the application
within the correct criteria.

Religious Status of Child –Please indicate by placing a

tick in the appropriate box (one box only).
Criteria Tick Please specify Evidence
Provided
Box
Catholic

Catechumen

Return to Index
Member of Eastern
Christian Church

Member of other Christian

Denomination

Member of other Faith.

Catholic Parish in which your child lives:

The data on this form will only be used within St John’s Catholic
Primary School’s own admissions system, and will not be divulged
to any third party outside the school in accordance with current
Data Protection legislation.
.
I confirm that I have read the Admissions Policy for St
John’s Catholic Primary School and that the information I
have provided is correct. I understand that I must notify the
school immediately if there is any change to these details
and that, should any information I have given prove to be
inaccurate, the Governing Body may withdraw any offer of a
place even if the child has already started at the school.

Signed……………………………………… Date…..…………………

Return to Index
 ST JOHN’S C of E PRIMARY SCHOOL, DIGSWELL
ADMISSIONS POLICY
Admission to Reception Class 2019 – 2020
Please read this policy statement carefully so that you are fully aware of the basis on which the
Governors will offer places in the school.

St John’s School is a one form entry Church of England Primary School, with attached nursery class.
The Governors will admit the Admission Number of 30 children into the Reception Class during each
academic year. Admissions to Reception are conducted independently and admission to Nursery does
not guarantee a future place in Reception. Parents can request that the date their child is admitted to the
school is deferred until the child reaches compulsory school age in that school year. Parents can also
request that their child attends part-time until the child reaches compulsory school age.

Of the 30 admitted, up to 5 will be termed “Foundation” places (see paragraph A below). In the event
of over-subscription for the remaining places, the Governors will apply their admissions policy criteria
as detailed below in paragraph B. The Governors are participating in the Hertfordshire County
Council’s ranking system for admissions to maintained primary schools/nurseries. Full details of this
system are found in the County Council’s relevant literature and website. You are reminded that, if you
name this school as one of your four preferences, we request you to complete the school’s
Supplementary Information Form (SIF) in addition to the County Primary Admission Form. If a SIF
is not completed the Governing Body will apply the school’s admission arrangements using only the
information supplied on the HCC application form which may result in the application being given a
lower priority.

A child with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Educational Health Care Plan which names
the school will be admitted.

Every effort will be made to accommodate twins and other ‘multiple birth’ applications.

A FOUNDATION places will be offered to children who live in the Ecclesiastical Parish of
Digswell (see Note 2) and whose parents/carers play an active part in the life and worship of St John the
Evangelist Church, Monks Rise, or Christ the King Church, Haldens, or Digswell Village Church (see
Note 3). In the event of there being more than 5 applications for Foundation places, Children Looked
After (see category 1 below) will be given priority. Thereafter, geographical proximity will be used to
determine the offer of places (see Note 5). Any unsuccessful Foundation applications will be included
with the non-Foundation applications. If less than 5 applications for Foundation places are received, the
number of Non-Foundation places will be increased accordingly.

B In the event of there being more applications for NON-FOUNDATION places than there are
spaces available, the Governors will apply the following criteria in the order of priority of the categories
listed below (with Category 1 having the highest priority, and so on):

Category 1 All ‘looked after’ children or children who were previously ‘looked after’ but
immediately after being ‘looked after’ became subject to an adoption, residence or
special guardianship order. (As defined in the LA admissions literature and website).

Category 2 Siblings of pupils attending the school at the time of entry. (See Note 4).

Category 3 Children who live in Zone A on the attached map.

Category 4 Children who live in the Ecclesiastical Parish of Digswell (see Note 2) and whose parents
/carers play an active part in the life and worship of St John the Evangelist Church,
Monks Rise, or Christ the King, Haldens, or Digswell Village Church (see Note 3).

Return to Index
Category 5 Children who live outside the Ecclesiastical Parish of Digswell (see Note 2) but whose
parents/carers play an active part in the life and worship of St John the Evangelist
Church, Monks Rise, Christ the King Church, Haldens, or Digswell Village Church (see
Note 3).

Category 6 Children not in the above categories who live within the Ecclesiastical Parish of
Digswell.

Category 7 Any other children.

Notes

1 If over-subscription arises within one of the above categories, the places available in that
category will offered on the basis of geographical proximity (see Note 5).
2 The Ecclesiastical Parish of Digswell is the area excluding the new Parish of Panshanger which
was created in the Pastoral Scheme confirmed by the Privy Council on 24 November 1982.
3 Taking ‘an active part in the life and worship’ of the above-mentioned churches is defined as (1)
a parent being on the Electoral Roll of the Parish and (2) regular attendance (on at least two
Sundays per month during the twelve months immediately prior to the submission of the
application). A form of certification from the relevant member of the clergy team of the Parish
will need to be submitted with the school’s admission application form. In the event of a family
moving into the area and seeking qualification under this category, confirmation will be sought
by the headteacher from the incumbent of the family’s previous parish.
4 Siblings - The governors have the same understanding of the term sibling as that found in the
Hertfordshire admissions literature and website.
5 Geographical proximity is the straight line distance measurement provided by Hertfordshire
County Council’s GIS system as outlined in the Moving On/Under 11’s publications.
Where there is a need for a tie-breaker where two different addresses measure the same distance
from the school, in the case of a block of flats for example, the lower door number will be
deemed to be nearest as logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there
are two identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will be random.
6 A repeat application within the same academic year will not be considered by the Governors
unless there has been a significant change in circumstances.
7 In the event of more applications than available places the governors will maintain a continuing
interest list (waiting list). These and late applications will go onto this list in a position
determined by the criteria. If a place becomes available in the school it will be offered to the
child that best meets the published admission rules. Parents are requested to inform the
governors if they wish their child’s name to be removed from the waiting list. The governors will
maintain the waiting list for at least one term after the date of admission.
8 Applications for the admission of older children can be accepted at any time by the Governing
Body. Admission will depend on the availability at that time of vacancies in the relevant year
group. In the event of more than one such application at the same time and there being
insufficient places available, the criteria for non-Foundation places will apply. All ‘in year’
applications will be coordinated by the LA on behalf of the school, however we also request that
you to complete the school’s own Supplementary Information Form (SIF).

9 At Transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log on to their online
application and click on the link ‘register an appeal’. For those who did not apply on line, please
contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeals pack’
For in-year applications parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in the first
instance

Return to Index
 St John’s C of E Primary School
Hertford Road, Digswell, Welwyn, Herts AL6 0BX
Tel: 01438 714283 Fax 01438 712991
E-mail: admin@digswell.herts.sch.uk
www.digswell.herts.sch.uk

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM

FOR ADMISSION TO THE RECEPTION CLASS 2019 – 2020

When completed, this form should be returned to the Clerk to the Governors c/o St.
John’s School. All applications will be acknowledged within one week of receipt, if a
stamped addressed envelope is enclosed. Please note that you must also complete the
County Primary Application.

Please refer to the Governors’ Admission Policy and criteria before completing this form.

PLEASE USE CAPITAL LETTERS WHEN COMPLETING THIS FORM

Child’s Surname _________________________ Date of Birth ___________________

Christian Names _________________________________________________________

Address _______________________________________________________________

Post Code ____________________ Telephone Number ________________________

E-mail address: ______________________________

Are you applying for a FOUNDATION place? Yes No

Do you take an active part in the life and worship at any of the following churches?

1. St. John the Evangelist, Monks Rise

2. Christ the King, Haldens Please tick appropriate box
3. Digswell Village Church

Will there be a sibling in the school at the time of admission to the Reception Class?

Yes Please give name(s) of sibling(s) ________________________

No

I hereby apply for a place in the Reception Class for admission in the year 2018 – 2019
for my above-named child. I confirm that I have read and understand the Governors’
Admissions Policy and criteria.

Signed: ___________________________________________________ (Parent/Carer)

PLEASE PRINT NAME: _____________________________________________________

Title (Mr/Mrs/Ms/Other) : ________________ Date: __________________________

Return to Index
 St​ ​John’s​ ​CoE​ ​Primary​ ​School,​ ​Watford

DRAFT​ ​Admission​ ​Arrangements​ ​for​ ​2019/20

Author Admissions Committee of St John’s CoE
Primary​ ​School
Policy​ ​ Proposed

Index:

1. Introductory​ ​Statement
2. Admission​ ​Numbers
3. Oversubscription​ ​Criteria
4. Tie-Break
5. Late​ ​Applications
6. Deferred​ ​entry
7. Admission​ ​of​ ​children​ ​outside​ ​their​ ​normal​ ​age​ ​group
8. Waiting​ ​Lists
9. In​ ​Year​ ​Applicants
10. Appeals
11. Application​ ​Process
Appendix​ ​1:​ ​Examples​ ​of​ ​how​ ​the​ ​Oversubscription
Criteria​ ​work​ ​in​ ​practice.

Return to Index
 Admissions​ ​Arrangements​ ​2019​ ​for

St​ ​John’s​ ​Church​ ​England​ ​Primary​ ​School,​ ​Watford

Section​ ​1​ ​Introductory​ ​Statement

St John’s Church of England Primary School, Watford is a church school that is part of the Diocese
of St Albans family of over a hundred schools. The school has a religious designation as a Church of
England​ ​school.

The focus of the school is to serve the local community in Central Watford. It is a school that
welcomes pupils from all families - of Christian faith, or of other faiths, or none. Our admissions policy
reflects​ ​these​ ​aspirations.

St John’s Church of England Primary School will provide 420 school places for young people aged
4-11​ ​and​ ​the​ ​admissions​ ​arrangements​ ​for​ ​the​ ​Year​ ​Group​ ​Reception​ ​intake​ ​are​ ​set​ ​out​ ​below.

St John’s Church of England Primary School is committed to straightforward, open, fair and
transparent admissions arrangements. The school will act fully in accordance with the School
Admissions Code, the School Admissions Appeals Code and admissions law as they apply to
academies.

Section​ ​2​ ​PAN-​ ​Published​ ​Admissions​ ​Number

St John’s Church of England Primary School has an agreed Published Admissions Number of 60 for
admission​ ​into​ ​year​ ​Reception​ ​for​ ​2018​ ​onwards.

Pupils with a statement of Special Educational Need (SEN) or an Education, Health and Care plan
(EHC)​ ​naming​ ​St​ ​John’s​ ​Church​ ​of​ ​England​ ​Primary​ ​School​ ​will​ ​be​ ​admitted​ ​as​ ​a​ ​priority.

If​ ​60​ ​or​ ​less​ ​than​ ​60​ ​applications​ ​are​ ​received,​ ​all​ ​applicants​ ​will​ ​be​ ​admitted.

If​ ​more​ ​than​ ​60​ ​applications​ ​are​ ​received,​ ​the​ ​oversubscription​ ​criteria​ ​will​ ​be​ ​applied.

Where the 60​th child admitted is the first twin or a multiple birth the other twin or siblings will be
admitted​ ​as​ ​an​ ​exception​ ​to​ ​the​ ​infant​ ​class​ ​size​ ​rule.

Return to Index
Section​ ​3​ ​Oversubscription​ ​Criteria

Following the allocation of places to pupils with a statement of Special Educational Need (SEN) or an
Education, Health and Care plan (EHC), naming St John’s Church of England Primary School, 50%
1
of the remaining places will be allocated to “Children of the Christian Faith” following the criteria a-d
below​ ​and​ ​the​ ​rest​ ​will​ ​be​ ​allocated​ ​without​ ​reference​ ​to​ ​faith​ ​again​ ​following​ ​the​ ​criteria​ ​a-d​ ​below.

a. Children who are looked after children and those who were previously looked after children
who have been adopted or have become subject to a child arrangement order or special
guardianship order. A looked-after child is a child who is (a) in the care of the local authority,
or (b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in their exercise of their social
2
services​ ​functions.​ ​

b. Children with a social or medical reason where it can be demonstrated that only this school
can meet the needs of the child. Applications under this criterion must be supported by written
evidence from a professional such as a doctor or social worker involved in the case.
Applications​ ​under​ ​this​ ​criteria​ ​are​ ​considered​ ​by​ ​the​ ​school’s​ ​governing​ ​body.

c. Siblings of children who will still be attending the school in the academic year of admission.
Siblings include half-siblings, step-siblings, adopted or foster brothers or sisters, or a child
looked after, or previously looked after, living in the same family unit at the time when the
child​ ​is​ ​due​ ​to​ ​start​ ​in​ ​the​ ​school.

d. Children with a parent who is a current employee of the school with either 2 years service at
the time of the application for admission or who has been employed to fill a vacant post for
which there is a demonstrable skill shortage3. Parent is defined as a natural parent, legal
guardian or resident step-parent with whom the child lives with at the same address for the
majority​ ​of​ ​the​ ​time.

e. Other​ ​children,​ ​with​ ​priority​ ​being​ ​given​ ​to​ ​those​ ​living​ ​closest​ ​to​ ​the​ ​school.
This will be the straight line distance from the child’s home address to the permanent school
site. The same computerised mapping system that Hertfordshire County Council use when
4
calculating distance from home to school for school admissions will be applied. Should the

1
​ ​Children​ ​of​ ​the​ ​Christian​ ​Faith”​ ​is​ ​defined​ ​by​ ​regular​ ​attendance​ ​of​ ​worship​ ​(at​ ​least​ ​twice​ ​a​ ​month​ ​for​ ​a
period​ ​of​ ​one​ ​year​ ​prior​ ​to​ ​the​ ​application​ ​being​ ​submitted)​ ​at​ ​a​ ​Trinitarian​ ​Christian​ ​church.​ ​A​ ​Trinitarian
church​ ​that​ ​believes​ ​that​ ​there​ ​is​ ​one​ ​God,​ ​who​ ​is​ ​Father,​ ​Son​ ​and​ ​Holy​ ​Spirit.​ ​Attendance​ ​of​ ​Messy​ ​Church​ ​is
considered​ ​worship.​ ​This​ ​must​ ​be​ ​evidenced​ ​by​ ​the​ ​completion​ ​of​ ​the​ ​Supplementary​ ​Information​ ​Form​ ​(SIF),
counter-signed​ ​by​ ​the​ ​priest/minister.​ ​The​ ​SIF​ ​must​ ​be​ ​returned​ ​directly​ ​to​ ​the​ ​school​ ​at​ ​the​ ​time​ ​the
application​ ​is​ ​made​ ​and​ ​no​ ​later​ ​than​ ​the​ ​statutory​ ​deadline​ ​for​ ​on-time​ ​applications.
For​ ​some​ ​examples​ ​of​ ​how​ ​this​ ​will​ ​work​ ​in​ ​practice,​ ​please​ ​see​ ​Appendix​ ​1​ ​(at​ ​the​ ​end​ ​of​ ​this​ ​document).
2
​ ​See​ ​the​ ​definition​ ​in​ ​Section​ ​22(1)​ ​of​ ​the​ ​Children​ ​Act​ ​1989.
3
​ ​For​ ​the​ ​2019/20​ ​admissions​ ​arrangements​ ​we​ ​have​ ​determined​ ​that​ ​current​ ​skills​ ​shortages​ ​apply​ ​to​ ​Teacher​ ​posts
only.
4
​ ​Hertfordshire​ ​County​ ​COuncil’s​ ​‘straight​ ​line’​ ​distance​ ​measurement​ ​system​ ​is​ ​used​ ​for​ ​all​ ​home​ ​to​ ​school
measurement.​ ​Distances​ ​are​ ​measured​ ​using​ ​a​ ​computerised​ ​mapping​ ​system​ ​to​ ​two​ ​decimal​ ​places.​ ​The
measurement​ ​is​ ​taken​ ​from​ ​the​ ​AddressBase​ ​Premium​ ​address​ ​point​ ​of​ ​your​ ​child’s​ ​house​ ​to​ ​the​ ​address
point​ ​of​ ​the​ ​school.​ ​AddressBase​ ​Premium​ ​data​ ​is​ ​a​ ​nationally​ ​recognised​ ​method​ ​of​ ​identifying​ ​the​ ​location​ ​of
schools​ ​and​ ​individual​ ​residences.
3

Return to Index
 child live at more than one address, their home address will be considered as the address
where they spend the majority of the time. If the child lives at two addresses equally, the
address of the parent/carer that claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as
the home address. If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit, alternative
documentation​ ​will​ ​be​ ​requested.

Section​ ​4​ ​Tie-Break

If more children qualify under a particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak shall be
used by applying the next oversubscription criteria to those children. Where two children with an
equal claim on a place at the school, the tie break shall be random allocation. This will be undertaken
by​ ​someone​ ​independent​ ​of​ ​the​ ​school​ ​by​ ​drawing​ ​lots.

Section​ ​5​ ​Late​ ​Applications

All applications received after the closing date as advertised by Hertfordshire County Council (usually
the 15​th January) will be considered to be late applications. Late applicants will be considered after
those received on time. If, following consideration of all applicants, the school is oversubscribed,
parents​ ​may​ ​request​ ​that​ ​their​ ​child​ ​is​ ​placed​ ​on​ ​the​ ​school’s​ ​waiting​ ​list.

Section​ ​6​ ​Deferred​ ​entry

Parents offered a place in reception for their child have a right to defer the date their child is
admitted, or to take the place up part-time, until the child reaches compulsory school age or until the
final term of the school year, whichever comes first. Children reach compulsory school age on the
prescribed day following their 5​th birthday (or on their fifth birthday if it falls on a prescribed day). The
prescribed​ ​days​ ​are​ ​31​ ​August,​ ​31​ ​December​ ​and​ ​31​ ​March.

Summer born children (born between 1​st April and 31​st August) – St John’s believes that each child is
unique. Teaching staff will adjust and differentiate the curriculum to cater for all abilities within a year
group and meet the individual needs of each child. If, however, a parent considers it to be in their
child’s best interests to start school in the term following their fifth birthday when they reach
compulsory school age, they can make an application for a Reception place for the September after
the​ ​child’s​ ​fifth​ ​birthday.​ ​Parents​ ​should​ ​discuss​ ​this​ ​with​ ​the​ ​school​ ​as​ ​soon​ ​as​ ​possible.

Section​ ​7​ ​Admission​ ​of​ ​Children​ ​Outside​ ​their​ ​Normal​ ​Age​ ​Group

Where a parent wishes their child to start school in a year group outside their normal age range, they
may request this and should discuss it with the school as soon as possible (for summer born
children,​ ​please​ ​see​ ​section​ ​6).

Parents should provide reasons and since decisions will be made based on available information,
parents may wish to provide professionally supported evidence (if such evidence is available) to
explain​ ​why​ ​their​ ​child’s​ ​needs​ ​cannot​ ​be​ ​met​ ​in​ ​the​ ​chronological​ ​year​ ​group.

Requests will be considered by the school’s Admissions Committee on a case by case basis. ​Each
request and supporting evidence will be carefully considered on its individual merits and the
educational, social and developmental reasons will be taken into account to arrive at a decision in the

Return to Index
best​ ​interests​ ​of​ ​the​ ​child

Applying by the age appropriate deadlines will mean that in the event the request is refused, the child
can​ ​still​ ​be​ ​considered​ ​for​ ​a​ ​place​ ​in​ ​their​ ​correct​ ​age​ ​group,​ ​if​ ​a​ ​place​ ​is​ ​available.

Where a parent’s request is agreed, they must make an application, providing a copy of the decision
as part of the application. Please note that the decision to agree the request to make an application
outside​ ​a​ ​child’s​ ​normal​ ​age​ ​group​ ​does​ ​not​ ​guarantee​ ​that​ ​a​ ​place​ ​will​ ​be​ ​available.

Parents do not have the right of an appeal against a decision not to accept a request to admit outside
of​ ​their​ ​year​ ​group.

Section​ ​8​ ​Waiting​ ​Lists

If the school is oversubscribed, names of all unsuccessful applicants will be placed on a waiting list.
Waiting lists will be kept for all year groups within the school. Each list will be kept until the end of the
academic year and will operate in accordance with the oversubscription criteria defined in section 3.
The waiting list will be reordered in accordance with the oversubscription criteria whenever anyone is
added​ ​to​ ​or​ ​leaves​ ​the​ ​waiting​ ​list.

Section​ ​9​ ​In​ ​Year​ ​Applications

An In Year Application is any application for a school place that is received after completion of the
normal admission round for a place in Reception, or for a school place in Years 1-6. In Year
applications should be made directly to the school. Available places will be allocated in accordance
with the oversubscription criteria a-d defined in section 4. If there are no spaces available, applicants
can​ ​request​ ​to​ ​be​ ​placed​ ​on​ ​the​ ​waiting​ ​list​ ​(see​ ​section​ ​8).

We will co-operate in keeping with the local authority’s Fair Access Protocol for children who are hard
to place. The school will admit children under the Fair Access Protocol before those on continuing
interest​ ​and,​ ​if​ ​necessary,​ ​above​ ​PAN.

Section​ ​10​ ​Appeals

If a parent is dissatisfied with the school’s decision not to admit their child(ren), they have the right to
appeal to an independent appeals panel against that decision. The determination of the panel will be
made​ ​in​ ​accordance​ ​with​ ​the​ ​School​ ​Admission​ ​Appeals​ ​Code​ ​and​ ​will​ ​be​ ​binding​ ​on​ ​all​ ​parties.

St John’s Church of England Primary School will use the independent appeals service provided by
the local authority. Independent Appeals Panels are appointed in accordance with the School
Admission​ ​Appeals​ ​Code.

At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied online should log on to their online application
and click on the link “register an appeal”. For those who did not apply online, please contact the
Customer​ ​Service​ ​Centre​ ​on​ ​0300​ ​123​ ​4043​ ​to​ ​request​ ​an​ ​appeal​ ​pack.

For​ ​In-year​ ​applications,​ ​parents​ ​should​ ​contact​ ​the​ ​school​ ​directly​ ​in​ ​the​ ​first​ ​instance.

Appeals should be made, in writing, to the clerk of the appeals panel within 20 school days from the

Return to Index
date​ ​of​ ​notification​ ​that​ ​the​ ​application​ ​was​ ​unsuccessful.

Section​ ​11​ ​Application​ ​Process

Applications for St John’s Church of England Primary School should be made through Hertfordshire
County​ ​Council’s​ ​co-ordinated​ ​scheme​ ​of​ ​admissions.

The closing date for admission application forms to be received by the home Local Authority (LA) is
15th January 2018. Hertfordshire families must make an online application to Hertfordshire County
Council at ​www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions​. Information on completing the online application,
the allocation process and key dates is available in the county council’s 'Under 11s' admissions
booklet also available at ​www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions​. A paper form and booklet is available
(call​ ​0300​ ​123​ ​4043)​ ​for​ ​those​ ​without​ ​internet​ ​access.

Should the school receive more applications than places, it will be necessary to apply the
oversubscription​ ​criteria​ ​as​ ​detailed​ ​in​ ​section​ ​3.

If you would like your child to be considered under the “Children of the Christian Faith” category, you
will need to complete the school’s Supplementary Information Form (SIF), have it counter-signed by
your minister/priest and submit this direct to the school at the same time that you submit your
application​ ​to​ ​HCC​ ​and​ ​before​ ​the​ ​deadline​ ​of​ ​15th​ ​January​ ​2018.

SIF’s will be available through the school’s website, HCC’s website, or can be obtained by contacting
the school office. Failure to submit a counter-signed SIF will mean that you cannot be considered
under the “Children of the Christian Faith” category (although your application will still be considered
in​ ​relation​ ​to​ ​those​ ​places​ ​allocated​ ​without​ ​reference​ ​to​ ​faith).

Inaccurate​ ​or​ ​false​ ​information​ ​made​ ​on​ ​the​ ​application​ ​could​ ​result​ ​in​ ​the​ ​place​ ​being​ ​withdrawn.

Appendix​ ​1

Examples​ ​of​ ​how​ ​the​ ​Oversubscription​ ​Criteria​ ​works​ ​in​ ​practice.

Example​ ​1:​ ​The​ ​school​ ​receives​ ​59​ ​applications​ ​for​ ​60​ ​places

All​ ​children​ ​will​ ​be​ ​offered​ ​a​ ​place​ ​at​ ​the​ ​school.

Example 2: The school receives 61 applicants for 30 places – 15 applications are for the
“Children of the Christian faith” priority group and 46 are for the “Community” priority
group.

It is necessary to apply the oversubscription criteria. 50% of places are allocated to “Children of
the​ ​Christian​ ​Faith”,​ ​which​ ​would​ ​be​ ​30​ ​places.

Return to Index
However, there have only been 15 applications for the “Children of the Christian Faith” category,
so all 15 of those children would be offered a place. The remaining 45 places at the school would
be​ ​allocated​ ​according​ ​to​ ​the​ ​oversubscription​ ​criteria​ ​a-d​ ​(without​ ​reference​ ​to​ ​faith).

Example 3: The school receives 62 applications for 60 places – 2 children have an EHC
plan naming St John’s, 34 applications are for the “Children of the Christian faith” priority
group​ ​and​ ​26​ ​are​ ​for​ ​the​ ​“Community”​ ​priority​ ​group.

It is necessary to apply the oversubscription criteria. There have been two applications for a child
with​ ​an​ ​Educational,​ ​Health​ ​and​ ​Care​ ​plan​ ​(EHC)​ ​naming​ ​St​ ​John’s.

So with 60 available places, the children with the EHC plans are admitted, leaving 58 available
places. 50% of places are allocated to “Children of the Christian Faith” which is 29 places, to be
allocated​ ​according​ ​to​ ​the​ ​oversubscription​ ​criteria​ ​a-d​ ​(without​ ​reference​ ​to​ ​faith).

The applications of the 5 children who are not offered a place within the “Children of the Christian
Faith” category, are then added to the other 26, which are then allocated according to the
oversubscription​ ​criteria​ ​a-d​ ​(without​ ​reference​ ​to​ ​faith).

Return to Index
 SUPPLEMENTARY​ ​INFORMATION​ ​FORM​ ​FOR​ ​ADMISSION​ ​IN​ ​SEPTEMBER​ ​2018

St​ ​John’s​ ​Church​ ​of​ ​England​ ​Primary​ ​School

38c​ ​Estcourt​ ​Road,​ ​Watford​ ​WD17​ ​2PS
01923​ ​255017
office@watfordstjohns.org
www.watfordstjohns.org

Explanatory​ ​Note

Should the school receive more applications than available places, the places available after the
allocation of places to children with a statement of SEN or an EHCP will be divided into two groups -
‘Children​ ​of​ ​the​ ​Christian​ ​Faith”​ ​and​ ​“Community’​ ​places.

You only need to use this form if you are applying as a ’Child of the Christian Faith’ ​in addition to
making your application through Hertfordshire County Council’s (HCC) online admissions system. If
you are applying for a community place, you only need to make your application through HCC’s
online​ ​admissions​ ​system.

In order to apply for the ‘Children of the Christian Faith’ group, you must demonstrate your regular
attendance​ ​of​ ​worship​ ​at​ ​a​ ​Trinitarian​ ​Christian​ ​Church​ ​by​ ​completing​ ​this​ ​SIF.

Please print this document, complete your details and those of your child overleaf and ask your
minister/priest to counter-sign to declare that you meet the minimum attendance criteria. If you are
unable to print this form, please contact the school office on 01923 255017 or via
office@watfordstjohns.org​​ ​and​ ​we​ ​will​ ​email​ ​or​ ​post​ ​a​ ​form​ ​to​ ​you.

You must send your counter-signed form to the school address of 38c Estcourt Road, Watford, WD17
2PS at the same time that you submit your application to HCC, and no later than the deadline of ​15th
January 2019. Failure to submit a counter-signed SIF will mean that the application cannot be
considered under the ‘Children of the Christian Faith’ category. However, your application will still be
considered​ ​within​ ​the​ ​‘community’​ ​group​ ​for​ ​those​ ​places​ ​allocated​ ​without​ ​reference​ ​to​ ​faith.

If you have any questions or queries about the application process, please contact Mrs Moore,
Admissions​ ​Lead​ ​via​ ​01923​ ​255017​ ​or​ ​office@watfordstjohns.org

Return to Index
 SUPPLEMENTARY​ ​INFORMATION​ ​FORM​ ​FOR​ ​ADMISSION​ ​IN​ ​SEPTEMBER​ ​2018

St​ ​John’s​ ​Church​ ​of​ ​England​ ​Primary​ ​School

38c​ ​Estcourt​ ​Road,​ ​Watford​ ​WD17​ ​2PS
01923​ ​255017
office@watfordstjohns.org
www.watfordstjohns.org

Name​ ​of​ ​Parent/Guardian ______________________________________________________

Name​ ​of​ ​Child ______________________________________________________

Name​ ​of​ ​Place​ ​of​ ​Worship ______________________________________________________

Address​ ​of​ ​Place​ ​of​ ​Worship ______________________________________________________

______________________________________________________

Clergy​ ​declaration

I understand that the parent/guardian of the child named above has applied for a place at St John’s
Church​ ​of​ ​England​ ​Primary​ ​School,​ ​Watford.

I​ ​can​ ​confirm​ ​that​ ​______________________________________________________​ ​has​ ​regularly

Attended​ ​worship​ ​at​ ​_________________________________________________________​ ​Church

at least twice* per calendar month for the year prior to application. I confirm that my church is a
Trinitarian​ ​Christian​ ​Church.

*Attendance​ ​of​ ​Messy​ ​Church​ ​is​ ​considered​ ​worship.

Signed​ ​_____________________________________(Minister/Priest) Date​ ​__________________

Please​ ​print​ ​name ____________________________________________________________

Telephone​ ​number ____________________________________________________________

Return to Index
 St Joseph’s Catholic Primary School, Great Hadham Road, Bishop’s Stortford, CM23 2NL

ADMISSIONS POLICY FOR SCHOOL PLACES

2019/20 Consultation

St Joseph’s is a Catholic Voluntary Aided school intended primarily for the education of
Catholic children. Application for admission is made via the child’s Home Authority in
accordance with the procedures detailed later in this document. If the child’s address is in
Hertfordshire, the Home Authority is Hertfordshire County Council (H.C.C.). Responsibility for
the admission of children for whom application is made rests with the Board of Governors.

We aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. Catholic doctrine and practice
permeate every aspect of the school’s activity. It is important therefore that the Catholic
character of the school’s education is fully understood and appreciated by all families making
an application.

The governing body is the admission authority and has responsibility for admissions to the
school. The local authority undertakes the co-ordination of admission arrangements during the
normal admission round. The governing body has set its Published Admissions Number (PAN)
at 60 children for the Reception class which begins in September 2019. Applications for
Reception are welcome from families whose child reaches his/her 4th birthday between 1st
September 2018 and 31st August 2019.

For the past four years the governing body has been unable to offer places to any applicants
beyond oversubscription criterion 5. Whilst the school welcomes applications from all
categories, it is usually oversubscribed with Catholic candidates.

Please note that previous attendance at our nursery will not in any way guarantee subsequent
admission into the main school.

Whenever there are more applications than places available, priority will always be given to
Catholic applicants in accordance with the Trust Deed of the Diocese of Westminster.
Applications will be ranked using the criteria listed below.

OVERSUBSCRIPTION CRITERIA

If there are more applications than the number of places available, places will be offered
according to the following order of priority: -

1. Catholic ‘looked after’ children and previously ‘looked after’ children, who have been
adopted or made subject to child arrangements orders or special guardianship orders.

2. Baptised Catholic children with a ‘Certificate of Catholic Practice’ (as defined below) who
have siblings at the school at the time of admission and are resident in the parish of St Joseph
and the English Martyrs, Bishop’s Stortford, including Most Holy Redeemer, Sawbridgeworth
and Holy Cross, Much Hadham. This incorporates the six Civil Parishes of Bishop’s Stortford,

Page 1 of 8

Return to Index
Sawbridgeworth, Little Hadham, Much Hadham, Thorley and High Wych in East Hertfordshire
District. Boundary details are available on the school website.

3. Baptised Catholic children with a ‘Certificate of Catholic Practice’ (as defined below) who
have siblings at the school at the time of admission and are resident in the Civil Parishes of
Gilston and Eastwick. Boundary details are available on the school website.

4. Baptised Catholic children with a ‘Certificate of Catholic Practice’ (as defined below) who
have siblings at the school at the time of admission as defined below and are not resident in
the Civil Parishes listed in criterion 2 or 3.

5. Baptised Catholic children with a ‘Certificate of Catholic Practice’ (as defined below) who are
resident in the Civil Parishes listed in criterion 2.

6. Baptised Catholic children with a ‘Certificate of Catholic Practice’ (as defined below) who are
resident in the Civil Parishes listed in criterion 3. Boundary details are available on the school
website.

7. Baptised Catholic children with a ‘Certificate of Catholic Practice’ (as defined below) who are
not resident in the Civil Parishes listed in criterion 2 and 3, but for whom St Joseph’s is the
nearest Catholic school as measured in accordance with the processes established by
Hertfordshire County Council for this purpose.

8. Baptised Catholic children who are resident in the Civil Parishes in criterion 2 and 3 who do
not necessarily practise their faith on a regular basis.

9. Other ‘looked after’ children and previously ‘looked after’ children who have been
adopted or made subject to child arrangements orders or special guardianship
orders.

10. Christian children of other denominations who are resident in the Civil Parishes in criterion
2 and 3 whose application is supported by a letter confirming membership of the faith
community.

11. Children of other faiths who are resident in the Civil Parishes in criterion 2 and 3 whose
application is supported by a letter confirming membership of the faith community.

12. Any other applicants.

TIE BREAK:

If a situation is reached whereby equally ranked applications within a category exceed

the remaining number of available places, admission will be determined by the drawing
of lots in the presence of an independent witness.

PLEASE NOTE:

The Board of Governors will give top priority within the relevant criterion to an application
where compelling written evidence, from a priest or appropriate professional person, is

Page 2 of 8

Return to Index
provided of exceptional social, medical, pastoral or other needs of the child. The evidence
must indicate why the school is the only one that can meet the particular need.

Having a sibling at the school does not guarantee a school place being offered.

Parents of children attending St Joseph’s nursery must make a fresh application for reception.

Attendance at St Joseph’s nursery does not guarantee a place in the main school under this
Policy.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND DEFINITIONS:

a) ‘Catholic’ means a member of a Church in full communion with the See of Rome. This
includes the Eastern Catholic Churches. This will be evidenced by a Certificate of
Baptism in a Catholic church or a Certificate of Reception into full communion with the
Catholic Church. For the purposes of this policy this includes a looked after child in the
process of adoption and living with a Catholic family, where a letter from a priest
demonstrates that the child would have been baptised were it not for his/her status as a
looked after child. For a child to be treated as Catholic, evidence of Catholic baptism or
reception in the Catholic Church will be required. Those who have difficulty obtaining
written evidence of baptism should contact their parish priest who, after consulting with
the diocese will decide how the question of baptism is to be resolved and how written
evidence is to be produced in accordance with the law of the Church.

b) ‘Certificate of Catholic Practice’ means a certificate issued by the family’s parish

priest (or the priest in charge of the church where the family attends Mass) in the form
laid down by the Bishops’ Conference of England and Wales. It will be issued if the
priest is satisfied that at least one Catholic parent or carer (along with the child, if he or
she is over seven years old) have (except when it was impossible to do so) attended
Mass on Sundays and holydays of obligation for at least five years (or, in the case of the
child, since the age of seven, if shorter). It will also be issued when the practice has
been continuous since being received into the Church if that occurred less than five
years ago. It is expected that most Certificates will be issued on the basis of
attendance. A Certificate may also be issued by the priest when attendance is
interrupted by exceptional circumstances which excuse from the obligation to attend on
that occasion or occasions. Further details of these circumstances can be found in the
guidance issued to priests: http://rcdow.org.uk/education/governors/admissions

c) “Children of other Christian denominations” means children who belong to other

churches and ecclesial communities which, acknowledge God’s revelation in Christ,
confess the Lord Jesus Christ as God and Saviour according to the Scriptures, and, in
obedience to God’s will and in the power of the Holy Spirit commit themselves: to seek
a deepening of their communion with Christ and with one another in the Church, which
is his body; and to fulfil their mission to proclaim the Gospel by common witness and
service in the world to the glory of the one God, Father, Son and Holy Spirit. An
ecclesial community which on principle has no credal statements in its tradition, is
included if it manifests faith in Christ as witnessed to in the Scriptures and is committed
to working in the spirit of the above.
All members of Churches Together in England and CYTÛN are deemed to be included
in the above definition, as are all other churches and ecclesial communities that are in

Page 3 of 8

Return to Index
 membership of any local Churches Together Group (by whatever title) on the above
basis.

d) “Children of other faiths” means children who are members of a religious community
that does not fall within the definition of ‘other Christian denominations’ at 7 above and
which falls within the definition of a religion for the purposes of charity law. The Charities
Act 2011 defines religion to include:
• A religion which involves belief in more than one God, and
• A religion which does not involve belief in a God.
Case law has identified certain characteristics which describe the meaning of religion for
the purposes of charity law, which are characterised by a belief in a supreme being and
an expression of belief in that supreme being through worship.

e) The admission of pupils with an Education Health and Care Plan (EHCP) is dealt with
by a completely separate procedure. Details of this separate procedure are set out in
the Special Educational Needs Code of Practice. If your child has an EHCP you must
contact your local authority SEN officer. Children with this school named in their EHCP
will be admitted to the school.

f) The attendance at the school of a natural, step or adopted sibling living at the same
address at the time of admission, will increase the priority of an application within a
category only.

g) In respect of children of multiple births, where not all the siblings are allocated places
under the normal operation of the oversubscription criteria, we shall adopt the
provisions of the Children’s Services Admissions Policy. These seek to place all such
siblings at the same school. Where the final place is offered to a child who has
twin/triplets etc. applying for a place in the same school year, these siblings will also be
admitted as exceptions to the Key Stage 1 legislation. Further information is available
on the Children’s Services and DfE websites shown below.

h) The home address given must be where the child resides for 50% or more of the school
week at the time of application i.e. the closing date for applications. The address of
another relative or a temporary address is not acceptable.

Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions follows the H.C.C.
procedure of a ‘straight line’ distance measurement from the address point of the child’s
home to the address point of the relevant schools. Distances are measured using a
computerized mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is carried out
by H.C.C. and is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s
house to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally
recognized method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

i) ‘Parent’ is defined as all natural parents, any person who is not a parent but has
parental responsibility for the child or any adult with legal responsibility for the child.

j) ‘Family’ includes the person or persons who have legal responsibility for the child.

Page 4 of 8

Return to Index
k) ‘Sibling’ means (i) all natural brothers and sisters, half-brother and sisters, adopted
brothers and sisters, stepbrothers and sisters, foster brothers and sisters, whether or
not they are living at the same address, and (ii) the child of a parent’s partner where that
child lives for at least part of the week in the same family unit at the same address as
the applicant.

l) ‘Looked after children’ has the same meaning as in Section 22 of the Children Act
1989, and means any child in the care of a local authority or provided with
accommodation by them (e.g. children with foster parents at the time of making an
application to the school). A previously ‘looked after’ child is a child who was looked
after, but ceased to be so because he or she was adopted or became subject to a child
arrangements order or a special guardianship order.

m) ‘Adopted’. An adopted child is any child who has been formally adopted, including
children who have been previously looked after and whose parent/guardian can give
proof of this.

n) ‘Child Arrangements Order’. A Child Arrangements Order is an order under the terms
of the Children Act 1989 s.8 settling the arrangements to be made as to the person with
whom the child is to live. (Previously known as Residence Orders.) Children ‘looked
after’ immediately before the order is made qualify in this category.

o) ‘Special Guardianship Order’. A Special Guardianship Order is an order under the

terms of the Children Act 1989 s.14A appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s
Special Guardian(s). A child ‘looked after’ immediately before the order is made
qualifies in this category.

APPLICATION PROCEDURES AND TIMETABLE

To apply for a place at the school, parents should submit two separate forms. Information
concerning the closing date for receipt of the forms is available from the Home Authority. First,
the online Application Form (CAF) obtainable from the Home Authority must be completed and
returned to the Home Authority. This can be completed online. Secondly, the attached
Supplementary Information Form (SIF) should be completed and returned to the School
Secretary at the address shown above, together with a copy baptismal certificate (if the child
has been baptised). The SIF is used by the Governors in their administration of the Admissions
Policy.

If you do not fully complete both the online form and the SIF i.e. signed and dated with
all additional documents provided by the closing date, the Board of Governors may be
unable to consider your application fully and it is very unlikely that your child will get a
place at the school.

The final date for applications is 15th January 2019. Applications arriving after the closing date
of 15th January 2019 will be dealt with after all offers have been made.

Parents will be advised of the outcome of their application by their Local Authority on behalf of
the school’s Board of Governors, on or about Monday 16th April 2019. Parents/carers should
accept the place as soon as possible.

Page 5 of 8

Return to Index
If you are unsuccessful (unless your child was offered a place at a school you ranked higher)
you will be informed of the reasons, related to the oversubscription criteria listed above and
you will have right of appeal to an independent appeal panel. Should you wish to appeal
please contact the school as soon as possible for an appeal form on which you must list your
reasons for making an appeal. Appeals should be submitted to the school in writing by Friday
24th May 2019.

CHANGE OF DETAILS

If any of the details on either of your forms changes between the date of application and the
receipt of the letter of offer or refusal, you must inform the School and the local authority
immediately. If misleading information is given or allowed to remain on either of your forms, the
Governing Body reserves the right to withdraw the place, even if the child has already started
at the School.

CERTIFICATE OF CATHOLIC PRACTICE

Applicants applying under criterion 2,3,4,5 and 6 should submit a Certificate of Catholic
Practice (CCP) by the closing date. This form is available from the parish priest. It is the
parent’s duty to ensure that the CCP is submitted to the school in good time.

RECEPTION YEAR - DEFERRED ENTRY

Applicants may defer entry to school up until statutory school age i.e. the first day of the term
following the child’s fifth birthday. Application is made in the usual way and then the deferral is
requested. The place will then be held until the first day of the spring or summer term as
applicable.

Applicants may also request that their child attend part-time until statutory school age is
reached. Entry may not be deferred beyond statutory school age or beyond the year of
application. Applicants whose children have birthdays in the summer term should defer until
the 1st April 2020 at the latest. However these children may attend part-time for the whole of
the Reception year.

RECEPTION YEAR - SUMMER BORN CHILDREN

If a parent wishes his/her summer born child to start school in Reception in the September
following his/her 5th birthday i.e. a child born between 1st April – 31st August being admitted
to Reception at 5 years of age, they should let the school know by writing a letter to the Chair
of Governors at the time of application. Parents must then submit an application in the normal
way. This application will be treated in the same way as all other applications and there is no
guarantee that an offer will be made.

CHILDREN EDUCATED OUTSIDE THEIR CHRONOLOGICAL AGE GROUP (except

Reception applications for summer born children)

Parents may apply for their child to be educated outside his/her chronological age group i.e. a
year behind or a year ahead. Application should be made to the Chair of Governors at the time
Page 6 of 8

Return to Index
of application and any supporting evidence should be submitted at the same time. Governors
will consider each case on its own merits and permission will only be given in exceptional
circumstances.

RIGHT OF APPEAL

If you are unsuccessful you may ask us for the reasons for the refusal of a place. These
reasons will be related to the oversubscription criteria listed in the policy. You have the right of
appeal to an independent panel.

Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system should log in to
their online application and click on the link “register an appeal”.

Out of county residents and paper applicants should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300
123 4043 to request their registration details, log into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals
and click on the link “log into the appeals system”.

Appeals must be submitted by Friday 24th May 2019.

The county council will write to you with the outcome of your application and, if you have been
unsuccessful, will include registration details to enable you to login and appeal online at
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals

For “In Year” applications, parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in the
first instance.

WAITING LIST

In addition to their right of appeal, unsuccessful candidates will be offered the opportunity to be
placed on a waiting list. This waiting list will be maintained by the Board of Governors in the
order of the oversubscription criteria set out above and not in the order in which applications
are received. Waiting lists for admission will operate throughout the school year and will be
held open until 31st July 2020 unless applicants request in writing to remain on the list.
Inclusion in the school’s waiting list does not mean that a place will eventually become
available. When a place becomes available the Board of Governors will decide who is at the
top of the list in accordance with the oversubscription criteria and inform the parent that the
school is making an offer. Names are removed from this list at the end of each academic year.

IN YEAR ADMISSIONS

Applications for In-Year admissions are made directly to the school. If a place is available and
there is no waiting list the child will be admitted. If there is a waiting list, then applications will
be ranked by the Governing Body in accordance with the oversubscription criteria. If a place
cannot be offered at this time then you may ask us for the reasons and you will be informed of
your right of appeal. You will be offered the opportunity of being placed on a waiting list. This
waiting list will be maintained by the Governing Body in the order of the oversubscription
criteria and not in the order in which the applications are received. Names are removed from
the list at the end of each academic year. When a place becomes available the Governing

Page 7 of 8

Return to Index
Body will re-rank the list and make an offer to the person at the top of the list. The local
authority will be informed of the offer as soon as it has been accepted.

NURSERY ADMISSIONS

Admission to St Joseph’s Nursery and St Joseph’s Pre-School is covered by quite separate

arrangements. Details are available from the School Secretary on request.
FAIR ACCESS PROTOCOLS

The school is committed to taking its fair share of children who are vulnerable and/or hard to
place, as set out in locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal admissions
round, the Board of Governors is empowered to give absolute priority to a child where
admission is requested under any local protocol that has been agreed by both the local
authority and the Diocese for the current school year. The Board of Governors has this power
even when admitting the child would mean exceeding the published admission number.

USEFUL WEBSITE LINKS

St Joseph’s Catholic Primary School www.stjosephs207.herts.sch.uk

Hertfordshire County Council (H.C.C.) www.hertsdirect.org/admissions

Children’s Services

Diocese of Westminster Education Service www.rcdow.org.uk/education

DfE Code of Practice on Admissions & Appeals www.dcsf.gov.uk/sacode

Page 8 of 8

Return to Index
Diocese of Westminster
Catholic Primary Schools
Supplementary Information Form
2019 – 2020

Name and Address of School: St Joseph’s Catholic Primary School, Great

Hadham Road, Bishop’s Stortford. Hertfordshire CM23 2NL

Child’s Details

Child’s surname:
Child’s first name:
Home Address: Date of Birth:

Postcode:

Parent/Carer Details
Parent‘s name:

Address (if different from

above):
Telephone number:

Details of Religion
Religion of child: Catholic Other Other faith
(Please tick) Christian
(name of
denomination )

Catholic Parish you live in:

Church where child was baptised and date of

baptism: (baptism certificate required)

Name and position of priest supplying Certificate of

Catholic Practice (where appropriate)

Return to Index
 Names of brothers or sisters at this school: Name Class or Year Group

Is your child ‘looked after’ by the Local Authority,

adopted having previously been ‘looked after’ or
subject to a ‘child arrangements’ or special YES NO
guardianship order? (Please circle)

Does your child have exceptional medical, pastoral or social needs that can only be
met by attendance at this school? Please circle. (Professional evidence required)

YES NO

I confirm that I have read and understood the Admissions Policy and that the
information I have provided is correct. I understand that I must notify the school
immediately if there is any change to these details and that should any information I
have given prove to be inaccurate that governors may withdraw any offer of a place
even if the child has already started school.

Signed……………………………………… Date…..…………………

Please note:

• Where applicable parents can obtain a Certificate of Catholic Practice from their Parish
Priest.

• Applicants from other Christian denominations and other faiths may attach a letter from
their minister or religious leader, confirming membership of that faith community.

• You must complete your local authority’s application form online by the closing date. If you
do not do this you will not be offered a place.

Checklist:

Have you enclosed:

Copy of baptism certificate (where necessary)

Certificate of Catholic Practice (where necessary)

Evidence of exceptional need (where necessary).

Have you completed your local authority’s online application form?

Return to Index
 Archdiocese of Westminster

St. Joseph’s Catholic Primary School

Hertford

Admission Arrangements

September 2019 – July 2020

Ite ad Joseph

Return to Index
 ADMISSION POLICY 2019 - 2020

Applications are invited for September 2019 from families whose child attains 4 years of age between
01/09/2018 and 31/08/2019.

St. Joseph’s Catholic Primary School was founded by the Catholic Church to provide education for children of
Catholic families. As a Catholic school, we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. At a Catholic
school, Catholic doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of the school’s activity. It is essential that the
Catholic character of the school’s education is fully supported by all families in the school. All applicants are
therefore expected to give their full, unreserved and positive support for the aims and ethos of the school.

The Published Admission Number (PAN) for the reception class at St. Joseph’s is 30. The Governing Body has
sole responsibility for admissions to this school and intends to admit 30 children in the school year which
begins in September 2019. Applications are welcome from families whose child reaches his/her 4th birthday
between 1st September 2018 and 31st August 2019.

Whenever there are more applications than places available, priority will always be given to Catholic
applicants in accordance with the criteria listed below.

In this policy applicant refers to the person making an application on behalf of a child; candidate refers to the
child on whose behalf the application is being made.

OVERSUBSCRIPTION CRITERIA
Where there are more applications than the number of places available, places will be offered according to
the following order of priority: -

1. Catholic ‘looked after’ children and Catholic children who have been adopted or made subject to
child arrangements orders or special guardianship orders, immediately after having been looked
after.

2. Baptised Catholic children living within the Parish of the Immaculate Conception and St. Joseph,
Hertford, with a Certificate of Catholic Practice, with a sibling in the School at time of admission

3. Baptised Catholic children living outside the Parish of the Immaculate Conception and St. Joseph,
Hertford, with a Certificate of Catholic Practice, and a sibling in the School at time of admission

4. Baptised Catholic children living within the Parish of the Immaculate Conception and St. Joseph,
Hertford, with a Certificate of Catholic Practice

5. Baptised Catholic children living outside the Parish of the Immaculate Conception and St. Joseph,
Hertford, with a Certificate of Catholic Practice

6. Baptised Catholic children with a sibling in the School at time of admission

7. Other baptised Catholic children

Baptismal certificates will be required for the above categories 1 – 7 and a current (within 6 months of
application) Certificate of Catholic Practice will be required for the above categories 2 – 5 inclusive. Certificate
of Catholic Practice forms are available from the priest at the parish where the family normally worships, the
parish office of the Immaculate Conception and St. Joseph’s, Hertford and from the diocesan website at
www.rcdow.org (follow schools, For parents).

8. Other ‘looked after’ children and children who have been adopted or made subject to child
arrangements orders or special guardianship orders, immediately after having been looked after
Page 2 of 6
St Joseph’s Catholic Primary School, North Road, Hertford SG14 2BU
Return to Index
9. Children of families who are members of other Christian denominations, with a sibling in the School
at time of admission
10. Children of families who are members of other Christian denominations

11. Children of families who are members of other faith backgrounds, with a sibling in the School at time
of admission

12. Children of families who are members of other faiths

Either a certificate of baptism or a letter showing confirmation of membership of your faith community will be
required for categories 9 – 12 inclusive.

13. All other children, with a sibling in the School at time of admission

14. Any other applicant

EXCEPTIONAL NEED
The Governing Body will give top priority, after the appropriate category of looked-after children, to an
application where compelling evidence is provided at the time of application, from an appropriate
professional such as a doctor, priest or social worker, of an exceptional social, medical, pastoral or other need
of the child, which can only be met at this school.

MULTIPLE APPLICATIONS
Where the final place is offered to a child who has other siblings applying for a place in the same school year,
these siblings will also be admitted as exceptions to the Key Stage 1 Legislation.

APPLICATIONS IN PREVIOUS YEARS

Based on historical data, it is unlikely that applicants who are not Catholics will obtain a place. For your
information over past three years the governing body has been unable to offer places to any applicants
beyond oversubscription criterion as follows: in 2017 – criterion 14, 2016 – criterion 4, 2015 – criterion 4, in
2014 – criterion 4, 2013 – criterion 4.

TIE BREAK
Where the offer of places to all the applicants in any of the sub-categories listed above would still lead to
oversubscription, the places up to the admission number will be offered to those living nearest to the school.
Distance will be determined by Hertfordshire County Council. Hertfordshire County Council distances are
measured along a straight line between a child’s address and the School, with those living nearest being
accorded the highest priority.

CHILDREN EDUCATED OUTSIDE THEIR CHRONOLOGICAL AGE GROUP (except Reception applications for summer
born children)
Parents may request that their child be educated out of his/her chronological age group. Such requests must
be made in writing to the Chair of Governors during the autumn term in the year of application. Governors
will consider each request on its own merits and permission will only be given in exceptional circumstances.
When the application is made, it will be ranked with all the other applications and no further exceptions will
be given. A statutory right of appeal will be given upon refusal if no place has been offered in any school year.

FAIR ACCESS
The school is committed to taking its fair share of children who are vulnerable and/or hard to place, as set out
in locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal admissions round, the Governing Body is
empowered to give absolute priority to a child where admission is requested under any local protocol that
has been agreed by both the local authority and the Diocese for the current school year. The Governing Body
has this power even when admitting the child would mean exceeding the published admission number and
these children will be prioritised above those on the Continued Interest List.
Page 3 of 6
St Joseph’s Catholic Primary School, North Road, Hertford SG14 2BU
Return to Index
IN-YEAR ADMISSIONS
Applications for In-Year admissions are made directly to the school. If a place is available and there is no
waiting list the child will be admitted. If there is a waiting list, then applications will be ranked by the
Governing Body in accordance with the oversubscription criteria. If a place cannot be offered at this time then
you may ask us for the reasons and you will be informed of your right of appeal. In Year Appeals - Parents
should contact the school directly in the first instance. You will be offered the opportunity of being placed on
a waiting list. This waiting list will be maintained by the Governing Body in the order of the oversubscription
criteria and not in the order in which the applications are received. Names are removed from the list at the
end of each academic year. When a place becomes available the Governing Body will apply the
oversubscription criteria and make an offer.

RECEPTION YEAR DEFERRED ENTRY (within their chronological year)

Applicants may defer entry to school up until statutory school age i.e. the first day of term following the
child’s fifth birthday. Application is made in the usual way and then the deferral is requested. The place will
then be held until the first day of the spring or summer term as applicable. Applicants may also request that
their child attend part-time until statutory school age is reached. Entry may not be deferred beyond statutory
school age or beyond the year for which the application was made. Parents wishing to defer entry for
summer born children i.e. a child born between 1st April – 31st August should note that entry can only be
deferred up until 1st April 2020 (within their chronological year).

SUMMER BORN CHILDREN DEFERRED ENTRY (outside their chronological year)

If a parent wishes his/her summer born child to start school in Reception in the September following his/her
5th birthday (i.e. a child born between 1st April – 31st August being admitted to Reception at 5 years of age),
they should make the school aware of this by writing a letter to the Chair of Governors at the time of
application. Parents must then submit an application in the normal way for that year of entry. This application
will be treated in the same way as all other applications and there is no guarantee that an offer will be made.

APPLICATION PROCEDURE 2019 - 2020

In order to make an application, you must complete an e-admissions form from your local authority and
return it to them. You should also complete the School’s Supplementary Information Form (SIF). The
information on the SIF enables the Governing Body to assess your application fully against the School’s
criteria in the event of oversubscription. Please return the SIF (in person or by post) to the school together
with all other relevant paperwork required for your application. If you do not complete both of the forms
described above and return them by 15th January 2019, the Governing Body will be unable to consider your
application fully and it is very unlikely that your child will be offered a place. Applications received after the
closing date will be dealt with after the initial allocation process has been completed.

Applicants applying under criteria 1 through to 7 should submit their baptismal certificate.
Applicants applying under criteria 2 through to 5 should also submit a Certificate of Catholic Practice (CCP) by
the closing date (15th January 2019). This form is available from the priest at the parish where the family
normally worships or from the diocesan website at rcdow.org.uk/education/governors/admissions/

The local authority will contact you online on behalf of the Governing Body with the outcome of your
application on 16th April 2019 This information will also be available on line. Parents/carers should accept the
place as soon as possible.

NURSERY CHILDREN
Attendance at the nursery does not guarantee a place in reception.
Parents of children attending St Joseph’s Catholic nursery must make a new application for reception.

Page 4 of 6
St Joseph’s Catholic Primary School, North Road, Hertford SG14 2BU
Return to Index
RIGHT OF APPEAL
If you are unsuccessful you may ask us for the reasons for the refusal of a place. These reasons will be related
to the oversubscription criteria listed in the policy and you will have the right of appeal to an independent
panel.
Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system should log in to their online
application and click on the link “register an appeal”. Out of county residents and paper applicants should call
the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request their registration details, log into
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click on the link “log into the appeals system”.
For In Year Admissions we will write to you with the outcome of your application and, if you have been
unsuccessful, the county council will write to you with registration details to enable you to login and appeal
online at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals”.

WAITING LIST
In addition to their right of appeal, unsuccessful candidates will be offered the opportunity to be placed on a
waiting list. This list will be maintained in order of the oversubscription criteria set out in the policy and not in
the order in which applications are received or added to the list. Names are removed from the list after one
year, unless applicants request in writing to remain on the list.

EDUCATION, HEALTH AND CARE PLANS (EHC)

The admission of pupils with an Education Health and Care Plan (EHC) is dealt with by a completely separate
procedure. Details of this separate procedure are set out in the Special Educational Needs Code of Practice. If
your child has an EHC plan you must contact your local authority SEN officer. Children with this school named
in their EHC Plan will be admitted to the school.

CHANGE OF DETAILS
If any of the details on either of your forms changes between the date of application and the receipt of the
letter of offer or refusal, you must inform the School and the local authority immediately. If misleading
information is given or allowed to remain on either of your forms, the Governing Body reserves the right to
withdraw the place, even if the child has already started at the School.

NOTES (these notes form part of the oversubscription criteria)

‘Looked after child’ has the same meaning as in S.22 of the Children Act 1989, and means any child in the care
of a local authority or provided with accommodation by them (e.g. children with foster parents at the time of
making an application to the school).

‘Adopted’. An adopted child is any child who has been formally adopted, having previously been in care and
whose parent/ guardian can give proof of this.

‘Child Arrangements Order’. A Child Arrangements order is an order under the terms of the Children Act 1989
s.8 settling the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live. Children ‘looked
after’ immediately before the order is made qualify in this category.

‘Special Guardianship Order’. A special guardianship order is an order under the terms of the Children Act
1989 s.14A appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian(s). Children ‘looked after’
immediately before the order is made qualify in this category.

‘Parent’ means the adult or adults with legal responsibility for the child.

‘Sibling’ means brother or sister, to include adopted brothers and sisters, half, step or foster brothers and
sisters. A sibling relationship does not apply when the older child(ren) will leave before the younger one
starts.

‘Catholic’ means a member of a Church in full communion with the See of Rome. This includes the Eastern
Catholic Churches. This will normally be evidenced by a Certificate of Baptism in a Catholic church or a
Page 5 of 6
St Joseph’s Catholic Primary School, North Road, Hertford SG14 2BU
Return to Index
Certificate of Reception into the full communion of the Catholic Church. For the purposes of this policy, it
includes a looked after child who is part of a Catholic family where a priest’s letter demonstrates that the
child would have been baptised or received if it were not for their status as a looked after child (i.e. a looked
after child in the process of adoption by a Catholic family).

‘Certificate of Catholic Practice’ means a certificate issued by the family’s parish priest (or the priest in charge
of the church where the family attends Mass) in the form laid down by the Bishops’ Conference of England
and Wales. It will be issued if the priest is satisfied that at least one Catholic parent or carer (along with the
child, if he or she is over seven years old) have (except when it was impossible to do so) attended Mass on
Sundays and holy days of obligation for at least five years (or, in the case of the child, since the age of seven, if
shorter). It will also be issued when the practice has been continuous since being received into the Church if
that occurred less than five years ago. It is expected that most Certificates will be issued on the basis of
attendance. A Certificate may also be issued by the priest when attendance is interrupted by exceptional
circumstances which excuse from the obligation to attend on that occasion or occasions. Further details of
these circumstances can be found in the guidance issued to priests
http://rcdow.org.uk/education/governors/admissions/

‘Eastern Christian Church’ includes Orthodox Churches, and is normally evidenced by a Certificate of Baptism
or Reception from the authorities of that Church.

‘Children of other Christian denominations’ means: children who belong to other churches and ecclesial
communities which, acknowledging God’s revelation in Christ, confess the Lord Jesus Christ as God and
Saviour according to the Scriptures, and, in obedience to God’s will and in the power of the Holy Spirit commit
themselves: to seek a deepening of their communion with Christ and with one another in the Church, which is
his body; and to fulfil their mission to proclaim the Gospel by common witness and service in the world to the
glory of the one God, Father, Son and Holy Spirit. An ecclesial community which on principle has no credal
statements in its tradition, is included if it manifests faith in Christ as witnessed to in the Scriptures and is
committed to working in the spirit of the above.
All members of Churches Together in England and of CYTÛN are deemed to be included in the above
definition, as are all other churches and ecclesial communities that are in membership of any local Churches
Together Group (by whatever title) on the above basis.

‘Children of other faiths’ means children who are members of a religious community that does not fall within
the definition of ‘other Christian denominations’ and which falls within the definition of a religion for the
purposes of charity law. The Charities Act 2011 defines religion to include:
 A religion which involves belief in more than one God, and
 A religion which does not involve belief in a God.
Case law has identified certain characteristics which describe the meaning of religion for the purposes of
charity law, which are characterised by a belief in a supreme being and an expression of belief in that
supreme being through worship.

‘Resident’ A child is deemed to be resident at a particular address when he/she resides there for more than
50% of the school week.

‘Distance from school’ Hertfordshire County Council’s ‘straight line’ distance measurement system is used
for all home to school distance measurements. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping
system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point
of your child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally
recognised method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

HCC’s definitions are available online at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissionsarrangements1718 or copies

are available from the school office.
This Policy was adopted by the Governing Body of St. Joseph’s Catholic School
Autumn 2017 – to be applied to admissions during the academic year 2019-2020

Page 6 of 6
St Joseph’s Catholic Primary School, North Road, Hertford SG14 2BU
Return to Index
Diocese of Westminster
Catholic Primary Schools
Supplementary Information Form
2019 – 2020

Name and Address of School: St Joseph’s Catholic Primary School

North Road, Hertford, SG14 2BU

Child’s Details

Child’s surname:
Child’s Christian or other first name:
Home Address: Date of Birth:

Postcode:

Parent/Carer Details
Parent(s)/Carer(s) name:

Address (if different from

above):
Telephone number:
Alternative contact details:
Name:
Address:
Telephone number:

Details of Religion
Religion of child: Catholic Other Other faith
(Please tick) Christian
(name of
denomination e.g
Methodist)

Catholic Parish you live in:

Return to Index
 Church where child was baptised and date of
baptism: (baptism certificate required where
necessary)

Name and position of priest supplying Certificate of

Catholic Practice or religious leader providing letter
confirming membership of the faith community
(where appropriate) :

Names of brothers or sisters at this school who will Name Class or Year Group
still be on roll in September 2019:

Is your child ‘looked after’ by the Local Authority,

adopted having previously been ‘looked after’ or
YES NO
subject to a ‘child arrangements’ or special
guardianship order? (Please circle)

Does your child have exceptional medical, pastoral or social needs that can only be met
by attendance at this school? Please circle. (Professional evidence will be required.)

YES NO

I confirm that I have read and understood the Admissions Policy and that the
information I have provided is correct. I understand that I must notify the school
immediately if there is any change to these details and that should any information I
have given prove to be inaccurate that the governors may withdraw any offer of a
place even if the child has already started school.

Signed……………………………………… Date…..…………………

Please note:

• Where applicable parents can obtain a Certificate of Catholic Practice form from the parish
in which the family normally worships or from the Diocese of Westminster website at
rcdow.org.uk/education/governors/admissions/.
• Applicants from other Christian denominations and other faiths may attach a letter from
their minister or religious leader Confirming membership of the faith community.
• You must complete your local authority’s Online Application Form and return it to the
council offices by the closing date. If you do not do this you will not be offered a place.

Checklist:
Have you enclosed? Copy of baptism certificate (where appropriate)
Certificate of Catholic Practice (where necessary)
Evidence of exceptional need (where appropriate)

Have you completed your local authority’s Online Application form?

Return to Index
 St Joseph’s Catholic Primary
School, South Oxhey

ADMISSIONS POLICY 2019-20

MISSION STATEMENT

Let it be known to all who enter here that Christ is the reason for this school, the
unseen but ever present teacher in all its classes, the model for its children, the
inspiration for its staff.

Love and Learn in the Footsteps of Christ

St Joseph’s Catholic Primary School was founded by the Church to provide

education for Catholic children. Whenever there are more applications than
places available, priority will always be given to Catholic applicants in
accordance with criteria listed below.

The aim of the school is to provide a Catholic education for all its pupils.
Therefore, Catholic doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of the school’s
activity. It is essential that the Catholic character of the school’s education is
supported fully by all families in the school. All applicants are, therefore,
expected to give their full, unreserved and positive support for the aims and
ethos of the school.

The Governing Body has sole responsibility for admission to this school and
intends to admit 30 pupils (to the Reception Class) in the school year which
begins in September 2019 The Published Admissions Number (PAN) for the
school is 30.

Applications are invited for September 2019 from families whose child attains 4
years of age between 1 September 2018 and 31 August 2019. Parents/carers
of children born between 1 April – 31 August 2014 who, in the 2018-19
Admissions round decided to defer entry until this Admissions round, may
apply.

Over recent years, the school has been oversubscribed with Catholic children,
however, applications will be welcomed for children who are not Catholic.

Amended8November2017 1

Return to Index
 St Joseph’s Catholic Primary
School, South Oxhey
OVERSUBSCRIPTION CRITERIA

Where the number of children put forward by applicants exceeds the number of
places available, places will be offered according to the following order of
priority.

1 Baptised Catholic ‘looked after’ children’ and baptised Catholic

children who were ‘looked after’ children and who ceased to be
‘looked after’ because they were adopted or made subject to child
arrangements orders or special guardianship orders with a
Certificate of Baptism.
2 Baptised Catholic children with a Certificate of Catholic Practice
and a Certificate of Baptism with siblings within the school at the
time of admission.
3 Other baptised Catholic children with a Certificate of Catholic
Practice and a Certificate of Baptism resident in the Parish of St
Joseph’s, Carpenders Park. A map outlining the Parish boundary is
available on the school website, is displayed within school and copies
are also available from the School Office.
4 Other baptised Catholic children with a Certificate of Catholic
Practice and a Certificate of Baptism resident in local and
neighbouring Parishes 1. Maps of the local and neighbouring parishes
are available on the school website, are displayed within the school
and copies are also available from the School Office.
5 Other baptised Catholic children with a Certificate of Baptism.
6 Other ‘looked after’ children and children who ceased to be ‘looked
after’ because they were adopted or made subject to child
arrangements orders or special guardianship orders.
7 Children of catechumens with evidence of participation in
Catechumen Programme or members of an Eastern Christian
Church with a Certificate of Baptism.
8 Christian children of other denominations whose application is
supported by a letter from their minister confirming membership of
the faith community.

1
St Anthony, Croxley Green; Holy Rood, Watford: St Helen’s Watford; Sacred Heart, Bushey; St John
Fisher, Harrow; St Gabriel’s, Harrow, Hatch End; St William of York, Stanmore; St Matthew,
Northwood; Most Sacred Heart, Ruislip.

Amended8November2017 2

Return to Index
 St Joseph’s Catholic Primary
School, South Oxhey
9 Children of other faith communities and whose application is
supported by a letter from their minister confirming membership of
the faith community.
10 Any other applicants.

Where the offer of places to all the applicants in any of the categories listed
above would lead to oversubscription, priority will be given in the following
order:

• the Governing Body will give priority to an application where evidence is

provided at the time of application of an exceptional social, medical,
pastoral or other need of the child which can only be met at this school.
Compelling, written, professional evidence from a doctor, social worker
or priest must be supplied. A panel of Governors will determine whether
the evidence provided is sufficiently compelling to meet the requirements
for this rule; the evidence must relate specifically to St Joseph’s and will
clearly demonstrate why it is the only school which can meet the child’s
needs;

• next, for categories 5-10, the attendance of a sibling at the school at the
time of enrolment will increase priority of application within the category.

Multiple Births

When the last offer is made to a child of a multiple birth, i.e. twin, triplet etc.,
the remaining child(ren) will also be offered a place/places, even though it will
mean exceeding the published admission number.

Tie Break

Where the offer of places to all the applicants in any of the sub-categories
listed would still lead to oversubscription, the places up to the admissions
number will be offered to those living nearest to the school.
Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions
A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used in all home to school distance
measurements for schools in Hertfordshire. Distances are measured using a
computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is
taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to
the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally
Amended8November2017 3

Return to Index
 St Joseph’s Catholic Primary
School, South Oxhey
recognised method of identifying the location of schools and individual
residences.

FAIR ACCESS PROTOCOL

St Joseph’s Catholic Primary School is committed to taking its fair share of
vulnerable children who are hard to place, in accordance with Hertfordshire
County Council’s Fair Access Protocol. Accordingly, outside the normal round
of admissions, the Governing Body is empowered to give absolute priority to a
child where admission is requested under any local protocol which carries the
agreement of both the Governing Body and the Diocese for the current
admissions year. The Governing Body has this power even when admitting
such a child would exceed the normal admissions number. A Fair Access
Protocol child will be admitted above those on the school’s waiting list.

ADMISSIONS PROCEDURE

All parents/carers should complete the On-Line or eAdmissions Form from

Hertfordshire Local Authority and parents wanting their application to be
considered under any of the Oversubscription Criteria except criterion 10 or
because of exceptional social, medical pastoral or other needs should also
complete the Supplementary Information Form (SIF).

Parents/carers wanting their application to be considered under any of

Oversubscription Criteria 2-4 should also obtain a Certificate of Catholic
Practice Form from the Priest at the church normally attended or from the
Diocesan website at:

http://rcdow.org.uk/att/files/education/admissions/certificate%20of%20catholic%
20practice.pdf

The Priest will only sign the form if you are known to him and he is aware that
you are a practising Catholic family. It is the parent’s/carer’s responsibility
to ensure that the completed and signed form is returned to the school by
the closing date. Parents/carers should also submit a Certificate of
Baptism.

If you do not complete the necessary paperwork and submit the appropriate
forms [as highlighted within the Oversubscription Criteria] by the closing
date listed in the Common Application Form Guidance Booklet the Governing
Amended8November2017 4

Return to Index
 St Joseph’s Catholic Primary
School, South Oxhey
Body may be unable to consider your application fully and it is very unlikely your
child will get a place at the school.

The Governors’ Admissions Committee will consider all applications in

accordance with the stated criteria. In compliance with the revised Statutory
Framework, based on the December 2014 Schools Admissions Code, co-
ordinated admissions arrangements are in place with the Hertfordshire Local
Authority. Parents/carers are required to submit an application to the Local
Authority. The deadline for submission of both forms – for the school and the
Local Authority – will be listed in the County Admissions Handbook –the final
date for applications is January 15 2019. Offers of places will be sent to
parents/carers on 16 April 2019. This is Primary National Offer Day.
Applications received after the closing date will be dealt with after the initial
allocation process has been completed.

Parents/carers of children attending the Nursery must make a fresh application

for Reception. Attendance at the Nursery does not guarantee a place in
Reception.

Right of Appeal
If you are unsuccessful in your application, you may ask the Governors for the
reasons for the refusal of a place. These reasons will be related to the
oversubscription criteria listed above and you will have the right to appeal to an
independent panel. Parents/carers wishing to appeal who applied on line
should log into their online application and click on the link ‘register an appeal’.
For those who did not apply on line, please contact the Hertfordshire Customer
Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an Appeal pack.

Deferred Entry
Applicants may defer entry to school up until statutory school age, i.e. the first
day of term following the child’s fifth birthday. Application is made in the usual
way and the deferment is requested. The place will be held until the first day of
the Spring or Summer term. Entry may not be deferred beyond statutory school
age or beyond the year of application. Therefore, applicants whose children
have birthdays in the Summer term may only defer until 1 April 2020.

Applicants may also request that their child attends part-time until statutory
school age is reached.

Amended8November2017 5

Return to Index
 St Joseph’s Catholic Primary
School, South Oxhey
Waiting Lists
In addition to their right of appeal, unsuccessful candidates will be offered the
opportunity to be placed on a waiting list. This waiting list will be maintained in
order of the oversubscription criteria set out and not in the order in which
applications are received or added to the list. In the event that supplementary
information is made available to Governors whilst a child’s name is on the
waiting list that was not available at the time of original application, this will be
taken into account should a vacancy arise; such information would be of an
exceptional educational, social, medical or pastoral need (please refer to
Notes). Compelling, written, professional evidence from a doctor, social worker
or priest must be supplied. Names are removed from the list at the end of the
academic year.

SUMMER BORN CHILDREN

Parents/carers may now choose for their Summer born child, i.e. a child born
between 1 April – 31 August 2015, to be admitted to Reception in the
September following his/her 5th birthday, that is September 2020.
Parents/carers making use of this option need not apply in the 2019/20
Admissions round. However, when such parents/carers do apply, they should
inform the school of their decision, in writing, at the time of application. The
application must then be made in the normal way and will be treated under the
same procedure as all other applications and ranked in accordance with the
Oversubscription criteria. There is no guarantee that an offer will be made.

CHILDREN EDUCATED OUTSIDE THEIR CHRONOLOGICAL AGE GROUP

(except Reception applications for Sumer born children)

Parents/carers may apply for their child to be educated outside his/her

chronological age group, i.e. a year behind or a year ahead. Application should
be made to the Chair of Governors at the time of application and any supporting
evidence should be submitted at the same time. Governors will consider each
case on its own merits and permission will only be given in exceptional
circumstances.

Amended8November2017 6

Return to Index
 St Joseph’s Catholic Primary
School, South Oxhey
IN-YEAR ADMISSIONS

In-year applications are made directly to the school. If a place is available and
there is no waiting list, the Local Authority will be informed and the Governing
Body will admit the child. If more applications are received than places
available, applications will be ranked in accordance with the oversubscription
criteria. If a place cannot be offered at this time, parents/carers may ask the
Governing Body for the reasons, will be informed of their right of appeal and
offered the opportunity to place the candidate’s name on a ‘waiting’ list. For In-
Year applications only, parents/carers wishing to appeal should contact the
school directly in the first instance. [Should a place become available, the
Governing Body will make an offer in accordance with the oversubscription
criteria.]

Pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan

The admission of pupils with an Education Health and Care Plan (EHC) is dealt
with by a completely separate procedure. Details of this separate procedure
are set out in the Special Educational Needs Code of Practice1. If your child
has an EHC Plan you must contact your local authority SEN Officer. Children
with this school named in their EHC Plan will be admitted to the school.

That Code of Practice can be accessed at https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/send-

code-of-practice-0-to-25; click on the link on that page to download the Code. Paragraphs 9.78
to 9.87 (pages 172-174) deal with requests for a specific school to be included in the
Educational Health and Care Plan; the Code sets out the factors, including the necessary
consultations that the local authority must take into account in reaching a decision.

Amended8November2017 7

Return to Index
 St Joseph’s Catholic Primary
School, South Oxhey
NOTES (these notes form part of the oversubscription criteria)

‘Child Arrangements’ Order: an order under the terms of Children and

Families Act 2014, which amended section 8 of the Children Act 1989 and
which defines it as an order settling the arrangements to be made as to the
person with whom the child is to live.

‘Adopted’: an adopted child is any child who has been formally adopted, having
previously been in care and whose parent/ carer can give proof of this.

‘Special Guardianship Order’: an order under the terms of the Children Act
1989 s.14A which defines it as an order appointing one or more individuals to
be a child’s special guardian(s).

‘Parent/carer’: the adult or adults with legal responsibility for the child.

‘Looked after Child’ according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the School

Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission
Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2012 any child in the care of a local
authority or provided with accommodation by them (e.g. children with foster
parents). [Section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989.]

‘Certificate of Catholic Practice’ means a certificate issued by the family’s

Parish Priest (or the priest in charge of the Church where the family attends
Mass) in the form laid down by the Bishops’ Conference of England and Wales.
It will be issued if the Priest is satisfied that at least one Catholic parent or carer
(along with the child, if he or she is over seven years old) have (except when it
was impossible to do so) attended Mass on Sundays and Holy Days of
Obligation for at least five years (or, in the case of the child, since the age of
seven, if shorter). It will also be issued when the practice has been continuous
since being received into the Church if that occurred less than five years ago. It
is expected that most Certificates will be issued on the basis of attendance. A
Certificate may also be issued by the priest when attendance is interrupted by
exceptional circumstances which excuse from the obligation to attend on that
occasion or occasions. Further details of these circumstances can be found in
the guidance issued to priests:

http://rcdow.org.uk/education/governors/admissions/

Amended8November2017 8

Return to Index
 St Joseph’s Catholic Primary
School, South Oxhey
The Certificate of Catholic Practice form can be obtained from the Priest at
the church normally attended or from the Diocese of Westminster website at:

http://rcdow.org.uk/att/files/education/admissions/certificate%20of%20catholic%20prac
tice.pdf

It is the parent’s/carer’s responsibility to ensure that the completed and

signed form is returned to the school by the closing date.

‘Family’ includes the Catholic or Catholics who have legal responsibility for the
child.

‘Catholic’: a member of Church in full communion with the See of Rome. This
includes the Eastern Catholic Churches. This must be evidenced by a
Certificate of Baptism in a Catholic Church or Certificate of Reception into full
communion of the Catholic Church. For the purposes of this policy, this
includes a Looked after Child in the process of adoption and living with a
Catholic family, where a letter from a priest demonstrates that the child would
have been baptised were it not for his/her status as a Looked after Child.

‘Sibling’:

• ‘brother or sister, to include adopted brothers and sisters, half, step or

foster brothers and sisters;
• a ‘looked after’ child or previously ‘looked after’ and in every case living
permanently in a placement within the home as part of the family
household from Monday to Friday at the time of application.

A sibling link will not be recognised for a child living temporarily in the same
house, for example, a child who usually lives with one parent but has
temporarily moved or a ‘looked after’ child in a respite placement or very short
term or bridging foster placement.

A sibling relationship does not apply when the older child will leave before the
younger one starts.

‘Catechumen’: a member of the catechumenate of a Catholic Church. This

would normally be evidenced by a Certificate of Reception into the Order of
Catechumens.

Amended8November2017 9

Return to Index
 St Joseph’s Catholic Primary
School, South Oxhey
‘Christian children of other denominations’: children who belong to other
churches and ecclesial communities which, acknowledging God’s revelation in
Christ, confess the Lord Jesus Christ as God and Saviour according to the
Scriptures, and, in obedience to God’s will and in the power of the Holy Spirit
commit themselves: to seek a deepening of their communion with Christ and
with one another in the Church, which is His body and to fulfil their mission to
proclaim the Gospel by common witness and service in the world to the glory of
the one God, Father, Son and Holy Spirit. An ecclesial community which, on
principle, has no credal statements in its tradition, is included if it manifests faith
in Christ as witnessed to in the Scriptures and is committed to working in the
spirit of the above.

‘Christian’: All members of Churches Together in England and of Churches

together in Wales (CYTÛN) are deemed to be included in the above definition,
as are all other churches and ecclesial communities that are in membership of
any local Churches Together Group (by whatever title) on the above basis.

‘Eastern Christian Church’ includes Orthodox Churches and is normally

evidenced by a Certificate of Baptism or Reception from the authorities of that
Church.

‘Children of other faith communities’: children who are members of a

religious community that does not fall within the definition of ‘Christian children
of other denominations’ and which falls within the definition of a religion for the
purposes of Charity Law. The Charities Act 2011 defines religion to include:

• a religion which involves belief in more than one god and

• a religion which does not involve belief in a god.

Case law has identified certain characteristics which describe the meaning of
religion for the purposes of Charity Law, which are characterised by a belief in a
supreme being and an expression of belief in that supreme being through
worship.

Demonstrating ‘exceptional social, medical, or pastoral need’ for a child

which can only be met at this school: the Governing Body will require written,
compelling, professional evidence from a doctor, social worker or priest.

Amended8November2017 10

Return to Index
 St Joseph’s Catholic Primary
School, South Oxhey

‘Parish of St Joseph’s, Carpenders Park’: a map showing the boundaries of

the parish of St Joseph’s is available on the school website, is displayed within
the school and is available from the School Office.

‘Local and neighbouring parishes’: maps showing the boundaries of the local
and neighbouring parishes are available on the school website are displayed
within the school and copies are also available from the School Office

‘Home address’ is where the child resides for 50% or more of the school week.
The address provided must be the child’s current, permanent address at the
time of application.

‘At the time of application’ means the closing date for applications.

‘Permanent’ means that the child has lived at that address for at least a year
and/or the family owns the property or has a tenancy agreement for a minimum
of 12 months.

The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at
more than one address (for example, due to a separation) the address used will
be the one where the child lives for the majority of the time. If a child lives at two
addresses, equally, the address of the parent/carer that claims Child
Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s main residence. If a
family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will
be requested.

If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide Court

documentation to evidence the address that should be used for admission
allocation purposes.

Amended8November2017 11

Return to Index
 St Joseph’s Catholic Primary
School, South Oxhey
Fraudulent applications
Hertfordshire County Council will do as much as possible to prevent
applications being made from fraudulent addresses.
Address evidence is frequently requested, monitored and checked and school
places will be withdrawn when false information is deliberately provided.
Hertfordshire County Council will take action in the following circumstances:
• when a child’s application address does not match the address of that
child at their current school;
• when a child lives at a different address to the applicant;
• when the applicant does not have parental responsibility;
• when a family moves shortly after the closing date of applications, when
one or more of the following applies:
o the family has moved to a property from which their application was
less likely to be successful;
o the family has returned to an existing property;

o the family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time

(anything less than a year) over the application period;

o Council Tax information shows a different residence at the time of

application.
• When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different
from the address used at the time of application.

Amended8November2017 12

Return to Index
 St. Joseph’s Catholic Primary School
Ainsdale Road
South Oxhey
Watford
Herts
WD19 7DW
Headteacher Tel 020-8428-5371
Mrs L Payne Fax 020-8421-0568

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM FOR ADMISSION TO SCHOOL 2019-20

Child’s surname and first name:

Home Address (including postcode): Date of Birth:

Is your child a twin, triplet, etc? Yes/No (please tick)

Will there be a sibling in the school in the academic year your child
Yes/No (please tick)
starts?

If Yes, please give names of brothers or sisters who will be at school at

time of admission

Parent/Carer Details
Parent/Carer’s name:

Address:

Telephone number:
Email address:
Other Contact details:

Address:

Telephone number:
Email address

Details of Religion
If your child is Catholic, please complete the boxes below and sign the form on the next page:

Parish you live in:

Church where child was baptised and date of baptism:

(Baptism certificate and Certificate of Catholic Practice which is available from the Parish Priest at
the church normally attended or from the Diocese of Westminster website:
http://rcdow.org.uk/att/files/education/admissions/certificate%20of%20catholic%20practice.pdf
should be sent with this form.)

Church you currently attend:

“Love and learn in the footsteps of Christ”

Amended8November2017

Return to Index
 If your child is not a Catholic, please complete the appropriate box below and sign the form
Other Christian Other faith Other Children
(name of denomination e.g. Baptist) Name and address of Minister/Religious Leader
Name and address of Minister/Religious Leader Please see note below*
Please see note below*

*In accordance with the Admissions Policy, the appropriate letter signed by your Minister/Religious leader
should be sent to the school with this form.

I confirm that I have read and understood the Admissions Policy and that the information I have provided is
correct. I understand that I must notify the school immediately if there is any change to these details and that
should any information I have given prove to be inaccurate the governors will withdraw any offer of a place even
if the child has already started school.

Signed……………………………………… Date…..…………………

Please note:

• You must complete the Local Authority’s On-Line or eAdmissions Form and return to the Council Offices by
the closing date. If you do not do this you will not be offered a place.
• Where applicable, parents/carers can obtain a Certificate of Catholic Practice form from the Parish Priest at the
church normally attended or the Diocese of Westminster website at:
http://rcdow.org.uk/att/files/education/admissions/certificate%20of%20catholic%20practice.pdf
• Where applicable, a copy of the child’s Baptism Certificate should be enclosed.
• Where applicable, parents/carers should obtain a letter signed by their Minister/Religious leader which should
be sent to the school with this form.
• Parent/carers are requested to complete the School Information Form (SIF) and return it to the school by the
due date. If a SIF is not completed, the Governing Body will apply its admission arrangements using the
information on the Hertfordshire Local Authority Common Application form only, which will result in an
application being given a lower priority.
• Completion of this form does not guarantee the offer of a place in the Reception Class.

Checklist:
Have you completed?
Have you enclosed?
Local Authority’s On-Line or eAdmissions Form
Certificate of Catholic Practice (where applicable)
Copy of Baptism Certificate
Letter from Minister/Pastoral Leader (where applicable)

Application received at School Office _____________________

“Love and learn in the footsteps of Christ”

Amended8November2017 2

Return to Index
ST. MARGARET CLITHEROW
ROMAN CATHOLIC PRIMARY SCHOOL
Monkswood Lane (Off Monkswood Way) Stevenage Herts SG2 8QJ

www.clitherow.herts.sch.uk
admin@clitherow.herts.sch.uk

DRAFT ADMISSION POLICY

FOR THE SCHOOL 2019-2020

Applications open: XX November 2018

Applications close: XX January 2019

The school provides an outstanding experience of Catholic worship, prayer and liturgy.
Pupil achievement in Religious Education is outstanding.
There is a real sense of unity and purpose.

Section 48 Diocesan Inspection May 2014

“Pupils make rapid progress because they are very keen to learn, and because the teaching is highly
effective … Behaviour is excellent. Pupils get along very well and enjoy school, accepting one
another’s different views…”

Ofsted March 2013

At St Margaret Clitherow school we are committed to Safeguarding Children

Jesus lives in us, our families, our school, our Church, our world.
Jesus is our guide, let us follow Him

Return to Index
Introduction

St Margaret Clitherow Roman Catholic Primary school was founded by the Catholic Church to provide
Catholic education for children of Catholic families. At our school, Catholic doctrine and practice
permeate every aspect of the school’s activity. It is essential that the Catholic character of the school’s
education is fully supported by all families in the school. All applicants are therefore expected to give
their full, unreserved and positive support for the aims and ethos of the school. This does not affect the
right of parents, who are not of the faith of this school, to apply for and be considered for a place here.

The Governing Body has responsibility for admissions to this school and intends to admit up to the
school's Published Admission Number (P.A.N.) of 30 pupils into the Reception class in the school year,
which begins September 2019. We will accept applications relating to children whose dates of births
fall between 1st September 2014 and 31st August 2015. If your child has been attending our Nursery,
this does not guarantee admission to the school for primary education. Separate applications must be
made to your home Local Authority and the school for admission to the main school.

Exceptional circumstances are not considered as part of the school’s admission criteria.

If the school has fewer applications than places available, all applicants will be offered a place.
Whenever there are more applications than places available, priority will always be given to Catholic
applicants in accordance with the Trust Deed of the Diocese of Westminster. Applications will be
ranked in accordance with the oversubscription criteria below.

Oversubscription Criteria

Where there are more applications than the number of places available, places will be offered
according to the following order of priority:

1. Catholic ‘looked after’ children and Catholic children who were looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted (or became subject to a Child Arrangement Order or a Special
Guardianship Order).

2. Baptised Catholic children with a Certificate of Catholic Practice who have a sibling at the school
(in Years R to 5) at the time of application.

3. Baptised Catholic children with a Certificate of Catholic Practice who are resident in the parish of
St. Hilda's Catholic Church, Stevenage. The parish Boundaries are attached as Appendix 1.

4. Other baptised Catholic children with a Certificate of Catholic Practice who are resident in parishes
other than St Hilda’s parish.

5. Other baptised Catholic children.

6. Other ‘looked after’ children and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they
were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangement order or a special guardianship order).

7. Children of Catechumens and members of an Eastern Christian Church where this is verified in
writing by their Priest or Minister.

8. Children of other Christian denominations where membership of the faith community is verified in
writing by their Minister of Religion.

9. Children of other faiths where membership of the faith community is verified in writing by their
Religious Leader.

10. Other children.

Applications in any of the criteria listed above will be further prioritised according to the following:
1

Return to Index
 (a) The attendance of a sibling at the school (in years R to 5) at the time of application.
(b) The distance from the candidate’s residence to the school, as determined by Hertfordshire
County Council’s ‘straight line’ distance measurement system, is used for all home to school
distance measurements. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to two
decimal places.
(c) Where two candidates tie for the final place, the offer of a place will be determined by lottery,
which will be carried out by the Governors in the presence of an independent witness. When the
last offer is made to a child of a multiple birth i.e. twin, triplet etc., the remaining child(ren) will
also be offered a place, even though it will mean exceeding the published admission number.
These children will be admitted as ‘exceptions’ to the Key Stage One Legislation.

Note: Infant classes (those where the majority of children will reach the age of 5, 6 or 7 during the
school year) must not contain more than 30 pupils with a single school teacher. Additional children
may only be admitted if they are an ‘excepted pupil’ as defined in the Code of Practice.

Applications in previous years

For the past three years the Governing Body has been unable to offer places to any applicants beyond
oversubscription criterion X. Whilst the school welcomes applications from all categories, it is usually
oversubscribed by Catholic candidates.

Timetable and Application Procedures

Open date: XX November 2018

Closing date: XX January 2019

To apply for a place at this school the applicant:

1. must complete the Local Authority’s Common Application Form (CAF) available online from the
applicant’s home Local Authority – e.g., Hertfordshire – www.hertsdirect.org/admissions or call
Children Schools and Families 0300 123 4043 and request a paper copy).

2. should complete the school’s Supplementary Information Form and return it with the requested
documentation, being copy baptism certificate and Certificate of Catholic Practice where relevant to:

The Admissions Secretary, St Margaret Clitherow Roman Catholic Primary School,

Monkswood Lane, Stevenage, Herts SG2 8QJ.

Additional copies of the SIF are available from www.hertsdirect.org/admissions, the school’s office and
the school’s website (www.clitherow.herts.sch.uk).

If your application or supporting documentation is received after the closing date, it will be dealt with
after the initial allocation process has been completed. Furthermore, applicants applying under criteria
2-4 must also submit a Certificate of Catholic Practice (CCP) by the closing date. This certificate is
available from your Priest at the parish where the family normally worships or from the Diocesan
Website. It is the parent’s duty to ensure that the CCP is submitted to the school in good time. The
Priest will only give you the certificate if he knows you. You will need to get a separate certificate
signed for each Catholic school that requires one.

The information provided on the SIF and the CCP enables the Governing Body to fully assess your
application in the event of over-subscription. If a SIF, copy baptism certificate and Certificate of Catholic
Practice are not submitted as requested, the Governing Body will apply their admission arrangements
using the information supplied on your home CAF only, which may result in your application being
given a lower priority.

Return to Index
Late Applications
Applications received after the closing date will be dealt with after the initial allocation process has
been completed. If the school is oversubscribed it is very unlikely that late applicants will obtain a
place.

The Local Authority will write to you on behalf of the Governing Body with the outcome of your
application on or about 16th April 2019. This information will also be available online. Parents/carers
should accept the place as soon as possible.

NOTES
Change of Details
If any of the details on any of your forms changes between the date of application and the receipt of the
letter of offer or refusal, you must inform the school and the Local Authority immediately. If misleading
information is given or allowed to remain on either of your forms, the Governing Body reserves the right
to withdraw the place, deeming the application to be fraudulent, even if the child has already started the
school.

Reception Year Deferred Entry

Applicants may defer entry to school up until compulsory school age i.e. the first day of term following
the child’s fifth birthday. Application is made in the usual way and then the deferral is requested. The
place will then be held until the first day of the spring or summer term as applicable. Entry may not be
deferred beyond compulsory school age or beyond the year for which the application has been made;
therefore applicants whose children have birthdays in the summer term may only defer until the 1st April
2019.

Part-time Attendance
Applicants may also choose for their child to attend part-time until compulsory school age is reached.

Summer Born Children – Entry to Reception

Legally, a child does not have to start school until the start of term following their fifth birthday.
Following guidance issued by the Department for Education on 8th September 2015, the County
Council has amended its policy for summer born children. Children born between 1st April – 31st
August are categorised as “summer born” and if parents/carers do not believe that their summer born
child is ready to join Reception in 2018 they may delay their application until 2019. Parents are
reminded that this means that their child will be educated outside of their chronological yea group for
the rest of their school career (primary and secondary).

These applications will be processed in exactly the same way as all other reception applications
received at that time; there is no guarantee that a place will be offered at a child’s preferred school.

If parents wish to delay their application for a Reception place, they are advised to discuss their child’s
needs/development with their current early years or nursery provider. If parents wish their child to
remain in their existing nursery school or class for a further year (rather than moving into the Reception
year group) they must let their current school know before the end of the Spring term in 2018 (before
the Easter break).

Children Out of Year Group (except summer born children entering reception)
Hertfordshire County Council’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct chronological
year group, with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of individual children.
This is in line with DfE guidance* which states that “in general, children should be educated in their
normal age group”. If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year
group they should, at the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals
working with the child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal age
appropriate cohort. DfE guidance makes clear that “it is reasonable for admission authorities to expect
parents to provide them with information in support of their request – since without it they are unlikely to
be able to make a decision on the basis of the circumstances of the case”.

Return to Index
The governing body has responsibility for the admissions of this school and are ultimately responsible
for making this decisions in relation to children educated out of their year group.

Decisions based upon the circumstances of each case including the view of parents, the relevant
headteacher(s), the child's social, academic and emotional development and whether the child has
been previously educated out of year group. There is no guarantee that an application will be accepted
on this basis. If the application is not accepted this does not constitute a refusal of a place and there is
no right to an independent statutory appeal. Similarly there is no right of appeal for a place in a specific
year group at a school. The internal management and organisation of a school, including the placement
of pupils in classes, is a matter for the Headteacher and senior leadership of individual schools.

*“Advice on the admission of summer born children” December 2014

Fair Access
The school is committed to taking its fair share of children who are vulnerable and/or hard to place, as
set out in locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal admissions round, the Governing
Body is empowered to give absolute priority to a child where admission is requested under any local
protocol that has been agreed by both the Diocese and the Governing Body for the current school year.
The Governing Body has this power even when admitting the child would mean exceeding the
published admission number. Children submitted under this protocol will be prioritised above those on
the Continued Interest List.

Fraudulent Applications
The school, in liaison with Hertfordshire County Council, will do as much as possible to prevent
applications being made from fraudulent addresses. Address evidence is frequently requested,
monitored and checked and school places will be withdrawn when false information is deliberately
provided. Action will be taken in the following circumstances:
• When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at their current
school;
• When a child lives at a different address to the applicant;
• When the applicant does not have parental responsibility;
• When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or more of the
following applies:
o The family has moved to a property from which their application was less likely to be
successful
o The family has returned to an existing property
o The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time (anything less than a
year) over the application period
o Council tax information shows a different residence at the time of application
• When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from the address used
at the time of application.

In-Year Admissions
In-year applications are made directly to the school. If a place is available and there is no waiting list
the child will be admitted. If there is a waiting list, then applications will be ranked by the Governing
Body in accordance with the over subscription criteria with the following modifications: Catholic children
without an offer of a school place elsewhere (as confirmed by County) are given priority immediately
after Catholic ‘looked after children; similarly, other children without an offer of a school place are given
priority immediately after other ‘Catholic looked-after’. If a place cannot be offered at this time then you
may ask us for the reasons and you will be informed of your right to appeal. You will be offered the
opportunity of being placed on a waiting list. This waiting list will be maintained by the Governing Body
in the order of the oversubscription criteria as above and not in the order in which the applications are
received. Names are removed from the list at the end of each academic year. When a place becomes
available the Governing Body will confirm who is at the top of the list so that an offer can be made. The
Local Authority will be informed of the offer as soon as it has been accepted.

Return to Index
Pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan (EHC)
The admission of children with an Education Health and Care Plan (EHC) is dealt with by a completely
separate procedure. (This used to be called a Statement of Special Education Needs). Details of this
separate procedure are set out in the Special Educational Needs Code of Practice. If your child has an
EHC plan you must contact your Local Authority SEN officer. Children with this school named in the
EHC Plan will be admitted as part of the school’s PAN but before the oversubscription criteria are used.

Right of Appeal
If you are unsuccessful you may ask for the reasons for the refusal of a place and you will have the
right of appeal to an independent panel. Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s
online system should log in to their online application and click on the link “register an appeal”. Out of
county residents and paper applicants should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to
request their registration details and log into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click on the
link “log into the appeals system”.

For In Year Admissions, we will write to you with the outcome of your application and if you have been
unsuccessful, we will include registration details to enable you to login and appeal online
at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals”

Waiting List
In addition to their right of appeal, unsuccessful candidates will be offered the opportunity to be placed
on a waiting list. This list will be maintained in the order of the oversubscription criteria set out in the
policy and not in the order in which applications are received or added to the list. A letter will be sent to
the Applicant in the summer term requesting confirmation that the candidate wishes to stay on the
waiting list. If confirmation is not received in writing, the candidate’s name will be removed at the end of
the academic year. When a place becomes available the Governing Body will confirm who is at the top
of the list so an offer can be made. The applicant must accept the place and start at the school within
two school weeks of the offer being made. Failure to do so may result in the offer being retracted. The
waiting list will remain open until the end of the academic year.

Definitions
‘Adopted’ child is any child who has been formally adopted, having previously been in care and whose
parent/guardian can give proof of this.

‘Applicant’ refers to the parent/guardian with legal responsibility applying for a place

‘Candidate’ refers to the child for whom an application is made

‘Candidate’s residence’ must be the candidate’s current permanent address at the time of application.
‘At the time of application’ means the closing date for applications. “Permanent” means that the
candidate has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the family own and reside at the property or
have a tenancy agreement for a minimum of 12 months. The application can only be processed using
one address. If a candidate lives at more than one address (for example due to a separation) the
address used will be the one which the Candidate lives at for the majority of the time. If a candidate lives
at two addresses equally, the address of the parent/carer that claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will
be considered as the candidate’s main residence. If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit,
alternative documentation will be requested. If a candidate’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers
should provide court documentation to evidence the address that should be used for admission
allocation purposes.

‘Catechumen’ means a child who is a member of the catechumenate of a Catholic Church. This will be
evidenced by a Certificate of Reception into the Order of Catechumens for a child aged 7 or over. For a
child under 7 years of age it will be the certificate of the parent.

‘Catholic’ means a member of a Church in full communion with the See of Rome. This includes the
Eastern Catholic Churches. This will normally be evidenced by a Certificate of Baptism in a Catholic
Church or a Certificate of Reception into the full communion with the Catholic Church.
5

Return to Index
‘Certificate of Catholic Practice’ means a certificate issued by the family’s parish priest (or the priest in
charge of the church where the family attends Mass) in the form laid down by the Bishops’ Conference of
England and Wales. It will be issued if the priest is satisfied that at least one Catholic parent or carer
(along with the child, if he or she is over seven years old) have (except when it was impossible to do so)
attended Mass on Sundays and holy days of obligation for at least five years (or, in the case of the child,
since the age of seven, if shorter). It will also be issued when the practice has been continuous since
being received into the Church if that occurred less than five years ago. It is expected that most
Certificates will be issued on the basis of attendance. A Certificate may also be issued by the priest
when attendance is interrupted by exceptional circumstances which excuse from the obligation to attend
on that occasion or occasions. Further details of these circumstances can be found in the guidance
issued to priests http://rcdow.org.uk/education/governors/admissions/

‘Child Arrangements Order’ is an Order as defined in s8 of the Children Act 1989 as amended by s12
of the Children’s and Families Act 2014. Any residence order in force prior to 22nd April 2014 is deemed
to be a child arrangements order

‘Christian’ for the purpose of this policy, means a member of one of the Churches affiliated to ‘Churches
Together in Britain and Ireland’

‘Children of other Christian denominations’ means: children who belong to other churches and
ecclesial communities which, acknowledging God’s revelation in Christ, confess the Lord Jesus Christ as
God and Saviour according to the Scriptures, and, in obedience to God’s will and in the power of the
Holy Spirit commit themselves: to seek a deepening of their communion with Christ and with one another
in the Church, which is his body; and to fulfil their mission to proclaim the Gospel by common witness
and service in the world to the glory of the one God, Father, Son and Holy Spirit. An ecclesial community
which on principle has no credal statements in its tradition, is included if it manifests faith in Christ as
witnessed to in the Scriptures and is committed to working in the spirit of the above.
All members of Churches Together in England and of CYTÛN are deemed to be included in the above
definition, as are all other churches and ecclesial communities that are in membership of any local
Churches Together Group (by whatever title) on the above basis.

‘Children of other faiths’ means children who are members of a religious community that does not fall
within the definition of ‘other Christian denominations’ and which falls within the definition of a religion for
the purposes of charity law. The Charities Act 2011 defines religion to include:
• A religion which involves belief in more than one God, and
• A religion which does not involve belief in a God.

‘Distances’ from the candidate’s residence to the school as determined by Hertfordshire County
Council’s ‘straight line’ distance measurement system is used for all home to school distance
measurements. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to two decimal places.
The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the
address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying
the location of schools and individual residences.

‘Eastern Christian Church’ Includes Orthodox Churches, and is normally evidenced by a Certificate of
Baptism or Reception from the authorities of that Church.

‘Looked After Children (same as Children Looked After)’ has the same meaning as in S.22 of the
Children Act 1989, and means any child in the care of a Local Authority or provided with accommodation
by them (e.g. children with foster parents at the time of making an application to the school).

‘Parent’ means the adult or adults with legal responsibility for the child.

‘Parish Boundaries’, for the purposes of this Policy, parish boundaries are shown on the attached map
and are available on the school’s website.

‘Sibling’ is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of the

Return to Index
parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after 1 and in every case living
permanently 2 in a placement within the home as part of the family household from Monday to Friday at
the time of this application. A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger
child starts. If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no sibling

‘Special Guardianship Order’ is an order under the terms of the Children Act 1989 s.14A appointing
one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian(s). This applies to children who were looked after
up until this order was made. Children looked after immediately before the order is made qualify in this
category.

1
Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a Special Guardianship Order or Child
Arrangements Order. This definition was amended following a determination by the OSA in August 2014.
2
A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for example a child who usually
lives with one parent but has temporarily moved, or a looked after child in a respite placement or very short term or
bridging foster placement.

Return to Index
ST. MARGARET CLITHEROW
ROMAN CATHOLIC PRIMARY SCHOOL

APPENDIX 1
St Hilda’s parish boundary, 9 Breakspear, Stevenage, Herts SG2 9SQ

Barnett’s Street Plan of Stevenage, Copyright – G.I. Barnett & Son Ltd Licence No. 398861

Return to Index
 St Margaret Clitherow RC Primary School
Monkswood Lane, Stevenage, Hertfordshire SG2 8QJ

Diocese of Westminster
Catholic Primary Schools
School Supplementary Information Form
2019/2020

Child’s Details

Child’s surname:

Child’s first name:

Home Address:

Postcode:
Date of Birth:
Parent/Carer Details
Parent‘s name:

Address (if different from above):

Telephone number:
Details of Religion
Religion of child: Catholic Other Other faith
(Please tick) Christian
(name of
denomination )

Catholic Parish you live in:

Church where child was baptised and date of

baptism: (baptism certificate required)

Name and position of priest providing Certificate of

Catholic Practice or religious leader supplying
letter confirming membership of the faith
community (where appropriate) :

Return to Index
I confirm that I have read and understood the Admissions Policy and that the
information I have provided is correct. I understand that I must notify the school
immediately if there is any change to these details and that should any information I
have given prove to be inaccurate that the governors may withdraw any offer of a
place even if the child has already started school.

Signed……………………………………… Date…..…………………

Please note:

• Where applicable parents can obtain a Certificate of Catholic Practice from your Priest or
from the Diocese of Westminster website.

• Applicants from other Christian denominations and other faiths may attach a letter from
their minister or religious leader, confirming membership of that faith community.

• You must complete your local authority’s Application Form online by the closing date. If
you do not do this you will not be offered a place.

Checklist

Have you enclosed:

Copy Baptism Certificate

Certificate of Catholic Practice (where necessary)

Have you completed your local authority’s Common Application form?

Return to Index
ST MARY’S CATHOLIC SCHOOL
Windhill, Bishop’s Stortford
Hertfordshire CM23 2NQ

ADMISSIONS POLICY – 2019-20

St Mary’s is a Catholic School founded by the Catholic Church to meet the educational needs of Catholic
children aged 11-18. It is a comprehensive school with five forms of entry. It is an all ability school and children
will be admitted without reference to their aptitude or ability. As a Catholic school, we aim to provide a Catholic
education for all our pupils. At a Catholic school, Catholic doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of the
school’s activity. It is essential that the Catholic character of the school’s education be fully supported by all
families in the school. All applicants are therefore expected to give their full, unreserved and positive support
for the aims and ethos of the school.

The school’s Published Admissions Number (PAN) is 158. This number is determined by reference to the
actual teaching accommodation available. The governing body is not able to offer any further places. Where
the number of applications exceed the number of places available, the oversubscription criteria listed after
these notes will be used.

Application Procedure:
All applicants must complete an online application form which is available online from the local authority
website in which the family is resident. Paper forms may also be obtained from the local authority. In addition,
applicants should complete St Mary’s Supplementary Information Form (SIF) which is supplied in the
application pack. The SIF is also obtainable from your local authority website. The online or paper local
st
authority form must be completed and submitted to the local authority by 31 October 2018. The
Supplementary Information Form (SIF) is available from the school (in the application pack) or the local
st
authority and should be completed and returned to the school by the 31 October 2018. If you do not complete
both the online or paper form and the SIF and return them by the closing date, the governing body may be
unable to consider your application against the oversubscription criteria and it is very unlikely that your child will
get a place at the school. Late applications will be considered after the initial allocation process has been
completed. Hertfordshire’s admission website can be found at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions.

Applications for criterion 1 must be accompanied by written proof of the child’s status from the appropriate
authority. Those wishing to be considered under criterion 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 should also provide the School with a
copy of the child’s baptismal certificate. If the certificate is not available, applicants should indicate in writing the
reasons for this being the case.
st
Your local authority will contact you on behalf of the governing body with the outcome of your application on 1
March 2019 and the information will also be available on line. You should indicate your acceptance of the place
as soon as possible.

Tie Break: In cases where there are more applicants in any criterion than there are places available, the places
will be offered to those living nearest the school, as measured using the home-school measurement system
used by Hertfordshire County Council as outlined in the County’s admission arrangements and application
literature for 2019 (see note h), subject to the proportional distribution in Criterion 4 among the three designated
areas. If one sibling from a multiple birth gains a place, the other(s) will be admitted automatically, even if this
means the published admission number will be exceeded. Similarly if two children were eligible for the last
place and they lived the same distance from the school, both would be admitted. In the case of a number of
addresses in a block with the same geographical reference, priority will be given to those nearest to the main
entrance of the block.

Where the Supplementary Information Form is not completed by the applicant, or where the required
documentation is not provided, the application will be dealt with under the lowest criterion.

All procedures must be completed within the published time limits. Late applications will be processed using
the procedures published by Hertfordshire County Council in its published information. The governing body
cannot be held responsible for any delays in submitting applications or responding to the offer of a place. The
governors may withdraw the offer of a place in any of the following circumstances:
 the place is not accepted within the prescribed time scale;
 in the case of fraud or the deliberate supply of misleading information;
 supporting documentation is not supplied within the prescribed time scale.

Return to Index
Kindly read the notes that are integral with the criteria (they are printed after them).

You are hereby advised that in the event that you do not gain admission, you have the right of appeal under the
School Standards & Framework Act 1998 (as amended by the Education Act 2002). If you wish to exercise that
right, you should contact your local authority. Information concerning the Appeals Procedure will be sent out to
those who are unsuccessful in obtaining a place. The school maintains a continuing interest list, ranked
according to the published criteria, and places will be offered as and when vacancies occur. The continuing
interest list will remain open for twelve months following the normal date of admission. If you wish your child’s
name to stay on the continuing interest list beyond that date you must apply to the school in writing before the
twelve month periods expires.

CRITERIA (ORDER OF PRIORITY IN THE EVENT OF OVERSUBSCRIPTION):

When the number of applicants exceeds the admission number, offers of places are made using the following
criteria in order of priority:

1 Baptised Catholic Looked After Children and Baptised Catholic children who have been adopted (or made
subject to child arrangements orders, or special guardianship orders) immediately following having been
looked after.

2 Baptised Catholic applicants who have provided a Certificate of Catholic Baptism and who have a sibling
who attends the school at the time of application.

3 Baptised Catholic children of staff who have been in employment at the school for 2 years at the time of
application, or 1 year if there is a demonstrable and acknowledged skill shortage. The child must live at the
same address as the member of staff.

4 A Baptised Catholic child with no sibling connection, in the following proportions:

 45% of the remaining places to those living in the Catholic Parish of Bishop’s Stortford which consists of
the six Civil Parishes of Bishop's Stortford, Thorley, Little Hadham, Much Hadham, Sawbridgeworth,
and High Wych.
 40% of the remaining places to those living in other parts of the Lea Valley Deanery
 15% of the remaining places to those living in the Catholic parishes that are based in Dunmow,
Bardfield and Thaxted, Saffron Walden and Stansted.
These areas are defined in the maps which accompany these criteria. They can be found at
http://www.stmarys.net/admissions/
If any of the three designated areas is under-subscribed, the places will be redistributed among the
designated areas in the relative proportions above, before any offers are made to applicants in Criterion 5.

5 Any other Baptised Catholic applicant.

6 Any other Looked After Children and non-Catholic children who have been adopted (or made subject to
child arrangements orders or special guardianship orders, immediately after having been looked after.

7 Any applicant who is a catechumen or a baptised member of an Eastern Christian Church.

8 Any non-Catholic children of staff who have been in employment at the school for 2 years at the time of
application, or 1 year if there is a demonstrable and acknowledged skill shortage. The child must live at the
same address as the member of staff.

9 Any other non-Catholic applicant with a sibling who attends the school.

10 Any applicant who is a Christian of another Christian denomination. Evidence of belonging is simply
provided by a signed letter from the relevant Minister confirming the child belongs to that church.

11 Any other applicant.

Return to Index
NOTES:

(a) Catholic means a member of a Church in full communion with the See of Rome. This includes the
Eastern Catholic Churches. This will normally be evidenced by a certificate of baptism in a Catholic
Church. For the purposes of this Policy it also includes a “looked after” child who is in the process of
adoption by a Catholic family. Family is defined as those who live at the residential address of the
parent or legal guardians who are submitting an application for a place on behalf of a child.
‘Catechumen’ means a child who is a member of the catechumenate of a Catholic Church. This will
normally be evidenced by a Certificate of Reception into the Order of Catechumens. ‘Eastern
Christian Church’ includes Orthodox Churches, and is normally evidenced by a Certificate of Baptism
or Reception from the authorities of that Church. ‘Christian’ for the purposes of this policy, means a
member of one of the Churches affiliated to ‘Churches Together in Britain and Ireland’.
(b) Certificate of Baptism means a certificate of Baptism in a Catholic church (or if the applicant was
baptised in another Christian church and has been received into full communion with the Catholic
Church, the certificate of Reception or a letter from a Catholic priest giving evidence of reception into
full communion).
(c) To qualify as a Sibling, the child needs to be a brother or sister which includes step brothers and step
sisters, half brothers and sisters, or adopted brothers and sisters, who live at the same home as the
child at the time of application. “At the time of application” means that the sibling must actually be on
the roll of St Mary’s Catholic School at the school, or have been offered a place but not yet started at
the school. Residential address is defined as where the child lives for more than 50% of the school
week.
(d) The admission of pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan is dealt with by a completely separate
procedure. This procedure is integral to the making and maintaining of the plans by the pupil’s home
Local Education Authority. Details of this separate procedure are set out in the Special Educational
Needs Code of Practice. ‘Under the Education Act 1996 the governors are obliged by law to admit any
child with an Educational and Health Care Plan where this school is named in the Plan.’
(e) This Admissions Policy applies only to admissions in the academic year beginning in September 2019
and ending in July 2020. Admissions policies are subject to annual review by the governing body.
Consequently no assurance is given or implied that this policy will continue wholly or in part beyond
July 2020.
(f) For the academic year 2017/18, governors were pleased to offer places to criteria 11 of the policy in
place at the time.
(g) In addition to their right of appeal, unsuccessful applicants will be offered the opportunity to be placed
on a continuing interest list. This list will be maintained by the Governing Body’s Admissions
Committee; the list will follow the order of the oversubscription criteria set out above and not the order
in which applications are received or added to the list. Parents must apply in writing if they wish their
application to remain on the List. The Governing Body’s Admission Committee meets twice a term to
review the list and any new applications, and to admit pupils where a place becomes available.
(h) Distance measuring is carried out using the home-school measurement system used by Hertfordshire
County Council as outlined in the County’s admission arrangements and application literature for the
year of application: Home to school distances for admission allocation purposes will be measured along
a straight line between a child’s address and the relevant school or academy. Distances are measured
using a computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the
AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the address point of the school.
AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the location of schools and
individual residences. This is an objective method of measuring home to school distances consistently
when applying admission rules. It does not take into account the actual or expected route a child will
travel to school. a different method of measurement, using roads and pathways, is used for considering
home to school transport entitlement. Where there is a need for a tiebreak where two different
addresses measure the same distance from a school, in the case of a block of flats for example, the
lower door number will be deemed nearest as logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore
closer. If there are two identical distance measurements for different addresses of separate applicants
not within the same block (which is dealt with above), the tiebreak will be random allocation. Further
details can be found on www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions
(i) An incomplete application is one where sections of the admission form have not been completed and/or
the requested supporting documentation has not been provided.
(j) A late application is one where the Common Application Form (CAF) fails to be submitted to the
applicant’s Local Authority by 31/10/18. The Supplementary Information Form (SIF) should be
submitted by the same date(s). If the SIF is not submitted to the school until after the allocation of
places has begun, then the application will fall into criterion 11. Applications received after 31/10/18 will
be dealt with after all initial offers have been made.
(k) Fair Access Protocols: The school is committed to taking its fair share of children who are vulnerable
and/or hard to place, as set out in locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal admissions

Return to Index
 round the governing body is empowered to give absolute priority to a child where admission is
requested under any local protocol that has been agreed by both the Diocese and the Local Authority
for the current school year. The governing body has this power even when admitting the child would
mean exceeding the published admission number.
(l) In-Year Admissions: Applications for In-Year admissions are made directly to the school. If a place is
available and there is no continuing interest list, the child will be admitted. If more applications are
received than there are places available then applications will be ranked by the governing body in
accordance with the oversubscription criteria above. If a place cannot be offered at this time then you
may ask us for the reasons and you will be informed of your right of appeal. You will be offered the
opportunity of being placed on the continuing interest list. This continuing interest list will be maintained
by the governing body in the order of the oversubscription criteria and not in the order in which the
applications are received. Names are removed from the list at the end of each academic year. When a
place becomes available the governing body will re-rank the list and make an offer (see above).
(m) ‘Looked after child’ has the same meaning as in Section 22 of the Children Act 1989, and means any
child in the care of a local authority or provided with accommodation by them (e.g. children with foster
parents at the time of making an application to the school).
(n) ‘Adopted’: An adopted child is any child who has been formally adopted and whose parent/guardian
can give proof of adoption.
(o) ‘Child Arrangements Order’. A Child Arrangements order is an order under the terms of the Children
Act 1989 s.8 settling the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live.
Children ‘looked after’ immediately before the order is made qualify in this category
(p) ‘Special Guardianship Order’: A special guardianship order is an order under the terms of the Children
Act 1989 s.14A appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian(s). Children who
were ‘looked after’ immediately before the special guardianship order was made qualify for this
category.
(q) The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of application. ‘At the
time of application’ means the closing date for applications. The application can only be processed
using one address. A child is deemed to be resident at a particular address when he/she resides there
for more than 50% of the school week.
(r) Hertfordshire parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log on to their online application and
click on the link ‘’register an appeal ‘’. If you did not apply using Hertfordshire’s on line application
system please contact the Customer Service centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal pack.
(s) The Governing Body will determine whether there is a national demonstrable skills shortage for posts
by applying the criteria that, for a post the same as or similar to that for the member of staff in question,
there was just one appointable candidate at the final interview stage, or the post had been previously
and unsuccessfully advertised for.
(t) “Children of another Christian denomination” means: children who belong to other churches and
ecclesial communities which, acknowledging God’s revelation in Christ, confess the Lord Jesus Christ
as God and Saviour according to the Scriptures, and, in obedience to God’s will and in the power of the
Holy Spirit commit themselves: to seek a deepening of their communion with Christ and with one
another in the Church, which is his body; and to fulfil their mission to proclaim the Gospel by common
witness and service in the world to the glory of the one God, Father, Son and Holy Spirit. An ecclesial
community which on principle has no credal statements in its tradition, is included if it manifests faith in
Christ as witnessed to in the Scriptures and is committed to working in the spirit of the above. All
members of Churches Together in England and of CYTÛN are deemed to be included in the above
definition, as are all other churches and ecclesial communities that are in membership of any local
Churches Together Group (by whatever title) on the above basis.

PUPILS WITH AN EDUCATION, HEALTH AND CARE PLAN (EHC)

The admission of pupils with an Education Health and Care Plan (EHC) is dealt with by a completely separate
procedure. Details of this separate procedure are set out in the Special Educational Needs Code of Practice. If
your child has an EHC plan you must contact your local authority SEN officer. Children with this school named
in their EHC Plan will be admitted to the school.

Change of details
If any of the details on your form change between the date of application and the receipt of the letter of offer or
refusal, you must inform the School immediately. If purposely misleading &/or fraudulent information is given or
allowed to remain on the form, governors reserve the right to withdraw the place, even if the child has already
started at the School.

Children educated outside their chronological age group

Parents who wish their child to be educated outside his/her chronological age group should write a letter,
addressed to the Chair of Governors, at the time of application, giving reasons for their request.

Return to Index
Applicant(s)
This refers to the parents and or legal guardians submitting an application for a place on behalf of a child. Or a
young person of 16 years of over submitting their own application.

The families of children who are seeking admission to St Mary’s, should be fully aware of the aims of
the school in seeking to implement the Catholic Church’s mission in Catholic Education and are
expected to be fully supportive of the Christian ethos of the school.

Return to Index
 ST MARY’S CATHOLIC SCHOOL
Windhill, Bishop’s Stortford, Herts CM23 2NQ
Tel: (01279) 654901 Fax: (01279) 653889
E-mail: info@stmarys.net Website: www.stmarys.net
Headteacher: Mr A J Celano BSc(Hons) MEd

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM – 2019-2020

Please read the School's Admission Criteria and then complete this three page form in full and legibly.
PART ONE
Child's surname ........................................................../forename/s.............………….................................

Child’s permanent address (please provide proof - see notes below *) ……………………………………

......................……………......…..............................................….... Postcode ……….………………………

Tel (home) …………..…………………….……..…. Date of birth ……../………./…….

(Please print)
Contact email address (optional):………………………………………………………………………………….

Names of parent(s)/guardian(s)............…………..…...................................................…...........................

Daytime contact telephone number.......................... Alternative contact number ………………………..

If either parent’s/guardian’s address is different from above, please indicate below:

Name of parent/guardian………………………………………………………….…………………..…………

Address ……………………………………………………………………………….…………………..………….

………………………………….………………………..Tel work/home……………………………..……………

Please answer the following questions:

*A permanent address is one where either:

a) a child resides currently with a parent or guardian in the family’s sole home,
b) contracts have been exchanged on a property to be the family’s sole home,
c) a lease has been taken out on a property to be the family’s sole home or
d) the address of the parent with whom a child normally resides is on the electoral roll.
In the case of (a) or (d), please supply a utility bill or bank statement that is dated within the last 4 months
and is in the name of at least one parent or guardian.
In the case of (b) or (c), please supply a copy of the contract or lease, or a solicitors letter of confirmation.

Return to Index
PART TWO (Please answer all the following questions)
a) Is your child baptised? YES NO

b) Date and place of baptism .........................................................………….........................................

(A copy of the baptismal certificate should be attached to this form. Duplicates are normally available
from the church where the ceremony was held).

c) Denomination (please tick)

Catholic* Other Christian (please specify)

*a member of a Church in communion with the See of Rome, including the Eastern Rite Catholic Churches as
defined in the notes to the admissions criteria.

d) Name of parish, Church or place of worship ...............................……………....................................

e) Name of parish in which you are resident …………………………………………………………………

f) Is either of the child’s parents/guardians an employee of St Mary’s Catholic School? YES NO

I/We confirm that the information provided on this form is accurate and complete.

Signature of Parent/Guardian..................................................…..….......................... Date

......…….....................

In order to be considered under the higher over-subscription criteria, applicants must

complete both:-
1) St Mary’s Catholic School’s Supplementary Information Form (SIF) and return it to St Mary’s Catholic
School by 31/10/18. You will receive a receipt within 5 working days. If you do not receive a receipt
within 5 working days, you must immediately contact the Admissions Officer at the School Office:
failure to be in possession of a receipt will indicate your SIF has not been received and that
admission may therefore be denied.
2) Your County Council’s Application Form should be submitted online by 31/10/18, or on paper to your
local education authority by 31/10/18.

3) Helpful information on the admissions process can be found at

www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions or from Hertfordshire County Council’s Customer Service
Centre on 0300 123 4043.
The information provided on this form is subject to the Data Protection Act 1998. Your signature on the bottom of this form gives us consent to
process this information for use by the school and the Local Authority. The information provided will also be disclosed to the governing body
and the parents association. Should you wish to obtain a copy of the information held by the school relating to you or your child(ren) at any
time you may do so by writing to the school.

Return to Index
 INFORMATION FOR ADMISSION TO YEAR 7 – SEPTEMBER 2019
(Supplementary Information Form [SIF])

CHECK LIST
After carefully reading the Admissions Criteria please specify in the box
provided under which single Criterion you wish your child to be considered
and provide the necessary documentation as indicated below to support
your application.
Please indicate whether you are providing originals or copies as all original supporting documentation
will be copied and returned with your receipt.

Criteria Document Copy Original

Proof of Permanent Address (see notes at the bottom of

Everyone
Part 1), this should be either a Utility Bill, Bank Statement,
to
Copy of Lease or Confirmation of Exchange of Contracts -
provide
no more than 4 months old

Additional Documents for Specific Criteria

Baptismal Certificate
1
Proof of Court Orders
2 Baptismal Certificate
3 Baptismal Certificate
4 Baptismal Certificate
5 Baptismal Certificate
6 Proof of Court Orders
7 Proof of catechumen or Baptismal Certificate
8 No additional documents required
9 No additional documents required
10 Supporting letter from Minister, signed by the Minister
11 No additional documents required
Failure to provide all the relevant documents at the same time as your supplementary information form will
place you in the criterion for which you have provided documents. Failure to provide proof of address and
childs identity or to complete the supplementary information form will automatically place this application
in Criterion 11.
I/We confirm that I/we have provided all the supporting documentation required to support our
request for admission under the Criteria stated above.

Signature of Parent/Guardian ....................................................….. Date ......…….....................

Return to Index
ST MARY’S CATHOLIC SCHOOL
Windhill, Bishop’s Stortford
Hertfordshire CM23 2NQ

Sixth Form Policy for EXTERNAL* Admissions - September 2019-2020

*external means ‘not already on roll at St. Mary’s’; those already on roll do not need to ‘apply’ for a
place as their place is guaranteed, providing they meet the minimum average point score for entry, as
published on our website.

St Mary’s is a Catholic School founded by the Catholic Church to meet the educational needs of Catholic
children aged 11-18. It is a comprehensive school with five forms of entry.

The school makes every possible effort to place all external applicants who fulfil the academic
admissions criteria; we have a proud tradition over many years of being able to accommodate every
external applicant who fulfils the entry criteria. The school currently offers at least 20 external places per
year for pupils applying for places in Year 12. This number is determined by reference to the actual teaching
accommodation available. In the case of oversubscription, the criteria below will be applied in the order listed
below.

All applicants will be required to complete the school’s application form. The application may be made by the
parent of the pupil themselves if the pupil is aged over 16. Without its completion, an applicant must be
considered under the lowest criterion. The governors will first consider applicants who have completed and
returned this form by the specified deadline.

The minimum points score for entry depends on your pathway: 5 A*-B GCSE grades or 5 equivalent ‘grades’
which are at least as good in order to study 3 A-Level courses; 5 A-C Grades or 5 equivalent ‘grades’ which are
at least as good for 2 BTEC or similar qualifications and 1 A Level; 5 A-D GCSE grades or 5 equivalent ‘grades’
which are at least as good in order to study the Business Admin NVQ Level 2/3 qualification or equivalent.
Entry requirements for individual courses vary and are outlined in the Sixth Form Prospectus. St. Mary’s
reserves the right to offer individual students the combination of courses that it judges appropriate, given their
predicted grades, and therefore requires particular grades for specific courses, which are published on the Sixth
Form website. Official school statements of results which fulfil the entry requirements must be provided to St.
th
Mary’s by 6 September 2019 in order to commence study at St. Mary’s Sixth Form.

All procedures must be completed within the published time limits. The governing body cannot be held
responsible for any delays in submitting applications or responding to the offer of a place. The governors may
withdraw the offer of a place if:
 the place is not accepted within the prescribed time scale
 information provided on the application form is incorrect or purposely misleading or fraudulent.

Return to Index
1 Baptised Catholic Looked After Children and Baptised Catholic children who have been adopted (or made
subject to child arrangements orders, or special guardianship orders) immediately following having been
looked after.

2 Baptised Catholic applicants who have provided a Certificate of Catholic Baptism and who have a sibling
who attends the school at the time of application.

3 Baptised Catholic children of staff who have been in employment at the school for 2 years at the time of
application, or 1 year if there is a demonstrable and acknowledged skill shortage. The child must live at the
same address as the member of staff.

4 A Baptised Catholic child with no sibling connection, in the following proportions:

 45% of the remaining places to those living in the Catholic Parish of Bishop’s Stortford which consists of
the six Civil Parishes of Bishop's Stortford, Thorley, Little Hadham, Much Hadham, Sawbridgeworth,
and High Wych.
 40% of the remaining places to those living in other parts of the Lea Valley Deanery
 15% of the remaining places to those living in the Catholic parishes that are based in Dunmow,
Bardfield and Thaxted, Saffron Walden and Stansted.
These areas are defined in the maps which accompany these criteria. They can be found at
http://www.stmarys.net/admissions/
If any of the three designated areas is under-subscribed, the places will be redistributed among the
designated areas in the relative proportions above, before any offers are made to applicants in Criterion 5.

5 Any other Baptised Catholic applicant.

6 Any other Looked After Children and non-Catholic children who have been adopted (or made subject to
child arrangements orders or special guardianship orders, immediately after having been looked after.

7 Any applicant who is a catechumen or member of an Eastern Christian Church.

8 Any non-Catholic children of staff who have been in employment at the school for 2 years at the time of
application, or 1 year if there is a demonstrable and acknowledged skill shortage. The child must live at the
same address as the member of staff.

9 Any other non-Catholic applicant with a sibling who attends the school.

10 Any applicant who is a Christian of another Christian denomination. Evidence of belonging is simply
provided by a signed letter from the relevant Minister confirming the child belongs to that church.

11 Any other applicant.

NOTES:

(a) Catholic means a member of a Church in full communion with the See of Rome. This includes the
Eastern Catholic Churches. This will normally be evidenced by a certificate of baptism in a Catholic
Church. For the purposes of this Policy it also includes a “looked after” child who is in the process of
adoption by a Catholic family. Family is defined as those who live at the residential address of the
parent or legal guardians who are submitting an application for a place on behalf of a child.
‘Catechumen’ means a child who is a member of the catechumenate of a Catholic Church. This will
normally be evidenced by a Certificate of Reception into the Order of Catechumens. ‘Eastern
Christian Church’ includes Orthodox Churches, and is normally evidenced by a Certificate of Baptism
or Reception from the authorities of that Church. ‘Christian’ for the purposes of this policy, means a
member of one of the Churches affiliated to ‘Churches Together in Britain and Ireland’.
(b) Certificate of Baptism means a certificate of Baptism in a Catholic church (or if the applicant was
baptised in another Christian church and has been received into full communion with the Catholic
Church, the certificate of Reception or a letter from a Catholic priest giving evidence of reception into
full communion).

Return to Index
(c) To qualify as a Sibling, the child needs to be a brother or sister which includes step brothers and step
sisters, half brothers and sisters, or adopted brothers and sisters, who live at the same home as the
child at the time of application. “At the time of application” means that the sibling must actually be on
the roll of St Mary’s Catholic School at the school, or have been offered a place but not yet started at
the school. Given the high staying on rate into the sixth form, and the desire of the Catholic community
for 11-18 Catholic education provision, Year 11 students count as siblings as there is a reasonable
expectation that they will wish to attend the school’s sixth form, and that they will be eligible to do so.
Residential address is defined as where the child lives for more than 50% of the school week.
(d) This Admissions Policy applies only to admissions in the academic year beginning in September 2019
and ending in July 2020. Admissions policies are subject to annual review by the governing body.
Consequently no assurance is given or implied that this policy will continue wholly or in part beyond
July 2020.
(e) For the academic year 2017/18, governors were pleased to offer places to all external applicants.
(f) In addition to their right of appeal, unsuccessful applicants will be offered the opportunity to be placed
on a continuing interest list. This list will be maintained by the Governing Body’s Admissions
Committee; the list will follow the order of the oversubscription criteria set out above and not the order
in which applications are received or added to the list. Parents will be contacted periodically to check
that they wish for their applications to remain on the List. The Governing Body’s Admission Committee
meets twice a term to review the list and any new applications, and to admit pupils where a place
becomes available.
(g) Distance measuring is carried out using the home-school measurement system used by Hertfordshire
County Council as outlined in the County’s admission arrangements and application literature for the
year of application: Home to school distances for admission allocation purposes will be measured along
a straight line between a child’s address and the relevant school or academy. Distances are measured
using a computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the
AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the address point of the school.
AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the location of schools and
individual residences. This is an objective method of measuring home to school distances consistently
when applying admission rules. It does not take into account the actual or expected route a child will
travel to school. a different method of measurement, using roads and pathways, is used for considering
home to school transport entitlement. Where there is a need for a tiebreak where two different
addresses measure the same distance from a school, in the case of a block of flats for example, the
lower door number will be deemed nearest as logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore
closer. If there are two identical distance measurements for different addresses of separate applicants
not within the same block (which is dealt with above), the tiebreak will be random. Further details can
be found on www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions
(h) An incomplete application is one where sections of the admission form have not been completed and/or
the requested supporting documentation has not been provided.
(i) A late application is one where the Application Forms fails to be submitted by the school’s published
deadline (see website). Applications received after the deadline will be dealt with after all initial offers
have been made.
(j) Fair Access Protocols: The school is committed to taking its fair share of children who are vulnerable
and/or hard to place, as set out in locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal admissions
round the governing body is empowered to give absolute priority to a child where admission is
requested under any local protocol that has been agreed by both the Diocese and the Local Authority
for the current school year. The governing body has this power even when admitting the child would
mean exceeding the published admission number.
(k) In-Year Admissions: Applications for In-Year admissions are made directly to the school. If a place is
available and there is no continuing interest list, the child will be admitted. If more applications are
received than there are places available then applications will be ranked by the governing body in
accordance with the oversubscription criteria above. If a place cannot be offered at this time then you
may ask us for the reasons and you will be informed of your right of appeal. You will be offered the
opportunity of being placed on the continuing interest list. This continuing interest list will be maintained
by the governing body in the order of the oversubscription criteria and not in the order in which the
applications are received. Names are removed from the list at the end of each academic year. When a
place becomes available the governing body will re-rank the list and make an offer (see above).
(l) ‘Looked after child’ has the same meaning as in Section 22 of the Children Act 1989, and means any
child in the care of a local authority or provided with accommodation by them (e.g. children with foster
parents at the time of making an application to the school).
(m) ‘Adopted’: An adopted child is any child who has been formally adopted and whose parent/guardian
can give proof of adoption.

Return to Index
 (n) ‘Child Arrangements Order’. A Child Arrangements order is an order under the terms of the Children
Act 1989 s.8 settling the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live.
Children ‘looked after’ immediately before the order is made qualify in this category
(o) ‘Special Guardianship Order’: A special guardianship order is an order under the terms of the Children
Act 1989 s.14A appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian(s). Children who
were ‘looked after’ immediately before the special guardianship order was made qualify for this
category.
(p) The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of application. ‘At the
time of application’ means the closing date for applications. The application can only be processed
using one address. A child is deemed to be resident at a particular address when he/she resides there
for more than 50% of the school week.
(q) Hertfordshire parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log on to their online application and
click on the link ‘’register an appeal ‘’. If you did not apply using Hertfordshire’s on line application
system please contact the Customer Service centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal pack.
(r) The Governing Body will determine whether there is a national demonstrable skills shortage for posts
by applying the criteria that, for a post the same as or similar to that for the member of staff in question,
there was just one appointable candidate at the final interview stage, or the post had been previously
and unsuccessfully advertised for.
(s) “Children of another Christian denomination” means: children who belong to other churches and
ecclesial communities which, acknowledging God’s revelation in Christ, confess the Lord Jesus Christ
as God and Saviour according to the Scriptures, and, in obedience to God’s will and in the power of the
Holy Spirit commit themselves: to seek a deepening of their communion with Christ and with one
another in the Church, which is his body; and to fulfil their mission to proclaim the Gospel by common
witness and service in the world to the glory of the one God, Father, Son and Holy Spirit. An ecclesial
community which on principle has no credal statements in its tradition, is included if it manifests faith in
Christ as witnessed to in the Scriptures and is committed to working in the spirit of the above. All
members of Churches Together in England and of CYTÛN are deemed to be included in the above
definition, as are all other churches and ecclesial communities that are in membership of any local
Churches Together Group (by whatever title) on the above basis.

PUPILS WITH AN EDUCATION, HEALTH AND CARE PLAN (EHC)

The admission of pupils with an Education Health and Care Plan (EHC) is dealt with by a completely separate
procedure. Details of this separate procedure are set out in the Special Educational Needs Code of Practice. If
your child has an EHC plan you must contact your local authority SEN officer. Children with this school named
in their EHC Plan will be admitted to the school.

Change of details
If any of the details on your form change between the date of application and the receipt of the letter of offer or
refusal, you must inform the School immediately. If purposely misleading &/or fraudulent information is given or
allowed to remain on the form, governors reserve the right to withdraw the place, even if the child has already
started at the School.

Children educated outside their chronological age group

Parents who wish their child to be educated outside his/her chronological age group should write a letter,
addressed to the Chair of Governors, at the time of application, giving reasons for their request.

Applicant(s)
This refers to the parents and or legal guardians submitting an application for a place on behalf of a child. Or a
young person of 16 years of over submitting their own application.

The families of children who are seeking admission to St Mary’s, must be fully aware of the aims of the
school in seeking to implement the Catholic Church’s mission in Catholic Education and are expected
to be fully supportive of the Christian ethos of the school.

Return to Index
 ST MARY’S CATHOLIC SCHOOL
Headteacher: Mr A Celano, BSc (Hons), MEd
Windhill Tel: 01279 654901
Bishop’s Stortford Fax: 01279 653889
Herts E-mail: info@stmarys.net
CM23 2NQ Website: www.stmarys.net

Sixth Form Application Form A, September 2019-20 entry –

External Students Only
Applicants Guidelines
th
1. Please complete this form in full and submit it to the Director of Sixth Form no later than 10 December
2018.

2. This application form should be read and completed in conjunction with the 2018 Sixth Form General
Information and Course Entry booklet together with the School Prospectus. These can be found on the
School website.

3. The families of children who are seeking admission to St Mary’s, must be fully aware of the aims of the
school in seeking to implement the Catholic Church’s mission in Catholic Education and are expected to
be fully supportive of the Christian ethos of the school.

4. Any queries should be addressed in the first instance to the Director of Sixth Form at info@stmarys.net.
Information about appeals is contained within the Sixth Form Admissions Policy.

Part One

Child's surname ........................................................../forename/s.............………….................................

Child’s permanent address (please provide proof - see notes below *)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Postcode ……….………………………

Tel (home) …………..…………………….……..…. Date of birth ……../………./…….

Contact email address (Please print)
(optional):………………………………………………………………………………….

Names of parent(s)/guardian(s)............…………..…...................................................…...........................

Daytime contact telephone number.......................... Alternative contact number ………………………

Return to Index
If either parent’s/guardian’s address is different from above, please indicate below:

Name of parent/guardian………………………………………………………….…………………..………..…

Address
……………………………………………………………………………….…………………..…………………...

………………………………….………………………..

Tel work/home……………………………..……………
Note below any other person who has parental responsibility for your child:

Title, initials and surname ……………………………….………………………

*A permanent address is one where either:

a) a child resides currently with a parent or guardian in the family’s sole home,
b) contracts have been exchanged on a property to be the family’s sole home,
c) a lease has been taken out on a property to be the family’s sole home or
d) the address of the parent with whom a child normally resides is on the electoral roll.
In the case of (a) or (d), please supply a utility bill or bank statement that is dated within the last 4 months and
is in the name of at least one parent or guardian.
In the case of (b) or (c), please supply a copy of the contract or lease, or a solicitors letter of confirmation.

Part Two

PART TWO (Please answer all the following questions)

a) Is your child baptised? YES NO
b) Date and place of baptism .........................................................………….........................................
(A copy of the baptismal certificate should be attached to this form. Duplicates are normally available from
the church where the ceremony was held).

c) Denomination (please tick)

Catholic* Other Christian (please specify) Non-Christian (please specify)

*a member of a Church in communion with the See of Rome, including the Eastern Rite Churches as defined in the
notes to the admissions criteria.
d) Name of parish, Church or place of worship ...............................……………....................................
e) Name of parish in which you are resident ………………………………………………………………
f) Is either of the child’s parents/guardians an employee of St. Mary’s Catholic School? YES NO

Return to Index
 Part Three - Declaration and Signature
The information provided on this form is subject to the Data Protection Act 1998. Your signature on the bottom of this form gives us consent to
process this information for use by the school and the Local Education Authority. The information provided will also be disclosed to the
governing body and the parents association. Should you wish to obtain a copy of the information held by the school relating to you or your child(ren) at
any time you may do so by writing to the school.

I hereby declare that all of the information provided in this application form is true and accurate and complete
to the best of my knowledge. I understand that the supply of incorrect information, or failure to supply
information when asked, may result in not being offered a place, or an offer of a place being withdrawn.

Applications can be signed by either the Child (if they are over 16) or the Parent:

Student Signature: Parent/Carer Signature:

Date: Date:

Failure to provide all the relevant documents at the same time as your supplementary information form will
place you in the criterion for which you have provided documents. Failure to provide proof of address and
child’s identity or to complete the supplementary information form will automatically place this application in
Criterion 11.

Please now use the checklist on the next page to ensure you are sending all the necessary documentation.

Return to Index
 Checklist

Criteria
(see
policy) Document Copy Original

Proof of Permanent Address (see notes at the bottom of Part 1), this
should be either a Utility Bill, Bank Statement, Copy of Lease or
Confirmation of Exchange of Contracts - no more than 4 months old.
All
applicants A Statement of official predicted grades from your current school must
also be supplied.

Additional Documents for Specific Oversubscription Criteria.

Please supply the relevant documentation for your criteria.
Baptismal Certificate
1
Proof of Court Orders
2 Baptismal Certificate
3 Baptismal Certificate
4 Baptismal Certificate
5 Baptismal Certificate
6 Proof of Court Orders
7 Proof of catechumen or Baptismal Certificate
8 No additional documents required
9 No additional documents required
10 Supporting letter from Minister, signed by the Minister
11 No additional documents required

Administration (internal use only)

Date Received: Interview Date:

Date Reference Received: Place Offered:

Return to Index
 ST MARY’S CATHOLIC SCHOOL
Headteacher: Mr A Celano, BSc (Hons), MEd
Windhill Tel: 01279 654901
Bishop’s Stortford Fax: 01279 653889
Herts E-mail: info@stmarys.net
CM23 2NQ Website: www.stmarys.net

Sixth Form Application Form B, September 2019-20 entry –

for all applicants (internal and external) to complete
Applicants Guidelines
th
1. Please complete this form in full and submit it to the Director of Sixth Form no later than 10 December
2018.

2. Any queries should be addressed in the first instance to the Director of Sixth Form at info@stmarys.net.
Information about appeals is contained within the Sixth Form Admissions Policy.

Part One - Academic Details / Grade Predictions

Please enter the details of any GCSE or other relevant qualifications taken to date (for example Music, Dance
Grades. Duke of Edinburgh Awards etc.), together with predicted grades for those subjects you are studying
this year. For external candidates this must be supported by a statement of official predicted grades from your
current school. Failure to supply this may result in you not being offered a place. Please list in date order and
record as predicted or achieved as appropriate:
Level Subject Grade Grade Date
(GCSE, BTEC, (Predicted) (Achieved)
GNVQ, ABRSM,
RADA etc.)

Return to Index
 Part Two - Course Choices
Please refer to the 2019-20 Sixth Form Course Information for the courses available, general entry criteria
(based on Average Point Score) and specific entry criteria for any given course. Please list your choices here
in accordance with those criteria in order of preference. Please also list up to two reserve subjects that you
would consider in the event of a clash.

Please complete the details below, if the subject relates to a GCSE you have For internal use only
already received a result in please state (R) next to the grade.
Course GCSE Prediction/ GCSE Result Offer
Result (R)
Choice 1
Choice 2
Choice 3
Choice 4
Reserve 1
Reserve 2
Please remember that your choices are important as it may not be possible to change to another subject at a later date.
All requests for changes should be made in writing to the Director of Sixth Form.
Note: Some universities, in particular some Russell Group Universities and similar establishments may not accept grades or tariff points from certain A
levels/BTEC towards particular courses in favour of traditional subjects. Applicants should satisfy themselves that the chosen courses will meet any
future requirements, and contact Universities directly if they require clarification.

Part Three - Declaration and Signature

The information provided on this form is subject to the Data Protection Act 1998. Your signature on the bottom of this form gives us consent to
process this information for use by the school and the Local Education Authority. The information provided will also be disclosed to the
governing body and the parents association. Should you wish to obtain a copy of the information held by the school relating to you or your child(ren) at
any time you may do so by writing to the school.

I hereby declare that all of the information provided in this application form is true and accurate and complete
to the best of my knowledge. I understand that the supply of incorrect information, or failure to supply
information when asked, may result in not being offered a place, or an offer of a place being withdrawn.

Applications can be signed by either the Child (if they are over 16) or the Parent:

Student’s surname ........................................................../forename/s.............………….................................

Student Signature: Parent/Carer Signature:

Date: Date:

External applicants: Failure to provide all the relevant documents at the same time as your supplementary
information form will place you in the criterion for which you have provided documents. Failure to provide
proof of address and child’s identity or to complete the supplementary information form will automatically
place this application in Criterion 11.

External applicants: Please remember to provide a statement of official predicted grades from your current
school. Failure to supply this may result in you not being offered a place.

Return to Index
 Administration (internal use only)

Date Received: Interview Date:

Date Reference Received: Place Offered:

Return to Index
Return to Index
Return to Index
Return to Index
Return to Index
Return to Index
Return to Index
Return to Index
Return to Index
Return to Index
Return to Index
 St. Michael’s C of E Primary School, Bishop’s Stortford
Reception/In Year Admissions Policy 2019-2020

St. Michael’s School is a Voluntary Aided Church of England Primary School with an attached Nursery Class. The
school’s published admissions number (PAN) is 30. Hertfordshire County Council (HCC) operates an agreed co-
ordinated admissions scheme in line with government legislation. HCC will coordinate the process on behalf of the
school according to the scheme published each year. The Governing Body, as the Admission Authority, will allocate the
available places in line with this policy.

All applications must be made online via the HCC website or paper form via the HCC Customer Service Centre. The
closing date for applications to be received by HCC is 15th January 2020. Information on completing the online and paper
application form and notification dates is published on the HCC admissions website www.hertsdirect.org/admissions

Parents/carers applying under categories 3, 4, 5 or 6 of the Oversubscription Criteria below should also complete our
Supplementary Information Form (SIF) and return it to the school office by the closing date given above. If a SIF is not
completed, the Governing Body will apply their admission arrangements using the information submitted on the HCC
form only, which may result in your application being given a lower priority. No SIF need be completed if applying
under categories 1, 2 or 7.

The school provides for the admission of all successful applicants who have reached their 4th birthday by the end of
August 2020. St Michael’s operates a single Reception intake policy. However please note the following:
a. The Governors will admit a child with an Education, Health and Care Plan or Statement of special educational needs
which (in either case) names St Michael’s School. These children will be admitted as part of the school’s PAN but
before the oversubscription criteria are applied.
b. The Governors co-operate with the HCC’s Fair Access protocol for children who are hard to place. Children
admitted under this protocol will be prioritised over any children on the school’s continued interest list.
c. If the school is not oversubscribed it will admit all children of the correct age who apply to join the Reception year. If
the school receives more applications than places available the oversubscription criteria set out in the table below
will be used to allocate all available places.
d. Parents of children currently in our Nursery must reapply for a place in Reception. Attendance at St Michael’s
Nursery does not guarantee a place in our Reception class.
e. Parents can request part time attendance until the child reaches compulsory school age.
f. This paragraph will apply where a parent of a ‘summer-born’ child (1 April – 31 August) wishes their child to start
school in the autumn term following their fifth birthday.
If parents do not take up the offered place before the start of the summer term of the school year of entry, then they
would have to re-apply for a place in Year 1. This would be treated as an In Year application.
However if parents wish such a child to be educated “out-of year group” i.e. in the Reception Year rather than Y1
they may request this and should discuss it with the school as soon as possible. Such applications will be considered
by the governors on a case by case basis. Each case will be judged on its individual merits but to admit out of year
group would require exceptional and extenuating circumstances and professional evidence explaining why the
child’s needs cannot be met in the chronological year group.
All such parents should apply for their child’s normal age group at the usual time and may submit a request for
admission out of the normal age group at the same time.
The governors will respond to this request prior to the offer of a place being made. If the request is agreed to the
application can be withdrawn for that year before the place is offered.
If the request is refused, parents may decide whether or not to accept the offer of a place for the normal age group, or
refuse it and make an in-year application for admission into Y1 for the September following the child’s fifth birthday.
Where a parent’s request has been agreed, they must make a new application as part of the main admissions round
the following year.
Parents of Summer born children attending St Michael’s Nursery that wish their child to remain in the nursery
setting must notify the school before the end of the Spring term (i.e. prior to Easter break). The nursery can then take
the number of summer born children continuing for another year into account when allocating places for September.
Parents do not have the right of appeal against a decision not to place the child in a year group outside their normal
age group.
g. This paragraph will apply to any request by a parent for a child to be educated outside that child’s chronological year
group other than in connection with an application for a Reception place for a “summer-born” child. All such
parents should apply for a place for their child in their child’s normal age group at the usual time and at the same
time make a formal request to the governing body for the child to be placed in a different chronological year group.
Such applications will be considered by the governing body on a case by case basis. Each case will be judged on its
Return to Index
 individual merits but to admit out of year group would require exceptional and extenuating circumstances and
professional evidence explaining why the child’s needs cannot be met in the chronological year group.

Oversubscription Criteria

Category 1 (CLA) Children looked after and children who were looked after but ceased to be so because
(see note 2) they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special
guardianship order.
Category 2 (Siblings) Children who will have a sibling on the school roll at St Michael’s at the time of
(see note 3) admission.
Category 3 (Children Children of permanent staff directly employed by the school where the member of staff
of Staff) has been employed for two or more years by the school and/or has been recruited to fill
(see note 4) a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage.
Category 4 (St. Children of one or more parents/guardians who have, at the time of application, and for
Michael’s or Holy a period of eighteen months previously, attended on average twice a month at either:
Trinity Church – Sun
worship or Wed • Sunday worship at St. Michael’s Church or Holy Trinity Church, Bishop’s
Eucharistic worship) Stortford or
• Wednesday morning eucharistic worship at St. Michael’s Church or Holy
Trinity Church, Bishop’s Stortford
Category 5 Children of one or more parents/guardians who have, at the time of application, and for
(Other C. E. Churches a period of eighteen months previously, attended Sunday worship at another Church of
- Sunday) England Church on average twice a month.
Category 6 Children of one or more parents/guardians who have at the time of application and for
(St Michael’s – Wed a period of eighteen months previously, attended on average twice a month at either:
non-eucharistic
worship or Other *Wednesday morning non-eucharistic worship at St Michael’s Church, Bishop’s
Churches – Sunday) Stortford; or

*Sunday worship at another Christian Church affiliated to ‘Churches Together in

England’ or ‘The Evangelical Alliance’.
Category 7 Any other children. No SIF is required if an application is being made under this
category.

Admission Policy Notes

1. In the event of there being an over-subscription of applications within any one of the above categories, the
determining factor will be the geographical proximity of the child’s home address to the school. This will be assessed
using HCC’s straight line distance measurement used for all home to school distance measurements. Distances are
measured using a computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the
AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s home to the address point of the school. AddressBase is a
nationally recognised method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences. Where there is need for
a tiebreaker, where two different addresses measure exactly the same distance from the School (in the case of a block
of flats for instance), an independently verified, random, public draw (eg balls from a bag) will take place.
2. A “child looked after” is a child who is:
(a) in the care of the local authority; or
(b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services functions.
All children adopted from care or in the process of being adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are
eligible for admission under category 1.
3. A “sibling” is a sister, brother, half-sister, half-brother, adopted sister or brother, child of the parent/carer or partner
or a child looked after or previously looked after and in every case living permanently in a placement within the
home as part of the family household from Monday to Friday at the time of application. A sibling link will not be
recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for example a child who usually lives with one parent
but has temporarily moved or a looked after child in a respite placement or very short term or bridging foster
placement.
4. Children of permanent staff are those where the staff member is the child’s parent by blood or adoption, or the
member of staff has legal parental responsibility for the child. The child must have lived at the same address as the
parent employed by the school for at least one year at the time of application.
5. Parents applying within any of the church categories above (categories 4, 5 and 6) are required to provide written
evidence of their own attendance from the relevant minister and have this evidence signed by the minister.
Return to Index
6. The phrase “at the time of application” refers to the closing date above, 15th January 2020.
7. Applications after the closing date of 15th January 2020, will be officially ‘late applications’.
8. If a twin or multiple birth child is allocated the final place available, the school will also offer places to the other
twin/multiple birth child(ren).
9. Parents have a right of appeal if their Reception application is turned down. There are set protocols and dates for the
process of appeal. Parents wishing to appeal who applied on line for a place for their child as part of the normal
Reception admissions round should log into their online application and click on the link ‘register and appeal’. For
those who did not apply on line, please contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal
pack.
10. In the event of more applications than available places HCC will maintain a continuing interest list (waiting list) on
behalf of the school. These and late applications will go onto this list in a position determined by the
oversubscription criteria. If a place becomes available in the school it will be offered to the child who has highest
priority according to the published admission rules. The list will be maintained until 31st December 2020 .
11. For In Year admissions you must apply online via the Hertfordshire Admissions website. Please also complete the
Supplementary Information Form available from the school’s website www.stmichaelsjmi.herts.sch.uk and email it to
us, or request a paper copy from the school office and return it to the school. Please follow the oversubscription
criteria above for information on the category to apply under. For more information on In Year admissions visit
www.hertsdirect.org/admissions. HCC will write to you with the outcome of your application and with details of
your rights to appeal if your application is unsuccessful. [Unsuccessful applicants may apply to be placed on the
continuing interest list maintained by HCC on behalf of the school.] A new In Year application must be made at the
end of each academic year to ensure your child remains on the school’s continuing interest list.

Return to Index
 Date received Term due to start Applicant Book

RECEPTION Date acknowledged Category Computer

For School Office use only Letter

ST. MICHAEL’S C. E. PRIMARY SCHOOL

APTON ROAD, BISHOP’S STORTFORD CM23 3SN
Supplementary Information Form
2019-2020

FULL NAME OF CHILD............................................................................................................................................

DATE OF BIRTH....................................................................................... MALE/FEMALE (Please circle)

NAMES OF PARENTS/STEP-PARENTS/GUARDIANS LIVING AT PERMANENT HOME ADDRESS

....................................................................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................................................………....

PERMANENT HOME ADDRESS ..........................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................POSTCODE.....................................

EMAIL ADDRESS ………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(This will be used to confirm receipt of this form)

TELEPHONE NO........................................................ MOBILE NO …………………………………………….

 I wish to place my application in Category ................. of the Governors Admissions Policy.

 Name of permanent staff member if applying under Category 3: .......................................................

 Have you applied online via the Hertfordshire County Council website Yes/No

Signed (Parent/Guardian)..................................................................................... Date........................... P.T.O.

Return to Index
If you are making an application under Categories 4, 5 or 6, please give below the required information, and have
the form signed by the Church Leader of the relevant Church. To qualify in any of the church categories you must
have attended services on average twice a month over the 18 months preceding this application.

This application is made under Category…………………………………………………………………………..

Name of Church attended………………………………………………………………………………………………

When did you begin attendance at the Church?.............................................................................................

Which service do you attend?

(Sunday/Wednesday eucharistic/Wednesday non-
eucharistic/Other)……………………………………………………………………………………………

How frequently do you attend?...........................................................................................................................8

If you have been in Bishop’s Stortford less than 18 months please give the name and address of the Church you were
attending before your move, and supply a letter from the Minister confirming your level of attendance

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Please give the name of the Church Leader/Minister/Vicar of your Church, who should sign this form below.

Name of Church Leader…………………………………………………………………………………..

Name of Church…………………………………………………………………………………………….

This information given on this form is correct to the best of my knowledge

Signed…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Leader of…………………………………………………………………………………………………….. (Church)

Signature of Parent/Guardian…………………………………………………………………………………

Date……………………………………………………………………………………………………………...

Return to Index
 ST MICHAEL'S CATHOLIC HIGH SCHOOL

ADMISSIONS POLICY 2019 - 2020

The school is a Catholic Co-educational Academy under the Diocese of Westminster

Academy Trust.

As a Catholic school we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our students. As such,
Catholic doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of the school activity. It is essential
that the Catholic character of the school’s education be fully supported by all families in the
school. All applicants are therefore expected to give their full, unreserved and positive
support for the aims and ethos of the school.

Students will be admitted at age 11 without reference to ability or aptitude. It is the

Governors' intention that religious education as the 'core of the core curriculum' in the
Catholic tradition will be maintained. The school encourages applications from all members
of the community; however, priority will always be given to baptised Catholic children. The
published admission number for admission to Year 7 each year will be 180. The school will
admit children with Special Educational Needs naming the school.

Application Procedure
All applicants must complete an application online using the Local Authority’s (LA)
e-Admissions System to the local authority in which they are resident. In addition, applicants
should complete St. Michael’s Supplementary Information Form (SIF) which is supplied in
the application pack and on the school website. A paper form of the LA e-Admission System
is also obtainable from your local authority and is available on line. The e-Admissions
System form must be completed and submitted to the local authority by 31st October 2019.
The Supplementary Information Form (SIF) is available from the school or the local authority
and should also be completed and returned to the school by 31st October 2019.
Notification letters will be sent out by the LA on behalf of the governors on 1st March 2020.
If you do not complete both the LA e-Admission System and the SIF and return the forms by
the closing date, the governing board may be unable to consider your application fully and it
is very unlikely that your child will get a place at the school. Late applications will be
considered after the initial allocation process has been completed.

The Herts e-Admissions form is available through: www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions

Applicants wishing to be considered under criteria 1-7 should provide the School with a copy
of the child’s baptismal certificate. If the certificate is not available, applicants should
indicate in writing the reasons for this being the case.

Those applying under criteria 2, 3, 4 and 5 must submit a Certificate of Catholic Practice
(CCP) by the closing date. This form is available from the priest at the parish where the
family normally worships or from the Diocesan website. It is the parent’s duty to ensure that
the CCP is submitted to the school in good time. The priest will only sign this form if he
knows you and agrees that you are a practising Catholic family.

Students with an Education, Health and Care Plans (EHC)

The admission of students with an Education, Health and Care Plan (EHC) is dealt with by a
separate procedure. Details of this separate procedure are set out in the Special
Educational Needs Code of Practice. If your child has an EHC plan, you must contact your
local authority SEN Officer. Children with this school named in the EHC Plan will be
admitted to the school.

Page 1 Bringing Christ to All and All to Christ

Return to Index
Siblings
Siblings will have priority within each criterion after children with exceptional need.
(see note 7)

Children with Exceptional Need

Children with exceptional need will be given top priority within a criterion. Where such
applications are received they must be accompanied by a letter from a professional such as
a doctor, priest or social worker. The letter must set out the reasons why St. Michael’s is the
only school which can meet the particular need, these reasons must be compelling.

In Year Admissions and Continuing Interest (CI) List

Applications for In Year admissions are made direct to the school. If more applications are
received than there are places available then applications will be ranked by the governing
board in accordance with the oversubscription criteria, with the following modifications:
Catholic children without an offer of a school place elsewhere are given priority immediately
after Catholic ‘looked after’ children; similarly, other children without an offer of a school
place are given priority immediately after other ‘looked after’ children. HCC will confirm if
they are aware of another school offer.

If a place cannot be offered at this time then you may ask us for the reasons and you will be
informed of your right to appeal. You will be offered the opportunity of being placed on a
Continuing Interest (CI) list. The CI list will be maintained by the governing board in the order
of the oversubscription criteria (as modified above) and not in the order in which the
applications are received. The CI List will roll over each year and parents will be contacted
annually, to ask if they wish their child to remain on the CI list. When a place becomes
available the governing board will re-rank and a place will be offered.

Fair Access Protocols

The school is committed to taking a share of children who are vulnerable and/or hard to
place, as set out in locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal admissions
round the governing board is empowered to give absolute priority to a child where admission
is requested under any local protocol that has been agreed by both the Diocese and the
governing board for the current school year. The governing board has this power even when
admitting the child would mean exceeding the published admission number.

Appeals
If you are unsuccessful you may ask us for the reasons for the refusal of a place. These
reasons will be related to the oversubscription criteria listed in the policy and you will have
the right of appeal to an independent panel. All unsuccessful applicants have the right to
appeal to an independent panel for a place to be made available for their child.
Hertfordshire parents wishing to appeal, who applied online, should log into their online
school application and click on the link “register an appeal”. If the application was not made
using Hertfordshire’s online application system, parents should contact the Customer
Service Centre (0300 123 4043) to request an appeal pack. Appeals must be submitted by
21st March 2019 and appellants will be notified of their appeal hearing at least 10 clear
school days in advance of their hearing.

For In Year applications, parents should contact the school directly in the first instance.

Sixth Form Admissions

Currently the school is able to offer places to external applicants for our Sixth Form. The
highest priority will be given to students who are looked after, who have been adopted or
made subject to Child Arrangements or Special Guardianship Orders, immediately following
having been looked after. (see Sixth Form Admission Policy).

Page 2 Bringing Christ to All and All to Christ

Return to Index
Where there are more applications than places available, places will be offered
according to the following criteria:

Oversubscription Criteria

1. Baptised Catholic children who are, or were previously, looked after (see note 1
overleaf) and baptised Catholic children who have been adopted (see note 2
overleaf) or made subject to Child Arrangements order or a Special Guardianship
order. (see notes 3, 4 & 5 overleaf).

2. Baptised Catholic children with a Certificate of Catholic Practice (see note 5 & 6
overleaf) whose siblings (see note 7 overleaf) are on the school roll on the student's
first day of their first academic year.

3. Baptised Catholic children with a Certificate of Catholic Practice (see note 5 & 6
overleaf) who are attending the following feeder schools (note 8 overleaf).

4. Baptised Catholic children with a Certificate of Catholic Practice. (note 5 & 6 overleaf)

5. Baptised Catholic children (note 5 overleaf)

6. Catechumens (note 9 overleaf) and members of an Eastern Christian Church (note

10 overleaf)

7. Other looked after children (see note 1 overleaf) and children who have been
adopted (see note 2 overleaf), made subject to Child Arrangements order or Special
Guardianship order immediately following having been looked after.
(see notes 3 & 4 overleaf)

8. Any other children

Tie Break
In case of over subscription within each of the criteria, a proximity measurement will be
applied, with priority given to children who live nearest to the school. Home address is
defined as where the child resides for 50% or more of the school week (see note 11).
Hertfordshire County Council’s ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used in all home to
school distance measurements for community and VC schools in Hertfordshire. Distances
are measured using a computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The
measurement is taken from the Address Base Premium address point of your child’s house
to the address point of the school. Address Base Premium data is a nationally recognised
method of identifying the location of schools and individual residence

In the event that a student is not offered a place, they will have the opportunity to join our
Continuing Interest (CI) list.

Page 3 Bringing Christ to All and All to Christ

Return to Index
Note 1:
‘Looked after Child’
In this policy, any reference to a child who is looked is a child who is
1. in the care of the local authority; or

2. being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their

social services functions (section 22(1) of The Children’s Act 1989) e.g. children
with foster parents at the time of making an application to the school

Note 2:
‘Adopted’ An adopted child is any child who has been formally adopted and whose
parent/guardian can give proof of adoption.

Note 3:
‘Special Guardianship Order’ A Special Guardianship Order is an order under the terms of
the Children Act 1989 s.14A appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special
guardian(s). Children, who were ‘looked after’ immediately before the Special Guardianship
Order was made, qualify for this category.

Note 4:
‘Child Arrangements order’ A Child Arrangements order is an order under the terms of the
Children Act 1989 s.8 settling the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child
is to live. Children ‘looked after’ immediately before the order is made, qualify in this category.

Note 5:
For the purposes of admissions criteria, the term ’Catholic’ is a person who is a member of
a Church in full communion with the See of Rome, including Eastern Catholic Churches.
This will normally be evidenced by a Certificate of Baptism in a Catholic Church. For the
purposes of this Policy it also includes a “looked after” child who is in the process of adoption
by a “Catholic family”.

Note 6:
‘Certificate of Catholic Practice’ means a certificate issued by the family’s parish priest (or
the priest in charge of the church where the family attends Mass) in the form laid down by
the Bishops’ Conference of England and Wales. It will be issued if the priest is satisfied that
at least one Catholic parent or carer (along with the child, if he or she is over seven years
old) have (except when it was impossible to do so) attended Mass on Sundays and holy
days of obligation for at least five years (or, in the case of the child, since the age of seven, if
shorter). It will also be issued when the practice has been continuous since being received
into the Church if that occurred less than five years ago. It is expected that most Certificates
will be issued on the basis of attendance. A Certificate may also be issued by the priest
when attendance is interrupted by exceptional circumstances which excuse from the
obligation to attend on that occasion or occasions. Further details of these circumstances
can be found in the guidance issued to priests.
http://rcdow.org.uk/education/governors/admissions/

‘Family’ includes the Catholic or Catholics who have legal responsibility for the child and
those individuals who live at the residential address of the parents and/or legal guardians
who are submitting an application for a place on behalf of a child.

Page 4 Bringing Christ to All and All to Christ

Return to Index
Note 7:
‘Siblings’ are brothers or sisters; step brothers and sisters, half brothers and sisters, or adopted
brothers and sisters or a child looked after or previously looked after and in every case living
permanently in a placement within the home as part of the family household from Monday to
Friday at the time of application. A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily
in the same house, for example a child who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily
moved or a looked after.

A sibling relationship does not apply when the older child(ren) will leave before the younger one
starts. This could include siblings who are currently in Year 11 or 12 at secondary school who
have a reasonable expectation of still attending the school when the candidate is enrolled. In this
instance governors will satisfy themselves that course requirements will be met and the sibling is
expected to continue on into the Sixth Form. Parents must declare the sibling link at the time of
application.

Note 8
‘Feeder Schools’ are:
Divine Saviour, Abbots Langley;
Holy Rood, Watford;
Sacred Heart, Bushey;
St Adrian’s, St Albans;
St Anthony’s, West Watford;
St Catherine’s Garston;
St Joseph’s, South Oxhey
St Theresa’s, Borehamwood.

Note 9:
‘Catechumen’ means a member of the catechumenate of a Catholic Church. This will
normally be evidenced by a certificate of reception into the order of catechumens.

Note 10:
‘Eastern Christian Church’ includes Orthodox churches, and is normally evidenced by a
certificate of baptism or reception from the authorities of that church.

Note 11:
In the case of application for children who are twin/multiple births, if the last place is offered
to a child who has a twin/triplet etc. the remaining child/children will be admitted even if it
means exceeding the stated published admission number.

Note 12:
Priority will be given within criterion to children of teaching staff members who are employed
at the school for two years or more at the time of application, and who have a Baptism
Certificate and a Certificate of Catholic Practice, after exceptional needs and siblings.

Note 13:
A copy of our Sixth Form Admission Policy is available on the school website or from the
school.

Note 12:
‘Home address’ is defined as ‘where the child resides for 50% or more of the school week’
The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of
application. ‘At the time of application’ means the closing date for applications. “Permanent”
means that the child has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the family own the
property or have a tenancy agreement for a minimum of 12 months.

Note 13:
‘Parent’ is defined as the parent or persons having ‘legal responsibility for the child’

Page 5 Bringing Christ to All and All to Christ

Return to Index
 St. Michael’s Catholic High School
Supplementary Information Form (SIF)
YEAR 7 APPLICATION FOR 2019 - 2020

Parents / Carers are requested to complete this form clearly in BLACK ink
CHILD’S DETAILS:
(AS IT APPEARS ON OFFICIAL DOCUMENTS)

SURNAME: PRIMARY SCHOOL:

FIRST NAME: DATE OF BIRTH:

MIDDLE NAME:

HOME ADDRESS:

PARENT / CARER CONTACT:

TITLE & SURNAME

(E.G Mr Smith)
FIRST NAME

CONTACT NUMBER

EMAIL ADDRESS

HOME ADDRESS
(if different from above)

(Please write your email address clearly as you will be sent an email receipt for your forms)

RELIGION & SIBLINGS

CATHOLIC NAMES OF BROTHERS / SISTERS AT ST MICHAEL’S

(Copy of Baptism Cert required)

CATECHUMEN
(Copy of Cert of Reception required) NAME: TUTOR GROUP:

CHRISTIAN
(Denomination required)
NAME: TUTOR GROUP:
OTHER FAITH
(please state)

Catholic Parish you live in:

Church where child was baptised and a date of

baptism: (Baptism certificate required)

Name and position of priest supplying the Certificate

of Catholic Practice: (where applicable)

Bringing Christ to All and All to Christ

Return to Index
FURTHER INFORMATION:

Is your child ‘looked after’ by the Local

Authority, adopted or subject to a Child
Arrangements* or special guardianship
order*? YES NO
Please circle response.

*(immediately following being ‘looked after’)

Does your child have exceptional medical,

pastoral or social needs that can only be met
by attendance at this school?

(Professional evidence will be required.)

Please note:

• Copies of the Certificate of Catholic Practice can be obtained from the priest at the parish where the family
normally worships and can also be found on the Diocese of Westminster website – follow schools/parents.

• Applicants from other Christian denominations and other faiths may attach a letter from their
minister/religious leader, showing membership of the faith community.

• You MUST complete your local authority’s form on their e-Admissions System online or fill in a paper copy
and return it to the council offices by the closing date. If you do not do this you will not be offered a place.

Checklist:

Have you enclosed? Copy of Baptism certificate (where necessary)

Certificate of Reception (where necessary)
Certificate of Catholic Practice (where necessary)
Letter from a minister/faith leader (where necessary)

Have you completed your local authority’s Common Application form online?
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions

I confirm that I have read and understood the Admissions Policy and that the information I have
provided is correct. I understand that I must notify the school immediately if there is any change to
these details and that should any information I have given prove to be inaccurate that the governors
may withdraw any offer of a place even if the child has already started school.

Signed……………………………………………………………………………………. Date…..………………………………………………………

Bringing Christ to All and All to Christ

Return to Index
 St Nicholas CE VA Primary School Harpenden

GOVERNORS’ ADMISSIONS POLICY

YEAR OF ENTRY 2019-2020

St. Nicholas CE VA Primary School is within the Diocese of St. Albans. The Governing
Body of the school is the Admission Authority. The school provides places for 154
pupils divided into 7 year groups currently organised into 5 classes. The Governors
will admit 22 (twenty two) pupils, the Published Admission Number, into the
Reception Class in each academic year.

The Governing Body is required to abide by the maximum limits for infant classes (5,
6 and 7 year olds), i.e. 30 pupils per class.

The Local Authority (LA) operates an agreed co-ordinated admissions scheme in line
with government legislation. The LA will co-ordinate the process on behalf of the
school according to the scheme published each year. The Governing Body, as the
Admissions Authority, will allocate the available places in line with this policy.

Please note the closing date for applications is 15th January 2019.

Information on completing the ‘on line’ application and notification dates of

admission decisions are published in the home LA admissions literature which is also
available from their website. www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions

The Governors will admit any child with a Statement of Educational Needs /
Educational Health Care Plan that names the school.

The school will admit children under the Fair Access Protocol before those on
Continuing Interest and, if necessary, above PAN.

Admissions Criteria

Category 1
A child looked after or previously looked after and in every case living permanently in
a placement within the home as part of the family household from Monday to Friday
at the time of this application. (See note 1)
A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house,
for example a child who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or
looked after.

Category 2
All children having a sibling in the school at the proposed time of entry.*
(See Note 1)

Return to Index
Category 3
Children of families regularly involved in Anglican Church worship in the Harpenden
Parish of St. Nicholas (including All Saints and St. Mary’s) and the Harpenden Parish
of St. John the Baptist, as confirmed in writing on the Clergy Reference Form by the
relevant clergy.
*(See Note 2)

Category 4
Children of members of staff at St. Nicholas School who have been employed at the
school for two or more years at the time of application.

Category 5
Children of families regularly involved in Church worship in other Christian Churches
that are members of ‘Churches Together’ in Harpenden or of Christchurch in
Harpenden and children of families regularly involved in Anglican worship at St.
Mary’s Church, Redbourn, as confirmed in writing on the Clergy Reference Form by
the relevant clergy.

Category 6
Children of Harpenden families regularly involved in any other Christian Worship as
confirmed in writing on the Clergy Reference Form.

Category 7
Children of Harpenden families regularly involved in worship of another faith as
confirmed in writing by the relevant faith leader.

Category 8
Other children resident in Harpenden.

Category 9
Any other children.

NOTES

1) In respect of the following the Governors use the same definitions as the
Local Authority.

Category 1 Children in Public Care (Children Looked After)

Category 2 ‘Sibling’
(A sibling refers to a brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted
brother or sister, step brother or sister or the child of the parent / carer,
and in every case, the child should be living at the same address. The
sibling must be in the school at the time of the application and be likely to
remain in the school at the proposed time of admission).

Return to Index
 2) By regularly, (Categories 3, 5,6.7) the Governors mean that it is a requirement
that at least one parent attends Church with the child once a month over a
twelve month period immediately prior to the date of application. The
Governors rightly anticipate that parents given a place for their child under
the Church membership category will still satisfy the requirements of that
category at the time of admission.

3) The school follows the policy of Hertfordshire County Council on:

a. children with disabilities;
b. equal opportunities.

4) If any one category is over-subscribed then the distance rule will be applied
within that category. This will be carried out using the straight line distance
measured using the computerised mapping system operated by the LA as
described in their admissions literature and website.
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions.

5) Twins and multiple birth children will be admitted as exceptions to the Infant
Class Size rule where the 30th child admitted to the class is a twin or a
multiple birth.

Admissions Procedure for Entry into Reception

• St. Nicholas School is a Voluntary Aided School; therefore the admission

criteria are those of the Governing Body. All applicants should therefore
complete the Supplementary Information Form for this school, prior to
consideration by the Governors, at the same time as completing the home
Local Authority Admission form.
Unless both forms are completed the Governors will be unable to apply their
criteria and your application may receive a lower ranking than applicants who
have completed both forms.
The Governors will consider all applicants who have ranked the school.
Parents must apply for primary places on their home Local Authority’s
application form.

• The LA will notify all parents of the place offered or refused at the same time
as it does for community schools. The Governors will send out a welcome
letter to supplement this.

• There will be an opportunity to apply for four Primary Schools. Whether your
application is for St. Nicholas School as 1st, 2nd 3rd or 4th preference, it will be
considered within the criteria of the Schools Admission Policy.

• A continued interest list of those not offered a place will be retained by the
Governors and the LA in case places become available between the time of
the original decision and the date when the child is due to start. After one
year parents will be contacted to see if they are still interested in remaining
on the list.

Return to Index
Single Reception Intake
The school provides for the admission of all successful applicants who have reached
their 4th birthday by the 1st September 2019.
Please note the following:

• Parents of a Summer-born (1st April – 31st August) may choose not to send
that child to school until the September following their fifth birthday and may
request that they are admitted out of their normal age group to Reception
rather than Year 1. Parents would need to apply in the year they wish their
child to start.

• Where a parent of a Summer born child (1st April – 31st August) wishes their
child to start school in the term following their fifth birthday they should
discuss this with the school as soon as possible. Parents do not have the right
of appeal against a decision not to accept this request for admission out of
normal age range.

• Parents may defer the date when their child starts school but no later than
the start of the term following their fifth birthday (compulsory school age)
and they may not defer beyond the start of the Summer term otherwise they
would need to reapply for a place in Year 1.

• Parents can request part-time education until the child reaches compulsory
school age.

Admissions Procedure for Late Applications

Older children will be admitted only if there is a place in the relevant class / year
group. The In-year process for admissions will be co-ordinated by the school;
applications should be made to the school. The Supplementary Information Form is
still required.

Appeal Information

The information below applies to both Entry into Reception and Late Applications:

Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system should
log into their online application and click on the link ‘register an appeal’. Out of
County residents and paper applicants should call should call the Customer Service
Centre (0300 123 4043) to request their registration details and log onto
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click on the link ‘log into the appeals
system’.

Return to Index
For in Year Admissions:

We will write to you with the outcome of your application and, if you have been
unsuccessful, the county council will write to you with registration details to enable
you to login and appeal on line at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals

Continuing Interest list and ‘in year’ applications

In the event of more applications than available places the Governors will maintain a
continuing interest list. For in year applications parents wishing to appeal should
contact the school directly.

Tie-Break

If more children qualify under a particular rule than there are places available, a tie-
break will be used by applying the next rule to those children. In the case of two
applicants with exactly the same priority under the admissions rules, but only one
place being available, the Governing Body will offer places to both families.

3rd October, 2017

Return to Index
 St Nicholas CE VA Primary School Harpenden
Church Green
Harpenden
Hertfordshire AL5 2TP

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM

APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION TO
ST. NICHOLAS CE VA PRIMARY SCHOOL HARPENDEN

Closing date for applications is 15th January 2019

Surname of Child: ____________________ First Name(s)____________________________

Address:
___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

Tel. No. ______________________________ D.o.B. _____________________

Email address (i) ________________________ (ii)_________________________

Name(s) of Parent(s) __________________________________________________________

Name and relationship of person making application:

___________________________________________________________________________

I have read the School’s Admissions Policy and am applying for a place under

St. Nicholas School Category: [ ]

Signature: ____________________________________ Date: ________________________

Applications should be sent to the Headteacher.

Details of the School’s Admissions Policy are attached

3rd October, 2017

Phone: 01582 623620 Fax:01582 623621

Email: admin@stnicholasce.org
http://www.stnicholasce.org

Return to Index
 St Nicholas CE VA Primary School Harpenden

Church Green
Harpenden
Hertfordshire AL5 2TP

CLERGY REFERENCE FORM

APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION TO
ST. NICHOLAS CE VA PRIMARY SCHOOL HARPENDEN

This form is to be completed and signed by the Priest in the presence of the parents.

Parish: ……………………………………………..…………………………………………………………………………………..….

Name(s) of Parents: …………………………………………………………………………………….…………………………..

Name of Child: …………………………………..…………………………………………………………………………………….

1. Has at least one parent attended Church with the child at least once a month over a
continuous twelve month period immediately prior to application?
[ ]

2. With reference to 1, if the family joined their present Parish or place of Worship within the
past twelve months, (e.g. due to moving house) please ask the previous Parish Priest to
complete a duplicate of this form.
[ ]

3. This information is correct to the best of my knowledge:

Signed: ……………….………………….………………………… Date: ……………….…………

Thank you for completing this form.

Please return it with your Supplementary Information Form.

3rd October, 2017

Phone: 01582 623620 Fax: 01582 623621

Email: admin@stnicholas.org
www.stnicholasce.org

Return to Index
 St Nicholas Elstree
Church of England (V.A.) Primary School

St Nicholas Close, Elstree, Hertfordshire, WD6 3EW

Tel : 0208 953 3015 Fax : 0208 953 1162 Text : 07786 201 169
Email : admin@stnicholas610.herts.sch.uk
Web : www.stnicholas610.herts.sch.uk
Headteacher : Mrs K Johnston-Grant

Admission Policy for Reception Class 2019 - 2020

INTRODUCTION

St Nicholas school is a Voluntary Aided School as established in 1864 within the Diocese of St
Albans. It has one form per year with 30 places from the Nursery class upwards. It was
established in 1884 and in a multi–cultural and largely secular society; the Church of England
school of today has a dual purpose:
• To provide a Christian education for children of Christian parents and for whom St
Nicholas is the nearest Church of England School.
• To serve the local community of Elstree and Borehamwood and beyond irrespective of
faith.

St Nicholas School endeavours to be a friendly and caring church school, providing a secure
learning environment for all. We strive to work in partnership with governors, parents and
the community, recognising the joint responsibility of home and school in a child’s
education. St Nicholas School staff believe in the provision of a safe, secure, happy and
stimulating environment, celebrating all achievements and encouraging pupils to value their
own accomplishments. We aim to encourage and motivate pupils to become independent
learners and thinkers who are well balanced, globally and culturally respectful, with firm
Christian values. This prepares St Nicholas Children for future challenges and empowers
them to achieve their maximum potential.

Our motto is ‘Learn together, enjoy together, succeed together.’

It is expected that all pupils will take a full part in the School’s religious teaching and religious
celebrations. This does not in any way remove the right that parents have to request that
their children be withdrawn from these activities.

THE ADMISSION PROCESS

To apply for a place at St Nicholas School parents must complete their home borough ‘on-
line’ common application form (CAF) and the school’s Supplementary Information Form (SIF).
Information on completing the CAF application and notification dates of admission decisions,
are published in the Hertfordshire Admission Literature which is also available from the LA

Supported by

Return to Index
website www.hertsdirect.org/admissions and is sent to each eligible household as long as
the child is registered with a local doctors surgery. For any queries call 0300 123 4043.

The Department for Education published admission number is 30 therefore the Governing
Body admit 30 pupils. The Governors of the school will admit a child with a statement of
Special Educational Needs or with an Education, Health and Care plan which names the
school. If there are more applications than there are places available, the governors will
admit children in the priority order of the criteria categories below. By agreement, and in
co-operation with the Local Authority, the Governing Body will apply the admissions policy
criteria to all applications equally.

False or withheld information

The Governors reserve the right not to make an offer, or may seek to withdraw an offer of a
place to any child whose parents have supplied false information or withheld information on
the Common Application or
Supplementary information forms.

Over Subscription
If over-subscription arises in any of the following categories, then the deciding factor in that
category will be proximity of home to school measured by the distance measurement
provided by Hertfordshire County Council. This is; a ‘straight line’ distance measurement,
distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The
measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to
the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised
method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

HOW PLACES ARE OFFERED

Fair Access
The school is committed to taking its fair share of vulnerable children who are hard to place,
in accordance with locally agreed protocols. Please note that children admitted under
Hertfordshire County Council’s Fair Access Protocol will be prioritised before children on the
continued interest list or the published admission number list if necessary.

Statement of Educational Needs/EHCP

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained
schools admit a child with a statement of special educational needs that names their school.
All schools must also admit children with an Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) that
names St Nicholas as the choice of school.

Criteria 1
Children looked after or adopted from care: Children looked after or children who have
been adopted from care, or become subject to a child arrangement order to a special
guardianship from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission.

Supported by

Return to Index
Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked
after providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised will also
come under this criteria.

'Children looked after' means a child accommodated by a Local Authority under section 22 of
the Children Act. An application under this rule must be accompanied by a letter from the
child’s social worker or advisory teacher. A ‘child arrangement order’ is an order setting out
the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live with.

Criteria 2
Sibling: Children who have a sibling attending the school on the proposed date of admission.
Sibling refers to brother or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step
brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner or a child looked after or
previously looked after¹ and in every case living permanently² in a placement within the
home as part of the family household from Monday to Friday at the time of the application.

If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no sibling
connection available to subsequent children from that family.
¹ Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship
order or child arrangements order. This definition was amended following a determination
by the OSA in August 2014.
² A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for
example a child who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked
after child in a respite placement or very short term or bridging foster placement.

Criteria 3 *
Foundation Place: Children where at least one parent/guardian is a practising Christian and
have attended worship at least once every month for at least the last six months before the
allocation of places. This is to be at a Christian Church service or Christian place of worship
that is a member of Churches Together in England or the Evangelical Alliance or a member of
"Affinity" (formally Evangelical Council).

*If applying under this category, the attached Foundation Place Application Form must be
completed by your minister of religion to endorse this.

Criteria 4
Distance from school: Children who live nearest the school, as measured in distance by the
method used by the local authority.

NOTES

Home Address in the case of Joint Custody

The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of
application. ‘At the time of application’ means the closing date for applications. “Permanent”
means that the child has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the family own the

Supported by

Return to Index
property or have a tenancy agreement for a minimum of 12 months. The application can
only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one address (for example
due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child lives at for the majority
of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of the parent/carer that
claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s main residence. If a
family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be
requested.
If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation to
evidence the address that should be used for admission allocation purposes.

Twins and Multiple Births

If you have more than one child going through the primary transfer process at the same
time, you must make a separate application for each of them. If one of your children is
offered the last place available at the school and you have applied for the same school for
the other child(ren), the Governing Body will offer a place to the other child(ren).

Tie Break
Where there is a need for a tie-breaker where two different addresses measure the same
distance from the school, in the case of a block of flats for example, the lower door number
will be deemed to be nearest as
logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two identical
addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will be random; this would be decided by an
independent body (HCC).

Out of Area Applications

If you are applying to our school but are from a different borough you must ensure that you
apply via your Local Authority. Call 0300 123 4043 for more information in applying out of
area.

Age of Admission and Deferral of Places

In line with the Admissions Code, parents can defer their child’s entry to the Reception year.
Hertfordshire County Council’s policy is that children born on and between 1 September
2014 and 31 August 2015* would normally commence primary school in the Reception
class in the academic year beginning in September 2019.
All Hertfordshire infant, first and primary schools provide for the full-time admission of all
children offered a place in the Reception year group from the September following their
fourth birthday. If a parent wants a full-time place for their child from September (at the
school at which a place has been offered) then they are entitled to that full-time place. Or
parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the same academic
year or until the term in which the child reaches compulsory school age (5 years). Summer
born children are only able to “defer” entry to Reception class until the beginning of the
final term of the school year for which the offer was made.

Supported by

Return to Index
Where parents wish, children can attend part-time until they reach compulsory school age.
Any parents wishing to take up a part-time place or deferred entry should contact the
individual school(s) to discuss their child’s requirements.
st st
*Summer born children (1 April – 31 August) – Entry to Reception
Legally, a child does not have to start school until the start of the term following their fifth
birthday. Following guidance issued by the Department for Education on 8 September 2015
the county council has amended its policy for summer born children. Children born
between 1 April 2015 and 31 August 2016 are categorised as “summer born” and if
parents/carers do not believe that their summer born child is ready to join Reception in
2019 they may delay their application until 2020.

These applications will be processed in exactly the same way as all other reception
applications received at that time; there is no guarantee that a place will be offered at a
child’s preferred school.
If parents wish to delay their application for a Reception place they are advised to discuss
their child’s needs /development with their current early years or nursery provider. If
parents wish their child to remain in their existing nursery school or class for a further year
(rather than moving into the Reception
Year group) they must let their current school know before the end of the Spring term in
2019 (before the Easter break).

Children Taught Out of Year Group (except applications for reception from summer born)
The school policy falls in line with Hertfordshire County Council’s policy which is for
children to be educated within their correct chronological year group, with the curriculum
differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of individual children. This is in line with DfE
guidance which states that “in general, children should be educated in their normal age
group”.
If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they
should, at the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals
working with the child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal
age appropriate cohort. DfE guidance makes clear that “it is reasonable for admission
authorities to expect parents to provide them with information in support of their request
– since without it they are unlikely to be able to make a decision on the basis of the
circumstances of the case”.

St Nicholas School Governors will decide whether the application will be accepted on the
basis of the information submitted. The panel make decisions based upon the
circumstances of each case including the view of parents, the headteacher, the child's
social, academic and emotional development and whether the child has been previously

Supported by

Return to Index
educated out of year group. There is no guarantee that an application will be accepted on
this basis. If the application is not accepted this does not constitute a refusal of a place and
there is no right to an independent statutory appeal. Similarly there is no right of appeal
for a place in a specific year group at a school.
Please note that the internal management and organisation of a school, including the
placement of pupils in classes, is a matter for the Headteacher and senior leadership of
individual school. The governing body of voluntary aided schools are responsible for their
own admissions are ultimately responsible for making this decision for applications made to
their school.

PLEASE NOTE:
If you are successful in being offered a place at St Nicholas School, Elstree, and have
accepted your child’s place via Herts County Council, you will be sent a school ‘new starter
meeting letter’. However if we do not have the school forms returned back to the school
accepting the place by the first Friday in July it will be assumed that you are no longer
interested in a place at St Nicholas School, Elstree and where appropriate the place will then
be allocated out to a child on the continued interest list.

UNSUCCESSFUL APPLICATIONS

Continuing Interest (waiting) list

In the event of more applications than available places and you are not successful in
obtaining a place at St
Nicholas School, Elstree, please contact Hertfordshire County Council to be put on the
continued interest list and inform the school too. Places will be allocated as per the
admission criteria and when a space becomes available you will be informed.

Appeals
Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system should log in
to their online application and click on the link “register an appeal”. Out of country
residence and paper applicants should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to
request their registration details, log into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click
on the link “log into the appeals system”.

'For in-year applications parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in the
first instance. This information can also be found on line
at www.hertsdirect.org/csfcustomerfocus

In Year Admissions

Supported by

Return to Index
“The county council will write to you with the outcome of your application and, if you have
been unsuccessful, will include registration details to enable you to log in and appeal on line
@ www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals”

PLEASE REMEMBER THAT IF YOUR CHIILD ATTENDS THE NURSERY

IT DOES NOT GUARANTEE ENTRY TO THE MAIN SCHOOL

Proverbs 22:6
Teach children how they should live, and they will remember it all their life.

Supported by

Return to Index
 St Nicholas Elstree
Church of England (V.A.) Primary School
St Nicholas Close, Elstree, Hertfordshire, WD6 3EW
Tel : 0208 953 3015 Fax : 0208 953 1162 Text : 07786 201 169
Email : admin@stnicholas610.herts.sch.uk
Web : www.stnicholas610.herts.sch.uk
Headteacher : Mrs K Johnston-Grant

Supplementary Information Form (SIF) for Reception Class

Academic Year 2019-2020

Full Name of Child

Date of Birth

Home Address

Tel No: (Home)

Email Address

Verified
No Yes
by office
Please tick relevant column
Are you seeking a Foundation Place? (Via the Church)
If yes – have you enclosed the completed Foundation Form
signed by your Minister of Religion
Is your child a sibling?

If yes to above please supply name of sibling

Have you applied online
via www.hertsdirect.org/admissions
with your child’s reception school choices

Date online application submitted

Signed Date

Thank you for taking the time to complete this form. Please return the form to:
th
St Nicholas C of E School, St Nicholas Close, Elstree, Herts, WD6 3EW by 13 January 2019

Supported by

Return to Index
 ST PAUL’S CATHOLIC PRIMARY SCHOOL
Park Lane
Cheshunt
HERTS EN7 6LR

ADMISSION POLICY 2019 2020

St Paul’s Catholic Primary School was founded by the Catholic Church to provide education for
children of Catholic families. Whenever there are more applications than places available,
priority will always be given to Catholic children in accordance with the oversubscription criteria
listed below. The school is conducted by its governing body as part of the Catholic Church in
accordance with its trust deed and instrument of government, and seeks at all times to be a
witness to Our Lord Jesus Christ.

As a Catholic school, we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. At a Catholic
school, Catholic doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of the school’s activity. It is
essential that the Catholic character of the school’s education be fully supported by all families
in the school. We therefore hope that all parents will give their full, unreserved and positive
support for the aims and ethos of the school. This does not affect the right of an applicant who
is not Catholic to apply for and be admitted to a place at the school in accordance with the
admission arrangements.

The governing body is the admission authority and has responsibility for admissions to this
school. The local authority undertakes the co-ordination of admission arrangements during the
normal admission round. The governing body has set its admission number at 30 pupils to the
Reception year in the school year which begins in September 2019.

The governing body will, where logistically possible, admit twins and all siblings from multiple
births where one of the children is the last child ranked within the school’s Published
Admissions Number (“PAN”).

Pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan (see note 1)

The admission of pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan is dealt with by a completely
separate procedure. Children with an Education, Health and Care Plan that names the school
must be admitted. Where this takes place before the allocation of places under these
arrangements this will reduce the number of places available to other children.

Oversubscription Criteria

Where there are more applications for places than the number of places available, places
will be offered according to the following order of priority.

1. Catholic ‘looked after’ children and previously ‘looked after’ children, who have been
adopted or made subject to child arrangements orders or special guardianship orders (See
notes 2 & 3)

Return to Index
2. A baptised Catholic child with a Certificate of Catholic Practice, who has a sibling at the
school at the time of admission (see notes 3, 4 and 7).

3. Baptised Catholic Children with a Certificate of Catholic Practice who are resident in the
Parish of St Paul’s Cheshunt, Our Lady of the Immaculate Conception and St Joseph
Waltham Cross and St Augustine’s Hoddesdon (see notes 3, 4 & 10)

4. Other baptised Catholic children with a Certificate of Catholic Practice.

5. Other baptised Catholic children (see note 3)

6. Other ‘looked after’ children and previously ‘looked after’ children who have been adopted or
made subject to child arrangement orders or special guardianship orders (see note 2).

7. Non-Catholic children who have a brother or sister attending the school at the time of
admission.

8. Catechumens and members of an Eastern Christian Church. (see notes 5&6)

9. Any child, attending St Paul’s Nursery that is eligible for Early Years Pupil or Service
Premium Funding. (order changed to come below criteria 8)

10. Christians of other denominations whose application is supported either by a certificate of

baptism or by a letter confirming membership of the parish community.

11. Any other children.

Within each of the categories listed above, the following provisions will be applied in the
following order.

(i) Where evidence is provided at the time of application of an exceptional social, medical or
pastoral need of the child which can most appropriately be met at this school, the
application will be placed at the top of the category in which the application is made.
(see note 9)
(ii) Priority within criteria 1 – 4 will be given to those with a Certificate of Catholic Practice.

(iii) The attendance of a brother or sister at the school at the time of enrolment will increase
the priority of an application within each category So that the application will be
placed at the top of the category in which the application is made after children in (i)
above (see note 7).

Tie Break
Priority will be given to children living closest to the school determined by the shortest distance.
Hertfordshire County Council’s ‘straight line’ distance measurement system is used for all home
to school distance measurements. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping
system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium
address point of your child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium
data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the location of schools and individual
residences. In the event of distances being the same for two or more children where this would
determine the last place to be allocated, random allocation will be carried out and supervised by

Return to Index
a person independent of the school. All the names will be entered into a hat and the required
number of names will be drawn out.

Application Procedures and Timetable

To apply for a place at this school in the normal admission round, you must complete an online
School Admissions Form available from the local authority in which you live. You are also
requested to complete the Supplementary Information Form attached to this policy if you wish to
apply under oversubscription criteria 1 to 5 and 8. The Supplementary Information Form should
be returned to the Headteacher of the school by 15th January 2019.

You will be advised of the outcome of your application on 16th April or the next working day, by
the local authority on our behalf. If you are unsuccessful (unless your child gained a place at a
school you ranked higher) you will be informed of the reasons, related to the oversubscription
criteria listed above, and you have the right of appeal to an independent appeal panel.

If you do not provide the information required in the SIF and return it by the closing date,
together with all supporting documentation, your child will not be placed in criteria 1 to 5
or 8, and this is likely to affect your child’s chance of being offered a place.

All applications which are submitted on time will be considered at the same time and
after the closing date for admissions which is 15th January 2019.

Late Applications

Late applications will be administered in accordance with your home Local Authority Primary
Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme. You are encouraged to ensure that your application is
received on time.

Admission of Children Below Compulsory School Age and Deferred Entry

A child is entitled to a full-time place in the September following their fourth birthday. A child’s
parents may defer the date at which their child, below compulsory school age, is admitted to the
school, until later in the school year but not beyond the point at which they reach compulsory
school age, or beyond the beginning of the final term of the school year for which an offer was
made. A child may take up a part-time place until later in the school year but not beyond the
point at which the child reaches compulsory school age. Upon receipt of the offer of a place a
parent should notify the school, as soon as possible, that they wish to either defer their child’s
entry to the school or take up a part-time place.

Admission of Children Outside their Normal Age Group

A request may be made for a child to be admitted outside of their normal age group, for
example, if the child is gifted and talented or has experienced problems such as ill health. In
addition, the parents of a summer born child, i.e. a child born between 1st April and 31st
August, may request that the child be admitted out of their normal age group, to Reception
rather than Year 1.

Return to Index
Any such request should be made in writing to the Chair of Governors at St Paul’s Catholic
Primary School, Park Lane, Cheshunt, Hertfordshire EN7 6LR at the same time as the
admission application is made. The governing body will make its decision about the request
based on the circumstances of each case and in the best interests of the child. In addition to
taking into account the views of the head teacher, including the head teacher’s statutory
responsibility for the internal organisation, management and control of the school, the governing
body will take into account the views of the parents and of appropriate medical and education
professionals, as appropriate.

Waiting Lists

In addition to their right of appeal, unsuccessful children will be offered the opportunity to be
placed on a waiting list. This waiting list will be maintained in order of the oversubscription
criteria set out above and not in the order in which applications are received or added to the list.
Waiting lists for admission will operate throughout the school year. The waiting list will be held
open until the last day of the summer term.
Inclusion in the school’s waiting list does not mean that a place will eventually become
available.

In-Year Applications

An application can be made for a place for a child at any time outside the admission round and
the child will be admitted where there are available places. Application should be made to the
school by contacting the Headteacher of the school.

Where there are places available but more applications than places, the published
oversubscription criteria, as set out above, will be applied.

If there are no places available, the child will be added to the waiting list (see above).

You will be advised of the outcome of your application in writing, and you have the right of
appeal to an independent appeal panel

Fair Access Protocol

The school is committed to taking its fair share of children who are vulnerable and/or hard to
place, as set out in locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal admission round
the governing body is empowered to give absolute priority to a child where admission is
requested under any locally agreed protocol. The governing body has this power, even when
admitting the child would mean exceeding the published admission number (subject to the
infant class size exceptions).

Nursery

For children attending the school’s nursery, application to the reception class of the school must
be made in the normal way, to the home local authority. Attendance at the school’s nursery
does not automatically guarantee that a place will be offered at the school.

The governing body reserves the right to withdraw the offer of a place or, where the child
is already attending the school the place itself, where it is satisfied that the offer or the
place was obtained by deception.

Return to Index
Notes (these notes form part of the oversubscription criteria)
1. An Education, Health and Care Plan is a plan made by the local authority under section 37 of
the Children and Families Act 2014, specifying the special educational provision required for a
child.
2. A ‘looked after child’ has the same meaning as in section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989, and
means any child who is (a) in the care of a local authority or (b) being provided with
accommodation by them in the exercise of their social services functions (e.g. children with
foster parents) at the time of making application to the school.

A ‘previously looked after child’ is a child who was looked after, but ceased to be so because he
or she was adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or special guardianship
order.

3. ‘Catholic’ means a member of a Church in full communion with the See of Rome. This
includes the Eastern Catholic Churches. This will normally be evidenced by a Certificate of
Baptism in a Catholic Church or a Certificate of Reception into the full communion of the
Catholic Church. For the purposes of this policy, it includes a looked after child who is part of a
Catholic family where a letter from a priest demonstrates that the child would have been
baptised or received if it were not for their status as a looked after child (e.g. a looked after child
in the process of adoption by a Catholic family).

For a child to be treated as Catholic, evidence of Catholic baptism or reception into the Church
will be required. Those who have difficulty obtaining written evidence of baptism should contact
their Parish Priest who, after consulting with the Diocese, will decide how the question of
baptism is to be resolved and how written evidence is to be produced in accordance with the
law of the Church.

4. ’Certificate of Catholic Practice’ means a certificate issued by the family’s parish priest (or the
priest in charge of the church where the family attends Mass) in the form laid down by the
Bishops’ Conference of England and Wales. It will be issued if the priest is satisfied that at least
one Catholic parent or carer (along with the child, if he or she is over seven years old) have
(except when it was impossible to do so) attended Mass on Sundays and holy days of obligation
for at least five years (or, in the case of a child, since the age of seven, if shorter). It will also be
issued when the practice has been continuous since being received into the Church if that
occurred less than five years ago. It is expected that most Certificates will be issued on the
basis of attendance. A Certificate may also be issued by the priest when attendance is
interrupted by exceptional circumstances which excuse from the obligation to attend on that
occasion or occasions. Further details of these circumstances can be found in the guidance
issued to priests
5. ‘catechumen’ means a member of the catechumenate of a Catholic Church. This will normally
be evidenced by a certificate of reception into the order of catechumens.
6. ‘Eastern Christian Church’ includes Orthodox Churches, and is normally evidenced by a
certificate of baptism or reception from the authorities of that Church.
7. “Children of other Christian denominations” means children who belong to other churches
and ecclesial communities which, acknowledge God’s revelation in Christ, confess the Lord
Jesus Christ as God and Saviour according to the Scriptures, and, in obedience to God’s will
and in the power of the Holy Spirit commit themselves: to seek a deepening of their communion
with Christ and with one another in the Church, which is his body; and to fulfil their mission to
proclaim the Gospel by common witness and service in the world to the glory of the one God,
Father, Son and Holy Spirit. An ecclesial community which on principle has no credal

Return to Index
statements in its tradition, is included if it manifests faith in Christ as witnessed to in the
Scriptures and is committed to working in the spirit of the above.
All members of Churches Together in England and CYTÛN are deemed to be included in the
above definition, as are all other churches and ecclesial communities that are in membership of
any local Churches Together Group (by whatever title) on the above basis.

8. ‘brother or sister’ includes:

(i) all natural brothers and sisters, half brothers and sisters, adopted brothers and sisters,
stepbrothers or sisters, foster brothers or sisters, whether or not they are living at the same
address, and
(ii) the child of a parent’s partner where that child lives for at least part of the week in the same
family unit at the same address as the applicant.
9. A ‘parent’ means all natural parents, any person who is not a parent but has parental
responsibility for a child and any person who has care of a child.
10. To demonstrate an exceptional social, medical or pastoral need of the child which can be
most appropriately met at this school, the governing body will require compelling written
evidence from an appropriate professional, such as a social worker, doctor or priest.
11. For the purposes of this policy, parish boundaries are as shown on the attached map (St
Paul Cheshunt) and parish boundary information documents (Our Lady of the Immaculate
Conception and St Joseph Waltham Cross and St Augustine Hoddesdon) and will be applied to
the admission arrangements for September 2019.

[Map and documents attached]

Return to Index
 DIOCESE OF WESTMINSTER

St Paul’s Catholic Primary School

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM

2019/2020
If you are expressing a preference for a place for your child at St Paul’s Catholic Primary School in
Hertfordshire and wish to apply under a faith criterion, you should complete this Supplementary
Information Form.

 The completed Supplementary Information Form, together with all supporting documentation (see
Notes below), should be returned to the Headteacher at St Paul’s Catholic Primary School, Park Lane,
Cheshunt, Hertfordshire EN7 6LR by the closing date of 15th January 2019.
 If you are applying to more than one Catholic school or academy you will need to complete a separate
Supplementary Information Form for each school/academy.
 If you do not provide the information required in this form and return it to the school, with all
supporting documentation, by the closing date, your child may not be placed in the appropriate faith
category and this is likely to affect your child’s chance of being offered a place.
 Remember – you must also complete the online School Admissions Form.]

Name of child: ____________________________________________________________________________

Address of child: __________________________________________________________________________

Parent/Carer Details

Parent/Carer Name: _______________________________________________________________________

Parent/Carer Address (if different from above):

________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________

[Please read the school’s Admission Policy 2019/2020, noting in particular any faith criteria, and your Local
Authority booklet, before completing this form.]

NOTE: When completing the online School Admissions Form, it is important that you provide details of
any siblings (brothers or sisters) who will be attending St Paul’s Catholic Primary School at the proposed
time of admission. If this information is not provided the admission authority of the Catholic school may
not be able to place the application within the correct criteria.

Return to Index
Religious Status of child (please indicate by placing a tick in the appropriate box – please note that a tick
should be indicated in only a single box)

Criteria Tick Box Evidence (insert details in accordance with the Notes
below)
1. Baptised Catholic with a
Certificate of Catholic Practice
(See notes 1 and 2)

2. Baptised Catholic

3. Catechumen

4. Member of an Eastern
Christian Church

5. Member of other Christian

denomination

[The data on this from will only be used within the school admissions system, and will not be divulged to any
third party outside the school admissions system in accordance with current Data Protection legislation.]

I confirm that I have read the Admissions Policy of the school and that the information I have provided is
correct. I understand that I must notify the school immediately if there is any change to these details and
that, should any information I have given prove to be inaccurate, the governing body may withdraw any
offer of a place even if the child has already started school.

Signed ………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Date …………………………………………………………………………………………………..

Return to Index
Notes
1. Evidence of Catholic Baptism
If application is being made for a place at the school for a Catholic child, evidence of Catholic baptism or
reception into the Church is required. A certificate of baptism or certificate of reception into the full
communion of the Catholic Church should be provided at the same time as this form is returned to the
school.
[The Admission Authority may request additional supporting evidence if the written documents that are
provided do not clarify the fact that the child was baptised or received into the Catholic Church, e.g. where
the name and address of the Church is not on the certificate or where the name of the Church does not state
whether it is a Catholic Church or not. Those who have difficulty obtaining written evidence of baptism or
reception into the Church should contact their Parish Priest.]

2. Evidence of Catholic Practice

If application is being made for a place at the school for a Catholic child with a Certificate of Catholic
Practice, this much be signed by a Catholic priest in the form laid down by the Bishops’ Conference of
England and Wales. The certificate should be obtained from the family’s parish priest, or the priest in charge
of the Church where the family practises, and should be provided at the same time as this form is returned
to the school.

3. Evidence for Catechumens

If application is being made for a place at the school for a catechumen, evidence of their being a member of
the catechumenate of a Catholic Church will be required. A certificate of reception into the order of
catechumens should be provided at the same time as this form is returned to the school. For a child under 7
years of age this will be the certificate of the parent.

4. Evidence of Membership of an Eastern Christian Church

If application is being made for a place at the school for a member of an Eastern Christian Church, including
Orthodox Churches, evidence of membership will be required. A certificate of baptism or reception from the
authorities of that Church should be provided at the same time as this form is returned to the school.

5. Evidence for Other Christian Denominations

If application is being made for a place at the school as a member of another Christian denomination a letter
confirming membership of that Christian denomination, and signed by the appropriate minister of religion,
will be required. The letter should be provided at the same time as this form is returned to the school.

Return to Index
Checklist:
Have you enclosed?
 Copy of baptism or certificate of reception into the Catholic Church (where applicable).
 Certificate of Catholic practice (where applicable).
 Letter confirming membership of a Christian denomination (where applicable).

Have you completed and returned your local authority’s Online Application Form?

Return to Index
Return to Index
Hoddesdon

The urban area of Hoddesdon in the Borough of Broxbourne within the boundaries listed
below.

North: The Borough boundary, but extended northwards between Ware Road and
Stanstead Road to include the properties in St Margaret’s Road (both sides).

East: The Borough boundary.

South: From Holy Cross Hill, Wormleybury Brook to the A10. South on the A10 to the
Turnford Intersection, east to the A1170 roundabout, south of the East Herts College of
Further Education, then due east across Turnford Marsh to the County boundary.

West: The Borough boundary.

Note: The boundary runs along the centre of the A10 where mentioned as a boundary.

Agreed by Lea Valley Deanery 13.9.94

Herts Area Advisory Council 29.1.96

Return to Index
Waltham Cross

The urban area of Cheshunt in Broxbourne Borough and the Parish of Enfield Highway
in the London Borough of Enfield, all within the boundaries listed below.

North: From Holy Cross Hill, Wormleybury Brook to the A10. South on the A10 to the
Turnford Intersection; east on the A1170 roundabout; south of the East Herts College of
Further Education, then due east across Turnford Marsh to the County boundary.

East: The County boundary to King George’s Reservoir due east of Millmarsh Lane.

South: Millmarsh Lane, Brimsdown Avenue, Carterhatch Road and Carterhatch Lane to
the Cheshunt railway line west of Hertford Road.

West: The railway north to Turkey Street; Cuffley Brook west to the New River; the New
Rover north to the County boundary (M25). West on the M25 until south of Oldpark
Farm, Theobalds Manor. North on the footpath past Oldpark Farm, east of Home Wood
to the Broadfield Farm; across Barrow Lane and north round Bonney Grove to the
intersection of Dark Lane and Cromwell Avenue. North on Dark Lane and the west side
of Stockwell Lane to Park Lane and Holy Cross Hill to Wormleybury Brook.

Note: The boundary runs along the centre of any road mentioned as a boundary unless
specifically stated otherwise.

Agreed by Lea Valley Deanery 13.9.94

Herts Area Advisory Council 29.1.96

Return to Index
 St Philip Howard Catholic Primary School
Woods Avenue, Hatfield AL10 8NN
: 01707 263969
Email: admin@sphoward.herts.sch.uk
www.sphoward.herts.sch.uk

Admissions Policy 2019-20

St Philip Howard Catholic Primary School was founded by the Catholic Church to provide
education for children of Catholic families. Whenever there are more applications than places
available, priority will always be given to Catholic children in accordance with the
oversubscription criteria listed below. The school is conducted by its governing body as part of
the Catholic Church in accordance with its trust deed and instrument of government, and
seeks at all times to be a witness to Our Lord Jesus Christ.
46
As a Catholic school, we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. At a Catholic
school, Catholic doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of the school’s activity. It is
essential that the Catholic character of the school’s education be fully supported by all families
in the school. We therefore hope that all parents will give their full, unreserved and positive
support for the aims and ethos of the school. This does not affect the right of an applicant who
is not Catholic to apply for and be admitted to a place at the school in accordance with the
admission arrangements.
The governing body is the admission authority and has responsibility for admissions to this
school. The local authority undertakes the co-ordination of admission arrangements during the
normal admission round. The governing body has set its admission number at 60 pupils to
Reception in the school year which begins in September, 2018.
The governing body will, where logistically possible, admit twins and all siblings from multiple
births where one of the children is the last child ranked within the school’s Published
Admissions Number (“PAN”).
Applications are invited for September 2019 from families whose child reaches his or her 4th
birthday between 1st September 2014 and 31st August 2015.

Pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP)

The admission of pupils with an Education Health and Care Plan (EHCP) is dealt with by a
completely separate procedure. Children with an EHCP that names the school must be admitted.
Where this takes place before the allocation of places under these arrangements this will reduce
the number of places available to other children.

Oversubscription Criteria

Where there are more applications than the number of places available, places will be
offered according to the following order of priority: -

1. Catholic looked after children and previously looked after Catholic children who have been
adopted (or made subject to child arrangement orders or special guardianship orders).

2. Catholic children with a Certificate of Catholic Practice with a sibling in the school at the
time of admission. (baptism certificate will be required)

3. Catholic children with a Certificate of Catholic Practice who are resident in the parishes of
St. Peter’s, Hatfield, Marychurch, Hatfield or St Thomas More, Welham Green. (baptism
certificate will be required)

4. Catholic children with a sibling in the school at the time of admission. (baptism certificate
will be required)
1

Return to Index
 St Philip Howard Catholic Primary School
Woods Avenue, Hatfield AL10 8NN
: 01707 263969
Email: admin@sphoward.herts.sch.uk
www.sphoward.herts.sch.uk

5. Catholic children who are resident in the parish of St. Peter’s, Hatfield, Marychurch, Hatfield
or St Thomas More, Welham Green. (baptism certificates will be required)

6. Catholic children with a Certificate of Catholic Practice (baptism certificates will be

required).

7. Other Catholic children who do not meet the above criteria. (baptism certificates will be
required)

8. Other looked after children and children who have been adopted (or made subject to child
arrangement orders or special guardianship orders) immediately after having been looked
after.

9. Children of Catechumens (as evidenced by a supporting letter from their parish priest) or
eastern Christians (baptism certificates will be required).

10. Christian children of other denominations whose membership is evidenced by a minister of

religion

11. Children of other faiths whose membership is evidenced by a religious leader.

12. Any other applicants.

Within each of the categories listed above, the following provisions will be applied in
the following order.

1. Where evidence is provided at the time of application of an exceptional social, medical or

pastoral need of the child which can most appropriately be met at this school, the application
will be placed at the top of the category in which the application is made. (see note 9)

2. The attendance of a brother or sister at the school at the time of enrolment will increase the
priority of an application within categories 7,9,10,11 and 12 so that the application will be
placed at the top of the category in which the application is made after children in (i) above
(see note 7).

Tie Break
Priority will be given to children living closest to the school determined by the shortest
distance. A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used in all home to school distance
measurements. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to two
decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of
your child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a
nationally recognised method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.
In the event of distances being the same for two or more children where this would determine
the last place to be allocated, random allocation will be carried out and supervised by a person
independent of the school. All the names will be entered into a hat and the required number of
names will be drawn out.

Return to Index
 St Philip Howard Catholic Primary School
Woods Avenue, Hatfield AL10 8NN
: 01707 263969
Email: admin@sphoward.herts.sch.uk
www.sphoward.herts.sch.uk
Application Procedures and Timetable
To apply for a place at this school in the normal admission round, you must complete a
Common Application Form available from the local authority in which you live. You are also
requested to complete the Supplementary Information Form attached to this policy if you wish
to apply under oversubscription criteria 1 to 11. The Supplementary Information Form should
be returned to Mrs A Smalley, Admissions Officer, St Philip Howard Catholic School,
Woods Avenue, Hatfield AL10 8NN by 15th January 2019.

You will be advised of the outcome of your application on 16th April or the next working day,
by the local authority on our behalf. If you are unsuccessful (unless your child gained a place
at a school you ranked higher) you will be informed of the reasons, related to the
oversubscription criteria listed above, and you have the right of appeal to an independent
appeal panel.

If you do not provide the information required in the SIF and return it by the closing
date, together with all supporting documentation, your child will not be placed in
criteria 1 to11, and this is likely to affect your child’s chance of being offered a place.
All applications which are submitted on time will be considered at the same time and
after the closing date for admissions which is 15th January 2019

Late Applications
Late applications will be administered in accordance with your home Local Authority Primary
Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme. You are encouraged to ensure that your application is
received on time.

Appeals
Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system should log into
their application and click on the link “register and appeal”. Out of county residents and paper
applicants should call the Customer Service Team on 0300 123 4043 to request their
registration details, log into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click on the link “log
into the appeals system”.

Admission of Children Below Compulsory School Age and Deferred Entry

A child is entitled to a full-time place in the September following their fourth birthday. A child’s
parents may defer the date at which their child, below compulsory school age, is admitted to
the school, until later in the school year but not beyond the point at which they reach
compulsory school age, or beyond the beginning of the final term of the school year for which
an offer was made. A child may take up a part-time place until later in the school year but not
beyond the point at which the child reaches compulsory school age. Upon receipt of the offer
of a place a parent should notify the school, as soon as possible, that they wish to either defer
their child’s entry to the school or take up a part-time place.

Admission of Children Outside their Normal Age Group

A request may be made for a child to be admitted outside of their normal age group, for
example, if the child is gifted and talented or has experienced problems such as ill health. In
addition, the parents of a summer born child, i.e. a child born between 1st April and 31st
August, may request that the child be admitted out of their normal age group, to reception
rather than year 1. Any such request should be made in writing to Mrs A Smalley,

Return to Index
 St Philip Howard Catholic Primary School
Woods Avenue, Hatfield AL10 8NN
: 01707 263969
Email: admin@sphoward.herts.sch.uk
www.sphoward.herts.sch.uk
Admissions Officer, St Philip Howard Catholic School, Woods Avenue, Hatfield AL10
8NN at the same time as the admission application is made. The governing body will make its
decision about the request based on the circumstances of each case and in the best interests
of the child. In addition to taking into account the views of the head teacher, including the head
teacher’s statutory responsibility for the internal organisation, management and control of the
school, the governing body will take into account the views of the parents and of appropriate
medical and education professionals, as appropriate.

Waiting Lists
In addition to their right of appeal, unsuccessful children will be offered the opportunity to be
placed on a waiting list. This waiting list will be maintained in order of the oversubscription
criteria set out above and not in the order in which applications are received or added to the
list. Waiting lists for admission will operate throughout the school year. The waiting list will be
held open until 1st September 2019.
Inclusion in the school’s waiting list does not mean that a place will eventually become
available.

In-Year Applications
An application can be made for a place for a child at any time outside the admission round and
the child will be admitted where there are available places. Application should be made to the
school by contacting Mrs A Smalley, Admissions Officer, St Philip Howard Catholic
School, Woods Avenue, Hatfield AL10 8NN
Where there are places available but more applications than places, the published
oversubscription criteria, as set out above, will be applied.
If there are no places available, the child will be added to the waiting list (see above).
You will be advised of the outcome of your application in writing, and you have the right of
appeal to an independent appeal panel

Fair Access Protocol

The school is committed to taking its fair share of children who are vulnerable and/or hard to
place, as set out in locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal admission round
the governing body is empowered to give absolute priority to a child where admission is
requested under any locally agreed protocol. The governing body has this power, even when
admitting the child would mean exceeding the published admission number (subject to the
infant class size exceptions).

Nursery
For children attending the school’s nursery, application to the reception class of the school
must be made in the normal way, to the home local authority. Attendance at the school’s
nursery does not automatically guarantee that a place will be offered at the school.

The governing body reserves the right to withdraw the offer of a place or, where the
child is already attending the school the place itself, where it is satisfied that the offer
or the place was obtained by deception.

Return to Index
 St Philip Howard Catholic Primary School
Woods Avenue, Hatfield AL10 8NN
: 01707 263969
Email: admin@sphoward.herts.sch.uk
www.sphoward.herts.sch.uk
Notes (these notes form part of the oversubscription criteria)

1. An Education, Health and Care Plan is a plan made by the local authority under section 37
of the Children and Families Act 2014, specifying the special educational provision required for
a child.
2. A ‘looked after child’ has the same meaning as in section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989,
and means any child who is (a) in the care of a local authority or (b) being provided with
accommodation by them in the exercise of their social services functions (e.g. children with
foster parents) at the time of making application to the school.
A ‘previously looked after child’ is a child who was looked after, but ceased to be so because
he or she was adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or special
guardianship order.

3. ‘Catholic’ means a member of a Church in full communion with the See of Rome. This
includes the Eastern Catholic Churches. This will normally be evidenced by a certificate of
baptism in a Catholic Church or a certificate of reception into the full communion of the
Catholic Church. For the purposes of this policy, it includes a looked after child who is part of a
Catholic family where a letter from a priest demonstrates that the child would have been
baptised or received if it were not for their status as a looked after child (e.g. a looked after
child in the process of adoption by a Catholic family).

For a child to be treated as Catholic, evidence of Catholic baptism or reception into the Church
will be required. Those who have difficulty obtaining written evidence of baptism should
contact their Parish Priest [who, after consulting with the Diocese, will decide how the question
of baptism is to be resolved and how written evidence is to be produced in accordance with
the law of the Church].

4. ’Certificate of Catholic Practice’ means a certificate issued by the family’s parish priest (or
the priest in charge of the church where the family attends Mass) in the form laid down by the
Bishops’ Conference of England and Wales. It will be issued if the priest is satisfied that at
least one Catholic parent or carer (along with the child, if he or she is over seven years old)
have (except when it was impossible to do so) attended Mass on Sundays and holy days of
obligation for at least five years (or, in the case of a child, since the age of seven, if shorter). It
will also be issued when the practice has been continuous since being received into the
Church if that occurred less than five years ago. It is expected that most Certificates will be
issued on the basis of attendance. A Certificate may also be issued by the priest when
attendance is interrupted by exceptional circumstances which excuse from the obligation to
attend on that occasion or occasions. Further details of these circumstances can be found in
the guidance issued to priests www.rcdow.org.uk
5. ‘Catechumen’ means a member of the catechumenate of a Catholic Church. This will
normally be evidenced by a certificate of reception into the order of catechumens.
6. ‘Eastern Christian Church’ includes Orthodox Churches, and is normally evidenced by a
certificate of baptism or reception from the authorities of that Church.

7. “Children of other Christian denominations” means: children who belong to other churches
and ecclesial communities which, acknowledging God’s revelation in Christ, confess the Lord
Jesus Christ as God and Saviour according to the Scriptures, and, in obedience to God’s will
5

Return to Index
 St Philip Howard Catholic Primary School
Woods Avenue, Hatfield AL10 8NN
: 01707 263969
Email: admin@sphoward.herts.sch.uk
www.sphoward.herts.sch.uk
and in the power of the Holy Spirit commit themselves: to seek a deepening of their
communion with Christ and with one another in the Church, which is his body; and to fulfil their
mission to proclaim the Gospel by common witness and service in the world to the glory of the
one God, Father, Son and Holy Spirit. An ecclesial community which on principle has no
credal statements in its tradition, is included if it manifests faith in Christ as witnessed to in the
Scriptures and is committed to working in the spirit of the above.
All members of Churches Together in England and of CYTÛN are deemed to be included in
the above definition, as are all other churches and ecclesial communities that are in
membership of any local Churches Together Group (by whatever title) on the above basis.

8. “Children of other faiths” means children who are members of a religious community that
does not fall within the definition of ‘other Christian denominations’ and which falls within the
definition of a religion for the purposes of charity law. The Charities Act 2011 defines religion
to include:
• A religion which involves belief in more than one God, and
• A religion which does not involve belief in a God.

Case law has identified certain characteristics which describe the meaning of religion for the
purposes of charity law, which are characterised by a belief in a supreme being and an
expression of belief in that supreme being through worship.

9. ‘brother or sister’ includes:

(i) all natural brothers and sisters, half brothers and sisters, adopted brothers and sisters,
stepbrothers or sisters, foster brothers or sisters, whether or not they are living at the same
address, and
(ii) the child of a parent’s partner where that child lives for at least part of the week in the same
family unit at the same address as the applicant.
10. A ‘parent’ means all natural parents, any person who is not a parent but has parental
responsibility for a child and any person who has care of a child.
11. To demonstrate an exceptional social, medical or pastoral need of the child which can be
most appropriately met at this school, the governing body will require compelling written
evidence from an appropriate professional, such as a social worker, doctor or priest.
12. For the purposes of this policy, parish boundaries are as shown on the attached map and
will be applied to the admission arrangements.

[Map attached]

Return to Index
 Diocese of Westminster
St Philip Howard Catholic Primary School

Supplementary Information Form

2019-2020

If you are expressing a preference for a place for your child at St Philip Howard Catholic Primary
School in Hertfordshire and wish to apply under a faith criterion, you should complete this
Supplementary Information Form.

• The completed Supplementary Information Form, together with all supporting documentation
should be returned to Admissions, St Philip Howard Catholic School, Woods Avenue,
Hatfield, AL10 8NN by the closing date, 15th January 2019.
• If you are applying to more than one Catholic school or academy, you will need to complete a
Supplementary Information Form for each school/academy
• If you do not provide the information required in this form and return it to the school, with all
supporting documentation, by the closing date, your child may not be placed in the
appropriate faith category and this is likely to affect your child’s chance of being offered a
place.
• Remember- you must also complete the Common Application Form.

Please read the relevant school admission policy, noting in particular any faith criteria, and the
Hertfordshire admissions information, before completing this form. Note: When completing the
Common Application Form, it is important that you provide any details of siblings (brothers
or sisters) who will be attending St Philip Howard Catholic School at the proposed time of
admission. If this information is not provided to Hertfordshire, we may not be able to place
the application within the correct criteria.

The data on this form will only be used within the school admissions system and will not be divulged
to any third party outside the school admission system in accordance with current Data Protection
legislation.

“We are part of God’s family. We follow the way of Jesus by loving, learning and doingReturn
our best”
to Index
 Diocese of Westminster
St Philip Howard Catholic Primary School

Supplementary Information Form

2019-2020

Name of child

Address of child

Parent / carer name

Parent/ carer address (if different

from above)

Religious status of child (please indicate by placing a tick in the appropriate box – please
note that a tick should be indicated in only a single box
Criteria Tick Box Evidence (insert details in accordance with the
notes attached)
Catholic Children with a Certificate of
Catholic Practice
Other Catholic

Catechumen

Member of an Eastern Christian Church

Member of other Christian denomination

Member of other faith

I confirm that I have read the Admissions Policy of the school and that the information that I
have provided is correct. I understand that I must notify the school immediately if there is any
change to these details and that, should any information I have given prove inaccurate, the
governing body may withdraw any offer of a place even if the child has already started
school.

Signed…………………………………………………… Date……………………………………

“We are part of God’s family. We follow the way of Jesus by loving, learning and doingReturn
our best”
to Index
 Diocese of Westminster
St Philip Howard Catholic Primary School

Supplementary Information Form

2019-2020

Notes

1. Evidence of Catholic Baptism

If application is being made for a place at the school for a Catholic child evidence of Catholic baptism or
reception into the Church is required. A certificate of baptism or certificate of reception into the full communion
of the Catholic Church should be provided at the same time as this form is returned to the school.
[The Admission Authority may request additional supporting evidence if the written documents that are
provided do not clarify the fact that the child was baptised or received into the Catholic Church, e.g. where the
name and address of the Church is not on the certificate or where the name of the Church does not state
whether it is a Catholic Church or not. Those who have difficulty obtaining written evidence of baptism or
reception into the Church should contact their Parish Priest.]

2. Evidence of Catholic Practice

If application is being made for a place at the school for a Catholic child with a Certificate of Catholic Practice,
this much be signed by a Catholic priest in the form laid down by the Bishops’ Conference of England and
Wales. The certificate should be obtained from the family’s parish priest, or the priest in charge of the Church
where the family practices, and should be provided at the same time as this form is returned to the school.

3. Evidence for Catechumens

If application is being made for a place at the school for a catechumen evidence of their being a member of
the catechumenate of a Catholic Church will be required. A certificate of reception into the order of
catechumens should be provided at the same time as this form is returned to the school.

4. Evidence of Membership of an Eastern Christian Church

If application is being made for a place at the school for a member of an Eastern Christian Church, including
Orthodox Churches, evidence of membership will be required. A certificate of baptism or reception from the
authorities of that Church should be provided at the same time as this form is returned to the school.

5. Evidence for Other Christian Denominations and Other Faiths

If application is being made for a place at the school as a member of another Christian denomination or
another faith a letter confirming membership of that Christian denomination or faith, and signed by the
appropriate minister of religion or faith leader, will be required. The letter should be provided at the same time
as this

Checklist:
Have you enclosed?

• Copy of baptism or certificate of reception into the Catholic Church (where applicable).
• Certificate of Catholic practice (where applicable).
• Letter confirming membership of a Christian denomination or other faith (where applicable).

Have you completed and returned your local authority’s Common Application Form?

“We are part of God’s family. We follow the way of Jesus by loving, learning and doingReturn
our best”
to Index
The Diocese of Westminster Academy Trust
A Catholic Academy

Reflective Resilience

Resourceful
Respect

Relate

Admission Policy
‘We follow Jesus as we learn, play and pray together.’

Return to Index
 ST. THOMAS MORE CATHOLIC PRIMARY SCHOOL
ADMISSION POLICY 2019/20
MAIN SCHOOL

St Thomas More Catholic Primary School was founded by the Catholic Church to provide
education for children of Catholic families. Whenever there are more applications than places
available, priority will be given to Catholic children in accordance with the oversubscription
criteria listed below. The school is conducted by its Governing Body as part of the Catholic
Church in accordance with its trust deed and articles of association, and seeks at all times to be
a witness to Our Lord Jesus Christ.

As a Catholic school, we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. Catholic doctrine
and practice permeate every aspect of the school’s activity. It is essential that the Catholic
character of the school’s education be fully supported by all families in the school. We
therefore hope that all parents will give their full, unreserved and positive support for the aims
and ethos of the school. This does not affect the right of an applicant who is not Catholic to
apply for and be admitted to a place at the school in accordance with the admission
arrangements.

The Governing Body is the admissions authority and has responsibility for admissions to this
school. The Local Authority undertakes the co-ordination of admission arrangements during the
normal admission round. The Governing Body has set its admission number at 30 pupils to be
admitted to the reception year in the school year which begins in September 2019.

Please note: a place in Nursery does not guarantee a place in the main school, as a separate
application must be made.

Oversubscription Criteria
Where there are more applications for places than the number of places available, places will be
offered according to the following order of priority:

1. Catholic looked after and Catholic previously looked after children (see notes 2, 3 & 4).

2. Catholic children with a Certificate of Catholic Practice who have a brother or sister in school
at the time of admission (see notes 4, 5 & 10).

3. Catholic children with a Certificate of Catholic Practice who are resident in the parish of
Letchworth (see notes 4, 5 & 12).

4. Catholic children with a Certificate of Catholic Practice who are resident in the parishes of
Hitchin or Shefford (see notes 4, 5 & 12).

5. Other Catholic children (see note 4).

6. Other looked after and previously looked after children (see note 2 & 3).

7. Catechumens and members of an Eastern Christian Church (see notes 6 & 7).

8. Other children with a brother or sister in the school at the time of admission (see note 10).

Return to Index
9. Children of other Christian denominations whose membership is evidenced by a minister of
religion (see note 8).

10. Children of other faiths whose membership is evidenced by a religious leader (see note 9).

11. Any other children.

Tie Break
When there is a need for a tie break where two different addresses are the same distance
from a school, in the case of a block of flats for example, the lower door number will be deemed
nearest as logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two
identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will be random. Every child entered
onto the HCC admissions database has an individual random number assigned, between 1 and 1
million, against each preference school. When there is a need for a final tie break the random
number is used to allocate the place, with the lowest number given priority.

Arrangements for Twins/ Siblings from a Multiple Birth

The Governing Body will, where logistically possible, admit twins and all siblings from multiple
births where one of the children is the last child ranked within the school’s Published
Admissions Number (“PAN”).

Within each of the categories listed above, the following provision will be applied:
Where evidence is provided at the time of application of an exceptional social, medical or
pastoral need of the child which can most appropriately be met at this school, the application
will be placed at the top of the category in which the application is made (see note 11).

Pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan

The admission of pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan is dealt with by a completely
separate procedure. Children with an Education, Health and Care Plan that names the school
must be admitted. Where this takes place before the allocation of places under these
arrangements this will reduce the number of places available to other children (see note 1).

Application Procedures and Timetable

Applications are invited for September 2019 from families whose child attains 4 years of age
between 1st September 2018 and 31st August 2019.

To apply for a place at this school in the normal admission round, you must complete an online
application form available from your Local Authority. If you are applying under criteria 2, 3, 4,
5, 7, 8, 9 or 10 you should also complete the School’s Supplementary Information Form (SIF).
Whilst it is not compulsory, the information on the SIF enables the Governing Body to assess
your application fully against the School’s criteria in the event of oversubscription.

Please return the SIF (in person or by post) to the School, together with any other relevant
paperwork required for your application, including the Certificate of Catholic Practice, where
appropriate. If you do not complete the forms described above and return them by 15th

Return to Index
January 2019, the Governing Body will have to consider your application using only the
information on the documents supplied. If you don’t supply a SIF your child may be placed in a
lower category because of lack of information and you may not be offered a place.

You will be advised of the outcome of your application on 16th April 2019 or the next working
day, by the Local Authority on our behalf. If you are unsuccessful (unless your child gained a
place at a school you ranked higher) you will be informed of the reasons, related to the
oversubscription criteria listed above, and you have the right of appeal to an independent appeal
panel.

Late Applications
Applications received after the closing date will be dealt with after the initial allocation process
has been completed. If the school is oversubscribed it is very unlikely that late applicants will
obtain a place.

Admission of Children Below Compulsory School Age and Deferred Entry

A child is entitled to a full-time place in the September following their fourth birthday. A
child’s parents may defer the date at which their child, below compulsory school age, is
admitted to the school, until later in the school year but not beyond the point at which they
reach compulsory school age, or beyond the beginning of the final term of the school year for
which an offer was made. A child may take up a part-time place until later in the school year,
but not beyond the point at which the child reaches compulsory school age. Upon receipt of the
offer of a place a parent should notify the school, as soon as possible, that they wish to either
defer their child’s entry to the school or take up a part-time place.

Admission of Children outside their Normal Age Group

A request may be made for a child to be admitted outside of their normal age group, for
example, if the child is gifted and talented or has experienced problems such as ill health. In
addition, the parents of a summer born child, i.e. a child born between 1st April and 31st August,
may request that the child be admitted out of their normal age group, to reception rather than
year 1.
Any such request should be made in writing to the Headteacher, St Thomas More School,
Highfield, Letchworth Garden City, Herts, SG6 3QB, at the same time as the admission
application is made. The Governing Body will make its decision about the request based on the
circumstances of each case and in the best interests of the child. In addition to taking into
account the views of the head teacher, including the head teacher’s statutory responsibility for
the internal organisation, management and control of the school, the governing body will take
into account the views of the parents and of appropriate medical and education professionals, as
appropriate.

Waiting Lists
In addition to their right of appeal, unsuccessful children will be offered the opportunity to be
placed on our Continued Interest List. This Continued Interest List will be maintained in order
of the oversubscription criteria set out above and not in the order in which applications are

Return to Index
received or added to the list. Continuing interest lists for admission will operate throughout the
school year. The Continuing Interest List will be held open until 21st July 2020.

Inclusion in the school’s Continuing Interest List does not mean that a place will eventually
become available.

In-Year Applications
An application can be made for a place for a child at any time outside the admission round and
the child will be admitted where there are available places. Application should be made to the
school by contacting the School Business Manager, St Thomas More School, Highfield,
Letchworth Garden City, Herts, SG6 3QB.
Where there are places available but more applications than places, the published
oversubscription criteria, as set out above, will be applied.

If there are no places available, the child will be added to The Continued Interest List (see
above). You will be advised of the outcome of your application in writing, and you have the right
of appeal to an independent appeal panel.

Fair Access Protocol

The school is committed to taking its fair share of children who are vulnerable and/or hard to
place, as set out in locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal admission round the
Governing Body is empowered to give absolute priority to a child where admission is requested
under any locally agreed protocol. The Governing Body has this power, even when admitting the
child would mean exceeding the published admission number (subject to the infant class size
exceptions).

The Governing Body reserves the right to withdraw the offer of a place or, where a child is
already attending the school the place itself, where it is satisfied that the offer or place was
obtained by deception.

Notes (these notes form part of the oversubscription criteria)

1. An ‘Education, Health and Care Plan’ is a plan made by the local authority under section 37 of
the Children and Families Act 2014, specifying the special educational provision required for a
child.

2. A ‘looked after child’ has the same meaning as in section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989, and
means any child who is (a) in the care of a local authority or (b) being provided with
accommodation by them in the exercise of their social services functions (e.g. children with
foster parents) at the time of making application to the school.

3. A ‘previously looked after child’ is a child who was looked after, but ceased to be so because
he or she was adopted, or became subject to a child arrangement order or special guardianship
order.

4. ‘Catholic’ means a member of a Church in full communion with the See of Rome. This includes
the Eastern Catholic Churches. This will normally be evidenced by a certificate of baptism in a

Return to Index
Catholic Church or a certificate of reception into the full communion of the Catholic Church. For
the purposes of this policy, it includes a looked after child who is part of a Catholic family
where a letter from a priest demonstrates that the child would have been baptised or received
if it were not for their status as a looked after child (e.g. a looked after child in the process of
adoption by a Catholic family).

For a child to be treated as Catholic, evidence of Catholic baptism or reception into the Church
will be required. Those who have difficulty obtaining written evidence of baptism should contact
their Parish Priest who, after consulting with the Diocese, will decide how the question of
baptism is to be resolved and how written evidence is to be produced in accordance with the law
of the Church.

5. ‘Certificate of Catholic Practice’ means a certificate issued by the family’s parish priest (or
the priest in charge of the church where the family attends Mass) in the form laid down by the
Bishops’ Conference of England and Wales. It will be issued if the priest is satisfied that at
least one Catholic parent or carer (along with the child, if he or she is over seven years old)
have (except when it was impossible to do so) attended Mass on Sundays and holy days of
obligation for at least five years (or, in the case of the child, since the age of seven, if shorter).
It will also be issued when the practice has been continuous since being received into the Church
if that occurred less than five years ago. It is expected that most Certificates will be issued on
the basis of attendance. A Certificate may also be issued by the priest when attendance is
interrupted by exceptional circumstances which excuse from the obligation to attend on that
occasion or occasions. Further details of these circumstances can be found in the guidance
issued to priests http://rcdow.org.uk/education/governors/admissions/

6. ‘Catechumen’ means a member of the catechumenate of a Catholic Church. This will normally
be evidenced by a certificate of reception into the order of catechumens.

7. ‘Eastern Christian Church’ includes Orthodox Churches, and is normally evidenced by a

certificate of baptism or reception from the authorities of that Church.

8. “Children of other Christian denominations” means children who belong to other churches and
ecclesial communities which, acknowledge God’s revelation in Christ, confess the Lord Jesus
Christ as God and Saviour according to the Scriptures, and, in obedience to God’s will and in the
power of the Holy Spirit commit themselves: to seek a deepening of their communion with Christ
and with one another in the Church, which is his body; and to fulfil their mission to proclaim the
Gospel by common witness and service in the world to the glory of the one God, Father, Son and
Holy Spirit. An ecclesial community which on principle has no credal statements in its tradition,
is included if it manifests faith in Christ as witnessed to in the Scriptures and is committed to
working in the spirit of the above.

All members of Churches Together in England and CYTÛN are deemed to be included in the
above definition, as are all other churches and ecclesial communities that are in membership of
any local Churches Together Group (by whatever title) on the above basis.

9. “Children of other faiths” means children who are members of a religious community that
does not fall within the definition of ‘other Christian denominations’ at 6 above and which falls
within the definition of a religion for the purposes of charity law. The Charities Act 2011
defines religion to include:

• A religion which involves belief in more than one God, and

Return to Index
 • A religion which does not involve belief in a God.

Case law has identified certain characteristics which describe the meaning of religion for the
purposes of charity law, which are characterised by a belief in a supreme being and an
expression of belief in that supreme being through worship.

10. ‘Brother or sister’ includes:

(i) all-natural brothers or sisters, half brothers or sisters, adopted brothers or sisters,
stepbrothers or sisters, foster brothers or sisters, whether or not they are living at the same
address; and

(ii) the child of a parent’s partner where that child lives for at least part of the week in the
same family unit at the same address as the applicant.

11. To demonstrate an exceptional social, medical or pastoral need of the child which can be
most appropriately met at this school, the governing body will require compelling written
evidence from an appropriate professional, such as a social worker, doctor or priest.

12. For the purposes of this policy, parish boundaries are as shown on the boundary guidelines
(set out below) and will be applied to the admission arrangements for September 2019.

Letchworth Boundary
The urban area of Letchworth in North Herts District within the following boundaries.
North: The County boundary from Stotfield Road at Fairfield Hospital to the River Ivel at
Radwell. The River Ivel south-east to the A1(M).
East: The A1(M) from where it crosses the River Ivel to the Luton-Royston railway line.
The railway to the east of properties in Green Lane, then Works Road, Jubilee Road and
Baldock Road to the A1(M), the properties in these roads being included in Letchworth
Parish. The A1(M) to Wymondley Civil Parish boundary.
South: Wymondley and Hitchin boundaries to Stotfold Road at Walsworth.
West: Stotfold Road to Wilbury Hill; west from Wilbury Hill to the County boundary at
the south end of Fox Covert. The County boundary following Fox Covert, Arlesey New
Road and Stotfold Road to Fairfield Hospital.
Note: The boundary runs along the centre of any road mentioned as a boundary unless
specifically stated otherwise.
Agreed by Stevenage Deanery 14.6.94
Herts Area Advisory Council 29.1.96

Hitchin Boundary
The urban area of Hitchin and the nine Civil Parishes of Hexton, Holwell, Ickleford,
Ippollitts, King’s Walden, Lilley, Offley, Pirton and Preston in North Herts District.
Agreed by Stevenage Deanery 14.6.94
Herts Area Advisory Council

Return to Index
Shefford Boundary
As reviewed and defined, Dec. 2013 / Jan. 2014

MAP A. Detail between Southill and A1

Return to Index
MAP B. Detail between Higham Gobion and A6

MAP C. Detail at Wilstead Hill

Return to Index
 DIOCESE OF WESTMINSTER

ST THOMAS MORE CATHOLIC PRIMARY SCHOOL

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FORM

2019/2020
If you are expressing a preference for a place for your child at St Thomas More School in North
Hertfordshire and wish to apply under a faith criterion, you should complete this
Supplementary Information Form.

▪The completed Supplementary Information Form, together with all supporting

documentation (see Notes below), should be returned to the Headteacher at the school by the
closing date, 15th January 2019.

▪If you are applying to more than one Catholic school you will need to complete a separate
Supplementary Information Form for each school.

▪If you do not provide the information required in this form and return it to the school,
with all supporting documentation, by the closing date, your child may not be placed in the
appropriate faith category and this is likely to affect your child’s chance of being offered a
place.

▪Remember – you must also complete the Online Application Form.

Name of child: ______________________________________

Address of child: ______________________________________

______________________________________

_____________________________________

Parent/Carer Details
Parent/Carer Name: ______________________________________

Parent/Carer Address: ______________________________________

(if different from above) ______________________________________

Please read the relevant school’s Admission Policy, noting in particular any faith criteria, and
your Local Authority booklet, before completing this form.

Return to Index
NOTE: When completing the Online Application Form, it is important that you provide details
of any siblings (brothers or sisters) who will be attending the Catholic school at the proposed
time of admission. If this information is not provided the admission authority of the Catholic
school may not be able to place the application within the correct criteria.

Religious Status of child (please indicate by placing a tick in the appropriate box – please note
that a tick should be indicated in only a single box)11

. Criteria Tick Box Evidence [insert details in

accordance with the Notes
below]
1. Catholic with a Certificate
of Catholic Practice □
2. [Other] Catholic
□
3. Catechumen
□
4. Member of an Eastern
Christian Church □
5. Member of other Christian
denomination □
6. Member of other faith
□
Catholic Parish in which your child lives:

Names of brothers or sisters at this school who will still be on Name Year Group
roll in September 2019

Checklist:
Have you enclosed?

• Copy of Baptism or Certificate of Reception into the Catholic Church (where applicable).
• Certificate of Catholic Practice (where applicable).
• Letter confirming membership of a Christian denomination or other faith (where
applicable).

Have you completed and returned your local authority’s Online Application Form?

Return to Index
NOTES:

1.Evidence of Catholic Baptism

If application is being made for a place at the school for a Catholic child evidence of Catholic
baptism or reception into the Church is required. A certificate of baptism or certificate of
reception into the full communion of the Catholic Church should be provided at the same time
as this form is returned to the school.

The Admission Authority may request additional supporting evidence if the written documents
that are provided do not clarify the fact that the child was baptised or received into the Catholic
Church, e.g. where the name and address of the Church is not on the certificate or where the
name of the Church does not state whether it is a Catholic Church or not. Those who have
difficulty obtaining written evidence of baptism or reception into the Church should contact
their Parish Priest.

2. Evidence of Catholic Practice

If application is being made for a place at the school for a Catholic child with a Certificate of
Catholic Practice, this must be signed by a Catholic priest in the form laid down by the Bishops’
Conference of England and Wales. The certificate should be obtained from the family’s parish
priest, or the priest in charge of the Church where the family practises, and should be provided
at the same time as this form is returned to the school.

3. Evidence for Catechumens

If application is being made for a place at the school for a catechumen evidence of their being a
member of the catechumenate of a Catholic Church will be required. A certificate of reception
into the order of catechumens should be provided at the same time as this form is returned to
the school.

4. Evidence of Membership of an Eastern Christian Church

If application is being made for a place at the school for a member of an Eastern Christian
Church, including Orthodox Churches, evidence of membership will be required. A certificate of
baptism or reception from the authorities of that Church should be provided at the same time
as this form is returned to the school.

5. Evidence for Other Christian Denominations and Other Faiths

If application is being made for a place at the school as a member of another Christian
denomination or another faith a letter confirming membership of that Christian denomination
or faith, and signed by the appropriate minister of religion or faith leader, will be required. The
letter should be provided at the same time as this form is returned to the school.

Return to Index
 Archdiocese of Westminster

St Thomas of Canterbury Catholic Primary School

Admissions Policy

September 2019 to July 2020

Return to Index
 Admissions Policy for 2019/20

Reception

St Thomas of Canterbury Catholic Primary School,

Puckeridge, Ware, Herts SG11 1RZ

St Thomas of Canterbury Catholic Primary School is a Voluntary Aided

School in the Trusteeship of the Diocese of Westminster. The school provides
a distinctive Catholic education. The Governing Body is responsible for
admissions and is guided in that responsibility by the requirements of law, by
advice from the Diocesan Trustees and its duty to the Catholic community and
the common good.

As a Catholic school, we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils.
At a Catholic school, Catholic doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of
the school’s activity. It is essential that the Catholic character of the school’s
education be fully supported by all families in the school. All applicants are
therefore expected to give their full, unreserved and positive support for the
aims and ethos of the school.

In the last three years governors have been able to admit in all the categories
of the oversubscription criteria.

The Published Admission Number (PAN) for 2019/2020 is 15. It is this number
because we are a half form entry per year. The Governing Body has sole
responsibility for admissions to this school and intends to admit 15 children in
the school year which begins in September 2019. Applications are welcome
from families whose child reaches his/her 4th birthday between 1st September
2018 and 31st August 2019.

Return to Index
Oversubscription Criteria

Within each category priority will be given to children with a sibling

attending the school at the time of admission. This rule will be applied
prior to distance criteria.

Where there are more applications than the number of places available,
places will be offered according to the following order of priority:

1. Catholic looked after children and Catholic children who have been
adopted (or made subject to child arrangement orders or special
guardianship orders) immediately after having been looked after.
2. Baptised Catholic Children.
3. Other looked after children and children who have been adopted (or
made subject to child arrangement orders or special guardianship
orders) immediately after having been looked after.
4. Children of families who are members of other Christian faith
backgrounds.
5. Children of families who are members of other faith backgrounds.
6. Any other children

For criteria 4 and 5 a letter from the minister/faith leader confirming

membership of the faith community will be required.

Exceptional Need
Governors will give priority within a category to an application where there is
proof of a particular medical or social reason which can only be met at this
school. To demonstrate an exceptional social or medical need of the child
which can only be met at this school, the governing body will require
compelling written evidence from an appropriate professional, such as a
social worker, doctor or a priest.

Multiple Applications
Where the final place is offered to a child who has other siblings applying for a
place in the same school year, these siblings will also be admitted.

Tie Break
If there are more applications received that fulfil the criteria in any of the
categories than there are places available, the school will offer places up to
the admission number to those living nearest the school. A ‘straight line’
distance measurement is used for all home to school distance measurements
for admission allocation purposes. Distances are measured using a
computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is
taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to
the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally
recognised method of identifying the location of schools and individual
residences. If distances are identical, the Governing Body will draw lots in the
presence of an independent witness.

Return to Index
Fair Access Protocols
The school is committed to taking its fair share of children who are vulnerable
and/or hard to place, as set out in the locally agreed protocols. Accordingly,
outside the normal admissions round, the governing body is empowered to
give absolute priority to a child where admission is requested under any local
protocol that has been agreed by both the local authority and the Governing
Body for the current school year. The Governing Body has this power even
when admitting the child would mean exceeding the published admission
number.

Pupils with an Education, Health and Care (EHC) Plan

The admission of pupils with an Education, Health and Care Plan (EHC) is
dealt with by a completely separate procedure. (This used to be called a
Statement of Special Educational Needs). Details of this separate procedure
are set out in the Special Educational Needs Code of Practice – January
2015. If your child has an EHC plan you must contact your local authority SEN
officer. Children with this school named in their EHC Plan will be admitted.

Change of Details
If any of the details on your forms change between the date of application and
the receipt of the letter of offer or refusal, you must inform the School and the
local authority immediately. If misleading information is given or allowed to
remain on either of your forms, the Governing Body reserves the right to
withdraw the place, even if the child has already started at the School.

Notes and Definitions of Terms

Catholic: a member of a Church in full communion with the See of Rome.

This includes the Eastern Catholic Churches. This will be evidenced by a
certificate of baptism in a Catholic Church or a certificate of Reception into the
full communion of the Catholic Church. This also includes a looked-after child
in the process of adoption with a Catholic family , who would have been
baptised were it not for his/her status as a child looked after child.

Children Looked After (Children in public care): A “child looked after” is a

child who is:
a) in the care of a local authority, or
b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of
their social services functions e.g. children with foster parents at the time of
application to the school (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

Adopted. An adopted child is any child who has been formally adopted,
having been in care and whose parent/guardian can give proof of this.

Child Arrangement Order. A Child Arrangement order is an order under the

terms of the Children Act 1989 s.8 settling the arrangements to be made as to
the person with whom the child is to live. Children ‘looked after’ immediately
before the order is made qualify in this category.

Return to Index
Special guardianship order. A special guardianship order is an order under
the terms of the Children Act 1989 s.14A appointing one or more individuals
to be a child’s special guardian(s). A child ‘looked after’ immediately before
the order is made qualifies in this category.

Parent: means the adult or adults with legal responsibility for the child.

Sibling: A sibling must be on the roll of the school at the time the younger
child starts. A sibling means the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted
brother or sister, or child of the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after
or previously looked after and in every case living permanently in a placement
within the home as part of the family household from Monday to Friday at the
time of this application.

Where a place is obtained and the child admitted to the school and it is
subsequently identified that this place was gained fraudulently, there will be
no sibling connection available to subsequent children from that family.

Children of other Christian denominations: for the purposes of this policy,

means: children who belong to other Churches and ecclesial communities
which, acknowledging God’s revelation in Christ, confess the Lord Jesus
Christ as God and Saviour according to the Scriptures, and, in obedience to
God’s will and in the power of the Holy Spirit, commit themselves: to seek a
deepening of their communion with Christ and with one another in the Church,
which is His body; and to fulfil their mission to proclaim the Gospel by
common witness and service in the world to the glory of the One God, Father,
Son and Holy Spirit. An ecclesial community which on principle has no credal
statements in its tradition, is included if it manifests faith in Christ as witness
to in the Scriptures and is committed to working in the Spirit of the above.

All members of Churches Together in England and Cytun (Wales) are

deemed to be included in the above definition, as are all other Churches and
ecclesial communities that are in the membership of any local Churches
Together Group (by whatever title) on the above basis.

Children of other faiths means children who are members of a religious

community that does not fall within the definition of “Other Christian
denominations” and which falls within the definition of a religion for the
purposes of charity law. The Charities Act 2011 defines religion to include:
• A religion which involves a belief in more than one God
• A religion which does not involve belief in a God

Case law has identified certain characteristics which describe the meaning of
religion for the purposes of Charity Law, which are characterised by a belief in
a supreme being and an expression of belief in that supreme being through
worship.

Baptised: By this we mean baptised into the Catholic Church. This will
normally be evidenced by a Certificate of Baptism in a Catholic church or a
Certificate of Reception into the full communion of the Catholic Church.

Return to Index
Resident: A child is deemed to be resident at a particular address when
he/she resides there for more than 50% of the school week.

Home to school distance measurement

Hertfordshire County Council’s ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used
for all home to school distance measurements for admission allocation
purposes. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to
two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase
Premium address point of your child’s house to the address point of the
school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of
identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

APPLICATION PROCEDURE 2019 - 2020

In order to make an application, you must complete an Online Application

Form (OAF) from your local authority (LA) either online or on paper and
return it to them. You should also complete the school’s Supplementary
Information Form (SIF) available on our website. The information on the SIF
enables the Governing Body to assess your application fully against the
School’s criteria in the event of oversubscription. Please return the SIF (in
person or by post) to the school at the address above together with all other
relevant paperwork required for your application.
The OAF and SIF must be completed and submitted by 15th January 2019
and if a SIF is not received by the school by the closing date the Governors
will apply the school’s admission arrangements using only the information
supplied on the OAF, which may result in the application being considered
under a much lower criteria, and you may be less likely to be successful in
being allocated a place.

Offers
The local authority will inform you of the outcome of your application on behalf
of the Governing Body, on or about 16th April 2019. This information will also
be available on line for those who have submitted an e-application.
Parents/carers should accept or decline the place offered as soon as
possible. See timetable available from the LA or school website.

Please contact us if you need help in applying for admission to our

school:- telephone : 01920 821450
e-mail : head@stcanterbury.herts.sch.uk

In-Year Admissions
Applications for In-Year admissions are made directly to the Local Authority
(LA) and the School’s Supplementary Information Form (SIF) should be
provided directly to the school. Parents can fill in the form online
at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions or they can access a hard copy of the
form from the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043. Parents should
return the application form direct to the County Council (address on the form).
If a place is available and there is no waiting list the LA will be notified and the
child will be admitted. If more applications are received than there are places

Return to Index
available then applications will be ranked by the Governing Body in
accordance with the oversubscription criteria. If a place cannot be offered at
this time then you may ask us for the reasons and you will be informed of your
right of appeal. If you wish to appeal you should contact the school directly in
the first instance. You will be offered the opportunity of being placed on a
waiting list. This waiting list will be maintained by the LA and by the Governing
Body in the order of the oversubscription criteria and not in the order in which
the applications are received. Names are removed from the list at the end of
each academic year. When a place becomes available the Governing Body
will decide who is at the top of the list, in accordance with the oversubscription
criteria, so that an offer can be made. The LA will inform parents whether or
not a place is to be offered

Reception Year Deferred Entry

Applicants may defer entry to school up until compulsory school age i.e. the
first day of term following the child’s fifth birthday. Application is made in the
usual way and then the deferment is requested. The place will then be held
until the first day of the spring or summer term as applicable. Entry may not
be deferred beyond compulsory school age or beyond the year for which the
application has been made. Therefore applicants whose children have
birthdays in the summer term may only defer until the 1st April 2020.

Part-time attendance
Applicants may request that their child attend part-time until compulsory
school age is reached.

Summer Born Children

If a parent wishes his/her summer born child to start school in Reception in
the September following his/her 5th birthday i.e. a child born between 1st April
– 31st August being admitted to Reception at 5 years of age, they should
make the school aware of this by writing a letter to the Chair of Governors at
the time of application. Parents must then submit an application in the normal
way. This application will be treated in the same way as all other applications
and there is no guarantee that an offer will be made.

Children Educated Outside their Chronological Age Group (except

Reception applications for summer born children)
Parents may apply for their child to be educated outside his/her chronological
age group i.e. a year behind or a year ahead. Application should be made to
the Chair of Governors at the time of application and any supporting evidence
should be submitted at the same time. Governors will consider each case on
its own merits and permission will only be given in exceptional circumstances.

Nursery Children
Attendance at the nursery does not guarantee a place in reception. Parents
of children attending St Thomas of Canterbury nursery must make a fresh
application for reception.

Waiting List
In addition to their right of appeal, unsuccessful candidates will be offered the
opportunity to be placed on a waiting list (our Continued Interest List). This list

Return to Index
will be maintained in order of the oversubscription criteria set out in the policy
and not in the order in which applications are received or added to the list.
Names will be removed from the list on 31st August 2019, unless applicants
request to remain on the list.

Appeals
Parents have the right to express their preference for a particular school but
this preference must be expressed in accordance with our admission
arrangements as above. Parents applying for places for the Primary school
have the right to appeal to an Independent Appeals Panel.

Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system

should log in to their online application and click on the link “register an
appeal”. Out of county residents and paper applicants should call the
Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request their registration
details, log into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click on the link
“log into the appeals system”.

For in-year applications parents wishing to appeal should contact the school
directly in the first instance.

Timetable
Information on the closing date for receipt of applications, offer day and dates
for appeals is available from the LA or the school website.

Return to Index
Diocese of Westminster
Catholic Primary Schools
Supplementary Information Form 2019/20

Name and Address of School:

St Thomas of Canterbury Catholic Primary School, Puckeridge, SG11 1RZ

Child’s Details

Child’s surname:
Child’s first name:
Home Address: Date of Birth:

Postcode:

Parent/Carer Details

Parent/ Carer‘s name:

Address (if different from

above):

Telephone number:

Return to Index
Details of Religion
Religion of child: Catholic Other Christian Other faith
(name of
(Please tick) denomination ) (name of faith)

Catholic Parish you live in:

Church where child was baptised and date

of baptism: (baptism certificate
required)

I confirm that I have read and understood the Admissions Policy and that the
information I have provided is correct. I understand that I must notify the
school immediately if there is any change to these details and that should any
information I have given prove to be inaccurate that the governors may
withdraw any offer of a place even if the child has already started school.

Signed……………………………………… Date…..…………………

Please note:

• Applicants from other Christian denominations and other faiths may attach a
letter confirming membership of the faith community from their minister or
religious leader.
• You must complete your local authority’s online application form and return
it to the council offices by the closing date. If you do not do this you will not
be offered a place.

Checklist:

Have you enclosed : Copy of baptism certificate?

Evidence of exceptional need (where appropriate)

Have you completed your local authority’s online application form?

Return to Index
 “We are called to be the hands and face of Jesus as we learn, love and grow together”

Headteacher: Mr J White BEd (Hons) NPQH St. Vincent de Paul Catholic Primary School
Bedwell Crescent, Stevenage, Herts., SG1 1NJ
Tel: 01438 729555
Email: admin@stvincent.herts.sch.uk
www.stvincent.herts.sch.uk

MAIN SCHOOL POLICY

2019 - 2020
We are called to be the hands and face of Jesus as we learn, love and grow together
St. Vincent de Paul School is a Catholic foundation intended for the education of Catholic children. The admission
of pupils rests with the Board of Governors whose criteria for admissions are set out below. The first and most
important criterion for the school is to determine that the child comes from a Catholic family. As a Catholic
school we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. At a Catholic school, Catholic doctrine and
practice permeate every aspect of the school’s activity. It is essential that the Catholic character of the school’s
education be fully supported by all families in the school. All applicants are therefore expected to give their full,
unreserved and positive support for the aims and ethos of the school.

The Governors intend to admit sixty children (Published Admission Number PAN) at the reception stage in each
school year.

The offer of a place in the Nursery does not ensure a place in Main School. Parents of children
attending St Vincent de Paul nursery must make a fresh application for reception.

Whenever there are more applications than places available, priority will always be given to Catholic
applicants in accordance with the Trust Deed of the Diocese of Westminster. Applications will be ranked
using the criteria listed below.
In this policy applicant refers to the person making an application on behalf of a child.

Oversubscription Criteria
1
1. Catholic ‘looked after children’ and Catholic children who previously looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted (or made subject to ‘Child Arrangements Orders’ 3), or ‘special guardianship
2

orders’ 4. Places are allocated to chidren in public care according to chapter 7, section 2 of the School
Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination fo Admission Arrangements) (England) Regulations
2012.

2. Children, from a ‘family’ 5 with a ‘Certificate of Catholic Practice’6, who are baptised ‘Catholics’ 7 and who have
‘siblings’ 8 in our main9 school at the time of admission.

3. Children, from a family with a ‘Certificate of Catholic Practice’, who are baptised Catholics, ‘resident’10 in St.
Joseph’s Parish11, Stevenage New Town or The Church of the Transfiguration Stevenage Old Town.

4. Children, from a family with a ‘Certificate of Catholic Practice’, who are baptised Catholics, resident in any
other parishes and for whom St Vincent de Paul Catholic Primary School is their nearest Catholic Primary
School.

5. Children, from a family with a ‘Certificate of Catholic Practice’, who are baptised Catholics and for whom St
Vincent de Paul Catholic Primary School is not their nearest Catholic Primary School.

6. Other Baptised Catholic children.

7. Other ‘looked after children and children who have been adopted (or made subject to Child Arrangements
orders or special guardianship orders’.

Return to Index
8. Families who are undergoing a Catholic Baptismal preparation course leading to Baptism before the child
begins school, and this is verified in writing by a Catholic priest or members of the ‘Eastern Christian
Church’12 as defined in Diocesan Guidance whose membership is confirmed in writing by their priest or who
can provide a certificate of baptism.

9. Christians’13 and this is verified in writing by their minister or who can provide a certificate of baptism..

10. Children of other Christian demominations16.

11. Children of other faiths17, whose membership of the faith community is confirmed by a letter from their faith
leader.

12. Any other children.

Ex ceptional Need

The Governing Body will give top priority, after the appropriate category of looked-after children, to an
application where compelling evidence is provided at the time of application, from an appropriate
professional such as a doctor, priest or social worker, of an exceptional social, medical, pastoral or other
need of the child, which can only be met at this school (As clarified in appendix 1).

Few applications are accepted under this rule.

Other Priorities

Where there are more applications for places than the number of places available, places will be offered
according to the order of priority of the numbered criteria above.
Where the offer of places to all the applicants in any of the criteria listed above would exceed the number of
places available the following provisions in each criterion will be applied.
(a) Children who have a sibling already attending the main school at the time of admission.
(b) Proximity of the child’s home to the school as provided by Hertfordshire County Council.
(c) Where one child of twins/triplets/siblings for the same academic year has been offered a place and the
other(s) have not the additional sibling will be offered a place, even though this would mean the class size is over
the admission number.
(d) Two families in the same block of flats or the distance given based on the HCC guidelines is the same and
there is only one remaining place, then the offer of the place will be decided by random allocation. This will take
place in the presence of an independent witness.

Deffinitions
1
‘looked after child’ is a child who is in the care of a local authority or provided with accommodation by that authority in accordance with
section 22 of the Children Act 1989 at the time of the application and who the local authority has confirmed will still be looked after at the
time of admission into school. These children will be prioritised under rule 1.

Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted, or became
subject to a child arrangements order or a special guardianship order.

A “child looked after” is a child who is:

a) in the care of a local authority, or
b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services functions
(section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission under rule 1 ( This definition has
been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the School Admissions Code that came into force on 19
December 2014).

Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked after providing there is a Placement
Order and the application would be prioritised under Rule 1.

Children who were not “looked after” im m ediately before being adopted, or made the subject of a child arrangement order or special
guardianship order, w ill not be prioritised under rule 1. Applications made for these children, with suitable supporting professional
evidence, can be considered under rule 2.
2
‘Adopted’. An adopted child is a child whose parents can give proof of adoption following being looked-after.

Return to Index
3
‘Child Arrangem ents Order’. Under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which amended section 8 of the
Children Act 1989, residence orders have now been replaced by child arrangements orders which settle the arrangements to
be made as to the person with whom the child is to live.
4
‘Special Guardianship Order’. Under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more individuals to be a
child’s special guardian or guardians.
5
‘ Fam ily’ normally includes the Catholic or Catholics who have legal responsibility for the child.
6
‘Certificate of Catholic Practice’ Means a certificate issued by the family’s parish priest (or the priest in charge of the church where the
family attends Mass) in the form laid down by the Bishops’ Conference of England and Wales. It will be issued if the priest is satisfied that at
least one Catholic parent or carer (along with the child, if he or she is over seven years old) have (except when it was impossible to do so)
attended Mass on Sundays and holy days of obligation for at least five years (or, in the case of the child, since the age of seven, if shorter).
It will also be issued when the practice has been continuous since being received into the Church if that occurred less than five years ago. It
is expected that most Certificates will be issued on the basis of attendance. A Certificate may also be issued by the priest when attendance is
interrupted by exceptional circumstances which excuse from the obligation to attend on that occasion or occasions. Further details of these
circumstances can be found in the guidance issued to priests http://rcdow.org.uk/education/governors/admissions/
7
‘ Catholic’ means a member of the Church in full Communion with the See of Rome. This includes the Eastern Catholic Churches. This will
be evidenced by a Certificate of Baptism in a Catholic Church or a Certificate of Reception into the full communion of the Catholic Church.
8
‘Sibling’ The sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of the parent/carer or partner or a child
looked after or previously looked after¹4 and in every case living permanently15 in a placement within the home as part of the
family household from Monday to Friday at the time of this application. If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent
information, there will be no sibling connection available to subsequent children from that family.
9
‘M ain School’ Classes from reception to year 6 (excludes Nursery)
10
‘R esident’ – A child is deemed to be resident at a particular address when he/she resides there for more than 50% of the school
week.
11
For the purposes of this policy, parish boundaries are as show n on the attached m ap. Distance of the child’s home to
the school will be measured in line with Hertfordshire County Council Guidelines.
12
“The Eastern Christian Churches’ (other than the Eastern Catholic Churches) include the Orthodox Churches as well as those Eastern
Churches resulting from divisions following the early Church Councils.” (Paragraph A18 Joint Guidance on Admissions revised February
2007).
13
‘Christian’ for the purposes of this policy, means a member of one of the Churches affiliated to ‘Churches Together in Britain and
Ireland’.

¹ 4 Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship order or child arrangements order.
This definition was amended following a determination by the OSA (Office of theSchools adjudicator) in August 2014.

15
A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for example a child who usually lives
with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after child in a respite placement or very short term or bridging foster
placement.

16
“Children of other Christian denom inations” means: children who belong to other churches and ecclesial communities
which, acknowledging God’s revelation in Christ, confess the Lord Jesus Christ as God and Saviour according to the Scriptures, and,
in obedience to God’s will and in the power of the Holy Spirit commit themselves: to seek a deepening of their communion with
Christ and with one another in the Church, which is his body; and to fulfil their mission to proclaim the Gospel by common witness
and service in the world to the glory of the one God, Father, Son and Holy Spirit. An ecclesial community which on principle has no
credal statements in its tradition, is included if it manifests faith in Christ as witnessed to in the Scriptures and is committed to
working in the spirit of the above.
All members of Churches Together in England and of CYTÛN are deemed to be included in the above definition, as are all other
churches and ecclesial communities that are in membership of any local Churches Together Group (by whatever title) on the above
basis.
17
“Children of other faiths” means children who are members of a religious community that does not fall within the definition of
‘other Christian denominations’ and which falls within the definition of a religion for the purposes of charity law. The Charities Act
2011 defines religion to include:

• A religion which involves belief in more than one God, and

• A religion which does not involve belief in a God.

Case law has identified certain characteristics which describe the meaning of religion for the purposes of charity law, which are
characterised by a belief in a supreme being and an expression of belief in that supreme being through worship.
Pupils wih an Educational Health and Care Plan (EHC)
The admission of pupils with an Education Health and Care Plan (EHC) is dealt with by a completely separate
procedure. Details of this separate procedure are set out in the EHC plan code of practice. If your child has an
EHC you must contact your local authority SEN officer. Children with this school named in their EHC Plan will be
admitted.

Fair Access Protocols

Return to Index
The school is committed to taking its fair share of vulnerable children who are hard to place, in accordance with
locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal round of admissions, the governing body is empowered
to give absolute priority (admitted before children on the continued interest list) to a child where admission is
requested under any local protocol which carries the agreement of both the governing body and the diocese for
the current admission year. The governing body has this power even when admitting such a child would exceed
the normal admission number.

Continuing Interest List

A Continuing Interest List will be maintained by the governing body in the order of the oversubscription criteria
and not in the order in which the applications are received. Names are kept on the list for at least one year. The
school will then contact families and ask if they wish to remain on the Continuing Interest List.

Appeals

Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system should log in to their online
application and click on the link ‘register an appeal’. Out of county residents and paper applicants should call the
customer Service Centre on 0300123 4043 to request their registration details, log onto
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click on the link ’ log into the appeals system’.

Appeal forms must be completed and returned by 25th May 2019.

Your appeal will be heard by an independent appeals panel. If you are appealing against the decision not to offer
your child a place you should still accept the offer of a place at the alternative school you have been offered. This
will mean that, if your appeal is not successful, you will still have a school place for your child.

Distance

Distances are measured along a straight line between a child’s address and the relevant school(s). A
computerised mapping system is used, accurate to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the
AddressBase Premium address point of the child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase
Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

In year applications

Applications for In-Year admissions are made directly to the school using the school’s application form. The LA
will also provide parents with an In-Year application form upon request at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/inyear
Where there is no Continuing Interest List, the child will be admitted. If more applications are received than there
are places available, then applications will be ranked by the governing body in accordance with the admissions
policy and oversubscription criteria.

If a place cannot be offered at this time then you may ask us for the reasons and you will be informed of your
right of appeal. The county council will write to you with registration details to enable you to login and appeal
online at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals.

You will be offered the opportunity of being placed on a Continuing Interest List. This list will be maintained by
the governing body in the order of the oversubscription criteria and not in the order in which the applications are
received. Applicants are kept for one year. If you wish your child to remain on our continued interest list you
must re-submit the SIF and Certificate of Catholic Practice annually, to be received by the school before the end
of the summer term each year. It is extremely important that you also complete the Herts County Council In-
year application form which is should be renewed by the end of each achademic year. When a place becomes
available the governing body will Re-rank the list so an offer can be made. Parents wishing to appeal should
contact the school directly in the first instance.

Deferred Entry

Children born on and between 1 September 2014 and 31 August 2015* would normally commence
primary school in Reception in the academic year beginning in September 2019. All Hertfordshire infant,
first and primary schools provide for the full- time admission of all children offered a place in the
Reception year group from the September following their fourth birthday. If a parent wants a full-time
place for their child from September (at the school at which a place has been offered) then they are
entitled to that full-time place.

Return to Index
Parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the same academic year or until
the term in which the child reaches compulsory school age. Summer born children are only able to
“defer” entry to Reception class until the beginning of the final term of the school year for which the
offer was made.

Where parents wish, children can attend part-time until they reach compulsory school age. Any parents
wishing to take up a part-time place or deferred entry should contact the school admissions
governors/headteacher to discuss their child’s requirements.

Part-time attendance

Applicants may also request that their child attend part-time until statutory school age is reached.

*Summer Born Children

Legally, a child does not have to start school until the start of the term following their fifth birthday.
Children born between 1 April 2015 and 31 August 2015 are categorised as “summer born” and if
parents/carers do not believe that their summer born child is ready to join Reception in 2019 they should
contact the home LA, and any own admission authority schools, for guidance before making an
application. Further clarity will be provided upon the publication of a new School Admissions Code or, at
the latest, prior to the start of the 2019 primary application round.

Summer born applications that are delayed for a year (for entry in September 2020) will be processed in exactly
the same way as all other reception applications received at that time and there is no guarantee that an offer will
be made.

If parents wish to delay their application for a Reception place they are advised to discuss their child’s
needs /development with their current early years teacher and/or the headteacher. If parents wish their
child to remain in our nursery class for a further year (rather than moving into the Reception year
group) they must let us know before the end of the Spring term in 2019 (before the Easter break). The
request should be submitted in writing to the Chair of Governors by 15th January 2019 and an
application made in the usual way.

Children educated outside their chronological age group (except Reception applications for
summer born children)

Parents may apply for their child to be educated outside his/her chronological age group i.e. a year
behind or a year ahead. Application should be made to the Chair of Governors at the time of application.
Governors will consider each case on its own merits and permission will only be given in exceptional
circumstances.

Procedures

• Applications are invited for September 2019 from families whose child attains 4 years of age between
01/09/2018 and 31/08/2019. If parents/carers have not received a letter from Herts County Council
(HCC) they should contact the Customer Service Centre (CSC) on, tel: 0300 123 4043 or access the
website: www.hertfordshire.gov.uk or www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions

• In line with the Hertfordshire County Council admissions procedure, all parents/carers seeking a place for
their child, whether they are Catholic or not, are requested to complete and return to the school a
Supplementary Information Form (i.e. school application form) as well as completing the Hertfordshire
County Council online application form. A copy of the Supplementary Information Form can be
obtained directly from the school or via the school web site at www.stvincent.herts.sch.uk Both forms
must be completed and returned by January 15th 2019. If you do not complete and return both the forms
described above by the closing date, the governing body will be unable to consider your application fully
and your child is unlikely to get a place at the school. If an application is received after the closing date, it
5

Return to Index
 will be considered as a late application and will be dealt with after consideration of all on time applications,
so you will be much less likely to gain a place at the school. Notification letters will be sent out by the LA
on behalf of the governors on April 16th 2019 Baptism certificates must be produced at the time of
application along with necessary supporting statements.
• Before applying, parents are warmly welcome to arrange a visit to see the school at work.
• Early application does not confer any higher or additional priority.
• If any of the details on either of your forms changes between the date of application and the receipt of the
letter of offer or refusal, you must inform the school and the local authority immediately.
• The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of application. ‘At the time
of application’ means the closing date for applications. “Permanent” means that the child has lived at that
address for at least a year and/or the family own the property or have a tenancy agreement for a minimum
of 12 months.
• The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one address (for
example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child lives at for the majority of
the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of the parent/carer that claims Child
Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s main residence.
• If you deliberately give fraudulent information, the governors will withdraw the offer of a place.
• Unsuccessful candidates will be offered the opportunity to be placed on a continued interest list. This list
will be maintained in order of the oversubscription criteria set out in the policy.
• Certificate of Catholic Practice
Applicants applying under criteria [2-5] must submit a Certificate of Catholic Practice (CCP) by the
closing date. This form is available from the parish in which you normally worship, diocesan website
www.rcdow.org.uk/Education or school website www.stvincent.herts.sch.uk It is the parent’s duty to
ensure that the CCP is submitted to the school in good time. The priest will only sign this form if he
knows you and agrees that you are a Catholic family.

Parents of children who attend the school nursery must apply in the normal way for a reception place.
Attendance at the nursery does not guarantee admission to the school.

Return to Index
Appendix 1 –

Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical or social need to go to
the school

Applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application, unless there has been a
significant and exceptional change of circumstances within the family since the initial application was
submitted.
All schools in Hertfordshire have experience in dealing with children with diverse social and medical
needs. However in a few very exceptional cases, there are reasons why a child has to go to one specific
school.
Few applications under this section are agreed.
All applications are considered individually but a successful application should include the following:
a. Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only one school can meet a

child’s individual needs, and/or

b. Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making clear why only
one school can meet he child’s needs.

c. If the requested school is not the nearest school to the child’s home address clear reasons
why the nearest school is not appropriate.

d. For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or disability
makes attendance at only a specific school essential.

Evidence should make clear why only one school is appropriate.

Applications under this section can only be considered when supported by a recent letter from a
professional involved with the child or family, for example a doctor, psychologist or police officer. The
supporting evidence needs to demonstrate why only one named school can meet the social/medical
needs of the child.

Return to Index
Diocese of Westminster
St Vincent de Paul Catholic Primary School
Supplementary Information Form – Main School 2019 - 2020

School applying to: St Vincent de Paul Catholic Primary School

Bedwell Crescent, Stevenage, Herts. SG1 1NJ
Tel: 01438 729555 or email: admin@stvincent.herts.sch.uk

Child’s Details

Child’s surname:
Forename (First name):
Date of Birth:
Home Address:

(The address must be where the child resides for

50% or more of the school week.)
Postcode:

Parent/Carer Details
1st Parent/Carer’s name:

Address:
Telephone number:
2nd Parent/Carer’s name:

Address:
Telephone number:

Details of Religion
Religion of child: Catholic Other Christian (name of Other faith
denomination e.g. Baptist)
(Please tick)
Parish you live in:

Church where child was baptised and date

of baptism: (baptism certificate required)

Church you currently attend:

Name of priest supplying reference:

(where appropriate)

Return to Index
I confirm that I have read and understood the Admissions Policy and that the
information I have provided is correct. I understand that I must notify the school
immediately if there is any change to these details and that should any information I
have given prove to be inaccurate that the governors may withdraw any offer of a place
even if the child has already started school.

Signed: ……………………………………… Date: …..…………………

Please note:

• Where applicable parents can obtain a paper copy of the ‘Certificate of Catholic Practice’ form
from the parish in which they practice or from the Diocese of Westminster website at
www.rcdow.org.uk/Education follow Guidance & Policy Documents, admissions or see the
school website www.stvincent.herts.sch.uk

• Applicants from other Christian denominations and other faiths may attach a letter from their
minister or religious leader confirming their association.

• You must complete this form, along with any relevant documents (listed below), and returned
to St Vincent de Paul Catholic School (address overleaf) by XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

• You must complete the Local Authority’s Common Application Form (online) by
xxxxxxxxxxxxx. If you do not do this you will not be offered a place.

Checklist:
Have you enclosed?
Copy of baptism certificate.
Certificate of Catholic Practice form (where necessary).
A letter from your minister or religious leader (if from other
Christian denominations or other faiths).
Evidence of exceptional need (where appropriate).

Have you completed the Hertfordshire County Council Application Form?

Contact: Tel: 0300 123 4043 or www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions

Return to Index
 STANBOROUGH SCHOOL ADMISSION POLICY

This policy is set within the school’s four principles of:

High Expectations Quality Learning Mutual Respect Success for All

Admission Arrangements for 2019-2020

The school will have a published admission number of 240 permanently, but with the addition of rule
6 added temporarily for 2-3 years to support the County-led proposals for school expansion to meet
demand in the district of Hatfield.

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained schools to
admit a child with a statement of special educational needs that names their school. Schools must
also admit children with an EHC (Education, Health and Care) Plan that names the school.

Rule 1 Children in public care (children looked after) and children who were looked after
but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence
order or a special guardianship order).

Rule 2 Medical or Social: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a
particular medical or social need to go to the school.

Hertfordshire County Council will determine whether the evidence provided is

sufficiently compelling to meet the requirements for this rule. The evidence must
relate specifically to the school applied for under Rule 2 and must clearly
demonstrate why it is the only school that can meet the child’s needs.

Rule 3 Sibling: Children who have a sibling at the school at the time of application,
unless the sibling is in the last year of the normal age-range of the school. i.e. Year
13 is the designated range for Stanborough School. A sibling is defined as: the
sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of the
parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after and in every
case living permanently in a placement within the home as part of the family
household from Monday to Friday at the time of this application.

Rule 4 Children of staff who work at the school at the time of application. A member of
staff is defined as a person who has a full-time or part-time permanent contract of
employment at the School at the time of application. The Governing Body will give
priority in their oversubscription criteria to children of staff in either or both of the
following circumstances:
a. Where the member of staff has been employed at the school for two or more
years at the time at which the application for admission to the school is made,
and/or
b. The member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a
demonstrable skill shortage.
Please note that the child must be living at the same address as the staff member.

Return to Index
Rule 5 Children who live in the priority area for whom it is their nearest Hertfordshire
maintained school or academy that is non-faith, co-educational and non-partially
selective. Note: Non-partially selective means that the school does not offer any
places based on academic ability.

Rule 6 The allocation of 30 places for children whose permanent address is in Hatfield will
be allocated (Hatfield is defined as defined by the administrative town boundary). If
there are more applications than places available, allocations will be made on a
random basis.

Rule 7 Children who live in the priority area (Welwyn Hatfield) who live nearest to the
school.

Rule 8 Children living outside the priority area on the basis of distance, with those living
nearest to the school given priority.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify under a
particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by applying the next rule to
those children. Where there is a need for a tie-breaker where two different addresses measure the
same distance from a school, in the case of a block of flats for example the lower door number will
be deemed nearest as logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two
identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will be random.

Priority Areas

The co-educational priority areas in the admission rules are based on the towns, parishes/
unparished areas shown below. These apply to Rules 5 and 7.

Priority Area Towns/Parishes/Unparished areas

Welwyn Garden City, Hatfield, Ayot St. Peter, Codicote, Essendon, Hatfield, North
Potters Bar and Brookmans Mymms, Potters Bar, Welwyn Garden City, Welwyn,
Park Woolmer Green

Home to School Distance Measurement for Purposes of Admissions

A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used in all home to school distance measurements for the
school by the County Council. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to
two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of
your child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally
recognised method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

Continuing Interest (Year 7 places)

After places have been offered, Hertfordshire County Council will maintain the school’s continuing
interest (waiting) list. A child’s position on a CI list will be determined by the admission criteria
outlined above and a child’s place on the list can change as other children join or leave it.

In Year Admissions
The County Council will co-ordinate Stanborough School’s In Year admissions.
Application Forms can be accessed via www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions or from the
Customer Service Centre, 0300 123 4043. Parents should return the application form
direct to the County Council (address on the form).

Return to Index
Admissions Out of Year Group
The school is responsible for whether a student is educated out of their chronological year group.

Fair Access
The school participates in the County Council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit
children under this protocol before children on the continuing interest list.

Appeals
At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into their online
application and click on the link ‘register an appeal’ . Out of county residents and paper applicants
should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request their registration details and
log into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click on the link “log into the appeals system”.

For in-year applications, Hertfordshire County Council will write to you with the outcome of your
application and if you have been unsuccessful, they will include registration details to enable you to
login and appeal online at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals.

6th Form Arrangements

The school will admit up to 30 external students to its 6th Form.

Minimum entry requirements are different for different levels of courses, for which please see the
grid below, and full details can be found in the Welwyn Hatfield Consortium prospectus.

Course Criteria For Course

APS 5.5 or above
GCSE 5 or above in English Language or English
4 A Levels
Literature
GCSE 5 or above in Maths
Subject based criteria
APS 4 or above
GCSE 4 or above in English Language or English
3 A Levels
Literature GCSE 4 or above in Maths
Subject based criteria
APS 4 or above
GCSE 4 or above in English Language or English
2 A Levels and 1 BTEC Level 3
Literature
Subject based criteria
APS 3.8 or above
GCSE 4 or above in English Language or English
1 A Level and 2 BTECs Level 3
Literature
Subject Based Criteria
APS 3.7 or above
GCSE 4 or above in English Language or English
BTEC Level 3
Literature
Subject Based Criteria

If the school is oversubscribed, priority will first be given to:

i) Children looked after or previously looked after
ii) Medical or Social
iii) Sibling
iv) Children of staff
v) Students who live nearest the school November 2017

Return to Index
Admission arrangements for Summercroft Primary – an
Academy school - for the school year 2019/20

The school’s published admission number will be 60.

Summercroft Primary will admit any child with a statement of special educational
needs or an EHC (Educational Health and Care) Plan that names the school. Such
children will be admitted as part of the school’s published admissions number and
before the following rules are applied.

Rule 1 Children in public care/children looked after/ and children who were
looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or
became subject to a child arrangements order or a special
guardianship order).

Rule 2 Medical or Social: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they
have a particular medical or social need to go to the school.
The evidence, which must be specific, current and professional, must
relate specifically to Summercroft and must clearly demonstrate why it
is the only school that can meet the child’s needs. If Summercroft is
not the nearest school then the letter must state why the nearest
school is not appropriate. There must be a clear explanation of why
the child’s need makes attendance at Summercroft essential.
The evidence for applications made under this Rule should be
submitted to the school office and will be considered by a Panel of
Governors who will decide if the need has been satisfactorily
demonstrated.

Rule 3 Sibling: Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school at the
time of application. Sibling is defined as the “sister, brother, half
brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of the parent/carer or
partner or a child looked after or previously looked after living
permanently at the same address”.
This applies to reception through to Year 5.

In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as

long as they will still be in attendance at the time of admission
.
Rule 4 Children of staff: Children of staff directly employed by the school in
either of the following circumstances (provided that notice of
termination of that employment has not been given):
• where the member of staff has been employed for two or more years
at the time at which the application for admission to the school is made,
or
• the member of staff has been permanently employed to fill a vacant
post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage and has held that
post for less than two years at the time at which the application for
admission to the school is made.

Return to Index
 Children of staff are those where the staff member is the child’s parent
by blood or adoption, or the member of staff has legal parental
responsibility for the child.

Rule 5 Nearest School: Children for whom it is their nearest school or

academy. This includes all schools or academies except those which
allocate places on the basis of faith.

Rule 6 Distance: Children who live nearest to the school.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify
under any of Rules 1 to 5 than there are places available under that Rule then the
available places will be allocated to those children that qualify under that Rule who
live nearest to the school. Where there is a need for a tie-breaker where two
different addresses measure the same distance from a school, in the case of a block
of flats for example the lower door number will be deemed nearest. If there are two
identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will be random.

Hertfordshire County Council’s ‘straight line’ distance measurement system is used

for all home to school distance measurements. Distances are measured using a
computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken
from the Address Base Premium address point of the child’s house to the address
point of the school. Address Base Premium data is a nationally recognised method
of identifying the location of schools and individual residences. The address used in
the application must be the child’s current permanent address at the closing date for
applications. “Permanent” means that the child has lived at that address for at least
a year and/or the family own the property or have a tenancy agreement for a
minimum of 12 months. If a child lives at more than one address (eg. where parents
have shared responsibility) the address used will be the one which the child lives at
for the majority of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of
the parent/carer that claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the
child’s main residence.

In Year Admissions
The school remains part of the county council’s coordinated In Year admissions
scheme. Application forms can be accessed via www.hertsdirect.org/admissions and
can be completed and submitted on line or can be obtained from the Customer
Service Centre 0300 123 4043 and should be returned to the County Council at the
address on the form.

Continuing interest (waiting) list and ‘in year’ applications

In the event of more applications than available places the Local Authority will
maintain a continuing interest list (waiting list). These and late applications will go
onto this list in a position determined by these arrangements. If a place becomes
available in the school it will be offered to the child at the top of this list. A new ‘in
year’ application must be made at the end of the school year to remain on the
continuing interest list.

Return to Index
Fair Access
The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit
children under this protocol before children on continuing interest. Children admitted
under the protocol can be above the PAN (Published Admission Number).

Twins
If a twin or multiple birth child is allocated the final place available, the school will
also offer places to the other twin/multiple birth children who are excepted from the
limit on infant class sizes under the School Admissions (Infant Class Sizes)
(England) Regulations 2012.

Appeals
Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s on line system should
log on to their online application and click on the link “register an appeal”. Out of
county residents and paper applicants should call the Customer Service Centre on
0300 123 4043 to request their registration details and log into
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click on appeals system.
For in-year applications parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly
in the first instance.

Return to Index
 HERTFORDSHIRE COUNTY COUNCIL

TEWIN COWPER CHURCH OF ENGLAND PRIMARY SCHOOL

VOLUNTARY AIDED

Proposed Admission Arrangements 2019/20

Tewin Cowper Church of England Primary School is a Voluntary Aided Church of England School
within the Diocese of St Albans. The governing body of the school is the admission authority.
The Governors will admit up to the admission number of 25 children into the reception year. The
Governing Body is required to abide by the maximum limits for infant classes (5, 6 and 7 year
olds), ie 30 pupils per class.

The Local Authority or LA, (Hertfordshire CC) operates an agreed co-ordinated admissions
scheme in line with government legislation. The LA will coordinate the process on behalf of the
school according to the scheme published each year. The governing body, as the admission
authority, will allocate the available places in line with this policy. However offers will be made by
the home LA.

The closing date for admission application forms to be received by the home Local Authority is
TBA. Information on completing the ‘on line’ application and notification dates of admission
decisions are published in the LA admissions literature which is also available from their website.

All applications must be made on the home LA common application form. Parents/carers are
requested to complete our supplementary information form (SIF) and return it to the school
office by the date given above. If a SIF is not completed the Governing Body will apply their
admission arrangements using the information submitted on the LA form only, which may result in
your application being given a lower priority.

The school provides for the admission of all successful applicants who have reached their 4th
birthday by the beginning of September 2019. However please note the following:
a. Parents offered a place may defer the date of their child’s admission until later in the
year, but not beyond the point at which they reach compulsory school age and not beyond
the beginning of the final term of the school year for which it was made.
b. Parents can request part time attendance until later in the school year but not beyond the
point at which they reach compulsory school age.
c. Parents of a summer-born (1st April – 31st August) child may choose not to send that child
to school until the September following their fifth birthday and may request that they
are admitted out of their normal age group to Reception rather than Year 1.

Please note that the information in this policy is correct for the year shown. Policies for future
years may well be different.

Children who have an Education Healthcare Plan which names the school, will be admitted to the
school.

Return to Index
If there are more applicants for admission than there are places available at the school, the
Governors will allocate the places in the following order of priority:

1. Children Looked After (children in public care).

2. Children with a sibling at the school at the time of admission. Sibling refers to brother
or sister, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, step brother or sister, or the
child of the parent/carer’s partner, and in every case, the child should be living in the
same family unit at the same address.
3. Children living within the village of Tewin (as defined on the map shown in the school’s
prospectus).
4. Children of parents who regularly attend at St Peter’s Church, Tewin. This is defined as
at least once a month for six consecutive months. Parents applying under this category
must produce a letter of verification from the Priest in Charge.
5. Any other children.

In the event of over-subscription in any one of the above categories, places will be allocated in
that category on the basis of geographical proximity, measured using the computerised,
‘straight line’, mapping system operated by the LA as described in their admissions literature and
website. Where this distance measurement results in more than one child having an identical
claim to the last available place as a result of living in flats, priority will be given to the lowest
house number.

Every effort will be made to accommodate twins and other ‘multiple birth’ applications provided
that this does not breach maximum class size regulations.

The Headteacher can accept applications for the admission of older children at any time and
these will normally be children of parents moving into the village of Tewin. The school’s in year
admission arrangements will work within the remit of Hertfordshire’s agreed scheme of in year
coordination. The governing body remains responsible for the allocation of all places in
accordance with the school’s published admission rules but all applications for, and allocations to
the school must be made via a pupil’s home authority. Admission will depend on vacancies at the
time in the relevant age group.

Continued Interest

In the event of more applications than available places the governors will maintain a continuing
interest list (waiting list). These and late applications will go onto this list in a position
determined by the criteria. If a place becomes available in the school it will be offered to the
child that best meets the published admission rules. The list will be maintained until 31st July
2020.

Parents are requested to inform the governors if they wish their child’s name to be removed.
The governors will review the list at the end of the academic year.

Appeals

Parents who have not been allocated a place for their child have the right of appeal to an
independent panel. Parents will be informed of their right to appeal in the allocation letter from
the home LA. If they wish to appeal parents should contact the Hertfordshire LA Customer
Focus team.

Return to Index
 HERTFORDSHIRE COUNTY COUNCIL

TEWIN COWPER CHURCH OF ENGLAND PRIMARY SCHOOL

VOLUNTARY AIDED
CANNONS MEADOW
TEWIN
HERTS
AL6 0JU
Telephone (01438) 717378 Fax (01438) 718586
email: admin@tewincowper.herts.sch.uk
ADMISSIONS
Supplementary Information Form

Please complete this form and return to the school office.

The closing date for applications is 31st January 2019

Application for a school place/Reception Class (please delete as necessary)

Child’s Full Name ……………………………………………………………………..

Date of Birth …………………………………………………………………………….

Mother’s Name …………………………………………………………………………

Father’s Name ………………………………………………………………………….

Sibling(s):
Name ……………………………………………… Date of birth ………………………………..
…………………………………………….. ……………………………….
…………………………………………….. ……………………………….

Child’s Address ………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Telephone Number …………………………………………………………………….

Does your child have a Education Healthcare Plan?: Yes/No

Is this child in Public Care? Yes/No

In accordance with the school’s Admission Policy, I believe that this application
should be considered under the following admission priorities.

1 2 3 4 5

Signature of Parent …………………………………………………… Date ………………………………………

Return to Index
The Thomas Alleyne Academy

Proposed School Admission Arrangements for 2019/20

Thomas Alleyne Academy is an 11-18, mixed comprehensive school. It is part of the Hart
Schools Trust, a multi-school academy trust formed in September 2013. The Trust is part of
the Hart Learning Group, a partnership between Hart Schools Trust, North Hertfordshire
College and Hart Learning and Development, united in a shared mission to create social and
economic value through learning. Close collaboration exists between all parties in Hart
Learning Group with many joint collaborative projects taking place to enhance the teaching
and learning provision. The Hart Learning Group also provides a broad range corporate
services in support of all schools in the Trust.

The main principle of admission to Thomas Alleyne Academy is to maintain the

comprehensive nature of the school, providing for the needs of children who attend schools
within the Trust and the local area.

The school will have a published admission number of 180.

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained
schools to admit a child with a statement of special educational needs that names their
school. The school will also admit any child with an Education Health & Care Plan that
names the school.

If there are fewer applications than places available, all applicants will be offered a place. If
there are more applications than places available, the criteria outlined below will be used to
allocate places.

Rule 1 Children looked after (in public care) and children who were previously looked after,
but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements
order or a special guardianship order).

Rule 2 Medical or Social: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a
particular medical or social need to go to the school.

A panel of HCC officers will determine whether the evidence provided is sufficiently
compelling to meet the requirements for this rule. The evidence must relate specifically to
the school applied for under Rule 2 and must clearly demonstrate why it is the only school
that can meet the child’s needs.

Rule 3 Sibling: Children who have a sibling at the school at the time of application, unless
the sibling is in the last year of the normal age-range of the school. Note: the ‘normal age
range’ is the designated range for which the school provides, for example Years 7 to 11 in
an 11-16 secondary school, Years 7 to 13 in an 11-18 school.

Rule 4: Children currently in primary schools within the Hart Schools Trust (Roebuck
Academy)

Rule 5: Children of Staff

The school will admit a child* of a member of staff provided that:

a) The member of staff has been employed by Hart Schools Trust for two or more years at
the time at which the application for admission to the school is made and/or

Return to Index
b) The member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post within Thomas Alleyne Academy for
which there is a demonstrable skill shortage

This will include children* of staff not living at the same address as the member of staff. It
will also include the children of a partner living at the same address as a member of staff.

Rule 6 Children who live in the priority area for whom it is their nearest Hertfordshire
maintained school or academy that is non-faith, co-educational and non-partially selective.
Note: Non-partially selective means that the school does not offer any places based on
academic ability.

Rule 7 Children who live in the Stevenage priority area who live nearest to the school.

Rule 8 Children living outside the priority area on the basis of distance, with those living
nearest to the school given priority.

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify under a
particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by applying the next
rule to those children. Where there is a need for a tie-breaker where two different addresses
measure the same distance from a school, in the case of a block of flats for example the
lower door number will be deemed nearest as logically this will be on the ground floor and
therefore closer. If there are two identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will
be random allocation.

Random allocation will be undertaken independently of the school by Hertfordshire County

Council. Every child entered onto the county council’s admissions database has an
individual random number assigned, between 1 and 1 million, against each preference
school. When there is a need for a final tie break this random number is used to allocate the
place, with the lowest number given priority.

Thomas Alleyne will use the same definitions and measuring system as Hertfordshire
County Council’s as outlined in the “Definitions” section below.

Priority Areas

The co-educational priority areas in the admission rules are based on the following towns,
parishes/un-parished areas. These apply to Rules 4 and 5. Academies and foundation
schools that will be retaining the county county’s priority areas as part of their admission
arrangements for 2017/18 have been included for information but are marked with an
asterix*

Priority Area Towns/Parishes/Unparished areas Schools

Stevenage Aston, Benington, Datchworth, Barclay,

Graveley, Great Ashby, Knebworth, Barnwell,
Stevenage, Walkern. Marriotts,
Nobel, Thomas
Alleyne*

Continuing Interest (Year 7 places)

2

Return to Index
After places have been offered, Hertfordshire County Council will maintain the school’s
continuing interest (waiting) list. A child’s position on a CI list will be determined by the
admission criteria outlined above and a child’s place on the list can change as other children
join or leave it. The county council will contact parents/carers if a vacancy becomes
available and it can be offered to a child.

Continuing interest lists will be maintained for every year group until the end of the summer
term.

In Year Admissions

The school will remain part of the county council’s coordinated In Year admissions scheme.
In year applications should be made online at www.hertsdirect.org/admissions

A paper application form can be requested from the Customer Service Centre, 0300 123
4043.

Fair Access

The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit children
under this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Appeals

At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into their online
application and click on the link 'register an appeal'. For those who did not apply on line,
please contact the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request an appeal pack.'

For in-year applications parents wishing to appeal should contact the school directly in the
first instance

Return to Index
Definitions & Explanatory Notes

The following definitions apply to terms used in the admissions criteria:

RULE 1: Children in public care (children looked after):

Places are allocated to children in public care according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the
School Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission
Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2012. These children will be prioritised under rule 1.

Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special
guardianship order.

A “child looked after” is a child who is

a) in the care of a local authority, or

b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social
services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission
under rule 1.*

Child Arrangements Order - under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014,
which amended section 8 of the Children Act 1989, residence orders have now been
replaced by child arrangements orders which settle the arrangements to be made as to the
person with whom the child is to live

Special guardianship order – under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one
or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian or guardians

Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked
after providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under
Rule 1.

Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the subject
of a child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised under rule
1. Applications made for these children, with suitable supporting professional evidence, can
be considered under rule 2.

* This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the
School Admissions Code that came into force on 19 December 2014.

Return to Index
RULE 2: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical or
social need to go to the school:

Rule 2 applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application, unless there
has been a significant and exceptional change of circumstances within the family since the
initial application was submitted.

All schools in Hertfordshire have experience in dealing with children with diverse social and
medical needs. However in a few very exceptional cases, there are reasons why a child has
to go to one specific school.

Few applications under Rule 2 are agreed. All applications are considered individually but a
successful application should include the following:

a. Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only one school can meet a child’s
individual needs, and/or

b. Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making clear why
only one school can meet the child’s needs

c. If the requested school is not the nearest school to the child’s home address clear
reasons why the nearest school is not appropriate

d. For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or disability
makes attendance at only a specific school essential.

Evidence should make clear why only one school is appropriate. Applications under Rule 2
can only be considered when supported by a recent letter from a professional involved with
the child or family, for example a doctor, psychologist or police officer. The supporting
evidence needs to demonstrate why only one named school can meet the social/medical
needs of the child.

Applications for children previously “looked after” but not meeting the specific criteria
outlined Rule 1, may be made under this rule.

Further details on the Rule 2 process can be found in the “Rule 2 protocol” available at:
www.hertsdirect.org/docs/pdf/admissions/Rule2pross

Return to Index
Rule 3: Definition of sibling:

A sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister,
child of the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after* and in
every case living permanently** in a placement within the home as part of the family
household from Monday to Friday at the time of this application.

A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts.

If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no sibling
connection available to subsequent children from that family.

*Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship

order or child arrangements order. This definition was amended following a determination by
the

OSA in August 2014.

**A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for

example a child who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked
after

child in a respite placement or very short term or bridging foster placement.

Multiple births:

The school will admit over the published admission number when a single twin/multiple birth
child is allocated the last place at a school.

Rules 4/5/6: Home address:

The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of
application. ‘At the time of application’ means the closing date for applications. “Permanent”
means that the child has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the family own the
property or have a tenancy agreement for a minimum of 12 months.

The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one
address (for example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child
lives at for the majority of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of
the parent/carer that claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s
main residence. If a family is not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative
documentation will be requested. If a child’s residence is in dispute, parents/carers should
provide court documentation to evidence the address that should be used for admission
allocation purposes.

Fraudulent applications:

The school, in liaison with Hertfordshire County Council, will do as much as possible to
prevent applications being made from fraudulent addresses. Address evidence is frequently
requested, monitored and checked and school places will be withdrawn when false
information is deliberately provided.

Action will be taken in the following circumstances:

6

Return to Index
• When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at their current
school;

• When a child lives at a different address to the applicant

• When the applicant does not have parental responsibility

• When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or more of the
following applies:

o The family has moved to a property from which their application was less likely to be
successful

o The family has returned to an existing property

o The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time (anything less than a
year) over the application period

o Council tax information shows a different residence at the time of application

o When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from the address
used at the time of application

Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions:

A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used for all home to school distance
measurements for admission allocation purposes. Distances are measured using a
computerised mapping system to two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the
AddressBase Premium address point of your child’s house to the address point of the
school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised method of identifying the
location of schools and individual residences.

Definition of “nearest school” for secondary/upper admissions

The “nearest school” definition for Rule 4 is “the nearest Hertfordshire maintained school or
academy that is non-faith, co-educational, and non-partially selective (note – non-partially
selective means that the school does not offer any places based on academic ability”).

Co-educational schools/academies which select partially on ability are:

• Dame Alice Owens

• Parmiters

• Queens

• Rickmansworth

• St Clement Danes

Applications from children* from overseas

Return to Index
All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16 years) in England have a right of access to
education. However, where a child is in England for a short period only, for example less
than half a term, it may be reasonable to refuse admission to a school.

*Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or British
Overseas passports), or have a UK passport describing them as a British citizen or British
subject with the right of abode or are European Economic Area nationals normally have
unrestricted entry to the UK.*

An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently overseas
if, for In Year applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in Hertfordshire
within two weeks. In Year allocations are made on the assumption that the child will accept
the school place and be on roll within that timescale.

For the Secondary application process applications will not normally be accepted from, nor
places allocated to, an overseas address. The exception to this (for both In Year and
transfer processes) is for children of UK service personnel and crown servants (and from
military families who are residents of countries with a Memorandum of Understanding with
the UK). In these cases HCC will allocate a place in advance of the family arriving in the
area provided the application is accompanied by an official letter that declares a relocation
date and a HCC Unit postal address or quartering area address, for consideration of the
application against oversubscription criteria. If the family already has an established
alternative private address, that address will be used for admission purposes.

The school, in liaison with HCC, will also consider accepting applications from children* (as
defined above) whose family can evidence intent to return to and/or permanently reside in
Hertfordshire prior to the start of the new academic year. These applications, if accepted, will
be processed from the overseas address until sufficient evidence is received to show the
child is permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Evidence must be submitted at the time of
application.

Evidence submitted after the date for late applications cannot be taken into account before
National Allocation Day. Decisions on these applications will be made by a panel of county
council officers and communicated with parents within 6 weeks of the closing date for
applications.

If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps because they
are working abroad at the time of application, the Hertfordshire address will not be accepted
for the purposes of admission until the child is resident at that address. Other children, than
those mentioned above, from overseas do not generally have automatic right of entry to the
UK. An application for a school place will not therefore be accepted until they are
permanently resident in Hertfordshire. Proof of residency such as an endorsed passport or
entry visa will be required with the application, in addition to proof of Hertfordshire address,
for example a council tax bill or 12 month rental agreement.

Children Out of Year Group

The school’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct chronological year
group, with the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of individual
children. This is in line with DfE guidance* which states that “in general, children should be
educated in their normal age group”.

Return to Index
If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they
should, at the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals
working with the child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal
age appropriate cohort. DfE guidance makes clear that “it is reasonable for admission
authorities to expect parents to provide them with information in support of their request –
since without it they are unlikely to be able to make a decision on the basis of the
circumstances of the case”.

The school’s governing body, as the relevant admission authority, will decide whether the
application will be accepted on the basis of the information submitted. The governor’s
decision will be based upon the circumstances of each case including the view of parents,
the Headteacher, the child's social, academic and emotional development and whether the
child has been previously educated out of year group. There is no guarantee that an
application will be accepted on this basis. If the application is not accepted this does not
constitute a refusal of a place and there is no right to an independent statutory appeal.
Similarly there is no right of appeal for a place in a specific year group at a school. The
internal management and organisation of a school, including the placement of pupils in
classes, is a matter for the Headteacher and senior leadership of the school.

*Advice on the admission of summer born children” December 2014

Return to Index
 The Thomas Alleyne Academy
SIXTH FORM APPLICATION 2019
Thomas Alleyne Academy is working in partnership with Barnwell School to broaden the range of courses on offer to post 16
students that will include a variety of level 2 and 3 academic and vocational courses.

The partnership between Thomas Alleyne and Barnwell will offer full time provision. You may contact us by telephoning:
01438 344341 or logging on to the Academy website sixth form section that lists the courses on offer and entry criteria for each
subject.

• Please complete this application form if you wish to apply for a place at The Thomas Alleyne Academy Sixth Form
• Please use a black ballpoint pen and capital letters
• Please return the completed form to the Sixth Form Office, The Thomas Alleyne Academy, High Street, Stevenage, Herts
SG1 3BE

The Thomas Alleyne Academy

High Street, Stevenage, Herts SG1 3BE T: 01438 344341 admin@tas.herts.sch.uk
1. Applicant
Title (Mr, Miss, Ms) First name Last name

Address
Postcode:
Home telephone

Applicant’s mobile
Applicant’s email
Parent’s email
Date of birth Age on 31 Aug 2019

Gender Female  Male 

2. Qualifications
I have taken the following examinations/will be taking these examinations before September 2019

Date taken/to be
Already taken or to Level Grade
Examination taken
be taken? Eg. GCSE, A Level (or predicted Grade if not yet taken)
(date)

Return to Index
 3. Course applied for
I wish to apply to study the following A level subjects at Thomas Alleyne/ Barnwell

4. Consent and understanding

By signing this section, I understand I am confirming my understanding and giving my consent, where appropriate

I confirm that the information I have provided is accurate Yes 

I have read and understand the sections below regarding
Yes 
safeguarding, equal opportunities and consent agreement
I do not want to be contacted by
HST partners regarding courses 
The Hart Schools Trust Partners may wish to contact you from time or learning opportunities
to time. I do not want to be contacted by
HST partners regarding surveys 
and research
5. Equality and diversity – optional section
We wish to ensure that all students feel welcome. We collect information to monitor our performance on equality and diversity and assist us to
make improvements.

We would be grateful if you would tick the category closest to your ethnic background (this is not your nationality).

White Mixed or multiple Asian or Asian British Black, African or Other ethnic group
ethnic groups Caribbean
English/Welsh/Scottish  White and black  Indian  Black British African  Arab 
/Northern Irish/British Caribbean
Irish  White and black  Pakistani  Caribbean  Other ethnic 
African group
Gypsy or Irish  White and Asian  Bangladeshi  Any other Black, African 
Traveller or Caribbean
background
Any other white  Any other mixed  Chinese 
background or
Multiple ethnic
background
Any other Asian 
background

Name of previous
school/college…...…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Safeguarding
The Thomas Alleyne Academy is committed to establishing and maintaining an environment where all of our
students feel secure and safe, are encouraged to talk, and are listened to when they have an issue or concern.

Equal Opportunities
The Thomas Alleyne Academy reflects the community it serves. We are committed to providing equal opportunities
for all our students, to ensure that no-one is discriminated against on the basis of race, gender, religion, sexual
orientation or disability.

Return to Index
Consent agreement
The Thomas Alleyne Academy and The Hart Learning Group collects information about all our staff and students for
various administrative, academic and health and safety reasons.

- Transmission of appropriate student records information for external bodies such as The Skills Funding
Agency (SFA), the Young People’s Learning Agency (YPLA), The Department for Education (DfE), awarding
bodies and Connexions for funding, statutory and administrative purposes.
- Managing and maintaining a safe environment
- Monitoring and improving the quality of provision
- Monitoring for equal opportunities purposes

Due to the Data Protection Act 1998, we need your consent before we can do this. Since we cannot operate the school
effectively without processing information about you, we need you to sign the ‘consent to process’ clause.
If you require any further information about this, please contact the Head of Sixth Form at The Thomas Alleyne
Academy.
I agree to The Thomas Alleyne Academy and The Hart Learning Group collecting, recording and processing my
personal data as contained in this form, or other data of images which Thomas Alleyne Academy and The Hart
Learning Group may obtain from me or other relevant agencies, whilst I am a student. I agree that the School or
College will process such data only for purposes connected to my studies or my health and safety whilst on the
premises or for other statutory purposes.

The information to be recorded and processed (at the date of this agreement) has been completed by me and I
confirm that it is correct. I also note that you may need to process sensitive personal data on me in respect of any
special needs I may have, to enable you to deliver the agreed course properly and to have proper regard for my
health, safety and wellbeing whilst I am a student with you. This will enable you to fulfil your obligations to me
under this student agreement and as required by law, and I consent to such use.

Applicant’s signature

Date of signature

Return to Index
 Verulam School Admissions Criteria

2019/2020 Admissions Criteria for consultation

Verulam School will continue to use HCC services and definitions regarding admissions, for instance,
definitions for siblings, distance measurement, priority areas etc. Further information can be found
in the explanatory notes and definitions guidance below which can also be found at
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions

 The school will be continuing to use Hertfordshire County Council’s service for appeals and
continuing interest
 The school will continue to subscribe to Hertfordshire County Council’s In-Year admissions
and Fair Access protocol. FAP children will be admitted above those on the school’s
continuing interest list and above PAN if necessary

Published admission number: 186

Sixth Form Published admission number: 30 (external students only)

 Children with statements of SN/EHC plans that name the school will be admitted
 These children will be admitted as part of the school’s PAN but before the oversubscription
criteria are used
 If the school has more applications than places available the oversubscription criteria will be
used to allocate places
 If the school has fewer applications than places available all applicants will be offered a
place.

If there are fewer applications than places available the school will admit all applicants. If there
are more applications than places available the admissions criteria outlined below will be used to
prioritise applications:

Admission Rules

Rule 1 Children looked after and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they
were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special guardianship order)

Rule 2 Medical or social: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular
medical or social need to go to the school.

A Governors’ Admissions Committee will determine whether the evidence provided is sufficiently
compelling to meet the requirements for this rule. The evidence must clearly demonstrate why
Verulam is the only school that can meet the child’s needs.

1 01/11/2017 12:46

Return to Index
Rule 3 Siblings: Children who have a sibling at the school at the time of application, unless the
sibling is in the last year of the normal age-range of the school.

Rule 4 Children of Staff

Children who live in the priority area:

Places will be allocated to each parish/unparished area or town in proportion to the number of
applications made. In the event of there being more applications than places available to a
particular parish/unparished area or town, places will be allocated as follows:-

Rule 5 Those for whom it is their nearest Hertfordshire non-faith, non-partially selective maintained
school or academy, making provision for children of the relevant gender, (if more children qualify
under rule 5 than places are available, the tiebreak would be those living closest to the school).

Rule 6 Any remaining places available to a parish/unparished area or town. Places will be allocated
on a random basis.

Children who live outside the priority area

Rule 7 Places will be allocated on a random basis.

Tie break
These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify under a
particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by applying the next rule to
those children. Where there is a need for a tie-break where two different addresses measure the
same distance from a school, in the case of a block of flats for example the lower door number will
be deemed nearest as logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two
identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will be random allocation.

Random Allocation
Random allocation will be undertaken independently of the school by Hertfordshire County Council.
Every child entered onto the county council’s admissions database has an individual random number
assigned, between 1 and 1 million, against each preference school. When there is a need for a final
tie break this random number is used to allocate the place, with the lowest number given priority.

2 01/11/2017 12:46

Return to Index
 Sixth Form Arrangements
Minimum Entry Requirements
GCSE Average Point Score of 39+
based on a minimum of 8 GCSE courses.
Minimum standards for each subject as set out in the prospectus.

In the event of oversubscription to the Sixth Form places will be offered by applying the following
criteria in the order given

Rule 1 Children looked after and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they
were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special guardianship order)

Rule 2
Medical or social: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical or
social need to go to the school.

A Governors’ Admissions Committee will determine whether the evidence provided is sufficiently
compelling to meet the requirements for this rule. The evidence must clearly demonstrate why
Verulam is the only school that can meet the child’s needs.

Rule 3: Siblings: Children who have a sibling at the school at the time of application, unless the
sibling is in the last year of the normal age-range of the school.

Rule 4: Children of Staff

Rule 5: Distance.

Distance of their home from Verulam School as measured by the shortest route (straight line
distance measurement provided by HCC.)

These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify under a
particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by applying the next rule to
those children. Where there is a need for a tie-break where two different addresses measure the
same distance from a school, in the case of a block of flats for example the lower door number will
be deemed nearest as logically this will be on the ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two
identical addresses of separate applicants, the tie break will be random allocation.

These admissions criteria were varied under Regulation 19 of the School Admission (Admission
Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England) Regulations 2012 in order to
comply with the Office of the Schools Adjudicator decisions on case reference ADA2906.

Mr P Ramsey, Headmaster and Mr R Kennedy, Chair of Governors

Determined by the Full Governing Body on 31st January 2017.

3 01/11/2017 12:46

Return to Index
In Year Admissions

The school will remain part of the county council’s coordinated In Year admissions scheme. In year
applications should be made online at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions

A paper application form can be requested from the Customer Service Centre, 0300 123 4043

In Year places will first be allocated in accordance with rules 1 -4 above and then as follows:

Rule 5: Children who live in the priority area for whom it is their nearest Hertfordshire maintained
school or academy that is non-faith, non-partially selective and makes provision for children of the
relevant gender.

If more children qualify under rule 5 than places are available, the tiebreak would be those that live
closest to the school.

Rule 6: Children in the priority area on a random basis

Rule 7: Children outside the priority area on a random basis.

Notes:

The school will continue to use HCC to administer:

Continuing Interest
After places have been offered, Hertfordshire County Council will maintain the school’s continuing
interest (waiting) list. A child’s position on a CI list will be determined by the admission criteria
outlined above and a child’s place on the list can change as other children join or leave it. The
county council will contact parents/carers if a vacancy becomes available and it can be offered to a
child.

Continuing interest lists will be maintained for every year group until the end of the summer term, at
which point applicants must make an In Year application.

Appeals
For the Secondary transfer intake:

Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system should log in to their
online application and click on the link “register an appeal”. Out of county residents and paper
applicants should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request their registration
details and log into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click on the link “log into the
appeals system”.

For In Year Admissions:

The county council will write to you with the outcome of your application and, if you have been
unsuccessful, will include registration details to enable you to login and appeal online at
www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals

4 01/11/2017 12:46

Return to Index
Definitions and Explanations:

Rule 1:Children looked after and previously looked after:

Places are allocated to children looked after according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the School
Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England)
Regulations 2012. These children will be prioritised under rule 1.

Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because
they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special guardianship
order.

A “child looked after” is a child who is

a) in the care of a local authority, or

b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services
functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission under
rule 1.*

Child Arrangements Order - under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which
amended section 8 of the Children Act 1989, residence orders have now been replaced by child
arrangements orders which settle the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the
child is to live

Special guardianship order – under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more
individuals to be a child’s special guardian or guardians

Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked after
providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under Rule 1.

Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the subject of a
child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised under rule 1.
Applications made for these children, with suitable supporting professional evidence, can be
considered under rule 2.

Rule 2: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical of social
need to go to the school:

 Rule 2 applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application, unless there
has been a significant and exceptional change of circumstances within the family since the
initial application was submitted.
 All schools in Hertfordshire have experience in dealing with children with diverse social and
medical needs. However in a few very exceptional cases, there are reasons why a child has
to go to one specific school.
 Few applications under Rule 2 are agreed.
 All applications are considered individually but a successful application should include the
following:

5 01/11/2017 12:46

Return to Index
 o Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only one school can meet a
child’s individual needs, and/or
o Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making clear
why only one school can meet the child’s needs
o If the requested school is not the nearest school to the child’s home address clear
reasons why the nearest school is not appropriate
o For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or
disability makes attendance at only a specific school essential
 Evidence should make clear why only one school is appropriate
 Applications under Rule 2 can only be considered when supported by a recent letter
from a professional involved with the child or family, for example a doctor, psychologist
or police officer. The supporting evidence needs to demonstrate why only one named
school can meet the social/medical needs of the child.
 Applications for children previously “looked after” but not meeting the specific criteria
outlines in Rule 1 may be made under this rule.

Rule 3 Definition of sibling:

A sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of
the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after* and in every case
living permanently** in a placement within the home as part of the family household from Monday
to Friday at the time of this application.

A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts.

If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no sibling
connection available to subsequent children from that family.

*Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship order or child
arrangements order. This definition was amended following a determination by the OSA in August 2014.
**A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for example a child
who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after child in a respite placement or
very short term or bridging foster placement.

Rule 4: We define Children of Staff as follows:

a. where the member of staff has been employed at the school for two or more years at the
time at which the application for admission to the school is made,
and/or

b. the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill
shortage
For the purpose of this rule the child of a member of staff is defined as any child for whom a
member of staff has parental responsibility*1

*1 Parental Responsibility is defined as

a. She is the child’s natural mother;

Or

6 01/11/2017 12:46

Return to Index
 b. He is the child’s natural father and
b i) Either was married to the mother on the day of the child’s birth or subsequently
b ii) Or has entered into a legal parental responsibility agreement with the mother
b iii) Or has been granted a residence order from the court directing the child will live with
him
b iv) Or registered or re-registered the child’s birth after 1 December 2003

Or the child lives with that person as the result of a court order

Rules 5 & 6: Priority Areas

The administrative parishes of Aldenham, Colney Heath, Harpenden, Kimpton, London Colney,
Redbourn, Sandridge, Shenley, St. Albans, St. Michael, St. Stephen, Wheathampstead. These are the
existing priority areas. [Map]

Multiple births:
Verulam School will admit over the school’s published admission number when a single
twin/multiple birth child is allocated the last place at the school and an application has also been
received for the other twin/multiple birth. The exception to this is when the last place is offered to a
child under the random element of the school’s rules. In these circumstances places will not be
offered to the other twin/multiple births because it would compromise the random element of the
allocation process. In these circumstances the school will admit above the PAN after the allocation
process has been completed.

Home address:
The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of application. ‘At
the time of application’ means the closing date for applications. “Permanent” means that the child
has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the family own the property or have a tenancy
agreement for a minimum of 12 months.
The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one address
(for example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child lives at for the
majority of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of the parent/carer that
claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s main residence. If a family is
not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be requested. If a child’s
residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation to evidence the address
that should be used for admission allocation purposes.

Fraudulent applications:
The school, in liaison with Hertfordshire County Council, will do as much as possible to prevent
applications being made from fraudulent addresses. Address evidence is frequently requested,
monitored and checked and school places will be withdrawn when false information is deliberately
provided.

Action will be taken in the following circumstances:

7 01/11/2017 12:46

Return to Index
• When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at their current school;

• When a child lives at a different address to the applicant

• When the applicant does not have parental responsibility

• When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or more of the
following applies:

o The family has moved to a property from which their application was less likely to be
successful
o The family has returned to an existing property
o The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time (anything less
than a year) over the application period
o Council tax information shows a different residence at the time of application

• When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from the address used at
the time of application

Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions:

A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used for all home to school distance measurements for
admission allocation purposes. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to
two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of
your child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally
recognised method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

Applications from children* from overseas

All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16 years) in England have a right of access to education.
However, where a child is in England for a short period only, for example less than half a term, it
may be reasonable to refuse admission to a school.

*Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or British
Overseas passports), or have a UK passport describing them as a British citizen or British subject with
the right of abode or are European Economic Area nationals normally have unrestricted entry to the
UK.*

An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently overseas if, for In
Year applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in Hertfordshire within two weeks.
In Year allocations are made on the assumption that the child will accept the school place and be on
roll within that timescale.

For the Secondary application process applications will not normally be accepted from, nor places
allocated to, an overseas address. The exception to this (for both In Year and transfer processes) is
for children of UK service personnel and crown servants (and from military families who are
residents of countries with a Memorandum of Understanding with the UK). In these cases HCC will
allocate a place in advance of the family arriving in the area provided the application is accompanied
by an official letter that declares a relocation date and a HCC Unit postal address or quartering area

8 01/11/2017 12:46

Return to Index
address, for consideration of the application against oversubscription criteria. If the family already
has an established alternative private address, that address will be used for admission purposes.

The school, in liaison with HCC, will also consider accepting applications from children* (as defined
above) whose family can evidence intent to return to and/or permanently reside in Hertfordshire
prior to the start of the new academic year. These applications, if accepted, will be processed from
the overseas address until sufficient evidence is received to show the child is permanently resident
in Hertfordshire. Evidence must be submitted at the time of application.

Evidence submitted after the date for late applications cannot be taken into account before National
Allocation Day. Decisions on these applications will be made by a panel of county council officers
and communicated with parents within 6 weeks of the closing date for applications.

If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps because they are
working abroad at the time of application, the Hertfordshire address will not be accepted for the
purposes of admission until the child is resident at that address. Other children, than those
mentioned above, from overseas do not generally have automatic right of entry to the UK. An
application for a school place will not therefore be accepted until they are permanently resident in
Hertfordshire. Proof of residency such as an endorsed passport or entry visa will be required with
the application, in addition to proof of Hertfordshire address, for example a council tax bill or 12
month rental agreement.

Children Out of Year Group

The school’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct chronological year group, with
the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of individual children. This is in line
with DfE guidance* which states that “in general, children should be educated in their normal age
group”.

If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they should, at
the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals working with the
child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal age appropriate cohort.
DfE guidance makes clear that “it is reasonable for admission authorities to expect parents to
provide them with information in support of their request – since without it they are unlikely to be
able to make a decision on the basis of the circumstances of the case”.

The school’s governing body, as the relevant admission authority, will decide whether the
application will be accepted on the basis of the information submitted. The governor’s decision will
be based upon the circumstances of each case including the view of parents, the headteacher, the
child's social, academic and emotional development and whether the child has been previously
educated out of year group. There is no guarantee that an application will be accepted on this basis.
If the application is not accepted this does not constitute a refusal of a place and there is no right to
an independent statutory appeal. Similarly there is no right of appeal for a place in a specific year
group at a school. The internal management and organisation of a school, including the placement of
pupils in classes, is a matter for the Headteacher and senior leadership of the school.

*Advice on the admission of summer born children” December 2014

9 01/11/2017 12:46

Return to Index
Further Information

Your home parish can be found on your Council Tax Bill. Alternatively use HCC’s “Find Your Nearest
School” facility available at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions

Further information on parental responsibility can be found at:

http://www.direct.gov.uk/en/Parents/ParentsRights/DG_4002954

How are places offered under the parish proportionality rules at single sex schools?

Each parish is allocated a number of places using the calculation below:

axb
per parish places available at school x total number of applications
c
per parish total applications in priority area

a) After places have been offered under any higher rules (e.g. CLA, social and medical, siblings,
staff etc) it is calculated how many places are left to offer under the parish proportionality
rules.
b) The total number of applicants living in each parish within the priority area are counted.
These are all on time applications and include children qualifying under higher rules.
c) The total number of applications in each parish in the priority area is then divided by the
total number of applications from the whole priority area.

Places are then allocated within each parish:

 First to children for whom it is the nearest school (if applicable) in order of distance

Then, if places still remain, to children for whom it is not the nearest school on a random basis.
Unused places are reallocated to parishes to remain as near to the originally established
proportions as possible. This is achieved by considering each place to be redistributed in turn
and assigning it to the most under allocated parish.

10 01/11/2017 12:46

Return to Index
 WARREN DELL PRIMARY SCHOOL

Herts for Learning Multi Academy Trust

Draft Admissions Policy for 2019/2020 (for consultation)

Warren Dell Primary School (the “School”) is an academy within the Herts for Learning Multi
Academy Trust (the “Trust”)

The Trust is the admissions authority for the School and is therefore responsible for determining and
implementing the admission arrangements for the School each year in accordance with the School
Admissions Code 2014 (“the Code”) and other legislation.

EQUALITY AND INCLUSION

The School is fully inclusive and welcomes applications for the admission of children of all abilitiesand
needs, including those with special educational needs and disabilities. The School fullycomplieswith
its responsibilities under the Equality Act 2010.

PUBLISHED ADMISSION NUMBER (“PAN”)

The School will provide for the admission of the appropriate number of children in accordance with
the published admission number (“PAN”). The PAN for Reception Year at the School is 30.

This means that the School will admit up to that number of children in the September of the school
year to which this policy applies.

Where fewer applications are received than the PAN, the School will offer places to all those who
have applied.

Applications for places in Reception should be made on the Local Authority’s Common Application
Form. This is accessible on the LA’s website and must be submitted in accordance with the LA’s
published deadlines for applications, namely Tuesday 15th January 2019.

Late applications will be accepted but will not be considered until all applications receivedonorbefore
the application deadline have been processed, which will reduce the chance of achieving a place for
the child.

CHILDREN WHO CURRENTLY HAVE A NURSERY PLACE AT THE SCHOOL

Return to Index
The School has an on-site nursery. Where a child attends the School’s nursery, an application for
admission into Reception Year must still be submitted. There is no automatic transfer from the
nursery to Reception Year at the School.

CHILDREN WITH AN EDUCATION HEALTH AND CARE PLAN

There are separate statutory procedures in place which govern the admission of children with special
educational needs (“SEN”) for whom an education health and care plan (“EHC plan”) has been issued
by their Local Authority. This means that the parents of children who have an EHC plan should not
apply for admission of their child to the School under this Admission Policy. If parents have a
preference for the School to be named as the provider in their child’s EHC plan, the Local Authority
needs to be made aware of this so that they can consider whether the School is suitable inconsultation
with the child’s parents and the School.

Where a child’s EHC plan names the School as the provider, the child will be admitted to the School
even if this will result in the published admission number (“PAN”) for that year group, or the statutory
maximum infant class size, being exceeded. Where admission is to Reception Year in September(i.e.
in the normal admission round), the number of places available within the PA N for other childrenwill
be reduced.

Where a child is in the process of being assessed by the Local Authority to establish whether an EHC
plan should be made, parents should speak to the Local Authority before applying for admissionunder
this Admission Policy, to check the stage the assessment has reached and whether a decision tomake
an EHC plan will be made before the application deadline as, if it has, an application under this
Admission Policy will not be necessary.

OVERSUBSCRIPTION CRITERIA

After the admission of pupils with Statements of Special Educational Needs and where the School is
oversubscribed, priority for admission will be given to those children in priority order below:

1. Looked after children and previously looked after children (or became subject to a child
arrangements order or a special guardianship order) with those living nearer receiving higher
priority.

A “looked after child” is a child in public care at the date on which the application is made. A
“previously looked after child” is a child who was in public care, but ceased to be so because
they were adopted or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order
immediately after being in public care.

To be included in this category, the application for admission must be supported by the
relevant Local Authority’s Children’s Services Department. In the case of a previously looked
after child, a copy of the adoption or special guardianship order must also accompany the
application for admission.

2. Children who the Trust accepts have an exceptional medical or social need for a place at the
school with those living nearer receiving higher priority.

This category gives priority to children for whom Warren Dell Primary School is the only
school that is appropriate for the child to attend because of the child’s exce ptional medical
or social need.

Return to Index
 Applications under this priority must be accompanied by a Priority 2 Form, which is available
from our website.

Part A of the Priority 2 Form must be completed by the parent(s) before being provided tothe
child or parent’s doctor, social worker or other relevant independent professional who must
then completed Part B, sign, stamp and date the form. The doctor, social worker or other
relevant independent professional must expressly confirm not only the nature of the
exceptional medical or social need of the child, but also the reason why it is appropriate for
the child to attend the school, why no other school is suitable, and the reasons why this is the
case.

The completed, signed and stamped Priority 2 Form must be provided with the common
application form. An application under this priority will not be considered in cases where the
completed, signed and stamped Priority 2 Form is receive d after the common applicationform
has been submitted.

Applications under Priority 2 will be considered by the Academy Governing Body (or the
relevant Admissions Committee).

3. Linked School: This rule does not apply to this school (for infant and junior schools only)

4. Children with a brother or sister already attending the school and who will still be attending
on the date of admission with those living nearer receiving higher priority

Note: this category includes full brothers and sisters, adopted, or foster brothers and sisters,
half brothers and sisters or stepbrothers and sisters. Parents/Guardians should note that in
all these cases, the brother or sister must be living at the same address as the child for
whom the application is being made.

For the avoidance of doubt, other children within the family (for example, cousins) wholive at
the same address because members of the child’s extended family (for example, aunts and
uncles) also live there, will not be regarded as siblings for the purpose of this priority.

In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as long as they will still be in
attendance at the time of admission

5. Children of school staff where:

a. the member of staff has been employed at the school for two or more years at the time
at which the application for admission to the school is made ; and / or

b. where the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a
demonstrable shortage with those living nearer receiving higher priority.

For the purposes of satisfying these criteria, a member of staff is defined as a permanent
member of the teaching staff, or a permanent member of the non-teaching staff. This
definition does not include contract staff. This definition does not include peripatetic staff
employed by HCC. The child must be living permanently with the member of staff.

6. All other children.

Return to Index
Children not falling into any of the above categories will be allocated places in this category
by reference to the proximity of the child’s home address (as defined by this policy) to the
School, with those living nearer receiving higher priority.

Return to Index
DISTANCE MEASURING

Hertfordshire County Council’s ‘straight line’ distance measurement system is used for all home to
school distance measurements. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping systemtotwo
decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of your
child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised
method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

In the case of multi-dwelling buildings (for example, an apartment block), the distance will be
measured from same GIS determined point in the building regardless of the actual location withinthe
building of the child’s home address, with the tie breaker being applied if more than one application
is received for children living in the building (see below).

TIE BREAKER

Where two applications cannot otherwise be separated because the distance between the child’s
home address (as defined by this policy) to the School is the same, the order in which places will be
allocated will be determined by random lottery using the Local Authority’s software in the presen ce
of a person who is independent of the School.

CHILD’S HOME ADDRESS

The address given on the application form must be the child’s main home address, which will usually
be the address at which Child Benefit is claimed or if there is no entitlement to Child Benefit, thenthe
address at which the child is registered with their GP will be used. A business address or the address
of a parent with whom the child does not live, a relative or a child minder must not be given.

The child’s home address stated must be a residential property that is the child’s only or main
residence, and not an address at which he or she might sometimes stay or sleep.

Where a child spends part of the week with different parents/carers the home address will be the
address at which the child spends the majority of weekday nights during term time. If two addresses
are given, only one will be accepted, which will be the address which meets the definition stated
above. Where there is a dispute over which address is the child’s main home address, the address at
which Child Benefit is claimed or if there is no entitlement to Child Benefit, then the address atwhich
the child is registered with their GP will be deemed to be their main home address.

Proof of residence or offer of letting from landlord will be required.

STATUTORY MAXIMUM INFANT CLASS SIZE

The maximum number of pupils legally permitted to be in a class in Reception Year, Year 1 or Year 2
class is 30 pupils.

There are specified circumstances in which some categories of children will not be counted towards
the class size, allowing for these children to be admitted to a class containing 30 or more pupils
without breaching the statutory maximum infant class size. These children are known as “excepted
pupils” until the class size falls back to 30 pupils. Parents are referred to Paragraph 2.15 of the Code
(which is accessible on the Department for Education’s website) for further details in this respect.

Children of multiple birth

If the last child to be offered a place (the 30th place in a school with a PAN of 30 for example) we will
endeavour to admit the child’s twin, triplet etc., if they all apply at the same time. This is because
6

Return to Index
the School Admissions Code allows us to admit such siblings as exceptions to the infant class size
limit and operate with classes of over 30.

CHILDREN OF UK SERVICE PERSONNEL AND CROWN SERVANTS

The School will accept applications for the admission of the children of UK Armed Forces Personnel
with a confirmed posting in the area of the School, or the children of Crown Servants returning from
overseas to live in the area of the School, in advance of them arriving. These children do not have to
be living at the stated home address at the application deadline, as all other children do.

The application for admission must be supported by an official letter declaring the relocationdate and
a Unit postal address or quartering area address, which will be use d as the child’s home address for
the purpose of applying this Admission Policy.

FAIR ACCESS

The school is committed to taking its fair share of vulnerable children who are hard to place, in
accordance with locally agreed protocols. Children admitted under the protocol will be prioritised
above those on the waiting list.

WAITING LISTS

The School will operate a waiting list for each year group. Where in any year the School receives more
applications for places than there are places available, a waiting list will operate until the end of the
academic year. This will be maintained by the School and it will be open to any parent/guardian toask
for his or her child’s name to be placed on the waiting list, following an unsuccessful application.

Children’s position on the waiting list will be determined solely in accordance with the
oversubscription criteria. Where places become vacant they will be allocated to children on the
waiting list in accordance with the oversubscription criteria.

ARRANGEMENTS FOR ADMITTING PUPILS TO OTHER YEAR GROUPS, INCLUDING REPLACING ANY
PUPILS WHO HAVE LEFT THE SCHOOL (‘IN-YEAR ADMISSIONS’)

You can apply to change school during the school year. We call this an "in year admission".

To apply for an in-year admission to Warren Dell Primary please complete the ‘In year Admissions
Form’ www.warrendellprimary.co.uk and send it and any supporting documentation to
admin@warrendell.herts.sch.uk

We'll let you know if you're successful within 10 working days, once we receive your application,proof
of address and any additional documents needed. If the year group applied for has a place available,
the School will admit the child. If more applications are received than there are places available, the
place will be allocated applying the oversubscription criteria set out above.

You need to accept or decline any place offered. If a place is not available, you will be g iven the
opportunity to have your name added to the waiting list. You will also have a right to appeal the
decision.

AGE ON ADMISSION TO RECEPTION YEAR

All children are entitled to a full-time place in Reception Year at a primary school from the September

Return to Index
following their fourth birthday. Children do not, however, reach compulsory school age until the first
of three prescribed dates after their fifth birthday. These prescribed dates are 31 December, 31
March and 31 August.

For example, a child who will reach the age of five years on 18 November will not reach compulsory
school age until the following 1 January, a child who will reach the age of five years on 22 March will
not reach compulsory school age until the following 1 April and a child who will reach the age of five
years on 3 June will not reach compulsory school age until the following 31 August.

Deferred entry and part-time attendance

Parents offered a place for their child have a right to defer entry, or to take a place up part-time,
until the start of the term beginning immediately after their child has reached compulsory school
age. However, places cannot be deferred until the next academic year. Parents can also ask that
their child attends on a part-time basis until they reach compulsory school age.

However, the start date for a child born between 1 April and 31 August who will not reach compulsory
school age until 31 August (known as a “summer born child”) cannot be deferred later than the first
day of the last term (usually when the School reopens after Easter) without losing the place achieved,
which will then be allocated to another child. Parents of “summer born children” can, however,
choose to delay their child starting school for a whole school year (see below).

Parents may also choose to send their child to school part-time until they reach compulsory school
age (i.e. on one of the three prescribed dates stated above). Unlike the right to defer entry, this right
can be exercised during the last term in the case of “summer born chi ldren”, and can also be exercised
in combination with the right to defer the child’s start date until later in the school year, as set out
above.

For example, a child born on 18 November could start school part-time from 1 September and then
full-time from 1 January, and a child born on 22 March could start school part-time from either 1
September or 1 January and then full-time from 1 April.

Delayed entry for “summer born children”

Parents of summer born children have the following options in relation to their child:

1. To start school full-time in Reception Year in the September following their fourth birthday in
the usual way; or

2. To retain the place they have achieved for their child in Reception Year and decide that their
child will start school later in the school year (i.e. deferred entry) and/or attend part-time, as
set out above; or

3. To lose any place achieved for their child in Reception Year and delay (rather than defer) their
child starting school for one whole school year (i.e. following September).

Parents choosing to exercise the third option will need to decide whether they want their child to be
admitted to Year 1 in the following September with their usual age group (subject to their being an
available place in Year 1, as no place will be have been reserved for the child) or be admitted to
Reception Year in the following September with children below their normal age group.

The latter option requires parents to submit a separate Application for Admission Outside Normal Age
8

Return to Index
Group to the AGB of the School (see below). In the event that the Application for Admission Outside
Normal Age Group is approved by the Academy Governing Body, there is no guarantee that a place
will be available in the preferred year group. Once a decision has been made, the School will applyits
oversubscription criteria to decide whether a place can be offered in that age group. This meansthat,
although the parents may have obtained the School’s agreement to their child being admittedbelow
its normal age range into Reception Year one school year after being eligible to start school,theirchild
may not achieve a place in Reception Year at the School the following year.

In the case of summer born children seeking to delay starting school for one school year and then to
be admitted into Reception Year below their normal age group, an application for admission into
Reception Year using with the child’s normal age group should be made in the usual way accompanied
by a request to be admitted into Reception Year the following year (by completing the “Application
For Admission Outside Normal Age Group Form” with supporting evidence).

Provided the application is received in time, parents will receive a response to their request before
primary national offer day. If a request is agreed, the application for the normal age group may be
withdrawn before a place is offered. If a request is refused, the parent must decide whether to:

a. accept the offer of a place for the normal age group (if an offer is made); or

b. refuse it and make an in year application for admission to Year 1 for the September following
the child’s fifth birthday (there is no guarantee that places will be available in Year 1 if the
school is oversubscribed).

Where a parent’s request for admission outside of the normal age group for summer born children is
agreed, a new application must be submitted as part of the main admissions round the followingyear.

Parents do not have a right of appeal if they have been offered a place and it is not in the year group
they would like. However, parents may make a complaint about the School’s decision not to admit
their child outside their normal age group.

ADMISSION OF CHILDREN OUTSIDE THEIR NORMAL AGE GROUP

Parents may request that their child is admitted to a year group outside their normal age range, for
instance where the child is gifted or talented or where a child has suffered from particular social or
medical issues impacting his or her schooling. All such requests will be considered on their meritsand
either agreed or refused, on that basis. If a request is refused, the child will still be considered for
admission to their normal age group.

Parents wishing to submit a request for their child to be admitted outside their normal age group
should submit an “Application For Admission Outside Normal Age Group Form” which isavailable from
www.warrendellprimary.co.uk

The process for requesting such an admission is as follows:

With the application, parents should request that the child is admitted to another year group (state
which one), and the reasons for that request. Parents will submit any evidence in support oftheircase
with the application, for instance from a medical practitioner, Headteacher etc. Some of the evidence
a parent might submit could include:

1. Whether the child is ‘summer born’ and is seeking admission to a year group other than
reception (or is seeking admission to reception rather than year 1);

Return to Index
 2. Information about the child’s academic, social and emotional development;

3. Where relevant, their medical history and the views of a medical professional;

4. Whether they have previously been educated out of their normal age group;

5. Whether they may naturally have fallen into a lower age group if it were not for being born
prematurely.

This is a non-exhaustive list. There may be other factors that the Academy Governing Board will
consider. The school will consider each case on its merits, taking into account the individual
circumstances of the request and the child’s best interests. We will also ensure the parent is aware of
whether the request for admission out of age group has been agreed before final offers are made,and
the reason for any refusal. Requests for admission out of the normal year group will be considered
alongside other applications made at the same time. An application from a child who would‘normally’
be a year 1 child for a reception place will be considered alongside applications for reception.

ARRANGEMENTS FOR APPEALS PANELS

Parents/Carers will have the right of appeal to an Independent Appeal Panel if they are dissatisfied
with an admission decision of the School. The Appeal Panel will be independent of the School. The
arrangements for Appeals will be in line with the Code of Practice on School Admission Appeals
published by the Department for Education. The determination of the appeal panel will be made in
accordance with the Code of Practice on School Admission Appeals and is binding on all parties.

Normal admissions round

Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system for the normal
admissions round should log in to their online application and click on the link “register an appea l”.
Out of county residents and paper applicants should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123
4043 to request their registration details and log into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and
click on the link “log into the appeals system”.

In-year admissions

For in-year admissions, we will write to you with the outcome of your application and, if you have
been unsuccessful, the county council will write to you with registration details to enable you tologin
and appeal online at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals

THE SCHOOL EXPECTS PARENTS TO PROVIDE TRUE AND ACCURATE INFORMATION. IF IT IS

DISCOVERED THAT FALSE INFORMATION HAS BEEN PROVIDED, THE OFFER OF A PLACE IS LIKELY TO
BE WITHDRAWN.

10

Return to Index
 [SCHOOL LOGO] 

[Name of school] 

PRIORTY 2 FORM ‐ EXCEPTIONAL MEDICAL OR SOCIAL NEED 

REPORT FROM A DOCTOR, SOCIAL WORKER OR OTHER RELEVANT 
INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL 

Part A of this form must be completed by a parent.  The form should then be provided to the doctor, social 
worker or other relevant independent professional who should complete Part B, sign, date and stamp the 
form, before returning it to the parent if the parent wants to rely on this priority in order to achieve a place 
at the school.  The form must be submitted at the same time as the Common Application Form.  

This  form  is  intended  to  support  an  application  for  admission  under  Priority  2  of  the  academy’s/school’s 
Admission Policy, which states: 

“Priority 2 – Children who the Trust accepts have an exceptional medical or social need for a place at the 
school”: 

Children for whom [Name of School] is the only school that is appropriate for the child to attend because of 
the child’s exceptional medical or social need, will be admitted under this priority.   

Applications under this priority must be accompanied by Priority 2 Form, Part A of which must be completed 
by  the  parents  before  being  provided  to  the  child  or  parent’s  the  doctor,  social  worker  or  other  relevant 
independent professional who must then completed Part B, sign, stamp and date the form.  The doctor, social 
worker  or  other  relevant  independent  professional  must  expressly  confirm  not  only  the  nature  of  the 
exceptional medical or social need of the child or parent, but also the reason why it is appropriate for the child 
to attend the school, why no other school is suitable, and the reasons why this is the case.   

The completed, signed and stamped Priority 2 Form must be provided with the common application form.  An 
application  under  this  priority  will  not  be  considered  in  cases  where  the  completed,  signed  and  stamped 
Priority 2 Form is received after the common application form has been submitted.” 

Instructions to Hertfordshire County Council: please ensure that this form is kept 
confidential  and  is  processed  only  to  the  extent  that  it  is  necessary  to  pass  the 
information to the school.  Please ensure that the forms are sent to the school by a 
secure  means.    Please  contact  HCC’s  Strategy  &  Policy  Manager,  Admissions  & 
Transport, for further details. 

1 

Return to Index
 

PART A – To be completed by Parent 

Child’s Surname:   

Child’s Forename(s):   

Child’s Date of Birth:   

Child’s Main Home Address:   

   

   

   

This form should now be handed to the child’s doctor, social worker or other relevant independent 
professional for completion of Part B. 

2 

Return to Index
PART  B  –  To  be  completed  by  a  doctor,  social  worker  or  other 
relevant independent professional then returned to the parent 

Name of person with an   
exceptional  medical or 
social need: 

Please confirm the nature   
of the exceptional medical 
or social need:   

   

   

   

In your professional opinion, is [NAME OF SCHOOL] the only school which is appropriate for the 
child to attend as a result of their medical or social need? 

 
Yes    No   
 

Please state your reasons   
for stating [NAME OF 
SCHOOL] is the only school   
which is appropriate for the 
child to attend:   

   

   

   

3 

Return to Index
   

   

Please explain the   
difficulties the child would 
experience if the child   
attended another school 
within a reasonable   
distance of the child’s main 
home address:   

   

   

   

   

Signed:   

Print Name:   

Position:   

4 

Return to Index
 Organisation:   

Organisation’s address:   

Date:   

Official Stamp:   

Note to professional: please return the completed form to the parent named above by a secure 
means.  It is the parent’s responsibility to submit the form as part of the admissions application 
process. 

5 

Return to Index
               
 

[SCHOOL LOGO]   

[SCHOOL/ACADEMY NAME] 

APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION OUTSIDE NORMAL AGE GROUP 

This is not an application for admission – it is an application to the Academy Governing Board for their 
agreement in principle to the child being admitted to any year group other than the child’s normal year 
group. The completed form and any supporting documentation must be submitted to [School/Academy 
Name]  for  consideration  by  the  Academy  Governing  Board  as  soon  as  possible.    Regardless  of  the 
outcome of this application, a separate application for admission will need to be made in the usual way, 
and  will  be  considered  with  all  other  applications  received,  applying  the  oversubscription  criteria  as 
appropriate.   

In the case of children born between 1 April and 31 August (known as “summer born children”) whose 
parents want them to start Reception Year one year later than usual (i.e. in the September following 
their fifth birthday, rather than the September following their fourth birthday), the application should 
be made well in advance of the application deadline for the child’s admission to Reception Year with 
their  normal  age  group,  to  keep  all  options  open.    Where  the  Academy  Governing  Board  agrees  an 
application in principle, their letter confirming this should accompany the subsequent application for 
admission. 

This form should be read alongside the School’s/Academy’s Admissions Policy. 

This form should be completed by the parent with whom the child lives for more than 50% of their 
time from Monday to Friday during term time.  Please complete in block capitals using black ink.  All 
names  provided  must  be  formal  names,  as  stated  in  passports  and  other  formal  documents.    The 
completed form should be forwarded to the school office at School/Academy name. 

 
 

PART A – CHILD’S DETAILS 

Child’s Surname:   

Child’s Forename(s):   

Child’s Date of Birth:   

Child’s Main Home Address:   

(as defined in the Admissions Policy) 

 
 
1 
Return to Index
 PART B – PARENT’S DETAILS 

Parent’s Surname:   

Parent’s Forename(s):   

Parent’s Home Address:   

(If different) 

Parent’s Email Address:   

Parent’s Contact Number:   

 
 

PART C – APPLICATION DETAILS 

What date do you want the child to be admitted?   

What  year  group  do  you  want  the  child  to  be   
admitted to? 

What year group would the child’s normal age group   
be in? 

Please  give  detailed  reasons  for  your  belief  that  it  is  in  the  best  interests  of  your  child  to  be  admitted 
outside their normal age group.  In doing so, please consider the following factors which will be considered 
by the Academy Governing Board: 

• The parents’ views; 
• The Headteacher’s view; 
• The child’s academic, social and emotional development; 
• Where relevant, the child’s medical history and the views of their medical professionals; 
• Whether the child has previously been educated outside of their normal age group; 
• Whether the child would have naturally have fallen into a lower age range were it not for having been 
born prematurely. 

This is a non‐exhaustive list.  There may be other factors that the Academy Governing Board will consider.  

 
   

2 
Return to Index
 

       
 
   
3 
Return to Index
 
 

Please list all documents attached in support of your application: 

 
 
 

PART D – PARENT’S SIGNATURE 

I certify that the information provided in this form is true and accurate, to the best of my knowledge and 
belief: 

Signed:   

Print name:   

Date:   

   
 

4 
Return to Index
  
School logo 
 
 
School name 
 
Application Form 
In Year Admissions 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 Before you fill in this form, please read the guidance documents and information on our website 
at school website info 
 
 Supplementary Information Forms (if applicable) and any additional supporting documentation 
should be returned direct to the school 
 
 Please complete this form using black ink and CAPITAL LETTERS 
 
 You must include two recent (within the last 3 months) forms of address evidence. One must 
be a council tax bill, utility bill, solicitor’s letter showing completion date or a signed tenancy 
agreement. Please do not send originals.  
 
 If moving/returning to the UK, you must also provide evidence of your arrival. This can be flight 
itinerary, boarding passes or ferry/train tickets. 
 
 
We cannot process an application without evidence of your address. 
   

Return to Index
 
 
Section 1: Your child’s details 
 
 
Date place is required*:  

 
*Places are offered on the basis that they will be taken up within 10 school days. Please do not apply more 
than 4 weeks in advance of the date you require a place unless you are a service family. 
 

 
Your child’s details: 
 
First name  Middle name(s)  Family name/Surname 
   
Date of birth  Current Year Group*  Female / Male 

 
*Hertfordshire will allocate a place into the usual year group based on your child’s date of birth. If you wish 
your child to be educated in a different year group to that indicated by their date of birth, please provide 
further details with this form. 
 
 

Your child’s current  Current address 
address and postcode   
   
We check addresses and   
we will withdraw our offer   
of a school place if you   
give a false address 
Postcode 
   
  
 
Your child’s new  If you are moving house, please provide the new address below: 
address and postcode   
Date of move*   
 
 
Postcode 
   
 
*Please ensure you enclose proof of your new address including the move date. This can be either a 
solicitor’s letter confirming completion or a copy of the formal lease agreement. If you are moving to a rental 
property, please provide evidence that you have sold or are in the process of selling your previous property, 
or that a previous lease agreement has ended. We will not be able to take into account a new address 
without proof as referred to above. 
 
   

Return to Index
Section 2: Application details 
 
 
Does the child have a sibling at the school? * If yes, please give details below:  Yes □ No □ 

Name:  Male/Female: 
 
  Date of birth: 

 
*A sibling is either the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of the 
parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after and in every case living permanently 
in a placement within the home as part of the family household. 
 
 
Does your child have an Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) or 
Yes □ No □ 
statement of special needs (SN)? 
 
A Statement of SN or an EHCP is a document written by the local authority detailing the child’s needs and the 
measures the school will take to help them. The SEN team at the local authority manage admissions for 
children with a statement and your application will be passed to them.  
 
 
Is the child you are making an application for in the care of the Local 
Yes □ No □ 
Authority (Child Looked After)? 
If yes, please indicate which local authority and include a supporting letter from the child’s social 
worker and/or advisory teacher: 
 
 
Was your child previously looked after but was then adopted or became 
Yes □ No □ 
subject to a child arrangements order or special guardianship order? 

If yes, please provide supporting evidence including a copy of the adoption order if applicable 
 
 

Are you applying under Rule 2 (exceptional medical or social needs)?*  Yes □ No □ 
*You must include supporting professional evidence clearly demonstrating why your child’s needs can only 
be met at one specific school. Please include all the evidence you wish us to consider as we can only 
consider the information received at the time of application. Rule 2 can only be re‐considered if there has 
been an exceptional change of circumstances 
 
 
 

Are you applying under the Children of Staff rule if applicable*?    Yes □    No □ 
*This is not currently applicable at this school 

 
 
 

Return to Index
 Are you or your partner UK service personnel or a crown servant?  Yes □ No □ 

If yes, please include an official MOD, FC or GCHQ letter showing relocation date 
 
 
 
Your child’s current school       
 
School Name  School Address 

Date last attended  
 
(if your child has left):   
 
 

 
Section 3: Your details 
 
Name of person making the  Title  Initial  Family Name 
application  (Usually a parent/carer) 

Address if different to that given 
above 

Daytime telephone number 

Email address 
Our preferred way to contact you 

Your relationship to the child 
 
 
Is the child living with you under a private fostering arrangement? 
This is where the child lives with an adult who is not a close relative i.e. not a   Yes □   No □ 
parent, grandparent, sibling, aunt or uncle. 
Do you have parental responsibility? *   Yes □   No □ 

If no, please provide permission from the person(s) with parental responsibility confirming they are 
in agreement with the application. 
 
 
   

Return to Index
 
 
Section 4: Parental declaration 
 
If you deliberately give false information, we may withdraw the offer of a school place. 
 
All of the information I have given on this form is correct and up to date.  
 
I have read and understand the school’s admissions policy. 
 
I understand that you will inform my child’s current school of this application and will share the 
information in this application with the schools listed on this form and, if different, the allocated 
school.  
 
I understand that my child must be able to take up the allocated school place immediately and 
that the place may be withdrawn if not accepted within 10 school days. 
 
I confirm I have parental responsibility for this child and/or the agreement of all 
persons with parental responsibility  □ 
 
I enclose:      Supporting evidence relating to the application, including proof of  □ 
arrival if applicable  
  □ 
Proof of address ‐ we cannot process the application without this. 
   
 

Your full name   

Your signature    Date:   
     
 
 
Please return this application form to the office of name of school 
School address 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  It is very important that you include all necessary
 
documentation
 
with your application in order to avoid any
  delays.
 
 

Return to Index
 WILBURY JUNIOR SCHOOL

Herts for Learning Multi Academy Trust

Draft Admissions Policy for 2019/2020 (for consultation)

Wilbury Junior School (the “School”) is an academy within the Herts for Learning Multi Academy
Trust (the “Trust”)

The Trust is the admissions authority for the School and is therefore responsible for determining and
implementing the admission arrangements for the School each year in accordance with the School
Admissions Code 2014 (“the Code”) and other legislation.

EQUALITY AND INCLUSION

The School is fully inclusive and welcomes applications for the admission of children of all abilities and
needs, including those with special educational needs and disabilities. The School fully complies with
its responsibilities under the Equality Act 2010.

PUBLISHED ADMISSION NUMBER (“PAN”)

The School will provide for the admission of the appropriate number of children in accordance with
the published admission number (“PAN”). The PAN for Year 3 at the School is 90.

This means that the School will admit up to that number of children in the September of the school
year to which this policy applies.

Where fewer applications are received than the PAN, the School will offer places to all those who
have applied.

Applications for places in Reception should be made on the Local Authority’s Common Application
Form. This is accessible on the LA’s website and must be submitted in accordance with the LA’s
published deadlines for applications, namely Tuesday 15th January 2019.

Late applications will be accepted but will not be considered until all applications received on or before
the application deadline have been processed, which will reduce the chance of achieving a place for
the child.

CHILDREN WHO CURRENTLY ATTEND A LINKED INFANT SCHOOL

Where a child attends the linked infant school (Icknield Infant and Nursery School), an application for
admission into Wilbury Junior School must still be submitted. There is no automatic transfer from the
linked infant school (Icknield Infant and Nursery School) to Wilbury Junior School.

Return to Index
CHILDREN WITH AN EDUCATION HEALTH AND CARE PLAN

There are separate statutory procedures in place which govern the admission of children with special
educational needs (“SEN”) for whom an education health and care plan (“EHC plan”) has been issued
by their Local Authority. This means that the parents of children who have an EHC plan should not
apply for admission of their child to the School under this Admission Policy. If parents have a
preference for the School to be named as the provider in their child’s EHC plan, the Local Authority
needs to be made aware of this so that they can consider whether the School is suitable in consultation
with the child’s parents and the School.

Where a child’s EHC plan names the School as the provider, the child will be admitted to the School
even if this will result in the published admission number (“PAN”) for that year group being exceeded.

Where a child is in the process of being assessed by the Local Authority to establish whether an EHC
plan should be made, parents should speak to the Local Authority before applying for admission under
this Admission Policy, to check the stage the assessment has reached and whether a decision to make
an EHC plan will be made before the application deadline as, if it has, an application under this
Admission Policy will not be necessary.

OVERSUBSCRIPTION CRITERIA

After the admission of pupils with Statements of Special Educational Needs and where the School is
oversubscribed, priority for admission will be given to those children in priority order below:

1. Looked after children and previously looked after children (or became subject to a child
arrangements order or a special guardianship order) with those living nearer receiving
higher priority.

A “looked after child” is a child in public care at the date on which the application is made. A
“previously looked after child” is a child who was in public care, but ceased to be so because
they were adopted or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order
immediately after being in public care.

To be included in this category, the application for admission must be supported by the
relevant Local Authority’s Children’s Services Department. In the case of a previously looked
after child, a copy of the adoption or special guardianship order must also accompany the
application for admission.

2. Children who the Trust accepts have an exceptional medical or social need for a place at the
School with those living nearer receiving higher priority.

This category gives priority to children for whom Wilbury Junior School is the only school
that is appropriate for the child to attend because of the child’s exceptional medical or social
need.

Applications under this priority must be accompanied by a Priority 2 Form, which is available
from our website.

Part A of the Priority 2 Form must be completed by the parent(s) before being provided to the
child or parent’s doctor, social worker or other relevant independent professional who must
then completed Part B, sign, stamp and date the form. The doctor, social worker or other
relevant independent professional must expressly confirm not only the nature of the
exceptional medical or social need of the child, but also the reason why it is appropriate for
3

Return to Index
 the child to attend the School, why no other school is suitable, and the reasons why this is the
case.

The completed, signed and stamped Priority 2 Form must be provided with the common
application form. An application under this priority will not be considered in cases where the
completed, signed and stamped Priority 2 Form is received after the common application form
has been submitted.

Applications under Priority 2 will be considered by the Academy Governing Body (or the
relevant Admissions Committee).

3. Linked School: In the case of junior schools, children who attend the linked infant school at
the time of their application with those living nearer receiving higher priority. The linked
infant school to Wilbury Junior School is Icknield Infant and Nursery School.

4. Children with a brother or sister already attending the School and who will still be
attending on the date of admission with those living nearer receiving higher priority

Note: this category includes full brothers and sisters, adopted, or foster brothers and sisters,
half brothers and sisters or stepbrothers and sisters. Parents/Guardians should note that in
all these cases, the brother or sister must be living at the same address as the child for
whom the application is being made.

For the avoidance of doubt, other children within the family (for example, cousins) who live at
the same address because members of the child’s extended family (for example, aunts and
uncles) also live there, will not be regarded as siblings for the purpose of this priority.

In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as long as they will still be in
attendance at the time of admission

5. Children of school staff where:

a. the member of staff has been employed at the School for two or more years at the time
at which the application for admission to the School is made; and / or

b. where the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a
demonstrable shortage with those living nearer receiving higher priority.

For the purposes of satisfying these criteria, a member of staff is defined as a permanent
member of the teaching staff, or a permanent member of the non-teaching staff. This
definition does not include contract staff. This definition does not include peripatetic staff
employed by HCC. The child must be living permanently with the member of staff.

6. All other children.

Children not falling into any of the above categories will be allocated places in this category
by reference to the proximity of the child’s home address (as defined by this policy) to the
School, with those living nearer receiving higher priority.

Return to Index
DISTANCE MEASURING

Hertfordshire County Council’s ‘straight line’ distance measurement system is used for all home to
school distance measurements. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to two
decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of your
child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally recognised
method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

In the case of multi-dwelling buildings (for example, an apartment block), the distance will be
measured from same GIS determined point in the building regardless of the actual location within the
building of the child’s home address, with the tie breaker being applied if more than one application
is received for children living in the building (see below).

TIE BREAKER

Where two applications cannot otherwise be separated because the distance between the child’s
home address (as defined by this policy) to the School is the same, the order in which places will be
allocated will be determined by random lottery using the Local Authority’s software in the presence
of a person who is independent of the School.

CHILD’S HOME ADDRESS

The address given on the application form must be the child’s main home address, which will usually
be the address at which Child Benefit is claimed or if there is no entitlement to Child Benefit, then the
address at which the child is registered with their GP will be used. A business address or the address
of a parent with whom the child does not live, a relative or a child minder must not be given.

The child’s home address stated must be a residential property that is the child’s only or main
residence, and not an address at which he or she might sometimes stay or sleep.

Where a child spends part of the week with different parents/carers the home address will be the
address at which the child spends the majority of weekday nights during term time. If two addresses
are given, only one will be accepted, which will be the address which meets the definition stated
above. Where there is a dispute over which address is the child’s main home address, the address at
which Child Benefit is claimed or if there is no entitlement to Child Benefit, then the address at which
the child is registered with their GP will be deemed to be their main home address.

Proof of residence or offer of letting from landlord will be required.

Children of multiple birth

If the last child to be offered a place (the 30th place in a school with a PAN of 30 for example) we will
endeavour to admit the child’s twin, triplet etc., if they all apply at the same time.

CHILDREN OF UK SERVICE PERSONNEL AND CROWN SERVANTS

The School will accept applications for the admission of the children of UK Armed Forces Personnel
with a confirmed posting in the area of the School, or the children of Crown Servants returning from
overseas to live in the area of the School, in advance of them arriving. These children do not have to
be living at the stated home address at the application deadline, as all other children do.

The application for admission must be supported by an official letter declaring the relocation date and
a Unit postal address or quartering area address, which will be used as the child’s home address for
the purpose of applying this Admission Policy.
5

Return to Index
FAIR ACCESS

The school is committed to taking its fair share of vulnerable children who are hard to place, in
accordance with locally agreed protocols. Children admitted under the protocol will be prioritised
above those on the waiting list.

WAITING LISTS

The School will operate a waiting list for each year group. Where in any year the School receives more
applications for places than there are places available, a waiting list will operate until the end of the
academic year. This will be maintained by the School and it will be open to any parent/guardian to ask
for his or her child’s name to be placed on the waiting list, following an unsuccessful application.

Children’s position on the waiting list will be determined solely in accordance with the
oversubscription criteria. Where places become vacant they will be allocated to children on the
waiting list in accordance with the oversubscription criteria.

ARRANGEMENTS FOR ADMITTING PUPILS TO OTHER YEAR GROUPS, INCLUDING REPLACING ANY
PUPILS WHO HAVE LEFT THE SCHOOL (‘IN-YEAR ADMISSIONS’)

You can apply to change school during the school year. We call this an "in year admission".

To apply for an in-year admission to Wilbury Junior School please complete the ‘In year Admissions
Form’ [LINK] and send it and any supporting documentation to [INSERT DETAILS]

We'll let you know if you're successful within 10 working days, once we receive your application, proof
of address and any additional documents needed. If the year group applied for has a place available,
the School will admit the child. If more applications are received than there are places available, the
place will be allocated applying the oversubscription criteria set out above.

You need to accept or decline any place offered. If a place is not available, you will be given the
opportunity to have your name added to the waiting list. You will also have a right to appeal the
decision.

ADMISSION OF CHILDREN OUTSIDE THEIR NORMAL AGE GROUP

Parents may request that their child is admitted to a year group outside their normal age range, for
instance where the child is gifted or talented or where a child has suffered from particular social or
medical issues impacting his or her schooling. All such requests will be considered on their merits and
either agreed or refused, on that basis. If a request is refused, the child will still be considered for
admission to their normal age group.

Parents wishing to submit a request for their child to be admitted outside their normal age group
should submit an “Application For Admission Outside Normal Age Group Form” which is available from
[INSERT LINK TO THE FORM ON THE WEBSITE]

The process for requesting such an admission is as follows:

With the application, parents should request that the child is admitted to another year group (state
which one), and the reasons for that request. Parents will submit any evidence in support of their case
with the application, for instance from a medical practitioner, Headteacher etc. Some of the evidence
a parent might submit could include:

Return to Index
 1. Information about the child’s academic, social and emotional development;

2. Where relevant, their medical history and the views of a medical professional;

3. Whether they have previously been educated out of their normal age group;

4. Whether they may naturally have fallen into a lower age group if it were not for being born
prematurely.

This is a non-exhaustive list. There may be other factors that the Academy Governing Board will
consider. The School will consider each case on its merits, taking into account the individual
circumstances of the request and the child’s best interests. We will also ensure the parent is aware of
whether the request for admission out of age group has been agreed before final offers are made, and
the reason for any refusal. Requests for admission out of the normal year group will be considered
alongside other applications made at the same time.

ARRANGEMENTS FOR APPEALS PANELS

Parents/Carers will have the right of appeal to an Independent Appeal Panel if they are dissatisfied
with an admission decision of the School. The Appeal Panel will be independent of the School. The
arrangements for Appeals will be in line with the Code of Practice on School Admission Appeals
published by the Department for Education. The determination of the appeal panel will be made in
accordance with the Code of Practice on School Admission Appeals and is binding on all parties.

Normal admissions round

Parents wishing to appeal who applied through Hertfordshire’s online system for the normal
admissions round should log in to their online application and click on the link “register an appeal”.
Out of county residents and paper applicants should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123
4043 to request their registration details and log into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and
click on the link “log into the appeals system”.

In-year admissions

For in-year admissions, we will write to you with the outcome of your application and, if you have
been unsuccessful, the county council will write to you with registration details to enable you to login
and appeal online at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals

THE SCHOOL EXPECTS PARENTS TO PROVIDE TRUE AND ACCURATE INFORMATION. IF IT IS

DISCOVERED THAT FALSE INFORMATION HAS BEEN PROVIDED, THE OFFER OF A PLACE IS LIKELY TO
BE WITHDRAWN.

Return to Index
  
School logo 
 
 
School name 
 
Application Form 
In Year Admissions 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 Before you fill in this form, please read the guidance documents and information on our website 
at school website info 
 
 Supplementary Information Forms (if applicable) and any additional supporting documentation 
should be returned direct to the school 
 
 Please complete this form using black ink and CAPITAL LETTERS 
 
 You must include two recent (within the last 3 months) forms of address evidence. One must 
be a council tax bill, utility bill, solicitor’s letter showing completion date or a signed tenancy 
agreement. Please do not send originals.  
 
 If moving/returning to the UK, you must also provide evidence of your arrival. This can be flight 
itinerary, boarding passes or ferry/train tickets. 
 
 
We cannot process an application without evidence of your address. 
   

Return to Index
 
 
Section 1: Your child’s details 
 
 
Date place is required*:  

 
*Places are offered on the basis that they will be taken up within 10 school days. Please do not apply more 
than 4 weeks in advance of the date you require a place unless you are a service family. 
 

 
Your child’s details: 
 
First name  Middle name(s)  Family name/Surname 
   
Date of birth  Current Year Group*  Female / Male 

 
*Hertfordshire will allocate a place into the usual year group based on your child’s date of birth. If you wish 
your child to be educated in a different year group to that indicated by their date of birth, please provide 
further details with this form. 
 
 

Your child’s current  Current address 
address and postcode   
   
We check addresses and   
we will withdraw our offer   
of a school place if you   
give a false address 
Postcode 
   
  
 
Your child’s new  If you are moving house, please provide the new address below: 
address and postcode   
Date of move*   
 
 
Postcode 
   
 
*Please ensure you enclose proof of your new address including the move date. This can be either a 
solicitor’s letter confirming completion or a copy of the formal lease agreement. If you are moving to a rental 
property, please provide evidence that you have sold or are in the process of selling your previous property, 
or that a previous lease agreement has ended. We will not be able to take into account a new address 
without proof as referred to above. 
 
   

Return to Index
Section 2: Application details 
 
 
Does the child have a sibling at the school? * If yes, please give details below:  Yes □ No □ 

Name:  Male/Female: 
 
  Date of birth: 

 
*A sibling is either the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of the 
parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after and in every case living permanently 
in a placement within the home as part of the family household. 
 
 
Does your child have an Education, Health and Care Plan (EHCP) or 
Yes □ No □ 
statement of special needs (SN)? 
 
A Statement of SN or an EHCP is a document written by the local authority detailing the child’s needs and the 
measures the school will take to help them. The SEN team at the local authority manage admissions for 
children with a statement and your application will be passed to them.  
 
 
Is the child you are making an application for in the care of the Local 
Yes □ No □ 
Authority (Child Looked After)? 
If yes, please indicate which local authority and include a supporting letter from the child’s social 
worker and/or advisory teacher: 
 
 
Was your child previously looked after but was then adopted or became 
Yes □ No □ 
subject to a child arrangements order or special guardianship order? 

If yes, please provide supporting evidence including a copy of the adoption order if applicable 
 
 

Are you applying under Rule 2 (exceptional medical or social needs)?*  Yes □ No □ 
*You must include supporting professional evidence clearly demonstrating why your child’s needs can only 
be met at one specific school. Please include all the evidence you wish us to consider as we can only 
consider the information received at the time of application. Rule 2 can only be re‐considered if there has 
been an exceptional change of circumstances 
 
 
 

Are you applying under the Children of Staff rule if applicable*?    Yes □    No □ 
*This is not currently applicable at this school 

 
 
 

Return to Index
 Are you or your partner UK service personnel or a crown servant?  Yes □ No □ 

If yes, please include an official MOD, FC or GCHQ letter showing relocation date 
 
 
 
Your child’s current school       
 
School Name  School Address 

Date last attended  
 
(if your child has left):   
 
 

 
Section 3: Your details 
 
Name of person making the  Title  Initial  Family Name 
application  (Usually a parent/carer) 

Address if different to that given 
above 

Daytime telephone number 

Email address 
Our preferred way to contact you 

Your relationship to the child 
 
 
Is the child living with you under a private fostering arrangement? 
This is where the child lives with an adult who is not a close relative i.e. not a   Yes □   No □ 
parent, grandparent, sibling, aunt or uncle. 
Do you have parental responsibility? *   Yes □   No □ 

If no, please provide permission from the person(s) with parental responsibility confirming they are 
in agreement with the application. 
 
 
   

Return to Index
 
 
Section 4: Parental declaration 
 
If you deliberately give false information, we may withdraw the offer of a school place. 
 
All of the information I have given on this form is correct and up to date.  
 
I have read and understand the school’s admissions policy. 
 
I understand that you will inform my child’s current school of this application and will share the 
information in this application with the schools listed on this form and, if different, the allocated 
school.  
 
I understand that my child must be able to take up the allocated school place immediately and 
that the place may be withdrawn if not accepted within 10 school days. 
 
I confirm I have parental responsibility for this child and/or the agreement of all 
persons with parental responsibility  □ 
 
I enclose:      Supporting evidence relating to the application, including proof of  □ 
arrival if applicable  
  □ 
Proof of address ‐ we cannot process the application without this. 
   
 

Your full name   

Your signature    Date:   
     
 
 
Please return this application form to the office of name of school 
School address 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  It is very important that you include all necessary
 
documentation
 
with your application in order to avoid any
  delays.
 
 

Return to Index
               
 

[SCHOOL LOGO]   

[SCHOOL/ACADEMY NAME] 

APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION OUTSIDE NORMAL AGE GROUP 

This is not an application for admission – it is an application to the Academy Governing Board for their 
agreement in principle to the child being admitted to any year group other than the child’s normal year 
group. The completed form and any supporting documentation must be submitted to [School/Academy 
Name]  for  consideration  by  the  Academy  Governing  Board  as  soon  as  possible.    Regardless  of  the 
outcome of this application, a separate application for admission will need to be made in the usual way, 
and  will  be  considered  with  all  other  applications  received,  applying  the  oversubscription  criteria  as 
appropriate.   

In the case of children born between 1 April and 31 August (known as “summer born children”) whose 
parents want them to start Reception Year one year later than usual (i.e. in the September following 
their fifth birthday, rather than the September following their fourth birthday), the application should 
be made well in advance of the application deadline for the child’s admission to Reception Year with 
their  normal  age  group,  to  keep  all  options  open.    Where  the  Academy  Governing  Board  agrees  an 
application in principle, their letter confirming this should accompany the subsequent application for 
admission. 

This form should be read alongside the School’s/Academy’s Admissions Policy. 

This form should be completed by the parent with whom the child lives for more than 50% of their 
time from Monday to Friday during term time.  Please complete in block capitals using black ink.  All 
names  provided  must  be  formal  names,  as  stated  in  passports  and  other  formal  documents.    The 
completed form should be forwarded to the school office at School/Academy name. 

 
 

PART A – CHILD’S DETAILS 

Child’s Surname:   

Child’s Forename(s):   

Child’s Date of Birth:   

Child’s Main Home Address:   

(as defined in the Admissions Policy) 

 
 
1 
Return to Index
 PART B – PARENT’S DETAILS 

Parent’s Surname:   

Parent’s Forename(s):   

Parent’s Home Address:   

(If different) 

Parent’s Email Address:   

Parent’s Contact Number:   

 
 

PART C – APPLICATION DETAILS 

What date do you want the child to be admitted?   

What  year  group  do  you  want  the  child  to  be   
admitted to? 

What year group would the child’s normal age group   
be in? 

Please  give  detailed  reasons  for  your  belief  that  it  is  in  the  best  interests  of  your  child  to  be  admitted 
outside their normal age group.  In doing so, please consider the following factors which will be considered 
by the Academy Governing Board: 

• The parents’ views; 
• The Headteacher’s view; 
• The child’s academic, social and emotional development; 
• Where relevant, the child’s medical history and the views of their medical professionals; 
• Whether the child has previously been educated outside of their normal age group; 
• Whether the child would have naturally have fallen into a lower age range were it not for having been 
born prematurely. 

This is a non‐exhaustive list.  There may be other factors that the Academy Governing Board will consider.  

 
   

2 
Return to Index
 

       
 
   
3 
Return to Index
 
 

Please list all documents attached in support of your application: 

 
 
 

PART D – PARENT’S SIGNATURE 

I certify that the information provided in this form is true and accurate, to the best of my knowledge and 
belief: 

Signed:   

Print name:   

Date:   

   
 

4 
Return to Index
 [SCHOOL LOGO]   

 
[Name of school] 
 
PRIORTY 2 FORM ‐ EXCEPTIONAL MEDICAL OR SOCIAL NEED 
 
REPORT FROM A DOCTOR, SOCIAL WORKER OR OTHER RELEVANT 
INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL 
 
Part A of this form must be completed by a parent.  The form should then be provided to the doctor, social 
worker or other relevant independent professional who should complete Part B, sign, date and stamp the 
form, before returning it to the parent if the parent wants to rely on this priority in order to achieve a place 
at the school.  The form must be submitted at the same time as the Common Application Form.  
 
This  form  is  intended  to  support  an  application  for  admission  under  Priority  2  of  the  academy’s/school’s 
Admission Policy, which states: 
 
“Priority 2 – Children who the Trust accepts have an exceptional medical or social need for a place at the 
school”: 
  
Children for whom [Name of School] is the only school that is appropriate for the child to attend because of 
the child’s exceptional medical or social need, will be admitted under this priority.   
 
Applications under this priority must be accompanied by Priority 2 Form, Part A of which must be completed 
by  the  parents  before  being  provided  to  the  child  or  parent’s  the  doctor,  social  worker  or  other  relevant 
independent professional who must then completed Part B, sign, stamp and date the form.  The doctor, social 
worker  or  other  relevant  independent  professional  must  expressly  confirm  not  only  the  nature  of  the 
exceptional medical or social need of the child or parent, but also the reason why it is appropriate for the child 
to attend the school, why no other school is suitable, and the reasons why this is the case.   
 
The completed, signed and stamped Priority 2 Form must be provided with the common application form.  An 
application  under  this  priority  will  not  be  considered  in  cases  where  the  completed,  signed  and  stamped 
Priority 2 Form is received after the common application form has been submitted.” 
 
 
 
Instructions to Hertfordshire County Council: please ensure that this form is kept 
confidential  and  is  processed  only  to  the  extent  that  it  is  necessary  to  pass  the 
information to the school.  Please ensure that the forms are sent to the school by a 
secure  means.    Please  contact  HCC’s  Strategy  &  Policy  Manager,  Admissions  & 
Transport, for further details. 
   

1 

Return to Index
 

PART A – To be completed by Parent 

Child’s Surname:   

Child’s Forename(s):   

Child’s Date of Birth:   

Child’s Main Home Address:   

   

   

   

This form should now be handed to the child’s doctor, social worker or other relevant independent 
professional for completion of Part B. 

2 

Return to Index
PART  B  –  To  be  completed  by  a  doctor,  social  worker  or  other 
relevant independent professional then returned to the parent 

Name of person with an   
exceptional  medical or 
social need: 

Please confirm the nature   
of the exceptional medical 
or social need:   

   

   

   

In your professional opinion, is [NAME OF SCHOOL] the only school which is appropriate for the 
child to attend as a result of their medical or social need? 

 
Yes    No   
 

Please state your reasons   
for stating [NAME OF 
SCHOOL] is the only school   
which is appropriate for the 
child to attend:   

   

   

   

3 

Return to Index
   

   

Please explain the   
difficulties the child would 
experience if the child   
attended another school 
within a reasonable   
distance of the child’s main 
home address:   

   

   

   

   

Signed:   

Print Name:   

Position:   

4 

Return to Index
 Organisation:   

Organisation’s address:   

Date:   

Official Stamp:   

Note to professional: please return the completed form to the parent named above by a secure 
means.  It is the parent’s responsibility to submit the form as part of the admissions application 
process. 

5 

Return to Index
 Windhill21: Admission Arrangements for 2019/20

The school will have a published admission number of 60.

Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 requires the governing bodies of all maintained schools to
admit a child with a statement of special educational needs that names their school. All schools
must also admit children with an Education Health and Care Plan (EHCP) that names the school.

If there are fewer applications than places available, all applicants will be offered a place. If there
are more applications than places available, the criteria outlined below will be used to allocate
places.

Rule 1 Children looked after and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so
because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangement order or a
special guardianship order)

Rule 2 Medical or Social: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a
particular medical or social need to go to the school.

A panel made up of senior officers of HCC will determine whether the evidence
provided is sufficiently compelling to meet the requirements for this rule. The
evidence must relate specifically to the school applied for under Rule 2 and must
clearly demonstrate why it is the only school that can meet the child’s needs.

Rule 3 Children of Staff: Children of staff directly employed by the school in either or both
of the following circumstances:

• where the member of staff is employed at the time at which the application for
admission to the school is made, and/or

• the member of staff is permanently employed to fill a vacant post for which there
is a demonstrable skill shortage, where the child would require the place at the
time of the member of staff taking up the post, and/or

Children of staff are those where the staff member is the child’s parent by blood or
adoption, or the member of staff has legal parental responsibility for the child. The
child must have lived at the same address as the parent employed by the school for
at least one year at the time of application.

Rule 4 Sibling: Children who have a sibling on the roll of the school at the time of
application. This applies to reception through to Year 5

In Year admissions: the sibling may be in the school’s final year as long as they
will still be in attendance at the time of admission.

Rule 5 Nearest School: Children for whom it is their nearest school or academy. This
includes all schools except those which allocate places on the basis of faith.

A list of schools and academies included in the definition of “nearest” is available in

the “Definition” section below.

Rule 6 Distance: Children who live nearest to the school.

Children not considered under Rule 5 will be considered under Rule 6.

Return to Index
 These rules are applied in the order they are printed above. If more children qualify under a
particular rule than there are places available, a tiebreak will be used by applying the next
rule to those children. Where there is a need for a tie-breaker where two different
addresses measure the same distance from a school, in the case of a block of flats for
example the lower door number will be deemed nearest as logically this will be on the
ground floor and therefore closer. If there are two identical addresses of separate
applicants, the tie break will be random allocation

Random allocation will be undertaken independently of the school by Hertfordshire County

Council. Every child entered onto the county council’s admissions database has an
individual random number assigned, between 1 and 1 million, against each preference
school. When there is a need for a final tie break this random number is used to allocate
the place, with the lowest number given priority.

Windhill21 will use the same definitions and measuring system as Hertfordshire County Council’s
as outlined in the “Definitions” section below.

Continuing Interest (Reception places)

After places have been offered, Hertfordshire County Council will maintain the school’s continuing
interest (waiting) list. A child’s position on a CI list will be determined by the admission criteria
outlined above and a child’s place on the list can change as other children join or leave it. The
county council will contact parents/carers if a vacancy becomes available and it can be offered to a
child. A continuing interest list will be maintained for every year group until the end of the summer
term.

In Year Admissions
The school will remain part of the county council’s coordinated In Year admissions scheme.
Application forms can be accessed via www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/admissions or from the Customer
Service Centre, 0300 123 4043. Parents should return the application form direct to the County
Council (address on the form).

Fair Access
The school participates in the county council’s Fair Access protocol and will admit children under
this protocol before children on continuing interest.

Appeals
At transfer time parents wishing to appeal who applied on line should log into their online
application and click on the link 'register an appeal '. Out of county residents and paper applicants
should call the Customer Service Centre on 0300 123 4043 to request their registration details and
log into www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals and click on the link “log into the appeals system.

For In Year appeals: We will write to you with the outcome of your application and if you have
been unsuccessful, we will include registration details to enable you to login and appeal online
at www.hertfordshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals

Return to Index
Definitions and Explanatory notes
The following definitions apply to terms used in the admissions criteria:

Children looked after and previously looked after:

Places are allocated to children looked after according to Chapter 7, Section 2 of the School
Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements) (England)
Regulations 2012. These children will be prioritised under rule 1.
Highest priority will also be given to children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because
they were adopted, or became subject to a child arrangements order or a special guardianship
order.

A “child looked after” is a child who is:

a) in the care of a local authority, or

b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social
services functions (section 22(1) of The Children Act 1989)

All children adopted from care who are of compulsory school age are eligible for admission under
rule 1.*

Child Arrangements Order - under the provisions of the Children and Families Act 2014, which
amended section 8 of the Children Act 1989, residence orders have now been replaced by child
arrangements orders which settle the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the
child is to live

Special guardianship order – under 14A of The Children Act 1989, an order appointing one or more
individuals to be a child’s special guardian or guardians

Children in the process of being placed for adoption are classified by law as children looked after
providing there is a Placement Order and the application would be prioritised under Rule 1.

Children who were not “looked after” immediately before being adopted, or made the subject of a
child arrangement order or special guardianship order, will not be prioritised under rule 1.
Applications made for these children, with suitable supporting professional evidence, can be
considered under rule 2.

* This definition has been amended in accordance with paragraph 1.7 (footnote 17) of the

School Admissions Code that came into force on 19 December 2014.

Rule 2: Children for whom it can be demonstrated that they have a particular medical or
social need to go to the school:

Rule 2 applications will only be considered at the time of the initial application unless there has
been a significant and exceptional change in circumstances within the family since the initial
application was submitted.

All schools in Hertfordshire have experience in dealing with children with diverse social and
medical needs. However in a few very exceptional cases, there are reasons why a child has to go
to one specific school.

Few applications under Rule 2 are agreed. All applications are considered individually but a
successful application should include the following:

a. Specific recent professional evidence that justifies why only one school can meet a
child’s individual needs, and/or
3

Return to Index
 b. Professional evidence that outlines exceptional family circumstances making clear why
only one school can meet the child’s needs

c. If the requested school is not the nearest school to the child’s home address clear
reasons why the nearest school is not appropriate

d. For medical cases – a clear explanation of why the child’s severity of illness or
disability makes attendance at only a specific school essential.

Evidence should make clear why only one school is appropriate. Applications under Rule 2 can
only be considered when supported by a recent letter from a professional involved with the child or
family, for example a doctor, psychologist or police officer. The supporting evidence needs to
demonstrate why only one named school can meet the social/medical needs of the child.

Applications for children previously “looked after” but not meeting the specific criteria outlined Rule
1, may be made under this rule.

Further details on the Rule 2 process can be found in the “Rule 2 protocol” available
at: https://beta.hertfordshire.gov.uk/media-library/documents/schools-and-
education/admissions/admissions-rule-2-process-document.pdf

Definition of sibling:
A sibling is defined as: the sister, brother, half brother or sister, adopted brother or sister, child of
the parent/carer or partner or a child looked after or previously looked after* and in every case
living permanently** in a placement within the home as part of the family household from Monday
to Friday at the time of this application.

A sibling must be on the roll of the named school at the time the younger child starts.
If a place is obtained for an older child using fraudulent information, there will be no sibling
connection available to subsequent children from that family.

*Children previously looked after are those children adopted or with a special guardianship
order or child arrangements order. This definition was amended following a determination by the
OSA in August 2014.

**A sibling link will not be recognised for children living temporarily in the same house, for
example a child who usually lives with one parent but has temporarily moved or a looked after
child in a respite placement or very short term or bridging foster placement.

Multiple births:
The school will admit over the published admission number when a single twin/multiple birth child
is allocated the last place at a school.

Home address:
The address provided must be the child’s current permanent address at the time of application. ‘At
the time of application’ means the closing date for applications. “Permanent” means that the child
has lived at that address for at least a year and/or the family own the property or have a tenancy
agreement for a minimum of 12 months.

The application can only be processed using one address. If a child lives at more than one address
(for example due to a separation) the address used will be the one which the child lives at for the
majority of the time. If a child lives at two addresses equally, the address of the parent/carer that
claims Child Benefit/Child Tax Credit will be considered as the child’s main residence. If a family is
not in receipt of Child Benefit/Tax Credit alternative documentation will be requested. If a child’s
residence is in dispute, parents/carers should provide court documentation to evidence the
address that should be used for admission allocation purposes.
4

Return to Index
Fraudulent applications:
The school, in liaison with Hertfordshire County Council, will do as much as possible to prevent
applications being made from fraudulent addresses. Address evidence is
frequently requested, monitored and checked and school places will be withdrawn when false
information is deliberately provided.

Action will be taken in the following circumstances:

• When a child’s application address does not match the address of that child at their current
school;

• When a child lives at a different address to the applicant

• When the applicant does not have parental responsibility

• When a family move shortly after the closing date of applications when one or more of the
following applies:
o The family has moved to a property from which their application was less likely to be
successful
o The family has returned to an existing property
o The family lived in rented accommodation for a short period of time (anything less than a
year) over the application period
o Council tax information shows a different residence at the time of application

• When a child starts at the allocated school and their address is different from the address used
at the time of application

Home to school distance measurement for purposes of admissions:

A ‘straight line’ distance measurement is used for all home to school distance measurements for
admission allocation purposes. Distances are measured using a computerised mapping system to
two decimal places. The measurement is taken from the AddressBase Premium address point of
your child’s house to the address point of the school. AddressBase Premium data is a nationally
recognised method of identifying the location of schools and individual residences.

Definition of “nearest school”

The definition of “nearest school” under Rule 6 includes all community and voluntary controlled
schools and the following own admission authority schools:

• Alban City School, St Albans

• Applecroft, Welwyn Garden City
• Ascot Road School, Watford
• Bovingdon Primary School, Bovingdon
• Crabtree Infant School, Harpenden
• Flamsted End, Cheshunt
• Fleetville Infant School, St Albans
• Garden City Academy, Letchworth
• Grove Academy, Watford
• Hammond Academy, Hemel Hempstead
5

Return to Index
 • Hatfield Community Free School, Hatfield
• Jupiter Community Free School, Hemel Hempstead
• Lanchester Community Free School, Watford
• Little Reddings Primary School, Bushey
• Mandeville School, St Albans
• Northgate Primary, Bishop’s Stortford
• Parkside Community Primary School, Borehamwood
• Samuel Ryder Academy, St Albans
• Simon Balle School, Hertford
• Summercroft, Bishop’s Stortford
• Wilshere Dacre, Hitchin
• Windhill21, Bishop’s Stortford

Applications from children* from overseas

All children of compulsory school age (5 to 16 years) in England have a right of access to
education. However, where a child is in England for a short period only, for example less than half
a term, it may be reasonable to refuse admission to a school.

*Children who hold full British Citizen passports (not British Dependent Territories or British
Overseas passports), or have a UK passport describing them as a British citizen or British subject
with the right of abode or are European Economic Area nationals normally have unrestricted entry
to the UK.*

An application for a school place will only be accepted for such children currently overseas if, for In
Year applications, proof is provided that the child will be resident in Hertfordshire within two weeks.
In Year allocations are made on the assumption that the child will accept the school place and be
on roll within that timescale.

For the primary application process applications will not normally be accepted from, nor places
allocated to, an overseas address. The exception to this (for both In Year and transfer processes)
is for children of UK service personnel and crown servants (and from military families who are
residents of countries with a Memorandum of Understanding with the UK). In these cases HCC will
allocate a place in advance of the family arriving in the area provided the application is
accompanied by an official letter that declares a relocation date and a HCC Unit postal address or
quartering area address, for consideration of the application against oversubscription criteria. If the
family already has an established alternative private address, that address will be used for
admission purposes.

The school, in liaison with HCC, will also consider accepting applications from children* (as defined
above) whose family can evidence intent to return to and/or permanently reside in Hertfordshire
prior to the start of the new academic year. These applications, if accepted, will be processed from
the overseas address until sufficient evidence is received to show the child is permanently resident
in Hertfordshire. Evidence must be submitted at the time of application.

Evidence submitted after the date for late applications can not be taken into account before
National Allocation Day. Decisions on these applications will be made by a panel of senior officers
and communicated with parents within 6 weeks of the closing date for applications.

Return to Index
If an applicant owns a property in Hertfordshire but is not living in it, perhaps because they are
working abroad at the time of application, the Hertfordshire address will not be accepted for the
purposes of admission until the child is resident at that address. Other children, than those
mentioned above, from overseas do not generally have automatic right of entry to the UK. An
application for a school place will not therefore be accepted until they are permanently resident in
Hertfordshire. Proof of residency such as an endorsed passport or entry visa will be required with
the application, in addition to proof of Hertfordshire address, for example a council tax bill or 12
month rental agreement.

Age of Admission and Deferral of Places

The school’s policy is that children born on and between 1 September 2013 and 31 August 2014
would normally commence primary school in Reception in the academic year beginning in
September 2018. All Hertfordshire infant, first and primary schools provide for the full-time
admission of all children offered a place in the Reception year group from the September following
their fourth birthday. If a parent wants a full-time place for their child from September (at the school
at which a place has been offered) then they are entitled to that full-time place.

Parents can defer the date their child is admitted to school until later in the same academic year or
until the term in which the child reaches compulsory school age. Summer born children are only
able to “defer” entry to Reception class until the beginning of the final term of the school year for
which the offer was made.

Where parents wish, children can attend part-time until they reach compulsory school age. Any
parents wishing to take up a part-time place or deferred entry should contact the individual
school(s) to discuss their child’s requirements.

Reception intake and summer born children

Legally, a child does not have to start school until the start of the term following their fifth birthday.
Recent guidance (8 September 2015) from the Minister of State for Schools, Nick Gibb, has
indicated that the government intends to amend the School Admission s Code to allow summer
born children to be admitted to the Reception class at age 5 if it is line with their parents’ wishes.
Summer born children are those born between 1 April 2013 and 31 August 2013.Currently summer
born children are expected to start Reception at the age of 4.

In anticipation of this change to School Admissions Code, which will require public consultation, the
school has amended its policy regarding summer born children. If your child was born between 1
April and 31 August 2013, and you do not believe they will be ready to start Reception in the
2017/18 academic year, you may instead make an application for your child to start Reception in
September 2018.

Children Out of Year Group (except applications for reception from summer born)
The school’s policy is for children to be educated within their correct chronological year group, with
the curriculum differentiated as necessary to meet the needs of individual children. This is in line
with DfE guidance* which states that “in general, children should be educated in their normal age
group”.

If parents/carers believe their child(ren) should be educated in a different year group they should,
at the time of application, submit supporting evidence from relevant professionals working with the
child and family stating why the child must be placed outside their normal age appropriate cohort.
DfE guidance makes clear that “it is reasonable for admission authorities to expect parents to
provide them with information in support of their request – since without it they are unlikely to be
able to make a decision on the basis of the circumstances of the case”.

The school’s Governing Body, as the relevant admission authority, will decide whether the
application will be accepted on the basis of the information submitted. The Governors’ decision will
be based upon the circumstances of each case including the view of parents, the Headteacher, the
child's social, academic and emotional development and whether the child has been previously
7

Return to Index
educated out of year group. There is no guarantee that an application will be accepted on this
basis. If the application is not accepted this does not constitute a refusal of a place and there is no
right to an independent statutory appeal.

Similarly there is no right of appeal for a place in a specific year group at a school. The internal
management and organisation of a school, including the placement of pupils in classes, is a matter
for the Headteacher and senior leadership of the school.

*Advice on the admission of summer born children” December 2014

Nursery Provision
The admission arrangements detailed in this document do not apply for those being admitted into
the nursery. The school’s nursery arrangements are outlined at:
https://beta.hertfordshire.gov.uk/services/schools-and-education/school-admissions/nursery-
schools/nursery-schools-and-classes.aspx

Return to Index
 CONSULTATION ON ADMISSION ARRANGEMENTS FOR ENTRY IN

SEPTEMBER 2019

The Multi Academy Trust (MAT) Board of Yavneh College Academy Trust is currently
considering revisions to the admission arrangements for entry into Yavneh College (the
“School”) in September 2019. As determined by the School Admissions Code and The School
Admissions (Admission Arrangements and Co-ordination of Admission Arrangements)
(England) Regulations 2012 we are required to consult with you.

The first proposed change is to remove former siblings from the definition of siblings for both
entry into Year 7 and the Sixth form, so that only applicants who have another child on the
School roll, at 1 September 2019, will be considered as a priority applicant under the sibling
over-subscription criterion.

The Trustees are proposing this change as they wish to ensure that children who would be
eligible for a place at the School are not deprived of one because of a place going to a
child under the sibling over-subscription criterion, when they no longer have a sibling in the
School. For the avoidance of doubt, we are only consulting on removing former siblings – the
sibling over-subscription criterion will otherwise remain the same.

The Trustees are also proposing changes to the academic requirements for entry into the
Sixth form to take into account the various options available and the new grading structure
for GSCEs.

If you have any comments on the proposed changes to our admission arrangements, please
write to Mrs Fiona Graham at the following email address
consultation2019@yavnehcollege.org before the end date of the consultation, which is 26
January 2018.

No other changes to the admissions arrangements are proposed.

Comments are not sought on any part of the School’s admission arrangements where
changes are not proposed. Any comments made on other parts of the School’s admission
arrangements will not be taken into account in the consultation.

December 2017

Return to Index
Yavneh College Academy Trust is consulting on proposed changes to its
admission arrangements for entry into Yavneh College (the “School”) in
September 2019. The proposed admission arrangements should be read in
conjunction with the consultation document, which can be found here.

The School is only seeking comments on those aspects of the School’s

admission arrangements that might be changed following the consultation –
these are highlighted in bold below.

Any comments made on other parts of the School’s admission arrangements

will not be taken into account in the consultation.
Year 7 Admission arrangements for
September 2019.
The number of places, for pupils of normal age of entry, in September 2019 is 150.

Parents/carers are reminded that it is not necessary to meet all, or indeed any, of the criteria below for their child to get a
place at Yavneh College (the School). However, in the event of the School being over-subscribed, The Admissions
Committee of the Board of the Yavneh College Academy Trust (the Committee) will apply the following criteria in order of
priority as laid out below:

A. A ‘looked after child’ or a child who was previously looked after, who obtained a minimum of three points on the
Yavneh College Certificate of Religious Practice. See definition below in Note 2.
B. Other children who obtain a minimum of three points on the Yavneh College Certificate of Religious Practice.
C. Any other ‘looked after child’, or child who was previously looked after, who obtained fewer than three points on
the Yavneh College Certificate of Religious Practice. See definition below in Note 2.
D. Any other children who obtain fewer than three points on the Yavneh College Certificate of Religious Practice.
In the event of over-subscription within each of the above categories B and D, places will be offered in accordance
with the following further criteria: -
1. Siblings of pupils attending Yavneh College at the deadline for application and who will still be attending Yavneh
College in September 2019. For these purposes a sibling means the sister, brother, half-brother or sister, step-brother or
sister or adopted brother or sister, and in every case living permanently in the same house from Monday to Friday.
2. Children of members of staff. For these purposes, a member of staff means an individual who, at the time of
application, has a permanent contract of employment with Yavneh College and i) has been employed at the school
for two or more years or ii) has been recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage, and in
both cases i) and ii) will be working at Yavneh College in September 2019.
3. All other children.
Tie Break
In the event of over-subscription in any of the above criteria 1- 3, proximity to the School of the child’s permanent home
address as at the time of application will be the determining factor. Where the child lives with parents with shared
responsibility, each for a part of the week, the child’s home address will be defined as the address at which they spend
the majority of their time.
Notes:
1. Children with special educational needs whose Statement (under Section 324 of the Education Act 1996) names
Yavneh College are admitted under the assessment process rather than the admission process but their admission
is taken into account against the school’s Published Admission Number. The School must also admit children with
an EHC (Education, Health and Care) Plan that names the School.

2. Under paragraphs A and C above, a 'looked after child' is a child who is (a) in the care of a local authority, or (b)
being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services functions (see the
definition in Section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989) at the time of making an application to a school. Previously
Proposed December 2017

Return to Index
 looked after children are children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted or
became subject to a child arrangements or special guardianship order.

3. A document describing the Jewish Ethos of Yavneh College is attached. We ask all parents applying for a place at
Yavneh College to respect this Jewish Ethos and its importance to the School community. This does not affect the
rights of parents who are not of the faith of this School to apply for and be considered for a place at Yavneh
College.

4. In the event that a twin or multiple-birth child is offered a place under the above admission rules, the remaining
twin or multiple-birth children will also be offered a place, even if this means exceeding the Published Admissions
Number.

5. The Committee will administer arrangements for admission to the School under the Hertfordshire LA Coordinated
Admissions Scheme.
6. The Home Address should be your child’s current permanent address at the time of application. “Permanent
Address” is defined as an address the child lives at and the family own the property or have a tenancy agreement
for a minimum of 12 months.
7. If the child’s parent or guardian still owns or leases a property within 10 miles of the School which has been the main
home of the child within 18 months before the time of application, a property closer to the School will not be
accepted as the child’s permanent home address, even if the former property is leased to a third party. If
needed, the distance will be the straight line distance measured from the Home Address Point to the School
Address Point using Hertfordshire County Council’s home-school measurement system.
8. If the child is offered a place at the School based on the address where the child is living at the time of
application, but the child then moves further away from the School before he or she is due to start at the School
(and would not have been allocated a place based on the new address), the place may be withdrawn where
the Committee believes it was fraudulently obtained. A place will be considered fraudulent in this respect if
the address used in the application is only temporary for the specific purpose of securing a place at the School.
9. If the child moves further away from the School at any time during the first two terms at the School, the place
may be withdrawn where the Committee believes it was fraudulently obtained. A place will be considered to
have been fraudulently obtained in this respect if the address used in the application is only temporary for the
specific purpose of securing a place at the School.
10. If the child regularly lives at more than one address Monday to Friday, the address provided should be the address
where the child spends the majority of their time. If the child lives at two addresses equally, the address of the
parent/carer that claims child benefit/child tax credit will be considered as the child’s main residence. If the child
lives at two addresses equally and the family is not in receipt of child benefit/child tax credit the address used will
be the address where the child is registered with a GP.
11. In the over-subscription criteria 1 – 3 above, applicants will be ranked within each criterion by distance. The
distance from the applicant’s Home Address Point to the School Address Point for the purpose of criteria 1- 3
above will be based on the straight line distances (not shortest designated route) home to school measurement
system used by Hertfordshire County Council as outlined in the County’s admissions arrangements and application
literature. If there are 2 or more children living equidistant from Yavneh College, the place will be awarded by
independently verified random allocation.
12. If you are applying under over-subscription criterion 2 ‘Children of members of staff’, please attach a letter to the
Admissions Officer, Mrs F Graham, stating the date of issue of your permanent contract.
13. As an admission authority we have the right to request further information and to investigate any concerns we may
have about your application including information given in the Supplementary Information Form or Certificate of
Religious Practice and to withdraw the offer of a place if we consider there is evidence that you have made a
fraudulent claim or provided intentionally misleading (e.g. inaccurate or out of date) information, for example a
false address was given which denied a place to a child with a stronger claim. We reserve the right to check any
address and other information provided so we can apply the oversubscription criteria accurately and fairly.

14. If a School place was allocated to a child on the basis of false or misleading information in respect of the
Supplementary Information Form, the Certificate of Religious Practice or the child’s home address, we will not
consider the sibling priority in the event of oversubscription for any children applying in the future and wishing to
benefit from the sibling priority criterion.

15. Parents whose application is unsuccessful have a right of appeal. Notice of appeal must be sent to the Chair of
the Board of the Yavneh College Academy Trust within twenty school days of receiving the result of the
application. Details will be provided by the School when notifying parents that the School is unable to offer their
child a place.

Proposed December 2017

Return to Index
 16. A continuing interest list will be maintained throughout the academic year. Parents/carers with children on the list
will be contacted at the beginning of each term to see whether they wish their child’s name to remain on the list.
The continuing interest list will be ranked according to the above oversubscription criteria, and not by date of
receipt of application.
17. Admission Process Timetable:
Deadline for receipt of Applications 31 October 2018
(Common Application Form)
Deadline for receipt of Yavneh College Certificate of Religious 31 October 2018
Practice and Supplementary Information Form
Allocation Date/Offer letters Posted 1 March 2019
Acceptance Date- date by which parents/carers may accept 15 March 2019
or reject place offered.

18. If parents/carers wish to apply for a priority place, then they should complete our SIF and return it to the School by the
above date. If a SIF (including the Certificate of Religious Practice) is not completed, the Committee will apply our
admission arrangements using the information submitted on the Common Application Form, which may result in the
application being given a lower priority.

19. Parents may seek a place for their child outside of the normal age group, for example, if the child is gifted and talented
or has experienced problems such as ill health. Children should only be educated out of the normal age group in very
limited circumstances. If parents wish to seek a place for their child outside of the normal age group, they should
submit a request in writing to the Committee as early as possible. Governors responsible for admissions will make
decisions based on the circumstances of each case and in the best interests of the child concerned. This will include
taking account of the parent’s views; information about the child’s academic, social and emotional development;
where relevant, the child’s medical history and the views of a medical professional; whether they have previously been
educated out of their normal age group; and whether they may naturally have fallen into a lower age group if it were
not for being born prematurely. The views of the head teacher of the School will also be taken into account.

20. There were 505 applications for Year 7 intake September 2018, for 150 places.

21. The School’s in-year admission arrangements will work within the remit of Hertfordshire County Council’s agreed
scheme of in-year coordination. The Committee remains responsible for the allocation of all places in accordance with
the School’s published admission rules.

22. The School is obliged to abide by the In-Year Fair Access Protocol adopted by the Local Authority. This may mean that
children to whom the Protocol applies are given priority over other applicants.

For further information please contact Mrs F Graham, Admissions Officer, Yavneh Schools, Hillside Avenue, Borehamwood,
Herts, WD6 1HL, admissions@yavnehcollege.org or 020 8736 5580 ext 251.

Proposed December 2017

Return to Index
 Hillside Avenue
Borehamwod
Hertfordshire
WD6 1HL
020 8736 5580

Yavneh College Academy Trust is consulting on proposed changes to its admission

arrangements for entry into Yavneh College (the “School”) in September 2019. The proposed
admission arrangements should be read in conjunction with the consultation document, which
can be found here.

The School is only seeking comments on those aspects of the School’s admission arrangements
that might be changed following the consultation – these are highlighted in bold below.

Any comments made on other parts of the School’s admission arrangements will not be taken
into account in the consultation.

YAVNEH COLLEGE
An Academy
Supplementary Information Form
For entry to Year 7 September 2019

1. All parents or carers seeking a place for their child at Yavneh College in September 2018
must complete the Common Application Form provided by the Local Authority in which
they live. If they do not, they will not be considered for a place. They should also complete
this form (the SIF) if they wish to be considered for a priority faith place.

2. Please find enclosed with this SIF the Yavneh College Certificate of Religious Practice
which must be completed and submitted together with this SIF as part of the application
process in order to determine whether or not an applicant meets the Jewish Practice
requirements of Yavneh College.

3. This SIF and Certificate of Religious Practice should be completed and returned to
Yavneh College by the deadline of 31 October 2018.

4. Please include either a s.a.e or email the school office, admissions@yavnehcollege.org in

order for receipt of your application to be acknowledged.

Proposed December 2017

Return to Index
Please complete the following application form in black ink in block capitals.

Child’s surname:

Child’s forename(s):

Child’s date of birth:

Child’s address:

Postcode:

Has the child lived at any other

address within 10 miles of the School
in the last 18 months? If yes, please
provide the address(es).

Do you still own or lease any of

those properties?

Please provide evidence that all

ties with any previous addresses
where the child has lived at within
10 miles of the School in the last 18
months have been relinquished,
such as evidence of sale or
termination of a tenancy
agreement.

Full Name of parent/carer:

Home Mobile
Parent’s/carer’s telephone
number/s:

Parent’s/carer’s email address:

Child’s current school:

If correspondence should be sent to Name:

another address in addition to that Address:
noted above, please indicate:

Postcode:

Proposed December 2017

Return to Index
If you have another child who is Name:
currently a pupil at Yavneh College,
and will still be a pupil in September
Year:
2019, please state their full name,
date of birth and current school
year. DOB:

Supporting Documentation: Certificate of Religious Practice

Please complete and submit the Yavneh College Certificate of Religious Practice with this SIF.
Declarations:

Signature:
I have read the document describing the
1. Jewish Ethos of Yavneh College and confirm Name:
that I respect this Ethos and its importance to
the school community. Date:

I wish the above applicant to be considered for Signature:

a place as a pupil at Yavneh College and
declare that the above information is true and
2. correct in every detail. I understand that if a Name:
place has been obtained on the basis of a
fraudulent or intentionally misleading
application and the place would not have Date:
been offered had the information been correct
or accurate, the offer may be withdrawn.
Signature:
I have enclosed a completed Yavneh College
3. Certificate of Religious Practice. Name:

Date:

Please return this Supplementary Information Form and the Yavneh College Certificate of Religious Practice
to: Mrs Graham, Admissions Officer, Yavneh College, Hillside Avenue, Borehamwood, Hertfordshire, WD6 1HL
by: 31 October 2018.
If you have enclosed a sae or emailed but do not receive a confirmation of receipt within ten working days,
please telephone 020 8736 5580 or email admissions@yavnehcollege.org
For office use only:

Date form received: Ref.no:

Additional information included with application: sae/email sent:

Proposed December 2017

Return to Index
Surname of child: First name(s):

Full postal address: Hebrew name of child:

Date of birth:

Home telephone number:

Section 1. Since 1 May 2018, how often has your child Please tick one box only
attended synagogue services on Friday evening or Shabbat morning?  At least 8 times (3 pts)
(See overleaf for list of valid dates.) Dates of attendance need to be verified by
 At least 6 times (2 pts)
the Rabbi or authorised official of the synagogue attended, either by
completing the declaration below or by attaching a signed letter.  At least 3 times (1pt)
 Less frequently than 3 times (0 pt)

*Rabbi’s /authorised official’s declaration: I confirm to the best of my knowledge and belief the information in Section 1 is correct
* Where this section is signed by an authorised official (other than the Rabbi of the Synagogue), please state the position/capacity in which the
authorised official is signing this form.

Name of Signature:
Rabbi/authorised
official: Date:

Synagogue: Address and Tel No:

Section 2. Has your child been engaged in formal Jewish education Please tick one box only
(either provided at a Jewish primary school (not a nursery) or at a  Yes (1 pt)  No (0 pt )
Cheder, (or equivalent), or a tutor for at least 2 years?

Jewish School/Cheder Headteacher/ Tutor Declaration I confirm that to the best of my knowledge and belief the information in Section 2 is
correct

Name: (Please Print) Address and Tel No:

Signed and date:

Position:

Section 3. Within the last 2 years have you and/or your child acted in an Please tick one box only
unpaid voluntary capacity in any Jewish communal, Jewish charitable  Yes ( 1 pt)  No (0 pt)
or Jewish welfare activity?

Jewish communal / Jewish charitable / Jewish welfare declaration I confirm that to the best of my knowledge and belief the information in
Section 3 is correct

Signed and date: Organisation:

Name: (Please Print) Address and Tel No:

Position

Section 4. Parent’s / Carer’s declaration I confirm that the information provided is correct

Signed: Name:

Date Mother/Father/
Carer:

For School use only Total number of points:

Date received: Child meets Practice Threshold: YES / NO

Notes
Proposed December 2017
Return to Index
 Yavneh College
Certificate of Religious Practice
For those applying for entry into Year 7 2019

Notes on Completion of this CRP:

1. This CRP must be sent to Yavneh College (together with a completed Supplementary Information Form,
available from the school office or our website) by 31 October 2018. If this form is not received in time, it may
not be possible to treat the child as a priority applicant.

2. To be considered a priority applicant, the child will be required to achieve three points. Priority applicants
are ranked higher than other applicants. Please see our Admission Rules for full details. Having achieved
three points there is no automatic right to a place at Yavneh College.

3. If three points have been achieved in Section 1, there is no need to complete sections 2 and 3. However,
you must complete section 4 and sign the declaration overleaf in every case. There is no advantage to
achieving more than three points.

4. In order to obtain points in Section 1 the parent/carer is advised to pre-register their child at the
synagogue/s which they propose to attend. It is recommended that this is undertaken by email wherever
possible.

5. In order to obtain points in sections 2 and 3, the parent/carer must complete this form and take, or send, it
to the person(s) referred to in those sections so that it can be signed as appropriate.

6. The relevant person(s) may decline to sign this form where the parent/carer or the child is not personally
known to them and/or cannot vouch for the parent/carer or the child. It is the responsibility of the
parent/carer to provide the necessary original documentation and verification as required. Photocopies of
the CRP and accompanying documentation will not be accepted by the school.

7. Please ensure that Section 4 is completed by the parent/carer.

8. Please note that criteria for entry in September 2020 may change from those below.

In the event that it is discovered that a parent/carer has submitted information overleaf which is later found to be incorrect, this may
result in the refusal of the School to offer a place to the child. If a place has already been offered on the basis of incorrect
information, the School may withdraw the offer. Note that for the avoidance of doubt this form does not confirm that the child for
whom this application is made is Jewish in accordance with orthodox Jewish law.

ELIGIBLE DATES: Please Note; some synagogues may only verify attendances on either Friday night or Shabbat morning.
Please check with your individual synagogue to ensure you comply with their procedure. Children will not receive
points for simply arriving on the premises. Synagogues are empowered and are required to decline to record
attendance on that basis.

Dates that are eligible for attendance at synagogue services from 3 May 2018:
□ 4 May 2018 Friday Eve □ 22 June 2018 Friday Eve □ 10 Aug 2018 Friday Eve □ 28 Sept 2018 Friday
□ 5 May 2018 Shabbat □ 23 June 2018 Shabbat □ 11 Aug 2018 Shabbat □ 29 Sept 2018 Shabbat
□ 11 May 2018 Friday Eve □ 29 June 2018 Friday Eve □ 17 Aug 2018 Friday Eve □ 5 Oct 2018 Friday
□ 12 May 2018 Shabbat □ 30 June 2018 Shabbat □ 18 Aug 2018 Shabbat □ 5 Oct 2018 Friday
□ 18 May 2018 Friday Eve □ 6 July 2018 Friday Eve □ 24 Aug 2018 Friday Eve □ 6 Oct 2018 Shabbat
□ 19 May 2018 Shabbat □ 7 July2018 Shabbat □ 25 Aug 2018 Shabbat □ 12 Oct 2018 Friday
□ 25 May 2018 Friday Eve □ 13 July 2018 Friday Eve □ 31 Aug 2018 Friday Eve □ 13 Oct 2018 Shabbat
□ 26 May 2018 Shabbat □ 14 July 2018 Shabbat □ 1 Sept 2018 Shabbat □ 19 Oct 2018 Friday Eve
□ 1 June 2018 Friday Eve □ 20 July 2018 Friday Eve □ 7 Sept 2018 Friday Eve □ 20 Oct 2018 Shabbat
□ 2 June 2018 Shabbat □ 21 July 2018 Shabbat □ 8 Sept 2018 Shabbat □ 26 Oct 2018 Friday Eve
□ 8 June 2018 Friday Eve □ 27 July 2018 Friday Eve □ 14 Sept 2018 Friday Eve □ 27 Oct 2018 Shabbat
□ 9 June 2018 Shabbat □ 28 July 2018 Shabbat □ 15 Sept 2018 Shabbat
□ 15 June 2018 Friday Eve □ 3 Aug 2018 Friday Eve □ 21 Sept 2018 Friday
□ 16 June 2018 Shabbat □ 4 Aug 2018 Shabbat □ 22 Sept 2018 Shabbat

Please see Frequently Asked Questions on our website for further information: www.yavnehcollege.org

Proposed December 2017

Return to Index
Yavneh College Academy Trust is consulting on proposed changes to
its admission arrangements for entry into Yavneh College (the “School”)
in September 2019. The proposed admission arrangements should be
read in conjunction with the consultation document, which can be
found here.

The School is only seeking comments on those aspects of the School’s

admission arrangements that might be changed following the
consultation – these are highlighted in bold below.

Any comments made on other parts of the School’s admission

arrangements will not be taken into account in the consultation.

YAVNEH COLLEGE SIXTH FORM

Admission Rules for entry to Year 12 - September 2019

Admission number

In addition to students currently on the roll of Yavneh College, 30 external Year 12 students will be
admitted, subject to the following rules:

1. Places on individual courses of study are limited. In the event of oversubscription for a
particular course of study, priority will be given to siblings of pupils attending Yavneh College
at the deadline for applications and who will still be attending Yavneh College in September
2019. For these purposes, ‘siblings’ means the sister, brother, half-brother or sister, step-brother
or sister, adopted brother or sister, and in every case living permanently in the same house
from Monday to Friday at the time of application. Any remaining places on the course or
courses in question will be given to applicants in descending order of their total GCSE (or
equivalent qualification) point scores.
2. A document describing the Jewish Ethos of Yavneh College is attached. We ask all parents
applying for a place here to respect this Jewish Ethos and its importance to the school
community. This does not affect the right of parents who are not of the faith of this school to
apply and be considered for a place here.

Proposed December 2017

Return to Index
Oversubscription

In the event of Year 12 being over-subscribed, the Admissions Committee of the Board of the
Yavneh College Academy Trust (the “Committee”) will apply the following criteria in order of priority
as laid out below: -

A. A ‘looked after child’ or a child who was previously looked after, who obtained a minimum
of three points on the Yavneh College Certificate of Religious Practice. See definition below
in Note 1.

B. Other children who obtain a minimum of three points on the Yavneh College Certificate of
Religious Practice.

C. Any other ‘looked after child’, or child who was previously looked after, who obtained fewer
than three points on the Yavneh College Certificate of Religious Practice. See definition
below in Note 1.

D. Any other children who obtain fewer than three points on the Yavneh College Certificate of
Religious Practice.
In the event of over-subscription within each of the above categories B and D, places will be offered
in accordance with the following further criterion:

(1) Children of members of staff. For these purposes, a member of staff means an individual who,
at the time of application, has a full-time permanent contract of employment with Yavneh
College and i) has been employed at the school for two or more years or ii) has been recruited to
fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage, and in both cases i) and ii) will
be working at Yavneh College in September 2019.

(2) All other children.

Tie Break
In the event of over-subscription in the above criteria (1) and (2), proximity to Yavneh College of
the child’s permanent home address as at the time of application will be the determining factor.
Where the child lives with parents with shared responsibility, each for a part of the week, the
child’s home address will be defined as the address at which they spend the majority of their
time.

Notes:

1. Under paragraphs A and C above, a 'looked after child' is a child who is (a) in the care of a local
authority, or (b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social
services functions (see the definition in Section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989) at the time of making an
application to a school. Previously looked after children are children who were looked after, but
ceased to be so because they were adopted or became subject to a child arrangements or special
guardianship order.

2. Allocation of a sixth form place does not guarantee a place on a particular course.

Proposed December 2017

Return to Index
 3. The Home Address should be your child’s current permanent address at the time of application.
“Permanent Address” is defined as an address the child lives at and the family own the property or
have a tenancy agreement for a minimum of 12 months.
4. If the child’s parent or guardian still owns or leases a property within 10 miles of the School which has
been the main home of the child within 18 months before the time of application, a property closer
to the School will not be accepted as the child’s permanent home address, even if the former
property is leased to a third party. If needed, the distance will be the straight line distance measured
from the Home Address Point to the School Address Point using Hertfordshire County Council’s home-
school measurement system.
5. If the child is offered a place at the School based on the address where the child is living at the time
of application, but the child then moves further away from the School before he or she is due to start
at the School (and would not have been allocated a place based on the new address), the place
may be withdrawn where the Committee believes it was fraudulently obtained. A place will be
considered fraudulent in this respect if the address used in the application is only temporary for the
specific purpose of securing a place at the School.
6. If the child moves further away from the School at any time during the first two terms at the School,
the place may be withdrawn where the Committee believes it was fraudulently obtained. A place
will be considered to have been fraudulently obtained in this respect if the address used in the
application is only temporary for the specific purpose of securing a place at the School.
7. If the child regularly lives at more than one address Monday to Friday, the address provided should be
the address where the child spends the majority of their time. If the child lives at two addresses equally,
the address of the parent/carer that claims child benefit/child tax credit will be considered as the
child’s main residence. If the child lives at two addresses equally and the family is not in receipt of child
benefit/child tax credit the address used will be the address where the child is registered with a GP.

8. In the over-subscription criteria 1 and 2 above, applicants will be ranked within each criterion by
distance. The distance from the applicant’s Home Address Point to the School Address Point for the
purpose of criteria 1 - 2 above will be based on the straight line distances (not shortest designated
route) home-school measurement system used by Hertfordshire County Council as outlined in the
County’s admissions arrangements and application literature. If there are 2 or more children living
equidistant from Yavneh College, the place will be awarded by independently verified random
allocation.
9. If you are applying under over-subscription criterion (1) “Children of members of staff”, please attach a
letter to the Admissions Officer, Mrs F Graham, stating the date of issue of your permanent full time
teaching contract.

10. As an admission authority we have the right to request further information and to investigate any
concerns we may have about your application including information given in the Supplementary
Information Form or Certificate of Religious Practice and to withdraw the offer of a place if we consider
there is evidence that you have made a fraudulent claim or provided intentionally misleading (e.g.
inaccurate or out of date) information, for example a false address was given which denied a place to
a child with a stronger claim. We reserve the right to check any address and other information
provided so we can apply the oversubscription criteria accurately and fairly.

11. If a School place was allocated to a child on the basis of false or misleading information in respect of
the Supplementary Information Form, the Certificate of Religious Practice or the child’s home address,
we will not consider the sibling priority in the event of oversubscription for any children applying in the
future and wishing to benefit from the sibling priority criterion.

12. Parents or students whose application is unsuccessful have a right of appeal. Notice of appeal must be
sent to the Chair of the Board of the Yavneh College Academy Trust within twenty school days of
receiving the result of the application. Details will be provided by Yavneh College when notifying
parents that the School is unable to offer their child a place.

Proposed December 2017

Return to Index
BTEC Pathways

To study a BTEC only pathway (either the BTEC Extended Diploma in Business or the BTEC Diploma in
Business and the BTEC Extended Certificate in Digital Media) students must normally have achieved:

· Grade 9-4 in GCSE English Language or Literature and GCSE Mathematics, in addition to:
· Grade 9-4 in at least 3 additional GCSE subjects or
· Grade MM or higher in the BTEC L2 Business course and Grade 9-4 in 1 additional GCSE subject.

To study the BTEC Diploma in Business and 1 A-Level course or the BTEC Extended Certificate in
Digital Media and 2 A-Level courses, students must normally have achieved:

· Grade 9-4 in GCSE English Language or Literature and GCSE Mathematics, in addition to:
· Grade 9-4 in at least 3 additional GCSE subjects or
· Grade MM or higher in the BTEC L2 Business course and Grade 9-4 in 1 additional GCSE subject
· Students must also have met the subject entry criteria for the A-Level course/s selected.

A-Level Pathways

To study a 3 A-Level Programme, students must normally have achieved:

· Grade 9-4 in GCSE English Language or Literature and GCSE Mathematics, in addition to:
· Grade 9-4 in at least 3 additional GCSE subjects or
· Grade MM or higher in the BTEC L2 Business course and Grade 9-4 in 1 additional GCSE subject
· Students must also have met the subject entry criteria for the A-Level courses selected.

To study a 3 A-Level Programme, alongside the Extended Project Qualification students must have
achieved:

· Grades 9-8 in 4 GCSE subjects, to include GCSE English Language and Literature , in addition to:
· Grade A* in the Higher Project Qualification
· Students must also have met the subject entry criteria for the A-Level courses selected.

To study a 3 A-Level Programme, alongside A-Level Further Mathematics, students must have
achieved:

· Grade 9-8 in GCSE Mathematics, in addition to:

· Grade 9-7 in 6 additional GCSE subjects
· Students must also have met the subject entry criteria for the A-Level courses selected.

Proposed December 2017

Return to Index
 Sixth Form
Hillside Avenue
Borehamwood
Hertfordshire
WD6 1HL
020 8736 5580

Yavneh College Academy Trust is consulting on proposed changes to its

admission arrangements for entry into Yavneh College (the “School”) in
September 2019. The proposed admission arrangements should be read
in conjunction with the consultation document, which can be found here.

The School is only seeking comments on those aspects of the School’s

admission arrangements that might be changed following the consultation
– these are highlighted in bold below.

Any comments made on other parts of the School’s admission

arrangements will not be taken into account in the consultation.

YAVNEH COLLEGE
An Academy
SIXTH FORM
September 2019

Supplementary Information Form

1. All parents/carers or students seeking a priority place at Yavneh College Sixth Form in
September 2019 should complete this Supplementary Information Form (SIF).

2. Please find enclosed with this SIF the Yavneh College Certificate of Religious Practice which
must be completed and submitted together with this SIF as part of the application process
in order to determine whether or not an applicant meets the Religious Practice
requirements of Yavneh College.

3. This SIF and Certificate of Religious Practice should be completed and returned to Yavneh
College by the deadline of 31 January 2019.

4. Please include either a stamped self-addressed envelope or email the school office at
admissions@yavnehcollege.org for receipt of this form to be acknowledged.

Proposed December 2017 Return to Index

 Sixth Form
Please complete the following application form in black ink in block
capitals.

Child’s surname:

Child’s forename(s):

Child’s date of birth:

Child’s address:

Postcode:

Has the child lived at any other

address within 10 miles of the School
in the last 18 months? If yes, please
provide the address(es).

Do you still own or lease any of those

properties?

Please provide evidence that all ties

with any previous addresses where
the child has lived at within 10 miles
of the School in the last 18 months
have been relinquished, such as
evidence of sale or termination of a
tenancy agreement.

Full Name of parent/carer:

Home Mobile
Parent’s/carer’s telephone number/s:

Parent’s/carer’s email address:

Child’s current school:

If correspondence should be sent to Name:

another address in addition to that Address:
noted above, please indicate:

Postcode:

Proposed December 2017 Return to Index

 Sixth Form
If you have another child who is currently Name:
a pupil at Yavneh College, and will still
be a pupil in September 2019, please
state their full name, date of birth and Year:
current school year.

DOB:

Supporting Documentation: Certificate of Religious Practice

Please complete and submit the Yavneh College Certificate of Religious Practice with this SIF.

Declarations:

Signature:
I have read the document describing the
1. Jewish Ethos of Yavneh College and confirm Name:
that I respect this Ethos and its importance to
the school community. Date:

I wish the above applicant to be considered for Signature:

a place as a pupil at Yavneh College and
declare that the above information is true and
2. correct in every detail. I understand that if a Name:
place has been obtained on the basis of a
fraudulent or intentionally misleading
application and the place would not have Date:
been offered had the information been correct
or accurate, the offer may be withdrawn.
Signature:
I have enclosed a completed Yavneh College
3. Certificate of Religious Practice. Name:

Date:

Please return this Supplementary Information Form and the Yavneh College Certificate of Religious Practice
to: Mrs F Graham, Admissions Officer, Yavneh College, Hillside Avenue, Borehamwood, Hertfordshire WD6
1HL by: 31 January 2019. If you have enclosed a sae or emailed but do not receive a confirmation of
receipt within ten working days, please telephone 020 8736 5580 or email admissions@yavnehcollege.org
For office use only:

Date form received: Ref.no:

Additional information included with application: sae/email sent:

Proposed December 2017 Return to Index

Surname of child: First name(s):

Full postal address: Hebrew name of child:

Date of birth:

Home telephone number:

Sixth form

Section 1. Since 1 May 2018, how often has the applicant or the Please tick one box only
parent/carer's child attended synagogue services on Friday evening or  At least 8 times (3 pts)
Shabbat morning? (See overleaf for list of valid dates.) Dates of attendance  At least 6 times (2 pts)
need to be verified by the Rabbi or authorised official of the synagogue
attended, either by completing the declaration below or by attaching a signed  At least 3 times (1pt)
letter.  Less frequently than 3 times (0 pt)

*Rabbi’s /authorised official’s declaration: I confirm to the best of my knowledge and belief the information in Section 1 is correct
* Where this section is signed by an authorised official (other than the Rabbi of the Synagogue), please state the position/capacity in which the
authorised official is signing this form.

Name of Signature:
Rabbi/authorised
official: Date:

Synagogue: Address and Tel No:

Section 2. Has the applicant or the parent/ carer’s child been engaged Please tick one box only
in formal Jewish education at a Jewish secondary school for at least 2  Yes (1 pt)  No (0 pt )
years?

Jewish School Headteacher I confirm that to the best of my knowledge and belief the information in Section 2 is correct

Name: (Please Print) Address and Tel No:

Signed and date:

Position:

Section 3. Within the last 2 years has the applicant or the parent/ carer or Please tick one box only
their child acted in an unpaid voluntary capacity in any Jewish  Yes ( 1 pt)  No (0 pt)
communal, Jewish charitable or Jewish welfare activity?

Jewish communal / Jewish charitable / Jewish welfare declaration I confirm that to the best of my knowledge and belief the information in
Section 3 is correct

Signed and date: Organisation:

Name: (Please Print) Address and Tel No:

Position

Section 4. Applicant/Parent’s/Carer’s declaration I confirm that the information provided is correct

Signed: Name:

Date Applicant/Mother/Father/
Carer:

For School use only Total number of points:

Date received: Child meets Practice Threshold: YES / NO

Notes
Proposed December 2017
Return to Index
 Yavneh College
Certificate of Religious Practice
For those applying for entry into Year 12 2019
Sixth Form
Notes on Completion of this CRP:

1. This CRP must be sent to Yavneh College (together with a completed Supplementary Information Form, available from the
school office or our website) by 31 January 2019. If this form is not received in time, it may not be possible to treat the child as
a priority applicant.

2. To be considered a priority applicant, the child will be required to achieve three points. Priority applicants are ranked
higher than other applicants. Please see our Admission Rules for full details. Having achieved three points there is no
automatic right to a place at Yavneh College.

3. If three points have been achieved in Section 1, there is no need to complete sections 2 and 3. However, you must
complete section 4 and sign the declaration overleaf in every case. There is no advantage to achieving more than three
points.

4. In order to obtain points in Section 1 the parent/carer/applicant is advised to pre-register their child/themselves at the
synagogue/s which they propose to attend. It is recommended that this is undertaken by email wherever possible.

5. In order to obtain points in sections 2 and 3, the parent/carer/applicant must complete this form and take, or send, it to the
person(s) referred to in those sections so that it can be signed as appropriate.

6. The relevant person(s) may decline to sign this form where the parent/carer/applicant or the child is not personally known
to them and/or cannot vouch for the parent/carer/applicant or the child. It is the responsibility of the parent/carer/applicant
to provide the necessary original documentation and verification as required. Photocopies of the CRP and accompanying
documentation will not be accepted by the school.

7. Please ensure that Section 4 is completed by the parent/carer.

8. Please note that criteria for entry in September 2020 may change from those below.

In the event that it is discovered that a parent/carer/applicant has submitted information overleaf which is later found to be
incorrect, this may result in the refusal of the School to offer a place to the child. If a place has already been offered on the
basis of incorrect information, the School may withdraw the offer. Note that for the avoidance of doubt this form does not
confirm that the child for whom this application is made is Jewish in accordance with orthodox Jewish law.

ELIGIBLE DATES: Please Note; some synagogues may only verify attendances on either Friday night or Shabbat morning.
Please check with your individual synagogue to ensure you comply with their procedure. Children will not receive points for
simply arriving on the premises. Synagogues are empowered and are required to decline to record attendance on that basis.

Dates that are eligible for attendance at synagogue services from 3 May 2018:
□ 4 May 2018 Friday Eve □ 14 July 2018 Shabbat □ 28 Sept 2018 Friday □ 7 Dec 2018 Friday Eve
□ 5 May 2018 Shabbat □ 20 July 2018 Friday Eve □ 29 Sept 2018 Shabbat □ 8 Dec 2018 Shabbat
□ 11 May 2018 Friday Eve □ 21 July 2018 Shabbat □ 5 Oct 2018 Friday □ 14 Dec 2018 Friday Eve
□ 12 May 2018 Shabbat □ 27 July 2018 Friday Eve □ 5 Oct 2018 Friday □ 15 Dec 2018 Shabbat
□ 18 May 2018 Friday Eve □ 28 July 2018 Shabbat □ 6 Oct 2018 Shabbat □ 21 Dec 2018 Friday Eve
□ 19 May 2018 Shabbat □ 3 Aug 2018 Friday Eve □ 12 Oct 2018 Friday □ 22 Dec 2018 Shabbat
□ 25 May 2018 Friday Eve □ 4 Aug 2018 Shabbat □ 13 Oct 2018 Shabbat □ 28 Dec 2018 Friday Eve
□ 26 May 2018 Shabbat □ 10 Aug 2018 Friday Eve □ 19 Oct 2018 Friday Eve □ 29 Dec 2018 Shabbat
□ 1 June 2018 Friday Eve □ 11 Aug 2018 Shabbat □ 20 Oct 2018 Shabbat □ 4 Jan 2019 Friday Eve
□ 2 June 2018 Shabbat □ 17 Aug 2018 Friday Eve □ 26 Oct 2018 Friday Eve □ 5 Jan 2019 Shabbat
□ 8 June 2018 Friday Eve □ 18 Aug 2018 Shabbat □ 27 Oct 2018 Shabbat □ 11 Jan 2019 Friday Eve
□ 9 June 2018 Shabbat □ 24 Aug 2018 Friday Eve □ 2 Nov 2018 Friday Eve □ 12 Jan 2019 Shabbat
□ 15 June 2018 Friday Eve □ 25 Aug 2018 Shabbat □ 3 Nov 2018 Shabbat □ 18 Jan 2019 Friday Eve
□ 16 June 2018 Shabbat □ 31 Augt 2018 Friday Eve □ 9 Nov 2018 Friday Eve □ 19 Jan 2019 Shabbat
□ 22 June 2018 Friday Eve □ 1 Sept 2018 Shabbat □ 10 Nov 2018 Shabbat □ 25 Jan 2019 Friday Eve
□ 23 June 2018 Shabbat □ 7 Sept 2018 Friday Eve □ 16 Nov 2018 Friday Eve □ 26 Jan 2019 Shabbat
□ 29 June 2018 Friday Eve □ 8 Sept 2018 Shabbat □ 17 Nov 2018 Shabbat
□ 30 June 2018 Shabbat □ 14 Sept 2018 Friday Eve □ 23 Nov 2018 Friday Eve
□ 6 July 2018 Friday Eve □ 15 Sept 2018 Shabbat □ 24 Nov 2018 Shabbat
□ 7 July2018 Shabbat □ 21 Sept 2018 Friday □ 30 Nov 2018 Friday Eve 1
□ 13 July 2018 Friday Eve □ 22 Sept 2018 Shabbat □ 1 Dec 2018 Shabbat

Proposed December 2017

Return to Index
Please see Frequently Asked Questions on our website for further information: www.yavnehcollege.org

Proposed December 2016

Return to Index
This school/academy is yet to provide Hertfordshire
County Council with a copy of their proposed
admission arrangements for 2019/20.

Please contact the school direct for more information.

Return to Index